Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2017.

Registration No. 333-

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

The Cayman Islands   5961          98-1007784

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial      

Classification Code Number)      

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade

01504-001 São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil

+55 11 3028-3528

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400

Wilmington, DE 19808

(800) 927-9801

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

S. Todd Crider, Esq.

Grenfel S. Calheiros, Esq.

Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP

425 Lexington Avenue

New York, NY 10017

(212) 455-2000

  Copies to:  

Nicolas Grabar, Esq.

Francesca Odell, Esq.

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, NY 10006

(212) 225-2000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  

Proposed maximum
aggregate
offering price (1)(2)

  

Amount of
registration fee

Common shares, nominal value US$0.01 per common share

   US$100,000,000.00    US$11,590.00

 

(1) Includes common shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option to purchase additional common shares. Also includes common shares initially offered and sold outside the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the common shares are first bona fide offered to the public. The common shares are not being registered for purposes of sales outside the United States.

 

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated                     , 2017

Preliminary Prospectus

PROSPECTUS

common shares

 

LOGO

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

( incorporated in the Cayman Islands )

This is an initial public offering of our common shares, nominal value US$                     per common share. We are selling                     common shares in this offering. The initial public offering price will be between US$                     and US$                     per common share.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. We have applied for listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “NETS.” See “Description of Share Capital” for a description of the rights of holders of our common shares.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as a result, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company disclosure and financial reporting requirements.

Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

     Per Common
Share
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   US$                   US$               

Underwriting discount

   US$      US$  

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   US$      US$  

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional                     common shares from us, or the over-allotment option, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares against payment in New York, NY on or about                     , 2017.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  J.P. Morgan   Bradesco BBI   Allen & Company LLC   Jefferies

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

 

   

Page

          Page  

Presentation of Financial and Other Information

    ii     

Principal Shareholders

     114  

Summary

    1     

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     118  

Risk Factors

    12     

Description of Share Capital

     121  

Forward-Looking Statements

    41     

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     135  

Dividend Policy

    43     

Certain Tax Considerations

     137  

Use of Proceeds

    44     

Underwriting

     142  

Capitalization

    45     

Legal Matters

     149  

Dilution

    47     

Expenses of the Offering

     150  

Exchange Rates

    49     

Experts

     151  

Selected Financial and Operating Data

    50     

Service of Process and Enforcement of Judgments

     152  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    55     

Where You Can Find More
Information

     154  

Business

    81     

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

Management

    105        

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to give any information or make any representation about the offering that is different from, or in addition to, that contained in the prospectus, the related registration statement or in any of the materials that we have incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Therefore, if anyone does give you information of this type, you should not rely on it.

The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to sell our common shares. We have not undertaken any efforts to qualify this offering for offers and sales to the public in any jurisdiction outside the United States, and we do not expect to make offers and sales to the public in jurisdictions located outside the United States. However, we may make offers and sales outside the United States in circumstances that do not constitute a public offer or distribution under applicable laws and regulations.

This prospectus is being used in connection with the offering of our common shares in the United States and, to the extent described above, elsewhere. This offering is being made in the United States and, to the extent described above, elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus.

 

i


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

Certain Definitions

In this prospectus, unless expressly stated otherwise, references to “Netshoes,” “we,” “us” and “our company” refer to Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “NS2” are to our subsidiary NS2.com Internet S.A., a corporation ( sociedade anônima ) incorporated under the laws of Brazil. References to “common shares” refer to the common shares of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, except where the context requires otherwise. The term “Brazil” refers to the Federative Republic of Brazil, and the phrase “Brazilian government” refers to the federal government of Brazil. All references to “ real ,” “ reais ,” “Brazilian real ,” “Brazilian reais ,” or “R$” are to the Brazilian real , the official currency of Brazil; all references to “U.S. dollar,” “U.S. dollars,” or “US$” are to U.S. dollars, the official currency of the United States, all references to “Argentine peso ,” or “ARS” are to the Argentine peso , the official currency of Argentina, and all references to “Mexican peso ,” or “MXN” are to the Mexican peso , the official currency of Mexico.

Financial Information

The financial information contained in this prospectus derives from our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016. These financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are collectively referred to as our audited consolidated financial statements herein and throughout this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB. Our fiscal year ends on December 31 of each year, so all references to a particular fiscal year are to the applicable year ended December 31. Following the completion of this offering, we will be required to file annual reports on Form 20-F with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, under United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and although not required under the Exchange Act, we expect to publish unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements on a quarterly basis.

Convenience Translation

The reporting currency for our audited consolidated financial statements is the Brazilian real and, solely for the convenience of the reader, we have provided convenience translations into U.S. dollars using offer exchange rates published by the Brazilian Central Bank ( Banco Central do Brasil ) on its website. Unless otherwise indicated, convenience translations from reais into U.S. dollars in this prospectus use the Brazilian Central Bank offer exchange rate published on December 31, 2016, which was R$3.2591 per US$1.00. No representation is made that the Brazilian reais amounts referred to could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at any particular rate. See “Exchange Rates” for information regarding historical exchange rates of reais to U.S. dollars.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Market Data

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, government and non-government organization reports, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including data and information we obtained from BMI Research, Claim Pages, e-Bit, eMarketer, Euromonitor International, IBOPE DTM, Statista, among others, and data derived from management’s knowledge and our experience in the industries in which we operate. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Information derived from management’s knowledge and our experience is presented on a reasonable, good faith basis. Estimates of market and industry data are based on statistical models, key assumptions and limited data sampling, and actual market and industry data may differ significantly from estimated industry data.

Rounding

Certain figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be exact arithmetic aggregations or percentages of the figures that precede them.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual revenues of at least US$1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700.0 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, exemptions from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and any Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, rules, including any future audit rule promulgated by the PCAOB (unless the SEC determines otherwise). Accordingly, the information about us available to you will not be the same as, and may be more limited than, the information available to shareholders of a non-emerging growth company.

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common shares, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus.

Overview

Our mission is to be the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. We are the leading sports and lifestyle online retailer in Latin America and one of the largest online retailers in the region, as measured by net sales. We operate in Brazil, Argentina, and Mexico and, since our launch, we have sold to more than 12.8 million customers across our sites, solidifying our position as one of the few scaled online retailers in Latin America and creating a foundation of audience, brand and capabilities on top of which we are building a digital ecosystem capable of delivering increasing and significant value to customers and partners in the future. Through our desktop and mobile websites and applications, which we refer to as our “sites,” we deliver our customers a convenient and intuitive online shopping experience across our two core brands, Netshoes and Zattini. We believe that Netshoes has become one of the most recognized brands by consumers, in Brazil and Argentina, among both online and offline sports retailers. We believe that Zattini, a site we launched in December 2014, is quickly becoming a leading online brand for fashion and beauty in Brazil in terms of consumer recognition.

We were founded in January 2000 by Marcio Kumruian and Hagop Chabab as a single physical shoe store in São Paulo, Brazil. In 2007, we closed our brick-and-mortar stores and shifted to an online business to reach more customers across Brazil. Since then, we have built on our initial success, expanding across geographies and brands. We have also selectively introduced new product categories, maintaining our core strategy of focusing on product verticals with higher margins that have short replacement cycles and are easy to ship.

Core to our success has been a relentless focus on delivering a superior customer experience across each of the countries in which we operate, including remote locations not typically served by traditional retailers. As one of the first companies in Latin America to provide online retail offerings, we have emphasized the importance of customer service, and we have also developed technology that personalizes the shopping experience for our customers. This core customer focus has driven customer loyalty, as demonstrated by our high repeat purchasing. In the year ended December 31, 2016, 74.5% of our total orders came from repeat customers.

Our sites are also optimized for mobile shopping. Despite Latin America’s relatively low smartphone penetration rate, in the year ended December 31, 2016, 32.2% of the total orders placed by our active customers came from mobile devices (while in Brazil, mobile commerce accounted for 11.7% of eCommerce sales in 2015).

We are also a trusted partner and the go-to channel for the most important brands in sports and lifestyle retail in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico. We offer over 190,000 stock keeping units, or SKUs, from over 500 brands, including Nike, Adidas, Mizuno, Tommy Hilfiger, Ralph Lauren and Lacoste and work closely with our suppliers to promote and protect their brands and help manage product selection. We believe we are one of the largest distribution channels for these brands in Brazil and Latin America. We have also begun to develop our private label brands to supplement our existing supplier relationships in key categories.

Our success in the region has been dependent on our consistent ability to build a solid infrastructure network to support our operations, as well as our scalable and customized logistics capabilities. We have created a highly

 



 

1


Table of Contents

automated picking, packing and inventory management system, built to efficiently handle the products in which we specialize—easy-to-ship items with high margins and short replacement cycles. We are able to ship over one million orders a month, and on average, process the orders we receive within six hours after confirmation, achieving an on-time delivery rate of approximately 97.0% of total processed orders.

At the scale at which we operate, the combination of our customers, the brands we offer and infrastructure we have developed has resulted in powerful network effects, which we believe offer a significant competitive advantage. Our large and growing Latin America customer base has allowed us to attract and retain high quality brands, which in turn drives new and repeat customers. This has driven our growth and has allowed us to continually reinvest in and improve our product selection, technology and infrastructure while also driving significant cost efficiencies. These network effects are evident in our financial performance and scale. We also believe that these favorable network effects allow us to expand the reach of our sites to build the leading online consumer platform in Brazil and Latin America.

We have achieved the following significant milestones as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

    5.6 million active customers, an increase of 18.9% from the 4.7 million active customers we had as of December 31, 2015;

 

    10.3 million total orders on our sites, an increase of 20.8% from the 8.5 million total orders for the year ended December 31, 2015;

 

    74.5% of our total orders were invoiced to repeat customers (which are customers who have previously purchased from us), an increase from 72.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015;

 

    32.2% of our total orders were placed by customers on a mobile device, an increase from 20.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015; and

 

    In our Brazilian operations, positive cash flows from operations beginning in 2014 and positive EBITDA beginning in 2015.

Also, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we reported:

 

    R$1,505.7 million and R$1,739.5 million in net sales, respectively, representing growth of 33.7% and 15.5% from 2014 and 2015, respectively;

 

    R$99.5 million and R$151.9 million in net loss, respectively, from R$144.4 million in net loss in 2014; and

 

    R$46.5 million and R$43.9 million in negative EBITDA, respectively, from R$100.0 million in negative EBITDA in 2014.

For information on how we define and calculate active customers, total orders, total orders placed from mobile devices and EBITDA, and for a reconciliation of our non-IFRS figures to their IFRS equivalents, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Selected Financial and Operating Data Non-IFRS Financial Measures.”

Our History

Our business has transformed substantially since 2000, when our founders Marcio Kumruian and Hagop Chabab opened a physical shoe store in São Paulo, Brazil. In 2007, we closed our brick-and-mortar retail stores, shifted our focus to eCommerce retail and launched Netshoes.com, our online store specialized in sports and active lifestyle goods. Since then, we have expanded in the following ways:

 

 



 

2


Table of Contents

Building Online Leadership. We invested heavily in our brand with the goal of developing the leading eCommerce sports footprint. In 2009, we received our first round of investments from financial investors and, with their support, grew our business to establish our market leadership and continue to improve our corporate governance and management structure.

Geographical Expansion. Recognizing promising income, consumer purchasing habits and online penetration trends, we expanded our operations to Argentina and Mexico in 2011. With our leadership in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, we now cover an estimated two-thirds of the gross domestic product, or GDP, in Latin America.

Brand and Vertical Diversification. In December 2014, leveraging the success of Netshoes and our existing infrastructure, we launched Zattini, an online store originally designed to offer fashion products to our Brazilian customers. We have successfully introduced new categories of products over time, including beauty products to our Zattini offerings in 2016. We believe that Zattini is now the fastest growing online fashion and beauty site in Brazil, based on sales growth and for the year ended December 31, 2016, Zattini accounted for 11.5% of our online net sales in Brazil and 10.2% of our net sales on a consolidated basis. In addition, since November 2014, we began offering private label apparel across the Netshoes and Zattini platforms, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, the sales of those products accounted for 6.0% of our online net sales in Brazil and 5.4% of our net sales on a consolidated basis.

Traffic Monetization. More recently, we have begun to evaluate other ways to monetize our large customer base, and leverage our supplier relationships, technology and infrastructure. To this end, we have implemented additional products and services, such as creating a third-party marketplace, which increases the selection available to our customers, as well as launching financial services such as a co-branded credit card with a major Brazilian financial institution. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to add services to our digital ecosystem that tie consumers closer to our sites while maintaining our core customer experience. While we are still in the early stages of these initiatives, we believe that they have the potential to drive significant growth and increase customer loyalty going forward, enhancing Netshoes’ profitability.

Our Competitive Strengths

We are the leading sports and lifestyle online retailer in Latin America and one of the largest online retailers in the region. Our specific regional knowledge has allowed us to compete against international eCommerce sites, and our technology has differentiated us from traditional retailers. We have achieved our leadership position as a result of the following core strengths:

High market share in a large and expanding total addressable market. We benefit from our early mover advantage in Latin American eCommerce, which has allowed us to capture what we believe is a significant market share and achieve a leadership position in a large addressable market.

Focus on attractive verticals driving high operating leverage. We believe the lifestyle verticals in which we specialize are particularly suited for distribution online due to the following factors: (1) the vast inventory selection, benefitting customers by providing them with access to varied products in one place; (2) the lightweight nature of most of the products we offer, which makes them easy to ship and drives fast delivery speeds at significant volumes; (3) the high gross margin of these retail categories; and (4) the need for consistent replacement (compared to, for example, household appliances and electronics), which drives repetitive customer buying behavior.

Recognized and trusted brand for customers and partners. We have built a strong brand over the last 15 years as demonstrated by our significant scale, with 18.3 million registered members and 5.6 million active customers as of December 31, 2016 purchasing from the over 500 brands we offer (160 of which are available on our Zattini site, launched in December 2014). We engage with our customers, both on and off our sites, and with our partners, whose products we offer on our sites and for whom we manage branded online stores.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

A superior customer experience, resulting in strong customer loyalty. Through our eCommerce model and our expanding vertical presence, our mission is to become the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. We offer our customers a reliable and convenient online shopping experience with a wide selection of over 190,000 SKUs, visually inspiring browsing, compelling merchandise, easy product discovery, attractive prices and various shipping options.

Differentiated logistics and technology capabilities. We have invested in and built logistics capabilities, and innovative technology that is customized to our verticals and regions. On average, we process purchase orders placed by our customers within six hours after they are confirmed. Our technology is also highly scalable—we are able to process approximately 105,000 orders per day during our peak holiday season compared to an average of 35,000 orders per day in 2015.

Visionary founder and management team. We have built a culture of data-driven decision making, operational discipline and an unwavering focus on customer service. Our culture flows from our co-founder and CEO, Marcio Kumruian, who brings substantial industry expertise and led our shift to an online retailer, and from our experience as an early mover in the technology industry in the region.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to continue differentiating ourselves as the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. As we have done in the past, we plan to both grow our core business and expand our operations into attractive opportunities while maintaining our relentless focus on delivering a superior consumer experience. As we continue to scale, we are focused on growing in an efficient way that we expect will result in increased profitability for our business, including by launching new initiatives that are specifically focused on delivering increased revenue at higher margins. Specifically, we plan to:

Acquire new customers through increased traffic and conversion. We believe that there is significant room to further grow the customer base for our sites. We are well-positioned to benefit both from the expected industry shift to online retail, and from continuing to refine our marketing efforts to draw new consumers to our sites and then convert those consumers to active customers. We continually test new marketing channels and campaigns, measuring the returns on these campaigns, including building higher brand recognition for Zattini, which we launched more recently.

Increase the monetization of our existing traffic through enhancing customer loyalty. Collectively, as of December 31, 2016, our sites had 18.3 million registered members, of which 5.6 million were active customers. We believe that we can continue to drive increased monetization of our traffic, growing our sales through more frequent repeat purchasing and higher customer retention. We have also introduced and will continue to offer new products and services that tie our customers more closely to our sites. For example, we launched NCard—our co-branded credit card with Banco Itaú S.A—in April 2016, which offers exclusive benefits to users and in turn allows us to learn more about our customers’ spending habits as a result of their additional engagement with our sites.

Introduce new products in attractive verticals. We have found that by introducing new products in high margin verticals with short replacement cycles and that are easy to ship, we have been able to both attract new customers to our sites and increase purchases by existing customers, thereby continuously expanding our addressable market. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 55.6% of Zattini customers in Brazil were originally Netshoes customers and about 44.4% were new customers. We have also successfully launched new product categories within each of our sites. For example, we continue to invest in private label brands in verticals that have high customer price elasticity and margin potential, which help expand our profitability.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

Online Marketplace. In February 2016, we launched our online third-party marketplace across all of our sites. To date, we have attracted 283 qualified third-party business-to-consumer, or B2C, vendors to our sites. While in its early stages, we believe that the marketplace offers a significant opportunity to introduce increased product variety, particularly in less popular categories with lower demand, and scale new categories more quickly.

Expansion of our business into a consumer and services platform. We believe we have the opportunity to take advantage of the scale of our core business and our existing and large customer base, and leverage our technology and infrastructure to build a digital ecosystem capable of delivering increasing and significant value to customers and partners. For example, in November 2016, we started offering a mobile application relating to activity tracking, which closely aligns with our sports and lifestyle brand.

Replicate the success of our Brazil business in Argentina and Mexico. We benefit from the ability to transfer the learnings and successes of our more mature Brazil operations, which have already achieved positive operating cash flow, to our emerging Argentina and Mexico businesses. Beginning in 2011, we launched our first two international sites, with a small team based in Argentina and another in Mexico, and since then we have achieved significant growth. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, our non-Brazil, Latin America operations accounted for 13.3% and 10.6% of our total net sales, respectively. We believe that there is significant growth and profitability remaining in these businesses as they continue to scale and as we introduce brands and products such as Zattini to those markets.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade, Zip Code 01504-001, in the city of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Brazil. We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. Our registered office is located at Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman, KY1-9010, Cayman Islands. The telephone number of our investor relations department is +(55-11) 3028-8298. Our corporate investor relations website can be found at www.netshoes.com/institucional. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to invest in our common shares.

Conventions Used in this Prospectus

Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to:

 

    “active customers” mean customers who made purchases online with us during the preceding twelve months as of the relevant dates;

 

    “average basket size” mean the sum of total order value from online purchases with us divided by the number of total orders for the relevant period;

 

    “convertible note purchase agreement” mean the note purchase agreement we entered into on February 22, 2017, pursuant to which we issued and sold the convertible notes to certain of our shareholders. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements”;

 

    “convertible notes” mean convertible promissory notes issued by us on February 22, 2017 with an aggregate principal amount of US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement), held by our shareholders, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P., Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P., Archy LLC, Clemenceau Investments Pte. Ltd., Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P., Macro Continental, Inc., Boscolo Intervest Limited, International Finance Corporation, CDK Net Fund IC and HCFT Holdings, LLC, which will be automatically converted into our common shares upon completion of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements”;

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    “eCommerce” mean product purchases using desktops, tablets or mobile devices;

 

    “GMV” mean the sum of net sales, returns, GMV from marketplace and net sales taxes, less marketplace and NCard activation commission fees;

 

    “offline purchases with us,” in the context of our product orders or sales, mean our product sales through our business to business, or B2B, operations;

 

    “our sites” mean www.netshoes.com.br, www.netshoes.com.mx, www.netshoes.com.ar, and www.zattini.com.br;

 

    “mCommerce” mean product purchases using only mobile sites and applications;

 

    “purchases online with us” or “online purchases with us,” in the context of our active customers, average basket size and GMV, mean product sales through our sites (including those sales effected through our marketplace) and the third-party sites that we manage;

 

    “third-party sites that we manage” mean all partner-branded online stores that we manage. See “Business—Our Additional Sources of Revenues—Partner-Branded Stores”;

 

    “total orders” mean the total number of orders invoiced to active customers during the relevant period; and

 

    “total order value” mean the total amount invoiced to a customer in connection with a product sale (including shipping fees and taxes).

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the 1.00 for                     share split of our common shares to occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, or the share split;

 

    the issuance of                     of our common shares upon the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering pursuant to the convertible note purchase agreement (using an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The convertible notes are convertible into our common shares with a 10% price discount relative to the initial public offering price of our common shares. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements”;

 

    the number of common shares that will be outstanding after this offering is calculated based on                     common shares (which includes the share split) outstanding as of December 31, 2016, and excludes: (1) 117,599 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$50.27 per common share as of December 31, 2016, of which 76,167 were exercisable as of December 31, 2016 (without giving effect to the share split), (2) 7,750 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$24.30 per common share as of December 31, 2016, which shall become exercisable six months after completion of this offering (without giving effect to the share split), and (3) 51,935 common shares reserved for future grants under our Share Plan (without giving effect to the share split);

 

    the filing and effectiveness of our Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, or Articles of Association, which will occur immediately upon completion of this offering;

 

    an initial public offering price of US$                     per common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer  

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited.

 

Common shares offered by us  

                    shares.

 

Over-allotment options of common shares being offered by us

 

                      shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

 

                    shares (or                     common shares if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option).

 

Use of proceeds  

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately US$                     million from our sale of common shares (or US$                     million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option), assuming an initial public offering price of US$                     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization, provide us with greater financial flexibility, create a public market for our common shares and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We currently intend to use our net proceeds from this offering to finance our working capital needs and capital expenditures, which may include, among others, investments in the development of software, acquisition of property and equipment for our distribution centers, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any investments. Any remaining net proceeds will be used for other general corporate purposes. Pending determination of the use of our net proceeds, we may invest them in highly liquid time deposits and similar instruments. Our management will have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds of this offering received by us to each use.

 

Dividend Policy  

We do not currently anticipate paying any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Proposed NYSE trading symbol  

“NETS.”

 

Risk Factors   See the section of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest our shares.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

The number of common shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on                     common shares outstanding (after giving effect to the share split) as of December 31, 2016, and assumes the issuance of                     of our common shares upon the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering pursuant to the convertible note purchase agreement (using an assumed initial public offering price of US$ per common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The convertible notes are convertible into our common shares with a 10% price discount relative to the initial public offering price of our common shares. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.” This calculation excludes:

 

    117,599 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$50.27 per common share as of December 31, 2016, of which 76,167 were exercisable as of December 31, 2016 (without giving effect to the share split);

 

    7,750 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$24.30 per common share as of December 31, 2016, which shall become exercisable six months after completion of this offering (without giving effect to the share split); and

 

    51,935 common shares reserved for future grants under our Share Plan (without giving effect to the share split).

For further information about our share option plan, see “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

 



 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following summary financial data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information—Financial Information.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods. The following summary financial and other data is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Selected Financial and Operating Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, the convenience translations from reais into U.S. dollars in this prospectus use the Brazilian Central Bank offer exchange rate published on December 31, 2016, which was R$3.2591 per US$1.00. No representation is made that the Brazilian reais amounts referred to could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at any particular rate.

Consolidated Statements of Profits or Loss

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016     2016  

(In thousands, except per share data)

   R$     R$     R$     US$  

Net sales

     1,125,795       1,505,686       1,739,540       533,749  

Cost of sales

     (753,440     (1,010,501     (1,188,744     (364,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     372,355       495,185       550,796       169,003  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling and marketing expenses

     (322,643     (398,514     (443,692     (136,139

General and administrative expenses

     (147,375     (157,228     (174,564     (53,562

Other operating expense, net

     (4,724     (3,503     (5,252     (1,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (474,742 )       (559,245 )       (623,508 )       (191,312 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (102,387 )       (64,060 )       (72,712 )       (22,309 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

     32,598       61,294       28,366       8,704  

Financial expense

     (74,447     (96,667     (107,550     (33,000

Loss before income tax

     (144,236     (99,433     (151,896     (46,605

Income tax expense

     (139     (80     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (144,375 )       (99,513 )       (151,896 )       (46,605 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to:

        

Owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

     (143,966     (98,676     (151,074     (46,355

Non-controlling interests

     (409     (837     (822     (250

 



 

9


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  

(In thousands)

   R$      R$      R$      US$  

Selected Statements of Financial Position Data

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     242,372        249,064        111,304        34,152  

Total current assets (1)

     743,408        938,358        824,711        253,050  

Total assets

     861,956        1,113,568        1,113,722        341,727  

Total current liabilities

     378,416        523,271        616,695        189,223  

Total long-term debt (2)

     335,410        333,993        387,382        118,862  

Share-based payment liability

     30,113        35,978        30,139        9,248  

Total liabilities

     616,949        824,566        989,697        303,672  

Total shareholders’ equity

     245,007        289,002        124,025        38,055  

 

(1) Inclusive of cash and cash equivalents.

 

(2) Includes current portion of long-term debt. See note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Operating Data

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2014     2015     2016  

Active customers (in thousands) (1)

     3,753       4,676       5,562  

Total orders (in thousands) (2)

     6,846       8,497       10,268  

% of total orders placed from mobile devices (3)

     11.6     20.2     32.2

Average basket size (4)

     R$210.8       R$219.1       R$206.6  

 

(1) Customers who made purchases online with us during the preceding twelve months as of the relevant dates.

 

(2) Total number of orders invoiced to active customers during the relevant period.

 

(3) The sum of total orders placed by active customers through our mobile site and applications as a percentage of total orders placed by active customers for the relevant period. This operational metric is especially relevant as we expect sales made on mobile devices to become an increasingly important part of our business.

 

(4) The sum of total order value from online purchases with us divided by the number of total orders for the relevant period.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014       2015       2016       2016  

EBITDA (in thousands) (1)

   R$ (99,958   R$ (46,534   R$ (43,871   US$ (13,459

EBITDA Margin (1)

     (8.9)%       (3.1)%       (2.5)%        

EBITDA Brazil (in thousands) (2) (3)

   R$ (55,030   R$ 10,569     R$ 5,395     US$ 1,655  

EBITDA International (in thousands) (2) (3)

   R$ (36,136   R$ (45,289   R$ (41,018   US$ (12,586

GMV (in thousands) (4)

   R$ 1,443,207     R$ 1,867,015     R$ 2,202,498     US$ 675,800  

 

(1) For a reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA and EBITDA Margin and the limitations of these non-IFRS financial measures as an analytical tool, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—EBITDA and EBITDA Margin.”

 

(2) Consists of EBITDA for each of our reportable business segments: Brazil and International. For a reconciliation of our Brazil business segment net loss to EBITDA Brazil and our International business segment net loss to EBITDA International, and the limitations of these non-IFRS financial measures as an analytical tool, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International.”

 

(3) Items not allocated directly to our reportable business segments (operating expenses, financial income and financial expenses recorded in Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and Netshoes Holding, LLC) are recorded and disclosed separately as corporate and others. As a result, the sum of EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International does not sum up to EBITDA.

 

(4) For a reconciliation of net sales to GMV and the limitations of this non-IFRS financial measure as an analytical tool, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—GMV.”

We use EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, EBITDA Brazil, EBITDA International and GMV to inform our financial and operational decision-making. To provide investors and others with additional information regarding our financial results and operating performance, we have disclosed in the table above and within this prospectus our EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, EBITDA Brazil, EBITDA International and GMV, which are non-IFRS financial measures. We define: (1) “EBITDA” as net income (loss) plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses; (2) “EBITDA Margin” as EBITDA divided by net sales for the relevant period, expressed as a percentage, (3) “EBITDA Brazil” as net income (loss) of our Brazil business segment plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case, related to this business segment, (4) “EBITDA International” as net income (loss) of our international business segment plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case, related to this business segment and (5) “GMV” as the sum of net sales, returns, GMV from marketplace and net sales taxes, less marketplace and NCard activation commission fees.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risk factors in evaluating us and our business before purchasing our common shares. In particular, you should consider the risks related to an investment in companies operating in Brazil and Latin America generally, for which we have included information in these risk factors to the extent that information is publicly available. In general, investing in the securities of issuers whose operations are located in emerging market countries such as Brazil, Mexico, Argentina and other Latin American countries involves a higher degree of risk than investing in the securities of issuers whose operations are located in the United States or other more developed countries. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus actually occur, alone or together with additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially adversely affected. If this were to occur, the value of our common shares may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto. You should also carefully review the cautionary statements referred to under “Forward-looking statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in this prospectus.

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

The eCommerce market in Brazil and in other countries where we operate is developing, and the expansion of our business depends on the continued growth of eCommerce, as well as increased availability, quality and usage of the Internet in Brazil and in other countries where we operate.

Our future sales depend substantially on consumers’ widespread acceptance and use of the Internet as a way to conduct commerce. Rapid growth in the use of the Internet (particularly as a way to provide and purchase products and services) is a relatively recent phenomenon in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico and we cannot assure you that this acceptance and use will continue or increase. In order to grow our customer base successfully, consumers who have historically used physical channels of commerce to purchase lifestyle, sporting, fashion and beauty goods must accept and use new ways of conducting business and exchanging information. Furthermore, if the penetration of Internet access in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico does not increase quickly, that may limit our potential growth, particularly in regions with low levels of Internet quality and access and/or low levels of income.

The Internet penetration in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico may never reach a percentage similar to more developed countries for reasons that are beyond our control, including the lack of necessary network infrastructure or delayed development of enabling technologies, performance improvements and security measures. The infrastructure for the Internet in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico may not be able to support continued growth in the number of users, their frequency of use or their bandwidth requirements. In addition, Internet reliability may not improve in the region due to delays in telecommunications, infrastructure development or other technology shortfalls, or due to increased government regulation. If telecommunications services are not sufficiently available to support the growth of the Internet in the region, response times could be slower, which would adversely affect the use of the Internet and our services in particular.

Furthermore, the price of Internet access and Internet-connected devices, such as personal computers, tablets, mobile phones and other portable devices, may limit our potential growth in parts of Brazil, Argentina and Mexico with low levels of income. Given the comparatively low level of income in the region, the penetration rate for Internet-connected devices is significantly lower in Brazil and in other countries in the region than it is in the United States and many other more developed countries, and the cost of Internet access is still relatively high as compared with other more developed countries. Also, despite our recent efforts to enable our customers in Brazil to have free access to Internet from their mobile devices when accessing our sites, the interpretation of recently enacted regulation regarding Internet neutrality by Brazilian authorities may require us to discontinue this initiative (see “Business—Regulation—Internet Neutrality”). In addition, there may be increases in Internet access fees or telecommunication fees in the region. If that happens, our potential number of customers may decrease, which in turn may adversely affect our sales.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

If the Internet or the markets for our Internet-based services in the region fail to grow as anticipated, such lack of growth may have a material adverse impact on our business prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

We operate in a rapidly evolving market. Accordingly, we may be unable to accurately forecast net sales or earnings and appropriately plan our future expenditures.

Considering the emerging nature of the markets in which we compete, the rapidly evolving nature of our business, the relative newness of eCommerce in Latin America, our business diversification and continuous innovation and the general economic and business conditions in Latin America, it is particularly difficult for us to forecast our net sales or earnings accurately. Our current and future expenditure levels are based largely on our investment plans and are, to a large extent, fixed. We may not be able to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected net sales shortfalls arising from the rapidly evolving nature of our business or other conditions that affect our business. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in net sales relative to our planned expenditures would have an immediate adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Since our inception, we have never recorded profits or positive operating cash flow in a fiscal year.

Since our inception, we have not recorded profits or positive operating cash flow on a consolidated basis. Although we have been improving our results of operations year over year, we may not be able to record profits or positive operating cash flow on a consolidated basis in the near future or at all. If our operating activities do not provide us with sufficient cash flows to meet our operational needs, we may be required to seek additional sources of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. Equity financing would have a dilutive effect on our common shares, and new investors in any subsequent transactions could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our common shareholders. Debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our operational flexibility and profitability. We cannot assure you that any additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not be able to fund our expansion, take advantage of acquisition opportunities, develop or enhance services or products or respond to competitive pressures. These inabilities may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on search engines, e-mail, and other messaging services to attract a substantial portion of the customers who visit our sites, and changes in search engine logic, or any restrictions on the sending of emails or messages or an inability to timely deliver such communications could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our site traffic is generated by different advertising channels. A portion is generated by customers clicking on search results displayed by search engines, such as Google, Yahoo or Bing. These search engines typically provide two types of results: algorithmic and purchased listings. Algorithmic listings cannot be purchased and instead are determined and displayed solely by a set of formulas designed by the search engine provider. Purchased listings can be purchased by companies and other entities in order to attract users to their sites. We rely on both algorithmic and purchased listings to attract a substantial portion of the customers that we serve. The cost of purchased search listing advertising may increase as demand for such advertising channels grows, and further increases may have a negative impact on our ability to maintain or increase profitability. Further, search engines revise their algorithms from time to time in an attempt to optimize their search result listings and to maximize the advertising revenue generated by those listings. Search engines may also place websites on a “blacklist” or remove them from their indexes. We cannot guarantee that a removal by Google, Yahoo, Bing or another search engine will not happen to us in the future or that we will be able to adapt to changes in their algorithms in a timely manner.

 

13


Table of Contents

If the search engines on which we rely for site traffic remove us from their indices or otherwise modify their algorithms such that we have less favorable placement or do not appear among search results, our business will be adversely affected. Such circumstances may result in fewer customers clicking through to our sites, requiring us to resort to other more costly resources to attempt to replace that traffic, and this may reduce our net sales and harm our business. We may also be unable to purchase listings on alternative search engines and if we are able to purchase listings from such alternative search engines, those companies may charge higher prices for advertising or have fewer users.

Also, our business partially relies on email and other messaging services for promoting our sites and product offerings. We provide promotional emails to consumers in our database and we rely on a third-party service for the delivery of all our emails. Delays or errors in the delivery of such emails or other messaging we send may occur and are beyond our control. From time to time, Internet service providers or other third parties may block bulk email transmissions or otherwise experience technical difficulties that result in our inability to successfully deliver emails or other messages to our customers. Changes in the laws or regulations that limit our ability to send such communications or impose additional requirements upon us in connection with sending such communications could also materially and adversely impact our business. In addition, changes in how webmail applications organize and prioritize email may reduce the number of our emails being opened, including if our email messages are delivered to “spam” or similar folders. Actions by third parties to block, impose restrictions on or charge for the delivery of emails or other messages or delays in the distribution of such messages could materially and adversely impact our business. We also use social media services and other retargeting channels to send communications and product offerings to our customers. Changes in the terms of use of social media services and other retargeting channels that would limit our ability to send promotional communications or our customers’ ability to receive communications, disruptions or downtime experienced by these services or a decline in the use of or engagement with social media by customers and potential customers could harm our business.

Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our net sales per active customer. If our efforts to increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing and to maintain high levels of customer engagement and the average basket size of our customers are not successful, our growth prospects and net sales will be materially adversely affected.

Our ability to grow our business depends on our ability to retain our existing customer base, generate increased sales and repeat purchases from this customer base, and maintain high levels of customer engagement. To do this, we must continue to provide our customers and potential customers with an intuitive, convenient, efficient and differentiated shopping experience and to continue to offer products that our customers find compelling. If we fail to increase net sales per active customer, generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement and average basket size, our growth prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Failure to maintain sufficient working capital could limit our growth and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have significant working capital requirements primarily driven by payment terms agreed with our suppliers and extended payment terms that we offer our customers. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 72.8% of our product sales were paid in installments by our customers. Differences between the date when we pay our suppliers and the date when we receive payments from customers may negatively affect our liquidity and our cash flows. In addition, we expect our working capital needs to increase as our total number of products sold increases. In order to finance our working capital needs, we have recently been entering into financing arrangements to decrease the amount of time it takes for us to collect our trade accounts receivable, or factoring, and to increase the amount of time we have to pay our trade accounts payable, or reverse factoring. We believe factoring allows us to gain access to capital faster than we would otherwise without those financing arrangements. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our volume of factoring of trade accounts receivable with

 

14


Table of Contents

financial institutions reached R$789.2 million, and the monthly average amount of factored trade accounts receivable during the same period was R$65.7 million. There can be no assurance that these types of financing arrangements will continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we do not have sufficient working capital, we may not be able to pursue our growth strategy, respond to competitive pressures or fund key strategic initiatives, such as the development of our sites, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to predict or effectively react to changes in consumer demand or shopping patterns, we may face significant inventory risk or lose customers and our sales may decline.

Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer demands and preferences and shopping patterns and seasonality regarding sporting, lifestyle, fashion and beauty goods. The products we sell must appeal to a broad range of consumers whose preferences cannot be predicted with certainty and are subject to change. Sudden changes in consumer spending patterns, consumer demands and preferences are especially likely in fashion and beauty, markets in which we recently began operating and have limited experience. Also, consumer preferences could shift rapidly and our future success depends in part on our ability to select and offer products in a way that anticipates and responds to those changes. If we misjudge the market for our merchandise and do not forecast consumer demand accurately, our sales may decline significantly.

We may experience excess inventory levels (for example, if we overstock unpopular products) and be forced to take significant inventory markdowns, which could have a negative impact on our profitability. Conversely, shortages of products that prove popular could negatively impact our net sales. In addition, a major shift in consumer demand away from sporting, fashion or beauty goods could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We often agree to purchase products from our suppliers several months in advance of the proposed delivery; however, product demand can change significantly between the time we commit to buy a product and its expected date of sale. Also, we carry a broad selection of products—some at significant inventory levels—and we may be unable to sell products in sufficient quantities or during the selling seasons. Any one of these inventory risks may adversely affect our operating results.

A number of factors, many of which are outside our control, may affect consumer demand, shopping patterns or the predictability of our inventory levels, including: general economic conditions; lockouts or strikes involving professional sports teams; the retirement of sports or other celebrities used in marketing for the various products we sell; sports scandals or scandals involving celebrities we use in campaigns to advertise our sites; litigation; and pricing and other actions taken by our competitors.

Failure to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences and shopping patterns in a timely manner could lead to, among other things, lower sales and excess inventory levels.

Our business is subject to substantial fluctuation as a result of the seasonal buying patterns of our customers.

We experience seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results, both of which may vary from quarter-to-quarter in the future. We have historically generated significantly higher net sales in the fourth quarter, which includes the Black November period and the holiday selling season. Accordingly, a reduction in consumer confidence during the holiday season would have a significant impact on our business. Further, in the fourth quarter we generally have increased expenses for personnel and advertising, due to anticipated higher purchase volumes. Seasonality also influences our buying patterns since we purchase merchandise for seasonal activities in advance of a season, which directly impacts our inventory and accounts payable levels and cash flows. If we miscalculate the demand for the amount of products we will sell or for the product mix during the fourth quarter, our net sales can decline, which can harm our financial performance. If fourth quarter net sales are not high enough to allow us to fully recoup our personnel and advertising expenses or are lower than the targets used to determine our inventory levels, this shortfall can negatively impact our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality and Quarterly Results of Operations.”

 

15


Table of Contents

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including, among other things, the timing of the introduction of and advertising for new products and changes in our product mix. As a result of these seasonal and quarterly fluctuations, we believe that comparisons of our operating results between different quarters within a single year are not necessarily meaningful and that these comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of our future performance. Any seasonal or quarterly fluctuations that we report in the future may not match the expectations of market analysts and investors. This could cause the price of our common shares to fluctuate significantly.

We derive our net sales from product categories that represent discretionary spending, and changes in global macroeconomic conditions may decrease the demand for the products we sell and adversely affect our growth strategies and business prospects.

Our operating results are affected by the relative condition of the economy. Our business and financial performance may be adversely affected by current and future economic conditions that cause a decline in business and consumer spending, including a reduction in the availability of credit, increased unemployment levels, higher energy and fuel costs, rising interest rates, financial market volatility and recession. Additionally, we may experience difficulties in operating and growing our operations as a result of economic pressures.

As a business that depends on consumer discretionary spending, we may be adversely affected if our customers reduce their purchases due to continued job losses, foreclosures, bankruptcies, higher consumer debt and interest rates, reduced access to credit, lower consumer confidence, uncertainty or changes in tax policies and tax rates. Decreases in customer traffic or average value per transaction negatively affect our financial performance, and a prolonged period of depressed consumer spending could have a material adverse effect on our business. Promotional activities and decreased demand for consumer products, particularly higher-end products, could affect profitability and margins. The potential effects of the ongoing economic crisis in Brazil are difficult to forecast and mitigate. As a consequence, our sales, operating and financial results for a particular period are difficult to predict, and, therefore, it is difficult to forecast future results. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and could adversely affect our share price.

A continued or future slowdown in Brazil, Argentina, Mexico or the global economy or a negative economic outlook could materially adversely affect consumer spending habits and potentially our future operating results.

If we are unable to appropriately address new market risks or the inherent risks in the lines of business into which we are expanding, our growth potential, reputation and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We are engaged in an effort to expand our operations into other products and services in order to monetize our user traffic and distribution capabilities. Our ability to monetize our user traffic is critical to our envisioned plans for growth. As we expand into new business segments, such as fashion and beauty, we will face new risks associated with lines of business in which we have limited or no experience and in which we may be less well-known. We may be unable to attract a sufficient number of customers, fail to anticipate competitive conditions or face difficulties in operating effectively in these new segments. In addition, profitability, if any, in our newer activities may be lower than in our more mature lines of business, and we may not be successful enough to recover our investments in them.

Most of our new lines of business are subject to risks similar to those that our sporting goods business is subject, such as changes in consumer demands or shopping patterns, risks related to our suppliers and private

 

16


Table of Contents

label brands, seasonality and distribution risks. However, some of them are subject to their own set of inherent risks. For instance, we launched an online marketplace in February 2016, and maintaining a trusted status for its operations will be critical to its success. Any damage to our reputation related to, or loss of trust in, our online marketplace operations could have a negative impact on our business and result in consumers, merchants and other participants choosing not to carry out transactions or reducing their activity level on our online marketplace, which could limit our potential for growth. The success of our online marketplace will depend on, among other things, our ability to (1) attract both consumers and merchants to our online marketplace, (2) offer a secure and reliable transactional environment (including payment services) for both consumers and merchants, (3) create an effective set of rules governing our online marketplace, that is perceived as fair, (4) restrict access to our online marketplace for merchants who are not reliable or do not offer high-quality products and (5) ensure that third-party couriers used by merchants will be able to provide reliable logistics services in order to deliver products to customers within the agreed-upon timeframe.

The online retail industry is intensely competitive, and we may not compete successfully against new and existing competitors, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

The retail market for the products we sell is intensely competitive. Consumers have many choices online and offline, including global, regional and local retailers. Our current and potential competitors include brick-and-mortar retailers specializing in sporting goods, fashion and beauty, general brick-and-mortar retailers and pure-play eCommerce players, such as other B2C eCommerce retailers. In the future, we may also face competition from new entrants, the consolidation of existing competitors or companies spun off from our larger competitors.

We face a variety of competitive challenges, including: sourcing products efficiently, pricing the products we sell competitively, maintaining optimal inventory levels, selling products effectively, maintaining the quality of the products we sell, building our customer base, conducting effective marketing activities, anticipating and responding quickly to changing consumer demands and preferences (which is especially true for the fashion and beauty segments), attracting visitors to our sites and maintaining favorable brand recognition. In addition, as we further develop our business, we will face increasing challenges to compete for and retain high quality suppliers. If we cannot properly address these challenges, our business and prospects would be materially and adversely affected. Other online retailers may be acquired by, receive investments from or enter into strategic relationships with well-established and well-funded companies or investors, which would help enhance their competitive positions. Certain of our competitors may be able to secure more favorable terms with suppliers, devote greater resources to marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing or inventory policies and devote substantially more resources to infrastructure and logistics development. Increased competition may reduce our sales performance, product margins, market share and brand recognition.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, and competitive pressures may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our operations, which could damage our reputation and harm our results of operations. Specifically, we rely on one third-party provider to provide us with Internet data centers to host our sites and keep them operational. Disruptions with this provider or in the services it provides to us could materially affect our reputation, operations or financial results.

Our success and ability to sell products online and provide high quality customer service depend on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our computer and information technology systems. Any failure of our computer systems and information technology to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems, performance inadequacy or breach in security may cause interruptions in the availability of our sites, delays in product fulfillment and reduced efficiency of our operations. We experience service disruptions from time to

 

17


Table of Contents

time and on occasion, our site has not properly displayed promotions as marketed. Any failures, problems or security breaches may adversely affect the number of customers willing to purchase the products we offer in the future. Factors that could occur and significantly disrupt our operations include: system failures and outages caused by fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, sabotage, vandalism, terrorist attacks and similar events; software errors; computer viruses, worms, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our computer systems and data centers; and security breaches related to the storage and transmission of proprietary information or customer information, such as credit card numbers or other personal information. Also, if too many customers access our sites within a short period of time due to increased holiday demand or any other reason, we have in the past and may in the future experience system interruptions that make our sites unavailable or prevent us from efficiently fulfilling orders, which may reduce the volume of goods we sell and the attractiveness of our products and services. We cannot assure you that such events will not occur and while we have backup systems and contingency plans for certain aspects of our operations and business processes, our planning does not account for all possible scenarios.

Specifically, we have contracted with one third party, Uol Diveo, to provide us with Internet data centers to host our eCommerce sites and keep them operational, and we rely on it and its operational, privacy and security procedures and controls and its ability to keep our sites operational. Failure by Uol Diveo to adequately keep our sites operational, including any prolonged or unscheduled service disruption that affects our customers’ ability to utilize our sites could result in the loss of sales and customers and/or increased costs, which could materially affect our reputation, operations or financial results. In addition, we rely in part on Uol Diveo to advise us of any security breaches, and if they do not provide notice on a timely basis, our reputation and results of operations may be adversely affected. We may have limited access to alternative services and may not be able to timely replace Uol Diveo, or find a replacement on a cost-efficient basis, in the event of disruptions, failures to provide services or other issues with them that may adversely affect our business.

Any disruptions or service interruptions that affect our sites could damage our reputation, require us to spend significant capital and other resources and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. We do not carry any business interruption insurance to compensate for losses that may occur as a result of any of these events and our agreements with third-party service providers do not require those providers to indemnify us for any losses resulting from any disruption in service. Accordingly, our results of operations may be adversely affected if any of the above disruptions should occur.

Our business may be harmed if we are unable to secure licenses for third-party technologies on which we rely.

We rely on licenses to utilize certain technology provided by third parties, such as our key database technology, our eCommerce platform, operating systems for our servers and other computers and components for our servers. These third-party technology licenses may cease to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to obtain licenses for, or otherwise make use of this technology, we would need to obtain substitute technology, which may not be available. If substitute technology is available, it may be of lower quality or have lower performance standards or may only be available at a greater cost, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Also, because we often depend upon the successful operation of third-party products in conjunction with our software, any errors in these third-party products, which may be outside our control, may prevent the implementation or impair the functionality of our software and Internet-based services, delay the introduction of new services and harm our reputation.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

If we are not able to continue to innovate and adapt to changes in technology or in our industry, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

The Internet is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, new mobile apps, protocols and technologies, new service and product introductions, triggering further changes in customer demands and shopping patterns. Our failure to innovate and adapt to these changes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, total orders placed from mobile devices are growing at a fast pace. In the year ended December 31, 2016, orders placed by our customers from mobile devices represented approximately 32.2% of our total orders (compared to 20.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015). The variety of technical and other configurations across different mobile devices and platforms increases the challenges associated with this environment. If we are unable to continue to (1) attract new mobile consumers and increase or maintain levels of mobile engagement or (2) to rapidly adapt to future changes in technology, our ability to maintain or grow our business would be materially and adversely affected.

We rely on a small number of third-party couriers to deliver the products we sell to our customers, and their failure to provide high quality delivery services or our failure to effectively manage our relationships with them may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently rely on a small number of third-party courier companies to deliver products to our consumers, and any failure by our key third-party service couriers to perform or any adverse change to their financial conditions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and results of operations. In particular, we rely significantly on the Brazilian official post office ( Correios ), Total Express and Transfolha, which together delivered 77.1% of the purchase orders shipped to our customers for the year ended December 31, 2016. Our third-party couriers may offer us less favorable terms in the future, which may increase our shipping costs and materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation. Further, most of our agreements with third-party couriers can be terminated upon delivery of thirty days’ prior written notice by any of the parties. If any of these agreements are terminated, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully substitute another service provider to provide delivery services on the same terms, in a timely manner or at all.

Additionally, interruptions to or failures in these third parties’ shipping services could prevent the timely or successful delivery of our products and adversely affect our operations. These interruptions may be due to unforeseen events such as inclement weather, natural disasters, pressure from unions, labor unrest or a strike, which are all beyond our control or the control of these third-party couriers. For example, our distribution network is sensitive to fluctuation in oil prices, which may result in increased shipping costs for third-party courier companies (as well as our suppliers’ transportation costs), which may, in turn, increase the prices of the products we sell and make us less competitive. Also, products may not be delivered to certain limited regions impacted by urban violence, which may prevent us from delivering our products to our customers’ homes.

If we do not deliver products in a timely manner or if we deliver damaged products, our customers may refuse to accept them and lose confidence in us. Many of the products we sell may be especially sensitive to delivery delays given that they are often purchased in anticipation of a specific date. Other products have a limited shelf-life and become quickly outdated. Any inability to promptly and successfully deliver the products we sell to customers, may result in the loss of their business and a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and reputation.

We are partially dependent upon a select number of prime brands manufactured by certain retail companies. We do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers, and they can cease or limit our access to their products at any time, which could adversely impact our results depending on the importance of the supplier.

Our business partially depends on a select number of prime brands. For instance, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, Nike, Adidas, Mizuno and Asics made up approximately 41.2% and 34.4%, respectively, of our net sales. We currently do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers. If any of these suppliers choose not to sell their products to us or limit our access to their products (for example, by entering into exclusive distribution arrangements with other retailers), our capacity to grow, our market share and our financial results could be adversely impacted. Also, to the extent that the increase in the sales of our private label products on our sites negatively affects the sales of our suppliers’ products, our relationship with certain of them could be adversely impacted.

 

19


Table of Contents

In addition, our suppliers participate in an extremely competitive market with few global brands having the majority of the market share. In order to gain scale or market share, these brands could merge or acquire competitors. The further concentration of our suppliers could negatively impact our ability to negotiate with them and limit the number of companies that could act as our main suppliers.

If we are unable to successfully manage the logistical challenge of expanding our operations, including the requisite technological capabilities, our results of operations and business could be materially and adversely affected.

We have expanded our operations rapidly since our inception and our net sales have increased from R$252.9 million in 2010 to R$1,739.5 million in 2016 (a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of approximately 38.0%). Our substantial growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing and distribution functions, upgrade our management information systems and other processes and technology, and obtain more space for our expanding workforce. This expansion could increase the strain on our resources, and we could experience serious operating difficulties, including difficulties in hiring, training and managing an increasing number of employees, difficulties in obtaining sufficient suppliers, and delays in shipments. These difficulties would likely result in the erosion of our brand image and a resulting decrease in net sales and the price of our common shares.

As a result of expansion efforts, we must consistently add new hardware, update software, enhance our billing and transaction systems, and add and train new engineering and other personnel to support the increased use of our sites and the new products and features we regularly introduce. This upgrade process is expensive, and the increasing complexity and enhancement of our sites results in higher costs. Failure to upgrade our technology, transaction processing systems, security infrastructure, or network infrastructure to accommodate increased traffic or transaction volume could harm our business. Adverse consequences could include unanticipated system disruptions, slower response times, degradation in levels of customer support, impaired quality of users’ experiences of our services and delays in reporting accurate financial information. Also, our net sales depend on prompt and accurate billing processes. Our failure to grow our transaction-processing capabilities to accommodate the increasing number of transactions that must be billed on our sites would harm our business and our ability to collect revenue.

Furthermore, we may need to enter into relationships with various strategic partners, sites and other online service providers and other third parties necessary to our business. The increased complexity of managing multiple commercial relationships could lead to execution problems that can affect current and future sales and operating margins. Our current and planned systems, procedures and controls, personnel and third-party relationships may not be adequate to support our future operations. Our failure to manage growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on third-party suppliers for the products we sell and any deterioration in those business relationships, the quality of their products or their reputation, especially in the case of any infringement by them on the intellectual property rights of others, may materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We source the products we sell (including our private label products) from over 500 suppliers. Our continued growth resulting from increased demand for the products we sell will require us to increase our ability to source commercial-quality products on reasonable terms.

Our suppliers (including those manufacturing our private label products) may:

 

    cease selling merchandise on terms acceptable to us or at all;

 

    fail to deliver goods that meet consumer demands;

 

    encounter financial difficulties;

 

20


Table of Contents
    terminate our relationships and enter into agreements with our competitors on more favorable terms;

 

    have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours and take actions contrary to our instructions, requests or objectives;

 

    decide to initiate their own eCommerce operations, thereby directly competing with us;

 

    be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations, including their obligations to meet our production deadlines, quality standards and product specifications;

 

    fail to expand their production capacities to meet our growing demands;

 

    encounter raw material or labor shortages or increases in raw material or labor costs, which may impact our costs; or

 

    engage in other activities or employment practices that may harm our reputation.

Furthermore, agreements with our suppliers do not typically establish a fixed price for the purchase of products. As a result, we may be subject to price fluctuations based on changes in our suppliers’ businesses, cost structures or other factors. The occurrence of any of these events, alone or together, may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, most of our agreements with suppliers do not contain non-compete or exclusivity clauses that would prevent those suppliers from producing similar products for any other third party. Any disruption in our relationships with suppliers or our failure to resolve disputes with or complaints from our suppliers in a timely manner, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Also, our suppliers may sell products that infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties. As a result, in addition to product delays, we may be subject to claims or proceedings resulting from our suppliers’ infringement. We may also be involved in intellectual property rights claims for sports, fashion or beauty apparel or products sold on our sites that may contain unauthorized logos or brands. In case we have determined that products sold on our sites are infringing on the intellectual property rights of third parties, we will remove them from our sites; however, we could incur significant costs and efforts in defending against or settling such claims. If there is a successful claim against us, we may be required to refrain from further sales of these products, enter into royalty or licensing agreements with other third parties or pay substantial damages, and we may be unable to recoup any losses from our suppliers. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to renew our current leases or locate desirable alternatives for our facilities could materially and adversely affect our business.

All of our offices and distribution centers are currently located on leased premises. At the end of each lease term, we may be unable to negotiate an extension of our leases or renew them on commercially acceptable terms. This could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating results. We compete with other businesses for premises at certain locations or of desirable sizes, and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with other companies for our preferred premises. As a result, we may not be able to obtain new leases at desirable locations or renew our existing leases on acceptable terms or at all, which could materially and adversely affect our business.

We believe the interplay between the location of our distribution centers and our distribution network is an essential part of our business strategy. As we expand our operations, we cannot assure you that we will be able to lease suitable facilities on commercially acceptable terms in accordance with our growth strategy. The expansion of our logistics centers and distribution network, which could come in the form of expanding existing facilities or opening alternative or additional facilities, could put pressure on our managerial, financial, operational and other resources. If we are unable to secure new facilities or effectively manage our expanded logistical operations and control increasing costs, our growth potential, results of operations and business could be materially and adversely affected.

 

21


Table of Contents

We operate three distribution centers in Brazil, one in Argentina and one in Mexico, and if we fail to operate them efficiently, or if there is a serious disruption at one of these facilities, we may lose merchandise and be unable to effectively deliver it to our customers.

We currently operate three distribution centers in Brazil with approximately 63,000 square meters in total and two distribution centers outside Brazil with approximately 10,000 square meters in total. One of these distribution centers is in Barueri, in the State of São Paulo, Brazil, one is in Extrema, in the State of Minas Gerais, Brazil, one is in Jaboatão dos Guararapes, in the State of Pernambuco, Brazil, one is in the Buenos Aires metropolitan area, Argentina and one is in the Mexico City metropolitan area, Mexico. The operation, management and expansion of our distribution centers are key to our business and growth. If we fail to operate our distribution centers successfully and efficiently or there is a serious service disruption in one of these facilities, our deliveries could be delayed, a significant portion of our inventory could be damaged or our ability to adequately stock the products we sell and process returns of products to our suppliers could be impaired.

We have designed and built our own logistics infrastructure, including inbound receipt of items for sale, storage systems, packaging, outbound freight and the receipt, screening and handling of returns. These processes are complex and depend on sophisticated know-how and computerized systems which we have tailored to meet the specific needs of our business. Any failure or interruption, partial or complete, of these systems, for example as a result of software malfunctions or other serious disruptions, could impair our ability to timely deliver our customers’ purchases and harm our reputation. If we continue to add distribution capabilities, add new businesses or categories with different logistical requirements or change the mix of products that we sell, our logistics infrastructure will become increasingly complex and operating it will become even more challenging. We might encounter operational difficulties which could result in shipping delays and customer dissatisfaction or cause our logistical costs to become high and uncompetitive. Any failure to successfully address these challenges in a cost-effective and timely manner could severely disrupt our business and harm our reputation.

Our product delivery times can vary due to a variety of factors such as the location, our capacity to adequately manage and process multiple orders placed by our customers, the type of product sold, as well as the shipping option chosen by our customer. Our distribution capacity is dependent on the timely performance of services by third parties, including the shipping of products to and from our distribution facilities. Also, customers may expect or demand faster delivery times than we can provide in the future. If we are unable to meet customer expectations or demands in respect of delivery times or convenience, or if our competitors are able to deliver the same or equivalent products faster, more conveniently or for a lower cost, we could lose current or potential customers, our brand and reputation could suffer, and we could experience shortfalls in net sales.

Because many of the products that we sell are manufactured abroad, we may face delays, increased cost or quality control deficiencies in the importation of these products, which could reduce our net sales and profitability.

Although our direct imports of products represent 6.1% of the products we sold in 2016, like many other sporting, fashion and beauty goods retailers, a significant portion of the products that we purchase for resale is manufactured abroad in countries such as China, Taiwan and South Korea. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 41.3% of the products we sold were imported. Foreign imports subject us to the risks of changes in import duties or quotas, new restrictions on imports, work stoppages, delays in shipment, freight cost increases, product cost increases due to foreign currency fluctuations or revaluations and economic uncertainties (including the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duty orders, safeguards, remedies or compensation and retaliation due to illegal foreign trade practices). If any of these or other factors were to cause a disruption of trade from the countries in which the suppliers of our vendors are located, we may be unable to obtain sufficient quantities of products to satisfy our requirements or our cost of obtaining products may increase.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

In addition, we do not control our suppliers or the manufacturers of our private label products. To the extent that any foreign manufacturers that supply products to us directly or indirectly utilize quality control standards, production methods, labor practices or other practices that vary from those legally mandated, expected by our customers or commonly accepted in the world, we could be hurt by any resulting negative publicity or, in some cases, face potential liability. Historically, instability in the political and economic environments of the countries in which our suppliers or we operate has not had a material adverse effect on our operations. However, we cannot predict the effect that future changes in economic or political conditions in the foreign countries where our supplying manufacturers are located may have on our operations. In the event of disruptions or delays in supply due to economic or political conditions in foreign countries, those disruptions or delays could adversely affect our results of operations unless and until alternative supply arrangements are made. In addition, merchandise purchased from alternative sources may be of lesser quality or more expensive than the merchandise we currently purchase abroad.

Failure to maintain and further develop our brand recognition and maintain a positive public image could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We believe developing our brand recognition is important to our sales and marketing efforts. If we fail to enhance the recognition of our brand, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to sell products and, in turn, our business and results of operations. If we fail to maintain and develop a positive public image and reputation, our existing business with our customers could decline and we may fail to attract new customers, which could, in turn, adversely affect our prospects and results of operations.

For instance, complaints from customers or negative publicity about the products we sell (especially our private label products), the prices we charge or customer service have, from time to time, had a negative effect on our reputation in the past and could in the future reduce consumer confidence and the use of our services and adversely affect our business. In addition, some of the products we sell may expose us to product liability claims relating to personal injury, death, or property damage, and may require product recalls or other actions. To maintain good customer relations, we need prompt and accurate customer service to resolve irregularities and disputes. Effective customer service requires significant personnel expense and investment in developing programs and technology infrastructure to help customer service representatives carry out their functions. These expenses, if not managed properly, could significantly impact our profitability. Failure to manage or train our customer service representatives properly could compromise our ability to handle customer complaints effectively. If we do not handle customer complaints effectively, our reputation may suffer and we may lose our customers’ confidence.

In addition, from time to time we execute advertisement contracts with celebrities to promote our sites and brands in marketing campaigns. Harm to those celebrities’ reputations, even if not associated with our sites and brands, could also harm our brand image and result in a material decrease in our net sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in tax laws, tax incentives, benefits or differing interpretations of tax laws may adversely affect our results of operations.

Changes in tax laws, regulations, related interpretations and tax accounting standards in, Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, the Cayman Islands and the United States may result in a higher tax rate on our earnings, which may result in a significant negative impact on our profits and cash flows from operations. Also, our results of operations and financial condition may be affected if certain tax incentives are not retained or renewed. For example, the ICMS ( Imposto sobre Circulação de Mercadorias e Serviços ) is a Brazilian state value-added tax with nominal rates of 18% to 25% depending on each state’s tax legislation. Sales to purchasers outside of the State of Pernambuco originating from our distribution center located in the city of Recife (State of Pernambuco, Brazil) currently enjoy Pernambuco State ICMS tax rates ranging from 0.5% to 1.0%, depending on the type of product offered. Also, sales to purchasers outside of the State of Minas Gerais originating from our distribution

 

23


Table of Contents

center located in the city of Extrema (State of Minas Gerais, Brazil) currently enjoy a Minas Gerais State ICMS tax rate of 1%. These ICMS tax benefits can be suspended or cancelled by the States of Pernambuco and Minas Gerais at any time. Benefits can also be suspended or cancelled by Brazilian judicial courts in the event of lawsuits filed by other States or legitimate parties challenging their constitutionality, and any loss of these incentives would result in increased taxes for the upcoming fiscal years and adversely affect our results if we are not able to pass this tax increase on to our customers. In 2015, our average ICMS tax burden was 3.6%, mainly as a result of tax reductions and incentives. As a result of a recent amendment to the Brazilian constitution, which changed the rules about the allocation of ICMS taxes collected in interstate sales between the state of origin of the products sold and the state where the final customer is located, we expect that our average ICMS tax burden will increase to 10.1% by 2019, as these changes are expected to partially offset the benefits we currently experience from these tax incentives. For further information regarding the changes prompted by this constitutional amendment and its impact on us, see “Business—Regulation.” If we are not capable of optimizing our cost structure to offset this tax increase or if we are not capable of passing on this tax increase to our customers, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely impacted.

In addition, governments are increasingly considering tax law changes as a means to cover budgetary shortfalls resulting from the recent downturn of the economic environment in Brazil and Mexico. If such proposals were enacted, or if modifications were to be made to certain existing tax benefits or treaties, the consequences may have a material adverse impact on us, including increasing our tax burden, increasing costs of our tax compliance or otherwise adversely affecting our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Furthermore, we are subject to tax laws and regulations that may be interpreted differently by us and tax authorities. For instance, we and other retailers in Brazil are currently challenging the Brazilian tax authorities’ interpretation that the calculation basis for the Social Integration Program ( Programa de Integração Social ), or PIS, and the Contribution to Social Security Financing ( Contribuição para o Financiamento da Seguridade Social ), or COFINS, taxes over the products we sell should also consider the ICMS tax rate levied upon such products. Although based on recent rulings of the Brazilian Supreme Court our lawyers estimate our chances of losing this legal dispute as only possible, if Brazilian courts ultimately decide adversely to us, we may have to take unanticipated provisions and charges, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. For further information, see “Business—Legal and Administrative Proceedings—Tax and Social Security Matters.”

The expansion of our business partially depends on increased availability of credit and credit cards to our customers, and we are subject to payments-related risks.

Our business is highly dependent on credit cards as the preferred payment method of our customers. As of December 31, 2016, 72.8% of our net sales were derived from payments effected through credit cards. As a result, the continued growth of our business is also partially dependent on the expansion of credit card penetration in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, which may never reach a percentage similar to more developed countries for reasons that are beyond our control, such as low credit availability for a relevant portion of the population in such countries.

In addition to credit cards, we accept payments using a variety of methods, including bank payment slips, electronic payment platforms (such as PayPal) and consumer invoicing. As we offer new payment options to our customers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements, and additional fraud-related risks. For certain payment methods, including credit cards, we pay transaction and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs, lowering profitability. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services and it could disrupt our business if these companies become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us. If we fail to comply with these third-party servicers’ rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised (similar to the increase in fraud attempts we experienced in 2016), we may be liable for chargebacks, credit card issuing banks’ costs, fines and higher transaction fees and we may lose our ability to accept credit card payments from our customers, process electronic funds transfers, or facilitate other types of online payments. Additionally, consumers and merchants in Brazil can bring claims against us for credit card and other losses due to third-party fraud on our marketplace platform. If any of these situations were to occur, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents

In addition, as secure methods of payment for eCommerce transactions have not been widely adopted in certain emerging markets, consumers and other merchants may have relatively low confidence in the integrity of eCommerce transactions and remote payment mechanisms, which may have a material and adverse effect on our business prospects or limit our growth.

Our costs may change as a result of currency exchange rate fluctuations or inflation in the cost of merchandise manufactured and purchased abroad.

We source goods from various countries (mainly from China) in currencies other than the Brazilian real (mainly the U.S. dollar). As a result, changes in the value of the U.S. dollar or in the functional currencies in which our subsidiaries operate compared to other currencies, or inflation affecting foreign labor and raw material costs, may affect the cost of goods that we purchase. If the cost of goods that we purchase increases, we may not be able to similarly increase the retail prices that we charge consumers without impacting our sales and our results of operations may suffer. If we do increase our retail prices, our reputation may suffer, which may also negatively impact our results of operations.

We depend on key management personnel, and the loss of our management or the inability to attract and retain other key personnel could harm our business.

Our future success depends largely on the skills and efforts of our senior management team, and in particular, Marcio Kumruian, one of our founders, and currently chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer. The loss of members of our management could disrupt our operations and have an adverse effect on our business. If members of our senior management team resign, we may not be able to sustain our existing culture or replace them with individuals of the same experience and qualification. In particular, our business model was designed by Marcio Kumruian, and we believe that we will continue to be heavily dependent on his insights and experience for our continuing success.

Our future success also depends on our ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain, motivate and manage other highly skilled technical, managerial, information technology, marketing and customer service personnel. Competition for these personnel is intense, and we may not be able to successfully attract, hire, train, retain, motivate and manage sufficiently qualified personnel.

We are susceptible to illegal uses of our platform, and we could potentially face liability for any illegal use of our platform.

We, like our platforms, are susceptible to potentially illegal or improper uses, including, fraudulent and illicit sales on the payment methods accepted by us and bank fraud. In addition, our services could be subject to unauthorized credit card use, identity theft, employee fraud or other internal security breaches. We may incur significant costs to protect against the threat of information security breaches or to respond to or alleviate problems caused by any breaches. Laws may require notification to regulators, customers or employees and we may be required to reimburse customers or credit card companies for any funds stolen as a result of any breaches or to provide credit monitoring or identity theft protection in the event of a privacy breach. These requirements, as well as any additional restrictions that may be imposed by credit card companies, could raise our costs significantly and reduce our attractiveness.

In addition to the direct costs of such losses, if they are related to credit card transactions and become excessive they could result in us losing the right to accept credit cards for payment. If we are unable to accept credit cards, our business will be adversely affected given that credit cards are the most widely used method for our customers to pay for the products we sell.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

We may pursue strategic acquisitions or investments and the failure of an acquisition or investment to produce the anticipated results or the inability to fully integrate an acquired company could have an adverse impact on our business.

We may from time to time acquire or invest in complementary companies or businesses. The success of acquisitions or investments is based on our ability to make accurate assumptions regarding the valuation, operations, growth potential, integration and other factors related to the respective business. We cannot assure you that our acquisitions or investments will produce the results that we expect at the time we enter into or complete a given transaction. Furthermore, acquisitions may result in difficulties integrating the acquired companies, and may result in the diversion of our capital and our management’s attention from other business issues and opportunities. We may not be able to successfully integrate operations that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution or operating procedures. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions, our business could suffer. In addition, the integration of any acquired business and their financial results may adversely affect our operating results.

Requirements associated with being a public company in the United States will require significant company resources and management attention.

After the completion of this offering, we will become subject to certain reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and the other rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. We will also be subject to various other regulatory requirements, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. New rules and regulations relating to information disclosure, financial reporting and controls and corporate governance, which could be adopted by the SEC, the NYSE or other regulatory bodies or exchange entities from time to time, could result in a significant increase in legal, accounting and other compliance costs and make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These rules and regulations may also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

These new obligations will also require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. Given that most of the individuals who now constitute our management team have limited experience managing a publicly traded company and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies, initially, these new obligations could demand even greater attention. These cost increases and the diversion of management’s attention could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operation results.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our results of operations and our ability to operate our business may be harmed.

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook, nor were we required to undertake, a comprehensive assessment of our internal control for purposes of identifying and reporting material weaknesses and other control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. We believe it is possible that, if we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or if our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, internal control deficiencies could have been identified.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

After this offering, we will be subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. Under the SEC’s current rules, beginning with the year ending December 31, 2018, we are required to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our testing may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and render our internal control over financial reporting ineffective. Because of our international corporate structure, our financial reporting requires substantial international activities, resources and reporting consolidation. We expect to incur substantial accounting and auditing expense and to expend significant management time in complying with these requirements. If we are not able to comply with these requirements in a timely manner, or if we or our management identifies material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our shares may decline and we may be subject to investigations or sanctions by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, or other regulatory authorities. In addition, we may be required to expend significant management time and financial resources to correct any material weaknesses that may be identified or to respond to any regulatory investigations or proceedings.

Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. Our material assets are our direct and indirect equity interests in our subsidiaries, particularly our Brazilian subsidiary. We are, therefore, dependent upon payments, dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries for funds to pay our holding company’s operating and other expenses and to pay future cash dividends or distributions, if any, to holders of our common shares, and we may have tax costs in connection with any dividend or distribution. Furthermore, exchange rate fluctuation will affect the U.S. dollar value of any distributions our subsidiaries make with respect to our equity interests in those subsidiaries. See “—We plan to continue expanding our international operations abroad. Inherent risks or developments in the international markets where we operate expose us to a number of risks, including risks beyond our control, and they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations,” “—Risks Related to Doing Business in Brazil and the rest of Latin America—The Brazilian government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy. This involvement, as well as Brazilian political and economic conditions, could have an adverse effect on us and the market price of our common shares,” “—Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Shares—It is unlikely that we will declare any dividends on our common shares” and “Dividend policy.”

An occurrence of a natural disaster, widespread health epidemic or other outbreaks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by natural disasters, such as fires or floods, the outbreak of a widespread health epidemic, or other events, such as wars, acts of terrorism, environmental accidents, power shortages or communication interruptions. The occurrence of a disaster or similar event could materially disrupt our business and operations. These events could also cause us to close our operating facilities temporarily, which would severely disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our net sales could be materially reduced to the extent that a natural disaster, health epidemic or other major event harms the economy of the countries where we operate. Our operations could also be severely disrupted if our consumers, merchants or other participants were affected by natural disasters, health epidemics or other major events.

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information or our failure or the perception by our customers that we failed to comply with privacy laws or properly address privacy concerns could harm our business and standing with our customers.

We collect, store, process, and use certain personal information and other user data in our business. A significant risk associated with eCommerce and communications is the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks. The perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may adversely affect our business and results of operations. We must ensure that any processing, collection, use, storage, dissemination, transfer and disposal of data for which we are responsible complies with relevant data protection and privacy laws. The protection of our customer, employee and company data is critical to us. Currently, a number of our users authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential customer information, such as credit card and other personal information. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers, may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming or human errors, or other similar events. Any security breach, or any perceived failure involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, as well as any failure or perceived failure to comply with laws, policies, legal obligations or industry standards regarding data privacy and protection, whether by us or our vendors, could damage our reputation, expose us to litigation risk and liability, subject us to negative publicity, disrupt our operations and harm our business. We cannot assure you that our security measures will prevent security breaches or that failure to prevent them will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, we do not carry and we do not require our vendors to carry cybersecurity insurance to compensate for any losses that may result from any breach of security. Therefore, our results of operations or financial condition may be materially adversely affected if our existing general liability policies did not cover a security breach.

Our inability or failure to protect our intellectual property and any intellectual property infringement against us could have a negative impact on our operating results.

Our trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names and other intellectual property (including those related to our private label products) are valuable assets that are critical to our success. In particular, the protection of our trademarks and service marks is an important factor in product recognition and in our ability to maintain or increase market share. If we do not adequately protect our rights in our various trademarks and service marks, unauthorized reproduction or other misappropriation of our intellectual property may arise. Such infringement of our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our brands or goodwill and cause a decline in our sales. As a result, any failure to protect our intellectual property could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Effective trademark and other intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which we operate and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to adequately protect our intellectual property from misappropriation or unauthorized use. The process of seeking intellectual property protection is expensive and time-consuming. While we aim to acquire adequate protection of our brand through trademark registrations in key markets, occasionally third parties may have already registered or otherwise acquired rights to identical or similar marks for products or solutions that address our market. Policing unauthorized use of intellectual property is also difficult. Additionally, costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and our failure to successfully defend our proprietary rights could adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to Doing Business in Brazil and the Rest of Latin America

The Brazilian government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy. This involvement, as well as Brazilian political and economic conditions, could have an adverse effect on us and the market price of our common shares.

We conduct a substantial amount of our operations in Brazil, and we sell a substantial portion of our products to customers in the domestic market. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 89.4% of our net sales

 

28


Table of Contents

were derived from Brazil. Accordingly, our results of operations are substantially dependent on the economic conditions in Brazil. Brazil’s gross domestic product, or GDP, in real terms, grew by 2.7% in 2013 and 0.1% in 2014 and shrank by 3.8% in 2015 and 3.6% in 2016. In 2016, the real has fluctuated significantly, primarily as a result of Brazil’s political instability, and it has appreciated against the U.S. dollar since March 2016. In addition, the credit rating of the Brazilian federal government has been downgraded in 2015 and 2016 by all major credit rating agencies and is no longer investment grade. We cannot assure that Brazil’s GDP will increase or stabilize in the future. Future developments in the Brazilian economy may affect Brazil’s growth rates, employment rates, the availability of credit and average wages in Brazil and, consequently, the consumption level of the products we sell. As a result, these developments could impair our business strategies, results of operations or financial condition.

The Brazilian government frequently intervenes in the Brazilian economy and occasionally makes significant changes in policy and regulations. The Brazilian government’s actions to control inflation and implement other policies and regulations have often involved, among other measures, increases in interest rates, changes in tax policies, wage and price controls, currency devaluations, capital controls and limits on imports. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, trading price of the common shares and prospects may be adversely affected by changes in government policies or regulations, involving or affecting factors such as:

 

    interest rates;

 

    exchange rates and exchange control policies;

 

    restrictions on remittances abroad;

 

    currency fluctuation;

 

    inflation rates;

 

    tariff and export/import control policies;

 

    economic and social instability;

 

    liquidity of domestic financial and capital markets;

 

    electricity rationing and energy shortage;

 

    international trade policy;

 

    tax policies;

 

    regulatory framework governing our industry; and

 

    other political, diplomatic, social and economic developments in or affecting Brazil.

Historically, the Brazilian currency has suffered frequent devaluations against the U.S. dollar. Throughout the periods of currency depreciation, the Brazilian government has implemented certain measures and various economic plans for exchange controls. For instance, Brazilian law provides that whenever there is a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments or reason to foresee a serious imbalance, the Brazilian government may impose temporary restrictions on the remittance to foreign investors of the proceeds of their investments in Brazil. For example, for approximately six months in 1989 and early 1990, the Brazilian government froze all dividend and capital repatriations that were owed to foreign equity investors and held by the Central Bank in order to conserve Brazil’s foreign currency reserves. These amounts were subsequently released in accordance with Brazilian governmental directives. We cannot assure you that the Brazilian government will not take similar measures in the future. As a result, we may not be able to receive dividends or distributions from our Brazilian subsidiary in currencies other than reais and consequently be unable to pay dividends to our shareholders. The likelihood that the Brazilian government would impose such restrictions may be affected by the extent of Brazil’s foreign currency reserves, the availability of foreign currency in the foreign exchange markets on the date a payment is due, the size of Brazil’s debt service burden relative to the economy as a whole, and other factors.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Uncertainty as to whether the Brazilian government will implement changes in policy or regulations affecting these or other factors in the future may contribute to economic uncertainty in Brazil and to heightened volatility in the Brazilian securities markets and the securities issued by Brazilian companies.

Also, Brazilian markets have been experiencing heightened volatility due to uncertainties derived from the ongoing Lava Jato investigation, which is being conducted by the Office of the Brazilian Federal Prosecutor, and its impact on the Brazilian economy and political environment. As a result of the ongoing Lava Jato investigation, a number of senior politicians, including congressmen and officers of some of the major state-owned companies in Brazil have resigned or been arrested. Other senior elected officials and other public officials in Brazil are being investigated for allegations of unethical and illegal conduct identified during the Lava Jato investigation. The matters that have come, and may continue to come, to light as a result of, or in connection with the Lava Jato investigation and related anti-corruption inquiries have adversely affected and we expect that they will continue to adversely affect the Brazilian economy, markets and trading prices of securities issued by issuers with Brazilian operating subsidiaries in the near future.

On August 31, 2016, the Brazilian Senate impeached President Dilma Rousseff for violations of fiscal responsibility laws and the then–Vice-President Michel Temer assumed office to complete the remainder of the presidential mandate. We cannot predict the outcome of recent political uncertainty in Brazil and its effects on the Brazilian economy, but it may cause further instability. We also cannot predict the policies Mr. Temer may adopt or change during his mandate as to the factors mentioned above or the effect that any such policies might have on our business and on the Brazilian economy. Any new policies or changes to current policies may have a material adverse effect on us.

We plan to continue expanding our international operations abroad. Inherent risks or developments in the international markets where we operate expose us to a number of risks, including risks beyond our control, and they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our international activities represented 10.6% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, but international expansion is key for the future prospects of our business. We may enter into new international markets where we have limited or no experience and in which we may be less well-known. As we expand internationally, we are managing our business to address varied consumer customs and practices, in particular those dealing with sporting goods eCommerce and with respect to the Internet generally, as well as differing legal and regulatory environments. Our failure to accurately assess business opportunities and local consumer customs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we are subject to a variety of risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:

 

    political, social, or economic instability, including civil disturbances;

 

    fluctuations in currency exchange rates and its impact on our international operations (such as the recent sharp devaluation of the Argentine peso, which resulted in a material reduction of the results of operations of our subsidiary in Argentina in 2015 when denominated in reais, which reached ARS3.32 per R$1.00 on December 31, 2015 and ARS4.87 per R$1.00 on December 31, 2016 compared with ARS3.22 per R$1.00 on December 2014), compliance with currency controls and restrictions on remittances abroad;

 

    inflation rates (such as the current environment of high inflation rates in Argentina, which reached 38.5% in 2014, 27.7% in 2015 and 40.3% in 2016, according to IPC Congreso );

 

    risks related to the legal and regulatory environment in foreign jurisdictions, including with respect to consumer, privacy and data protection laws, tax, law enforcement, network security, trade compliance and intellectual property matters, as well as consumer litigation;

 

    government regulation of Internet and eCommerce and other services, electronic devices, and competition, and restrictive governmental actions (such as restrictions on importation and trade protection measures, including import duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs);

 

30


Table of Contents
    burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws;

 

    difficulties in identifying, attracting, hiring, training and retaining qualified personnel, and overseeing international operations, including the efficient management of our international operations;

 

    availability, quality and level of usage of the Internet in relevant jurisdictions, and lower levels of consumer spending;

 

    higher level of credit risk, fraud and the lack of secure payment methods;

 

    restrictions on sales or distribution of certain products or services and liability related to products sold to customers;

 

    limited technology infrastructure; among others.

Accordingly, any efforts we make to expand our cross-border operations may not be successful, which could limit our ability to grow our net sales.

Inflation and efforts by the Brazilian government to combat inflation may contribute significantly to economic uncertainty in Brazil and could have an adverse effect on us and the market price of our common shares.

Brazil has historically experienced high rates of inflation. Inflation, as well as governmental measures put in place to combat inflation, have had a material adverse effect on the Brazilian economy. Inflationary pressures persist, and actions taken in an effort to curb inflation, coupled with public speculation about possible future governmental actions, have in the past contributed to economic uncertainty in Brazil and heightened volatility in the Brazilian securities market. The inflation rate in Brazil, as reflected by the Broad Consumer Price Index ( Índice Nacional de Preços ao Consumidor Amplo , or IPCA), published by the Brazilian Institute for Geography and Statistics ( Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatística , or IBGE), was 6.41% in 2014, 10.67% in 2015 and 6.29% in 2016.

As a result of inflationary pressures and macroeconomic instability, the Brazilian government historically has adopted monetary policies that have resulted in Brazil’s interest rates being among the highest in the world. The Central Bank sets the base interest rates generally available to the Brazilian banking system, based on the expansion or contraction of the Brazilian economy, inflation rates and other economic indicators. In August 2012, the base interest rate ( Sistema Especial de Liquidação e Custódia , or SELIC rate) set by the Central Bank was 7.50%. To control inflation during 2013, the Central Bank gradually raised the SELIC rate to 8.50% in July, 9.00% in August, 9.50% in October, and 10.00% in December. In 2014, the Central Bank raised the SELIC rate to 11.00% in April, 11.25% in October and 11.75% in December. In 2015, it was raised again to 12.25% in January, 12.75% in March, 13.25% in May and 14.25% in July. From July 2015 to September 2016 it remained at 14.25% and was reduced to 14% in October 2016 and to 13.75% in November 2016. As of March 14, 2017 the SELIC rate was 12.25%. Brazilian interest rates remain high and any increase in interest rates could negatively affect our profitability and results of operations and would increase the costs associated with financing our operations.

Inflation and government measures to combat inflation, along with speculation about possible future governmental measures, have had and are expected to continue to have significant negative effects on the Brazilian economy, including heightened volatility in the Brazilian securities market. In addition, measures to control inflation have often included maintaining a tight monetary policy with high interest rates, thereby restricting the availability of credit and limiting economic growth. On the other hand, these policies may be incapable of preventing increases in the inflation rate. Furthermore, the absence of such policies may trigger increases in the inflation rate and thereby adversely affect economic stability. In the event of an increase in inflation, we may not be able to adjust the prices we charge our customers to offset the effects of inflation on our cost structure, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and the market price of our common shares.

Exchange rate instability may adversely increase our costs and affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The Brazilian currency has historically experienced frequent, sometimes significant, fluctuations relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies. On December 31, 2012 the real /U.S. dollar exchange rate was R$2.04 per US$1.00. During 2013, the real depreciated against the U.S. dollar, and on December 31, 2013, the

 

31


Table of Contents

exchange rate was R$2.34 per US$1.00. The real continued its decline against the U.S. dollar in 2014, reaching R$2.66 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2014. In 2015, the real further depreciated against the U.S. dollar, reaching R$3.90 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2015. On June 30, 2016, the exchange rate was R$3.21 per US$1.00, on December 31, 2016, the exchange rate was R$3.26 per US$1.00 and on March 14, 2017, the exchange rate was R$3.16 per US$1.00.

A devaluation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar could create inflationary pressures in Brazil and cause the Brazilian government to, among other measures, increase interest rates. Any depreciation of the real may generally restrict access to the international capital markets. It would also reduce the U.S. dollar value of our results. Restrictive macroeconomic policies could adversely affect the stability of the Brazilian economy, as well as adversely impact our results of operations and profitability. In addition, domestic and international reactions to restrictive economic policies could have a negative impact on the Brazilian economy. These policies and any reactions to them may adversely affect us by curtailing access to foreign financial markets and prompting further government intervention. A devaluation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar may also, as in the context of the current economic slowdown, decrease consumer spending, increase deflationary pressures and reduce economic growth.

On the other hand, an appreciation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies may deteriorate the Brazilian foreign exchange current accounts. Many of the goods we purchase are manufactured abroad, and the prices charged by foreign manufacturers may be affected by the fluctuation of their local currency against the U.S. dollar. We source goods from various countries, including China, and thus changes in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies may affect the costs of goods that we purchase. Depending on the circumstances, either devaluation or appreciation of the real relative to the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies could adversely affect the growth of the Brazilian economy, as well as our business, results of operations and profitability.

Deterioration in general economic and market conditions or the perception of risk in other countries, especially the United States and emerging market countries, may adversely affect the countries in which we operate, the market price of our common shares, our access to the international capital markets and, accordingly, our results of operation and financial condition.

The market price of securities issued by Brazilian companies or holding companies with Brazilian subsidiaries is affected to varying degrees by economic and market conditions in other countries, including the United States and other Latin American and emerging market countries. Factors such as higher interest rates, higher fuel and energy costs, weakness in overall market conditions, higher levels of inflation and unemployment, decreases in consumer disposable income, unavailability of consumer credit or credit restrictions imposed by credit card companies, higher consumer debt levels and tax rates, among others, may adversely affect consumer demand for sporting, fashion and beauty goods, and significantly affect our business. Although economic conditions in certain countries may differ significantly from economic conditions in Brazil, investors’ reactions to developments in other countries may have an adverse effect on companies with operations in Brazil. Crises or investors’ perceptions of events in the United States and other emerging market countries or changes in economic policies of other countries may substantially affect capital flows into these countries and the market value of securities from issuers in other countries, and may especially impact the demand for securities of Brazilian issuers or issuers with Brazilian operating subsidiaries, including ours. Any of these factors could adversely affect the market price of our securities and restrict our ability to access international capital markets at all or on acceptable terms and finance our operations.

In the past, adverse economic conditions in other emerging markets resulted in a significant outflow of funds and a decrease in the quantity of foreign capital invested in Brazil. The financial crisis that began in the United States during the third quarter of 2008 contributed to a global recession. This had direct and indirect adverse effects on the Latin American economies where we operate and, more specifically, in the Brazilian economy and capital markets. These effects included fluctuations in the trading prices of listed securities, scarcity of credit, cost-cutting measures, general worldwide recession, exchange rate instability and inflationary pressures. Any of these events could adversely affect the market price of our common shares and limit our access to capital markets. As a result, we may be unable to finance our operations in the future on acceptable terms or at all.

 

32


Table of Contents

To the extent that economic problems in emerging market countries or elsewhere adversely affect Brazil or the other countries where we operate, our business and the market value of our common shares could be adversely affected. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, in the event of adverse developments in emerging market economies, the international capital markets will remain open to companies with significant Brazilian operations or that the resulting interest rates in such markets will be advantageous to us. Decreased foreign investment in Brazil may negatively affect growth and liquidity in the Brazilian economy, which in turn may have a negative impact on our business.

Internet regulation in Brazil is recent and still limited and several legal issues related to the Internet are uncertain.

In 2014, Brazil enacted a law setting forth principles, guarantees, rights and duties for the use of the internet in Brazil, including provisions about Internet service provider liability, Internet user privacy and internet neutrality, or the Internet Act. In May 2016, further regulations were passed in connection with the Internet Act. However, unlike in the United States, little case law exists around the Internet Act and existing jurisprudence has not been consistent. Legal uncertainty arising from the limited guidance provided by current laws in force allows for different judges or courts to decide very similar claims in different ways and establish contradictory jurisprudence. This legal uncertainty allows for rulings against us and could set adverse precedents, which individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, legal uncertainty may negatively affect our customers’ perception and use of our services.

We are subject to costs and risks associated with increased or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to the sale of consumer products. Specifically, developments in data protection and privacy laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results or operations.

We operate in a complex regulatory and legal environment that exposes us to compliance and litigation risks and that could materially affect our operations and financial results. These laws may change, sometimes significantly, as a result of political, economic or social events. Some of the federal, state or local laws and regulations that affect us include: those relating to consumer products, product liability or consumer protection; those relating to the manner in which we advertise, market or sell products; labor and employment laws, including wage and hour laws; tax laws or interpretations thereof; data protection and privacy laws and regulations; customs or import laws and regulations; and securities and exchange laws and regulations. For instance, data protection and privacy laws are developing to take into account the changes in cultural and consumer attitudes towards the protection of personal data. There can be no guarantee that we will have sufficient financial resources to comply with any new regulations or successfully compete in the context of a shifting regulatory environment. Any additional privacy laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may face restrictions and penalties under the Brazilian Consumer Protection Code in the future.

Brazil has a series of strict consumer protection statutes, or collectively the Consumer Protection Code ( Código de Defesa do Consumidor ), that are intended to safeguard consumer interests and that apply to all companies in Brazil that supply products or services to Brazilian consumers. These consumer protection provisions include protection against misleading and deceptive advertising, protection against coercive or unfair business practices and protection in the formation and interpretation of contracts, usually in the form of civil liabilities and administrative penalties for violations. These penalties are often levied by the Brazilian Consumer Protection Agencies ( Fundação de Proteção e Defesa do Consumidor , or PROCONs), which oversee consumer issues on a district-by-district basis. Companies that operate across Brazil may face penalties from multiple PROCONs, as well as the National Secretariat for Consumers ( Secretaria Nacional do Consumidor , or SENACON). Companies may settle claims made by consumers via PROCONs by paying compensation for violations directly to consumers and through a mechanism that allows them to adjust their conduct,

 

33


Table of Contents

called a conduct adjustment agreement ( Termo de Ajustamento de Conduta , or TAC). Brazilian Public Prosecutor Offices may also commence investigations related to consumer rights violations and this TAC mechanism is also available for them. Companies that violate TACs face potential automatic fines. Brazilian Public Prosecutor Offices may also file public civil actions against companies in violation of consumer rights, seeking strict observation to the consumer protection law provisions and compensation for the damages consumers may have suffered.

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 1,120 active proceedings with PROCONs and small claims courts relating to consumer rights. Most of these disputes are related to delays in the delivery of products, chargeback disputes, and product returns. To the extent consumers file such claims against us in the future, we may face reduced revenue due to refunds and fines for non-compliance that could negatively impact our results of operations.

Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Shares

There has been no prior market for our common shares and an active trading market for our common shares may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. Although we anticipate that our common shares will be approved for listing on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that an active public market will develop or be sustained after this offering or that investors will be able to sell the common shares should they desire to do so. We will negotiate with the representatives of the underwriters to determine the initial public offering price, and it may bear no relationship to the price at which the common shares will trade upon completion of this offering.

The price of our common shares may fluctuate substantially, and your investment may decline in value.

The initial public offering price for our common shares sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between us and the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not reflect the market price of our common shares following this offering. Investors may not be able to sell their common shares at or above the initial public offering price.

Further, the trading price of our common shares is likely to be highly volatile and may be subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those described above under “—Risks Related to our Business and Industry” and “—Risks Related to Doing Business in Brazil and the rest of Latin America.” The stock markets in general, and the NYSE and the market for Internet-related and technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the companies involved. We cannot assure you that trading prices and valuations will be sustained. These broad market and industry factors may materially adversely affect the market price of our common shares, regardless of our operating performance. Market fluctuations, as well as general political and economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, such as recession or currency exchange rate fluctuations, may also adversely affect the market price of our common shares. Following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, that company may often be subject to securities class-action litigation. This kind of litigation may result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our largest shareholders and their affiliates will, in the aggregate, own approximately                     % of our outstanding common shares and, to the extent they act together, will control all matters requiring shareholder approval. This concentration of ownership limits your ability to influence corporate matters.

Our largest shareholders and their affiliates are parties of a shareholders’ agreement and own approximately 99.5% of our common shares, and will own approximately                     % of our shares after the consummation of this offering. See “Principal Shareholders.” Despite the termination of our shareholders’ agreement

 

34


Table of Contents

upon completion of this offering, these entities, to the extent they act together, will control a substantial majority of our voting power and will have the ability to control matters affecting, or submitted to a vote of, our shareholders. As a result, these shareholders may be able to elect all or a substantial majority of the members of our board of directors and set our management policies and exercise overall control over us. See “Management” and “Principal Shareholders” for more information.

The interests of these shareholders may conflict with, or differ from, the interests of other holders of our common shares. For example, these shareholders may cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or outstanding common shares, sell revenue-generating assets or inhibit change of control transactions that benefit other shareholders. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities for themselves that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as these shareholders continue to own a substantial number of our common shares, they will significantly influence all our corporate decisions and together with other shareholders they may be able to effect or inhibit changes in the control of our company.

Our Articles of Association contain anti-takeover provisions that may discourage a third party from acquiring us and adversely affect the rights of holders of our common shares.

Our Articles of Association contain certain provisions that could limit the ability of others to acquire our control, including a provision that grants authority to our board of directors to establish and issue from time to time one or more series of preferred shares without action by our shareholders and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over the prevailing market price by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain our control in a tender offer or similar transactions.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish unfavorable research or reports, our share price and trading volume may decline.

The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence covering us, the trading price for our common shares may be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades us or releases negative publicity about our common shares, our share price would likely decline. Further, as we are not required to publish quarterly financial information, if we cease to publish that information, any analysts covering us may not have enough information to compare us to our peers on a regular basis and may choose to cease coverage. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in our common shares may decrease, which may cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

It is unlikely that we will declare any dividends on our common shares and therefore, you must rely on price appreciation of our common shares for a return on your investment.

We do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain earnings, if any, for future operations and expansion. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our general meeting of shareholders, acting pursuant to a proposal by our board of directors, and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our general meeting of shareholders or board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, investors will most likely have to rely on sales of their common shares, which may increase or decrease in value, as the only way to realize cash from their investment. There is no guarantee that the price of our common shares will ever exceed the price that you pay.

 

35


Table of Contents

Common shares eligible for future sale may cause the market price of our common shares to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

The market price of our common shares may decline as a result of sales of a large number of our common shares in the market after this offering or the perception that these sales may occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

After the consummation of this offering, we will have                     common shares outstanding. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, the                     common shares sold in this offering (                     shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Our shareholders or entities controlled by them or their permitted transferees will, subject to the lock-up agreements described below, be able to sell their shares in the public market from time to time without registering them, subject to certain limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by regulations promulgated by the SEC. If any of our shareholders, the affiliated entities controlled by them or their respective permitted transferees were to sell a large number of their shares, the market price of our common shares may decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur may also adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

We, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common shares have agreed to lock-up agreements that restrict us and these shareholders, subject to specified exceptions, from selling or otherwise disposing of any shares (including our common shares issuable upon conversion of our outstanding convertible notes) for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior consent of the representatives for the underwriters. Although there is no present intention to do so, the underwriters may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in any of the lock-up agreements described above. In addition, these lock-up agreements are subject to the exceptions described in “Underwriting.”

From time to time we may grant share based compensation to our management and employees, which may cause their interests to become excessively tied to the trading price of our common shares.

From time to time, we may grant share options to our management and employees. We have created a share option plan, which is in the process of being fully vested and exercised. We may introduce new share option plans for our senior management and employees in order to increase their efficiency, align their interests with the interests of our shareholders and retain executives who commit to long-term earnings and short-term performance.

If our shareholders or board of directors approve the issuance of new share option plans (or the issuance of additional share options under the existing share option plan), you may be diluted in the event that the exercise price under such share option plan is lower than the trading price of our common shares. In addition, new share option plans may cause the interests of our management to become excessively tied to the trading price of our common shares, which may have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition. For more information about our share based compensation, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Share-based Payments” and “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and by the laws of the Cayman Islands. The

 

36


Table of Contents

rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights of shareholders and responsibilities of directors in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, the board of directors of a solvent Cayman Islands exempted company is required to consider the company’s interests, and the interests of its shareholders as a whole, which may differ from the interests of one or more of its individual shareholders. See “Description of Share Capital—Corporate Governance.”

As a foreign private issuer and an “emerging growth company” (as defined in the JOBS Act), we will have different disclosure and other requirements than U.S. domestic registrants and non-emerging growth companies.

As a foreign private issuer and emerging growth company, we may be subject to different disclosure and other requirements than domestic U.S. registrants and non-emerging growth companies. For example, as a foreign private issuer, in the United States, we are not subject to the same disclosure requirements as a domestic U.S. registrant under the Exchange Act, including the requirements to prepare and issue quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or to file current reports on Form 8-K upon the occurrence of specified significant events, the proxy rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 14 of the Exchange Act or the insider reporting and short-swing profit rules applicable to domestic U.S. registrants under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we intend to rely on exemptions from certain U.S. rules which will permit us to follow Cayman Islands legal requirements rather than certain of the requirements that are applicable to U.S. domestic registrants.

We will follow Cayman Islands laws and regulations that are applicable to Cayman Islands companies. However, Cayman Islands laws and regulations applicable to Cayman Islands companies do not contain any provisions comparable to the U.S. proxy rules, the U.S. rules relating to the filing of reports on Form 10-Q or 8-K or the U.S. rules relating to liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time, as referred to above.

Furthermore, foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while U.S. domestic issuers that are accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information, although we will be subject to Cayman Islands laws and regulations having substantially the same effect as Regulation Fair Disclosure. As a result of the above, even though we are required to file reports on Form 6-K disclosing the limited information which we have made or are required to make public pursuant to Cayman Islands law, or are required to distribute to shareholders generally, and that is material to us, you may not receive information of the same type or amount that is required to be disclosed to shareholders of a U.S. company.

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for emerging growth companies. Under this act, as an emerging growth company, we will not be subject to the same disclosure and financial reporting requirements as non-emerging growth companies. For example, as an emerging growth company we are permitted to, and intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Also, we will not have to comply with future audit rules promulgated by the PCAOB (unless the SEC determines otherwise) and our auditors will not need to attest to our internal controls under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may follow these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information that they deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual revenues of at least US$1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. Accordingly, the

 

37


Table of Contents

information about us available to you will not be the same as, and may be more limited than, the information available to shareholders of a non-emerging growth company.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

We will be a foreign private issuer and, as a result, in accordance with the listing requirements of the NYSE we will rely on certain home country governance practices from the Cayman Islands, rather than the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. The NYSE rules provide that foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of certain NYSE corporate governance standards. The standards applicable to us are considerably different than the standards applied to U.S. domestic issuers. For instance, we are not required to:

 

    have a majority of the board be independent (other than as may result from the requirements for the audit committee member independence under the Exchange Act);

 

    have a minimum of three members in our audit committee;

 

    have a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

    have regularly scheduled executive sessions with only independent directors; or

 

    adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees.

As a foreign private issuer, we may follow home country practice from the Cayman Islands in lieu of the above requirements. Therefore, our board of director’s approach to governance may be different from that of a board of directors consisting of a majority of independent directors, and, as a result, our management oversight may be more limited than if we were subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

Our shareholders may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under the laws of the Cayman Islands are not as clearly defined as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, you may have more difficulty protecting your interests than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States, due to the comparatively less formal nature of Cayman Islands law in this area.

While Cayman Islands law allows a dissenting shareholder to express the shareholder’s view that a court sanctioned reorganization of a Cayman Islands company would not provide fair value for the shareholder’s shares, Cayman Islands statutory law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make it more difficult for you to assess the value of any consideration you may receive in a merger or consolidation or to require that the acquirer gives you additional consideration if you believe the consideration offered is insufficient. However, Cayman Islands statutory law provides a mechanism for a dissenting shareholder in a merger or consolidation to apply to the Grand Court for a determination of the fair value of the dissenter’s shares if it is not possible for the company and the dissenter to agree on a fair price within the time limits prescribed.

 

38


Table of Contents

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies (such as us) have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders. Our directors have discretion under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands’ law, a minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against the board of directors. Class actions are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar.

United States civil liabilities and certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, the majority of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. A substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors who are not resident in the United States and the substantial majority of whose assets are located outside of the United States.

Further, it is unclear if original actions predicated on civil liabilities based solely upon U.S. federal securities laws are enforceable in courts outside the United States, including in the Cayman Islands and Brazil. Courts of the Cayman Islands may not, in an original action in the Cayman Islands, recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, provided it is not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands’ judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in a manner which is contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands. In addition, a Cayman Islands court may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a new investor, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the net tangible book value per share of your common shares.

The initial public offering price of our common shares is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common shares. Investors purchasing common shares in this offering will incur an immediate dilution of US$                     in pro forma net tangible book value per common share (based on the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after giving effect to the share split and the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares). This means that investors in this offering will pay a price per common share that substantially exceeds the value of our tangible assets after subtracting liabilities. See “Dilution” for more information.

 

39


Table of Contents

Judgments of Brazilian courts to enforce our obligations with respect to our common shares may be payable only in reais.

Most of our assets are located in Brazil. If proceedings are brought in the courts of Brazil seeking to enforce our obligations in respect of our common shares, we may not be required to discharge our obligations in a currency other than the real . Under Brazilian exchange control laws, an obligation in Brazil to pay amounts denominated in a currency other than the real may only be satisfied in Brazilian currency at the exchange rate, as determined by the Central Bank, in effect on the date the judgment is obtained, and such amounts are then adjusted to reflect exchange rate variations through the effective payment date. The then-prevailing exchange rate may not afford non-Brazilian investors with full compensation for any claim arising out of or related to our obligations under the common shares.

 

40


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus regarding our business, plans, possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities, the effects of future regulation and the effects of competition, as well as statements relating to certain other information, particularly under the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” include forward-looking statements and projections that involve risks and uncertainties and, therefore, do not constitute guarantees of future results. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “aim,” “seek,” “estimate,” “target,” “project,” “should,” “may,” “might,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “likely,” “will” and similar words and expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements and estimates.

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. There is no assurance that the expected events, trends or results will actually occur and we and the underwriters undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements and estimates whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Such forward-looking statements reflect, among other things, our current expectations, plans, forecasts, projections and strategies about future events and financial trends that affect, or may affect, our business, industry, market share, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, margins, cash flow and/or the market price of our common shares, all of which are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to assumptions that may prove incorrect and to risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Our actual results could differ materially from those expressed or forecast in any forward-looking statements as a result of a variety of assumptions and factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    our ability to continuously record profits and positive operating cash flows;

 

    the growth of eCommerce;

 

    the inherent risks related to eCommerce, such as the interruption or failure of our computer or information technology systems;

 

    reliance on one third-party data hosting service providers;

 

    the efficient operation of our distribution centers;

 

    our dependence on key suppliers and third-party couriers;

 

    logistics and transportation challenges;

 

    our ability to appropriately manage our working capital needs;

 

    the inherent risks of the lines of business into which we are expanding;

 

    our ability to innovate and respond to technological advances and changing customer demands and shopping patterns;

 

    current competition and the emergence of new market participants in our industry;

 

    the maintenance of tax incentives;

 

    our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

    failure to enhance our brand recognition or maintain a positive public image;

 

    failure to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

41


Table of Contents
    the occurrence of natural disasters that could have a material adverse effect on our business;

 

    impacts of future legislation changes on our business;

 

    the macroeconomic, political and business environment in the countries where we operate and their impact on our business, notably with respect to inflation, exchange rates, interest rates;

 

    our ability to maintain our classification as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and

 

    the other factors discussed under section “Risk factors” in this prospectus.

We caution you that the foregoing list of significant factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. Many of these risks are beyond our ability to control or predict. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus.

 

42


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Since our inception, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our common shares, and we have no present plan to pay any dividends on our common shares in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Shares—It is unlikely that we will declare any dividends on our common shares.”

We may make any future determination to pay dividends based on an ordinary shareholder resolution, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. Even if our board of directors recommends a dividend payment, the form, frequency and amount will depend on a number of factors, including our future operations and earnings, our capital requirements and surplus, our general financial condition, impositions of restrictions on conversions and remittances of funds abroad in the jurisdictions where we operate, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. Cash dividends on our common shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely on dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries in Brazil and elsewhere for our cash requirements, including funds to pay our operating expenses, service any debt we may incur and pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders. Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries and therefore, any determination to pay dividends in the future will depend on our ability to receive distributions from them, particularly our main Brazilian subsidiary, NS2. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Shares—Our holding company structure makes us dependent on the operations of our subsidiaries.”

Certain Cayman Islands Legal Requirements Related to Dividends

Under the Companies Law and our Articles of Association, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either its profit or share premium account, but a dividend may not be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. According to our Articles of Association, dividends can be declared and paid out of funds lawfully available to us, which include the share premium account. Dividends, if any, would be paid in proportion to the number of common shares a shareholder holds. For further information, see “Certain Tax Considerations—Cayman Islands Tax Considerations.”

 

43


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately US$                     million from our sale of                     common shares (or US$                     million if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option) after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We believe that the offering will provide additional capital to support the development and growth of our business. The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization, provide us with greater financial flexibility, create a public market for our common shares and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. We currently intend to use our net proceeds from this offering to finance our working capital needs and capital expenditures, which may include, among others, investments in the development of software, acquisition of property and equipment for our distribution centers, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any investments. Any remaining net proceeds will be used for other general corporate purposes. Pending determination of the use of our net proceeds, we may invest them in highly liquid time deposits and similar instruments. Our management will have broad discretion in allocating the net proceeds of this offering received by us to each use.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per common share would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately US$                     million, assuming the number of common shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of common shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our net proceeds by approximately US$                     million, assuming an offering price of US$                     per common share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, long-term debt, shareholders’ equity and capitalization as of December 31, 2016, which are presented:

(1) on an actual basis;

(2) as adjusted to give effect to the issuance and automatic conversion of the convertible notes into of our common shares upon the closing of this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$ per common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; the convertible notes are convertible into our common shares with a 10% price discount relative to the initial public offering price of our common shares; and

(3) as further adjusted to give cumulative effect to both (a) the adjustment set forth in (2) above; and (b) the sale of                     common shares by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$                     per common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Other than this offering and certain recent financial agreements disclosed under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements,” there has been no material change to our capitalization since December 31, 2016.

You should read this table together with the sections of this prospectus entitled “Selected Financial and Operating Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  

(In thousands)

   Actual R$     Actual
US$
    As
Adjusted
R$
     As
Adjusted
US$
     As
Further
Adjusted
R$
     As
Further
Adjusted
US$
 

Cash and cash equivalents

     111,304       34,152             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible notes (1)

                       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt (2)

     387,382       118,862             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

               

Share capital

     141       43             

Treasury shares

     (1,533     (470           

Additional paid-in capital

     821,988       252,213             

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (19,577     (6,007           

Accumulated losses

     (677,379     (207,842           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity attributable to the owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

     123,640       37,937             

Equity attributable to non-controlling interest

     385       118             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     124,025       38,055             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization (3)

     511,407       156,917             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the full consideration received upon the issuance of the convertible notes (US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement)). See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.”

 

(2) Includes current portion of long-term debt.

 

(3) Total capitalization consists of long-term debt and total shareholders’ equity.

 

 

45


Table of Contents

An increase or reduction of US$1.00 in the assumed initial public offering price of US$                     per common share, which is the midpoint of the price range per common share indicated on the cover page of this prospectus, would, after the completion of this offering, increase (decrease) (1) the value of our shareholders’ equity by US$                     million, and (2) our total capitalization by US$                     million, assuming that the number of common shares offered herein, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase (decrease) (1) the value of our shareholders’ equity by US$                     million, and (2) our total capitalization by US$                     million, assuming an initial public offering price of US$                     per share, the midpoint of the price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The table above is based on the number of common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016. The discussion and table above do not reflect:

 

    117,599 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$50.27 per common share as of December 31, 2016, of which 76,167 were exercisable as of December 31, 2016 (without giving effect to the share split);

 

    7,750 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$24.30 per common share as of December 31, 2016, which shall become exercisable six months after completion of this offering (without giving effect to the share split); and

 

    51,935 common shares reserved for future grants under our Share Plan (without giving effect to the share split).

For further information about our share option plan, see “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by purchasers of the common shares to be sold in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per common share after this offering. If you invest in our common shares in this offering, your ownership interest in us will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per common share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share immediately after this offering.

Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 was US$                     million, based on the offer exchange rate published by the Brazilian Central Bank on December 31, 2016 for conversion of reais into U.S. dollars which was R$3.2591 per US$1.00, or US$                     per common share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 would have been US$                     million, based on the same offer exchange rate, or US$                     per common share. Net tangible book value is determined by subtracting the total amount of our liabilities from the total amount of our tangible assets as of December 31, 2016. To arrive at net tangible book value per common share, we then divide this difference by the number of our common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and to calculate pro forma net tangible book value per common share, we divide by the number of our common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 after giving effect to the share split and to the issuance and automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares upon the closing of this offering (subject to rounding to eliminate any fractional shares), at an assumed initial public offering price of US$                     per common share, the midpoint of the estimated offering price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The convertible notes are convertible into our common shares with a 10% price discount relative to the initial public offering price of our common shares.

After giving effect to this offering and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 would have been US$                    , representing US$                     per common share, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of US$                     per common share to our existing shareholders and a dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of US$                     per common share to new shareholders participating in the offering. Dilution represents the difference between the offering price per common share paid by new shareholders and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share, immediately after giving effect to the share split, the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares upon the closing of this offering.

Assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2016 would have been US$                     per common share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$                     or                     % per common share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$                     or                     % per common share to shareholders participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors on a per common share basis assuming either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Assumed initial public offering price per common share (1)

     

Pro forma net tangible book value per common share as of December 31, 2016 (2)

     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share after completion of this offering

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per common share attributable to existing shareholders

     

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per common share to new shareholder (3)

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Corresponds to the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

(2) Using the offer exchange rate published by the Brazilian Central Bank on December 31, 2016 for conversion of reais into U.S. dollars which was R$3.2591 per US$1.00.

 

(3) Dilution represents the difference between the offering price per common share paid by new shareholders and the pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after giving effect to this offering.

 

47


Table of Contents

The offering price per common share is not based on the pro forma net tangible book value of our common shares, and will be established based on a book building process.

The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2016 the number of common shares acquired from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per common share paid by existing shareholders and new shareholders purchasing common shares in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of US$                     per common share, which is the midpoint of the price range per common share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The number of shares outstanding in the table below is based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016, after giving effect to the share split and the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares upon the closing of this offering (subject to rounding to eliminate any fractional shares).

 

     Common Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average Price per
Common Share
 
     Number      Percentage      Amount      Percentage     

Existing shareholders (1)

        %        US$                            %        US$                      

New shareholders

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        100%        US$                            100%     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes holders of convertible notes whose notes will automatically convert into our common shares upon completion of this offering.

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised, the total consideration paid by new shareholders and the average price per common share paid by new shareholders would be US$                     million and US$                     per common share, respectively, and the percentage of common shares purchased by new shareholder would be                     %.

An increase (decrease) of US$1.00 in the assumed initial public offering price of US$                     per common share, which is the midpoint of the price range per common share indicated on the cover page of this prospectus, would, after the conclusion of this offering, increase (decrease) (1) the value of our shareholders’ equity by US$                     million, and (2) the value of our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per common share to new investors by US$                    , assuming that the number of common shares offered herein, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The discussion and tables above give effect to the share split and the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares upon the closing of this offering but do not reflect:

 

    117,599 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$50.27 per common share as of December 31, 2016, of which 76,167 were exercisable as of December 31, 2016 (without giving effect to the share split);

 

    7,750 common shares available for the exercise of share options at a weighted average exercise price of US$24.30 per common share as of December 31, 2016, which shall become exercisable six months after completion of this offering (without giving effect to the share split); and

 

    51,935 common shares reserved for future grants under our Share Plan (without giving effect to the share split).

For further information about our share option plan, see “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

 

48


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

The Brazilian foreign exchange system allows the purchase and sale of foreign currency and the international transfer of reais by any person or legal entity, regardless of the amount, subject to certain regulatory procedures.

The real depreciated against the U.S. dollar from mid-2011 to early 2016. In particular, during 2015, due to the poor economic conditions in Brazil, including as a result of political instability, the real depreciated at a rate that was much higher than in previous years. On September 24, 2015, the real fell to its lowest level since the introduction of the currency, at R$4.1945 per US$1.00. Overall in 2015, the real depreciated 47.0%, reaching R$3.9048 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2015. In 2016, the real has fluctuated significantly, primarily as a result of Brazil’s political instability, but has appreciated against the U.S. dollar since March 2016. Overall, the real appreciated 16.5%, reaching R$3.2591 per US$1.00 on December 31, 2016. On March 14, 2017, the exchange rate was R$3.1639 per US$1.00. There can be no assurance that the real will not depreciate or appreciate further against the U.S. dollar. The Brazilian Central Bank has intervened occasionally in the foreign exchange market to attempt to control instability in foreign exchange rates. We cannot predict whether the Brazilian Central Bank or the Brazilian government will continue to allow the real to float freely or will intervene in the exchange rate market by re-implementing a currency band system or otherwise. The real may depreciate or appreciate substantially against the U.S. dollar in the future. Furthermore, Brazilian law provides that, whenever there is a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments or there are serious reasons to foresee a serious imbalance, temporary restrictions may be imposed on remittances of foreign capital abroad. We cannot assure you that the Brazilian government will not place restrictions on remittances of foreign capital abroad in the future.

The following tables set forth the offer exchange rates, expressed in reais per U.S. dollar (R$/US$), for the periods indicated, as reported by the Brazilian Central Bank:

 

Year

   Period-end      Average (1)      Low      High  

2011

     1.8758        1.6746        1.5345        1.9016  

2012

     2.0435        1.9550        1.7024        2.1121  

2013

     2.3426        2.1605        1.9528        2.4457  

2014

     2.6562        2.3547        2.1974        2.7403  

2015

     3.9048        3.3387        2.5754        4.1949  

2016

     3.2591        3.4833        3.1193        4.1558  
           

Month

   Period-end      Average (2)      Low      High  

September 2016

     3.2462        3.2564        3.1934        3.3326  

October 2016

     3.1811        3.1858        3.1193        3.2359  

November 2016

     3.3967        3.3420        3.2024        3.4446  

December 2016

     3.2591        3.3523        3.2391        3.4650  

January 2017

     3.1270        3.1966        3.1270        3.2729  

February 2017

     3.0993        3.1042        3.0510        3.1479  

March (through March 14)

     3.1639        3.1379        3.0976        3.1735  

 

Source: Brazilian Central Bank.

(1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each day during the year.

 

(2) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the closing of each day during the month.

 

49


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

The following selected financial data, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods. The following selected financial and other data is qualified by reference to and should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, the convenience translations from reais into U.S. dollars in this prospectus use the Brazilian Central Bank offer exchange rate published on December 31, 2016, which was R$3.2591 per US$1.00. No representation is made that the Brazilian reais amounts referred to could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at any particular rate.

Consolidated Statements of Profits or Loss

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016     2016  

(In thousands, except per share data)

   R$     R$     R$     US$  

Net sales

     1,125,795       1,505,686       1,739,540       533,749  

Cost of sales

     (753,440     (1,010,501     (1,188,744     (364,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     372,355       495,185       550,796       169,003  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling and marketing expenses

     (322,643     (398,514     (443,692     (136,139

General and administrative expenses

     (147,375     (157,228     (174,564     (53,562

Other operating expense, net

     (4,724     (3,503     (5,252     (1,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (474,742 )       (559,245 )       (623,508 )       (191,312 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (102,387 )       (64,060 )       (72,712 )       (22,309 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial income

     32,598       61,294       28,366       8,704  

Financial expense

     (74,447     (96,667     (107,550     (33,000

Loss before income tax

     (144,236     (99,433     (151,896     (46,605

Income tax expense

     (139     (80            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (144,375 )       (99,513 )       (151,896 )       (46,605 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to:

        

Owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

     (143,966     (98,676     (151,074     (46,355

Non-controlling interests

     (409     (837     (822     (250

Loss per common share attributable to owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

     (22.63     (13.97     (21.14     (6.49

Basic and diluted (1)

        

Pro forma loss per common share attributable to

owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

        
        

(unaudited)

        

Pro forma basic and diluted (1)(2)

        

 

(1) When we report net loss attributable to the owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, the diluted loss per common share is equal to the basic loss per common share due to the anti-dilutive effect of the outstanding share options.

 

(2) Pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share attributable to owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited is computed by dividing net loss attributable to owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited by the weighted average common shares outstanding after giving effect to the share split and the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares upon the closing of this offering (subject to rounding to eliminate any fractional shares). The computation of pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share is set forth below:

 

 

50


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016     2016  

(In thousands, except per share data)

   R$     R$     R$     US$  

Numerator:

        

Net loss attributable to Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

     (143,966     (98,676     (151,074     (46,355

Denominator:

        

Weighted average common shares

        

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the share split and the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per common share attributable to owners of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited:

        

Basic and diluted

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

     As of December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  

(In thousands)

   R$      R$      R$      US$  

Selected Statements of Financial Position Data

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     242,372        249,064        111,304        34,152  

Total current assets (1)

     743,408        938,358        824,711        253,050  

Total assets

     861,956        1,113,568        1,113,722        341,727  

Total current liabilities

     378,416        523,271        616,695        189,223  

Total long-term debt (2)

     335,410        333,993        387,382        118,862  

Share-based payment liability

     30,113        35,978        30,139        9,248  

Total liabilities

     616,949        824,566        989,697        303,672  

Total shareholders’ equity

     245,007        289,002        124,025        38,055  

 

(1) Inclusive of cash and cash equivalents.

 

(2) Includes current portion of long-term debt. See note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Selected Operating Data

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016  

Active customers (in thousands) (1)

     3,753        4,676        5,562  

Total orders (in thousands) (2)

     6,846        8,497        10,268  

% of total orders placed from mobile devices (3)

     11.6%        20.2%        32.2%  

Average basket size (4)

     R$210.8        R$219.1        R$206.6  

 

 

(1) Customers who made purchases online with us during the preceding twelve months as of the relevant dates.

 

(2) Total number of orders invoiced to active customers during the relevant period.

 

(3) The sum of total orders placed by active customers through our mobile site and applications as a percentage of total orders placed by active customers for the relevant period. This operational metric is especially relevant as we expect sales made on mobile devices to become an increasingly important part of our business.

 

(4) The sum of total order value from online purchases with us divided by the number of total orders for the relevant period.

 

51


Table of Contents

Non-IFRS Financial Measures

We use non-IFRS financial measures for financial and operational decision-making purposes. To provide investors and others with additional information regarding our financial results and operating performance, we have disclosed in the tables below and within this prospectus our EBITDA, EBITDA Margin, EBITDA Brazil, EBITDA International and GMV which are non-IFRS financial measures.

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin

We define: (1) “EBITDA” as net income (loss) plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses; and (2) “EBITDA Margin” as EBITDA divided by net sales for the relevant period, expressed as a percentage. EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are not measures of financial performance in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with IFRS. These measurements assist our management and may be useful to investors in comparing our operating performance consistently over time as they eliminate the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges), asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management (primarily taxes). These measurements have limitations as analytical tools, including:

 

    EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

    EBITDA does not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often need to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; and

 

    Other companies may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, and therefore this presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA and EBITDA Margin alongside other financial performance measures, like net income (loss) and our other IFRS results. The following table reflects the reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA and EBITDA Margin for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands)

   2014     2015     2016     2016  

Net loss

     R$(144,375     R$(99,513     R$(151,896     US$(46,605

Add (subtract):

        

Interest income/expense, net (1)

     27,755       32,484       76,823       23,572  

Income tax expense

     139       80              

Depreciation and amortization

     16,523       20,415       31,202       9,574  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     R$(99,958     R$(46,534     R$(43,871     US$(13,459
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

     R$1,125,795       R$1,505,686       R$1,739,540       US$533,749  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA Margin

     (8.9 )%      (3.1 )%      (2.5 )%       

 

(1) Includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs.

 

52


Table of Contents

EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International

We define: (1) “EBITDA Brazil” as net income (loss) of our Brazil business segment plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case, related to this business segment and (2) “EBITDA International” as net income (loss) of our international business segment plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case, related to this business segment. EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International are not measures of financial performance in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with IFRS. These measurements assist our management and may be useful to investors in comparing the operating performance of our business segments consistently over time as they eliminate the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges), asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management (primarily taxes). These measurements have similar limitations as analytical tools as those applicable for EBITDA.

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International alongside other financial performance measures of our business segments, like net income (loss) and our other IFRS results. For further information, see note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus The following tables reflect the reconciliation of the net loss of each of our business segments to their respective EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

EBITDA Brazil

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands)

   2014     2015     2016     2016  

Net loss (Brazil)

   R$ (95,521   R$ (30,493   R$ (88,237   US$ (27,074

Add (subtract):

        

Interest income/expense, net (1)

     25,086       22,592       65,855       20,206  

Income tax expense

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     15,405       18,470       27,777       8,523  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA Brazil

   R$ (55,030   R$ 10,569     R$ 5,395     US$ 1,655  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs related to our Brazil business segment.

EBITDA International

 

     Years Ended December 31,  

(In thousands)

   2014     2015     2016     2016  

Net loss (International)

   R$ (40,062   R$ (56,781   R$ (53,329   US$ (16,363

Add (subtract):

        

Interest income/expense, net (1)

     2,669       9,892       11,049       3,390  

Income tax expense

     139       80              

Depreciation and amortization

     1,118       1,520       1,262       387  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA International

   R$ (36,136   R$ (45,289   R$ (41,018   US$ (12,586
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs related to our International business segment.

 

53


Table of Contents

GMV

We define “GMV” as the sum of net sales, returns, GMV from marketplace and net sales taxes, less marketplace and NCard activation commission fees. GMV is a metric useful to investors as it provides an indication of the total volume of product sales (in terms of gross merchandise value) transacted in online and offline purchases with us as well as the growth trend of our marketplace, which we believe will become increasingly important to our business. GMV is not a measure of financial performance in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with IFRS. Because of these limitations, you should consider GMV alongside other financial performance measures, like net sales and our other IFRS results. The following table reflects the reconciliation of our net sales to GMV for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016     2016  

(In thousands)

          

Net sales (1)

   R$ 1,125,795      R$ 1,505,686      R$ 1,739,540     US$ 533,749  

Add (subtract):

          

Net sales taxes (2)

     243,875        262,227        291,646       89,487  

Returns (3)

     73,536        99,102        142,464       43,713  

Marketplace commission fees (4)

                   (9,086     (2,788

NCard activation commission fees (5)

                   (354     (109

Sub-Total:

   R$ 1,443,207      R$ 1,867,015      R$ 2,164,210     US$ 664,052  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

GMV from marketplace (6)

                   38,288       11,748  

GMV

   R$ 1,443,207      R$ 1,867,015      R$ 2,202,498     US$ 675,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Net sales includes revenue from product sales and other revenues, net of promotional discounts, returns and net sales taxes. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of our Results of Operations.”

 

(2) Value added taxes added in our product sales, net of value added taxes incentives granted to us and recorded in our net sales. For further discussion regarding the tax incentives applicable to us, see notes 5 and 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(3) Represents revenue from product sales that are returned by our customers.

 

(4) Represents the commission revenue arising from product sales of qualified third-party B2C vendors through our marketplace, launched in February 2016, that we record as net sales on a net basis. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of our Results of Operations.”

 

(5) Represents the commission revenue generated by customers’ activation of NCards, an initiative launched in April 2016. For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of our Results of Operations.”

 

(6) Means the gross merchandise value of product sales through our online marketplace, launched in February 2016.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of our operations in conjunction with our “Selected financial and other data” and our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our reporting currency is the Brazilian real, and solely for the convenience of the reader, this prospectus contains translations of amounts listed in Brazilian reais into U.S. dollars using offer exchange rates published by the Brazilian Central Bank (Banco Central do Brasil). Unless otherwise indicated, the convenience translations from reais into U.S. dollars in this prospectus use the Brazilian Central Bank offer exchange rate published on December 31, 2016, which was R$3.2591 per US$1.00. No representation is made that the Brazilian reais amounts referred to herein could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at any particular rate.

Overview

Our mission is to be the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. We are the leading sports and lifestyle online retailer in Latin America and one of the largest online retailers in the region, as measured by net sales. We operate in Brazil, Argentina, and Mexico and, since our launch, we have sold to more than 12.8 million customers across our sites, solidifying our position as one of the few scaled online retailers in Latin America and creating a foundation of audience, brand and capabilities on top of which we are building a digital ecosystem capable of delivering increasing and significant value to customers and partners in the future. Through our sites, we deliver our customers a convenient and intuitive online shopping experience across our two core brands, Netshoes and Zattini. We believe that Netshoes has become one of the most recognized brands by consumers, in Brazil and Argentina, among both online and offline sports retailers. We believe that Zattini, a site we launched in December 2014, is quickly becoming a leading online brand for fashion and beauty in Brazil in terms of consumer recognition.

Since we were founded in 2000, we have built on our initial success, expanding across geographies and brands. We have also selectively introduced new product categories, maintaining our core strategy of focusing on lifestyle verticals, which we believe are particularly well-suited for distribution online due to the following factors: (1) the vast inventory selection, benefitting customers by providing them with access to varied products in one place; (2) the lightweight nature of most of the products we offer, which makes them easy to ship and drives fast delivery speeds at significant volumes; (3) the high gross margin of these retail categories; and (4) the need for consistent replacement (compared to, for example, household appliances and electronics), which drives repeat purchasing. Our focus on these verticals has resulted in over 30.0% gross margins (defined as gross profit divided by net sales), including the cost of shipping, for the last three years, which provides substantial operating leverage as we continue to invest in additional parts of our business.

We focus on delivering a superior customer experience and providing service across all areas of the countries in which we operate, including remote locations not typically served by traditional retailers. As one of the first companies in the region to provide online retail offerings, we have emphasized the importance of customer service. We have also developed technology that personalizes the shopping experience for our customers, and our sites have advanced features including enhanced search capabilities, easy navigation, and product recommendations. This core customer focus has driven customer loyalty, as demonstrated by repeat purchasing. In the year ended December 31, 2016, 74.5% of our total orders came from repeat customers.

We benefit from our early mover advantage in Latin American eCommerce, which has allowed us to capture what we believe is a significant market share and achieve a leadership position in a large addressable market. As our market continues to expand, we believe that we are and will continue to be well-positioned as a leading established player to benefit from these macro-economic trends.

 

55


Table of Contents

Our sites are also optimized for mobile shopping, and to facilitate our customers’ access to our sites, we were the first Latin American eCommerce company to partner with local telecommunication service providers to offer customers with free access to the Internet from their mobile devices for such purposes. Despite Latin America’s relatively low mobile penetration rate, in the year ended December 31, 2016, 32.2% of the total orders placed by our active customers came from mobile devices.

We are a trusted partner for the most important brands in sports and lifestyle retail. We offer over 190,000 SKUs from over 500 brands, including Nike, Adidas, Mizuno, Tommy Hilfiger, Ralph Lauren and Lacoste, working closely with our suppliers to promote and protect their brands and help manage product selection. We believe we are one of the largest distribution channels for these brands in Brazil and Latin America. We have also begun to develop our private label brands which supplement our existing supplier relationships in key categories.

Our success in the region has been dependent on our consistent ability to build a solid infrastructure network to support our operations. We have created scalable and customized logistics capabilities. Our highly automated picking, packing and inventory management systems are built to efficiently handle the products in which we specialize—easy-to-ship items with high margins and short replacement cycles. Today, we have three automated distribution centers in Brazil, one in Argentina and one in Mexico. We are able to ship over one million orders a month, and on average, process the orders we receive within six hours after confirmation, achieving an on-time delivery rate of approximately 97.0% of total processed orders.

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we reported:

 

    R$1,505.7 million and R$1,739.5 million in net sales, representing growth of 33.7% and 15.5% from 2014 and 2015, respectively;

 

    R$99.5 million and R$151.9 million in net loss, respectively, from R$144.4 million in net loss in 2014; and

 

    R$46.5 million and R$43.9 million in negative EBITDA, respectively, from R$100.0 million in negative EBITDA in 2014.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we derived 89.4% of our net sales from our operations in Brazil and 10.6% from our international operations.

As we have done in the past, we plan to both grow our core business and expand our operations into attractive new geographies and brands while maintaining our relentless focus on delivering a superior consumer experience. As we continue to scale, we are focused on growing in an efficient way that we expect will result in increased profitability for our business, including by launching new initiatives that are specifically focused on delivering increased revenue at higher margins.

Key Trends and Factors Affecting Our Business

We believe that our results of operations and financial performance will be driven by the following trends and factors:

 

    Continuous Engagement of our Customers : We benefit from our early mover advantage in Latin American eCommerce, which has allowed us to capture what we believe is a significant market share and a leadership position in a large addressable market, but there is still significant room to further expand the customer base for our sites and increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing. Since our launch, we have used several marketing channels to promote our sites, including television, sponsorship of sport clubs, internet search engines, social media and promotional emails, which has resulted in a substantial increase in the engagement of our customers with our brands.

 

56


Table of Contents
    Launch of New Products and Services: Our continuous ability to monetize our user traffic remains critical to our envisioned plans for growth. Our net sales have increased from R$252.9 million in 2010 to R$1,739.5 million in 2016 (a CAGR of approximately 38.0%), and in the same period our GMV grew at a CAGR of approximately 35.0%. We have launched new initiatives that are specifically focused on delivering increased revenue at higher margins, and we expect that the success of these initiatives will play a key role in our long-term growth strategy. In December 2014, we launched Zattini, an online retail store for fashion and beauty products. We have also offered private label apparel to our customers across our Netshoes platform since November 2014 and through our Zattini platform since its launch, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, the sales of those products accounted for 6.0% of the net sales of our online net sales in Brazil and 5.4% of our net sales on a consolidated basis. For the year ended December 31, 2016, Zattini accounted for 11.5% of the net sales of our online operations in Brazil and 10.2% of our net sales on a consolidated basis. We have developed other initiatives that tie our customers more closely to our sites, such as extended payment terms to our customers through our co-branded credit card with Banco Itaú S.A., which we refer to as “NCard,” launched in April 2016. Our expansion efforts also led us to launch our online marketplace platform in February 2016. We expect that marketplace and these new initiatives will play a role in our strategy to attract new customers to our sites and increase spending per active customer.

 

    Growth of eCommerce : Our sales depend substantially on consumers’ widespread acceptance and use of the Internet as a way to conduct commerce. Consumers who have historically used physical channels of commerce to purchase sporting, fashion and beauty goods have started to transition to eCommerce, and we expect they will continue to do so. With only a 1.6% share of the total retail market in 2015, online retail penetration in Latin America offers significant potential relative to developed economies such as the United States, which has 7.3% online retail penetration, according to eMarketer. Despite recent macroeconomic volatility in certain countries such as Brazil and Argentina, eCommerce in Latin America has grown at a CAGR of 27.9% from 2012 to 2015, according to eMarketer, which compares favorably to markets of more developed countries and the 3.8% and 3.6% decrease in Brazil’s GDP in 2015 and 2016, respectively. Also, our customers have been increasingly accessing our sites using mobile devices. In the year ended December 31, 2016, orders placed by our customers from mobile devices represented approximately 32.2% of our total orders (compared to 20.2% in the year ended December 31, 2015), and we believe there is room for further growth in mobile commerce. We are focused on the continuous development of our mobile platforms as we expect sales made on mobile devices to become an increasingly important part of our business. We believe that we are and will continue to be well positioned to benefit from these growth opportunities.

 

    Changing Customer Demands, Shopping Patterns and Technologies : We believe that the current scale of our business reflects in part our consistent ability to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer demands and shopping patterns. We believe that there has been an increased focus on education and health, which is translating into more active lifestyles and higher participation in sports. We have been directing our efforts to address the needs of consumers in this growing market, which we believe is a primary component behind our growth in net sales from R$252.9 million in 2010 to R$1,739.5 million in 2016. Also, our ability to innovate and be at the forefront of technological trends and incorporate technology into all aspects of our business has been key to our success, and we expect to benefit from the growth of eCommerce (which, according to eMarketer, has grown from 1.3% of the retail market in Brazil in 2012 to 2.2% in 2015).

 

    Performance of our International Segment : We are committed to developing our businesses in Argentina and Mexico, and despite the difference of the operating environment in these countries and in Brazil, we believe we are now one of the main eCommerce players in these countries. Compared to Brazil, in Argentina and Mexico we currently have lower market share and negative cash flows from operations, and we have had different rates of growth in recent periods than in Brazil. We are working to develop sufficient scale in these different markets to overcome these challenges. The impact of the international segment on our results as reported in reais is also affected by exchange rate variations between the real and the currencies of Argentina and Mexico.

 

57


Table of Contents
    Political Environment and Macroeconomic Conditions in the Countries in which We Operate : All of our business is currently carried out in Latin America and primarily in Brazil. Our results of operations and financial condition are significantly influenced by political and economic developments in the countries in which we operate and the effect that these factors have on the availability of credit, employment rates, disposable income and average wages in those countries. In the mid- to long-term, we expect strong macro tailwinds due to an expanding middle class, increased disposable income and reduced unemployment and interest rates, among other factors.

Key Business Metrics

Our management regularly reviews the key operational and financial metrics described below to evaluate our business, monitor and measure performance, identify business trends, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016     2016  

Operational

        

Active customers (in thousands)

     3,753       4,676       5,562       —    

Total orders (in thousands)

     6,846       8,497       10,268       —    

% of total orders placed from mobile devices

     11.6%       20.2%       32.2%       —    

Average basket size

     R$210.8       R$219.1       R$206.6       US$63.4  

Financial

        

EBITDA (in thousands) (1)

     R$(99,958     R$(46,534     R$(43,871     US$(13,459

EBITDA Margin (1)

     (8.9)%       (3.1)%       (2.5)%       —    

EBITDA Brazil (in thousands) (2) (3)

     R$(55,030     R$10,569       R$5,395       US$1,655  

EBITDA International (in thousands) (2) (3)

     R$(36,136     R$(45,289     R$(41,018     US$(12,586

GMV (in thousands) (4)

     R$1,443,207       R$1,867,015       R$2,202,498       US$675,800  

 

(1) For a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA and EBITDA Margin, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—EBITDA and EBITDA Margin.”

 

(2) Consists of EBITDA for each of our reportable business segments: Brazil and International. For a reconciliation of our Brazil business segment net loss to EBITDA Brazil and our International business segment net loss to EBITDA International, and the limitations of these non-IFRS financial measures as an analytical tool, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International.”

 

(3) Items not allocated directly to our reportable business segments (operating expenses, financial income and financial expenses recorded in Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and Netshoes Holding, LLC) are recorded and disclosed separately as corporate and others. As a result, the sum of EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International does not sum up to EBITDA.

 

(4) For a reconciliation of net sales to GMV, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—GMV.”

Active Customers: Customers who made purchases online with us during the preceding twelve months as of the relevant dates.

Total Orders: Total number of orders invoiced to active customers during the relevant period.

% of Total Orders Placed from Mobile Devices: The sum of total orders placed by active customers through our mobile site and applications as a percentage of total orders placed by active customers for the relevant period. This operational metric is especially relevant as we expect sales made on mobile devices to become an increasingly important part of our business.

Average Basket Size: The sum of total order value from online purchases with us divided by the number of total orders for the relevant period.

 

58


Table of Contents

EBITDA and EBITDA Margin: We define: (1) “EBITDA” as net income (loss) plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses; and (2) “EBITDA Margin” as EBITDA divided by net sales for the relevant period, expressed as a percentage. EBITDA and EBITDA Margin are not measures of financial performance in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with IFRS. These measurements assist our management and may be useful to investors in comparing our operating performance consistently over time as they eliminate the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges), asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management (primarily taxes). These measurements have limitations as analytical tools, including:

 

    EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

    EBITDA does not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often need to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements; and

 

    Other companies may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, and therefore this presentation of EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, like net income (loss). For a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—EBITDA and EBITDA Margin.”

EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International : We define: (1) “EBITDA Brazil” as net income (loss) of our Brazil business segment plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case, related to this business segment and (2) “EBITDA International” as net income (loss) of our international business segment plus net interest income/expense (which includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs), income tax, and depreciation and amortization expenses, in each case, related to this business segment. These measurements assist our management and may be useful to investors in comparing the operating performance of our business segments consistently over time as they eliminate the impact of our capital structure (primarily interest charges), asset base (primarily depreciation and amortization) and items outside the control of our management (primarily taxes). These measurements have similar limitations as analytical tools as the limitations applicable for EBITDA. Because of these limitations, you should consider EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International alongside other financial performance measures of our business segments, like net income (loss) and our other IFRS results. For a reconciliation of our Brazil business segment net loss to EBITDA Brazil and our International business segment net loss to EBITDA International, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data—Non-IFRS Financial Measures—EBITDA Brazil and EBITDA International.”

GMV: Gross Merchandise Value, or GMV, is the sum of net sales, returns, GMV from marketplace and net sales taxes, less marketplace and NCard activation commission fees. This metric indicates the total volume of product sales (in terms of gross merchandise value) transacted in online and offline purchases with us, as well as the growth trend of our marketplace, which we believe will become increasingly important to our business. For a reconciliation of net sales to GMV, see “Selected Financial and Operating Data— Non-IFRS Financial Measures—GMV.”

 

59


Table of Contents

Our Business Segments

We have organized our operations into two reportable segments: Brazil and International, which consists of our operations in Argentina and Mexico. For further information, see note 2.6 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Components of Our Results of Operations

The following is a summary of the items comprising our statements of profit and loss:

Net Sales

Net sales includes revenue from product sales and other revenues, net of promotional discounts and returns. Revenue from product sales includes those arising from (1) online purchases with us (except marketplace) and (2) offline purchases with us. Other revenues mainly include (1) shipping services related to our product sales, (2) commission revenue representing a percentage of the total order value of product sales through our marketplace, where qualified third-party B2C vendors can sell their own products to customers through our sites and (3) commission revenue generated by customers’ activation of NCards. We launched our marketplace platform in February 2016 and NCard in April 2016. For the year ended December 31, 2016, online purchases with us (except marketplace) represented 93.5% of our net sales, while offline purchases with us and other revenues represented 4.3% and 2.2% of our net sales, respectively.

Our net sales are also recorded net of certain taxes, principally Taxes on Sale of Goods and Services ( Imposto sobre Circulação de Mercadoria e Serviços ), or ICMS. We have received ICMS tax incentives from the States of Pernambuco and Minas Gerais in Brazil, and the impact of these tax incentives is reflected in net sales because the amount of ICMS we pay to those states is lower than the amount we invoice to our customers who order from outside of these states. For further discussion regarding the tax incentives applicable to us, see notes 5 and 7 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists primarily of costs related to our product sales (except marketplace), including the purchase price of goods for resale (net of rebates from suppliers) and related non-recoverable taxes, as well as shipping costs.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of marketing and advertising costs, personnel expenses for employees engaged in selling, marketing and distribution activities, rental expenses in connection with our distribution centers, credit card fees paid to financial institutions and other expenses. See note 7(b) to our audited consolidated financial statements.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses for management and employees involved in general corporate functions, including finance, accounting, tax, legal, information technology and human resources, and our share option plan granted to key management personnel. General and administrative expenses also include rental expenses incurred in connection with our corporate offices, technology and related infrastructure costs, professional and consulting fees, depreciation costs of equipment used by our corporate departments and insurance expenses. See note 7(c) to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

Other Operating Expense, Net

Other operating income consists primarily of the income related to our agreement with Banco Itaú S.A. to provide it with exclusive access to our customer database and gains on the disposal of fixed assets and intangible assets. Other operating expense consists primarily of losses on the disposal of fixed assets and provisions for civil and labor risks.

Financial Income

Financial income consists primarily of interest income on cash and cash equivalents, imputed interest income on installment sales and gains on derivative financial instruments. See note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our derivative financial instruments.

Imputed interest on installment sales represents the interest component of the stated purchase price for goods that the customer pays for in installments. We recognize imputed interest over the payment term offered to our customers paying in installments.

We enter into derivative financial instruments to protect us against foreign exchange volatility arising from the import of products and debt denominated in U.S. dollars.

Financial Expense

Financial expense consists primarily of interest expense on debt, bank fees and imputed interest expense on credit purchases and losses on derivative financial instruments.

Imputed interest on credit purchases represents the interest component of the stated purchase price when we purchase inventory from our suppliers on extended payment terms. We recognize imputed interest expense over the payment term of the trade account payable.

We enter into derivative financial instruments to protect us against foreign exchange volatility arising from the import of products and debt denominated in U.S. dollars.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense consists primarily of current tax. Current income tax is measured as the amount expected to be paid (or recovered, to the extent applicable) to tax authorities based on the taxable profit for the period. We have reported pretax losses, giving rise to substantial tax loss carryforwards in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico. We will not recognize deferred tax assets until we begin to experience future sustainable taxable profits and it is probable that we will be able to utilize these tax benefits. See below “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes” and notes 2.27 and 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

61


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Unless the context otherwise requires, in the discussion that follows, references to 2014 and 2015 are to the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The following table sets forth our audited consolidated financial information for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31, 2014
    Year Ended
December 31, 2015
    % Change  
     R$     R$        

Net sales

     1,125,795       1,505,686       33.7%  

Cost of sales

     (753,440     (1,010,501     34.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     372,355       495,185       33.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses :

      

Selling and marketing

     (322,643     (398,514     23.5  

General and administrative

     (147,375     (157,228     6.7  

Other operating expense, net

     (4,724     (3,503     (25.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (474,742     (559,245     17.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (102,387     (64,060     (37.4

Financial income

     32,598       61,294       88.0  

Financial expense

     (74,447     (96,667     29.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (144,236     (99,433     (31.1

Income tax expense

     (139     (80     (42.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (144,375     (99,513     (31.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

Total net sales increased by 33.7% from R$1,125.8 million in 2014 to R$1,505.7 million in 2015. The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net sales by segment for the periods indicated:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31, 2014
     Year Ended
December 31, 2015
     % Change  
     R$      R$         

Brazil

     1,015,612        1,304,853        28.5%  

International

     110,183        200,833        82.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,125,795        1,505,686        33.7%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Brazil net sales increased by 28.5% from R$1,015.6 million in 2014 to R$1,304.9 million in 2015, primarily due to the following factors:

 

    a 24.7% increase in the number of total orders placed by our customers in Brazil to 7.7 million in 2015, derived mainly from a 24.4% increase in active customers to 4.3 million as of December 31, 2015, which was partially driven by the successful launch of Zattini in December 2014;

 

    a reduced ICMS tax burden in 2015 as a result of (1) tax incentives granted by the State of Minas Gerais beginning in 2015 and (2) a greater proportion of our sales being processed through our distribution center in the State of Pernambuco, which also provides ICMS tax incentives. The reduction in ICMS taxes in 2015 led to a 4.6% increase in our net sales. For further discussion regarding the tax incentives from which we currently benefit, see note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements; and

 

    the increase in orders was partially offset by a 2.2% decrease in the average basket size per order (from R$212.0 in 2014 to R$207.3 in 2015), primarily attributable to changes in product mix as a result of the effect of the recent downturn in the Brazilian economy on the disposable income of our customers.

 

62


Table of Contents

International net sales increased by 82.3% from R$110.2 million in 2014 to R$200.8 million in 2015, primarily due to the following factors:

 

    a 19.0% increase in the number of total orders placed by our customers to 0.8 million as of December 31, 2015, which was derived mainly from a 26.5% increase in active customers to 413 thousand in 2015; and

 

    a 65.3% increase in the average basket size per order (from R$200.3 in 2014 to R$331.2 in 2015) as a result of (1) an increase in the prices we charge for the products we sell, primarily attributable to inflation in Argentina (24.75% in 2015, according to IPC Congreso ) and (2) exchange translation effects resulting from the depreciation of the Brazilian real against the Mexican and Argentine pesos .

On a local currency basis, the net sales of our Argentine subsidiary increased by 66.0% (from ARS246.3 million in 2014 to ARS408.9 million in 2015) and the net sales of our Mexican subsidiary increased by 11.7% (from MXN220.5 million in 2014 to MXN246.2 million in 2015), primarily attributable to our continuing efforts to ramp up operations in these countries, and, in the case of Argentina, inflation.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

Our cost of sales increased by 34.1% from R$753.4 million in 2014 to R$1,010.5 million in 2015, which is substantially in line with the increase in our net sales. Our cost of sales as a percentage of our net sales remained relatively flat (66.9% in 2014 compared to 67.1% in 2015). Our gross margin also remained relatively stable (33.1% in 2014 compared to 32.9% in 2015).

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses increased by 23.5% from R$322.6 million in 2014 to R$398.5 million in 2015. However, as a percentage of our net sales, selling and marketing expenses decreased from 28.7% in 2014 to 26.5% in 2015, which reflects the success of our continued strategy to improve the efficiency of our marketing efforts by focusing on traffic conversion and monetization. Key drivers leading to the increase in selling and marketing expenses are discussed in further detail below:

 

    Personnel expenses increased by R$32.7 million, resulting from (1) an increase in average headcount in our Brazil operations from 1,798 in 2014 to 1,985 in 2015, due to (a) the launch of Zattini in December 2014, and (b) the development of our marketplace, and (2) increased sales volume during the 2015 Black November Period, requiring additional temporary employees at our distribution centers. As a percentage of our net sales, personnel expenses remained relatively stable (7.6% in 2014 compared to 7.9% in 2015);

 

    Marketing expenses increased by R$21.5 million, primarily due to increased investments in marketing campaigns to (1) attract new customers to our sites (and to specifically promote Zattini’s brand-building) and (2) increase our active customers by reengaging our registered members. As a percentage of our net sales, marketing expenses decreased from 13.8% in 2014 to 11.7% in 2015; and

 

    Credit card fees paid to financial institutions increased by R$9.2 million, which is substantially in line with the increase in net sales. As a percentage of our net sales, credit card fees paid to financial institutions remained relatively stable (2.1% in 2014 compared to 2.2% in 2015).

 

63


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 6.7% from R$147.4 million in 2014 to R$157.2 million in 2015. However, as a percentage of our net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 13.1% in 2014 to 10.4% in 2015 mainly as a result of scaling our business. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to (1) the R$4.4 million increase in information technology services expenses due to higher maintenance expenses as a result of an upgrade in our information technology infrastructure and (2) the increase of R$3.3 million in the amortization of software, resulting from new software acquired and developed in 2015.

Financial Income

Financial income increased by 88.0% from R$32.6 million in 2014 to R$61.3 million in 2015. This increase was primarily due to (1) the R$17.4 million increase in our interest income on cash and cash equivalents, resulting from the increase of our contractual interest rate weighted by the month-end average balance from 10.6% to 13.4% and our average monthly balance of cash and cash equivalents increasing from R$146.0 million in 2014 to R$226.1 million in 2015 following our equity offerings in 2014 and 2015, (2) the R$8.9 million increase in gains on derivative financial instruments mainly as a result of gains on the hedge of U.S. dollar-denominated debt, which was fully paid in November 2015, and (3) the R$1.7 million increase in imputed interest income on installment sales.

Financial Expense

Financial expense increased by 29.8% from R$74.4 million in 2014 to R$96.7 million in 2015. This increase was primarily attributable to (1) the R$12.0 million increase in imputed interest expense on purchases with extended payment terms offered by our suppliers, which was in line with our strategy to extend our payment terms with suppliers and (2) the R$11.2 million increase in interest expenses on debt, resulting from the increase in our weighted average interest rate from 13.2% to 16.4%, which was partially offset by a decrease in our average monthly balance of debt outstanding from R$397.5 million in 2014 to R$336.5 million in 2015.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was recorded in 2014 and 2015 at the amount expected to be paid to tax authorities. However, we recorded R$0 in deferred income tax assets in 2014 or 2015. See below “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes—Deferred Income Tax.”

Net Loss

Our net loss decreased by 31.1% from R$144.4 million in 2014 to R$99.5 million in 2015, primarily due to the fact that our net sales grew faster than our total operating expenses and our net financial expense decreased. As a percentage of our net sales, our total operating expenses decreased from 42.2% in 2014 to 37.1% in 2015 and our net financial expense decreased from 3.7% in 2014 to 2.3% in 2015.

 

64


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

The following table sets forth our audited consolidated financial information ended in 2015 and 2016:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2015
    Year Ended
December 31,
2016
    % Change     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 
     R$     R$    

 

    US$  

Net sales

     1,505,686       1,739,540       15.5     533,749  

Cost of sales

     (1,010,501     (1,188,744     17.6       (364,746
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     495,185       550,796       11.2       169,003  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling and marketing

     (398,514     (443,692     11.3       (136,139

General and administrative

     (157,228     (174,564     11.0       (53,562

Other operating expense, net

     (3,503     (5,252     49.9       (1,611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (559,245 )       (623,508 )       11.5       (191,312 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (64,060 )       (72,712 )       13.5       (22,309 )  

Financial income

     61,294       28,366       (53.7     8,704  

Financial expense

     (96,667     (107,550     11.3       (33,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (99,433     (151,896     52.8       (46,605
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (80                  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (99,513 )       (151,896 )       52.6 %       (46,605 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

Total net sales increased by 15.5% from R$1,505.7 million in 2015 to R$1,739.5 million (US$533.7 million) in 2016. The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net sales by segment for the periods indicated:

 

(In thousands)

   Year Ended
December 31,
2015
     Year Ended
December 31,
2016
     % Change      Year Ended
December 31,
2016
 
     R$      R$             US$  

Brazil

     1,304,853        1,554,405        19.1%        476,943  

International

     200,833        185,135        (7.8)        56,806  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,505,686        1,739,540        15.5%        533,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Brazil net sales increased by 19.1% from R$1,304.9 million in 2015 to R$1,554.4 million (US$476.9 million) in 2016, primarily due to the following factors:

 

    a 22.2% increase in the number of total orders placed by our customers in Brazil to 9.4 million in 2016, derived mainly from a 19.8% increase in active customers to 5.1 million as of December 31, 2016, which was partially driven by the ramp up of Zattini operations in 2016 as well as the successful launch of our marketplace in February 2016;

 

    a reduced ICMS tax burden in 2016 as a result of a greater proportion of our sales being processed through our tax incentivized distribution centers in the States of Minas Gerais and Pernambuco. This reduction in ICMS taxes in 2016 led to a 1.3% increase in our net sales. For further discussion regarding the tax incentives from which we currently benefit, see note 5 to our audited consolidated financial statements; and

 

    the increase in orders was partially offset by a 3.7% decrease in the average basket size per order (from R$207.3 in 2015 to R$199.6 in 2016), primarily attributable to changes in product mix as a result of (1) our strategy to increase the number of products we sell with promotional discounts in response to the effect of the recent downturn in the Brazilian economy on the disposable income of our customers and (2) our efforts to expand sales of fashion and beauty products, which have a lower average ticket price per product sold.

 

65


Table of Contents

International net sales decreased by 7.8% from R$200.8 million in 2015 to R$185.1 million (US$56.8 million) in 2016 primarily due to a 14.9% decrease in the average basket size per order (from R$331.2 in 2015 to R$281.8 in 2016) as a result of exchange translation effects resulting from the appreciation of the Brazilian real against the Mexican and Argentine pesos , which was partially offset by an 8.0% increase in the number of total orders placed by our customers from 0.8 million in 2015 to 0.9 million in 2016, derived mainly from a 9.9% increase in active customers to 453 thousand in 2016.

On a local currency basis, the net sales of our Argentine subsidiary increased by 36.8% (from ARS408.9 million in 2015 to ARS559.6 million in 2016) and the net sales of our Mexican subsidiary increased by 18.7% (from MXN246.2 million in 2015 to MXN292.2 million in 2016), primarily attributable to the expansion of our operations in these countries and inflation in Argentina.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin

Our cost of sales increased by 17.6% from R$1,010.5 million in 2015 to R$1,188.7 million (US$364.7 million) in 2016. Our cost of sales as a percentage of our net sales increased from 67.1% in 2015 to 68.3% in 2016. Our gross margin decreased from 32.9% in 2015 compared to 31.7% in 2016, mainly attributable to a 3.7% decrease in average basket size per order in Brazil in 2016, primarily resulting from the challenging economic environment in Brazil which has had a negative impact in the disposable income of our customers, and our strategy to counteract these effects by increasing the number of products we sell with promotional discounts.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expenses increased by 11.3% from R$398.5 million in 2015 to R$443.7 million (US$136.1 million) in 2016. However, as a percentage of our net sales, selling and marketing expenses decreased from 26.5% in 2015 to 25.5% in 2016, which reflects our continued efforts to focus our marketing strategies on traffic conversion and monetization. Key drivers leading to this increase in selling and marketing expenses are discussed in further detail below:

 

    Marketing expenses and other expenses collectively increased by R$17.9 million, resulting primarily from (1) an increase in chargeback expenses of R$9.3 million primarily due to (a) the growth of our operations and (b) an increase in the number of fraud attempts in 2016, which impacted NS2 and other retailers in Brazil; and (2) increased investments in marketing campaigns to (a) attract new customers to our sites (and to specifically promote Zattini’s brand-building) and (b) increase our active customers by reengaging our registered members. As a percentage of our net sales, marketing and other expenses decreased from 13.2% in 2015 to 12.5% in 2016;

 

    Personnel expenses increased by R$15.3 million, resulting from (1) higher employee compensation costs attributable to collective bargaining agreements executed in September 2015 and 2016, which led to an approximate 8% average increase in salaries in both years, and (2) an increase in our average headcount, mainly in our distribution center in Minas Gerais, which began operations in June 2015. As a percentage of our net sales, personnel expenses remained relatively stable (7.9% in 2015 compared to 7.7% in 2016); and

 

    Operating lease, facilities, and amortization and depreciation expenses collectively increased by R$13.4 million, resulting from (1) the beginning of our operations at our distribution center in Minas Gerais and (2) the relocation to our new main corporate office in São Paulo. As a percentage of our net sales, operating lease, facilities, and amortization and depreciation expenses increased from 1.8% in 2015 to 2.3% in 2016.

 

66


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 11.0% from R$157.2 million in 2015 to R$174.6 million (US$53.6 million) in 2016. However, as a percentage of our net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased slightly from 10.4% in 2015 compared to 10.0% in 2016, mainly as a result of scaling our business, following the trend reported in previous years. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to (1) a R$6.0 million increase in personnel expenses, resulting from (a) higher employee compensation costs attributable to collective bargaining agreements executed in September 2015 and 2016, which led to an approximate 8% average increase in salaries in both years, and (b) an increase in average headcount, which was mainly related to the expansion of our information technology department as a result of our strategic decision to cease outsourcing most of our information technology personnel, (2) the increase of R$5.6 million in the amortization of software, resulting from new software acquired and developed in 2016 and (3) the increase of R$2.5 million in information technology services expenses, due to higher maintenance expenses as a result of an upgrade in our information technology infrastructure. As a percentage of our net sales, personnel expenses decreased slightly from 5.3% in 2015 to 4.9% in 2016 and information technology services expenses remained relatively stable from 2.2% in 2015 to 2.0% in 2016.

Financial Income

Financial income decreased by 53.7% from R$61.3 million in 2015 to R$28.4 million (US$8.7 million) in 2016. This decrease was primarily due to the following factors:

 

    The R$15.5 million decrease in our interest income on cash and cash equivalents, resulting from a decrease in our average monthly balance of cash and cash equivalents from R$226.1 million in 2015 to R$72.8 million in 2016 due to a reduction in financing activities, partially offset by the increase in our contractual interest rate weighted by the month-end average balance from 13.4% to 14.0%;

 

    The R$10.8 million decrease in imputed interest income on installment sales was primarily due to the substantial increase in the use of factoring of trade accounts receivable with financial institutions (from a volume of R$332.8 million in 2015 to R$789.2 million in 2016). The monthly average amount of factored trade accounts receivable during the year ended December 31, 2016 was R$65.8 million. As we transfer trade accounts receivables to financial institutions, we cease to recognize imputed interest income in installment sales from the transferred accounts receivables; and

 

    The non-recurrence in 2016 of gains on derivative financial instruments as we had in 2015.

Financial Expense

Financial expense increased by 11.3% from R$96.7 million in 2015 to R$107.6 million (US$33.0 million) in 2016. This increase was primarily attributable to (1) an R$8.5 million increase in interest expenses on debt, resulting from (a) an increase in our weighted average interest rate from 16.4% to 18.0% and (b) an increase in our average monthly balance of debt outstanding from R$336.5 million in 2015 to R$342.8 million in 2016 and (2) an R$8.2 million increase in imputed interest expense on credit purchases which was in line with our strategy to extend our payment terms with suppliers. This increase was partially offset by a reduction (1) in bank charges of R$4.5 million from 2015 to 2016 and (2) in foreign exchange loss of R$3.5 million from 2015 to 2016.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was recorded in 2015 and 2016 at the amount expected to be paid to tax authorities. However, we recorded R$0 in deferred income tax assets in 2015 or 2016. See below “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes—Deferred Income Tax” and note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

Net Loss

Our net loss increased by 52.6% from R$99.5 million in 2015 to R$151.9 million (US$46.6 million) in 2016 primarily due to a R$43.8 million increase in net financial expense. As a percentage of our net sales, net financial expense increased from 2.3% in 2015 to 4.6% in 2016.

Seasonality and Quarterly Results of Operations

Like most retail businesses, we experience seasonal fluctuations in our net sales and operating results. Historically, we have generated higher net sales in the fourth quarter, which includes the Black November period in Brazil (a commercial sale season introduced by Brazilian eCommerce websites in 2010 that is a month-long equivalent to the Black Friday in the United States) and the Christmas season in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico. As a result, most of our profits are generated during the fourth quarter. On the other hand, the first quarter of the year is our slowest period, as the months of January, February and March correspond to vacation time in Brazil and Argentina. For a discussion of the effects of such seasonal fluctuation in our cash flows from operations, see “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Net Working Capital.”

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly results from the three months ended March 31, 2015 to the three months ended December 31, 2016. The unaudited quarterly results set forth below have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements, and we believe they include all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial information presented below. The following table should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2015
    June 30,
2015
    September
30, 2015
    December
31, 2015
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September
30, 2016
    December
31, 2016
 

(In thousands)

   R$     R$     R$     R$     R$     R$     R$     R$  

Net sales

     270,503       326,050       388,928       520,205       347,863       401,644       414,245       575,788  

Cost of sales

     (182,547     (214,862     (256,806     (356,286     (242,820     (259,567     (276,753     (409,604
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     87,956       111,188       132,122       163,919       105,043       142,077       137,492       166,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses :

                

Selling and marketing

     (87,634     (89,347     (102,869     (118,664     (103,940     (105,886     (108,923     (124,943

General and administrative

     (31,948     (44,557     (42,269     (38,454     (46,336     (45,815     (44,516     (37,897

Other operating expenses, net

     (1,599     (36     (977     (891     (1,663     (1,724     (644     (1,221
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (121,181 )       (133,940 )       (146,115 )       (158,009 )       (151,939 )       (153,425 )       (154,083 )       (164,061 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (33,225 )       (22,752 )       (13,993 )       5,910       (46,896 )       (11,348 )       (16,591 )       2,123  

Financial income

     11,991       12,512       26,765       10,026       7,754       4,737       8,624       7,251  

Financial expenses

     (20,093     (20,088     (30,428     (26,058     (22,494     (27,026     (22,335     (35,695
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (41,327     (30,328     (17,656     (10,122     (61,636     (33,637     (30,302     (26,321

Income tax expense

                       (80                        

Net loss

     (41,327 )       (30,328 )       (17,656 )       (10,202 )       (61,636 )       (33,637 )       (30,302 )       (26,321 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA for each of the periods indicated below:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March
31, 2015
    June 30,
2015
    September
30, 2015
    December
31, 2015
    March
31, 2016
    June 30,
2016
    September
30, 2016
    December
31, 2016
 

(In thousands)

   R$     R$     R$     R$     R$     R$     R$     R$  

Net loss

     (41,327     (30,328     (17,656     (10,202     (61,636     (33,637     (30,302     (26,321

Add (subtract) :

                

Interest income / expense, net (1)

     4,346       5,645       9,463       13,030       12,120       19,704       19,769       25,230  

Income tax expense

                       80                          

Depreciation and amortization

     4,814       5,398       4,840       5,363       6,926       8,112       8,221       7,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (32,167 )       (19,285 )       (3,353 )       8,271       (42,591 )       (5,820 )       (2,312 )       6,85 2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net sales

     270,503       326,050       388,928       520,205       347,863       401,644       414,245       575,788  

EBITDA Margin

     (11.9)%       (5.9)%       (0.9)%       1.6%       (12.2)%       (1.4)%       (0.6)%       1.2%  

 

(1) Includes interest income, imputed interest on installment sales, interest expenses related to debt, imputed interest on credit purchases and debt issuance costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Use and Sources of Funds

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations, which we have funded through bank financing arrangements, by selling common shares to financial investors in May 2014 and March 2015 and by selling convertible notes to financial investors in February 2017. In 2015, we raised R$146.2 million from sales of common shares to financial investors. In 2016, we primarily used cash on hand and debt to fund our operations. In February 2017, we raised capital from financial investors by issuing notes convertible into our common shares with total proceeds amounting to US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement). For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results Of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.”

Going forward, we expect that cash provided by our operating activities will become an incremental source of funding for our operations. Although we have experienced negative cash flows from operating activities at the consolidated level, we have generated positive cash flows from operating activities on an annual basis in Brazil since 2014. We have recently engaged in several initiatives designed to deliver increased net sales at higher margins while taking advantage of our existing infrastructure (such as the introduction of new verticals with Zattini, the launch of our online marketplace, the offering of private label products and our B2B operations), and we believe that these initiatives will play a key role in our long-term growth strategy and improve our operating cash flows. See “Business—Our Strategy.”

As described under “Use of Proceeds,” we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes focused on expanding the scale of our business. In addition, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends to our common shareholders in the foreseeable future. Although we believe that upon the completion of this offering we will have a sufficient level of cash and cash equivalents to cover our working capital needs in the ordinary course of business and to continue to expand our business, we may, from time to time, explore additional financing sources and means to lower our cost of capital, which could include equity, equity-linked and debt financing. In addition, from time to time, we review acquisition and investment opportunities to further implement our business strategy and may fund these investments with internally generated funds, bank financing, the issuance of debt or equity or a combination thereof.

 

69


Table of Contents

We believe, based on our current operating plan, that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with other sources of financing (which may include proceeds from this offering) and cash generated from our operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital, financial liabilities, capital expenditures and business expansion through at least the next twelve months.

Restricted and Unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of R$249.1 million and R$111.3 million (US$34.2 million), respectively, which primarily consisted of cash, bank deposits and short-term financial investments. This decrease of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 relates primarily to a reduction of net cash provided by financing activities. See “—Consolidated Cash Flows—Financing Activities.”

Additionally, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had restricted cash and cash equivalents amounting to R$44.9 million and R$43.2 million (US$13.3 million), respectively, which were pledged as collateral under import letters of credit and certain financial arrangements (see below “—Indebtedness”).

Net Working Capital

The amount of cash flows and working capital we require to support our operations fluctuates throughout the year, primarily driven by the seasonality of our business. Our working capital requirements are also affected by extended payment terms offered to our customers (see “Business—Billing and Collection”) and payment terms agreed with our suppliers.

Typically, we generate higher cash flows during the fourth quarter, given the increase in the volume of sales we generally experience in the Black November period and the holiday selling season. Conversely, our cash flow requirements increase during the first quarter of the year, as a result of (1) the maturity of the payment terms with our suppliers for inventory acquired in advance of our peak selling season and (2) a decrease in sales volume that typically follows the holiday season.

We have taken a number of initiatives designed to improve liquidity and help us manage our net working capital requirements, which led us to reduce our net working capital cycle—defined as the amount of time we take to convert our inventory and trade accounts receivable into cash, net of trade accounts payable—from an average of 98 days for the year ended December 31, 2014 to an average of 43 days for the year ended December 31, 2016. These initiatives include the following:

Trade Accounts Payable

 

    Given our scale and the significance of our business to our suppliers, we have been able to further diversify our supplier portfolio and deepen relationships with our existing suppliers, allowing us to renegotiate and further extend our payment terms with them.

 

    Our strategy to focus on the introduction of new products in attractive verticals has also contributed to lowering our working capital requirements. We focus on new products in verticals, such as Zattini, that not only have higher margins with short replacement cycle but also benefit from a diversified supplier chain, which in conjunction with the scale of our business, allows us to negotiate better terms with our suppliers, such as further extending the average period we take to pay our trade accounts payable. Zattini was initially focused solely on fashion, but in the short time since its launch, we have successfully introduced new categories, including beauty products in 2016. We will continue to launch new products in existing and future verticals in a targeted way that grows our lifestyle brand while achieving not only higher margins but also lower working capital requirements.

 

    We use reverse factoring of trade accounts payable, in which a financial institution pays our supplier in advance in exchange for a discount, and we agree to pay the financial institution either at a discount on the original payment date or at the full face value at a later date.

 

70


Table of Contents

As a result of all these initiatives, we extended the average period we take to pay our trade accounts payable from an average of 58 days for the year ended December 31, 2014 to an average of 111 days for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Trade Accounts Receivable

 

    We have entered into factoring arrangements with financial institutions, in which we transfer our rights to receive payment on a portion of our trade accounts receivable to financial institutions and they pay us up front at a discount. This resulted in a reduction in the average period we take to collect trade accounts receivable. The volume of our factoring of trade accounts receivable increased from R$332.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 to R$789.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and the monthly average amount of factored trade accounts receivable during the year ended December 31, 2016 was R$65.8 million. As of December 31, 2016, 40% (or R$86.1 million) of our trade accounts receivable were unrestricted and available for transfer to financial institutions.

 

    We have established a policy requiring a minimum installment payment of R$25.0, which given the comparatively low average ticket price of the products in the verticals in which we operate, has positively contributed to the management of our trade accounts receivable.

 

    For customers other than those purchasing using NCard, we have steadily reduced the number of monthly credit card installments available to effect purchases on our sites. In July 2016, we reduced our maximum extended payment term from a maximum of 12 months to a maximum of 10 months, and in the near future we plan to further lower the extended payment terms we offer to customers.

As a result of all these initiatives, we reduced the average period we take to collect trade accounts receivable from an average of 70 days for the year ended December 31, 2014 to an average of 49 days for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Inventories

 

    Our marketplace initiative allows us to extend product offerings to our customers without having to hold associated inventory (or incurring related costs), thus contributing to improved liquidity.

Consolidated Cash Flows

The following table sets forth certain consolidated cash flow information for the periods indicated:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016     2016  

(In thousands)

   R$     R$     R$     US$  

Net cash (used in) operating activities

     (27,266     (23,094     (20,857     (6,400

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (3,969     (31,967     (64,553     (19,807

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     157,481       59,097       (47,207     (14,484

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (1)

     1,955       2,656       (5,143     (1,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     128,201       6,692       (137,760     (42,269
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents held by Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and our subsidiaries in accounts in the United States, Argentina and Mexico.

 

71


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

On a consolidated basis, our net cash used in operating activities decreased (1) by 15.3% from R$27.3 million in 2014 to R$23.1 million in 2015, and (2) by 9.7% to R$20.9 million (US$6.4 million) in 2016. Our operating cash flows during these periods were significantly affected by the growth in our net sales, and the initiatives we implemented to manage working capital described above, in “—Net Working Capital,” as well as by changes in (a) judicial deposits, primarily due to an ongoing dispute with Brazilian tax authorities, (b) recoverable taxes, primarily resulting from the purchase of products we sell from non-tax incentivized distribution centers and their subsequent resale from tax incentivized distribution centers, where we enjoy lower ICMS tax rates, resulting in increased ICMS tax credits, and (c) restricted cash used to secure our import letters of credit.

In our most mature market, Brazil, we generated positive cash flows from operating activities of R$10.7 million, R$38.5 million and R$25.3 million (US$7.8 million) in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Our positive cash flows from operating activities in Brazil were primarily attributable to (1) several initiatives in place to improve working capital dynamics, as explained under “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Net Working Capital,” (2) our continued operating leverage resulting from the scale of our business and (3) the introduction of new lifestyle verticals with higher margins into our portfolio. The positive cash flows from operating activities in Brazil were offset by cash used to continue developing our international operating activities, which consumed R$37.7 million, R$61.5 million and R$46.1 million (US$14.1 million) in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities have consisted of equipment purchases, leasehold improvements, purchase of intangible assets, and hardware, software and furniture purchases for our fulfillment centers and our overall business growth, and interest received from installment sales. These may vary from period to period depending on when we expand our operations.

Our net cash used in investing activities changed from R$4.0 million of net cash used in 2014 to R$32.0 million of net cash used in investing activities in 2015, primarily attributable to the expansion of our distribution centers, leasehold improvements in our corporate offices and the launch of Zattini. During 2015, we invested R$21.8 million to expand our distribution centers in the State of Pernambuco and Minas Gerais. Additionally, in 2015 we acquired and developed software in an amount of R$24.6 million to continue improving our information technology infrastructure. Our net cash used in investing activities increased to R$64.6 million (US$19.8 million) in 2016, primarily attributable to (1) the acquisition and development of software in an amount of R$36.6 million, (2) leasehold improvements in our distribution centers and our main corporate office in São Paulo in the amount of R$25.2 million and (3) the initial consideration paid for the acquisition of the Shoestock brand in an amount of R$10.5 million.

Our capital expenditures (consisting of purchase of property and equipment and intangible assets) represented 1.9%, 3.1% and 4.2% of our net sales in 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. This increase between periods is mainly attributable to increased expenditures due to the acquisition and development of software and the acquisition of Shoestock in February 2016. As of the date hereof, for 2017, we have budgeted capital expenditures of R$70.4 million, including R$28.2 million for the acquisition of property and equipment and R$42.2 million for the acquisition of intangible assets (including software and Shoestock), which will be funded through our operating activities, debt financing and proceeds from this offering.

Financing Activities

Cash flows from financing activities reflect activities such as the issuance of common shares, debt financing and the payment of our existing debt at maturity.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our net cash provided by financing activities decreased by 62.5% from R$157.5 million in 2014 to R$59.1 million in 2015, primarily as a result of a decrease of R$231.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common shares, partially offset by a decrease of R$177.9 million in payments of interest and principal amount of debt at maturity.

Our net cash provided by (used in) financing activities changed from R$59.1 million of cash provided in 2015 to R$47.2 million (US$14.5 million) of net cash used in financing activities in 2016, mainly because we did not issue equity in 2016, as we did in 2015. Our cash outflows were partially offset by a R$49.9 million (US$15.3 million) decrease in payments of interest and principal amount of debt due to the refinancing of certain of our indebtedness. See “—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.”.

In 2014 and 2015, we raised capital from financial investors by issuing common shares with total proceeds amounting to R$377.5 million and R$146.2 million, respectively. We mainly used these proceeds to invest in the expansion of our operating activities and to repay outstanding debt. In February 2017, we raised capital from financial investors by issuing notes convertible into our common shares with total proceeds amounting to US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement). We expect to use these proceeds in the expansion of our operating activities. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results Of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Equity Placements.”

Indebtedness

We had total indebtedness of R$387.4 million as of December 31, 2016, as compared to R$334.0 million as of December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, our total indebtedness comprised (1) 20% short-term debt, which consisted primarily of the short-term portion owed under our debentures and bank financing and (2) 80% long-term debt, which consisted of the long-term portion owed under our debentures and bank financing.

Material Financing Agreements

The table below sets forth selected information regarding our material outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2016:

 

(in thousands)

   As of December 31, 2016  
     Maturity    Currency    Interest Rate    Current      Non-Current      Total     Total  

Debentures

   March 2020    R$    100% of CDI + 3.23% p.a.      R$38,647        R$83,637        R$122,284       US$37,520  

Working Capital Financing

   August 2020    R$    138.5% of CDI p.a.      14,816        115,185        130,001       39,889  

Working Capital Financing

   August 2020    R$    100% of CDI + 4.74 p.a.      7,368        57,451        64,819       19,889  

Working Capital Financing

   September
2020
   R$    100% of CDI + 3.65 p.a.      4,611        54,608        59,219       18,170  
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     65,441        310,882        R$376,323 (1)       US$115,468  
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Does not include US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement) related to the convertible notes we issued in February 2017.

 

73


Table of Contents

Our principal financing agreements are described below:

Debentures

On March 5, 2015, our Brazilian subsidiary NS2, completed a local offering in Brazil of secured non-convertible debentures in the aggregate amount of R$150.0 million, with an interest rate equal to the daily average rates of 100% of the Brazilian Interbank Deposit Rate ( Certificado de Depósito Interbancário , or CDI) plus 3.231% per year, payable quarterly. Amortization of the principal amount also occurs quarterly. Under the terms of the debentures, the totality of NS2’s Visa and American Express credit and debit card account receivables are automatically deposited into a linked escrow account at Banco Bradesco S.A. managed by the debentures’ fiduciary agent, and upon NS2’s request (provided it is not in breach of any of the terms of the debenture deed) the fiduciary agent is required to release the balance of the linked escrow account that exceeds 50% of the outstanding balance under the debentures at the time of any such request.

The debenture deed requires NS2 to maintain a ratio of financial indebtedness (defined as the balance of loans and financings) to credit card accounts receivable not greater than 3.00, to be calculated every six months. As of December 31, 2016, NS2 was in compliance with this covenant with a ratio of 1.82. The debenture deed also provides for certain customary covenants that limit NS2’s ability to, among other things, (1) undertake transactions that deviate from the corporate purpose set forth in its by-laws and (2) distribute dividends and pay interest on equity if NS2 is in breach of any of the terms of the debenture deed. It further includes customary events of default provisions, such as NS2’s failure to perform or observe certain terms, covenants or other agreements referred to in the debenture deed, and certain corporate restructurings that result in a change of its control.

Working Capital Financing

In August 2014, NS2 entered into a working capital agreement with Banco do Brasil S.A. for an aggregate principal amount of R$200.0 million. Principal and interest on the loan are payable on a monthly basis. This loan is secured by the fiduciary assignment ( cessão fiduciária ) of R$20.0 million in financial assets (NS2’s investment in a mutual fund managed by Banco do Brasil S.A.) and a portion of NS2’s existing and future credit card account receivables, limited to a percentage of the outstanding balance of the loan. This agreement was amended in August 2016 to, among other things, (1) extend the maturity of the outstanding balance to August 2020, (2) change the interest rate applicable for the period from August 2016 to August 2020 to 138.5% of the CDI rate, (3) and include one of our founders, Marcio Kumruian, as a guarantor. This agreement also requires NS2 to comply with the following financial covenants: (1) maintain a shareholder’s equity greater than zero, and (2) maintain a ratio of financial indebtedness to credit card receivables not greater than 3.00, as calculated every six months. As of December 31, 2016, NS2 was in compliance with these covenants with a ratio of 1.82.

In August 2016, NS2 entered into a working capital facility agreement with Banco do Brasil S.A. for an aggregate principal amount of R$66.7 million with an interest rate equal to 100% of the CDI rate plus 4.74% per year. Principal and interest on the loan are payable on a monthly basis, and the facility matures in August 2020. This loan is secured by the fiduciary assignment ( cessão fiduciária ) of R$6.7 million in financial assets (NS2’s investment in a mutual fund managed by Banco do Brasil S.A.) and a portion of NS2’s credit card account receivables, limited to a percentage of the outstanding balance of the loan. This agreement also requires NS2 to maintain a ratio of financial indebtedness to credit card accounts receivable not greater than 3.00, as calculated every six months, and includes customary events of default provisions, such as NS2’s payment of dividends and interest on equity if NS2 is in breach of any of the terms of this agreement, and certain corporate restructurings that result in a change of its control. This facility agreement is also guaranteed by Marcio Kumruian.

In September 2016, NS2 entered into a working capital facility agreement with Banco Bradesco S.A. for an aggregate principal amount of R$60.0 million with an interest rate equal to 100% of the CDI rate plus 3.65% per year. Principal and interest on the loan are payable on a monthly basis, with maturity in September 2020. This loan is secured by the fiduciary assignment ( cessão fiduciária ) of NS2’s Visa and American Express credit card account receivables deposited from time to time into an escrow account with the lender, limited to 25% of the outstanding balance of the loan.

 

74


Table of Contents

Convertible Notes

On February 22, 2017, we entered into the convertible note purchase agreement, pursuant to which we issued and sold unsecured promissory notes convertible into our common shares, or the convertible notes, in the aggregate principal amount of US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement) to some of our current shareholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Equity Placements.” The convertible notes bear interest on the principal amount (1) at a rate of 4.0% per annum, compounded semiannually, for one year following the date the convertible notes are issued and, thereafter, (2) at a rate of 6.0% per annum, compounded semiannually, and they are due and payable, along with the aggregate principal amount, on February 22, 2019. The convertibles notes are subject to customary events of default.

Upon completion of this offering, the then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest of the convertible notes will be automatically converted into our common shares, or the conversion shares. The number of conversion shares to be issued upon this conversion will be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on the convertible notes on the date of the closing of this offering by 90% of the initial public offering price of our common shares in this offering. Other provisions in the convertible note purchase agreement will become applicable in the event this offering is not completed as currently contemplated. See note 25 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Payments due by period  

(in thousands of R$)

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 Years      3-5
Years
     More
than 5
years
 

Long-term debt obligations (1)

   R$ 514,902      R$ 134,358      R$ 380,554      R$      R$  

Operating lease obligations (2)

     237,968        26,441        79,323        52,882        79,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   R$ 752,870      R$ 160,799      R$ 459,877      R$ 52,882      R$ 79,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes current portion of long-term debt. Also includes estimated interest payments of R$130.9 million, of which R$61.8 million and R$69.1 million are due in less than one year and one to three years, respectively. Estimated interest payments were calculated based on the interest rate indexes of our floating interest rate indebtedness in effect as of December 31, 2016.

 

(2) Operating lease obligations primarily include non-cancellable lease commitments for our offices and distribution centers.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2016, except for operating lease obligations as described above, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities are primarily focused on the development of software, which we view as an important element of the investments we make in our technology and our business. Our primary software development activities have been focused on technology to personalize the shopping experience of our customers, and to set up our marketplace. In the years ended December 31 2014, 2015 and 2016, we spent R$16.2 million, R$24.6 million and R$36.6 million, respectively, on software development.

 

75


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Overview

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with IFRS. In preparing our audited consolidated financial statements, we make assumptions, judgments and estimates that can have a significant impact on amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. We base our assumptions, judgments and estimates on historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We regularly reevaluate our assumptions, judgments and estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described in note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that the following critical accounting policies are more affected by the significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax expense is recognized in consolidated statements of profit or loss, except to the extent it relates to items directly recognized in other comprehensive income. Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including estimates. The recognition of taxes that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by our management based on the specific facts and circumstances. Although we consider all these variables in order to estimate our income taxes, there could be an unfavorable resolution on such issues that may affect the results of our operations.

Deferred Income Tax

Deferred income tax is recognized in respect of (A) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes and (B) unused tax losses carryforwards. Deferred income tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be recovered. We have not recognized deferred income tax assets, but they are reviewed at each reporting date and will be recognized when we begin to experience future sustainable taxable profits during the carryforward period and it is probable that we will be able to utilize the related tax benefits. There is no expiration date for unused tax loss carryforwards in Brazil, but, under Brazilian law, NS2 can only offset up to 30 percent of its taxable profit in any given year. The expiration date for unused tax loss carryforwards in Argentina and Mexico is five years from the date they are recorded. As of December 31, 2016, we had R$224.1 million of unrecognized deferred income tax assets. For additional information, see note 2.27 and 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Share-based Payments

Under the Share Plan, or the Plan, our board of directors may grant up to 210,490 share options to key employees, directors and independent contractors, which as of the date of this prospectus represents approximately 3% of our total equity on a fully diluted basis. The options currently granted under the Plan were made at the discretion of our board of directors, which has full authority to establish the terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the Plan and to waive terms and conditions at any time.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we have provided our employees whose employment relationship was terminated (whether voluntarily or involuntarily), with a repurchase proposal to buy back their common shares at a discount to their fair value. In addition, we have a practice of providing holders of vested awards that terminate their relationship with us (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) with a bonus equal to the exercise price of their exercisable option.

 

76


Table of Contents

Given our practice of providing former employees with common share repurchase proposals, we have historically considered our Share Plan a cash-settled plan and classified most of our granted awards as liabilities. We have then generally recognized the costs related to share-based payments, net of an estimated forfeiture rate, over the vesting period based on the fair value of our common shares, adjusted for the discount we will receive when repurchasing common shares. Estimated forfeitures are developed based upon historical experience. This liability is remeasured at each reporting date.

On November 14, 2016, we granted a limited number of share options available under our Plan (7,750 share options) to certain of our employees. The exercisability of these share options is conditioned on the completion of this offering and requires the holder of the relevant share option to continue in employment with us for a minimum of six months after our initial public offering. Given the economic characteristics of this share option grant, we consider this arrangement to be an equity-settled plan and have classified it as equity. Since we expect that all of these conditions will be satisfied during the second half of 2017, we have recognized an expense for these share options since their grant date, and we estimate it will be fully recorded by the end of 2017. As we expect to extend to holders of vested awards classified as equity our non-contractual practice of providing a bonus equal to the exercise price of their exercisable option, the fair value of these awards were estimated based on the fair value of our shares.

We considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine our best estimate of the fair value of our common shares, including but not limited to, sales of our common shares in the private placements, our operating and financial performance and forecast, market performance of our comparable publicly traded technology companies, Brazilian and Latin American macroeconomic trends, and the capital market conditions.

In 2014 and 2015, our fair value of common shares was estimated based on the following private placements:

 

    On May 12, 2014, we issued 1,250,184 common shares with a purchase price of US$134.86 per share to investors, on an arms-length sale of our common shares. Therefore, we concluded this price represented the fair value of our common shares as of such date. From May 2014 to December 2014, there was no meaningful change in our business that we concluded would have positively or negatively impacted the fair value of our common shares.

 

    On March 25, 2015, we issued 333,678 common shares with a purchase price of US$134.86 per share to investors, on an arms-length sale of our common shares. Therefore, we concluded this price represented the fair value of our common shares as of such date. From March 2015 to December 2015, there was no meaningful change in our business that we concluded would have positively or negatively impacted the fair value of our common shares.

In 2016, our board of directors, with the assistance of our management, reassessed the fair value of our common shares based on the guideline public company method, or GPCM. Our valuation approach utilized the implicit enterprise multiple, which was calculated by multiplying the average EBITDA growth multiples of certain comparable companies by our estimated EBITDA long-term growth. GPCM assumes that businesses operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics and that the subject business’s value correlates to those characteristics. Therefore, a comparison of the subject business to similar businesses whose financial information and public market value are available may provide a reasonable basis to estimate the subject business’s value. GPCM provides an estimate of value using multiples derived from the total capitalization of publicly traded companies. In selecting guideline public companies for this analysis, we focused primarily on quantitative considerations, such as financial performance and other quantifiable data, as well as qualitative considerations, such as industry and economic drivers. As of December 31, 2016, we determined the fair value of common shares to be US$121.37 per share. The assumptions we use in this valuation model are based on future expectation combined with management judgment, with inputs of numerous subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common shares, including the following factors: (1) discount rate of 20.0%, (2) inflation rate of 4.5%, (3) dividend yield of 0.0% and (4) estimated EBITDA long-term growth of 17.0%.

For additional information regarding our Plan, see “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

 

77


Table of Contents

Provision for Tax, Civil and Labor Risks and Contingent Liabilities

Provisions for tax, civil and labor risks are recorded when we have a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

We are a party to various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. The assessment of the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome in these lawsuits and proceedings includes the analysis of the evidence available, the hierarchy of the laws, available jurisprudence, and their importance to the relevant legal system, as well as the opinion of external legal counsel. Provisions are reviewed and adjusted to reflect changes in circumstances, such as applicable statutes of limitations, conclusions of tax audits or additional exposures identified based on new matters or court decisions.

Where it is not probable that a payment will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of a payment is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities, unless the probability of a payment is remote.

We are engaged in several legal proceedings, including civil, labor, tax and social security and other proceedings, for which we had established provisions in an aggregate amount of R$5.2 million, as of December 31, 2016. See “Business—Legal and Administrative Proceedings.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information about recent accounting pronouncements that will apply to us in the near future, see note 2.31 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Public Company Cost

Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company, and our shares of common stock will be publicly traded on the NYSE. As a result, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, other applicable SEC regulations and the requirements of the NYSE. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our general and administrative expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel and independent registered public accountants to assist us in, among other things, instituting and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, as a public company, it will be more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

78


Table of Contents

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, and these exemptions will apply until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our results of operations and our ability to operate our business may be harmed.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to the market risks described in “Risk Factors,” “Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We are also exposed to a variety of risks in the ordinary course of our business, including foreign currency exchange risk, interest rate risk, customer and credit risk and liquidity risk. We regularly assess each of these risks to minimize any adverse effects on our business as a result of those factors. For sensitivity analysis of our exposure to these risks, see note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our net sales are denominated in the functional currencies of the countries in which our operational subsidiaries are located. Accordingly, our receivables are generally not subject to foreign currency exchange risks.

In the ordinary course of business, our subsidiaries purchase goods from vendors in both local functional currency and foreign currencies (mainly U.S. dollars). Generally, when we purchase goods in foreign currencies, except as noted below, we enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts in order to hedge our exposure to purchase commitments denominated in those currencies.

However, when our subsidiary in Argentina purchases certain goods from vendors in currencies other than its local functional currency, it does not enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts given the current immateriality of our operations in this country and the financing costs involved in these types of transactions in Argentina. Consequently these purchase commitments are not hedged. As a result, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk to the extent there is fluctuation between the currencies in which these purchase commitments are made and the local functional currency of our subsidiary in Argentina.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may also generally impact our net sales and results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—Our costs may change as a result of currency exchange rate fluctuations or inflation in the cost of merchandise manufactured and purchased abroad” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in Brazil and the Rest of Latin America—We plan to continue expanding our international operations abroad. Inherent risks or developments in the international markets where we operate expose us to a number of risks, including risks beyond our control, and they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.”

Also, see note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a sensitivity analysis of the impact of a hypothetical 10% appreciation or depreciation of foreign exchange rates to which we have exposure (mostly US$) in our income or (loss) before tax.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Inflation and Interest Rate Risk

Brazil and countries in Latin America in general, have historically experienced high rates of inflation. Inflationary pressures persist, and actions taken in an effort to curb inflation, coupled with public speculation about possible future governmental actions, have in the past contributed to economic uncertainty in Brazil and other Latin America countries and heightened volatility in the Latin America securities market. The inflation rate in Brazil, as reflected by the IPCA index was 6.41% in 2014, 10.67% in 2015 and 6.29% in 2016. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including fiscal and monetary policies to combat inflation and Brazilian and international economic and political considerations, as well as other factors beyond our control. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in Brazil and the Rest of Latin America—Inflation and efforts by the Brazilian government to combat inflation may contribute significantly to economic uncertainty in Brazil and could have an adverse effect on us and the market price of our common shares.”

We have floating interest rate indebtedness, so we are exposed to interest rate risk as a result of changes in the level of interest rates and any increase in interest rates could negatively affect our results of operations and would increase the costs associated with financing our operations.

As of December 31, 2016, substantially all of our total indebtedness consisted of floating rate debt and was principally indexed to interest rate indexes such as the CDI and the Mexican Interbank Equilibrium Interest Rate, or TIIE.

Furthermore, our exposure to interest rate risk is also applicable to our cash and cash equivalents deposited in interest-bearing accounts which are indexed to the CDI, which can affect our results of operations and cash flows.

See note 18 to our audited consolidated financial statements for a sensitivity analysis of the impact of a hypothetical 50 basis point increase or decrease on the variable interest rate indexes of our floating rate indebtedness and cash and cash equivalents for the relevant twelve month period.

Customer and Credit Risk

We regularly monitor our trade accounts receivable and consider the risk of not collecting receivables from our customers as limited given the intrinsic nature of the methods we have adopted to receive payments from most of our customers (credit card and bank direct deposits). Substantially all of our past due receivables are related to disputes we have with our third-party couriers in connection with loss of or damage to products to be delivered to our customers. Historically, we have recovered a substantial amount of these past due receivables. As of December 31, 2016, we had past due receivables amounting to approximately R$18.1 million.

Liquidity Risk

We manage liquidity risk through the daily monitoring of our cash flows, control of financial assets and maturity of our liabilities, as well as maintaining a close relationship with financial institutions. Any additional cash in our activities not spent in operating and capital expenditure activities is invested into interest-bearing accounts and we choose investments with appropriate maturity and liquidity terms based on our cash flow estimates. Our liquidity is also dependent on factoring a portion of our trade accounts receivable and extending the payment terms of our trade accounts payable in connection with our reverse factoring arrangements. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

80


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Our mission is to be the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. We are the leading sports and lifestyle online retailer in Latin America and one of the largest online retailers in the region, as measured by net sales. We operate in Brazil, Argentina, and Mexico and, since our launch, we have sold to more than 12.8 million customers across our sites, solidifying our position as one of the few scaled online retailers in Latin America and creating a foundation of audience, brand and capabilities on top of which we are building a digital ecosystem capable of delivering increasing and significant value to customers and partners in the future. Through our desktop and mobile websites and applications, which we refer to as our “sites,” we deliver our customers a convenient and intuitive online shopping experience across our two core brands, Netshoes and Zattini. We believe that Netshoes has become one of the most recognized brands by consumers, in Brazil and Argentina, among both online and offline sports retailers. We believe that Zattini, a site we launched in December 2014, is quickly becoming a leading online brand for fashion and beauty in Brazil in terms of consumer recognition.

We were founded in January 2000 by Marcio Kumruian and Hagop Chabab as a single physical shoe store in São Paulo, Brazil. In 2007, we closed our brick-and-mortar stores and shifted to an online business to reach more customers across Brazil. Since then, we have built on our initial success, expanding across geographies and brands. We have also selectively introduced new product categories, maintaining our core strategy of focusing on product verticals with higher margins that have short replacement cycles and are easy to ship.

Core to our success has been a relentless focus on delivering a superior customer experience across each of the countries in which we operate, including remote locations not typically served by traditional retailers. As one of the first companies in Latin America to provide online retail offerings, we have emphasized the importance of customer service, including introducing short delivery times (with same-day delivery in capital cities of each of the countries in which we operate and certain other densely populated areas in Brazil), free return shipping for the first return or exchange, one-click purchasing, secure payment options and post-sales support. We have also developed technology that personalizes the shopping experience for our customers, and our sites have advanced features including enhanced search capabilities, easy navigation, product recommendations and customized ordering. This core customer focus has driven customer loyalty, as demonstrated by our high repeat purchasing. In the year ended December 31, 2016, 74.5% of our total orders came from repeat customers.

Our sites are also optimized for mobile shopping, and to facilitate our customers’ access to our sites, we were the first Latin American eCommerce company to partner with local telecommunication service providers to offer customers with free access to the Internet from their mobile devices for such purposes. Despite Latin America’s relatively low smartphone penetration rate, in the year ended December 31, 2016, 32.2% of the total orders placed by our active customers came from mobile devices (while in Brazil, mobile commerce accounted for 11.7% of eCommerce sales in 2015).

We are also a trusted partner and the go-to channel for the most important brands in sports and lifestyle retail in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, and are increasingly establishing similar partnerships with fashion and beauty brands. We offer over 190,000 SKUs from over 500 brands, including Nike, Adidas, Mizuno, Tommy Hilfiger, Ralph Lauren and Lacoste and work closely with our suppliers to promote and protect their brands and help manage product selection. We believe we are one of the largest distribution channels for these brands in Brazil and Latin America. We have also begun to develop our private label brands to supplement our existing supplier relationships in key categories.

Our success in the region has been dependent on our consistent ability to build a solid infrastructure network to support our operations, as well as our scalable and customized logistics capabilities. We have created a highly automated picking, packing and inventory management system, built to efficiently handle the products in which we specialize — easy-to-ship items with high margins and short replacement cycles. Today, we have three automated distribution centers in Brazil, one in Argentina and one in Mexico. We have also established innovative partnerships with

 

81


Table of Contents

over 35 local companies, across all of our operations, including Correios , the largest shipping provider in Brazil which has established shipping centers within our distribution centers to facilitate more efficient distribution. We are able to ship over one million orders a month, and on average, process the orders we receive within six hours after confirmation, achieving an on-time delivery rate of approximately 97.0% of total processed orders.

At the scale at which we operate, the combination of our customers, the brands we offer and infrastructure we have developed has resulted in powerful network effects, which we believe offer a significant competitive advantage. Our large and growing Latin America customer base has allowed us to attract and retain high quality brands, which in turn drives new and repeat customers. This has driven our growth and has allowed us to continually reinvest in and improve our product selection, technology and infrastructure while also driving significant cost efficiencies. These network effects are evident in our financial performance and scale. We also believe that these favorable network effects allow us to expand the reach of our sites to build the leading online consumer platform in Brazil and Latin America.

We have achieved the following significant milestones as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

    5.6 million active customers, an increase of 18.9% from the 4.7 million active customers we had as of December 31, 2015;

 

    10.3 million total orders on our sites, an increase of 20.8% from the 8.5 million total orders for the year ended December 31, 2015;

 

    74.5% of our total orders were invoiced to repeat customers (which are customers who have previously purchased from us), an increase from 72.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015;

 

    32.2% of our total orders were placed by customers on a mobile device, an increase from 20.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015; and

 

    In our Brazilian operations, positive cash flows from operations beginning in 2014 and positive EBITDA beginning in 2015.

Also, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we reported:

 

    R$1,505.7 million and R$1,739.5 million in net sales, respectively, representing growth of 33.7% and 15.5% from 2014 and 2015, respectively;

 

    R$99.5 million and R$151.9 million in net loss, respectively, from R$144.4 million in net loss in 2014; and

 

    R$46.5 million and R$43.9 million in negative EBITDA, respectively, from R$100.0 million in negative EBITDA in 2014.

For information on how we define and calculate active customers, total orders, total orders placed from mobile devices and EBITDA, and for a reconciliation of our non-IFRS figures to their IFRS equivalents, see the section of this prospectus captioned “ Selected Financial and Operating Data Non IFRS Financial Measures.”

Our History

Our business has transformed substantially since 2000, when our founders Marcio Kumruian and Hagop Chabab opened a physical shoe store in São Paulo, Brazil. In 2001, while remaining focused on our brick-and-mortar store, we began selling online, targeting small businesses. In 2003, we started partnering with sports centers and gyms and established small, on-premise storefronts where customers of those sports centers or gyms could try our shoes and sporting equipment and place a customized order of those products through our website. Over the years, although our brick-and-mortar operations grew into nine vendor facilities by 2005, our experience led us to believe that eCommerce would represent a larger opportunity. In 2007, we closed our brick-

 

82


Table of Contents

and-mortar retail stores, shifted our focus to eCommerce retail and launched Netshoes.com, our online store specialized in sports and active lifestyle goods. Since then, we have expanded in the following ways:

Building Online Leadership. We invested heavily in our brand with the goal of developing the leading eCommerce sports footprint. In 2008, we began to manage the online stores of other sports brands and professional soccer clubs. In 2009, we received our first round of investments from financial investors and, with their support, grew our business to establish our market leadership and continue to improve our corporate governance and management structure.

Geographical Expansion. As we continued to grow in Brazil, we identified the opportunity to transfer our expertise across Latin America. Recognizing promising income, consumer purchasing habits and online penetration trends, we expanded our operations to Argentina and Mexico in 2011. With our leadership in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, we now cover an estimated two-thirds of the gross domestic product, or GDP, in Latin America.

Brand and Vertical Diversification. In December 2014, leveraging the success of Netshoes and our existing infrastructure, we launched Zattini, an online store originally designed to offer fashion products to our Brazilian customers. In the short time since launching Zattini, we have served over 930,000 customers and delivered over 1.7 million orders. We have successfully introduced new categories of products over time, including beauty products to our Zattini offerings in 2016. We believe that Zattini is now the fastest growing online fashion and beauty site in Brazil, based on sales growth and for the year ended December 31, 2016, Zattini accounted for 11.5% of our online net sales in Brazil and 10.2% of our net sales on a consolidated basis. In addition, since November 2014, we began offering private label apparel across the Netshoes and Zattini platforms, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, the sales of those products accounted for 6.0% of our online net sales in Brazil and 5.4% of our net sales on a consolidated basis.

Traffic Monetization. More recently, we have begun to evaluate other ways to monetize our large customer base, and leverage our supplier relationships, technology and infrastructure. To this end, we have implemented additional products and services, such as creating a third-party marketplace, which increases the selection available to our customers, as well as launching financial services such as a co-branded credit card with a major Brazilian financial institution. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to add services to our digital ecosystem that tie consumers closer to our sites while maintaining our core customer experience. While we are still in the early stages of these initiatives, we believe that they have the potential to drive significant growth and increase customer loyalty going forward, enhancing Netshoes’ profitability.

 

83


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We are the leading sports and lifestyle online retailer in Latin America and one of the largest online retailers in the region. Our specific regional knowledge has allowed us to compete against international eCommerce sites, and our technology has differentiated us from traditional retailers. We have achieved our leadership position as a result of the following core strengths:

High market share in a large and expanding total addressable market. We benefit from our early mover advantage in Latin American eCommerce, which has allowed us to capture what we believe is a significant market share and achieve a leadership position in a large addressable market. We have operated for over fifteen years in Brazil and approximately five years in Argentina and Mexico, which we believe provides us with deep knowledge of the local culture, customer preferences, buying trends and regional infrastructure. As our market continues to expand through increased online and mobile penetration, a growing middle class, continuous focus on active lifestyles, and an increased consumer willingness to shop online, we believe that we are and will continue to be well-positioned as a leading established player to benefit from these macro-economic trends.

Focus on attractive verticals driving high operating leverage. We believe the lifestyle verticals in which we specialize are particularly suited for distribution online due to the following factors: (1) the vast inventory selection, benefitting customers by providing them with access to varied products in one place; (2) the lightweight nature of most of the products we offer, which makes them easy to ship and drives fast delivery speeds at significant volumes; (3) the high gross margin of these retail categories; and (4) the need for consistent replacement (compared to, for example, household appliances and electronics), which drives repetitive customer buying behavior. Our focus on these verticals has resulted in over 30.0% gross margins (defined as gross profit divided by net sales), including the cost of shipping, for the last three years, which provides substantial operating leverage as we continue to invest in additional parts of our business. As a result, we have achieved positive operating cash flow in our most mature market, Brazil, on an annual basis since 2014.

Recognized and trusted brand for customers and partners. We have built a strong brand over the last 15 years as demonstrated by our significant scale, with 18.3 million registered members and 5.6 million active customers as of December 31, 2016 purchasing from the over 500 brands we offer (160 of which are available on our Zattini site, launched in December 2014). We engage with our customers both on and off our sites, and we have over 10.0 million Facebook fans. We believe we have also forged deep and trusted relationships with our partners, whose products we offer on our sites and for whom we manage branded online stores. Our presence across the three largest economies in Latin America in terms of GDP, with a customer interface and back-end infrastructure built on our cultural and geographic expertise, has provided access for many of our partners to an otherwise difficult-to-reach demographic.

A superior customer experience, resulting in strong customer loyalty. Through our eCommerce model and our expanding vertical presence, our mission is to become the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. We offer our customers a reliable and convenient online shopping experience with a wide selection of over 190,000 SKUs, visually inspiring browsing, compelling merchandise, easy product discovery, attractive prices and various shipping options. Additionally, we offer our customers the ability to customize officially licensed merchandise from leading sporting brands. We also provide our customers free return shipping for the first return or exchange and the ability to process an exchange or return directly on our platforms. As we continue to add new customers in larger monthly numbers, existing customers continue to purchase from our sites at a consistent rate. In the year ended December 31, 2016, 74.5% of our total orders came from repeat customers. As a result of our focus on customer service, we are one of the best-in-class service providers as recognized by major Brazilian consumer complaint and recommendation websites such as Reclameaqui and Elogieaki (Você S/A) and in 2015 we were awarded by Elogieaki as “one of the most acclaimed companies in Brazil.”

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Differentiated logistics and technology capabilities. We have invested in and built logistics capabilities, and innovative technology that is customized to our verticals and regions. Our highly automated picking, packing and inventory management systems have enabled us to achieve high order accuracy and delivery speed at significant volumes. On average, we are able to process the purchase orders placed by our customers within six hours after they are confirmed. Our technology is also highly scalable—we are able to process approximately 105,000 orders per day during our peak holiday season compared to an average of 35,000 orders per day in 2015. We have also assembled a team of over 290 dedicated technology professionals who have built a sophisticated platform that enables transactions across three countries, multiple languages and devices.

Visionary founder and management team. We have built a culture of data-driven decision making, operational discipline and an unwavering focus on customer service. Our culture flows from our co-founder and CEO, Marcio Kumruian, who brings substantial industry expertise and led our shift to an online retailer, and from our experience as an early mover in the technology industry in the region. We believe our management team is well positioned to execute our long term growth strategy. This corporate culture has contributed to our ability to win multiple awards, including “One of the Ten Most Innovative Businesses in Brazil” from Forbes Magazine in June 2015, and allows us to attract and retain best-in-class talent to our offices across the region.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to continue differentiating ourselves as the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. As we have done in the past, we plan to both grow our core business and expand our operations into attractive opportunities while maintaining our relentless focus on delivering a superior consumer experience. As we continue to scale, we are focused on growing in an efficient way that we expect will result in increased profitability for our business, including by launching new initiatives that are specifically focused on delivering increased revenue at higher margins. Specifically, we plan to:

Acquire new customers through increased traffic and conversion. We believe that there is significant room to further grow the customer base for our sites. We are well-positioned to benefit both from the expected industry shift to online retail, and from continuing to refine our marketing efforts to draw new consumers to our sites and then convert those consumers to active customers. We continually test new marketing channels and campaigns, measuring the returns on these campaigns, including building higher brand recognition for Zattini, which we launched more recently. We continually A/B test methods of customer acquisition and conversion by deploying new versions of the site several times a day.

Increase the monetization of our existing traffic through enhancing customer loyalty. Collectively, as of December 31, 2016, our sites had 18.3 million registered members, of which 5.6 million were active customers. We believe that we can continue to drive increased monetization of our traffic, growing our sales through more frequent repeat purchasing and higher customer retention. We are consistently investing in data collection and analysis to more effectively market products and personalize our sites for each individual customer. We have also introduced and will continue to offer new products and services that tie our customers more closely to our sites. For example, we launched NCard — our co-branded credit card with Banco Itaú S.A — in April 2016, which offers exclusive benefits to users and in turn allows us to learn more about our customers’ spending habits as a result of their additional engagement with our sites. While still in its early stages, we have found that NCard users purchase from our sites at much more frequent rates than our average customers do.

Introduce new products in attractive verticals. We have found that by introducing new products in verticals with short replacement cycles and that are easy to ship, we have been able to both attract new customers to our sites and increase purchases by existing customers, thereby continuously expanding our addressable market. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 55.6% of Zattini customers in Brazil were originally Netshoes customers and about 44.4% were new customers. We have also successfully launched new product categories within each of our sites, and will continue to do so in a targeted way that grows our lifestyle brand while preserving higher margins on our sales. For example, we also will continue to invest in private label brands in verticals that have high customer price elasticity and margin potential, which help expand our profitability. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our six private label brands accounted for 6.0% of our online net sales in Brazil and 5.4% of our net sales on a consolidated basis, and ranked third on our platform on a combined basis.

 

85


Table of Contents

Online Marketplace. In February 2016, we launched our online third-party marketplace across all of our sites. To date, we have attracted 283 qualified third-party B2C vendors to our sites. While in its early stages, we believe that the marketplace offers a significant opportunity to introduce increased product variety, particularly in less popular categories with lower demand, and scale new categories more quickly. Using a marketplace model, we are also able to take advantage of our existing infrastructure and cost base to generate incremental high-margin returns while not having to hold inventories (or record associated costs) and positively impacting our working capital requirements.

Expansion of our business into a consumer and services platform. We believe we have the opportunity to take advantage of the scale of our core business and our existing and large customer base, and leverage our technology and infrastructure to build a digital ecosystem capable of delivering increasing and significant value to customers and partners. We intend to build this platform on the foundation as a leading sports and lifestyle eCommerce destination. This platform includes our recently launched NCard, a consumer finance solution, and B2B logistics solutions. In addition, in November 2016, we started offering a mobile application relating to activity tracking, which closely aligns with our sports and lifestyle brand. Our expansion into new verticals such as fashion and beauty and the recent launch of our online marketplace is evidence of our ability to further develop into adjacent online businesses, which we believe will generate long-term growth and value to our consumers.

Replicate the success of our Brazil business in Argentina and Mexico. We benefit from the ability to transfer the learnings and successes of our more mature Brazil operations, which have already achieved positive operating cash flow, to our emerging Argentina and Mexico businesses. Beginning in 2011, we launched our first two international sites, with a small team based in Argentina and another in Mexico, and since then we have achieved significant growth. We have distribution centers strategically located near each of their respective capital cities, Buenos Aires and Mexico City. We also have the ability to leverage our technology infrastructure in Brazil to grow our Argentina and Mexico businesses. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, our non-Brazil, Latin America operations accounted for 13.3% and 10.6% of our total net sales, respectively. We believe that there is significant growth and profitability remaining in these businesses as they continue to scale and as we introduce brands and products such as Zattini to those markets.

Our Industry

We believe eCommerce is becoming the universal solution for consumers to access products, anytime, anywhere.

In Latin America in particular, eCommerce presents a significant opportunity, with a number of factors supporting its expansion: increasing online penetration and mobile adoption, the emergence of new payment methods, and better network and logistics infrastructure, amongst others.

Additionally, despite recent macroeconomic volatility in certain countries such as Brazil and Argentina, eCommerce in Latin America has grown at an attractive CAGR of 27.9% from 2012 to 2015, according to eMarketer. In the mid- to long-term, we expect strong macro tailwinds due to an expanding middle class, increased disposable income, and reduced unemployment and interest rates, among others.

 

86


Table of Contents

Overview of our market and the opportunity

Large and growing online audience in Latin America and Brazil

 

    Latin America has the third largest online audience in the world. Internet penetration is rapidly growing in Latin America with 325 million Internet users in 2015, representing 53.1% penetration in the region, according to eMarketer. The number of Internet users in Latin America grew at an 11.5% CAGR from 2010 to 2015, almost four times the growth in the United States at 3.1%. Additionally, network infrastructure in Latin America continues to improve, driving higher levels of Internet penetration which is expected to reach 61.0% by 2019.

 

    Brazil alone has the fourth largest online audience in the world . In 2015, Brazil had 114 million Internet users. According to eMarketer, the portion of Brazil’s population that is connected to the Internet is expected to grow at a 3.1% CAGR between 2015 and 2019, compared to 1.6% for the United States.

Our market verticals, in particular, represent a large opportunity, driven by an increased use of technology

 

    Sports, fashion and beauty represent a significant opportunity in Latin America. We operate in the sports, fashion and beauty categories, which represent a significant opportunity in the countries where we are present. For instance, in Brazil, our largest operation, these categories represented 28% of the country’s total online sales in 2015, which reached US$3.8 billion, according to e-Bit and eMarketer. These categories reached US$8.3 billion in online sales in Latin America in 2015.

 

    Online retail penetration is low, but accelerating. With only 2.2% share of the total retail market in 2015, eCommerce in Brazil has significant potential vis-à-vis developed economies such as the United States, at a 7.3% market share, according to eMarketer. Broader Latin America offers higher potential given an even lower eCommerce market share as a percentage of the total retail market, at 1.6% during the same year (representing approximately US$30 billion against a total retail market of US$1,828 billion). Total eCommerce in Latin America is expected to reach US$64.4 billion by 2019, representing a 21.2% CAGR since 2015. In Brazil, Argentina and Mexico in particular, online retail penetration (as a percentage of total retail sales) is expected to reach 3.3%, 3.2% and 2.2%, respectively, in 2019. Also, we believe we are well-positioned to take advantage of the popularity of the verticals we sell. In 2016, sports, fashion and beauty products, together with clothing and shoes, were among the most popular online searches for retail verticals in Brazil.

 

    New technology-enabled business models empowering online consumption. We believe the continued evolution of both web and mobile technology is enabling the emergence of new business models that better address customer needs. These new business models are creating new and innovative ways to interact more closely with consumers, providing them with access to a larger assortment of goods, and higher levels of service and convenience that were previously not achievable. We believe that consumers now have access to more brands and more retail channels than ever before, and brands are in turn increasingly using online retail channels to gain access to a broader set of consumers.

Mobile becoming more prevalent and rapidly gaining share in eCommerce

 

    Mobile adoption is high and rapidly growing . Mobile devices have achieved rapid adoption in Latin America, with rates of 63.8% in Brazil and 65.0% in Latin America as a whole for the year ended 2015, according to eMarketer. During 2015, smartphone users represented, on average, 41.6% of the population using mobile devices in Brazil, and 40.7% in Latin America. According to BMI Research, as 3G/4G and network infrastructure continues to improve, population coverage in Latin America is expected to reach 73.5% by 2020, increasing from 48.7% in 2015, driving higher levels of smartphone penetration.

 

   

Mobile commerce is growing and gaining share. The growth and proliferation of smartphones and tablets has made mobile commerce one of the fastest growing retail channels in Brazil and all of Latin America. Based on data from eMarketer, in Brazil, mobile commerce accounted for 11.7% of

 

87


Table of Contents
 

eCommerce sales in 2015, increasing from 1.9% in 2012, but still low compared to 25.6% in the United States in 2015. Other major economies, such as Argentina and Mexico, provide further upside for mobile commerce, as mobile commerce accounted for approximately 10.1% and 15.2% of eCommerce sales in 2015, respectively, according to eMarketer.

Greater focus on sports, apparel, accessories, footwear, fashion and beauty, which are the most attractive categories in online retail

 

    Increasing focus on active lifestyles and sports, resulting in a very attractive business opportunity. We believe that there has been an increased focus on education and health in Latin America, which is translating into more active lifestyles and participation in sports. While soccer remains the most popular sport in Latin America, other sports including running, volleyball, mixed martial arts, basketball, tennis and motor sports have become increasingly popular. We believe that the Olympic Games that took place in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil in the summer of 2016 has further increased the exposure and interest in sports across Latin America. Overall, we believe that sports are a very attractive category to operate in.

 

    Sports, fashion, beauty and footwear are among the retail categories with the highest gross margins in the retail sector. Sporting goods, clothing, beauty and footwear retailers have some of the highest gross margins among retail businesses in the United States, with 43.3% gross margin on average compared to 34.1% gross margin for household appliances and 20.0% for electronics, a trend which we believe also applies to Latin America.

 

    Short replacement cycles. We believe that these retail categories are highly attractive due to their relatively short replacement cycles compared to other product categories. For instance, in the United States, according to Claims Pages, sneakers and clothes have on average 1 and 4 years of useful life, respectively, compared to 15 years for houseware and electronics. As a result, there are opportunities for recurring purchases of these goods. In addition, by having shorter replacement cycles, these product categories have higher inventory turnover, which in turn leads to lower inventory levels and capital requirements.

Dynamics in Latin America eCommerce

Unique dynamics driving eCommerce adoption

 

    Low but growing penetration of credit cards and evolution of online payment methods. According to the Brazilian Central Bank and Statista, as of 2015, personal credit card penetration in Brazil reached 79.5% compared to 131.1% in the United States. In addition, other payment alternatives have emerged in Brazil as well as in broader Latin America, such as Pagoseguro, PayPal and MercadoPago, among other alternatives. We believe the emergence of these payment alternatives, along with the increasing penetration of credit cards, is driving the adoption of online payments and enabling more consumers to transact online securely.

 

    Prevalence of installment payments as widely preferred method in Brazil. According to e-Bit, over 60% of eCommerce payments in Brazil were made with extended payment terms during 2015. As a result, the ability to manage net working capital dynamics through the asymmetric payment cycle is an important local expertise needed to operate in the Brazilian market.

 

    Increasing trust and confidence in online retailers. In the past, online retailing in Latin America suffered from consumer lack of confidence due to a lack of secure payment options and low visibility in the delivery of products, among other factors. However, we believe that the emergence of more secure online payment methods, coupled with the higher reliability of mail networks for delivery, is making consumers more confident in purchasing through online retailers, particularly for small-volume goods.

 

88


Table of Contents
    eCommerce as a unique solution to a geographically disperse universe of customers. We believe eCommerce is particularly well suited to Latin America and Brazil. With expanding and geographically dispersed populations, brick-and-mortar retailers have difficulties in serving a large portion of consumers in Latin America. Brick-and-mortar retailers tend to concentrate in specific cities or regions, leaving large percentages of the population without convenient access to their products. For this reason, we believe that eCommerce provides a unique solution to consumers who are looking to access a variety of goods from various brands, irrespective of their location.

Our Competition

eCommerce in Latin America includes a number of local players and a few global companies focused on a wide variety of categories. Based on management’s experience in, and knowledge of, the industry, we do not believe we have a relevant direct competitor in the eCommerce sports category in the region, where we are the leader in Brazil, and while we face competition in our fashion and beauty categories, in just one year of operation we believe we have become a clear contender for the market leader in Brazil. Our current or potential competitors include the following:

 

    Brick-and-mortar stores: We face competition from brick-and-mortar retailers specialized in sporting goods, fashion and beauty and general brick-and-mortar retailers, some of which currently also sell, or in the future may sell, their products online. Based on management’s experience in, and knowledge of, the industry, we believe that most existing brick and mortar retail players in Latin America have limited eCommerce presence and are often focused on specific categories which, in general, are not core to us; such as electronics and household appliances. We believe that most retailers’ constraint to physical locations results in limited product offerings and restricts their operations to narrower geographies. In summary, we believe, based on management’s experience in, and knowledge of, the industry, that the nature of the eCommerce platforms developed by most brick-and-mortar stores is more of a complementary service rather than a priority for their business. Our platform, on the other hand, provides a unique solution to customers and focuses on more attractive product categories with a team of professionals solely dedicated to delivering a best-in-class customer service; and

 

    Pure-play eCommerce players: We face competition from (a) other B2C eCommerce retailers; (b) retailers and other sellers that conduct commerce through online marketplaces; and (c) a number of indirect competitors, including Internet portals and Internet search engines that are involved in online commerce, either directly or in collaboration with other retailers. We believe that, based on management’s experience in, and knowledge of, the industry, pure-play sports eCommerce players are fragmented within the region with no company having achieved scale other than us. Moreover, no consolidation strategy has been deployed by any local or global player.

We believe our 19.1% growth in consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was above the average of retail industries in Brazil. According to Euromonitor International, in 2016 the total retail market in Brazil grew by 4.4%, the internet retail market in Brazil grew by 8.0% and the market for pure play internet retailers in Brazil grew by 8.3%.

Our Customers

With 5.6 million active customers as of December 31, 2016, a highly recognized consumer brand and a large selection of verticals and products, we attract a highly diversified customer base as measured across multiple attributes: gender, age and income. In particular, the launch of Zattini in December 2014, with new categories such as fashion and beauty, introduced our sites to a larger number of women and, for the year ended December 31, 2016, women represented 39.1% of our customer base (versus 36.7% in 2015 and 32.0% in 2014). The launch of Zattini has also helped create a cycle where Netshoes customers are expanding into Zattini and Zattini is bringing a new customer base onto the Netshoes platform. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2016, approximately 55.6% of Zattini customers in Brazil were originally Netshoes customers.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our customer base is also diversified in terms of age, income and geographic dispersion. As of December 31, 2016, our customer base was comprised of 27.3% customers under 25 years of age, 36.2% between 26 and 35 years, 22.5% between 36 and 45 years and 14.1% over 45 years of age, showing no significant concentration within any specific age group. In addition, our customer base spans across all levels of income, from low- (54%) to middle- (33%) and high-end customers (13%). Our customers are distributed nationwide in the countries where we operate and our solid infrastructure network allows us to reach customers in all zip codes of Brazil, Argentina and Mexico.

In order to improve traffic, attract more customers to our sites and increase conversion rates, we actively use data analytics and other technology tools. The insights collected from our customers’ engagement with our sites and marketing are used to improve customer experience, enhance conversion, and increase repeat purchases by further personalizing marketing and communication campaigns. Given our practice to analyze consumer behavior and engagement with our sites (including browsing and purchasing activities), we believe we are in a better position than brick-and-mortar stores to predict and react to any changes in consumer demand and shopping patterns and to recommend to our customers specific products that might be of interest to them based on their behavior.

Our Partner Suppliers

We are a trusted partner for the most important brands in the sports and lifestyle retail industry in Latin America, with a network of partner suppliers spanning over 500 brands, including Nike, Adidas, Mizuno, Tommy Hilfiger, Ralph Lauren and Lacoste. We are the go-to-channel for global sports brands to reach customers in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico, and we are increasingly establishing similar partnerships with fashion and beauty brands.

Different from many of our competitors whose operations rely on a smaller number of suppliers, our diversified network of partner suppliers allows us to offer our customers a comprehensive product portfolio while reducing operational risk and dependency on specific suppliers. For the year ended December 31, 2016, our top 10 partner suppliers represented 47.8% of our net sales, as compared to 53.4% for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2016, we had expanded our sporting and lifestyle product offerings to more than 190,000 SKUs compared to approximately 111,000 SKUs as of December 31, 2014, reflecting our diversified product offerings achieved through broadening our network of partner suppliers.

In order to continuously improve our relationship with partner suppliers, further developing brand recognition and streamlining processes, we have a fully dedicated team responsible for the constant management and evaluation of our partner suppliers. The results of these measurements are periodically shared with our partner suppliers in an effort to promote higher efficiency and profitability.

Our Private Labels

In November 2014, we began offering private label sports brands on the Netshoes site, and in 2016, we started to offer private label brands on our fashion and beauty site, Zattini. Our private label brands span product categories in which we believe we can compete to provide online shoppers lower cost, high quality options. Our private label products are higher margin items and our six brands cover the majority of the categories we currently offer. Private label is a key part of our future strategy and we plan to continue investing in the growth of this aspect of our business. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the sales of private label products accounted for 6.0% of the net sales of our online operations in Brazil and for 5.4% of our net sales on a consolidated basis.

Gonew, our first private label brand was created in September 2014 and today is our third largest brand in terms of net sales, currently selling over 1,700 SKUs within the sports apparel, equipment and footwear categories. We also have private labels such as “Mood,” “Burn” and “Treebo” covering apparel, equipment and footwear for Surfing & Skating activities and other casual shoes and clothes. In June 2016 we launched a new private label brand called “Zeep!”, designed to offer shoes and clothes for kids. We outsource the production of 100% of our private label products from qualified national and international third-party suppliers.

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Our Sites

We currently operate under two primary brands: Netshoes and Zattini. Although we connect the brands through cross promotional links and the user interface of our sites, each brand has a unique identity and product set to cater to specific consumer tastes, styles and purchasing goals. Across our brands and sites, we offer the same personalized shopping and rich product selection for which we are known, focusing on delivering an intuitive online experience for all consumers regardless of the brand with which they engage.

Netshoes: Netshoes was our first to market brand and is the leading sporting goods retailer in the region. Our website offers consumers a superior and personalized shopping experience for sporting and active lifestyle products and features a user-friendly and intuitive interface designed to allow users to conveniently search for, find, compare and purchase sporting and active lifestyle goods. We are the one stop shop for consumers across sporting goods and active lifestyle products and we operate this business through our websites www.netshoes.com.br, www.netshoes.com.mx and www.netshoes.com.ar.

Currently we offer our customers a wide selection of athletic shoes, jerseys, apparel, accessories and sporting equipment from leading international and local brands, including Nike, Adidas, Puma, Mizuno, Asics, Umbro, Olympikus, Fila, Wilson, Topper, Oakley, Timberland and Reebok. In addition, we have licenses to sell a number of exclusive products from brands such as Kappa, Pretorian, Disney, Camaro and Corvette and private label offerings. We also offer personalized products, such as jerseys, footwear and bicycles, where customers can print or engrave words or images on the item. We were the first large scale Brazilian retailer to offer personalized products from Nike, Puma and Adidas online.

Zattini: Launched in December 2014, Zattini is the fastest growing fashion and beauty site in Brazil. Our website offers consumers a superior and personalized shopping experience for fashion and beauty products such as shoes, clothes, accessories, fragrances and hair care products, and features a user-friendly and intuitive interface similar to our Netshoes sites. We offer over 160 leading international and local brands (including, among others, Calvin Klein, Revlon, Shiseido, Maybelline, L’Oreal, Joico, Dolce & Gabbana and Carolina Herrera) and, to capitalize on consumer openness to private label in apparel, in February 2016, we acquired Shoestock, a strong fashion brand in Brazil. Zattini is currently only in Brazil, and we operate this business through our websites www.zattini.com and www.zattini.com.br. As of December 31, 2016, our Zattini platform had over 80,000 SKUs offered to our customers.

The Features of Our Sites

Our sites consist of desktop websites and our mobile websites and applications. We designed our sites to be customer friendly, visually appealing, stable, secure and responsive to customers’ preferences. We manage our desktop sites, mobile websites and mobile applications differently, each optimized for the screens they fit and the way our customers use them.

 

 

91


Table of Contents

We are focused on providing consumers the most user-friendly and efficient way to find products that meet their needs and preferences. The central part of our home page is the search tool, where consumers can type in product keywords or brands to search for specific products in our merchandise database. Relevant listings, pictures and custom editorial content are also placed throughout the site.

 

LOGO

Mobile access is a key component of our long-term strategy and we have made significant investments in our mobile functionality. Our mobile website and applications were custom built for our unique needs and are powered by the same core platform that powers our eCommerce sites. mCommerce has grown on our sites as a result of the continued success of our applications, increasing mobile penetration and the launch of programs such as our partnership with local telecommunication service providers to offer free access to the Internet from mobile devices when accessing our sites.

 

LOGO

Browsing: Our sites provide users with detailed product information, including a description, rich media images, typically with multiple pictures from different angles, size and color availabilities, sizing charts and customer reviews of products. In addition, for our Netshoes sites, our customers have access to the following features that were designed to optimize their browsing experience: (a) Shop by Sport, (b) Shop by Brand, (c) Special Stores, which allows users to browse certain specialized product categories, such as UFC, Nike Soccer, Nike Basketball, Nike Running, Adidas Soccer and Adidas Original, among others and (d) Super Discount, which allows users to find products with promotions and discounts.

For Zattini, our customers have access to the following features that were designed to optimize their browsing experience: (a) Shop by Gender, (b) Shop by Brand, (c) Beauty Products and (d) Super Discount.

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Our sites use algorithms across many dimensions, including visits, product margin, revenue and available inventory, to optimize product sorting and search results to rank relevance and test the optimal results for specific customers.

Site Personalization: We offer a personalized eCommerce experience through product recommendations by enabling our users to build online shopper profiles reflecting their preferences and interests and by tracking users’ browsing and purchase history. Each of our customers has a user name and password, which allows him or her to track order status and previous purchases. Prior to logging into their accounts, our system can typically customize the initial landing page for our customers by reviewing their browsing records. In addition, we analyze each customer’s purchase patterns and send personalized e-mails to our registered members periodically. Our e-mails update our customers on new product arrivals, tailored promotions and other related items that might be of interest based on their preferences.

Product Reviews: We now have a solid customer review database, which helps customers find the right product for their needs and our merchandising team in its buying decisions. Our customers are generally engaged in writing reviews on our website, and for the year ended December 31, 2016, we registered more than 400,000 new reviews of products on our sites.

Our Additional Sources of Revenues

A portion of our net sales is generated from sources other than product sales effected by us directly from our Netshoes and Zattini sites. These sources include our services to customers through our marketplace, NCard and lifestyle applications, as well as products sold through partner-hosted sites and our B2B operations. These sources allow us to continue to reach a broader consumer base, help us build our brand, improve customer loyalty to the platform and drive incremental net sales.

Online Marketplace: Our marketplace enables customers to purchase products from a multitude of third-party qualified B2C vendors through a seamless purchase experience on our sites. In February 2016, we launched a marketplace service to supplement our direct sales site. Our marketplace collects product photos and merchandise from approved sellers and showcases them on our platform to supplement products we have in inventory. We have focused the marketplace on helping extend our product offering into merchandise for which it is not economical to hold inventory. For example, when a customer searches for a baseball bat and gloves, we can show products from an approved seller, and we leverage our platform for checkout and reviews.

NCard: In partnership with Banco Itaú S.A., a major Brazilian financial institution, we offer consumers an International MasterCard on par with credit cards readily available in Brazil. NCards also provide special loyalty rewards and benefits for our customers, which we believe improve customer loyalty. Customers using their NCards receive 10% off throughout most of our sites, personalized birthday gifts and free customization on products throughout our sites. Although the NCard is in the early stages, we have found that NCard holders visit our sites more often than our average customer, driving their annual purchase value higher.

Partner-Branded Stores: In addition to offering merchandise through our sites, we offer and deliver merchandise to our customers through a number of partner-branded store sites managed by us. These include the online Ultimate Fighting Championship, or UFC, store for Brazil and the sub-home of the National Basketball Association, or NBA, within our site in Brazil; the Brazilian online stores of multiple global and local brands including Puma and Chivas, and the online stores of major Brazilian soccer clubs including Corinthians, São Paulo, Palmeiras, Santos, Internacional, Vasco da Gama, Cruzeiro and Sport. As of December 31, 2016, we managed 20 partner-branded stores.

B2B Operations: As a result of our solid infrastructure network and logistics capabilities, we have also begun to engage in B2B operations. Since January 2016, we have the exclusive license to sell and distribute Midway Labs USA nutrition supplements and vitamins in Brazil. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we sold and distributed such products to over 105 drugstores and supermarkets in Brazil.

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Lifestyle Applications : In November 2016, we started offering a lifestyle application, Sou run, which targets to Latin American consumers and is connected to our Netshoes platform. It offers three types of subscription options that provides guidance to users’ on developing running programs. With input from dedicated health professionals, it offers customized training programs for different goals, from losing weight to running half marathons.

We continuously analyze the possibility of developing new adjacent businesses, which we believe could generate long-term growth and value to our consumers.

Our Customer Service

As a result of our efforts to deliver a superior customer experience, we have been widely recognized by our customers and the industry. We have been awarded several prizes, including: the E-award Prize – Best Customer Service ( Braspag , 2015 and 2016) and, Modern Consumer Award in Customer Excellence – Company that Most Respects its Customers ( Grupo Padrão , 2013 and 2015).

On a monthly basis, we monitor our clients’ shopping experience by measuring Net Promoter Score, or NPS, a widely known survey methodology used to capture customers’ overall satisfaction. For the year ended December 31, 2016, on a survey made by IBOPE DTM, a well-known marketing research company in Brazil, Netshoes was ranked first in NPS among the 34 most well-known e-commerce retailers operating in Brazil, with a 71.7 score (against an average of 54.0). High NPS scores are recognized by the industry as having strong correlation with higher client repurchase rates and positive referrals.

A key element of our sales strategy is our ability to provide our users with a high level of customer service and support. We believe our rapid growth has been driven in part by our excellence in customer service. By helping consumers navigate our sites, answering their questions and completing their orders, our team helps us to continue building trust with consumers, enhance our reputation and drive sales.

We provide our customers with an array of online self-service features including the ability to track orders and shipment status, review estimated delivery dates, cancel unshipped items, change delivery information and process exchanges or returns. We also respond to 99% of emails sent to our customer service desk within 24 hours, and we are continuing to reduce our contact per order as we implement electronic systems that answer the most frequent questions in our region – delivery timing and order completion.

Our customers can contact our customer service representatives through real-time online chat, our customer service e-mail address or our customer service hotline. As of December 31, 2016, our customer service department had more than 580 in-house employees empowered to keep our customers happy and satisfied. Our decision to have all of our customer service professionals in-house was driven by our relentless focus on customer experience.

We maintain service quality by placing emphasis on selecting personnel carefully and regularly monitoring the performance of our employees. Our employees are trained to have in-depth product knowledge, professional service attitudes and communication skills to best address customer needs and inquiries. Each of our new customer service employees is required to complete a rigorous training program for more than 12 days followed by working alongside a senior customer service professional for one month before having their first direct contact with a customer.

 

 

94


Table of Contents

In addition, while we offer our customers the ability to return items, we benefit from low return rates as compared to similar retailers in the United States due to cultural norms and more limited credit availability.

Sales & Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts are focused on driving organic traffic to our sites and increasing the monetization of our existing traffic. Given that Netshoes is one of the most recognizable brands in the region, we have focused on performance marketing for this site to drive measurable customer acquisition. For Zattini, given its early stage, we continue to focus on growing brand awareness as well as performance marketing. We aim to maintain the right balance between marketing across brand-building channels and performance-based customer acquisition strategies.

Our Sales & Marketing is integrated with our business strategy and supported by our technology development efforts. We evaluate each of our marketing initiatives for its return on investment and performance versus our business objectives. Although some of the visitors to our sites make purchases when they first register, we have noticed that visitors may register to receive our emails and “push” communications months before they make their first purchase. We consider 5.5 million (or approximately one-third) of our users to be Prospects (i.e., registered users who have not made purchases yet), and we believe an opportunity exists to convert them to customers. A portion of our marketing spend is meant to target these visitors for whom the conversion to purchasing comes after we have built a substantial relationship with them through regular contact and outreach over time. We also benefit from the breadth of our platform as purchasers often first engage on either Netshoes or Zattini and then move over to the other site. This means we can acquire a member once for either site and benefit continuously across both sites.

Due to our market leadership in the region, we have pioneered many new regional marketing programs with third parties, such as Facebook, Google and Criteo, which allow us to deepen our knowledge about online consumer behavior and, consequently, results in a better shopping experience for our customers. We constantly share data analytics about our respective experiences with digital consumers in order to take advantage of new latent opportunities related to our markets.

We acquire new email-registered members through a diverse set of paid and unpaid marketing channels. Our paid advertising efforts include search engine marketing, display advertising, paid social media, affiliate channels and specific offline marketing channels (such as television ads). Our non-paid advertising efforts include search engine optimization, non-paid social media, mobile “Push” notifications, customer referrals and email. Upon acquiring a customer or a potential customer’s email address, we focus on how to increase their engagement with our platform and drive consistent repeat purchases. This effort to increase engagement and repeat purchasing is primarily accomplished by providing consistent customer service and email marketing efforts. We consistently track our member base across their current activity status—Prospect (as defined above), New Purchaser (customers whose first online purchases with us were in the preceding month prior to the relevant dates), Active (customers who made purchases online with us during the preceding twelve months prior to the relevant dates), Inactive (customers who made purchases online with us between thirteen and twenty four months prior to the relevant date the relevant dates) and Churn (customers who have not made purchases online with us for more than twenty four months prior to the relevant dates)—and we focus on engaging or reengaging each member depending on their current status.

 

 

95


Table of Contents

Our Technology

We are proud of our technology leadership in Brazil and Latin America and were awarded the Sales Innovator of the Year Award in 2016 by eCommerce Brasil. As one of the first online retailers in the region, we have adopted a technology-forward and data-driven approach to all aspects of our business.

We use our technology platform to improve the experience of our customers, increase the purchase frequency and average order size placed by our customers and optimize the efficiency of our business operations. We have successfully built an innovative technology culture that is unique in our geography and enables us to attract and retain some of the best technological minds in Latin America. We employ over 290 dedicated technology professionals and our research and development is centralized in São Paulo.

We have organized our technology team into 15 small, nimble and autonomous squads that tackle problems across each of our sites. Our squads are aligned with business goals, such as improving conversion and revenue per visit. Our technology team adopts a continuous improvement, high-frequency testing approach to our business, aimed at improving both traffic and conversion rates. Our site updates several times a day with changing imagery, product descriptions and inventory, based on updated revenue and margin targets. These constant site refreshes also allow our technology professionals to A/B test multiple site features over the course of each day.

Our platform is engineered to provide a personalized experience to our customers. We collect insights from our customers’ interactions through our algorithms and through traditional information retrieval techniques, such as cookies. We then use these insights to customize our sites in real-time for individual customers, with product suggestions and category highlights. These insights also form the basis of our enhanced conversion strategies as we continue to target a customer between 0 – 15 days after they view an item. We use email, social media marketing and retargeting campaigns to remind customers of their searches, items left in carts and items browsed.

We strive to keep customers engaged wherever they are, by providing the functionality of our website in iOS and Android mobile apps. Our mobile apps include search and discovery, personalization and social shopping features similar to those that customers enjoy on our desktop site. Our mobile apps had been downloaded approximately 7.0 million times prior to December 31, 2016, and represented, on average, 19.2% of mobile traffic in the year ended December 31, 2016.

In addition, we are also capable of managing significantly higher volumes of site traffic during peak periods, such as those generally experienced during the Black November period. We routinely test and expand the capacity of our servers so we are prepared to provide our customers with uninterrupted access to our sites during periods with high levels of user traffic. We also have in place two redundant data centers and back-up systems located in two different cities designed to ensure the uninterrupted operation of our information technology systems and sites.

 

 

96


Table of Contents

We believe we can continue to scale our technology to accommodate significantly higher volumes of site traffic, customers, orders and the overall growth in our business. We have built a technology stack with a proven record of an ability to scale.

Security and Privacy Policy

We are committed to operating a secure online business. We use various security methods in an effort to protect the integrity of our networks and the confidential data collected and stored on our servers. For example, we use hierarchical levels of firewall technology to protect access to our networks and to our servers and databases on which we store confidential data. We have developed and use internal policies and procedures to protect the personal information of our customers.

We believe that issues relating to privacy and use of personal information relating to Internet users are becoming increasingly important as the Internet and its commercial use continue to grow. We have adopted what we believe is a detailed privacy policy that complies with local legal requirements and outlines the information that we collect concerning our users and how we use it, and the extent to which other registered Netshoes and Zattini users may have access to this information. Users must acknowledge and expressly agree to this policy when registering with our sites. For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential customer information or our failure or the perception by our customers that we failed to comply with privacy laws or properly address privacy concerns could harm our business and standing with our customers.”

Although we send marketing communications to our users periodically, we use our best efforts to ensure that they respect users’ notification preferences. When users register with us, they can opt out of receiving marketing e-mails from us. They can modify their notification preferences at any time in the “My Account” section of our sites.

We do not sell or rent any personally identifiable information about our users to any third party. However, for our marketplace operations, we do disclose information to merchants and purchasers so they can complete the transaction (respective names and addresses of purchasers, among other relevant information). We only use information about our users for internal purposes in order to improve marketing and promotional efforts and to improve our content, product offerings and site layout. We may also disclose information about our users in response to legal requirements. All information is stored on our servers located in Brazil.

Our Facilities, Logistics and Operations

Fundamental to our success is our custom-built logistics and operations infrastructure. We were recently selected for the Best Logistics award by e-Commerce Brasil, and we believe that we are market leaders in developing a proprietary infrastructure that supports our specific product verticals and regions. We manage all of the key components of our supply chain, including fulfillment and customer service. We monitor each step of our order fulfillment process from the time a product is inspected and stocked, to when the product is delivered to a customer, which we believe enables us to maintain a high level of shipping accuracy and timely delivery.

 

 

97


Table of Contents

We currently lease all properties for our operations in Brazil and Argentina and our executive office in Mexico. Our corporate headquarters are located in São Paulo, Brazil. We lease three distribution centers in Brazil, one of which is located in the State of São Paulo (Barueri), one in the State of Minas Gerais (Extrema) and one in the State of Pernambuco (Jaboatão dos Guararapes). We also lease one physical store location for Shoestock in São Paulo, Brazil. Our operations in Argentina and Mexico each have one executive office and one distribution center. We have entered into a logistics services agreement with Onelogistic, S.A. de C.V., or Onelogistic, through which Onelogistic provides us with fulfillment services in Mexico. We believe that our properties are generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future, and we will continue to seek additional space as needed to pursue our growth strategy.

The following table sets forth a summary of our distribution centers as of December 31, 2016:

 

Location

   Square
meters
     Storage Capacity
(m²)
   Agreement
Expiration Date

Barueri (State of São Paulo, Brazil)

     19,143      45,843    May 31, 2019

Extrema (State of Minas Gerais, Brazil)

     28,656      27,850    October 22, 2020

Jaboatão dos Guararapes (State of Pernambuco, Brazil)

     15,321      23,915    January 31, 2018

Buenos Aires (Argentina)

     6,470      16,800    April 1, 2017

Mexico City (Mexico) (1)

     3,250      11,480    January 1, 2018 (2)

 

(1) Operated and leased by our third-party service provider Onelogistic.

 

(2) Expiration date of our logistics services agreement with Onelogistic.

In Brazil, we have three distribution centers with a total storage capacity of over 97,000 square meters across all floors and a high level of automation. Our distribution centers located in Brazil have the capacity to handle over 7 million items at peak capacity and are able to ship products across all 26 Brazilian states and the Federal District of Brazil. Our operations in Argentina and Mexico have the capacity to handle over 700,000 items at one time and to distribute to customers in all regions of each country. Products are delivered from our suppliers to our distribution centers for quality inspection before being shipped out to customers.

In Brazil, we have a nationwide delivery network consisting of almost 20 third-party courier companies and were the first retail company to develop an on-site partnership with Brazil’s national post office, Correios , which expedites the delivery of our products. We leverage our large scale of operations and reputation to obtain favorable contractual terms with the courier companies. We monitor and review the courier companies’ performance and its compliance with our contractual terms.

Our distribution centers and delivery network are strategically located and designed for reliable and timely product delivery. In general, orders are automatically allocated to one of our distribution centers for fulfillment. We then process our orders within six hours after the orders are confirmed on average, and we can deliver on the same day in the main Brazilian urban centers, Buenos Aires and Mexico City. We offer a wide range of delivery options to cater to our customers’ individual requirements and preferences. Our delivery options include normal delivery within four to five days, express delivery within one to two days and super express delivery for delivery on the same day the order was placed. We have an on-time delivery rate of approximately 97.0% of total processed orders. Our infrastructure also includes two data centers that are critical to our operations (see “—Our Technology”).

We also use our distribution centers and delivery network to manage the logistics and distribution of a number of our suppliers’ and partners’ online stores.

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Billing and Collection

We provide our online customers in Brazil the flexibility to choose from a number of payment options including online payment through all major credit cards and bank payment slips, known as “ boleto ” in Brazil. We offer our credit card paying customers the option to pay in monthly installments (up to 15 for customers using NCard and up to 10 for customers using other types of credit cards), with a minimum installment payment of R$25.00. Paying by credit card in monthly installments is the most popular option among our customers in Brazil. In Argentina and in Mexico, we offer our online customers similar payment methods as those offered in Brazil. For the year ended December 31, 2016, 72.8% of our product sales were paid in installments by our customers. In conjunction with third-party service providers, we have a dedicated risk department that conducts a rigorous analysis of each transaction to help reduce the risk of fraudulent payments and decrease payment default.

Our Culture and Employees

We have built our culture to be relentlessly focused on delivering a best-in-class customer experience, to make data-driven decisions and to collaborate across our organization in pursuit of our mission to be the leading online consumer platform in Latin America. We pride ourselves on our ability to attract engaged employees who in turn deliver outstanding customer service. We have instated programs such as “Birthdays Off,” flexible working hours and “Bermuda Everyday” in order to foster a “tech” culture in our workforce. Furthermore, we have redesigned our offices to deliver to our employees a modern and comfortable environment with a sports court, game room, food trucks, a TV room and other common areas to continue to integrate our team.

We are proud of our employees and believe our team is one of our most important assets. As of December 31, 2016, we had 2,687 employees including 2,414 in Brazil, 175 in Argentina and 98 in Mexico. We had a total of 937 employees in our distribution centers, 587 customer service representatives, 222 employees in information technology, 141 employees in risk management and 146 employees in marketing. We believe that having most of our employees in-house enables us to foster a better customer experience-focused culture. We had a total of 2,040 and 2,405 employees as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

We hire temporary employees to handle fluctuations in activity experienced throughout the year. In particular, we hire additional temporary workers during the fourth quarter of each year due to the significant increase in sales volume typically experienced in this period. During the fourth quarter of 2015 and 2016, we contracted 375 and 711 temporary workers, respectively, to handle the increased Black November and the subsequent holiday selling season demand. Temporary employees primarily work at our distribution centers and in our customer service. In the first three quarters of the year, we generally do not use temporary workers.

We are a leading equal opportunity employer, hiring in the region with women representing approximately 50% of our employee base. We believe that we offer our employees competitive compensation packages and a differentiated culture, and as a result, we have generally been able to attract and retain qualified personnel and maintain a stable management team. We generally enter into standard employment contracts with our employees. Our employees in are represented by five labor unions in Brazil, two in Argentina and one in Mexico. We believe that we have a good working relationship with our employees and their labor unions, and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes.

Our management team’s clear sense of mission, long-term focus and commitment to the values that define our culture, combined with our practice of fostering responsible autonomy and maintaining a startup mindset among our employees, have been fundamental to our successful track record. In addition, our leadership team has been remarkably stable and has created and developed leading new businesses organically, including Zattini.

These factors combined have given us the honor of being named amongst the best companies to work for in Brazil for six consecutive years since 2011 and placing first in the eCommerce category in 2015 according to “Revista Você S/A,” a leading business-focused magazine in Brazil. Furthermore, “Revista Apertura,” a leading Argentine general news magazine, recognized us as one of the best companies to work for in Argentina in 2015 and 2016.

 

99


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure

The following is a chart of our current corporate structure:

 

LOGO

Seasonality

We experience the effects of seasonality throughout the calendar year. Typically, the fourth quarter of the year is the strongest for our sales due to the Black November period in Brazil and the Christmas season in all countries where we operate. The first quarter of the year is our slowest period, as the months of January, February and March correspond to vacation time in Brazil and Argentina. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality and Quarterly Results of Operations” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Net Working Capital.”

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws as well as confidentiality agreements with our employees and suppliers for the purpose of protecting the proprietary rights associated with the products branded under our private labels. We have also registered the domain names www.netshoes.com, www.netshoes.com.br, www.zattini.com, www.zattini.com.br, www.shoestock.com, www.shoestock.com.br and their variations. Our “Netshoes” and “Zattini” trademarks and logos have also been registered with the relevant authorities in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico (as well as in other regions, such as the European Union and, with respect to “Netshoes,” the United States; we have applied for and are currently awaiting the grant of registration for “Zattini” in the United States). Trademark registrations for “Shoestock” have been assigned to us in the United States and Europe and we have filed applications to register those trademarks in Brazil. Furthermore, we have applied for the registration of the trademarks and logos of all of our private labels, such as Gonew, Burn and Mood and are currently awaiting the grants of such registrations.

In addition to the protection of our intellectual property, we are focused on ensuring that our product offerings (and especially those products branded under our private labels) do not infringe the intellectual property of others. Generally, our agreements with suppliers of private label products contain provisions to safeguard us against potential intellectual property infringement by our suppliers and impose penalties in the event of any infringement. We reserve the right to refuse to work with or terminate our relationship with suppliers where it comes to our attention that they are violating the intellectual property rights of a third party. For more

 

100


Table of Contents

information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—Our inability or failure to protect our intellectual property and any intellectual property infringement against us could have a negative impact on our operating results” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Insurance

We have insurance policies with reputable insurers in amounts considered sufficient by our management to cover potential losses arising from events that may affect our assets, as well as for any indemnities that we may have to pay to third parties as a result of our operations. These policies include insurance covering our distribution centers including equipment, machinery and inventory stored therein (or in transit) and have coverage limits of up to R$193.0 million. We seek coverage against risks that are compatible with our scale and type of operations, considering the nature of our activities, the risks we are exposed to, market practices in our industry, and the advice of our insurance consultants.

The insured amounts are reviewed every year when policies are renewed, to ensure the amounts are consistent with the value of our assets and our liabilities from operations. We do not anticipate having any difficulties in renewing any of our insurance policies.

While we believe our insurance contracts reflect standard market practices, there are certain types of risks that may not be covered by the policies (such as war, terrorism, acts of God and force majeure, liability for certain harm or interruption of certain activities). Therefore, if any of these uncovered events occur, we may be obliged to incur additional costs to remedy the situation, reconstitute our assets and/or indemnify our customers, which may adversely affect us. Furthermore, even in the event that we incur a loss that is covered by our policies, we cannot assure that damages awarded by our insurers will be sufficient to cover the losses arising from the insured event.

Material Contracts

On October 21, 2016, we entered into two hosting services agreements with Uol Diveo Tecnologia Ltda., or Uol Diveo, or the Hosting Services Agreements, in which Uol Diveo agrees to provide us with two Internet data centers to host our eCommerce sites. Currently, they are the only provider of hosting services for our sites, and we depend on Uol Diveo to keep our sites operational and accessible to our customers. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry—Interruption or failure of our information technology and communications systems could impair our operations, which could damage our reputation and harm our results of operations. Specifically, we rely on one third-party provider to provide us with Internet data centers to host our sites and maintain them operational, and disruptions with this provider or in the services it provides to us could materially affect our reputation, operations or financial results.”

Pursuant to the terms of the Hosting Services Agreements, we are obligated to pay Uol Diveo a total monthly fee of approximately R$205,000.00, including taxes, and Uol Diveo is required to provide us with the necessary hardware, equipment and software licenses to keep our sites operational, among other requirements, as well as technical monitoring, ensuring the security of our sites and allowing us to have access to the data centers that host our sites. The Hosting Services Agreements will expire on October 2017, one year following their execution and are not automatically renewable.

For additional information concerning other contracts important to our business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.”

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Regulation

Our business is subject to a number of laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the Internet, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. While it is difficult to fully ascertain the extent to which new developments in the field of law will affect our business, there has been a trend towards increased consumer and data privacy protection. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the Internet, eCommerce or mCommerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that may place restrictions on the conduct of our business. Below is a summary of the most relevant laws that apply to the operations of eCommerce companies in Brazil:

Consumer Protection Laws . Brazil’s consumer Protection Code sets forth the legal principles and requirements applicable to consumer relations in Brazil. This law regulates, among other things, commercial practices, product and service liability, strict liability of the supplier of products or services, reversal of the burden of proof to the benefit of consumers, the joint and several liability of all companies within the supply chain, abuse of rights in contractual clauses, advertising and information on products and services offered to the public. Specifically, as an Internet-based retailer, we are subject to several laws and regulations designed to protect consumer rights — most importantly Law No. 8,078 of September 11, 1990 — known as the Consumer Protection Code, and Decree No 7,962 of March 15, 2013, that regulates eCommerce in Brazil, or the eCommerce Decree. The Consumer Protection Code establishes the legal framework for the protection of consumers, setting out certain basic rights, among which is the right to clear and accurate information about products and services offered in the consumer market, with correct specification of characteristics, structure, quality and price and the risks they pose, and the consumers’ rights to access and modify personal information collected about them and stored in private databases. The eCommerce Decree complements the Consumer Protection Code and sets forth specific rights and obligations of consumers and eCommerce retailers. Pursuant to the eCommerce Decree, online retailers are required to break-down pricing and disclose fees and shipping charges. Online retailers are also required to provide clear and accurate terms and conditions for the sales, including the consumers’ right to cancel a transaction without charges ( direito de arrependimento ) and to return or exchange products. In addition, the eCommerce Decree sets forth general guidelines that must be followed by online retailers’ consumer services. The growth and demand for eCommerce could result in more stringent consumer protection laws that impose additional compliance burdens on online companies. These consumer protection laws could result in substantial compliance costs.

Data Privacy and Protection . The Internet Act establishes principles, guarantees, rights and duties for the use of the Internet in Brazil, including regulation about data privacy for Internet users. Under Brazilian Laws personal data may only be treated (i.e., collected, used, transferred, etc.) upon users’ prior and express consent. Privacy policies of any company must be clear and detailed and include information regarding all contemplated uses for such users’ data and excessively ample or vague consent for data treatment may be deemed invalid in Brazil. Brazilian courts have applied joint and several liability among all entities that shared and/or used personal data subject to a breach. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Doing Business in Brazil and the Rest of Latin America— We are subject to costs and risks associated with increased or changing laws and regulations affecting our business, including those relating to the sale of consumer products.”

We are also subject to similar laws and regulations that govern consumer and data protection in Argentina and Mexico.

 

102


Table of Contents

Recent Changes in Brazilian Laws Relevant for our Business:

Value Added Tax Laws . On April 2015, an amendment to the Brazilian Constitution became effective to change the then-existing rules as to the allocation of ICMS taxes collected in interstate sales between the state of origin of products sold and the state where the final customer is located, or State of Destination. Under the prior rules, ICMS taxes levied on sales to customers characterized as the final customers of certain goods were entirely collected by the state from where the product was shipped and invoiced, or State of Origin. As a result of this constitutional amendment, since 2016 ICMS taxes in interstate sales have been allocated between the States of Origin and States of Destination on the following basis: (a) States of Origin have the right to collect the value corresponding to the ICMS interstate tax rate applicable for the product while (b) the States of Destination have the right to collect the value corresponding to the difference between the ICMS interstate tax rate applicable for the product and the internal ICMS tax rate of such State of Destination applicable for the relevant product (assuming that the internal ICMS tax rate of the State of Destination is higher than the ICMS interest tax rate). While these constitutional changes did not affect the benefits we currently extract from tax incentives in the States of Origin from where we generally ship and invoice our products (i.e., Minas Gerais and Pernambuco), we expect that our average ICMS tax burden will increase from 3.6% in 2015 to 10.1% by 2019 as we are now required to also pay ICMS taxes to States of Destination of our products in which we currently have no tax benefits. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry— Changes in tax laws, tax incentives, benefits or differing interpretations of tax laws may adversely affect our results of operations.”

Internet Neutrality . Brazil has recently enacted laws related to Internet neutrality, which require that Internet service providers treat all Internet traffic equally, subject to strict and clearly-identified exceptions. The Brazilian Anti-Trust authority ( Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Econômica , or CADE) is currently analyzing whether initiatives that provide users with free-of-cost access to only certain selected sites rather than open access to the Internet would constitute an anticompetitive act. Depending on the outcome of this administrative proceeding, we may be required to discontinue our initiatives with certain telecommunication companies to provide our customers with free access to the Internet from their mobile devices when accessing our sites.

Legal and Administrative Proceedings

From time to time, we are involved in disputes that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Any claims against us, whether meritorious or not, can be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant management time and result in the diversion of significant operational resources.

We are engaged in several legal proceedings, including civil, labor, tax and social security and other proceedings, for which we have established provisions in an aggregate amount of R$5.2 million and have made judicial deposits in an aggregate amount of R$71.8 million, as of December 31, 2016.

We record a provision in our balance sheet for losses arising from litigation based on an evaluation of the likelihood of loss by our external and internal legal counsel, the progress of related proceedings, the history of losses in similar cases and the individual analysis of each contingency. We record provisions for contingencies based on probable loss or when so required under accounting rules.

We are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal, arbitration or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may from time to time become party to various legal, arbitration or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.

 

103


Table of Contents

Civil Matters

As of December 31, 2016, we were party to approximately 1,120 judicial and administrative proceedings of a civil nature for which we recorded a provision of approximately R$1.2 million. The civil claims to which we are a party generally relate to consumer claims, including those related to delays in delivery and product returns, among others. We believe these proceedings are unlikely to have a material adverse impact, individually, or in the aggregate, on our results of operations or financial condition.

Labor Matters

As of December 31, 2016, we were party to 104 labor-related judicial and administrative proceedings for which we recorded a provision of R$0.5 million. In general, the labor claims to which we are a party were filed by former employees or third parties employees seeking our joint and/or subsidiary liability for the acts of our suppliers and service providers. The principal claims involved in these labor suits relate to overtime, salary equalization termination fees, and indemnities based on Brazilian labor laws. We believe these proceedings are unlikely to have a material adverse impact, individually or in the aggregate, on our results of operations or financial condition.

Tax and Social Security Matters

As of December 31, 2016, we were involved in 73 judicial and administrative tax and social security proceedings for which we recorded a provision of R$3.4 million, each as a plaintiff. In our most significant tax proceeding, we are party to a judicial proceeding in which we have challenged the Brazilian federal tax authority’s interpretation that the calculation basis for PIS and COFINS taxes over the products we sell should also consider the ICMS tax rate levied upon such products. We have not recorded a provision for this proceeding as our lawyers estimate our chances of losing this legal dispute as possible. Nevertheless we have been depositing the taxes under dispute on a monthly basis with the relevant court. As of December 31, 2016, we had judicial deposits in an aggregate amount of R$71.8 million. If Brazilian courts ultimately decide against us on this judicial proceeding, we may have to take unanticipated provisions and charges, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business and Industry— Changes in tax laws, tax incentives, benefits or differing interpretations of tax laws may adversely affect our results of operations.”

 

104


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Pursuant to Cayman Islands law and our Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, or Articles of Association, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, our board of directors is responsible for the operation of our business.

Directors

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our directors and director nominees upon closing of this offering. The business address of each of our directors and director nominees is Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade, CEP 01504-001, São Paulo, SP, Brazil.

 

Name

   Age      Position/Title    Directors’
Class
   Current
Term
Expires
 

Marcio Kumruian

     43      Director, Chairman and

Chief Executive Officer

   Class I   

Francisco Alvarez-Demalde

     38      Director    Class I   

Nilesh Lakhani

     57      Director    Class III   

Hagop Chabab (1)

     37      Director      

Wolfgang Schwerdtle (1)

     47      Director      

Nicolas Szekasy (1)

     52      Director      

Frederico Brito e Abreu (2)

     38      Director Nominee    Class II   

Ricardo Knoepfelmacher (2)

     50      Director Nominee    Class II   

 

(1) Upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Chabab, Szekasy and Schwerdtle will cease to serve as members of our board of directors.

 

(2) Upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Brito e Abreu and Knoepfelmacher will become members of our board of directors.

Marcio Kumruian . Mr. Kumruian is our co-founder. He has been the chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer since 2000, primarily and is responsible for leading Netshoes into becoming a leading sports and lifestyle online retailer in Latin America. Mr. Kumruian also served on the boards of directors of Modnet until August 2016, and Netfarma until January 2016. Mr. Kumruian holds a degree in Economics from Mackenzie University. In 2013, Mr. Kumruian was awarded Entrepreneur of the year in the category of Technology by IstoÉ Dinheiro, a leading Brazilian business and economic magazine. In March 2013, Mr. Kumruian was named a finalist in the master category for the Entrepreneur of the Year award by Ernst & Young Terco.

Francisco Alvarez-Demalde . Mr. Alvarez-Demalde has been a member of our board of directors since March 2015. Mr.Alvarez-Demalde is the co-founder and General Partner of Riverwood Capital Partners, a technology-focused private equity firm focused on high growth technology companies globally. Previously, he was an investment executive with KKR & Co. L.P., where he focused on leveraged buyouts in the Technology Industry and other sectors in both North America and emerging markets. Previously, he worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Eton Park Capital Management. Mr. Alvarez-Demalde has invested and been actively involved in the development and growth of several successful businesses across Latin America and North America. He has also been a board member of Industrious LLC since 2016, Nubox LLC since 2016, Navent Group Ltd since 2012, Golntegro since 2012, Globant S.A. since 2007 and LAVCA (The Latin America Private Equity Venture Capital Association) since 2012. Mr. Alvarez-Demalde holds a degree in economics from San Andres University, Argentina (including an exchange program at the Wharton School). He previously served on the board of directors of companies such as CloudBlue Technologies, Inc, ALOG Data Centres do Brasil S.A., Motionpoint Corp., among others. Mr. Alvarez-Demalde was appointed by our shareholder Riverwood Capital Partners pursuant to our Shareholders Agreement.

 

105


Table of Contents

Nilesh Lakhani . Mr. Lakhani has been a member of our board of directors since April 2013. Mr. Lakhani has over 25 years of experience working with international companies. He has served as an independent director on the boards of Decolar.com, Inc. since 2012, and GetGoing, Inc. since 2013, and has also been an operating partner at Lumia Capital LLC, an emerging markets focused technology venture fund since 2015. He has held key executive positions with growth companies in the technology, media and financial services industries. From 2013 to 2014, Mr. Lakhani was a member of the board and of the audit committee of QIWI, which is a Nasdaq-listed company. From 2010 to 2012, he was the chief financial officer of oDesk Corporation. Prior to that, from 2007 to 2010, he was the chief financial officer of Yandex N.V. (Nasdaq: YNDX). He also served as chief financial officer of CTC Media, Inc. from 2004 to 2007, which he led to a successful IPO in 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Lakhani was the chief financial officer of Pogo.com, and was vice president of Global Operations at Electronic Arts Inc after it acquired Pogo.com. Mr. Lakhani also served as senior vice president with Transamerica Corporation from 1991 to 1997, and worked with GE Capital from 1984 to 1991. Mr. Lakhani received a degree in economics from the University of Manchester and an MBA in finance from the University of San Francisco. Mr. Lakhani is an independent director.

Hagop Chabab . Mr. Chabab is our co-founder. He has been a member of our board of directors since April 2011. Mr. Chabab served as our executive vice-president and as our chief commercial officer from 2000 to 2013. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Chabab will cease to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Wolfgang Schwerdtle . Mr. Schwerdtle has been a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Previously, he served as a member of the board of directors of BMC Software, Inc. from September 2013 to January 2014. Currently, Mr. Schwerdtle is the head of the Brazil office of the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation (GIC). He has also been a board member of Somos Educação S.A. since November 2014, as well as a member of their Culture and Organization Committee. He has also been a member of the board of directors of Rede D’Or Sao Luiz, S.A. since May 2015. Mr. Schwerdtle holds a bachelor’s degree and MSc in economics from Oxford University, an MBA from University of Chicago and a PHD in finance from the European Business School. Mr. Schwerdtle was appointed by our shareholder Archy LLC pursuant to our Shareholders Agreement. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Schwerdtle will cease to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Nicolas Szekasy . Mr. Szekasy has been a member of our board of directors since September 2012. Previously, Mr. Szekasy served as an advisor to Tiger Global Management LLC and was an angel investor. From 2000 to 2009 he was the chief financial officer of MercadoLibre Inc., where he led its IPO in 2007. Before MercadoLibre, he was chief financial officer of Supermercados Norte S.A. for two years and served as chief financial officer, commercial director and strategic planning director at Pepsico Latin America for seven years. Mr. Szekasy is the co-founder of and, since 2011, has been the managing partner of Kaszek Ventures. Mr. Szekasy is also a board member of Endeavor Global, Endeavor Argentina, and Consejo Económico Empresarial de Universidad Torcuato Di Tella. Mr. Szekasy holds a degree in economics from the University of Buenos Aires and an MBA from Stanford University. Mr. Szekasy was appointed by our shareholder Kaszek Investors pursuant to our Shareholders Agreement. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Szekasy will cease to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Frederico Brito e Abreu . Mr. Brito e Abreu has been appointed to our board of directors and his appointment will become effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Brito e Abreu is currently the chief financial officer of Kroton Educacional S.A. (BM&FBovespa: KROT3), where he started to work in 2010 and is responsible for planning and internal controls, treasury, tax and accounting, credit and collections, IT, compliance, procurement and legal, and also heads its M&A department. Prior to joining Kroton Educacional S.A., Mr. Brito e Abreu served as a director of the private equity firm Advent International (from 2007 to 2010) and as a manager of McKinsey & Company in São Paulo, New York and Lisbon (from 2001 to 2007). Mr. Brito e Abreu was the recipient of the Best CFO award in the education sector in Latin America every year from 2013 to 2016, awarded by Institutional Investor Magazine, and received the 2016 CFO Award in Latin America by Finance Monthly. Mr. Brito e Abreu holds a degree in business administration from the Catholic University of Portugal in Lisbon and an MBA from INSEAD.

 

106


Table of Contents

Ricardo Knoepfelmacher . Mr. Knoepfelmacher has been appointed to our board of directors and his appointment will become effective upon completion of this offering. Mr. Knoepfelmacher is the founder of RK Partners, an advisory firm focused on financial and operational restructuring and corporate turnarounds, and is currently the Managing Partner of the firm. Mr. Knoepfelmacher has also served on the board of directors of NII Holdings, Inc. (Nextel) since 2013 and Vicunha Têxtil S.A. since 2013. Prior to founding RK Partners, Mr. Knoepfelmacher led several corporate restructurings, which included Brasil Ferrovias S.A. (railway operator in Brazil), EBX Group (OGX, OSX and MMX), PDG, UTC, Rossi Residencial, Bombril, Galvão Engenharia, Paranapanema, Usina Caeté and Property Brasil, among others. Previously, Mr. Knoepfelmacher was the Chief Executive Officer of Brasil Telecom S.A. from 2005 to 2009, Chief Executive Officer of Pegasus Telecom S.A. from 2000 to 2002, and Chief Executive Officer of Bicicletas Caloi from 1997 to 1999. Mr. Knoepfelmacher also worked at Citibank and McKinsey & Company before launching his own company, MGDK & Associados, a restructuring and consulting firm later sold to the Monitor Group, currently owned by Deloitte. Mr. Knoepfelmacher holds a master’s degree in international management from the Thunderbird School of Global Management and a bachelor degree in economics from Universidade de Brasília.

Executive Officers

The following presents summary biographical information of our executive officers:

 

Name

   Age      Position/Title

Marcio Kumruian

     43      Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Leonardo Tavares Dib

     42      Chief Financial Officer

Graciela Kumruian Tanaka

     40      Chief Operating Officer

André Luiz Shinohara

     42      Chief Sales and Marketing Officer

Marcio Kumruian. Mr. Kumruian is our co-founder and he has been the chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer since 2000. For biographical information regarding Mr. Kumruian, see “—Directors.”

Leonardo Tavares Dib . Mr. Dib has been our chief financial officer since 2013. Previously, he held the following financial and strategic planning positions: chief financial officer at Editora Globo, the publishing branch of Organizações Globo, from 2011 to 2012; business planning and strategy director at Pepsico from 2008 to 2011; and senior finance executive and acting finance director at Unilever do Brasil from 1998 to 2008. Mr. Dib holds a degree in electrical engineering from the Federal University of Minas Gerais-UFMG and an MBA in finance from IBMEC—Brazilian Institute of Capital Markets.

Graciela Kumruian Tanaka . Ms. Tanaka joined us in 2008 and has been our acting chief operating officer since 2013. Previously, she was our projects and process officer from 2008 to 2012. Ms. Tanaka also worked as projects manager at Diebold Procomp from 1999 to 2005, and as IT officer at the Federal Regional Court of the 3 rd Region ( Tribunal Reginal Federal da 3 a Região ), where she developed systems to streamline processes and workflow technologies with digital certification. Ms. Tanaka holds a degree in technology sciences from Saint Judas Tadeu University (Universidade São Judas Tadeu).

André Luiz Shinohara . Mr. Shinohara has been our chief sales and marketing officer since March 2017. Mr. Shinohara has more than 15 years of experience in the retail and eCommerce business sectors. From September 2013 to January 2017, Mr. Shinohara served as a vice president of Máquina de Vendas and, from June 2012 to July 2013, he was the vice president of Fast Shop S.A. From 2009 to 2012, Mr. Shinohara served as country manager of Privalia in Brazil, and from 2007 to 2009 he accumulated experience in the electronics industry working as a commercial director for Royal Philips Electronics. From 2000 to 2007, Mr. Shinohara served as commercial and marketing director of Submarino S.A. Mr. Shinohara holds a degree in civil engineering from Universidade de São Paulo and an MBA from Insper São Paulo.

 

107


Table of Contents

Duties of Directors

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is considered a fiduciary of the company. Accordingly, directors owe fiduciary duties to their companies to act in accordance with the best interests of the company, to exercise their powers for the purposes for which they are conferred and not to place themselves in a position where there is a conflict between their personal interests and their duty to the company. Accordingly, a director owes a company a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so) and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interests or his or her duties to a third party. However, a company’s articles of association may permit a director to vote on a matter in which he or she has a personal interest if he or she has disclosed the nature of his or her interest to the board of directors. Our Articles of Association provide that a director must disclose the nature and extent of any material interests in any contract or arrangement, and that he or she may not vote at any meeting on any resolution concerning an interested matter.

A director of a Cayman Islands company also owes to the company duties to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his functions and to exercise reasonable skill, care and diligence, which has both objective and subjective elements. Recent Cayman Islands case law confirmed that directors must exercise the care, skill and diligence that would be exercised by a reasonably diligent person having the general knowledge, skill and experience reasonably to be expected of a person acting as a director. Additionally, a director must exercise the knowledge, skill and experience that he or she actually possesses.

Election and Terms of Directors and Executive Officers

Our Articles of Association provide that persons standing for election as directors at a duly constituted general meeting with requisite quorum shall be elected by an ordinary shareholders’ resolution, which requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a meeting. Upon being elected, each director is appointed to a term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. See “Description of Share Capital—Appointment, Disqualification and Removal of Directors.” Our executive officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors.

Board Committees

Upon the completion of this offering, we will establish one committee of our board of directors, namely the audit committee and we have adopted a charter for this committee.

The responsibilities and membership of our audit committee are described below.

Under the terms of the convertible note purchase agreement (as defined above), on or prior August 22, 2017, we are required to establish a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors to assist with the board’s responsibilities.

In the future, our board of directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist with its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have established an audit committee. Members will serve on this committee until the earliest of (1) the moment they cease to be a director, (2) their resignation and (3) as otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our audit committee will initially consist of Nilesh Lakhani, Frederico Brito e Abreu and Ricardo Knoepfelmacher. Nilesh Lakhani will be the chairman of our audit committee. Nilesh Lakhani satisfies the criteria of an audit committee financial expert as set forth under the applicable rules of the SEC. Nilesh Lakhani, Frederico Brito e Abreu and Ricardo Knoepfelmacher will meet the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

108


Table of Contents

The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

    selecting our independent auditor, approving related fees and terminating our relationship with our independent auditor in the committee’s discretion;

 

    pre-approving audit and non-audit services permitted to be performed by the independent auditor;

 

    annually reviewing the independent auditor’s report describing the auditing firm’s internal quality control procedures, any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality control review, or peer review, of the independent auditors and all relationships between the independent auditor and our company;

 

    setting clear hiring policies for employees and former employees of the independent auditors;

 

    reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response, as well as resolving any disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting;

 

    reviewing and discussing the annual audited financial statements with management, internal audit team and the independent auditor;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentations;

 

    discussing earnings press releases with management, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies;

 

    reviewing the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on our financial statements;

 

    discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management with management and the independent auditor;

 

    timely reviewing reports from the independent auditor regarding all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by our company, all alternative treatments of financial information within IFRS that have been discussed with management and all other material written communications between the independent auditor and management;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by our company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    reviewing and approving all related-party transactions on an ongoing basis;

 

    periodically reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

    any other matters that are specifically delegated to our audit committee by our board of directors from time to time;

 

    periodically meeting with management, internal audit team and the independent auditors, separately; and

 

    reporting regularly to the full board of directors.

The written charter for our audit committee will be available on our website following the completion of this offering. Information contained on our website shall not constitute, or be deemed incorporated as, a part of this prospectus.

 

109


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a code of ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. We will make our code of ethics publicly available on our website upon the completion of this offering. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waivers of, our code of conduct on the same page of our corporate website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to invest in our common shares.

Remuneration

Prior to the completion of this offering, our shareholders may determine our directors’ compensation by an ordinary resolution, which requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. Upon completion of the offering, our board of directors will then be responsible for determining our directors’ compensation.

Borrowing

Our Articles of Association provide that our board of directors may from time to time at its discretion exercise all the powers of our company to raise capital or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of our company and, subject to the Companies Law, issue debentures, bonds and other securities of our company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party.

Qualification

There is no requirement for our directors to own any shares in our company in order for them to qualify as a director.

Non-Compete Agreements

On December 23, 2009, our Brazilian subsidiary, NS2, entered into a Non-Compete Agreement with Marcio Kumruian, our chief executive officer and the chairman of our board of directors. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Kumruian agreed while rendering services to NS2 related to the management of day-to-day business and affairs, and for a two-year period after the termination of his employment with NS2, not to, except on behalf of NS2, directly or indirectly (1) attempt to solicit any client from any business of the type performed by NS2 or to reduce the amount of business which any such client has customarily done or is reasonably expected to do with NS2; (2) employ any person who is then or at any time during the preceding year was an employee of or consultant of NS2; or (3) develop any products of render any services to any direct or indirect competitor of NS2, or sell products and services to third parties, whether or not clients of NS2. In addition, Mr. Kumruian has agreed not to disclose any confidential information or trade secrets of NS2 or utilize such confidential information or trade secrets for any purposes while employed by NS2 and for the two-year period after the termination his employment.

Share Ownership

Marcio Kumruian, the chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer indirectly holds 17.29% of our common shares through CDK Net Fund IC (prior to giving effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering). Mr. Hagop Chabab, a member of our board of directors, is the beneficial owner of HCFT Holdings, LLC, a trust that holds 9.80% of our common shares (prior to giving effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering). Nicolas Szekasy, a member of our board of directors holds 0.10% of our shares (prior to giving effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering). See “Principal Shareholders.”

 

110


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors and Officers

For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the aggregate compensation to the members of our board of directors and officers amounted to R$9.2 million and R$9.5 million (US$2.9 million). We made compensation payments to our officers indirectly through our main operating subsidiary, NS2. Under Cayman Islands law, we are not required to disclose compensation paid to our senior management on an individual basis and we have not otherwise publicly disclosed this information elsewhere. We did not pay any other cash compensation or benefits in kind to our directors in 2015 and 2016. Our officers receive comparable benefits generally provided to our employees, such as pension, retirement and health insurance coverage. Some variations may exist with regard to company car benefits and levels of health insurance coverage. We set aside approximately R$0.7 million and R$0.3 million (US$0.1 million) for pension, retirement, health insurance and similar benefits for our officers in 2015 and 2016, respectively. For information regarding purchase rights or share options granted to our current officers and directors, see “2012 Share Plan.”

Insurance

We have contracted civil liability insurance coverage for acts carried out by our directors and executive officers in the course of their duties. The maximum amount of coverage is R$20.0 million (US$6.2 million).

2012 Share Plan

On April 16, 2012, we established our 2012 Share Plan, or Share Plan, which provides for (1) the direct grant or sale of common shares and (2) the grant of options to purchase common shares to persons we select. We have not directly granted common shares under the Share Plan. Options granted under the Share Plan may be an incentive stock option, or ISO, as described in Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, or an option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422(b) or 423(b) of the Code, or Nonstatutory Options, and, together with the ISO, Options. Each share option agreement must specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option. The Share Plan was set up for the following purposes: (1) attracting, retaining and motivating its beneficiaries; (2) adding value to shareholders; and (3) encouraging an entrepreneurial mindset among our employees.

Eligibility . Pursuant to our Share Plan, only our employees, members of our board of directors who are not employees, persons who qualify as consultants under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act, or such equivalent persons of our controlling shareholders or subsidiaries are eligible to be (1) awarded with the sale of our common shares or (2) granted Nonstatutory Options. Furthermore, only our employees, or the employees of our controlling shareholders or subsidiaries are eligible to be granted ISOs. However, a person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding shares, our controlling shareholders, or any of our subsidiaries is ineligible to be granted ISOs unless (1) the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant and (2) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

Shares Subject to the Share Plan . Our Share Plan is currently limited to the issuance of 210,490 of our common shares. Common shares that have been previously issued under the Share Plan and reacquired by us, outstanding options or other rights that for any reason expired or have been canceled are added back to the number of shares available under the Share Plan. Furthermore, in the event that common shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Share Plan have been withheld by us in payment of the purchase price, exercise price or withholding taxes, such common shares remain available for issuance under the Share Plan.

Vesting Schedule for Purchase Rights and Options. In general, our board of directors determines the vesting schedule for each share purchase award or Option under a notice of share option grant. Awards granted under our Share Plan are generally subject to the following vesting schedule: over a four-year period, 25% of the total common shares subject to the award will vest at the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining common shares subject to the award will vest in equal monthly installments over the 36 months thereafter.

 

111


Table of Contents

Terms and Conditions for the Award of Purchase Rights or Options . Any right to purchase shares under the Share Plan (other than an Option) expires automatically if not exercised by the purchaser within 30 days (or such other period as may be specified in the agreement) from the grant of such right. The right to purchase shares under the Share Plan is not transferable and may be exercised only by the purchaser to whom such right was granted. An Option to purchase shares under the Share Plan is not transferable and may be exercised only by the optionee to whom such right was granted, except by means of:

 

    a beneficiary designation;

 

    a will;

 

    the laws applicable of descent and distribution; or

 

    if the applicable award agreement so provides in the case of Nonstatutory Options, which will then be transferable only as gifts or domestic relations orders to the optionee’s family members.

In addition, an ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or by the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. An Option must comply with the conditions set forth under certain applicable regulations under the Exchange Act, which provides for certain transferability restrictions that shall apply to an Option and, prior to exercise, to the Shares to be issued upon exercise of such Option, including restrictions as to any pledge, mortgage or other transfer by the optionee during certain periods.

Pursuant to our Share Plan, our board of directors is required to determine the purchase price of our common shares to be offered under the Share Plan at its sole discretion. Our board of directors shall also determine the exercise price of each Option to be issued under the Share Plan, provided that the exercise price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant unless the optionee is not a U.S. taxpayer, in which case the exercise price may be less than 100% of the fair market value of a common share on the date of grant.

In addition, our board of directors is responsible for determining, at its sole discretion, the exercisability provisions of each share Option agreement, as well as Option expiration dates, provided that each term shall not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. If an optionee’s service terminates for any reason other than the optionee’s death, then the optionee’s Options shall expire pursuant to the terms provided in the Share Plan, in which case he will be entitled to exercise all or part of his Options prior to such expiration, provided that such Options had become exercisable before the termination event (or as a result thereto). In the event of an optionee’s death, Options will generally expire on the earlier of (a) the Option’s expiration date and (b) 12 months after the optionee’s death (or such later date as our board of directors may determine, but in no event earlier than six months after the optionee’s death).

An optionee does not have rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the optionee’s Option until such person (1) becomes entitled to receive such shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the exercise price and (2) is entered in the Register of our shareholders.

Payment of the Purchase Price or the Exercise Price . The purchase price of our common shares or the exercise price to acquire our common shares upon the exercise of an Option issued under the Share Plan may be paid in various forms, including cash or cash equivalents, services rendered to us, to our controlling shareholder or a subsidiary, promissory notes, other common shares, or (to the extent that the applicable award agreement so provides) any other form permitted by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Adjustment of Shares . The common shares available for direct granting or sale under the Share Plan, as well as the number of shares covered by each outstanding Option and any unexercised right to purchase shares that has not yet expired and the respective exercise price under each outstanding Option and purchase prices applicable to any unexercised share purchase right, are subject to proportional adjustments in the event of certain corporate changes such as subdivision of our outstanding common shares, a bonus issue of our common shares, combination or consolidation of our common shares into a lesser number of common shares, spin-off, among other changes.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our Right of Repurchase, of First Refusal and Transfer Restrictions . Shares issued under the Share Plan are subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and other terms and conditions set forth by our board of directors under the applicable award agreements. We only have a right of first refusal until we become a public company and after that date, the holders of the shares can trade them in the market. We also hold a right to repurchase our common shares exercised according to the Share Plan by certain holders of our common shares.

Miscellaneous . In relation to tax matters, unless otherwise expressly set forth in the applicable award agreement, awards granted under the Share Plan are intended to be exempt from Code Section 409A. Our Share Plan will terminate automatically 10 years from the later of (1) the date when the board of directors adopted the Share Plan (which was on April 16, 2012) or (2) the date when the board of directors approved the most recent increase in the number of common shares reserved under the Share Plan (which was on April 4, 2014). The Share Plan may also be terminated on any earlier date at any time for any reason by our board of directors. Our board of directors may also amend the plan, provided that any material amendment requires the approval of our shareholders. Our Share Plan is governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

The following table summarizes the options we granted to our current directors and executive officers under the Share Plan.

 

Name

   Number of
Common
Shares
Underlying
Options
    Exercise
Price
(US$/
Share)
     Grant Date      Commencement
Vesting Date
     Final Expiration
Date
 

Nicolas Szekasy (1)

     5,490       24.30        April 26, 2012        July 25, 2010        April 25, 2022  

Nilesh Lakhani

     4,151     134.86        August 14, 2014        April 1, 2013        August 13, 2024  

Leonardo Tavares Dib

     20,000     24.30       

August 8, 2013/
January 21, 2014/

August 14, 2014

 
 

 

     July 1, 2013       

June 30, 2023/

January 20, 2024/

August 13, 2024

 

 

 

Graciela Kumruian Tanaka (2)

     18,320     24.30       
May 30, 2012/
April 24, 2014
 
 
    
February 10, 2010/
February 1, 2014
 
 
    
May 29, 2022/
April 23, 2024
 
 

 

(1) Nicolas Szekasy has exercised all of his 5,490 share options.

 

(2) Graciela Kumruain Tanaka has exercised 5,893 share options to date.
* The common shares that the person has the right to acquire represent less than 1% of our outstanding common shares. The table above does not give effect to the share split.

Family Relationships

Marcio Kumruian, the chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer and Graciela Kumruian Tanaka, our chief operating officer, are siblings. Hagop Chabab, one of our co-founders, is cousin to Marcio Kumruian and Graciela Kumruian Tanaka.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The table below contains information regarding the beneficial ownership of our equity securities (after giving effect to the share split) (1) immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, (2) following the offering of common shares contemplated hereby and the automatic conversion of the convertible notes into our common shares, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, and (3) as adjusted to reflect the sale of common shares in this offering, by:

 

    each person who will own beneficially more than 5% of our common shares;

 

    each person who is or will be a member of our board of directors and each of our executive officers; and

 

    all of the persons who are members of our board of directors and all of our executive officers, as a single group.

Beneficial ownership is determined under SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each shareholder identified in the table below possesses sole voting and investment power over all common shares shown as beneficially owned by the shareholder in the table. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on                    common shares outstanding as of the date of this prospectus,                    common shares outstanding after the completion of this offering (assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised) and                    common shares outstanding after the completion of this offering (assuming the underwriters’ fully exercise their over-allotment option). Common shares subject to options, warrants or rights that are exercisable at the time of completion of this offering, or that will be exercisable within 60 days thereafter, are considered to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person who holds such options, warrants or rights for purposes of computing that person’s common share ownership, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

All of our shareholders, including our public shareholders after consummation of this offering, will hold common shares with identical voting rights, preferences and privileges.

 

     Common Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
     Common Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering
     Common Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Offering If
Underwriters’ Option
Is Exercised In Full
 

Name

   Number      Percentage      Number      Percentage      Number      Percentage  

Founders:

                 

CDK Net Fund IC (1)

        17.73%              

HCFT Holdings, LLC (2)

        10.05%              

Other Investors:

                 

Tiger Global Investors (3)

        37.78%              

Archy LLC (4)

        10.64%              

Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd. (5)

        8.79%              

Riverwood Capital Partners (6)

        8.43%              

Other Directors and Executive Officers:

                 

Nicolas Szekasy (7)

        0.10%              

Graciela Kumruian Tanaka (8)

        0.08%              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        93.60%              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Marcio Kumruian, the chairman of our board of directors and our chief executive officer, is the sole beneficial owner and indirectly holds common shares in the company through his ownership of all participation interests in CDK Net Fund IC, an investment condominium incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of the Bahamas for his benefit. The business address for Mr. Marcio Kumruian is Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade, CEP 01504-001, São Paulo, SP, Brazil.

 

114


Table of Contents
(2) Hagop Chabab, a member of our board of directors, indirectly holds common shares in the company through HCFT Holdings, LLC, a trust created for his benefit. Mr. Hagop Chabab’s business address is Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade, CEP 01504-001, São Paulo, SP, Brazil.

 

(3) Consists of common shares held of record by Tiger Global and other affiliates of Tiger Global Management, LLC holding less than 1% of our common shares. Tiger Global Management, LLC is controlled by Chase Coleman, Lee Fixel and Scott Shleifer and has business address at 9 West 57 th Street, 35 th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

(4) Archy LLC shares the power to vote and the power to dispose of these shares with GIC Special Investments Pte. Ltd., or GIC SI, and GIC Private Limited, or GIC, both of which are private limited companies incorporated in Singapore. GIC SI is wholly owned by GIC and is the private equity investment arm of GIC. GIC is wholly owned by the Government of Singapore and was set up with the sole purpose of managing Singapore’s foreign reserves. The Government of Singapore disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The business address for Archy LLC is 168 Robinson Road, #37-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912.

 

(5) Clemenceau’s business address is 60B Orchard Road, #06-18, Tower 2, the Atrium@Orchard, Singapore 23889. Clemenceau is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Seletar Fund Investments Pte Ltd, or Seletar, which in turn is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Fullerton Fund Investments Pte Ltd, or Fullerton, which in turn is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited, or Temasek. By virtue of Clemenceau’s direct ownership of common shares, and Temasek’s, Fullerton’s and Seletar’s indirect ownership of 100% of Clemenceau, Temasek, Fullerton and Seletar may be deemed to beneficially own the common shares held by Clemenceau.

 

(6) Riverwood Capital Partners consists of common shares held of record by Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P. (collectively, the Riverwood Entities), Boscolo Intervest Limited, and Macro Continental, Inc. Riverwood Capital II L.P. is the general partner of the Riverwood Entities. The general partner of Riverwood Capital II L.P. is Riverwood Capital GP II Ltd. Accordingly, Riverwood Capital II L.P. and Riverwood Capital GP II Ltd. may be deemed to be indirect beneficial owners of the common shares directly held of record by the Riverwood Entities. Riverwood Capital Partners has entered into a voting agreement and irrevocable proxy with Boscolo Intervest Limited and Macro Continental, Inc., and each holder holds less than 1% of our common shares. Riverwood Capital Partners’ business address is 70 Willow Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California, USA 94025.

 

(7) Nicolas Szekasy, a member of our board of directors directly holds less than 1% of our common shares. Mr. Nicolas Szekasy’s business address is Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade, CEP 01504-001, São Paulo, SP, Brazil.

 

(8) Ms. Graciela Kumruian Tanaka’s address is Rua Vergueiro 961, Liberdade, CEP 01504-001, São Paulo, SP, Brazil.

 

115


Table of Contents

Shareholders’ Agreement

On March 20, 2015, (1) we; (2) Marcio Kumruian, HCFT Holdings, LLC and Hagop Chabab, or the Founders; (3) Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P. and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P., together Tiger Global; (3) Metal Monkey Trust; (4) Scott Shleifer 2011 Descendants’ Trust; (5) The Feroz Dewan 2010 GRAT IX; (6) Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd., or Clemenceau; (7) Archy LLC, (8) Riverwood Capital Partners (and, jointly with Tiger Global, Clemenceau, and Archy LLC, the Major Investors); (9) Kaszek Ventures I, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-A, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-B L.P. and Kaszek Ventures I-C, L.P., together, Kaszek Investors, (10) Dialvest Ltd., (11) ICQ Investments V LP and ICQ Investments 16, LP, together, ICQ, and (12) International Finance Corporation, or IFC, and, jointly with the Major Investors, collectively referred to as the Investors; entered into the Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, or the Shareholders’ Agreement. On February 15, 2017, Marcio Kumruian transferred all of our common shares held by him to CDK Net Limited (an entity converted into an investment condominium incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of the Bahamas with the name CDK Net Fund IC on February 20, 2017), which then became a party and bound by the provisions of the Shareholders’ Agreement. On February 15, 2017, Dialvest Ltd. transferred all of our common shares held by it to Nicolas Szekasy, who then became a party and bound by the provisions of the Shareholders Agreement.

The Shareholders’ Agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering, except for provisions relating to registration rights, non-compete and non-hire/non-solicitation of the Founders (including the related liquidated damages) and other miscellaneous provisions.

The Shareholders’ Agreement governs the rights of the Founders and the Investors as our shareholders, including with respect to registration rights related to our common shares, the right to inspect and to receive information from us, the right to participate in our future equity offerings, as well as other matters such as restrictions in connection with the transfer of our common shares, voting rights and certain other specific covenants imposed on the Founders.

Registration Rights

The Shareholders’ Agreement provides certain registration rights to certain shareholders, including the right of the Investors and the Founders to request that we, at any time after six months from the effective date of a qualified public offering in the United States, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least US$5.0 million. The Shareholders’ Agreement also grants registration rights in the event we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act. Additionally, Investors and the Founders may require us to register their common shares on Form F-3 and comply with any other requirements in order to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of their common shares.

These registration rights described above are subject to certain other terms, limitations and exceptions further detailed in the Shareholders’ Agreement.

 

116


Table of Contents

Non-Compete; Non-Hire and Non-Solicitation

The Founders were precluded from participating, directly or indirectly in any type of eCommerce business or sporting goods retail business in Latin America, by whatever means, including by owning, directly or indirectly, shares, quotas, rights or financial interest in any company, venture, association or other entity. This prohibition remains valid as long as the Founders are our shareholders and for two years following a transfer of their shares. To this effect, each of the Founders will not do any of the following, directly or indirectly, including through any affiliates or relatives up to the fourth degree, during such time: (1) operate, develop, exploit, invest, engage or pursue any business engaged in the eCommerce Business, sporting goods retail business in Latin America or any portion thereof, or operate, offer or sell products or services for any business engaged in the eCommerce Business, sporting goods retail business in Latin America or any portion thereof; (2) promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, corporation or other entity directly or indirectly involved, in whole or in part, in the eCommerce Business, sporting goods retail business in Latin America or any portion thereof; and (3) perform consulting or related services directed to or related to the eCommerce Business, sporting goods retail business in Latin America or any portion thereof.

The Founders have agreed not to (1) hire, induce or try to induce any employee or person connected with us or any of our subsidiaries to leave his or her employment or fail to render services to us or our subsidiaries; and (2) not to induce or try to induce any of our and our subsidiaries’ suppliers and/or clients to cease or reduce their business with us and our subsidiaries. This prohibition remains valid as long as the Founders are our shareholders and for two years following a transfer of their shares.

In the event the Founders violate their non-compete, non-hire or non-solicitation obligations they will be subject to liquidated damages in the amount of R$124.0 million plus any damages effectively incurred as a result of such violation of the Investors.

IFC Policy Agreement

On March 20, 2015, we entered into a policy agreement with the IFC, or IFC Policy Agreement. This agreement governs certain additional rights granted to IFC in its capacity as our shareholder, including with respect to the right to inspect and to receive information from us, and certain other specific covenants imposed on us, as further detailed below. The IFC Policy Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, except for the reporting and policy covenants imposed on us.

We have agreed to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants under the IFC Policy Agreement including, among others, reporting covenants as to (1) certain financial and corporate matters and (2) our compliance with social and environmental guidelines set forth in the IFC Policy Agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, we were in compliance with all these covenants. In addition, pursuant to this agreement, IFC is entitled to (1) visit and inspect our sites and premises, (2) have access to our books and records, and (3) have access to our employees and officers.

 

117


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described under “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers” and the registration and other rights of certain of the holders of our common shares as described under “Principal Shareholders—Shareholders’ Agreement—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2014 and each currently proposed transaction in which the amount involved in the transactions is material to us and any related party.

Private Equity Placements

May 2014 Investment Round

In May 2014, we sold an aggregate of 1,250,184 of our common shares at a purchase price of US$134.86 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of US$168.6 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our May 2014 investment round by beneficial owners of our outstanding common shares:

 

Name of shareholder

   Number of
Purchased Common
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Archy LLC

     741,510      US$ 100,000,038.60  

Tiger Global and affiliated entity

     370,754        50,000,007.72  

Clemenceau

     86,015        11,599,982.98  

Kaszek Investors

     7,415        999,980.90  

ICQ

     37,075        4,999,934.50  

Marcio Kumruian

     7,415        999,986.90  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,250,184      US$ 168,599,931.60  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

March 2015 Investment Round

In March 2015, we sold an aggregate of 333,678 of our common shares at a purchase price of US$134.86 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of US$45.0 million. The following table summarizes purchases of our May 2015 investment round by beneficial owners of our outstanding common shares:

 

Name of shareholder

   Number of
Purchased Common
Shares
     Total Purchase
Price
 

Riverwood Capital Partners

     185,377      US$ 24,999,942.22  

IFC

     148,301        19,999,872.86  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     333,678      US$ 44,999,815.08  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

February 2017 Investment Round

In February 2017, we raised capital from financial investors by issuing notes convertible into our common shares with total proceeds amounting to US$30.0 million (or R$92.3 million, using the exchange rate on the date of the execution of the convertible note purchase agreement). For further information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results Of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.” The following table summarizes the participation in our February 2017 investment round by beneficial owners of our outstanding common shares:

 

Name of shareholder

   Total Purchase
Price
 

Tiger Global

   US$ 16,054,023.00  

Archy LLC

     4,522,290.00  

Clemenceau

     3,736,739.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners

     3,582,496.00  

IFC

     904,452.00  

CDK Net Fund IC

     900,000.00  

HCFT Holdings, LLC

     300,000.00  
  

 

 

 

Total

   US$ 30,000,000.00  
  

 

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Agreements relating to our Common Shares

Shareholders’ Agreement

On March 20, 2015, (1) we; (2) the Founders; (3) Tiger Global; (4) Clemenceau; (5) Archy LLC; (6) Riverwood Capital Partners, (7) Kaszek Investors; (8) ICQ and (9) IFC entered into a Shareholders Agreement.

The Shareholders’ Agreement governs the rights of the Founders and the Investors as our shareholders, including with respect to registration rights of our common shares, the right to inspect and to receive information from us, the right to participate in our future equity offerings, as well as other matters such as restrictions in connection with the transfer of our common shares, voting rights and certain other specific covenants imposed on the Founders. The Shareholders’ Agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering, except for provisions relating to registration rights, non-compete and non-hire/non-solicitation (including the related liquidated damages) and other miscellaneous provisions. See “Principal Shareholders—Shareholders’ Agreement.”

IFC Policy Agreement

On March 20, 2015, we entered into the IFC Policy Agreement. This agreement governs certain additional rights granted to IFC in its capacity as our shareholder, including with respect to the right to inspect and to receive information from us, and certain other specific covenants imposed on us. See “Principal Shareholders—IFC Policy Agreement.” The IFC Policy Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, except for the reporting and policy covenants imposed on us.

Management Rights Agreements

On November 13, 2012, we entered into two separate Management Rights Agreements with Tiger Global and the Kaszek Investors and on March 20, 2015 we entered into a Management Rights Agreement with the Riverwood Entities. Each agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Guarantees provided by Related Parties

One of our Founders, Marcio Kumruian, has personally guaranteed the obligations of our Brazilian subsidiary, NS2, in two financing agreements executed with Banco do Brasil S.A. for an aggregate principal amount of R$266.7 million. For further information, see Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results Of Operations—Indebtedness—Material Financing Agreements.”

Relationships with our Directors

Marcio Kumruian, the chairman of our board of directors and chief executive officer indirectly holds 17.29% of our common shares through CDK Net Fund IC (prior to giving effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering). Mr. Hagop Chabab, a co-founder and a member of our board of directors, is the beneficial owner of HCFT Holdings, LLC, a trust that holds 9.80% of our common shares (prior to giving effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering). Nicolas Szekasy, a member of our board of directors holds 0.10% of our common shares directly (prior to giving effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible notes upon the closing of this offering). See “Principal Shareholders.”

 

119


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

On May 21, 2012, we entered into indemnification agreements with (1) Marcio Kumruian; (2) Hagop Chabab and (3) Graciela Kumruian Tanaka. On November 13, 2012, we entered into an indemnification agreement with Nicolas Szekasy. On May 1, 2013, we entered into an indemnification agreement with Nilesh Lakhani. On May 12, 2014 we entered into an indemnification agreement with Wolfgang Schwerdtle. On March 20, 2015, we entered into an indemnification agreement with Francisco Alvarez-Demalde. On December 1, 2016, we entered into an indemnification agreement with Leonardo Tavares Dib. Pursuant to these agreements, we have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless each beneficiary to the full extent permitted by applicable law if a beneficiary becomes or is threatened with becoming a party to or a participant in any proceeding due to the beneficiary’s relationship with us.

In addition, under the terms of these agreements, we have agreed to cover all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by each beneficiary in connection with any proceeding to the extent that such beneficiary has acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not to opposed our best interests. However, if applicable law so provides, the beneficiaries of these agreements will not be entitled to be indemnified for all expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a proceeding as to which such beneficiary is held liable to us, unless and only to the extent authorized by the court.

Each of these agreements will remain in force while a beneficiary is our officer, a member of our board of directors, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise and thereafter if such beneficiary becomes or is threatened to become a party to or a participant in any proceeding due to such beneficiary’s relationship with us.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

After completion of this offering, the audit committee of our board of directors will be responsible for reviewing and approving all related party transactions. All related party transactions will be made or entered into on terms that are no less favorable than those that can be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. Related party transactions that we have previously entered into were not approved by independent directors, as we had no independent directors at that time. Our Articles of Association and our code of ethics requires that all of our management and employees inform us of any transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that creates or could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, copies of our policies and procedures concerning related party transactions will be posted on our corporate website at www.netshoes.com/institucional under the Investor Relations section. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Employment Agreements

On June 10, 2013, Leonardo Tavares Dib, our chief financial officer, entered into an employment agreement with our main Brazilian subsidiary, NS2, which contains certain non-compete, non-disclosure, non-hire and non-solicitation provisions. Leonardo Tavares Dib also receives the same employee benefits that we offer to our other executive officers. On March 6, 2017, our chief sales and marketing officer, André Luiz Shinohara, entered into an employment agreement with NS2. André Luiz Shinohara also receives the same employee benefits that we offer to our other executive officers. See “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers.” We have no other material employment agreements.

Share Option Plan

See “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

 

120


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability duly registered with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies. Our corporate purposes are unrestricted and we have the authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law.

Our affairs are governed by (1) our Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, or Articles of Association, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, and will replace our existing Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association in its entirety, (2) the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands (as revised), or the Companies Law, and (3) the common law of the Cayman Islands.

The following discussion summarizes the material terms of our common shares to be sold in connection with the public offering contemplated by this prospectus. This discussion does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our Articles of Association. The form of our Articles of Association is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Issued and Authorized Share Capital

As of the date of this prospectus, we have                     common shares, par value US$0.01 per share, issued and outstanding, all of which are fully paid and non-assessable as of the date of this prospectus. Our authorized share capital is US$                     divided into                     common shares of a nominal par value of US$0.01 each. Accordingly, we are authorized to issue                     common shares, par value US$0.01 per share.

 

    Following the consummation of this offering, we will have                     common shares with par value US$0.01 per share issued and outstanding, all of which will be fully paid-up. We may not make capital calls upon our common shares that are fully paid-up. Shares sold in this offering will be delivered against payment in U.S. dollars upon the closing of the offering in New York, NY on or about                     . Each common share confers on its holder the right to cast one vote per common share and our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their common shares.

 

    Upon completion of this offering, we will have an authorized share capital of US$                     and will be authorized to issue up to                     common shares (subject to share splits, consolidation of shares or similar transactions) with a nominal par value of US$                     each.

Listing

Our common shares will be listed on the NYSE under the symbol “NETS.” Settlement of the common shares offered in this offering is expected to take place on or about the completion date of this offering through The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in accordance with its customary settlement procedures for equity securities. Each person owning common shares held through DTC must rely on the procedures thereof and on institutions that have accounts therewith to exercise any rights of a holder of the common shares.

We will list our common shares in registered form and they will not be certificated.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We have appointed Computershare Trust Company, N.A. as our agent in New York to maintain our shareholders’ register and to act as transfer agent, registrar and paying agent for the common shares. Our common shares will be traded on the NYSE in book-entry form. The transfer agent, registrar and paying agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, and its telephone number is (732) 417-3591.

 

121


Table of Contents

Issuance of Shares

Our board of directors has general and unconditional authority to grant options over, offer or otherwise deal with or dispose of any unissued shares in our capital without further action by our shareholders (whether forming part of the original or any increased share capital), either at a premium or at par, with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, on such terms and conditions, and at such times as the directors may decide, but so that no share shall be issued at a discount, except in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law. We will not issue bearer shares.

Our board of directors, without shareholder approval, may issue preferred shares with voting, conversion or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of holders of our common shares. Subject to the directors’ duty of acting in our best interest, preferred shares can be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of us or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred shares may have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common shares, and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common shares. Issuance of these preferred shares may dilute the voting power of holders of our common shares.

On April 16, 2012, we adopted our Share Plan, which provides both for the direct award or sale of common shares and for the grant of options to purchase common shares. Our Share Plan is governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands and is limited to the issuance of 210,490 of our common shares.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year begins on January 1 of each year and ends on December 31 of the same year.

Record Dates

For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at any general meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive dividend or other distribution payments, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other purpose, our board of directors may determine a record date which shall not exceed forty (40) clear days prior to the date where the determination will be made.

General Meetings of Shareholders

As a condition of admission to a shareholders’ meeting, a shareholder must be duly registered as our shareholder at the applicable record date for that meeting and all calls or installments then payable by such shareholder to us in respect of our common shares must have been paid.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting then attached to any shares, at any general meeting every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative not being himself or herself a shareholder entitled to vote) shall have one vote per common share.

As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obliged by the Companies Law to call annual general meetings; however, our Articles of Association provide that in each year we will hold an annual general meeting of shareholders at a time determined by our board of directors. For the annual general meeting of shareholders the agenda will include, among other things, the adoption of our annual accounts and the appropriation of our profits. In addition, the agenda for a general meeting of shareholders will only include such items as have been included therein by the board of directors.

 

122


Table of Contents

Also, we may, but are not required to (unless required by the Law), in each year hold any other extraordinary general meeting. Our general meetings of shareholders shall take place in São Paulo, Brazil or in the United States.

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our Articles of Association provide that upon the requisition of shareholders representing not less than one-third of the voting rights entitled to vote at general meetings, our board will convene an extraordinary general meeting and put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. However, shareholders may propose only ordinary resolutions to be put to a vote at such meeting and shall have no right to propose resolutions with respect to the election, appointment or removal of directors or with respect to the size of the board. Our Articles of Association provide no other right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings.

Subject to regulatory requirements, our annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meetings must be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice prior to the relevant shareholders meeting and convened by a notice discussed below. Alternatively, upon the prior consent of all holders entitled to receive notice, with regards to the annual general meeting, and the holders of 95% in par value of the shares entitled to receive notice of some particular meeting, that meeting may be convened by a shorter notice and in a manner deemed appropriate by those holders.

We will give notice of each general meeting of shareholders by publication on our website, in a Cayman Islands daily newspaper with national distribution and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with Cayman Islands law, NYSE and SEC requirements. The holders of registered shares may be convened for a shareholders’ meeting by means of letters sent to the addresses of those shareholders as registered in our shareholders’ register, or, subject to certain statutory requirements, by electronic means. We will observe the statutory minimum convening notice period for a general meeting of shareholders, which is currently seven (7) clear days.

A quorum for a general meeting consists of any one or more persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third of our issued voting shares entitled to vote upon the business to be transacted.

A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll. An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the shareholders entitled to vote present in person or by proxy and voting at the meeting. A special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a general meeting (except for certain matters described below which require an affirmative vote of 95%). Both ordinary resolutions and special resolutions may also be passed by a unanimous written resolution signed by all the shareholders of our company, as permitted by the Companies Law and our Articles of Association.

Our Articles of Association provide that the affirmative vote of no less than 95% of votes cast by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at a general meeting shall be required to approve any amendments to any provisions of our Articles of Association that relate to or have an impact upon the procedures regarding the election, appointment, removal of directors and size of the board.

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, the general meeting of shareholders is chaired by the chairman of our board of directors. If the chairman of our board of directors is absent, the directors present at the meeting shall appoint one of them to be chairman of the general meeting. If neither the chairman nor another director is present at the general meeting of shareholders within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the directors present may elect any one of them to be chairman. The order of business at each meeting shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting, and he or she shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts and things as are necessary or desirable for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, the establishment of procedures for the maintenance

 

123


Table of Contents

of order and safety, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments on the affairs of the Company, restrictions on entry to such meeting after the time prescribed for the commencement thereof, and the opening and closing of the polls.

Liquidation Rights

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation applicable to any class or classes of shares (1) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders are more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu among our shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively, and (2) if we are wound up and the assets available for distribution among our shareholders as such are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, those assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by our shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them, respectively.

If we are wound up, the liquidator may with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide among our shareholders in specie the whole or any part of our assets and may, for such purpose, value any assets and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders. The liquidator may also, with the sanction of a special resolution, vest any part of these assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of our shareholders as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no shareholder will be compelled to accept any assets, shares or other securities upon which there is a liability.

Changes to Capital

Pursuant to our Articles of Association, we may from time to time by shareholders resolution passed by a simple majority of the voting rights entitled to vote at a general meeting:

 

    increase our capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the relevant resolution shall prescribe;

 

    consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares;

 

    convert all or any of its paid up shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up shares of any denomination;

 

    sub-divide our existing shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amounts than is fixed pursuant to our Articles of Association; and

 

    cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of our share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law.

In addition, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and our Articles of Association, we may:

 

    issue shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed;

 

    purchase our own shares (including any redeemable shares); and

 

    make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of our own shares in any manner authorized by the Companies Law, including out of our capital.

Transfer of Shares

Subject to any applicable restrictions set forth in our Articles of Association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or a portion of their common shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in the form prescribed by the NYSE or in any other form which our board of directors may approve.

 

124


Table of Contents

Our common shares will be traded on the NYSE in book-entry form and may be transferred in accordance with Articles of Association and the rules and regulations of such exchange.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register a transfer of any common share that is not a fully paid up share to a person of whom it does not approve, or any common share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any common share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share that is not a fully paid up share on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any registered common share unless:

 

    a fee of such maximum sum as the NYSE may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the board of directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof;

 

    the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

    the common shares transferred are fully paid and free of any lien in favor of us;

 

    the instrument of transfer is lodged at the registered office or such other place (i.e., our transfer agent) at which the register of shareholders is kept in accordance with the accompanied by any relevant share certificate(s) and/or such other evidence as the board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; and

 

    if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

If our board of directors refuse to register a transfer, they are required, within one month after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, to send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

Share Repurchase

We are empowered by the Companies Law and our Articles of Association to purchase our own shares, subject to certain restrictions. Our board of directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Companies Law, our Articles of Association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the SEC, the NYSE, or by any recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed.

Dividends and Capitalization of Profits

Subject to the Companies Law, our shareholders may, by resolution passed by a simple majority of the voting rights entitled to vote at the general meeting, declare dividends (including interim dividends) to be paid to our shareholders but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by our board of directors. Dividends may be declared and paid out of funds lawfully available to us. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be paid in proportion to the number of common shares a shareholder holds during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but, if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly. Our board of directors may also declare and pay dividends out of the share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.

In addition, our board of directors may:

 

    resolve to capitalize any undivided profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of the our share premium account or capital redemption reserve;

 

125


Table of Contents
    appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalized to the shareholders who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions and apply such sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to such sum, and allot the shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those shareholders, or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other;

 

    resolve that any shares so allotted to any shareholder in respect of a holding by him/her of any partly-paid shares rank for dividend, so long as such shares remain partly paid, only to the extent that such partly paid shares rank for dividend;

 

    make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they determine in the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable under our Articles of Association in fractions; and

 

    authorize any person to enter on behalf of all our shareholders concerned in an agreement with us providing for the allotment of them respectively, credited as fully paid, of any shares or debentures to which they may be entitled upon such capitalization, any agreement made under such authority being binding on all such shareholders.

Appointment, Disqualification and Removal of Directors

We are managed by our board of directors, which will consist of a specified number of directors determined, from time to time, by a majority of the directors then in office. Our Articles of Association provide that, unless otherwise determined a special resolution of shareholders in a general meeting, the minimum number of directors will be four. There are no provisions relating to retirement of directors upon reaching any age limit. Our Articles of Association also provide that our board of directors must always comply with the residency and citizenship requirements of the U.S. securities laws applicable to foreign private issuers.

Our Articles of Association provide that persons standing for election as directors at a duly constituted annual general meeting with requisite quorum shall be elected by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders, which requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in person or by proxy at the meeting. Each director shall be appointed and elected to a term expiring at the applicable annual shareholders meeting as set forth below or at such time as such director’ successor is appointed and elected.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively, with as nearly equal a number of directors in each group as possible. At the annual general meeting of our shareholders to be held in 2018, the term of office of the Class I directors will expire and Class I directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At the annual general meeting of our shareholders to be held in 2019, the term of office of the Class II directors will expire and Class II directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At the annual general meeting of our shareholders to be held in 2020, the term of office of the Class III directors will expire and Class III directors will be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of our shareholders, directors will be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. The persons to stand for election at each annual general meeting of the Company will be nominated by our board of directors.

Upon completion of this offering, the Class I directors will initially consist of Marcio Kumruian and Francisco Alvarez-Demalde; the Class II directors will initially consist of Frederico Brito e Abreu and Ricardo Knoepfelmacher; and the Class III directors will initially consist of Nilesh Lakhani.

 

 

126


Table of Contents

Any vacancies on our board of directors arising other than upon the expiry of a Director’s term at an annual general meeting or additions to the existing board of directors can be filled only by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining directors holding office, although these directors constitute less than a quorum. Shareholders do not have the right to nominate, elect or remove directors, or to fill vacancies on our board of directors, other than upon the expiry of a director’s term at the relevant annual general meeting.

Upon the completion of the offering, our board of directors will have in place an audit committee. See “Management—Board Committee.”

Grounds for Removing a Director

A director will be removed from office if the director:

 

    becomes prohibited by law from being a director;

 

    becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

    dies, or is, in the opinion of all his co-directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his duties as director;

 

    resigns his office by notice to us; and

 

    he has for more than six months been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of the board of directors held during that period, and the directors resolve that his/her office be vacated.

Replacement directors must be nominated by our board of directors. Shareholders do not have the right to remove directors.

Proceedings of the Board of Directors

Our Articles of Association provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. The quorum necessary for the board meeting may be fixed by the board and, unless so fixed at another number, will be a majority of the board of directors then holding office and business at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a casting vote.

Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association, our board of directors may regulate their proceedings as they determine is appropriate, provided that a meeting shall be held at least once every calendar quarter and shall take place either in São Paulo, Brazil or in the United States.

Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association, to any directions given by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast on the resolution by the shareholders entitled to vote who are present in the meeting and the listing rules of the NYSE, our board of directors may from time to time at its discretion exercise all powers of our company, including to raise capital or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of our company and, subject to the Companies Law, issue debentures, bonds and other securities of our company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of our company or of any third party.

Inspection of Books and Records

Holders of common shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, our board of directors may determine from time to time whether our accounting records and books shall be open to the inspection of our shareholders not members of our board of directors. Notwithstanding the above, our Articles of Association provide our shareholders with the right to receive annual audited financial statements. Such right to receive annual audited financial statements may be satisfied by filing such annual reports as we are required to file with the SEC.

 

 

127


Table of Contents

Register of Shareholders

The common shares offered in this offering will be held through DTC, and DTC or Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, will be recorded in our shareholders register as the holder of our common shares.

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of shareholders that includes:

 

  (a) the names and addresses of the shareholders, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

 

  (b) the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

 

  (c) the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands. The Companies Law in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

 

    an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

    an exempted company’s register of shareholders is not open to inspection;

 

    an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

    an exempted company need not issue par value, negotiable or bearer shares;

 

    an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

    an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

    an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

 

    an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil). Upon the closing of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers.

Anti-Takeover Provisions in our Articles of Association

Some provisions of our Articles of Association may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders;

 

    limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders;

 

    limit the ability of our shareholders to elect and remove our directors, and to fill any vacancy on our board of directors; and

 

    limit the ability of our shareholders to amend our Articles of Association.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our board of directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our Articles of Association, for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

 

128


Table of Contents

Protection of Minority Shareholders

The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may, on the application of shareholders holding not less than one fifth of our shares in issue, appoint an inspector to examine our affairs and report thereon in a manner as the Grand Court shall direct.

Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, any shareholder may petition the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands which may make a winding up order, if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that we should be wound up.

Notwithstanding U.S. securities laws and regulations applicable to us, general corporate claims against us by our shareholders must, as a general rule, be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or their individual rights as shareholders as established by our Articles of Association.

The Cayman Islands courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedents, which permit a minority shareholder to commence a representative action against us, or derivative actions in our name, to challenge (1) an act which is ultra vires or illegal, (2) an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority and the wrongdoers themselves control us, and (3) an irregularity in the passing of a resolution that requires a qualified (or special) majority.

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is modelled after similar laws in England and Wales but does not follow recent statutory enactments in England and Wales. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies.

For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies in the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company; and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The plan must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to: (1) the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, (2) the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the constituent companies; (3) no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding and no order or resolution to wind up the company in any jurisdiction, (4) no receiver, trustee, administrator or similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the constituent company, its affairs or property, (5) no scheme, order, compromise or similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction with creditors; (6) a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company; (7) the non-surviving constituent company has retired from any fiduciary office held or will do so; (8) that the constituent company has complied with any requirements under the regulatory laws, where relevant; and (9) an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and published in the Cayman Islands Gazette.

Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, may be determined by the Cayman Islands’ court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to

 

129


Table of Contents

certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement in question is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

 

    we are not proposing to act illegally or ultra vires and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

 

    the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

 

    the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

    the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection may be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If the arrangement and reconstruction are thus approved, any dissenting shareholders would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which might otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations and allow such dissenting shareholders to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of their shares.

Shareholders’ Suits

Class actions are not recognized in the Cayman Islands, but groups of shareholders with identical interests may bring representative proceedings, which are similar. However, a class action suit could nonetheless be brought in a U.S. court pursuant to an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws and regulations.

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff and as a general rule, whilst a derivative action may be initiated by a minority shareholder on our behalf in a Cayman Islands court, such shareholder will not be able to continue those proceedings without the permission of a Grand Court judge, who will only allow the action to continue if the shareholder can demonstrate that the Company has a good case against the Defendant, and that it is proper for the shareholder to continue the action rather than our board of directors. Examples of circumstances in which derivative actions would be permitted to continue are where:

 

    a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

 

    the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of its authority, could be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and

 

    those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

Corporate Governance

Cayman Islands law restricts transactions with directors unless there are provisions in the Articles of Association which provide a mechanism to alleviate possible conflicts of interest. Additionally, Cayman Islands

 

130


Table of Contents

Law imposes on directors’ duties of care and skill and fiduciary duties to the companies which they serve. Under our Articles of Association, a director must disclose the nature and extent of his material interest in any contract or arrangement, and the interested director may not vote at any meeting on any resolution concerning the interested matter. The interested director shall be counted in the quorum at such meeting and the resolution may be passed by a majority of the disinterested directors present at the meeting, even if the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability

The Companies Law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of directors and officers, except to the extent that it may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our Articles of Association provides that we shall indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts incurred or sustained by such directors or officers, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation. In addition, we entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that will provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our Articles of Association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company. Accordingly, directors owe fiduciary duties to their companies to act bona fide in what they consider to be the best interests of the company, to exercise their powers for the purposes for which they are conferred and not to place themselves in a position where there is a conflict between their personal interests and their duty to the company. Accordingly, a director owes a company a duty not to make a profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so) and a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party. In addition, directors of a Cayman Islands company must not therefore place themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests. However, this obligation may be varied by the company’s articles of association, which may permit a director to vote on a matter in which he has a personal interest provided that he has disclosed that nature of his interest to the board of directors. Our Articles of Association provides that a director must disclose the nature and extent of his material interest in any contract or arrangement, and such director may not vote at any meeting on any resolution concerning such interested matter.

A director of a Cayman Islands company also owes to the company duties to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his functions and to exercise reasonable skill, care and diligence, which has both objective and subjective elements. Recent Cayman Islands case law confirmed that directors must exercise the care, skill and diligence that would be exercised by a reasonably diligent person having the general knowledge, skill and experience reasonably to be expected of a person acting as a director. Additionally, a director must exercise the knowledge, skill and experience which he actually possesses.

 

131


Table of Contents

A general notice may be given at a meeting of the board of directors to the effect that (1) the director is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice in writing be made with that company or firm; or (2) he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the notice in writing to the board of directors be made with a specified person who is connected with him or her, will be deemed sufficient declaration of interest. This notice shall specify the nature of the interest in question. Following the disclosure being made pursuant to our Articles of Association and subject to any separate requirement under applicable law or the listing rules of NYSE, a director may not vote in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested but may be counted in the quorum at the meeting. However, even if a director discloses his interest and is therefore permitted to vote, he must still comply with his duty to act bona fide in the best interest of our company.

In comparison, under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself or herself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He or she must not use his or her corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Shareholder Proposals

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

The Companies Law of the Cayman Islands provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our Articles of Association provide that upon the requisition of shareholders representing not less than one-third of the voting rights entitled to vote at general meetings, our board will convene an extraordinary general meeting and put the resolutions so requisitioned to a vote at such meeting. However, shareholders may propose only ordinary resolutions to be put to a vote at such meeting and shall have no right to propose resolutions with respect to the election, appointment or removal of directors or with respect to the size of the board. Our Articles of Association provide no other right to put any proposals before annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings.

Cumulative Voting

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under Cayman Islands law, our Articles of Association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

 

132


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors

Under our Articles of Association, our shareholders generally do not have the right to remove directors. A director will be removed from office automatically if, among other things, he or she (1) becomes prohibited by law from being a director, (2) becomes bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors, (3) dies or is in the opinion of all his co-directors, incapable by reason of mental disorder of discharging his duties as director (4) resigns his office by notice to us or (5) has for more than six months been absent without permission of the directors from meetings of the board of directors held during that period, and the directors resolve that his/her office be vacated.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that; unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by this statute, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that this person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting shares or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting shares within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that these transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. If the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors it may be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.

Under the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands and our Articles of Association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a shareholder resolution passed by a majority of at least two-thirds of the voting rights entitled to vote at a general meeting of our shareholders.

 

 

133


Table of Contents

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our Articles of Association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class only with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Also, except with respect to share capital (as described above), alterations to our Articles of Association may only be made by special resolution of no less than two-thirds of voting rights entitled to vote at a meeting of our shareholders.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. Under Cayman Islands law, our Articles of Association generally may only be amended by special resolution of no less than two-thirds of voting rights entitled to vote at a meeting of our shareholders and provisions related to the election, appointment and removal or the size of the board may only be amended by a special resolution of at least 95% of voting rights entitled to vote at a meeting of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-Resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our Articles of Association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our Articles of Association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

Registration Rights and Restricted Shares

Although our Shareholders’ Agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering, the registration rights provisions, among other provisions, will continue to be in force. This includes the right of the Investors and the Founders to request that we, at any time after six months from the effective date of a qualified public offering in the United States, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of certain securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5 million. The Shareholders’ Agreement also grants registration rights in the event we propose to register any of our equity securities under the Securities Act. Additionally, the Investors and the Founders may request us to effect a registration on Form F-3 and comply with such other requirements in order to permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such shareholders’ shares.

These registration rights described above are subject to certain other terms, limitations and exceptions further detailed in the Shareholders’ Agreement. For further information on our Shareholders’ Agreement, see “Principal Shareholders—Shareholders’ Agreement.”

Lock-up agreements . Subject to certain conditions and waivers, at our request or the request of the underwriters of an underwritten offering, certain holders of our registrable securities will agree not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose any of their registrable securities for up to 180 days from the listing date of our shares in such underwritten offering, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting.”

 

134


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and we cannot assure you that a significant public market for our common shares will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could materially and adversely affect the prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since only a limited number of common shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of common shares in the public market after those restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common shares, as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon the completion of this offering,                      common shares will be outstanding. The common shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any common shares acquired by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in this offering may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining common shares outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, all common shares will be eligible for resale in compliance with Rule 144 or Rule 701. “Restricted securities” as defined under Rule 144 were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These common shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-up Agreements

Prior to this offering, we, certain of our shareholders and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed with the underwriters that, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, we or they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant an option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any of our common shares, or any options or warrants to purchase our common shares or any securities so owned convertible into or exchangeable for our common shares, subject to specified exceptions, as set forth in the section entitled “Underwriting.” Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters may, in their sole discretion, at any time without prior notice, release all or any portion of the common shares from the restrictions in any such agreement.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the common shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such common shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the common shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such common shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling common shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which immediately after this offering will equal approximately                      common shares; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the common shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling common shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

135


Table of Contents

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a shareholder who purchased common shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these common shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 common shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 common shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such common shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, holders of                      of our common shares will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these common shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these common shares under the Securities Act would result in these common shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for common shares purchased by affiliates. Common shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sales in the public market upon the expiration, or their release from the terms of, the lock-up agreements described above. Any sales of securities by these shareholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common shares. See “Principal Shareholders—Shareholders’ Agreement—Registration Rights.”

Equity Incentive Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act following this offering to register all of the common shares issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Common shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market, upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreements, and subject to vesting of such common shares. See “Management—Compensation of Directors and Officers—2012 Share Plan.”

 

136


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The Cayman Islands laws currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty or withholding tax applicable to us or to any holder of common shares. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties which are applicable to any payments made by or to our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our common shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our common shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our common shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

There is no income tax treaty or convention currently in effect between the United States and the Cayman Islands.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion describes certain United States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common shares of Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. Prior to the date of the completion of the offering, Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. will have filed a valid election, which shall be effective prior to the date of the completion of the offering, to be treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. therefore will be treated as a foreign corporation for United States federal income tax purposes at all times that its common shares are held by a United States Holder (as defined below). This discussion deals only with common shares that are held as capital assets by a United States Holder.

As used herein, the term “United States Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below.

 

137


Table of Contents

This discussion does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, including if you are:

 

    a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

    a financial institution;

 

    a regulated investment company;

 

    a real estate investment trust;

 

    an insurance company;

 

    a tax-exempt organization;

 

    a person holding our common shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale or a straddle;

 

    a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities;

 

    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

    a person who owns or is deemed to own 5% or more of our voting stock;

 

    a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes; or

 

    a person whose “functional currency” is not the United States dollar.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common shares, you should consult your tax advisors.

This discussion does not contain a detailed description of all the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the Medicare tax on net investment income or the effects of any state, local or non-United States tax laws. If you are considering the purchase of our common shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common shares, as well as the consequences to you arising under other United States federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation of Dividends

Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” below, the gross amount of distributions on the common shares will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the tax basis of the common shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds your tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange. We do not, however, expect to determine earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles. Therefore, you should expect that a distribution will generally be reported as a dividend.

With respect to non-corporate United States investors, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We have applied to list our common shares on the NYSE.

 

138


Table of Contents

Provided that the listing is approved, United States Treasury Department guidance indicates that our common shares will be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Thus, we believe that dividends we pay on our common shares will meet the conditions required for the reduced tax rate. There can be no assurance that our common shares will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years. Non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to your particular circumstances.

For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on the common shares will be treated as income from sources outside the United States.

Any dividends that you receive will be includable in your gross income as ordinary income on the day actually or constructively received by you. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on the past and projected composition of our income and assets, and the valuation of our assets, we do not believe we would have been a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for our most recent taxable year if we were taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, and we do not expect to become a PFIC in the current taxable year or the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard.

In general, we will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which:

 

    at least 75% of our gross income is passive income, or

 

    at least 50% of the value (determined based on a quarterly average) of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (other than royalties and rents derived in the active conduct of a trade or business and not derived from a related person). If we own at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, for purposes of determining whether we are a PFIC, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets and receiving our proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

The determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our common shares, you will be subject to special tax rules discussed below.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our common shares and you do not make a timely mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” received and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of common shares. Distributions received in a taxable year will be treated as excess distributions to the extent that they are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the common shares. Under these special tax rules:

 

    the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the common shares,

 

139


Table of Contents
    the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

 

    the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

Although the determination of whether we are a PFIC is made annually, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year in which you hold our common shares, you will generally be subject to the special tax rules described above for that year and for each subsequent year in which you hold the common shares (even if we do not qualify as a PFIC in such subsequent years). However, if we cease to be a PFIC, you can avoid the continuing impact of the PFIC rules by making a special election to recognize gain as if your common shares had been sold on the last day of the last taxable year during which we were a PFIC. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor about this election.

In lieu of being subject to the special tax rules discussed above, you may make a mark-to-market election with respect to your common shares provided such common shares are treated as “marketable stock.” The common shares generally will be treated as marketable stock if they are regularly traded on a “qualified exchange or other market” (within the meaning of the applicable Treasury regulations).

If you make an effective mark-to-market election, for each taxable year that we are a PFIC you will include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your common shares at the end of the year over your adjusted tax basis in the common shares. You will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of your adjusted tax basis in the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. Your adjusted tax basis in the common shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. In addition, upon the sale or other disposition of your common shares in a year that we are a PFIC, any gain will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the common shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or other market, or the Internal Revenue Service consents to the revocation of the election. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the availability of the mark-to-market election, and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances.

Alternatively, you can sometimes avoid the special tax rules described above by electing to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, this option is not available to you because we do not intend to comply with the requirements necessary to permit you to make this election.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our common shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC, you will be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of the PFIC rules. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

You will generally be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 if you hold our common shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC. You are urged to consult your tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of holding common shares if we are considered a PFIC in any taxable year.

 

140


Table of Contents

Taxation of Capital Gains

For United States federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange of the common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the common shares and your tax basis in the common shares. Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company” above, such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the common shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate United States Holders (including individuals) are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by you will generally be treated as United States source gain or loss.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

A United States Holder that purchases our common shares will be required to file an IRS Form 926 with the IRS if, among other reasons, the amount of cash transferred by such person (or any related person) to us during the 12-month period ending on the date of such purchase exceeds US$100,000.

In general, information reporting will apply to dividends in respect of our common shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares that are paid to you within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States), unless you are an exempt recipient. A backup withholding tax may apply to such payments if you fail to provide a taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to report in full dividend and interest income.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

141


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of common shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Common Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Banco Bradesco BBI S.A.

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Total

  

The address of the representatives are as follows: for Goldman, Sachs & Co., 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282 and for J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179.

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the common shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the common shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised. The underwriters may offer and sell common shares through certain of their affiliates.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                      common shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If any common shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase common shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                      additional common shares.

Paid by Us

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   US$      US$  

Total

   US$      US$  

Common shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                    per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the common shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the common shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

142


Table of Contents

We, our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common shares have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our or their common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the common shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the common shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to list the common shares on the NYSE under the symbol “NETS.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional common shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional common shares or purchasing common shares in the open market. In determining the source of common shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of common shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional common shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional common shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing common shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased common shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately US$                    . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses related to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, incurred by them in connection with this offering.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

143


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to us and to persons and entities with relationships with us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. An affiliate of Banco Bradesco BBI S.A. currently serves as lender under one of our financing agreements.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

No action has been taken in any jurisdiction (except in the United States) that would permit a public offering of the common shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or the common shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the common shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other material or advertisements in connection with the common shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area, an offer of common shares to the public may not be made in that Member State, except that an offer of common shares to the public may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Member State:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of common shares shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in a Member State and each person who initially acquires any common shares or to whom an offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of common shares to the public” in relation to any common shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure

 

144


Table of Contents

implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including Directive 2010/73/EU) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant Member State.

In the case of any common shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, such financial intermediary will also be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the common shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of common shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, this prospectus is only addressed to and directed at qualified investors who are (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the Order); or (ii) high net worth entities and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to relevant persons and will only be engaged with relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or relay on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Brazil

This offering has not been and will not be registered under Brazilian Federal Law No 6,385/76 or under any other Brazilian securities law. Accordingly, none of us, our common shares or the offering have been or will be registered with the Comissão de Valores Mobiliários .

Therefore, as this prospectus does not constitute or form part of any public offering to sell or any solicitation of a public offering to buy any common shares or assets, the offering and the common shares offered hereby have not been, and will not be, and may not be offered for sale or sold in Brazil except in circumstances which do not constitute a public offering or distribution under Brazilian laws and regulations. Documents relating to the common shares, as well as the information contained herein, may not be supplied to the public, as a public offering in Brazil or be used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the common shares to the public in Brazil.

Canada

The common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

145


Table of Contents

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the common shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore or Regulation 32.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the common shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000

 

146


Table of Contents

(or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Australia

This prospectus is not a disclosure document for the purposes of Australia’s Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to the categories of exempt persons set out below. Accordingly, if you receive this prospectus in Australia, you confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

  (a) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

 

  (b) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the Company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

  (c) a person associated with the Company under Section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

  (d) a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act.

To the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act any offer made to you under this prospectus is void and incapable of acceptance.

You warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the securities issued to you pursuant to this prospectus for resale in Australia within 12 months of those securities being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Switzerland

The common shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering or the common shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of common shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial

 

147


Table of Contents

Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of common shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of securities.

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the common shares is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of its meaning and agree to it.

 

148


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP. Certain legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York State law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP. The validity of the common shares offered in this offering and other legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Campbells. Legal matters as to Brazil law will be passed upon for us by Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr. e Quiroga Advogados, and for the underwriters by Pinheiro Neto Advogados.

 

149


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts, will be as follows:

 

     Amount      Percentage of Net Proceeds
of The Offering (%)
 

Expenses:

     

SEC registration fee

   US$              

NYSE filing fee

     

FINRA filing fee

     

Printing and engraving expenses

     

Legal fees and expenses

     

Accounting fees and expenses

     

Transfer agent fees and expenses

     

Miscellaneous costs

     

Total

   US$     
  

 

 

    

We anticipate that the total underwriting discount will be approximately US$                    , or                    % of the gross proceeds of the offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NYSE filing fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 

150


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

Our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Auditores Independentes, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The office of KPMG Auditores Independentes is located at Rua Arquiteto Olavo Redig de Campos, 105 – 6 th to 12 th Floors, EZ Tower Building – Tower A, 04711-904, São Paulo, SP, Brazil.

 

151


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

We are registered under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are registered in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands have a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provide protections for investors to a significantly lesser extent. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States. Campbells, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, and Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr. e Quiroga Advogados, our counsel as to Brazilian law, have advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or Brazil would, respectively, (1) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (2) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands or Brazil against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Our Cayman Islands counsel has informed us that the uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law relates to whether a judgment obtained from the United States courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands’ company. Because the courts of the Cayman Islands have yet to rule on whether such judgments are penal or punitive in nature, it is uncertain whether they would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands.

Our Cayman Islands counsel has further advised us that a final and conclusive judgment in the federal or state courts of the United States under which a sum of money is payable, other than a sum payable in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges, may be subject to enforcement proceedings as a debt in the courts of the Cayman Islands under the common law doctrine of obligation.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States, in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico. In addition, a majority of the members of our board of directors and all of our officers are nationals or residents of Brazil and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States arising out of this offering. The address of Corporation Service Company is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, DE 19808.

We believe a judgment of a United States court for civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States may be enforced in Brazil, subject to certain requirements described below. We believe a judgment against us, the members of our board of directors or our executive officers obtained in the United States would be enforceable in Brazil upon confirmation of that judgment by the Brazilian Superior Tribunal of Justice ( Superior Tribunal de Justiça ), or STJ. That confirmation will be made without review on the merits, and will only be available if the U.S. judgment:

 

    is issued by a court of competent jurisdiction after proper service of process is made or after sufficient evidence of our absence has been given, as requested under the laws of the United States;

 

    is not rendered in an action upon which Brazilian courts have exclusive jurisdiction, pursuant to the provisions of art. 23 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure (Law No. 13,105/2015, as amended);

 

152


Table of Contents
    is final and, therefore, not subject to appeal ( res judicata ) in the United States;

 

    there is no conflict between the United States judgment and a previous final and binding ( res judicata ) judgment on the same matter and involving the same parties issued in Brazil;

 

    is duly authenticated by a Brazilian consulate in the United States and is accompanied by a certified sworn translation into Portuguese of such judgment. If such decision was authenticated in a country that is signatory of the Hague Convention Abolishing the Requirement of Legalization for Foreign Public Documents dated as of October 5, 1961, or the Apostille Convention, authentication by a Brazilian Diplomatic Office or Consulate is not required; and

 

    is not contrary to Brazilian public policy.

The judicial recognition process may be time consuming and may also give rise to difficulties in enforcing such foreign judgment in Brazil. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that judicial recognition of a foreign judgment would be successful, that the judicial recognition process would be conducted in a timely manner or that a Brazilian court would enforce a judgment of countries other than Brazil.

We believe original actions may be brought in connection with this initial public offering predicated on the federal securities laws of the United States in Brazilian courts and that, subject to applicable law, Brazilian courts may enforce liabilities in such actions against us or the members of our board of directors or our executive officers and certain advisors named herein.

In addition, a plaintiff (whether Brazilian or non-Brazilian) that resides outside Brazil or is outside Brazil during the course of litigation in Brazil and who does not own real property in Brazil must post a bond to guarantee the payment of the defendant’s legal fees and court expenses in connection with court procedures for the collection of money, except in the case of (1) enforcement on an instrument (a title that shall be enforced in Brazilian courts without a review on the merits, or título executivo extrajudicial ); (2) enforcement of a judgment; (3) counterclaims; and (4) when some international agreement signed by Brazil dismisses the obligation to post a bond.

If proceedings are brought in the courts of Brazil seeking to enforce our obligations with respect to our common shares, payment shall be made in reais . Any judgment rendered in Brazilian courts in respect of any payment obligations with respect to our common shares would be expressed in reais . See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and our Common Shares—Judgments of Brazilian courts with respect to our common shares may be payable only in reais .”

We have also been advised that the ability of a judgment creditor to satisfy a judgment by attaching certain assets of the defendant in Brazil is governed and limited by provisions of Brazilian law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we cannot assure you that confirmation of any judgment will be obtained, or that the process described above can be conducted in a timely manner.

 

153


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement on Form F-1 with the SEC under the Securities Act for the common shares we are offering pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and does not contain all of the information in the registration statement. For additional information you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. No reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Whenever we refer in this prospectus to our contracts, agreements or other documents, the reference is not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F within four months from the end of each of our fiscal years, and reports on Form 6-K. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of these documents upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within four months after the end of each fiscal year (which is currently four months from December 31, the end of our fiscal year), or such applicable time as required by the SEC, an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements, which will be examined and reported on with an opinion expressed by an independent public accounting firm, and we intend to submit to the SEC a quarterly report on Form 6-K containing unaudited quarterly financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.

We also maintain a corporate website at www.netshoes.com/institucional. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto will not be deemed to be incorporated into the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common shares.

We will send the transfer agent a copy of all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The transfer agent has agreed to mail to all shareholders a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the transfer agent and will make available to all shareholders such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

 

154


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     F-7  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-8  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

     F-9  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

 

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Consolidated Financial Statements as of

December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years

ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

 

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of profit or loss, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows, and changes in shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

/s/ KPMG Auditores Independentes                

KPMG Auditores Independentes

São Paulo - SP, Brazil

March 1, 2017

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

December 31, 2015 and 2016

(Reais and Dollars in thousands)

 

            December 31,      December 31,  
     Note      2015      2016      2016  
            BRL      BRL      USD  
                          Note 2.2  
Assets            

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

     8      R$ 249,064      R$ 111,304      US$ 34,152  

Restricted cash

     2.14        21,937        21,946        6,734  

Derivative financial instruments

     17        148        —          —    

Trade accounts receivable, net

     9        286,157        213,994        65,660  

Inventories, net

     10        294,761        352,011        108,009  

Recoverable taxes

     11        51,715        66,329        20,352  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

        34,576        59,127        18,143  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

        938,358        824,711        253,050  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets:

           

Restricted cash

     2.14        22,965        21,254        6,521  

Judicial deposits

     24b        31,877        71,817        22,036  

Recoverable taxes

     11        —          33,178        10,180  

Other assets

        —          950        291  

Due from related parties

     23        27        17        5  

Property and equipment, net

     12        67,682        74,202        22,768  

Intangible assets, net

     13        52,659        87,593        26,876  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

        175,210        289,011        88,677  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

      R$ 1,113,568      R$ 1,113,722      US$ 341,727  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

December 31, 2015 and 2016

(Reais and Dollars in thousands)

            December 31,     December 31,  
     Note      2015     2016     2016  
            BRL     BRL     USD  
                        Note 2.2  
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity          

Current liabilities:

         

Trade accounts payable

     14      R$ 257,348     R$ 335,430     US$ 102,921  

Reverse factoring

     2.24        19,763       27,867       8,551  

Current portion of long-term debt

     16        102,557       75,956       23,306  

Derivative financial instruments

     17        395       186       57  

Taxes and contributions payable

        7,506       15,249       4,679  

Deferred revenue

     6        5,555       6,628       2,034  

Accrued expenses

     15        95,074       122,048       37,448  

Other current liabilities

        35,073       33,331       10,227  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

        523,271       616,695       189,223  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities:

         

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     16        231,436       311,426       95,556  

Provision for labor, civil and tax risks

     24a        3,929       5,177       1,588  

Share-based payment

     21        35,978       30,139       9,248  

Deferred revenue

     6        29,195       26,247       8,053  

Other non-current liabilities

        757       13       4  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

        301,295       373,002       114,449  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        824,566       989,697       303,672  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

         

Share capital

        141       141       43  

Additional paid-in capital

        821,988       821,988       252,213  

Treasury shares

     20b        (925     (1,533 )       (470 )  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

        (6,822     (19,577 )       (6,007 )  

Accumulated losses

        (526,305     (677,379 )       (207,842 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

        288,077       123,640       37,937  

Equity attributable to non-controlling interests

        925       385       118  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

        289,002       124,025       38,055  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

      R$ 1,113,568     R$ 1,113,722     US$ 341,727  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss

Years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(Reais and Dollars in thousands, except loss per share)

 

          Years ended December 31,  
     Note    2014     2015     2016     2016  
          BRL     BRL     BRL     USD  
                            Note 2.2  

Net sales

   5    R$ 1,125,795     R$ 1,505,686     R$ 1,739,540     US$ 533,749  

Cost of sales

   7a      (753,440     (1,010,501     (1,188,744 )       (364,746 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

        372,355       495,185       550,796       169,003  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Selling and marketing expenses

   7b      (322,643     (398,514     (443,692 )       (136,139 )  

General and administrative expenses

   7c      (147,375     (157,228     (174,564 )       (53,562 )  

Other operating expenses, net

        (4,724     (3,503     (5,252 )       (1,611 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        (474,742     (559,245     (623,508 )       (191,312 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

        (102,387     (64,060     (72,712 )       (22,309 )  

Financial income

   7d      32,598       61,294       28,366       8,704  

Financial expenses

   7d      (74,447     (96,667     (107,550 )       (33,000 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

        (144,236     (99,433     (151,896 )       (46,605 )  

Income tax expense

   19      (139     (80     —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

      R$ (144,375   R$ (99,513   R$ (151,896 )     US$ (46,605 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to:

           

Owners of the Parent

      R$ (143,966   R$ (98,676   R$ (151,074 )     US$ (46,355 )  

Non-controlling interests

        (409     (837     (822 )       (250 )  

Loss per share attributable to owners of the Parent

           

Basic and diluted

   4    R$ (22.63   R$ (13.97   R$ (21.14 )     US$ (6.49 )  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(Reais and Dollars in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015     2016     2016  
     BRL     BRL     BRL     USD  
                       Note 2.2  

Net loss

   R$ (144,375   R$ (99,513   R$  (151,896 )     US$ (46,605 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Items that will subsequently be recycled to profit or loss

        

Foreign currency translation

     513       (3,221     (11,015 )       (3,379 )  

Cash flow hedges – effective portion of changes in fair value

     —         2,221       (3,907 )       (1,199 )  

Cash flow hedges – reclassified to initial cost of inventories

     —         (660     3,119       957  

Cash flow hedges – reclassified to profit or loss

     —         (648     (670 )       (207 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     513       (2,308     (12,473 )       (3,828 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

     (143,862     (101,821     (164,369 )       (50,433 )  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

        

Owners of the Parent

   R$ (143,529   R$ (101,160   R$  (163,829 )     US$ (50,267 )  

Non-controlling interests

     (333     (661     (540 )       (166 )  

The accompanying notes are integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(Reais and Dollars in thousands)

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016     2016  
    BRL     BRL     BRL     USD  
                      Note 2.2  

Cash flows from operating activities:

       

Net loss

  R$ (144,375   R$ (99,513   R$ (151,896   US$ (46,605

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (3,458     (830     1,167       357  

Depreciation and amortization

    17,039       20,968       31,173       9,565  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment, and intangible assets

    2,144       923       901       276  

Share-based payment

    13,500       (3,444     930       285  

Provision for contingent liabilities

    691       2,143       1,247       383  

Interest expense, net

    45,016       66,403       92,436       28,362  

Provision for inventory losses

    223       18       849       261  

Other

    (80     (112     (134     (41

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

(Increase) decrease in:

       

Restricted Cash

    —         (21,937     (8     (2

Derivative financial instruments

    —         (148     148       45  

Trade accounts receivable

    (26,217     (13,306     67,887       20,830  

Inventories

    11,547       (116,337     (77,195     (23,686

Recoverable taxes

    (14,708     (18,574     (56,502     (17,337

Judicial deposits

    (2,647     (29,230     (39,940     (12,255

Other assets

    (11,407     (15,697     (21,109     (6,478

Increase (decrease) in:

       

Derivative financial instruments

    2,308       (2,781     (209     (64

Trade accounts payable

    55,089       117,041       94,563       29,015  

Reverse factoring

    —         19,763       8,104       2,487  

Taxes and contributions payable

    233       (11,718     9,177       2,816  

Deferred revenue

    —         34,750       (1,875     (575

Accrued expenses

    25,471       37,031       29,493       9,049  

Share-based payment

    3,955       (2,421     (715     (219

Other liabilities

    (1,590     13,914       (9,349     (2,869
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (27,266     (23,094     (20,857     (6,400

Cash flows from investing activities:

       

Purchase of property and equipment

    (5,323     (21,773     (25,234     (7,743

Purchase of intangible assets

    (16,274     (24,607     (47,066     (14,441

Interest received on installment sales

    16,941       16,740       6,987       2,144  

Restricted cash and other non-current assets

    687       (2,327     760       233  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (3,969     (31,967     (64,553     (19,807

Cash flows from financing activities:

       

Proceeds from debt

    217,636       172,652       162,631       49,901  

Payments of debt

    (372,814     (180,027     (102,552     (31,466

Payments of interest

    (64,806     (79,722     (107,286     (32,919

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

    377,465       146,194       —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    157,481       59,097       (47,207     (14,484

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    1,955       2,656       (5,143     (1,578
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

    128,201       6,692       (137,760     (42,269

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    114,171       242,372       249,064       76,421  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

    242,372       249,064       111,304       34,152  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  R$ 128,201     R$ 6,692     R$ (137,760   US$ (42,269

Supplemental disclosure

       

Non-cash investing activities:

       

Acquisition of property and equipment and intagible assets (Note 15)

  R$ —       R$ 1,869     R$ 4,677     US$ 1,435  

The accompanying notes are integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(Reais in thousands)

 

     Equity Attributable to owners of the Parent              
     Share
Capital
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Treasury
Shares
    Accumulated
Losses
    Foreign
Currency
Translation
    Gain (Loss)
on Hedge
Accounting
    Total     Non-controlling
Interest
    Total
equity
 
     BRL      BRL      BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL  

Balances, January 1, 2014

   R$ 99      R$ 298,341      R$ (166   R$  (283,663   R$  (4,775   R$ —       R$ 9,836     R$ 1,919     R$ 11,755  

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                    

Net loss

     —          —          —         (143,966     —         —         (143,966 )       (409     (144,375 )  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —           437       —         437       76       513  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —         (143,966     437       —         (143,529 )       (333 )       (143,862 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with Owners and Other

                    

Issuance of common shares

     31        377,464        —         —         —         —         377,495       —         377,495  

Purchase of treasury shares

     —          —          (381     —         —         —         (381 )       —         (381 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with owners and other

     31        377,464        (381     —         —         —         377,114       —         377,114  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2014

     130        675,805      R$ (547     (427,629   R$  (4,338     —         243,421       1,586       245,007  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                    

Net loss

     —          —          —         (98,676     —         —         (98,676 )       (837     (99,513 )  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —         —         (3,397     913       (2,484 )       176       (2,308 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —         (98,676     (3,397     913       (101,160 )       (661     (101,821 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with Owners and Other

                    

Issuance of common shares

     11        146,183        —         —         —         —         146,194       —         146,194  

Purchase of treasury shares

     —          —          (378     —         —         —         (378 )       —         (378 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with owners and other

     11        146,183        (378     —         —         —         145,816       —         145,816  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2015

     141        821,988        (925     (526,305     (7,735     913       288,077       925       289,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                    

Net loss

     —          —          —         (151,074     —         —         (151,074 )       (822     (151,896 )  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —         —         (11,297     (1,458     (12,755 )       282       (12,473 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss)

     —          —          —         (151,074     (11,297     (1,458     (163,829 )       (540     (164,369 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with Owners and Other

                    

Purchase of treasury shares

     —          —          (608     —         —         —         (608 )       —         (608 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total transactions with owners and other

     —          —          (608     —         —         —         (608 )       —         (608 )  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2016

   R$ 141      R$ 821,988      R$ (1,533   R$  (677,379   R$ (19,032   R$ (545   R$ 123,640     R$ 385     R$ 124,025  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

1. Nature of Operations

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited (“NSC” or the “Parent”) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on April 12, 2011. NSC is a holding company and conducts its business primarily through its subsidiaries (together with NSC, the “Company”, “we” or “us”). The Company’s registered office is at Willow House, Cricket Square, George Town, KY 1-1104, Cayman Islands. Major shareholders of the Company include Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P. (“Tiger Global V”), Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P. (“Tiger Global VI”), Archy LLC (“Archy”) and Marcio Kumruian, a founder shareholder (“MK”).

The Company is a leading sports and lifestyle ecommerce destination in Latin America with operations in Brazil, Mexico and Argentina. The Company’s core business is to offer to its customers a reliable and convenient online shopping experience with a wide selection of products including athletic shoes, jerseys, apparel, accessories and sporting equipment from leading international, local and private brands as well as fashion. The Company conducts its business mainly through its ecommerce websites ( www.netshoes.com and www.zattini.com ).

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2.1. Statement of Compliance

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The consolidated financial statements were authorized for issuance by the Board of Directors on March 1, 2017.

2.2. Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical-cost basis, unless otherwise indicated. The presentation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain accounting estimates, and also requires the Company´s Management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. Note 2.3 to these consolidated financial statements shows the areas in which a greater level of judgment and estimates have been applied.

Intercompany balances and transactions, including income and expenses and any unrealized income and expenses and the balance of receivables and payables arising from intercompany transactions, are eliminated. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

United States Dollar (“US$”) is the functional currency of the Company and Brazilian Real (“R$”) is the reporting currency. All values have been rounded to the nearest thousands of R$, except where noted.

Translations of balances in the consolidated statement of financial positions, consolidated statement of profit or loss, consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) and statement of cash flows from R$ into US$ as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 are solely for the convenience of the readers and have been calculated at the rate of US$1.00 = R$3.2591, representing the exchange rate set forth by the Banco Central do Brasil (Central Bank of Brazil) on December 31, 2016. No representation is made that the R$ amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on December 31, 2016, or at any other rate. All values have been rounded to the nearest thousands of R$ and US$, except where noted.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

2.3. Use of Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management has made judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of the Company’s accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to estimates are recognized prospectively.

Information about judgments, assumptions and estimates made in applying accounting policies that have the most significant effects on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements are included in the following notes:

 

    Note 2.11 and 21 – Share-based payments: Valuation and classification of awards;

 

    Note 2.17 and 9 – Trade Accounts Receivable: Estimated losses on doubtful accounts;

 

    Note 2.18 and 10 – Inventories: Provision for inventory losses;

 

    Note 2.27 and 19 – Income Taxes: Recognition of deferred income tax assets and availability of future taxable profit against which tax losses carried forward can be used. The determination of tax positions that are probable of being sustained also involves significant judgment;

 

    Note 2.20, 2.21, 12 and 13 – Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets: Useful lives of property and equipment and intangible;

 

    Note 2.28 – Provision for labor, civil and tax risks: Key assumptions about the likelihood and magnitude of an outflow of resources.

2.4. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all entities in which NSC has a controlling financial interest.

Consolidated Subsidiaries

Consolidated subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Parent. The Parent controls an entity when it is exposed, or has the right to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of consolidated subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

The consolidated subsidiaries are listed as follows:

 

        Percentage Ownership and Voting
Interest
 

Company

  Country of
Incorporation
  December 31,
2015
    December 31,
2016
 

Netshoes Holding, LLC

  United States of America     100.00     100.00

NS2 Com Internet Ltda

  Brazil     100.00     100.00

NS3 Internet S.A.

  Argentina     97.84     98.17

NS4 Com Internet S.A.

  Mexico     100.00     100.00

NS4 Servicios de México S.A. C.V.

  Mexico     100.00     100.00

NS5 Participações Ltda.

  Brazil     99.99     99.99

NS6 Serviços Esportivos Ltda.

  Brazil     100.00     100.00

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the Company’s equity. The interest of non-controlling shareholders may be initially measured either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the fair value of the identifiable net assets of the relevant entity. The choice of measurement basis is made on an individual basis. Subsequent to the acquisition of a non-controlling interest, the carrying amount of non-controlling interest is the amount of relevant interests at initial recognition plus the non-controlling interest share of subsequent changes in equity. Total comprehensive income is attributed to non-controlling interests even if it results in the non-controlling interest having a deficit balance.

Changes in the Parent’s interest in subsidiaries that do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

2.5. Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The functional currency of the Company is US$ and the reporting currency is Brazilian Real (“R$”) as this currency better reflects the underlying operations of the consolidated entities. The Company’s subsidiaries with operations in Brazil, Argentina and Mexico use their respective currencies as their functional currencies.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of foreign entities that use a functional currency different from the reporting currency are translated into Brazilian Real as described below:

 

    Assets and liabilities are translated into Brazilian Real at the closing rate, corresponding to the spot exchange rate at the balance sheet date; and

 

    Income statement and cash flow items are translated into Brazilian Real using the average rate of the period unless significant variances occur.

The resulting exchange differences are recognized directly in other comprehensive income (loss). When a foreign operation is disposed of, the cumulative amount of the exchange differences in consolidated equity relating to that operation is recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Operations

Foreign currency transactions are converted into the functional currency using the exchange rate at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are remeasured into functional currency using the exchange rate at the reporting date and the resulting exchange differences are recognized as financial income (expenses) in the consolidated statements of operations. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are not re-measured at the reporting date.

2.6. Segment Information

An operating segment is a component of the Company that: a) engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenditures, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Company’s other components, and b) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to make decisions as to allocation of resources to the relevant segment and assess its performance and for which individual financial information is available.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The Company is organized around geographical division and discloses the following reportable segments:

 

    Brazil: consists of retail sales of consumer products from all of our verticals (which includes sales of sporting goods and related garments as well as fashion and, more recently, beauty goods) carried out through our sites Netshoes.com.br and Zattini.com.br and third-party sites that we manage as well as our business to business offline operation.

 

    International: consists of retail sales of consumer products (mainly sporting goods and related garments) from our sites Netshoes.com.ar and Netshoes.com.mx in Argentina and Mexico.

2.7. Revenue Recognition

Net sales primarily consists of revenue from product sales (both business to consumer direct sales and business to business transactions) and other revenues.

Revenue from Product Sales

Revenue from product sales arises from (i) online purchases on the Company’s sites (i.e. Netshoes and Zattini) and third-party sites that the Company manages and (ii) offline purchases with the Company. Revenue from product sales is recognized when persuasive evidence exists that the significant risks and rewards of product ownership have been transferred to the customer, generally on delivery and acceptance at the customers’ premises, recovery of the consideration is probable, the associated costs and possible return of goods can be estimated reliably, there is no continuing management involvement with the goods, and the amount of revenue can be measured reliably.

Revenue from product sales is measured at fair value of the consideration received or receivable, net of promotional discounts, returns and value added tax and sales taxes. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales on a gross basis since the Company acts as principal and as such, it has primary responsibility for fulfilling the orders, it bears inventory risk, and it has discretion in establishing prices and bears the customer’s credit risk.

Other Revenues

Other revenues mainly consist of the following:

 

    Freight-related services: Revenue from the freight-related services is recognized once the service is rendered.

 

    Marketplace platform: The Company generates revenue from the marketplace platform in the form of a commission, when the third-party vendors sell the products on this platform. The Company recognizes revenue from the marketplace platform on a net basis because the Company acts as an agent and does not have primary responsibility for fulfilling the orders, bear inventory risk or have discretion in establishing prices. The Company’s marketplace platform was launched in February 2016.

 

    NCard: The Company generates commission revenue from the customers’ activation of NCards. The revenue is recognized when the NCards are activated by the customers.

2.8. Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consist of costs related to direct sales, including purchase price of consumer products sold to customers from direct sales, inbound freight charges to fulfillment center and outbound freight cost, packaging

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

supplies, gains related to discounts obtained from suppliers and costs for lost, stolen or damaged goods received. Freight charges to receive products from suppliers are included in inventory and recognized as cost of sales upon sale of products to customers.

 

  2.9. Software Development

Expenditure on research activities, undertaken with the prospects of gaining new scientific or technical knowledge and understanding, is recognized as an expense in the statements of operations when incurred.

Development activities involve a plan or project aimed at putting in use new or significantly improved technologies. Development costs are capitalized only if the Company can demonstrate all of the following:

 

    the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

 

    its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

 

    its ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

 

    how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the Company can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset;

 

    the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and

 

    its ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

The expenditures capitalized include the cost of materials, labor and other costs that are directly attributable to preparing the asset for its intended use. Other development expenditures are recognized as expenses in the statements of profit or loss when incurred.

Subsequent to initial recognition, internally-generated intangible assets are reported at cost less accumulated amortization and impairment losses, if any.

2.10. Financial income and expenses

Financial income comprises interest income on cash and cash equivalents, imputed interest income on installment sales arising from extended payment terms offered to our customers, foreign exchange gains and gains on derivative financial instruments. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in profit or loss, using the effective interest rate method.

Financial expenses comprise interest expenses on debt and imputed interest expense on credit purchases with extended payment terms offered by our suppliers. Financial expenses also include bank fees, foreign exchange losses and losses on derivative instruments. Borrowing costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss using the effective interest method.

The rate used to determine imputed interest income on installment sales is 100% of the Brazilian Interbank Deposit Rate ( Certificado de Depósito Interbancário , or CDI), plus a percentage that represents the credit risk of the Company’s counterparties.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The rate to determine imputed interest expense on credit purchase is 100% of the CDI, plus a percentage that represents the Company’s credit risk.

2.11. Share-Based Payments

The Company may grant share-based payments to employees, directors, other service providers or independent contractors. These awards are accounted for as follows:

(a) Cash-settled arrangement

Considering the characteristics and past practice adopted by the Company in settling these awards, the initial measurement of the liability is based on the fair value of the Company´s shares and takes into account discounts obtained upon settlement and is remeasured at each reporting date until the effective cash payout. For additional details, see note 21.

(b) Equity-settled arrangement

The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment arrangements granted to employees is generally recognised as an expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-market performance conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised is based on the number of awards that meet the related service and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date. The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the grant date, further details of which are given in note 21.

The Company did not modify any awards during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

2.12. Employee Benefits

Short-term Employee Benefits

Short-term employee benefits are employee benefits that are due to be settled within twelve months after the end of the period in which the employees render the related service. When an employee has rendered service to the Company during an accounting period, the Company recognizes the undiscounted amount of short-term employee benefits expected to be paid in exchange for that service as profit or loss. If the Company has a legal or constructive obligation which can be reliably measured, the Company recognizes the amount of expected payment as liabilities.

Profit Sharing and Bonuses

The Company provides a profit sharing plan for its employees, which is linked to performance targets set in action plans and agreed at the beginning of each year, whereas, officers are entitled to bonuses based on the provisions of the bylaws, proposed by the Board of Directors. Provisions for profit sharing and bonuses are recognized in the period in which targets are achieved by applying the agreed percentage to the payroll of the Company.

Post-employment Benefits: Defined Contribution Plans

Under a defined contribution plan, the Company’s only obligation is to pay a fixed amount with no obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits. The related actuarial and investment risks falls on the employee.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

In defined contribution plans, when an employee has rendered service to the Company during a period, the Company recognizes the contribution payable to a defined contribution plan in exchange for that service as an accrued expense, after deducting any contributions already paid. If the contributions already paid exceed the contribution due for service before the end of the reporting period, the Company recognizes that excess as an asset (prepaid expense) to the extent that the prepayment will lead to a reduction in future payments or a cash refund.

2.13. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, bank deposits and highly liquid investments in fixed-income funds with an initial maturity of less than three months and subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

2.14. Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents cash deposits not readily available to the Company. The current portion represents cash given in guarantee of import letters of credit issued by banks related to the purchase of imported products and changes in this have been classified as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. The non-current portion represents collateral to long term debt and it has been included within investing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

2.15. Financial Instruments

The Company classifies non-derivative financial assets into the following categories: financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, held-to-maturity financial assets, loans and receivables and available-for-sale financial assets. Additionally, non-derivative financial liabilities are classified into the following categories: financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss and other financial liabilities.

A. Non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities – Recognition and derecognition

The Company initially recognizes financial assets and financial liabilities when it becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The Company derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred, or it neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and does not retain control over the transferred asset. Any interest in such derecognized financial assets that is created or retained by the Company is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

The Company derecognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company currently has a legally enforceable right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

B. Non-derivative financial assets – Measurement

i. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.

ii. Held-to-maturity financial assets

These assets are initially measured at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

iii. Loans and receivables

These assets are initially measured at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

iv. Available-for-sale financial assets

These assets are initially measured at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, they are measured at fair value and changes therein, other than impairment, are recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). When these assets are derecognized, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

C. Non-derivative financial liabilities – Measurement

A financial liability is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified as held-for-trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Directly attributable transaction costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest expense, are recognized in profit or loss.

Other non-derivative financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

D. Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Company holds derivative financial instruments to hedge its foreign currency exposures. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if certain criteria are met.

Cash flow hedge

When a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedging instrument, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in OCI. Any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

The amount accumulated in equity is retained in OCI and reclassified to profit or loss in the same period or periods during which the hedged forecast cash flows affect profit or loss or the hedged item affects profit or loss.

If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or the designation is revoked, then

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. If the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

2.16. Fair Value Measurements

Several accounting policies and disclosures require fair value measurement, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities.

When measuring the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Company uses observable market data as far as possible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows:

 

    Level 1 — unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

    Level 2 — inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly

 

    Level 3 — inputs for the assets or liability that are not based on observable market data.

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, then the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Company recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

Note 18 includes accounting classification and fair value measurement of financial instruments.

2.17. Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company’s trade accounts receivable are mainly represented by credit sales (installments) funded by credit card operators, which represent 95% and 75% of the total outstanding balance at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. They are included within current assets, with the exception of those maturing in over twelve months from the closing date of the financial statements, in which case they are classified as non-current assets.

Trade accounts receivable are recognized at fair value which primarily represents the present value of the amount receivable and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses.

When a trade accounts receivable is uncollectible, it is written-off against the allowance account for trade accounts receivable. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written-off are recognized as income in profit or loss.

An impairment loss of trade accounts receivable is recognized when there is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the relevant receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in payment are considered indicators that the trade accounts receivable can be impaired.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

2.18. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. The cost of inventories is based on the weighted-average method, and includes expenditures incurred in acquiring relevant inventories and other costs incurred in bringing them to their existing location and condition. Cost of purchase of inventories comprises their purchase price including non-recoverable taxes, transport and handling costs and any other directly attributable costs, less trade discounts. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated selling expenses.

The Company writes down the carrying value of its inventories for estimated amounts related to the lower of cost or net realizable value, obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated net realizable value. The estimated net realizable value of inventory is based on historical usage and assumptions about future demand, future product purchase commitments and market conditions on a product-by-product basis. When the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist or when there is clear evidence of an increase in net realizable value because of changed economic circumstances, the amount of the write-down is reversed (i.e. the reversal is limited to the amount of the original write-down) so that the new carrying amount is the lower of the cost and the revised net realizable value.

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount of those inventories is recognized as cost of sales in the consolidated statements of profit or loss in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The amount of any write-down of inventories to net realizable value and all losses of inventories are recognized as an expense in the period the write-down or loss occurs. The amount of any reversal of any write-down of inventories is recognized as a reduction in the amount of inventories recognized as an expense in the period in which the reversal occurs.

2.19. Judicial Deposits

Judicial deposits are court-ordered deposits that serve as collateral until the final settlement of the disputes to which they are related. These deposits accrue interest based on the applicable country’s risk free interest rate and are reported in non-current assets until a final judicial decision. Changes in judicial deposits are presented as operating activities in the statement of cash flow.

2.20. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes the purchase price and any other costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating. The cost of a self-constructed asset is determined using the same principles as for an acquired asset.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Depreciation is recognized on a straight-line basis method, reflecting the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the Company. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Asset Class

   Useful Life (years)

Leasehold improvements

   14

Machinery and equipment

   8

Hardware

   5

Facilities

   14

Furniture and fixture

   8

Vehicles

   5

Gain or loss arising from the derecognition of property and equipment is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the item and recognized in other operating income (expenses) in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

2.21. Intangible Assets

Intangible items are recognized as intangible assets when they meet the following criteria:

 

    the item is identifiable and separable,

 

    the Company has the capacity to control future economic benefits from the item; and

 

    the item will generate future economic benefits.

Intangible assets consist mainly of trademark, software purchased, software internally developed and software under development.

Initial Recognition

Intangible assets acquired separately by the Company are measured at cost.

Amortization

Subsequent to initial recognition of the intangible assets, the intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. Amortization of the asset begins when development is complete and the asset is available for use. Indefinite life intangibles are not amortized, but are tested for impairment at each year-end or whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount may not be recovered. The estimated useful lives of assets are as follows:

 

Asset Class

   Useful Life (years)

Purchased software

   5

Internally developed software

   5

Trademark

   Indefinite

Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted if appropriate and any changes are accounted for as changes in accounting estimates. There were no such changes for any periods presented.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Derecognition

An intangible asset is derecognized on disposal when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Gain or loss arising from derecognition of an intangible asset is determined as the difference between the net sale proceeds, if any, and the carrying amount of the intangible asset. When an intangible asset is derecognized, it is recorded as other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

2.22. Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s property and equipment and intangible assets are reviewed for an indication of impairment at each balance sheet date. If indication of impairment exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

Intangible assets with an indefinite useful life are tested for impairment at least once a year as of December 31 or whenever circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Other assets are tested whenever there is an indication that they may be impaired.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into a cash-generating unit (“CGU”), which is the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets. The Company has defined as a cash-generating unit each country where it operates.

Recoverable amount is the greater of the asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of an asset or the CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. There were no impairment losses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 or 2016.

An impairment loss recognized in a prior period is reversed if, and only if, there is an indication that there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

2.23. Trade Accounts Payable

Trade accounts payable are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business. Trade accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.

Trade accounts payable are initially discounted to the present value of consideration due if payment is deferred and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

2.24. Reverse Factoring

Under reverse factoring, financial institutions commit to pay the Company’s suppliers at an accelerated rate in exchange for a trade discount. The Company derecognizes trade accounts payable to suppliers and recognizes financial liabilities with respect to the relevant financial institutions under “Reverse Factoring” in its consolidated statements of financial position. Cash payments made by financial institutions for reverse factoring to relevant suppliers are classified as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

2.25. Transfer of Financial Assets

A financial asset (or, where applicable a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognized when:

 

(i) the contractual rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;

 

(ii) the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset, or the Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows from the asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; or

 

(iii) the Company has its rights to receive cash flows from an asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has no control of the asset.

When the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass-through arrangement, it evaluates if and to what extent it has retained the risk and rewards of ownership of the asset. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the Company continues to recognize the transferred asset to the extent of the Company’s continuing involvement. In that case, the Company also recognizes an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Company has retained.

In the normal course of business, the Company transfers some financial assets (i.e. trade accounts receivable) to financial institutions. Under the terms of such arrangements, the Company surrenders control over certain financial assets and their transfer is without recourse. Accordingly, such transfers are recorded as sales of financial assets.

Some financial assets are also transferred with recourse, which does not qualify for derecognition as the Company has continuous involvement in the financial assets and not substantially all risks and rewards were transferred. Such transfers are recorded as liability in current portion of long-term debt (Note 16).

2.26. Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the statements of profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

2.27. Income Taxes

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred income tax are recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss except for items directly recognized in equity or in OCI.

Current Income Tax

Current income tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years. The amount of current tax payable or receivable is the best estimate of the tax amount expected to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any. It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Significant judgments are involved in determining the provision for income taxes including judgment on whether tax positions are probable of being sustained in tax assessments. A tax assessment can involve complex issues, which can only be resolved over extended time periods. The recognition of taxes that are subject to certain legal or economic limits or uncertainties is assessed individually by management based on the specific facts and circumstances.

Deferred Income Tax

Deferred income tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred income tax is not recognized for:

 

    temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;

 

    temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and

 

    taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which they can be used. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized; such reductions are reversed when the probability of future taxable profits improves.

Deferred income tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset only if:

 

    the entity has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities, and

 

    the deferred tax assets and the deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either:

 

    the same taxable entity, or

 

    different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

2.28. Provision for Tax, Civil and Labor Risks and Contingent Liabilities

Provisions for tax, civil and labor risks are recorded when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated and it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

The Company is part of various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. The assessment of the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome in these lawsuits and proceedings includes the analysis of the evidence available, the hierarchy of the laws, available jurisprudence, as well as the most recent court decisions and their importance to

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

the relevant legal system, as well as the opinion of external legal counsel. Provisions are reviewed and adjusted to reflect changes in circumstances, such as applicable statute of limitations, conclusions of tax audits or additional exposures identified based on new matters or court decisions.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

2.29. Treasury Shares

The Company’s own equity instruments reacquired are recorded under “Treasury Shares” within shareholders’ equity at their acquisition price. No gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issuance or cancellation of its own equity instruments.

When treasury shares are sold or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase to equity, and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is recorded in retained earnings. Voting rights related to treasury shares are nullified for the Company and no dividends are allocated to them.

2.30. Earnings (Loss) per Share (“EPS”)

Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to the owners of the Parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the periods. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution of share options that could be exercised or converted into common shares, and is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to the owners of the Parent by the weighted average number of common share outstanding plus the potentially dilutive effect of share options. When the Company reports net loss attributable to the owners of the Parent, the diluted losses per common share are equal to the basic losses per common share due to the anti-dilutive effect of the outstanding share options.

2.31. New Accounting Pronouncements

The following pronouncements issued by the IASB and interpretations published by IFRIC will become effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. The Company has not early adopted the following new or amendment standards in preparing these consolidated financial statements.

Effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017

In January 2016, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 12 – “Income taxes” to clarify the following:

 

(a) the carrying value of an asset does not limit the estimation of probable future taxable profits.

 

(b) estimates for future taxable profits exclude tax deductions resulting from the reversal of deductible temporary differences.

 

(c) an entity assesses a deferred income tax asset in combination with other deferred income tax assets. Where tax law restricts the utilization of tax losses, an entity would assess a deferred income tax asset in combination with other deferred income tax assets of the same type.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The Company expects the adoption of these amendments will have no significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the IASB issued amendments in IAS 7 - “Statement of Cash Flows” to clarify and improve information provided to users of financial statements about an entity’s financing activities.

The IASB requires the following changes in liabilities arising from financing activities disclosed (to the extent necessary):

 

(a) changes from financing cash flows;

 

(b) changes arising from obtaining and losing control of subsidiaries or other businesses;

 

(c) the effect of changes of foreign exchange rates;

 

(d) changes in fair value; and

 

(e) other changes.

The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2017. Entities need not present comparative information when they first apply the amendments.

The Company expects the adoption of these amendments will have no significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers was issued by the IASB in May 2014. The core principle of the new standard is for companies to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration (that is, payment) to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new standard will also result in enhanced disclosures about revenue, provide guidance for transactions that were not previously addressed comprehensively (for example, service revenue and contract modifications) and improve guidance for multiple-element arrangements. Earlier application is permitted. IFRS 15 supersedes the following standards: IAS 11 Construction Contracts, IAS 18 Revenue, IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty Programmes, IFRIC 15 Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate, IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers, and SIC-31 Revenue-Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments was issued by the IASB in July 2014 and will replace IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 uses a single approach to determine whether a financial asset is measured at amortized cost or fair value, replacing the multiple rules in IAS 39. The approach in IFRS 9 is based on how an entity manages its financial instruments in the context of its business model and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. Most of the requirements in IAS 39 for classification and measurement of financial liabilities were carried forward unchanged to IFRS 9. The new standard also requires a single impairment method to be used, replacing the multiple impairment methods in IAS 39. A new hedge accounting model is introduced and represents a substantial overhaul of hedge accounting which will allow entities to better reflect their risk management activities in the financial statements. The most significant improvements apply to those that hedge non-financial risk, and so these improvements are expected to be of particular interest to non-financial institutions. Earlier application is permitted.

The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting the above standards and the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019

IFRS 16, Leases replaces IAS 17, Leases and related interpretations. The core principle is that a lessee recognizes assets and liabilities for all leases with a lease term of more than 12 months. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. The measurement includes non-cancellable lease payments (including inflation-linked payments), and also includes payments to be made in optional periods if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease, or not to exercise an option to terminate the lease. The new standard is intended to provide a faithful representation of leasing transactions, in particular those that do not currently require the lessees to recognize an asset and liability arising from an operating lease. IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on January 1, 2019, with early adoption permitted for entities that would also apply IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company is currently evaluating the effect of adopting the above standard and the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company uses the “management approach” to determine its reportable segments. The management approach identifies operating segments based on how the entity is organized and based on how financial information is presented to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”). The Company concluded that the CODM is the Chief Executive Officer.

The Company is organized around geographical divisions and discloses the following reportable segments: Brazil and International.

 

    Brazil: consists of retail sales of consumer products from all of our verticals (which includes sales of sporting goods and related garments as well as fashion and more recently, beauty goods) carried out through our sites Netshoes.com.br and Zattini.com.br and third-party sites that we manage as well as our business to business offline operation.

 

    International: consists of retail sales of consumer products (mainly sporting goods and related garments) from our sites Netshoes.com.ar and Netshoes.com.mx in Argentina and Mexico.

The items not allocated directly to the reportable segments are disclosed as corporate and others. Corporate and others comprises operating expenses, financial income and financial expenses recorded in Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and Netshoes Holding, LLC.

The CODM receives individual financial information based on the nature of revenues and expenses incurred. There is no regular reporting of individual financial information for products, services, or major customers, and therefore the Company concluded that Brazil and International were each independent reportable segments.

The company has aggregated Mexico and Argentina geographic divisions into one reportable segment, International. Mexico and Argentina share similar characteristics as an operating segment, including, but not limited to the same degree of risk, same opportunities for growth and similar products and service offerings to local customers.

No information on segment assets or liabilities is relevant for decision-making. There are no inter segment transactions in the internal reporting structure.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The Company evaluates the performance of its reportable segments using “segment net income (loss)”. A reconciliation of reportable segments is as follows:

 

    Brazil     International     Corporate and others     Total  
    Years ended December 31,     Years ended December 31,     Years ended December 31,     Years ended December 31,  
    2014     2015     2016     2016     2014     2015     2016     2016     2014     2015     2016     2016     2014     2015     2016     2016  
    BRL     BRL     BRL     USD     BRL     BRL     BRL     USD     BRL     BRL     BRL     USD     BRL     BRL     BRL     USD  

Net sales

  R$ 1,015,612     R$ 1,304,853     R$ 1,554,405     US$ 476,943     R$ 110,183     R$ 200,833     R$ 185,135     US$ 56,806     R$ —       R$ —       R$ —       US$ —       R$ 1,125,795     R$ 1,505,686     R$ 1,739,540     US$ 533,749  

Cost of sales

    (663,945     (858,062     (1,043,700     (320,242     (89,495     (152,439     (145,044     (44,504     —         —         —         —         (753,440     (1,010,501     (1,188,744     (364,746
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment gross profit

    351,667       446,791       510,705       156,701       20,688       48,394       40,091       12,302       —         —         —         —         372,355       495,185       550,796       169,003  

Salaries and employees’ benefits

    (148,539     (169,572     (191,140     (58,648     (15,113     (27,154     (26,775     (8,214     (931     (1,265     (1,320     (405     (164,583     (197,991     (219,235     (67,267

Marketing expenses

    (129,585     (136,616     (152,759     (46,871     (25,658     (40,080     (28,038     (8,603     —         (47     (233     (71     (155,243     (176,743     (181,030     (55,545

Operating lease

    (14,523     (15,395     (24,683     (7,573     (3,740     (6,147     (4,295     (1,318     —         —         —         —         (18,263     (21,542     (28,978     (8,891

Credit card fees

    (20,564     (26,391     (25,572     (7,846     (3,065     (6,460     (6,380     (1,958     —         —         —         —         (23,629     (32,851     (31,952     (9,804

Information technology services

    (25,416     (26,581     (29,473     (9,043     (1,162     (1,770     (1,560     (479     (4,976     (7,190     (6,244     (1,916     (31,554     (35,541     (37,277     (11,438

Amortization and depreciation

    (15,405     (18,470     (27,777     (8,523     (1,118     (1,520     (1,262     (387     —         (425     (2,163     (664     (16,523     (20,415     (31,202     (9,574

Consulting

    (5,414     (6,783     (7,785     (2,389     (1,385     (1,824     (1,477     (453     (1,554     (1,136     (1,215     (373     (8,353     (9,743     (10,477     (3,215

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (4,132     (5,833     (6,227     (1,911     —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (4,132     (5,833     (6,227     (1,911

Sales commissions and royalties

    (12,462     (13,164     (12,021     (3,688     (38     (75     (961     (295     —         —         —         —         (12,500     (13,239     (12,982     (3,983

Facilities expenses

    (9,804     (13,383     (14,020     (4,302     —         —         (1,410     (433     —         —         —         —         (9,804     (13,383     (15,430     (4,735

Other selling, general and administrative expenses

    (21,998     (21,207     (35,803     (10,986     (2,105     (5,425     (7,599     (2,332     (1,331     (1,829     (64     (20     (25,434     (28,461     (43,466     (13,338

Other operating (expense) income, net

    (4,670     (3,014     (5,146     (1,579     (54     (142     (104     (32     —         (347     (2     —         (4,724     (3,503     (5,252     (1,611
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (412,512     (456,409     (532,406     (163,359     (53,438     (90,597     (79,861     (24,504     (8,792     (12,239     (11,241     (3,449     (474,742     (559,245     (623,508     (191,312

Financial income

    32,389       60,409       26,642       8,175       209       885       812       249       —         —         912       280       32,598       61,294       28,366       8,704  

Financial expenses

    (67,065     (81,284     (93,178     (28,590     (7,382     (15,383     (14,371     (4,410     —         —         (1     —         (74,447     (96,667     (107,550     (33,000
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

    (95,521     (30,493     (88,237     (27,073     (39,923     (56,701     (53,329     (16,363     (8,792     (12,239     (10,330     (3,169     (144,236     (99,433     (151,896     (46,605
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

    —         —         —         —         (139     (80     —         —         —         —         —         —         (139     (80     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment net income (loss)

  R$ (95,521   R$ (30,493   R$ (88,237   US$ (27,073   R$ (40,062   R$ (56,781   R$ (53,329   US$ (16,363   R$ (8,792   R$ (12,239   R$ (10,330   US$ (3,169   R$ (144,375   R$ (99,513   R$ (151,896   US$ (46,605
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The Company has aggregated its products and services into groups of similar products and provided the supplemental disclosure of net sales below. The Company evaluates whether additional disclosure is appropriate when a product or service category begins to approach a significant level of net sales.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Sports (1)

   R$ 1,125,795      R$ 1,440,024      R$ 1,556,717      US$ 477,653  

Fashion (1)

     —          65,662        174,549        53,557  

Marketplace

     —          —          8,274        2,539  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   R$ 1,125,795      R$ 1,505,686      R$ 1,739,540      US$ 533,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Freight services were allocated to the product revenues that they are related to.

Net sales generated from our international segment are denominated in local functional currencies. Revenues are translated at average rates prevailing throughout the period.

Net sales attributable to geographical areas are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Brazil

   R$     1,015,612      R$     1,304,853      R$     1,554,405      US$     476,943  

Argentina

     71,172        148,832        130,746        40,117  

Mexico

     39,011        52,001        54,389        16,689  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net sales

   R$     1,125,795      R$     1,505,686      R$     1,739,540      US$     533,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment and intangible assets by geography are as follows:

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Property and equipment, net

        

Brazil

   R$ 61,283      R$ 69,901      US$ 21,448  

Argentina

     4,381        3,071        942  

Mexico

     2,018        1,230        378  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

     67,682        74,202        22,768  

Intangible assets, net

        

Brazil

     47,679        74,515        22,864  

Argentina

     47        32        10  

Mexico

     37        35        11  

Cayman

     4,896        13,011        3,991  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

     52,659        87,593        26,876  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   R$ 120,341      R$ 161,795      US$ 49,644  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

4. Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”)

The Company computes basic loss per share by dividing net loss attributable to the owners of the Parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted loss per share reflects the potential dilution of share options that could be exercised or converted into common shares, and is computed by dividing net loss attributable to the owner of the Parent by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the potentially dilutive effect of share options.

The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted loss per share attributable to the owners of the Parent for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Numerator

           

Net loss for the year attributable to the owners of the Parent

   R$ (143,966    R$ (98,676    R$ (151,074    US$ (46,355

Denominator

           

Weighted average number of outstanding common shares

     6,361,281        7,061,772        7,145,192        7,145,192  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss per share attributable to the owners of the Parent: (1)

           

Basic and diluted

   R$ (22.63    R$ (13.97    R$ (21.14    US$ (6.49

 

(1 )   When the Company reports net loss attributable to the owners of the Parent, the diluted loss per common share is equal to the basic losses per common share due to the anti-dilutive effect of the outstanding share options.

 

5. Net Sales

Details of net sales for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 were as follows:

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Product sales

   R$ 1,108,479      R$ 1,479,825      R$ 1,700,532      US$ 521,780  

Other revenues

     17,316        25,861        39,008        11,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales

   R$ 1,125,795      R$ 1,505,686      R$ 1,739,540      US$ 533,749  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has established distribution centers in the States of Pernambuco and Minas Gerais, where it has been granted tax incentives by local government which reduce the amount of sales taxes paid, effectively increasing the amount of revenue recognized.

As a result of such tax incentives, sales to purchasers outside of the State of Pernambuco originated from our distribution center located in the city of Recife (State of Pernambuco, Brazil) , enjoy Pernambuco State ICMS tax rates of 2.0% during 2015 and a range from 0.5% to 1.0% during 2016, depending on the type of product offered.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Also, sales to purchasers outside of the State of Minas Gerais originated from our distribution center located in the city of Extrema (State of Minas Gerais, Brazil) enjoy a Minas Gerais State ICMS tax rate of 2.0% during 2015 and 1.0% during 2016.

The incentive also determines that the Company is not allowed to take any credit for taxes paid on the purchase of products subsequently sold outside of those states such that these amounts become non-recoverable taxes and increase the Cost of Sales. Note 7 (a) of these financial statements present the impact on cost of sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the total amounts of tax incentives recorded in net sales are as follows:

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

State of Pernambuco

   R$ 95,250      R$ 124,556      R$ 95,151      US$ 29,195  

State of Minas Gerais

     —          40,589        121,520        37,286  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax incentives - Net sales

   R$ 95,250      R$ 165,145      R$ 216,671      US$ 66,481  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6. Deferred Revenue

On October 30, 2015, the Company entered into a partnership agreement with a financial institution to create a co-branded credit card (“NCard”). Deferred revenue recorded represents the amount paid in advance by the financial institution for the exclusive use of the Company’s customer database and credit card activation.

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Deferred revenue from exclusive use of customer database

   R$ 14,750      R$ 13,250      US$ 4,065  

Deferred revenue from credit card activion

     20,000        19,625        6,022  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   R$ 34,750      R$ 32,875      US$ 10,087  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     5,555        6,628        2,034  

Non-current

     29,195        26,247        8,053  

Deferred revenue from exclusive use of the Company’s customer database is recognized as other operating (expense) income, net in the consolidated statements of profit or loss using the straight line method, over the period of the contract (10 years).

Deferred revenue from credit card activation is recognized as other revenues within net sales, in the consolidated statements of profit or loss, when the credit cards are activated with the bank by the Company’s customers. In the year end December 31, 2016 R$375 (US$115) have been recorded in other revenues related to credit card activations.

In the event the bank decides to terminate the contract early, the Company will be entitled to the remaining amount of deferred revenue related to the customer database proportionally to the remaining period of the contract while credit cards activation deferred revenue balances will be reimbursed to the bank proportionally to credit cards not activated with interest.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

In the event the Company decides to terminate the contract early, the amounts related to the customer database will be reimbursed to the bank proportionally to the remaining period of the contract and the amounts related to credit card activation will be reimbursed to the bank proportionally to credit cards not activated, both including interest. In addition, a penalty will be paid to the bank as follows:

 

     Penalty  
Termination year    BRL      USD  

2017

     8,100        2,485  

2018

     7,200        2,209  

2019

     6,300        1,933  

2020

     5,400        1,657  

2021

     4,500        1,381  

2022

     3,600        1,105  

2023

     2,700        828  

2024

     1,800        552  

2025

     900        276  

Additionally, the bank and the Company will share the profit and loss of this partnership, equally. In case of losses in the partnership, the amount attributable to the Company will be compensated with future profits. Losses in the partnership will only be absorbed by the Company in case of early termination of the contract, therefore the revenue will be recorded when the right to receive payment is established by the amount net of losses.

 

7. Expenses

(a) Costs of Sales

The following is the breakdown of cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Cost of product sales

   R$ 651,482      R$ 873,068      R$ 1,040,768      US$ 319,342  

Shipping costs

     94,829        129,903        140,415        43,084  

Others

     7,129        7,530        7,561        2,320  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of sales

   R$ 753,440      R$ 1,010,501      R$ 1,188,744      US$ 364,746  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of product sales include the non-recoverable ICMS taxes resulting from the tax incentives disclosed in note 5 granted by the States of Minas Gerais and Pernambuco. For the year ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the total amounts of non-recoverable ICMS are as follows:

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

State of Pernambuco

   R$ 22,545      R$ 31,356      R$ 30,507      US$ 9,361  

State of Minas Gerais

     —          16,287        52,463        16,097  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-recoverable ICMS

   R$ 22,545      R$ 47,643      R$ 82,970      US$ 25,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The impact of tax incentives net of non-recoverable ICMS for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 is R$72,705, R$117,502 and R$133,701 (US$41,024), respectively.

(b) Selling and Marketing Expenses

The following is the breakdown of selling and marketing expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Salaries and employees’ benefits

   R$ 85,852      R$ 118,545      R$ 133,819      US$ 41,059  

Marketing expenses

     155,243        176,743        181,030        55,545  

Operating lease

     11,847        13,621        20,299        6,228  

Credit card fees

     23,629        32,851        31,952        9,804  

Information technology services

     3,044        2,615        1,896        582  

Amortization and depreciation

     2,094        2,396        7,624        2,340  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     4,132        5,833        6,227        1,911  

Sales commissions and royalties

     12,500        13,239        12,982        3,983  

Facilities expenses

     7,706        10,619        12,117        3,718  

Other

     16,596        22,052        35,746        10,969  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total selling and marketing expenses

   R$ 322,643      R$ 398,514      R$ 443,692      US$ 136,139  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

(c) General and Administrative Expenses

The following is the breakdown of general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Salaries and employees’ benefits

   R$ 78,731      R$ 79,446      R$ 85,416      US$ 26,208  

Operating lease

     6,416        7,921        8,679        2,663  

Information technology services

     28,510        32,926        35,381        10,856  

Amortization and depreciation

     14,429        18,019        23,578        7,234  

Consulting

     8,353        9,743        10,477        3,215  

Facilities expenses

     2,098        2,764        3,313        1,017  

Other

     8,838        6,409        7,720        2,369  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expenses

   R$ 147,375      R$ 157,228      R$ 174,564      US$ 53,562  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

(d) Financial Income (Expenses)

The following is the breakdown of financial income and expenses of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Financial income

           

Interest income

   R$ 17,701      R$ 35,132      R$ 19,675      US$ 6,038  

Imputed interest on installment sales

     14,776        16,508        5,705        1,750  

Foreign exchange gains

     —          —          2,090        641  

Derivative financial instruments gain

     —          8,934        —          —    

Other

     121        720        896        275  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial income

   R$ 32,598      R$ 61,294      R$ 28,366      US$ 8,704  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Financial expense

           

Interest expenses

   R$ 47,313      R$ 58,473      R$ 67,018      US$ 20,563  

Imputed interest on credit purchases

     12,479        24,438        32,653        10,019  

Bank charges

     10,890        7,537        3,005        922  

Derivative financial instruments loss

     2,308        —          1,238        380  

Foreign exchange loss

     10        3,509        —          —    

Debt issuance costs

     440        1,213        2,532        777  

Other

     1,007        1,497        1,104        339  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial expenses

   R$ 74,447      R$ 96,667      R$ 107,550      US$ 33,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8, Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Cash and bank balances

   R$ 7,812      R$ 6,769      US$ 2,077  

Cash equivalents

     241,252        104,535        32,075  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

   R$ 249,064      R$ 111,304      US$ 34,152  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash equivalents are investments in Bank Deposit Certificates (“CDB”), issued by Brazilian financial institutions, with original maturities of 90 days or less that accrue at an average interest rate of 99,58% of CDI (Interbank Deposit Certificate rate).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

9. Trade Accounts Receivable, Net

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Trade accounts receivable

   R$ 286,712      R$ 215,716      US$ 66,188  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (555      (1,722      (528
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade accounts receivable

   R$ 286,157      R$ 213,994      US$ 65,660  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The changes in the allowance for doubtful trade accounts receivable for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December, 31  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Balance at January 1

   R$ (4,843    R$ (1,385    R$ (555    US$ (170

Additions

     (4,132      (5,833      (6,227      (1,911

Write-offs

     7,590        6,663        5,060        1,553  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

   R$ (1,385    R$ (555    R$ (1,722    US$ (528
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information about the Company’s exposure to credit and other market risks is included in Note 18.

 

10. Inventories, Net

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Finished goods for resale

   R$ 298,686      R$ 356,529      US$ 109,395  

Allowance for slow moving and others

     (3,925      (4,518      (1,386
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Inventories, net

   R$ 294,761      R$ 352,011      US$ 108,009  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the years December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, inventories of R$651,482, R$873,068 and R$1,040,768 (US$319,342) were sold and recognized as cost of sales in the consolidated statements of profit or loss, respectively.

In addition, due to obsolescence, damaged and slow moving items, the Company recognized impairment losses on the related inventories to their net realizable value, which resulted in a loss of R$245, R$216 and R$593 (US$182) during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and which was included in cost of sales in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

11. Recoverable Taxes

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

VAT Taxes Brazil (ICMS)

   R$ 11,645      R$ 63,574      US$ 19,507  

VAT Taxes International

     28,529        17,222        5,284  

Taxes other than income tax (PIS and COFINS)

     2,703        12,148        3,727  

Withholding income taxes

     7,449        2,739        840  

Other

     1,389        3,824        1,174  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   R$ 51,715      R$ 99,507      US$ 30,532  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

     51,715        66,329        20,352  

Non-Current

     —          33,178        10,180  

 

12. Property and Equipment, Net

(a) Breakdown

 

     Year ended in December 31, 2015  
     Gross      Depreciation      Net  
     BRL      BRL      BRL  

Leasehold improvements

   R$ 41,158      R$ (7,695    R$ 33,463  

Machinery and equipment

     18,833        (5,237      13,596  

Hardware

     20,923        (10,664      10,259  

Facilities

     7,669        (1,737      5,932  

Furniture and fixture

     4,332        (1,337      2,995  

Vehicles

     323        (173      150  

Construction in progress

     1,287        —          1,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   R$ 94,525      R$ (26,843 )      R$ 67,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended in December 31, 2016  
     Gross      Depreciation      Net      Net  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Leasehold improvements

   R$ 51,270      R$ (16,517    R$ 34,753      US$ 10,663  

Machinery and equipment

     20,918        (7,119      13,799        4,234  

Hardware

     27,815        (13,869      13,946        4,279  

Facilities

     6,694        (1,920      4,774        1,465  

Furniture and fixture

     4,915        (1,633      3,282        1,007  

Vehicles

     328        (65      263        81  

Construction in progress

     3,385        —          3,385        1,039  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   R$ 115,325      R$ (41,123 )      R$ 74,202      US$ 22,768  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

(b) Movement for the period

 

    Leasehold
improvements
    Machinery and
equipment
    Hardware     Facilities     Furniture and
fixture
    Vehicles     Construction in
progress
    Total     Total  
    BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     USD  

As of
January 1, 2014

  R$ 28,968     R$ 8,388     R$ 8,422     R$ 3,759     R$ 2,744     R$ 196     R$ 3,770     R$ 56,247    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Additions

    927       249       2,720       843       507       25       43       5,314    

Disposals

    —         (65     (37     —         (83     (72     —         (257  

Depreciation for the period

    (2,058     (1,334     (2,869     (384     (397     (82     —         (7,124  

Tranfers

    633       3,226       429       5       17       —         (3,786     524    

Net exchange differences arising from translation adjustments

    62       (52     (1     (12     51       (10     —         38    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

As of
December 31, 2014

    28,532       10,412       8,664       4,211       2,839       57       27       54,742    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Additions

    2,131       4,525       4,536       1,963       530       129       7,902       21,716    

Disposals

    (519     (113     (117     (4     (76     (3     —         (832  

Depreciation for the period

    (2,258     (1,521     (3,482     (569     (495     (33     —         (8,358  

Tranfers

    5,583       291       559       272       174       —         (6,642     237    

Net exchange differences arising from translation adjustments

    (6     2       99       59       23       —         —         177    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of
December 31, 2015

    33,463       13,596       10,259       5,932       2,995       150       1,287       67,682     US$ 20,767  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    10,903       2,569       7,403       758       1,218       157       3,384       26,392       8,098  

Disposals

    (180     (76     (220     (39     (194     (1     —         (710     (218

Depreciation for the period

    (9,833     (2,012     (4,054     (725     (629     (36     —         (17,289     (5,305

Tranfers

    602       —         673       —         11       —         (1,286     —         —    

Net exchange differences arising from translation adjustments

    (202     (278     (115     (1,152     (119     (7     —         (1,873     (574
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of
December 31, 2016

  R$ 34,753     R$ 13,799     R$ 13,946     R$ 4,774     R$ 3,282     R$ 263     R$ 3,385     R$ 74,202     US$ 22,768  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

At December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, properties with a carrying amount of R$6,328, R$5,518 and R$5,007 (US$1,536), respectively were granted as collateral under certain loan and financing arrangements.

As of December 31, 2016, additions to construction in progress relates to the Shoestock’s store in São Paulo.

 

13. Intangible assets, Net

(a) Breakdown

 

     Year ended in December 31, 2015  
     Gross      Amortization      Net  
     BRL      BRL      BRL  

Software purchased

   R$ 40,845      R$ (22,626    R$ 18,219  

Software developed

     39,458        (12,664      26,794  

Intangible assets under development

     7,087        -        7,087  

Other

     559        -        559  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   R$ 87,949      R$ (35,290 )      R$ 52,659  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended in December 31, 2016  
     Gross      Amortization      Net      Net  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Software purchased

   R$ 42,837      R$ (28,366    R$ 14,471      US$ 4,440  

Software developed

     59,185        (20,625      38,560        11,831  

Intangible assets under development

     20,002        -        20,002        6,137  

Trademark

     14,001           14,001        4,296  

Other

     559        -        559        172  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   R$ 136,584      R$ (48,991 )      R$ 87,593      US$ 26,876  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

(b) Movement for the period

 

    Software
purchased
    Software
developed
    Intangible assets
under
development
    Trademark     Other     Total     Total  
    BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     USD  

As of January 1, 2014

  R$ 20,161     R$ 11,969     R$ 4,092     R$ —       R$ 357     R$ 36,579    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Additions

    441       6,730       9,107       —         —         16,278    

Disposals

    72       —         (1,984     —         —         (1,912  

Amortization for the period

    (7,711     (2,204     —         —         —         (9,915  

Tranfers

    1,922       —         (2,446     —         —         (524  

Net exchange differences arising from translation adjustments

    (1     —         5         —         4    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

As of December 31, 2014

    14,884       16,495       8,774       —         357       40,510    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Additions

    8,404       5,413       11,320       —         —         25,137    

Disposals

    (91     —         —         —         —         (91  

Amortization for the period

    (10,554     (2,181     —         —         —         (12,735  

Tranfers

    5,568       7,001       (13,008     —         202       (237  

Net exchange differences arising from translation adjustments

    8       66       1       —         —         75    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

    18,219       26,794       7,087       —         559       52,659     US$ 16,157  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

    1,738       15,722       18,760       14,001       —         50,221       15,409  

Disposals

    —         (187     —         —         —         (187     (57

Amortization for the period

    (5,777     (8,134     —         —         —         (13,911     (4,268

Tranfers

    316       5,529       (5,845     —         —         —         —    

Net exchange differences arising from translation adjustments

    (25     (1,164     —         —         —         (1,189     (365
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

  R$ 14,471     R$ 38,560     R$ 20,002     R$ 14,001     R$ 559     R$ 87,593     US$ 26,876  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amortization cost of intangible assets is recognized in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and allocated into selling expenses and general and administrative expenses based on the nature and use of intangible assets.

On February 19, 2016, the Company signed a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Shoestock brand (“Shoestock”). In accordance with this agreement, all the rights for economic use of all trademarks and domains of Shoestock were granted to the Company. The total consideration for the acquisition of this brand was R$14,001 (US$4,296).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

14. Trade Accounts Payable

 

     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Trade accounts payable - Denominated in local currency

   R$ 238,451      R$ 315,072      US$ 96,674  

Trade accounts payable - Denominated in other currencies

     18,897        20,358        6,247  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade accounts payable

   R$ 257,348      R$ 335,430      US$ 102,921  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information about the Company’s exposure to currency and liquidity risks is included in Note 18.

 

15. Accrued Expenses

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Selling and marketing services

   R$ 46,754      R$ 67,090      US$ 20,585  

Freight

     25,571        24,774        7,601  

Gift Card

     3,303        8,272        2,538  

Information technology

     9,994        7,301        2,240  

Acquisition of fixed assets and intangible

     1,869        4,677        1,435  

Rental

     1,125        3,031        930  

Employee benefits

     1,720        834        256  

Other

     4,738        6,069        1,863  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   R$ 95,074      R$ 122,048      US$ 37,448  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

16. Debt

The carrying value of the Company’s outstanding debt consists of the following:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Secured borrowings

   R$ 178,229      R$ 255,471      US$ 78,387  

Nonconvertible notes - Debentures

     150,275        122,284        37,521  

Bank loans

     5,489        5,161        1,584  

Transfer of financial assets with recourse

     —          4,466        1,370  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     333,993        387,382        118,862  

Current portion of long-term debt

     102,557        75,956        23,306  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   R$ 231,436      R$ 311,426      US$ 95,556  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The terms and conditions for loans and borrowings as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 are as follows:

 

                  At December 31,
2015
    At December 31,
2016
    At December 31,
2016
 
    Currency   Nominal interest
rate p.a.
  Years of
maturity
    Carrying amount     Carrying amount     Carrying amount  
                  BRL     BRL     USD  

Secured borrowing - FINAME/BNDES

  R$   8.7%     2016       88       —         —    

Secured borrowing - FINAME/BNDES

  R$   5.5%     2018       811       506       155  

Secured borrowing - FINAME/BNDES

  R$   3.0%     2018       1,511       926       284  

Nonconvertible notes - Debentures

  R$   100% of CDI + 3.2%     2020     150,275       122,284       37,521  

Secured borrowing - Working capital (1)

  R$   120% of CDI     2018       175,819       —         —    

Secured borrowing - Working capital  (1)

  R$   138.5% of CDI     2020       —         130,001       39,889  

Secured borrowing - Working capital

  R$   100% of CDI + 4.74%     2020       —         64,819       19,889  

Secured borrowing - Working capital

  R$   100% of CDI + 3.65%     2020       —         59,219       18,170  

Transfer of financial assets with recourse

  R$   129.5% of CDI     2017       —         4,466       1,370  

Bank Loan

  MXN   TIIE + 2.0%     2016       2,373       —         —    

Bank Loan

  MXN   TIIE + 1.6%     2017       3,116       5,161       1,584  

CDI: Interbank Deposit Certificate rate.

TIIE : Interbank Equilibrium Interest Rate

FINAME/BNDES: Special Agency for Industrial Financing / National Bank of Economic and Social Development

(1)   In August 2016, the Company’s subsidiary, NS2, renegotiated a secured borrowing facility agreement with Banco do Brasil S.A. for an aggregate principal amount of R$200.0 million (US$61.4 million). After renegotiation, the maturity changed from August 2018 to August 2020, and the interest rate increased from 120.0% to 138.5% of the CDI rate. The Company determined that the terms have not been substantially modified due to an early prepayment clause included in the both contracts.

The Company’s subsidiary NS2 entered into secured borrowing and bank loan arrangements for working capital and acquisition of property and equipment. Additionally, the subsidiary NS2 issued nonconvertible debentures to settle previous debt and for working capital purposes. The secured borrowings and debentures are secured by the fiduciary assignment of the trade accounts receivable originated by credit card sales with a carrying amount of R$110,302 and R$117,365 (US$36,011) on December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Certain items of property and equipment were given as collateral for FINAME/BNDES loans, with the carrying amount of R$5,518 and R$5,007 (US$1,536) at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

As a consequence of obtaining secured borrowings for working capital purposes, NS2 assumed the covenant of maintaining the ratio between financial debt and accounts receivable from credit card operators lower or equal to 3 (three).

For the nonconvertible debentures issuance, NS2 assumed contractual commitments that may accelerate the maturity of obligations in their entirety if the following situations occur, mainly related to: i) non-payment by the issuer, on maturity date, of the contracted obligations to debenture holders; ii) non-compliance by the Company, while there are outstanding debentures, with the ratio of financial indebtedness and accounts receivable from credit cards lower or equal to 3 (three) to be calculated semi-annually based on the financial statements.

The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2016, with all financial covenants described above.

In October 2016, the Company’s subsidiary NS2 transferred financial assets of off-line operations to a financial institution that do not qualify for derecognition in the total amount of R$4,466 (US$1,370).

The weighted average interest rate for the Company’s debt was 13.22%, 16.42% and 17.99% for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

17. Derivative Financial Instruments

a) Derivatives not designated as hedge accounting

The Company recognized a derivative loss of R$2,308 as financial expense, a derivative gain of R$8,934 as financial income and a derivative loss of R$1,238 (US$380) as financial expense, in the consolidated statements of profit or loss in the year ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The objective of these derivatives was to manage foreign exchange risks.

b) Derivatives designated as hedge accounting

The Company utilizes non-deliverables forwards as the hedging instruments for cash flow hedges which had a fair value of R$186 (US$57) recorded as a liability as of December 31, 2016. The cash flows associated with cash flow hedges, as well as the impacts in the statements of profit or loss, are related to foreign currency risks and are expected to occur in the next 12 months or less from December 31, 2016. The ineffective portion of cash flow hedges recorded in statements of profit or loss as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 was R$981 and R$670 (US$207).

 

F-41


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

18. Financial Instruments - Fair Value and Risk Management

(a) Accounting classifications and fair values

The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

            As at December 31, 2015
            Carrying amount    

Fair value

     Note      Fair value     Loans and
receivables
    Other financial
liabilities
    Total    

Level 2

            BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL

Financial assets or liabilities, measured at fair value

             

Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

     17      R$ (247     —         —         (247   R$ (247)
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total

      R$ (247     —         —         (247   R$ (247)
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           As at December 31, 2015  
           Carrying amount    

 

 
     Note     Fair
value
    Loans and
receivables
    Other financial
liabilities
    Total  
           BRL     BRL     BRL     BRL  

Financial assets or liabilities, not measured at fair value

          

Cash and cash equivalents

     8     R$  —         249,064       —         249,064  

Restricted cash, current and non current portion

     2.14       —         44,902       —         44,902  

Trade accounts receivable

     9       —         286,157       —         286,157  

Due from related parties

     23         27       —         27  

Judicial deposits

     24b         31,877         31,877  

Trade accounts payable

     14       —         —         (257,348     (257,348

Reverse factoring

     2.24       —         —         (19,763     (19,763

Long-term debt

     16       —         —         (333,993     (333,993

Accrued expenses

     15       —         —         (95,074     (95,074

Other current liabilities

       —         —         (35,073     (35,073
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     R$   —         612,027       (741,251 )       (129,224 )  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

 

         

As at December 31, 2016

 
         

Carrying amount

           Fair
value
           Fair value  
    

Note

        Fair value     Loans and
receivables
     Other
financial
liabilities
     Total            Level 2            Level 2  
               BRL     BRL      BRL      BRL            BRL            USD  

Financial assets or liabilities, measured at fair value

                          

Forward exchange contracts used for hedging

   17    R$      (186     —          —          (186   R$        (186   US$        (57
        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

      R$      (186     —          —          (186   R$        (186   US$        (57
        

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

         

As at December 31, 2016

 
         

Carrying amount

 
    

Note

        Fair
value
     Loans and
receivables
     Other
financial
liabilities
    Total            Total  
               BRL      BRL      BRL     BRL            USD  

Financial assets or liabilities, not measured at fair value

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

   8    R$      —          111,304        —         111,304     US$        34,152  

Restricted cash, current and non current portion

   2.14         —          43,200        —         43,200          13,255  

Trade accounts receivable

   9         —          213,994        —         213,994          65,660  

Due from related parties

   23         —          17        —         17          5  

Judicial deposits

   24b         —          71,817        —         71,817          22,036  

Other assets

           —          950        —         950          291  

Trade accounts payable

   14         —          —          (335,430     (335,430        (102,921

Reverse factoring

   2.24               (27,867     (27,867        (8,551

Long-term debt

   16         —          —          (387,382     (387,382        (118,862

Accrued expenses

   15         —          —          (122,048     (122,048        (37,448

Other current liabilities

           —          —          (33,331     (33,331        (10,227
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

      R$      —          441,282        (906,058 )       (464,776 )     US$        (142,610 )  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

(b) Measurement of fair values

Derivative financial instruments mainly consist of foreign currency forward exchange contracts and foreign currency swaps. The fair value of these derivative financial instruments are measured by using market observable inputs such as the foreign exchange spot and forward rates and discount rates. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the changes in counterparty credit risk had no material effect on the hedge effectiveness assessment for derivatives designated in hedge relationships and other financial instruments recognized at fair value.

The Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, other receivables, trade accounts payable and other payables, are carried at cost, which approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments. The estimated fair value of debentures is based on the current rates offered to the Company for debentures of the same remaining maturities, which is categorized as a Level 2

 

F-43


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

measurement in the fair value hierarchy. As a substantial portion of the debentures has been contracted at floating rates of interest, which are reset at short intervals, the carrying value of the debentures at December 31, 2015 and 2016 closely approximated the fair value at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements or transfer to Level 3.

(c) Financial risk management

The Company has exposure to the following risks arising from financial instruments:

 

    risk management framework (see (i));

 

    credit risk (see (ii));

 

    liquidity risk (see (iii)); and

 

    market risk (see (iv)).

i. Risk management framework

In the regular course of its business, the Company is exposed to market risks mainly related to the fluctuation of interest rates, exchange rate variation, credit risk on credit sales and liquidity risk.

The Company adopts certain instruments to minimize its exposure to such risks, based on monitoring, under the supervision of the Company’s executive officers, which in turn is under the oversight of the Company’s board of directors.

ii. Credit risk

Credit risk is the Company’s risk of financial loss if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. This risk principally comes from the outstanding receivables due by customers, derivatives and cash and cash equivalents.

Trade Accounts Receivable

The Company’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer. The Company regularly monitors trade accounts receivable and considers the risk of not collecting from customers as limited because of the intrinsic nature of the payments methods the Company has adopted to receive from customers. Customers typically pay with credit cards or bank direct deposits. No customer had balances representing more than 10% of the Company´s consolidated trade accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, the maximum exposure to credit risk for trade accounts receivable by type of counterparty was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Credit card operations

   R$ 272,651      R$ 162,915      US$ 49,987  

B2B customers

     14,061        52,801        16,201  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade acounts receivable

   R$ 286,712      R$ 215,716      US$ 66,188  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (555      (1,722      (528
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

   R$ 286,157      R$ 213,994      US$ 65,660  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, the aging of trade accounts receivable was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Neither past due nor impaired

   R$ 281,324      R$ 197,631      US$ 60,640  

Past due 1-30 days

     746        9,497        2,914  

Past due 31-90 days

     2,679        3,455        1,060  

Past due 91-120 days

     500        1,314        403  

Past due 120-180 days

     908        2,097        643  

Past due over 180 days

     555        1,722        528  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     286,712        215,716        66,188  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (555      (1,722      (528
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

   R$ 286,157      R$ 213,994      US$ 65,660  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Management believes that unimpaired amounts are collectible, based on historical payment behavior and extensive analysis of customer credit risk, including underlying customers’ credit ratings if they are available.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company held cash and cash equivalents of R$249,064 and R$111,304 (US$34,152) at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents are held with bank and financial institution counterparties, which are rated BB and BB-, based on Standard & Poor’s credit rating standards.

Derivatives

The derivatives are entered into with bank and financial institution counterparties, which are rated BB, based on Standard & Poor’s credit rating standards.

iii. Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Company’s approach to

 

F-45


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company’s reputation.

The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities as of December 31, 2016. The amounts are gross and undiscounted and include contractual interest payments. Estimated interest payments were calculated based on the interest rate indexes of the Company’s floating interest rate indebtedness, in effect as of December 31, 2016.

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     Carrying      Carrying         
     amount      amount      Contractual cash flows  
                                        More than 5  
    

 

    

 

     Within 1 year      1-3 years      3-5 years      years  
     BRL      USD      BRL      BRL      BRL      BRL  

Financial liabilities:

                 

Loans and financing

   R$   387,382      US$   118,862      R$   134,358      R$   380,544      R$   —        R$   —    

Derivative financial instruments

     186        57        218        —          —          —    

Trade accounts payable

     335,430        102,921        348,830        —          —          —    

Reverse factoring

     27,867        8,551        28,980        —          —          —    

Tax and contribution payable

     15,249        4,679        15,249        —          —          —    

Accrued expenses

     122,048        37,448        122,048        —          —          —    

Other current liabilities

     33,331        10,227        33,331        —          —          —    

Provision for labor, civil and tax risks

     5,177        1,588        —          —          —          5,177  

Other non-current liabilities

     13        4        —          —          —          13  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   R$ 926,683      US$ 284,337      R$ 683,014      R$ 380,544      R$ —        R$   5,190  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As disclosed in Note 16, the Company has a secured bank loan that contains financial covenants. A breach of financial covenants may require the Company to repay relevant loans earlier than indicated in the above table.

The following are the Company’s unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and unused portion of the credit facility at December 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

     December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Unrestricted cash and cash equivalents

   R$   249,064      R$   111,304      US$   34,152  

Undrawn credit facility

     50        290        89  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Available liquidity

   R$   249,114      R$   111,594      US$   34,241  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In recent years, the Company has financed its operations in large part with cash flows from operating activities, bank financing and cash proceeds from issuances of common shares. The Company has taken a number of measures designed to improve liquidity, including: (i) reducing the number of monthly credit card installments from customers, (ii) renegotiating payment terms with suppliers, (iii) entering into sales of receivables with financial institutions, whereby the Company transfers its rights to receive cash flows from a portion of trade

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

accounts receivable, limited to the amount given as securities for borrowing and debentures, (iv) entering into reverse factoring of trade accounts payable with financial institutions, whereby they commit to pay suppliers at an accelerated rate in exchange for a trade discount, (v) aggregate drawdowns of R$126.7 million from working capital facility agreements executed in the second semester of 2016 with Banco do Brasil S.A. and Banco Bradesco S.A, and (vi) the extension in the second semester of 2016 of the maturity of the Company’s working capital agreement with Banco do Brasil S.A. to August 2020. These measures are enabling the Company to secure liquidity to maintain its operations.

iv. Market risk

(a) Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The Company’s net sales are denominated in the functional currencies of the countries in which our operational subsidiaries are located. Accordingly, its receivables are generally not subject to foreign currency exchange risks.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company’s subsidiaries purchase goods from vendors in both local functional currency and foreign currencies (mainly U.S. dollars). Generally, when the Company purchases goods in foreign currencies, except as noted below, the subsidiaries enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts in order to hedge their exposure to purchase commitments denominated in those currencies.

However, when the subsidiary in Argentina purchases certain goods from vendors in currencies other than its local functional currency, it does not enter into foreign currency forward exchange contracts and, consequently these purchase commitments are not hedged. As a result, the Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk to the extent there is fluctuation between the currencies in which these purchase commitments are made and the local functional currency in Argentina.

The summary of quantitative data about the Company’s exposure to currency risk as reported to management of the Company as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:

 

     2016  
     USD  

Trade accounts payable

     7,577  

Forward exchange contracts

     (1,527
  

 

 

 

Net statement of financial position exposure

     6,050  
  

 

 

 

The following table indicates the instantaneous change in the Company’s income or (loss) before tax that would arise if foreign exchange rates to which the Company has exposure at the reporting date had changed by 10% at that date, assuming all other risk variables remained constant.

 

     Profit or loss  
     Strenghtening      Weakening  
At December 31, 2016    BRL      BRL  

Net exposure in USD

   R$        (1,972    R$        1,972  

This sensitivity analysis assumes that the change in foreign exchange rates had been applied to re-measure those financial instruments held by the Company which expose it to foreign currency exchange risk at the reporting date. This analysis excludes differences that would result from the translation of the consolidated financial

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

statements of foreign operations into the Company’s reporting currency, which is Brazilian Real. The sensitivity analysis above is conducted for monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies other than functional currency as of December 31, 2016.

(b) Interest Rate Risk

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, including fiscal and monetary policies and domestic and international economic and political considerations, as well as other factors beyond the Company’s control. Interest rate risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in the level of interest rates and the spread between different interest rates. The Company’s debt has floating interest rates. As a result, the Company is exposed to changes in the level of interest rates and to changes in the relationship or spread between interest rates for its floating rate debt. The Company’s floating rate debt requires payments based on variable interest rate indexes such as CDI. Therefore, increases in interest rates may increase the Company’s loss before taxes by increasing its financial expense. If interest rates were to increase or decrease by 50 basis points, the Company´s financial expense on borrowings subject to variable interest rates would increase or decrease by R$1.9 million, R$1.8 million and R$1.5 (US$0.5) million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency exchange rate, remain constant.

To reduce the exposure of variable interest rate (CDI), the Company invests its excess cash and cash equivalents in short-term investments. If interest rates were to increase or decrease by 50 basis points, the Company’s financial income on short-term investments subject to variable interest rates would increase or decrease by R$0.8 million, R$0.9 million and R$0.5 million (US$0.2 million) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

(c) Inflation Risk

Brazil and countries in Latin America, in general, have historically experienced high rates of inflation. Inflationary pressures persist, and actions taken in an effort to curb inflation, coupled with public speculation about possible future governmental actions, have in the past contributed to economic uncertainty in Brazil and other Latin American countries and heightened volatility in the Latin American securities market.

The Company does not believe that inflation has had a material effect in its business, financial condition or results of operations. The Company continues to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies and productivity improvements.

 

19. Income Taxes

Income tax expenses have been allocated as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Current income tax

   R$ (139    R$ (80    R$ —        US$ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operations

     (139      (80      —          —    

Income tax on gain recognized in OCI - Hedge accounting

     —          (447      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense recognized in statements of other comprehensive income (loss)

   R$ (139    R$ (527    R$ —        US$ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense at December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, is shown below:

 

     Years ended December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Loss before income tax

   R$ (144,236    R$ (99,433    R$ (151,896    US$ (46,605

Tax rate (1)

     30.89%        28.18%        31.46%        31.46%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     44,547        28,020        47,786        14,662  

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

           

Non-deductible expenses

     (143      (779      (881      (270

Unrecognized deferred tax benefits

     (44,689      (26,726      (46,542      (14,281

Other

     146        (595      (363      (111
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     (139      (80      —          —    

Effective rate

     0.10%        0.08%        0.00%        0.00%  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

   R$ (139    R$ (80    R$ —        US$ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Weighted average tax rate of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Company believes that its accruals for tax liabilities are adequate based on its assessment of many factors, including interpretations of tax law and prior experience.

Unrecognized deferred income tax assets

The Company and its subsidiaries have experienced tax losses since inception and therefore they have not recognized deferred income tax assets in respect of the following items to the extent there is no taxable temporary difference that will reverse in the same period that deductible temporary differences reverse.

Deferred income tax assets may be recognized/increased in the near term when the Company starts to experience future sustainable taxable income during the carryforward period and it is probable that these tax benefits will be realized.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

Deductible temporary differences

   R$   39,717      R$ 54,305      US$ 16,663  

Income tax loss carryforward

     148,180        169,765        52,091  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unrecognized deferred income tax assets

   R$   187,897      R$   224,070      US$   68,754  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Brazilian unrecognized income tax carryforward losses amounting to R$120,561 (US$36,992) at December 31, 2016 do not expire, however they can only offset up to 30 percent of a taxpayer’s taxable income in any given year.

Tax loss carryforwards for Argentina and Mexico expire as follows:

 

     December, 31  
     2016      2016  
Expiry date    BRL      USD  

2017

   R$ 3,984      US$ 1,222  

2018

     6,147        1,886  

2019

     10,177        3,123  

2020

     12,535        3,846  

2021

     16,361        5,020  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   R$   49,204      US$   15,097  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

20. Shareholders’ Equity

(a) Common Shares

On March 16, 2015, the general meeting of shareholders of the Company approved the issuance of 333,678 fully paid common shares at the individual value of R$437.26 (US$134.17), respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company had 7,147,994 and 7,145,192 of common shares, respectively, with a par value of US$0.01 issued and outstanding, respectively. All common shares rank equally with regard to the Company’s residual assets. Holders of these shares are entitled to dividends and to one vote per share at general meetings of the Company. The Company has not declared a dividend for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

In connection with the issuance on March 16, 2015, the Company entered into a policy agreement with the IFC investor on March 20, 2016, which governs certain additional rights granted to IFC on its capacity as our shareholder, including with respect to the right to inspect and to receive information from the Company, and certain other specific covenants imposed on us. In this agreement, the Company has agreed to comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants including, among others, reporting covenants as to (i) certain financial and corporate matters and (ii) its compliance with social and environmental guidelines set forth in the IFC Policy Agreement.

Additionally, the Company has granted to IFC investor an option, or the Repurchase Option, whereby we are obligated to repurchase 100% of the equity interest in the Company otherwise held by the investor from time to time if the Company fails to comply with certain conditions set forth therein. The Repurchase Option may be exercised, through delivery of a notice, within 120 days of the investor becoming aware of the occurrence of (1) our failure to comply with certain covenants listed above after the lapse of a 60-day cure period or (2) breach of certain representations (such as those related to environmental and safety laws, sanctionable practices, among others). As all events leading to the exercise of the repurchase option are within the Company’s control, the common shares of the Company granted to IFC qualify for equity accounting treatment.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

The Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2016, with all financial covenants described above.

(b) Treasury Shares

All rights attached to the Company’s common shares held by the Company (i.e. treasury shares) are suspended until those shares are reissued. During 2015 and 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved the repurchase of 5,257 and 7,320 of its own common shares, respectively.

A summary of treasury shares activities during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 is set forth in the following table:

 

     N°. Shares      Share Capital  
            BRL      USD  

Balance at January 1, 2014

     3,207      R$        166        

Repurchased

     6,867           381        
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

Balance at December 31, 2014

     10,074           547        

Repurchased

     5,257           378        
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

Balance at December 31, 2015

     15,331           925      US$        283  

Repurchased

     7,320           608           187  
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

     22,651      R$        1,533      US$        470  
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

21. Share-based Payments

Under the Share Plan (the “Plan”) established by the Company, its Board of Directors (the “Board”) may grant up to 210,490 share options to key employees, directors and independent contractors. The options under the Plan were granted at the discretion of the Board; as such, the Board has full authority to establish terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time. The Plan was set up for the following purposes: (i) attracting, retaining and motivating its beneficiaries; (ii) adding value to quote-holders; and (iii) encouraging the view of entrepreneurs of the business.

(a) Cash-settled arrangements

Each share option granted under the Plan contains a vesting period, during which the participant cannot exercise the option, and are generally subject to the following vesting schedule: over a four-year period, 25% of the total common shares subject to the award will vest at the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining common shares subject to the award will vest in equal monthly installments over the 36 months of continuous service thereafter.

The Company holds a right of first refusal to repurchase the shares exercised according to the Plan. The Company only has a right of first refusal until it becomes public and, after that date, holders of the common shares can trade them in the market.

In addition, the Company has a non-contractual practice of (i) providing its employees whose employment relationship was terminated (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) with a repurchase proposal to buy back its common shares held by such persons at a discount of their fair value and (ii) to provide holders of vested awards that terminate their relationship with the Company (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) with a bonus equivalent to the exercise price of their exercisable option.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Due to the characteristics of the transaction, these awards have been regarded as a cash-settled plan and the liability is remeasured at each reporting date. The liability recognized in these consolidated financial statements takes into account the fair value of Company´s shares, expected forfeitures and the discount the Company has obtained when repurchasing such shares.

The Company recognized cash-settled compensation expense (income) of R$13,500, (R$3,444) and R$930 (US$285) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The total liability recorded as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 were R$35,978 and R$30,139 (US$9,248), respectively.

As the Company is required by local legislation to issue shares upon the exercise of share options while it retains the cash-settled classification for reporting purposes, the Company is recording a capital share increase by the exercise price amount with an opposite impact in treasury shares and therefore a net impact of zero in equity. For purposes of the statement of cash flows, share based payment transactions are fully reported under operating activities.

The Company repurchased 16,291 and 3,074 shares during the years 2015 and 2016, respectively. The amount paid during the years 2015 and 2016 was R$5,711 and R$562 (US$172), respectively.

A summary of option activities under the Plan and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 is set forth in the following table:

 

Cash-settled arrangements

   Number of
Units
     Weighted
Average

Exercise
Price Per Unit
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
     USD  

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

     127,887        78.51        1.7 year  

Granted

     4,000        24.30     

Exercised

     (2,802      24.30     

Forfeited/cancelled

     (34,307      127.09     

Expired

     (3,729      118.79     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     91,049        57.85        1.1 year  

Granted

     36,750        24.30     

Exercised

     (6,674      24.30     

Forfeited/cancelled

     (2,881      24.30     

Expired

     (645      24.30     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     117,599      US$ 50.27        1.3 year  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested at December 31, 2015

     67,249        

Vested at December 31, 2016

     76,167        

The awards expires three months after the employee terminates his/her contract with the Company.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had remaining unrecognized compensation cost of R$13,711 (US$4,199), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 year.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

(b) Equity-settled arrangements

On November 14, 2016, the Company granted 7,750 share options under the Plan with a non-market performance condition (Initial Public Offering - IPO) combined with a requirement that the holder of the award is employed until six months after the IPO.

The Company expects that this non-market performance will be satisfied during the second quarter of 2017, therefore the share option expense has been recognized since the grant date, and is estimated to be fully recognized by the end of 2017. The Company will review this expectation on quarterly basis and the effect of any change will be accounted for over the revised estimated period. The Company only has a right of first refusal under the Plan until it becomes public and, after that date, holders of the common shares can trade them in the market. Therefore, this arrangement has been regarded as equity-settled.

As the Company expects to continue with its non-contractual practice of providing holders of vested awards with a bonus equivalent to the exercise price of the options, the fair value of the awards was estimated based on the fair value of the Company´s shares.

A summary of option activities under the Plan and changes during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 is set forth in the following table:

 

Equity-settled arrangements

   Number of
Units
     Weighted
Average
Exercise

Price Per Unit
     Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
 
            USD         

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     —          —       

Granted

     7,750        24.30     

Exercised

     —          —       

Forfeited/cancelled

     —          —       

Expired

     —          —       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     7,750      US$ 24.30        0.8 year  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The awards expires three months after the employee terminates his/her contract with the Company.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had remaining unrecognized compensation cost of R$1,927 (US$599), which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.8 year.

The fair value of the shares was estimated, for both cash and equity-settled arrangements, at US$134.86 and US$121.37 per share at December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The December 31, 2015 price per share was based on a private placement that occurred on March 26, 2015, and the December 31, 2016 price per share was based on the guideline public comparable company method, or GPCM prepared by the Company.

GPCM assumes that businesses operating in the same industry will share similar characteristics and that the subject business’s value correlates to those characteristics. Therefore, a comparison of the subject business to similar businesses whose financial information and public market value are available may provide a reasonable

 

F-53


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

basis to estimate the subject business’s value. GPCM provides an estimate of value using multiples derived from the total capitalization of publicly traded companies. In selecting guideline public companies for this analysis, the Company focused primarily on quantitative considerations, such as financial performance and other quantifiable data, as well as qualitative considerations, such as industry and economic drivers. The assumptions the Company use in its valuation model are based on future expectation combined with management judgment, with inputs of numerous subjective factors to determine the fair value of its common shares, including the following inputs: (1) discount rate of 20%; (2) inflation rate of 4.5%; (3) dividend yield of 0%; and (4) estimated EBITDA long-term growth of 17.0%.

 

22. Defined Contribution Plan

Since May 2012, NS2.com Internet Ltda., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent, offers to all of its employees, after their 6th month of employment, a supplementary retirement plan, aimed at assisting in supplementing retirement. It is a defined contribution plan and the contributions made by the sponsor are made on an individual basis (the contributions of sponsor are equal to the contributions made by the participant) from 1% to 6% of participant’s monthly salary, according to hierarchical level. Should the participant end the employment relationship with the Company, the balance formed by the contributions of the sponsor not used for the payment of benefits, will form a fund with an outstanding balance that may be used to compensate futures sponsor’s contributions. The plan is managed by Santander bank.

At December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company had outstanding funds of R$28, R$354 and R$504 (US$155), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company made contributions of R$330, R$350 and R$331 (US$102), respectively. As of December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the number of participants in the plan corresponded to 65, 51 and 53 employees, respectively.

 

23. Related party transactions

The consolidated subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 are listed in Note 2.4.

All related party transactions were carried out on terms equivalent to those that prevail in an arm’s length transaction. The Company has the following related party transactions:

 

     At December 31,  
     2014      2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      BRL      USD  

Balances from non-controlling owners

           

Receivables

     11      R$ 27      R$ 17      US$ 5  

Personnel expenses

           

Compensation and short-term benefits

     11,845        9,203        9,535        2,926  

Share-based payments

     4,631        5,665        677        208  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,476      R$ 14,868      R$ 10,212      US$ 3,134  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24. Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Litigation

The Company is a party to legal proceedings and claims which arise during the ordinary course of business. It reviews its legal proceedings and claims, conducts regulatory reviews and inspections, and reviews other legal

 

F-54


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

matters on an ongoing basis and follows appropriate accounting guidance when making accrual and disclosure decisions. The Company establishes provisions for those contingencies when the incurrence of a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, and the Company discloses the amount provided for and the amount of a reasonably possible loss in excess of the amount provided for, if such disclosure is necessary for its financial statements not to be misleading. The Company does not record a provision when the likelihood of loss being incurred is probable, but the amount cannot be reasonably estimated, or when the loss is believed to be only reasonably possible or remote. The Company’s assessment of whether a loss is reasonably possible or probable is based on its assessment and consultation with legal counsel regarding the ultimate outcome of the matter following all appeals. After taking into consideration legal counsel’s evaluation of such actions, management is of the opinion that their outcome will not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, other than the amount already provided for.

Breakdown of and changes in provisions whose unfavorable outcome is probable are as follows:

 

     Labor     Civil     Tax      Total     Total  
     BRL     BRL     BRL      BRL     USD  

As of December 31, 2014

   R$ 815     R$ 972     R$ —        R$ 1,787     US$ 548  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     744       440       1,238        2,422       743  

Payments

     (181     (99     —          (280     (86
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

     1,378       1,313       1,238        3,929       1,205  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     570       3,946       2,217        6,733       2,066  

Payments

     (1,456     (4,029     —          (5,485     (1,683
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

   R$ 492     R$ 1,230     R$ 3,455      R$ 5,177     US$ 1,588  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Labor claims presented above are related to different matters, such as overtime and salary equalization. The most relevant labor process amounts to R$17. Other labor lawsuits are not individually significant.

Civil claims are related to the Company’s ordinary course of operations, and generally relate to consumer claims. None of these lawsuits have significant amounts under dispute.

The Company has a tax claim related to challenging Brazilian tax authorities’ interpretation that retailers of imported goods are subject to paying additional sales taxes on manufactured products (“IPI”) and PIS and COFINS on financial income.

(b) Judicial deposits

In some situations, in connection with a legal requirement or presentation of guarantees, judicial deposits are made to secure the continuance of the claims under discussion. These judicial deposits may be required for claims whose likelihood of loss was analyzed by the Company, grounded on the opinion of its legal advisors as a probable, possible or remote loss.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

Until the case is settled, the judicial deposits amounts accrues interest at Brazil’s official short-term interest rate (SELIC).

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2015      2016      2016  
     BRL      BRL      USD  

VAT taxes Brazil (PIS and COFINS) (1)

   R$ 30,397      R$ 67,548      US$ 20,726  

PIS and COFINS on financial income (1)

     —          1,139        349  

Tax on manufactured products (IPI) (2)

     1,048        2,192        673  

Other

     432        938        288  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   R$ 31,877      R$ 71,817      US$ 22,036  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Contribution tax on gross revenue for social integration program (PIS) and social security financing (COFINS)

The Company is involved in disputes related to:

 

  i) Exclusion of VAT tax (ICMS) from PIS and COFINS calculation basis, which started in November 2014 and is currently waiting to be tried at the court of appeals. The Company has not recorded a provision for this proceeding since its lawyers estimate the chance of losing this legal dispute as possible.

 

  ii) A constitutional challenge on the imposition of PIS and COFINS on financial income.

 

(2) Tax on manufactured products (IPI)

The Company is involved in disputes related to the levy of taxes on manufactured products (IPI) over products it sells and obtained a preliminary injunction allowing it not to pay IPI on imports and sales of goods since it is a trading company.

(c) Capital commitments

On February 19, 2016, the Company signed a definitive agreement for the acquisition of the Shoestock brand (“Shoestock”). In accordance with this agreement, all the rights for economic use of all trademarks and domains of Shoestock have been granted to the Company. The total consideration for the acquisition of this brand was R$14,001 (US$4,296) and the amount of R$10,521 (US$3,228) was paid in 2016. The remaining balance in the amount of R$3,481 (US$1,068) was paid in February, 2017.

(d) Operating Leases

The Company has operating leases on a number of buildings where its distribution centers and administrative headquarters are located with third parties in arm’s length conditions. The agreements mature on different date and are annually indexed to the General Market Price Index (IGP-M). The future minimum payments of non-cancellable operating leases are presented below:

 

     BRL      USD  

Up to one year

   R$ 26,441      US$ 8,113  

One to five years

     132,204        40,565  

More than five years

     79,323        24,339  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   R$ 237,968      US$ 73,017  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016

(In thousands of reais and dollars, unless otherwise stated)

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, the Company recorded total operating lease expenses of R$18,263, R$21,542 and R$28,978 (US$8,891), respectively.

 

25. Subsequent events

On February 22, 2017, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement pursuant to which it issued and sold unsecured promissory notes convertible into its common shares, in the aggregate principal amount of US$30.0 million, to certain of its shareholders. These convertible notes bear interest on the principal amount (1) at a rate of 4.0% per annum, compounded semiannually, for one year following the date the convertible notes are issued and, thereafter, (2) at a rate of 6.0% per annum, compounded semiannually, and they are due and payable, along with principal amount, on February 22, 2019. The convertible notes are subject to customary events of default.

Upon occurrence of specified liquidity events (which includes an initial public offering of the Company’s shares), the then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest of the convertible notes will be automatically converted into the Company’s common shares at a progressive price discount relative to the price of the Company’s common shares determined for the relevant liquidity event. The number of common shares to be issued upon the conversion of convertible notes shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on the convertible notes on the date of the closing of the specified liquidity event by: (1) 90% of the relevant price of the Company’s common shares at the specified liquidity event, if the conversion takes place on or before the date that is six months after the date the note purchase agreement has been executed, (2) 85% of the relevant price of the Company’s common shares at the specified liquidity event, if the conversion occurs after this six-month period and on or before the date that is twelve-months after the date the note purchase agreement has been executed, or (3) 80% of the relevant price of the Company’s common shares at the specified liquidity event, if such conversion occurs after this twelve-month period, provided however, that for every six–month period after this twelve-month period, the conversion price discount shall be increased by an additional 2.5% relative to the price of the Company’s common shares for the specified liquidity event.

Also, subject to customary conditions and provided that no liquidity event specified in the note purchase agreement occurs, at any time between March 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017, the Company has the option, in its sole discretion, to issue to the same shareholders an additional US$20.0 million in aggregate principal amount of additional unsecured convertible promissory notes. These optional convertible notes will have the same interest rates, maturity date, events of default and conversion rates as the US$30.0 million unsecured promissory notes.

***********

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent that it may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as providing indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

The registrant’s articles of association provide that each director or director of the registrant shall be indemnified out of the assets of the registrant against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such directors or officer, other than by reason of such person’s dishonesty, willful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Under the indemnification agreements filed as Exhibits 10.09 to 10.17 to this registration statement, we have agreed to indemnify and hold harmless our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or executive officer.

Also, the registrant expects to maintain director’s and officer’s liability insurance covering its directors and officers with respect to general civil liability, including liabilities under the Securities Act, which he or she may incur in his or her capacity as such.

The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.01 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its directors and officers for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, but only to the extent that these liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters that was furnished to us by the underwriters in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we have issued and sold the securities described below without registering the securities under the Securities Act. None of these transactions involved any underwriters’ underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions, Rule 701 under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Purchaser

  

Date of Sale or
Issuance

   Title of
Securities
   Number
of
Securities
     Consideration (in
millions of US$)
     Securities Registration
Exemption

Various private equity investments
funds and our founder

   May 12, 2014    common
shares
     1,250,184        US$168,599,937.52      Regulation S and
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act

Various private equity investments funds

   March 20, 2015    common
shares
     333,678        US$44,999,815.08      Regulation S and
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act

Various private equity investments funds

   February 22, 2017    convertible
notes
     11        US$30,000,000.00      Regulation S and
Section 4(a)(2)
of the Securities
Act

For further information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Private Equity Placements.” In addition to the above, we also granted share options to our directors and employees. In 2014 and 2015, we granted an aggregate of 54,851 share options to our employees to purchase an aggregate of 54,851 common shares, in consideration of their past and future services to us. In 2016, we granted an aggregate of 44,000 share options to our employees to purchase an aggregate of 44,000 common shares, in consideration of their past and future services to us. Such grants were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S and Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits : See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-5 of this Registration Statement.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (1) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (2) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (3) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (4) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement. We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules : All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the required information is otherwise set forth in the audited consolidated financial statements or related notes thereto.

 

Item 9. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City and State of São Paulo, Brazil, on March 15, 2017.

 

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Marcio Kumruian

 

Name: Marcio Kumruian

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

By:   /s/ Leonardo Tavares Dib
 

Name: Leonardo Tavares Dib

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Marcio Kumruian and Leonardo Tavares Dib as attorneys-in-fact, and each of them with full power of substitution, for them in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of common shares of the registrant, or the Shares, including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the registration statement on Form F-1, or the Registration Statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 15, 2017.

 

Name

  

Title

By: /s/ Marcio Kumruian

Name: Marcio Kumruian

   Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

By: /s/ Leonardo Tavares Dib

Name: Leonardo Tavares Dib

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

By: /s/ Marcio Kumruian

Name: Marcio Kumruian

   Director (Chairman)

By: /s/ Francisco Alvarez-Demalde

Name: Francisco Alvarez-Demalde

   Director

By: /s/ Nilesh Lakhani

Name: Nilesh Lakhani

   Director

By: /s/ Hagop Chabab

Name: Hagop Chabab

   Director

By: /s/ Wolfgang Schwerdtle

Name: Wolfgang Schwerdtle

   Director

By: /s/ Nicolas Szekasy

Name: Nicolas Szekasy

   Director

By: /s/ Donald Puglisi

Name: Donald Puglisi

   Authorized Representative in the United States

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

1.01*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.01   

Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, dated March 20, 2015, as currently in effect.

3.02*   

Form of Fourth Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, effective upon completion of the offering.

4.01   

Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated March 20, 2015 between Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, Marcio Kumruian, HCFT Holdings, LLC, Hagop Chabab, Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P., Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P., Metal Monkey Trust, Scott Shleifer 2011 Descendants’ Trust, The Feroz Dewan 2010 GRAT IX, Dialvest, Ltd., Clemenceau Investments Pte. Ltd., Kaszek Ventures I, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-A, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-B, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-C, L.P., ICQ Investments V L.P, ICQ Investments 16, L.P, Archy LLC, Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P., Macro Continental, Inc., Boscolo Intervest Limited and International Finance Corporation, as currently in effect.

4.02   

Policy Agreement dated March 20, 2015 between Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and International Finance Corporation.

4.03   

English translation of the Second Debenture Deed for the distribution of secured non-convertible debentures of NS2.com Internet S.A. dated March 19, 2015 between NS2.com Internet S.A. and Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A. ( Instrumento Particular de Escritura da Segunda Emissão de Debêntures Simples, Não Conversíveis em Ações, em Série Única, da Espécie com Garantia Real, para Distribuição Pública com Esforços Restritos de Colocação, da NS2.com Internet S.A. ).

4.04    Note Purchase Agreement dated February 22, 2017 between Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P., Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P., Archy LLC, Clemenceau Investments Pte. Ltd., Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P., Macro Continental, Inc., Boscolo Intervest Limited, International Finance Corporation, CDK Net Fund IC and HCFT Holdings, LLC, as currently in effect (including form of convertible promissory note).
5.01*   

Opinion of Campbells as to the validity of the common shares issued by Netshoes (Cayman) Limited and certain Cayman Islands law matters.

10.01   

English translation of the Lease Assignment and Affirmation of Debt Agreement dated June 1, 2009 between PMG Administradora de Bens Ltda., Montecchio do Brasil Empreendimentos Imobiliários Ltda., Argos Armazéns Gerais Ltda., Argos Transportes Ltda., NS2.com Internet Ltda., Zareh Chabab and Ovsanna Chabab, and of the First Amendment thereto dated April 10, 2013 between PMG Administradora de Bens Ltda. and NS2.com Internet S.A., and of the Second Amendment thereto dated April 2, 2014 between Uittorenen do Brasil Participações Ltda. and NS2.com Internet S.A. ( Instrumento Particular de Cessão de Locação e de Confissão de Dívida ).

10.02   

English translation of the Lease Agreement of a Custom-Built Property dated November 5, 2014 between FW2 Logística e Empreendimentos Imobiliários S.A., NS2.com Internet S.A. and RCA Gerenciamento e Fiscalização Ltda., and the First Amendment thereto dated November 4, 2015 ( Instrumento Particular de Contrato de Locação de Imóvel Sob Medida e Outras Avenças ).

10.03   

English translation of the Non-Residential Lease Agreement dated September 18, 2012 between CCG Empreendimentos Ltda. and NS2.com Internet S.A., of the First Amendment thereto dated October 18, 2012, of the Second Amendment thereto dated May 31, 2015, and of the Third Amendment thereto dated October 23, 2015 ( Instrumento Particular de Contrato de Locação de Imóvel para Fins Não Residenciais ).

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

10.04   

English translation of the Agreement for Construction and Lease of an Office and Warehouse Building dated December 19, 2013 between Maroframa S.A. and NS3 Internet S.A. ( Contrato) .

10.05   

English summary of the Logistics Services Agreement dated January 1, 2016 between NS4.com Internet, S.A. de C.V. and Onelogistic, S.A. de C.V. ( Contrato de Prestación de Servicios Logísticos ).

10.06   

English translation of the Hosting Services Agreements dated October 21, 2016 between NS2.com Internet S.A. and UOL Diveo Tecnologia Ltda (Pedido de Compra/Contrato Nº 16-03868; Pedido de Compra/Contrato Nº 16-03869) .

10.07   

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited 2012 Share Plan, adopted on April 16, 2012.

10.08   

English translation of the Non-Compete Agreement dated December 23, 2009 between NS2.com Internet S.A. and Marcio Kumruian (Acordo de Não-Competição)

10.09   

Indemnification Agreement dated May 21, 2012 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Marcio Kumruian.

10.10   

Indemnification Agreement dated May 21, 2012 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Hagop Chabab.

10.11   

Indemnification Agreement dated November 13, 2012 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Nicolas Szekasy.

10.12   

Indemnification Agreement dated May 1, 2013 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Nilesh Lakhani.

10.13   

Indemnification Agreement dated May 12, 2014 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Wolfgang Schwerdtle.

10.14   

Indemnification Agreement dated March 20, 2015 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Francisco Alvarez-Demalde.

10.15   

Indemnification Agreement dated May 21, 2012 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Graciela Kumruian Tanaka.

10.16   

Indemnification Agreement dated December 1, 2016 between Netshoes (Cayman) Ltd. and Leonardo Tavares Dib.

10.17   

Management Rights’ Agreement dated March 20, 2015, between Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P.

14.01*   

English Translation of the Code of Ethics (Código de Ética) .

21.01   

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.01   

Consent of KPMG Auditores Independentes — Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.02*   

Consent of Campbells (included in Exhibit 5.01).

23.03*   

Consent of Mattos Filho, Veiga Filho, Marrey Jr. e Quiroga Advogados.

24.01*   

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page to the Registration Statement).

99.1   

Consent of Frederico Brito e Abreu as director nominee.

99.2   

Consent of Ricardo Knoepfelmacher as director nominee.

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-6

Exhibit 3.0 1

 

LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 4.0 1

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 20, 2015 by and among Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), Marcio Kumruian, HCFT Holdings, LLC and, for purposes of Sections 3.10, 3.12, 4.5, 5.5, 6 and 7, Hagop Chabab (each a “ Founder ” and together, the “ Founders ”), and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (each an “ Investor ” and together, the “ Investors ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , the Company, the Founders and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Ordinary Share Subscription Agreement dated March 16, 2015 (the “ March 2015 Subscription Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) and the Founders possess certain rights pursuant to that certain Third Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement dated as of May 12, 2014, by and among the Company, the Founders and the Existing Investors (the “ Prior Shareholders’ Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , in connection with the acquisition of ordinary shares of the Company pursuant to the March 2015 Subscription Agreement, the Company, the Existing Investors and the Founders desire to amend and restate the Prior Shareholders’ Agreement, and the Company, the Founders, the March 2015 Investors and the Existing Investors hereby agree that this Agreement shall hereinafter govern the rights of the Founders and the Investors to cause the Company to register ordinary shares of the Company (“ Shares ”) held by the Founders and the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and shall govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises and certain other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions .

 

  1.1 1933 Act . The term “1933 Act” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  1.2 1934 Act . The term “1934 Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  1.3 Accounting Standards . The term “Accounting Standards” means the International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Boards (“ IASB ”) (which include standards and interpretations approved by the IASB and International Accounting Standards issued under previous constitutions), together with its pronouncements thereon from time to time, and applied on a consistent basis; provided, however, that, with respect to any Subsidiary located in Mexico, “Accounting Standards” shall mean Mexican Financial Reporting Standards and with respect to any Subsidiary located in Argentina, “Accounting Standards” shall mean Argentine Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

 

  1.4 Affiliate . The term “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, or in the case of an Investor, under common management with, such Person, provided that , for the purposes of this Agreement, no entity other than entities managed or controlled by GIC Pte Ltd. shall be deemed an Affiliate of the GIC Investor. In the event the Person is an individual, the term “Affiliate” shall mean his/her spouse, parent, son or daughter or a non-individual Person Controlled by him/her.


  1.5 Applicable Law . The term “Applicable Law” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Entity that is binding upon or applicable to such Person, as amended unless expressly specified otherwise.

 

  1.6 Articles . The term “Articles” shall mean the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

 

  1.7 Board . The term “Board” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

  1.8 Clemenceau . The term “Clemenceau” shall mean Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd.

 

  1.9 Control . The term “Control” (including correlative terms “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, including the power to elect the majority of the members of the board of directors and/or other bodies governing the affairs of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

  1.10 CVM . The term “CVM” shall mean Comissão de Valores Mobiliários (the Brazilian Securities Commission).

 

  1.11 Director . The term “Director” shall mean an individual member of the Board.

 

  1.12 Dollars and $. The terms “Dollars” and “$” shall mean United States Dollars .

 

  1.13 Equity Securities . The term “Equity Securities” shall mean Shares, any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares and preferred shares of the Company, as adjusted by any capital increase, share split, share dividend, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like.

 

  1.14 Form F-3 . The term “Form F-3” shall mean such form under the 1933 Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the 1933 Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

  1.15 GIC Investor . The term “GIC Investor” shall mean Archy LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America.

 

  1.16 Governmental Entity . The term “Governmental Entity” shall mean any domestic or foreign governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission, any court, tribunal or arbitral body, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental authority.

 

  1.17 Government Official . The term “Government Official” shall mean any officer or employee of any Governmental Entity or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, or of any government-owned or government-controlled corporation or any public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any such Governmental Entity or department, agency, instrumentality, corporation or public international organization.

 


  1.18 Guaranty . The term “Guaranty” shall mean all obligations of a Person under any contract, instrument or other commitment, obligation or arrangement or other obligation in existence for which such Person is or may be liable, as guarantor, original tenant, primary obligor, Person required to provide financial support or collateral in any form whatsoever, or otherwise (including by reason of performance guarantees).

 

  1.19 Holders . The term “Holders” shall mean the Founders, the Investors and any Persons who have acquired Registrable Securities from any of such Persons or their transferees or assignees in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  1.20 ICQ . The term “ICQ” shall mean ICQ Investments V LP and ICQ Investments 16, LP.

 

  1.21 IFC . The term “IFC” shall mean the International Finance Corporation.

 

  1.22 IFC Observer . The term “IFC Observer” shall mean the Board observer designated by the IFC in accordance with Section 5.10.

 

  1.23 Indebtedness . The term “Indebtedness” shall mean in respect of any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes and/or similar instruments, (c) any accrued interest charges, (d) all capital lease obligations of such Person, (e) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of drawn letters of credit or drawn bankers’ acceptances, (f) the net position of such Person under all agreements or contracts documenting derivative or hedging transactions, (g) all indebtedness of the types described in clauses (a) through (f) (inclusive) of others secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right to be secured by) a Lien on property owned by such Person, whether or not the indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person, (h) all Guaranties by such Person of indebtedness of the types described in clauses (a) through (f) (inclusive) of others.

 

  1.24 Initial Public Offering . The term “Initial Public Offering” means the first public offering of Shares or other Registrable Securities of the Company under the 1933 Act or under Brazilian Applicable Law, as the case may be.

 

  1.25 Investor Director . The term “Investor Director” shall mean each of (a) the two (2) Directors nominated by Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P. and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P. (together, the “ Tiger Investors ”), (b) the one (1) Director nominated by Clemenceau, (c) the one (1) Director nominated by the GIC Investor, and (d) the one (1) Director nominated by the Riverwood Investors, all elected in accordance with Section 5.2.

 

  1.26 Kaszek Investors . The term “Kaszek Investors” shall mean Kaszek Ventures I, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-A, L.P., Kaszek Ventures I-B, L.P. and Kaszek Ventures I-C, L.P., together.

 

  1.27 Lien . The term “Lien” shall mean, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, injunction, restriction, assignment, option, claim, promise to contract, compromise or other encumbrance or interest of any kind, in respect of any such property or asset or upon the income revenue or profits therefrom, including (i) any security interest in any right to participate in revenues, profits, royalties, rents or other income in any way derived from or attributable to such property or asset or any rights arising therefrom; (ii) any acquisition of or option or right to acquire such property or asset including upon conditional sale or other title retention agreement or arrangement; and (iii) any agreement to create or grant any of the foregoing.

 


  1.28 Liquidity Event . The term “Liquidity Event” shall mean (A) the sale, transfer or other disposition of assets constituting all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (B) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Shares of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold at least fifty point one percent (50.1%) of the voting power of the Company or the surviving or acquiring entity), (C) the Transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a Person or group of affiliated Persons (other than the Founders or the Investors, or an underwriter of the Company’s securities), of the Company’s securities if, after such Transfer, such Person or group of affiliated Persons would hold fifty (50%) or more of the voting power of the Company (or the surviving or acquiring entity) or (D) an Initial Public Offering; provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidity Event if its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the Persons who held the Company’s Equity Securities immediately prior to such transaction.

 

  1.29 Major Investors . The term “Major Investors” shall mean each of the Tiger Investors, Clemenceau, the GIC Investor and the Riverwood Investors.

 

  1.30 March 2015 Investors . The term “March 2015 Investors” shall mean those Investors that purchased Shares pursuant to the March 2015 Subscription Agreement and listed on Schedule A thereto.

 

  1.31 May 2014 Investors . The term “May 2014 Investors” shall mean those Investors that purchased Shares pursuant to the May 2014 Subscription Agreement and listed on Schedule A thereto.

 

  1.32 May 2014 Subscription Agreement . The term “May 2014 Subscription Agreement” shall mean that certain Ordinary Share Subscription Agreement dated May 5, 2014 by and among the Company, the Founders and the May 2014 Investors.

 

  1.33 Party . The term “Party” shall mean each party hereto.

 

  1.34 Person . The term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization or any other entity or Governmental Entity.

 

  1.35 Policy Agreement . The term “Policy Agreement” shall mean that certain Policy Agreement dated March 2015 between the Company and IFC.

 

  1.36 Qualified Public Offering . The term “Qualified Public Offering” shall mean a U.S. Qualified IPO with a consolidated pre-money equity value of at least $1.25 billion.

 

  1.37 Reais and R$ . The terms “Reais” and “R$” shall mean the Brazilian currency Reais.

 

  1.38 register ”, “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the 1933 Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 


  1.39 Registrable Securities . The term “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) the Shares held by any Holder, (ii) any Shares issuable upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of Equity Securities held by any Holder, (iii) any Shares issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the Shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above; provided that no Share shall be a Registrable Security that (x) may be sold in any ninety (90)-day period without registration under the 1933 Act in compliance with Rule 144 and is held by a Holder holding one percent (1%) or less of the Company’s outstanding Shares or (y) has been sold under circumstances in which all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 are met. The number of shares of Registrable Securities outstanding shall be determined by the number of Shares outstanding that are, and the number of Shares issuable pursuant to then convertible, exchangeable or exercisable Equity Securities that are, Registrable Securities.

 

  1.40 Riverwood Investors . The term “Riverwood Investors” shall mean, collectively, Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P., Boscolo Intervest Limited, and Macro Continental, Inc.

 

  1.41 Rule 144 . The term “Rule 144” shall mean Rule 144 (or any successor provisions) under the 1933 Act.

 

  1.42 SEC . The term “SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  1.43 Subsidiary . The term “Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any entity in which the ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the management are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person. For the avoidance of doubt, NS2.com Internet S.A (“NS2”), NS5 Participações Ltda., NS6 Serviços e Consultoria Internet Ltda., Netshoes Holdings, LLC, NS3 Internet S.A., NS4.com Internet S.A. de C.V., and NS4 Servicios de Mexico S.A. de C.V. shall be considered Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

  1.44 Transfer . For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Transfer” shall mean, with respect to any Equity Securities of the Company, any sale, assignment, Lien, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers pursuant to divorce or legal separation, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary, involuntarily or by operation of law, directly or indirectly (including the Transfer of a controlling interest in any entity the assets of which consist at least in part of Equity Securities). “ Transferor ” and “ transferee ” have meanings corresponding to the foregoing. For the avoidance of doubt, a repurchase of Equity Securities from IFC pursuant to the Policy Agreement shall not be considered a Transfer.

 

  1.45 U.S. Qualified IPO . The term “U.S. Qualified IPO” shall mean the closing of a transaction resulting from an underwriting, distribution, placement facilitation or other type of customary agreement between the Company and one or more financial institutions for an underwritten Initial Public Offering of the Company’s Shares in the United States, in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-1 under the 1933 Act in such jurisdiction.


2. Registration Rights . The Company covenants and agrees that the Holders shall be entitled to the rights set forth in this Section 2 with respect to any Initial Public Offering of Registrable Securities in the United States registered under the 1933 Act, and the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith appropriate agreements containing any analogous or equivalent rights with respect to any other offering of Registrable Securities in any other jurisdiction pursuant to which the Company undertakes to offer publicly or list such Registrable Securities for trading on a recognized securities exchange.

 

  2.1 Qualified Public Offering .

 

  (a) The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete a Qualified Public Offering by December 31, 2017. At any time after December 31, 2017, if a Qualified Public Offering has not occurred, any Holder holding at least four hundred thousand (400,000) Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) shall have the right to call a shareholders’ meeting at which the Holders shall all vote in favor of engaging an investment bank mandated to: (i) analyze at least the U.S. market conditions for new issuances and evaluate the feasibility of a Qualified Public Offering in each or all of these markets, and (ii) act as lead manager in a Qualified Public Offering. For the purpose of engaging the investment bank, the Company shall deliver a list of at least three (3) investment banks (such investment banks each being among the ten (10) largest investment banks in terms of total volume of equity capital markets transactions in both the United States and Brazil according to the most recent league tables prepared by Thomson Reuters), from which the Investors shall select one investment bank. The Company shall instruct the investment bank selected by the Investors at such meeting to prepare its report (the “ Report ”) as promptly as practicable, but no later than sixty (60) days from the engagement of the investment bank, and to include a recommendation on which market(s) the Shares should be listed, an estimate of the Company’s valuation and the expected volume of trading in the Shares in the event of a Qualified Public Offering. The investment bank so selected shall be instructed so that the valuation range (maximum and minimum values) presented in the Report is not greater than thirty percent (30%). Within fifteen (15) days of the issuance of such Report, the Holders shall review the estimated valuation provided therein and provide the Company with written notice of its decision to either accept or reject such valuation.

 

  (b) If (i) the Report produced in accordance with Section 2.1(a) concludes that market conditions are favorable and the Company’s consolidated pre-money equity value is at least $1.25 billion and recommends a Qualified Public Offering; and (ii) at least one (1) Holder holding at least four hundred thousand (400,000) Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) provides the Company with written notice of its acceptance of the valuation contained in such Report, within twenty (20) days of the receipt of such written notice, the Company shall give written notice of such acceptance to all other Holders and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause, as soon as practicable, a Qualified Public Offering (within the timing recommended by the Report); provided that the Holder(s) shall be entitled to the right set forth in Section 2.1(c); and provided , further , that the Company shall sell on a primary basis in such Qualified Public Offering an additional number of Shares as necessary to satisfy any applicable free float listing requirements.

 


  (c) Each Holder shall have the right to include all or a part of its Registrable Securities in the Qualified Public Offering. If any Holder requests in response to the acceptance notice that its Registrable Securities be included in the Qualified Public Offering (each an “ Accepting Holder ”), such Qualified Public Offering shall be conditioned upon participation of such Accepting Holder(s) in such underwriting. Each Accepting Holder proposing to distribute its Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. If the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities included in such offering, then the Company shall so advise all Accepting Holders and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Accepting Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Accepting Holder. In no event shall the Registrable Securities of an Accepting Holder be excluded from such underwriting unless such Accepting Holder elects to be excluded or all other Accepting Holders’ Registrable Securities and all securities (other than Registrable Securities) proposed to be registered for the account of other security holders are also excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, for any Accepting Holder electing to include Registrable Securities in the Qualified Public Offering that is an investment fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated investment funds, partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Accepting Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single Accepting Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such Accepting Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall not effect any initial public offering of the shares (“ IPO Shares ”) of NS2 or any other Subsidiary (any such offering, a “ Subsidiary IPO ” and, any such Subsidiary, an “ IPO Company ”), unless in connection therewith the Shares held by each Holder are converted to or exchanged for IPO Shares or shares of the IPO Company are distributed in kind to such Holders, whether in one transaction or a series of related transactions (an “ IPO Reorganization ”). Such IPO Reorganization shall be effected in a manner so as to provide each Holder of the Company IPO Shares in an amount that would result in such Holder owning the same pro-rata portion of the IPO Company as represented by the Shares then held by such Holder in the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not effect an IPO Reorganization, and shall not effect a Subsidiary IPO, unless each of the Major Investors shall have consented thereto in writing (which consent may be withheld in such Major Investor’s sole discretion) in accordance with Section 3.10(k). In the event that the Company determines to effect a Subsidiary IPO and an IPO Reorganization is consented to by all of the Major Investors, the Company, the Founders and the Holders agree to cooperate with the Company to effect such IPO Reorganization.

 


  2.2 Initial Public Offering . In connection with any Initial Public Offering that is not a Qualified Public Offering, each Holder shall have the right to include all or a part of its Registrable Securities in the Initial Public Offering (each a “ Participating Holder ”). Each Participating Holder proposing to distribute its Registrable Securities through the Initial Public Offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. If the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities included in such offering, then the Company shall so advise all Participating Holders and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Participating Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Participating Holder. In no event shall the Registrable Securities of a Participating Holder be excluded from such underwriting unless such Participating Holder elects to be excluded or all other Participating Holders’ Registrable Securities and all securities (other than Registrable Securities) proposed to be registered for the account of other security holders are also excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, for any Participating Holder electing to include Registrable Securities in the Initial Public Offering that is an investment fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated investment funds, partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Participating Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single Participating Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such Participating Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

 

  2.3 Request for Registration .

 

  (a) At any time after six (6) months from the effective date of a U.S. Qualified IPO, any Investor or Founder (the “ Initiating Holders ”) may deliver a written request (if made by an Investor, an “ Investor Request ”, and if made by a Founder, a “ Founder Request ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000. Within twenty (20) days of the receipt of such written request, the Company shall give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.3, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the 1933 Act of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days of the mailing of the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.3(a).

 

  (b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their written request by means of an underwritten public offering, they shall so advise the Company as a part of such request and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.3(a). In such event the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority-in-interest of the Founders and a majority-in-interest of the Investors (each such majority-in-interest based upon shares of Registrable Securities requested to be registered)). Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.3 to the contrary, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of Registrable Securities included in such offering, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Holder. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such underwriting unless all other shareholders’ securities, and all other Company’s securities, if applicable, are first excluded. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 


  (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.3 to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:

 

  (i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act; or

 

  (ii) with respect to the Investors, after the Company has effected two (2) registrations for each Investor pursuant to Investor Requests, as the case may be, under this Section 2.3, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective, or, with respect to the Founders, after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Founder Requests under this Section 2.3, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

 

  (iii) during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of the filing of and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of (A) a separate registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 or (B) a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 2.4 below, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

  (iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities that may be registered on Form F-3 pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof; or

 

  (v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period and provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the 1933 Act).

 

  2.4 Company Registration .

 

  (a) If, at any time after a U.S. Qualified IPO, the Company proposes to register (including a registration effected by the Company for shareholders other than the Holders) any of its Equity Securities under the 1933 Act in connection with the public offering of such securities (other than a registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 2.5, a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company share plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the 1933 Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Shares being registered are Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 7.3, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(c), use commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be registered under the 1933 Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder requests to be registered.

 

  (b) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.4 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.8 hereof.


  (c) Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any underwritten public offering subject to this Section 2.4 the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by the Company (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters) and enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriters. If the total amount of Registrable Securities requested by Holders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of Registrable Securities that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering of the securities that the Company proposes to register. In no event shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all securities (other than Registrable Securities) proposed to be registered for the account of the Company or other security holders have been first excluded. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered by Holders can be included in such offering, then the Holders’ Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among such Holders in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Holder. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, for any selling Holder selling Registrable Securities that is an investment fund, partnership or corporation, the affiliated investment funds, partners, retired partners and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities owned by all such related entities and individuals.

 

  2.5 Form F-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder (the “ F-3 Initiating Holders ”) a written request or requests (if made by an Investor, an “ Investor F-3 Request ”, and if made by a Founder, a “ Founder F-3 Request ”) that the Company effect a registration on Form F-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company shall:

 

  (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

  (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of such Holders’ Registrable Securities as specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.5:

 

  (i) if Form F-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

 

  (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and, in the case of any other holders, such other securities, at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $1,000,000;

 

  (iii) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.5 a certificate signed by an executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the F-3 Initiating Holders, provided that such right shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12)-month period and provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other shareholder during such ninety (90)-day period (other than a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the 1933 Act);


  (iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12)-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form F-3 for each of the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.5; or

 

  (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act.

 

  (c) If the F-3 Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwritten public offering, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.5 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.5(a). The provisions of Section 2.3(b) shall be applicable to such request (with the substitution of Section 2.5 for references to Section 2.3 and the substitution of Investor F-3 Request and Founder F-3 Request for Investor Request and Founder Request, respectively, when referring to Section 2.3(a)).

 

  (d) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the F-3 Initiating Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall not be counted as requests for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.3.

 

  2.6 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect a U.S. Qualified IPO or the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

  (a) and in no event later than (i) ninety (90) days counted after the date of notice provided for under Section 2.1(b)(ii); or (ii) thirty (30) days after the date of the Investor Request or Founder Request provided for under Section 2.3 or an Investor F-3 Request or Founder F-3 Request provided for under Section 2.5, prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective within ninety (90) days after the date of such filing, and, upon the request of any Holder of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) days period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter, from selling any Registrable Securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable rules, such period shall be extended for the period necessary to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

  (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

  (c) furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the 1933 Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

 

  (d) use commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act;

 


  (e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

 

  (f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

  (g) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 to be listed on a national exchange or trading system and on each securities exchange and trading system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

 

  (h) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 2.6 to the contrary, the Company shall be entitled to suspend, for a reasonable period of time not to exceed 30 days in the aggregate, the effectiveness or use of, or trading under, any registration statement if the Company shall determine that the sale of any securities pursuant to such registration statement would in the good faith judgment of the Company be seriously detrimental to the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise its rights pursuant to this paragraph more than two times in any calendar year.

In the event of the suspension of effectiveness of any registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.6, the applicable time period during which such registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by that number of days equal to the number of days the effectiveness of such registration statement was suspended.

 

  2.7 Information from Holder . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

  2.8 Expenses of Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Section 2 including all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holders, which counsel shall be selected by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold pursuant to any registration statement, shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.8 to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 2.5 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Initiating Holders or F-3 Initiating Holders (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless, in the case of a registration requested under Section 2.3, the Initiating Holders agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 2.3 and provided , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 2.3 and 2.5.


  2.9 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

  2.10 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

 

  (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors, members and shareholders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the 1933 Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who Controls such Holder or underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under Applicable Law (including the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any foreign or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or any foreign or state securities laws), insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following (each a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any foreign or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or any foreign or state securities laws, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter, Controlling Person or other aforementioned Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter, Controlling Person or other aforementioned Person; provided , further , however , that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned Person, or any Person Controlling such Holder or underwriter, from whom the Person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Shares in the offering, if a copy of the most current prospectus was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or underwriter or other aforementioned Person to such Person, if required by law to have been so delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Shares to such Person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

 


  (b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who Controls the Company, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any Controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing Persons may become subject, under Applicable Law (including the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any foreign or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or any foreign or state securities laws), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any Person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 2.10(b) for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 2.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.10 of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.10 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.10.

 

  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that no contribution by any Holder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.10(b), shall exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.


  (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.10 to the contrary, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

  (f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities

 

  2.11 Reports Under the 1934 Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form F-3, the Company agrees to:

 

  (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the Initial Public Offering;

 

  (b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act; and

 

  (c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time following ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form F-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested to avail any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.


  2.12 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Registrable Securities that (a) is an Affiliate of such Holder or (b) after such assignment or transfer, holds at least at least four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Registrable Securities (appropriately adjusted for any share split, dividend, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like), in each case, subject to the limitations provided for in Section 6.5, and provided that : (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.14 below; and (iii) such assignment shall be effective only if immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the 1933 Act. For the purposes of this Section 2.12, any assignee or transferee of Registrable Securities and the rights under this Section 2 to cause the Company to register such Registrable Securities from a Founder, Investor, or any Person that has acquired Registrable Securities and such rights from any assignee or transferee of any such Person, in each case in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, shall be a Founder or Investor, as the case may be.

 

  2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Founders and all of the Major Investors, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include any of such securities in any registration filed under this Section 2, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included.

 

  2.14 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

 

  (a) Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to a Qualified Public Offering and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) except for sales of Registrable Securities in a Qualified Public Offering (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares held immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement for such offering, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Shares, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14 shall apply only to a Qualified Public Offering, and shall only be applicable to the Holders if all officers, directors and greater than one percent (1%) shareholders of the Company enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with a Qualified Public Offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.14 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in a Qualified Public Offering that are consistent with this Section 2.14 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 


In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if (i) during the last seventeen (17) days of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the one hundred eighty (180)-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16)-day period beginning on the last day of the one hundred eighty (180)-day period, the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.14 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the eighteen (18)-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

  (b) With respect to a U.S. Qualified IPO, each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on any share certificates issued in relation to Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 2.14):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S REGISTERED OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

3. Covenants

 

  3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements . Without limiting the Company’s obligations pursuant to the Policy Agreement, the Company shall deliver to each Major Investor, each Kaszek Investor, IFC and ICQ (or transferee of such Major Investor, Kaszek Investor, IFC or ICQ):

 

  (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement and a statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, a balance sheet and statement of shareholders’ equity as of the end of such year, in each case for both the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and unconsolidated basis, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards and audited and certified by independent public accountants of internationally recognized standing selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to each of the Major Investors;

 

  (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, in each case for both the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and unconsolidated basis;

 

  (c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing (i) the number of shares of each class and series of Equity Securities outstanding at the end of the period, (ii) the number of outstanding share options (including the numbers of vested and unvested options as of the end of the period) and the exercise price applicable thereto, and (iii) the number of shares of share options not yet issued but reserved for issuance as of the end of the period, in each case in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage of equity ownership in the Company.

 

  (d) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a proposed budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or business plans, or revised budgets or business plans, prepared by the Company;

 


  (e) with respect to the financial statements called for in subsection (b) of this Section 3.1, an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by IFRS) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment; and

 

  (f) such other information relating to the financial condition, business or corporate affairs of the Company as the Major Investors, Kaszek Investors, IFC or ICQ may from time to time reasonably request, provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (e) or any other subsection of Section 3.1 to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.

 

  3.2 Inspection . Without limiting the Company’s obligations pursuant to the Policy Agreement, if requested, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall permit the designated representatives of any Major Investor, Kaszek Investor, IFC and ICQ, at such Major Investor’s or such Kaszek Investor’s, IFC’s or ICQ’s expense, as applicable, a reasonable opportunity to visit and inspect the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ properties, to examine their books of account and records and to discuss their affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours as may be requested by such Major Investor, Kaszek Investor, IFC or ICQ; provided , however , that (i) the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information and (ii) the inspection rights contained in this Section 3.2 may be exercised only once during any twelve (12)-month period.

 

  3.3 Pre-Emptive Rights . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 3.3, the Company hereby grants to each Holder pre-emptive rights with respect to future sales by the Company of its Equity Securities. Each Holder shall be entitled to apportion the pre-emptive rights hereby granted it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate. Without limiting the foregoing, for purposes of this Section 3.3, the term “Holder” includes Affiliates of such Holder. Each time the Company proposes to offer any Equity Securities, the Company shall first make an offering of such Equity Securities to each Holder in accordance with the following provisions:

 

  (a) The Company shall deliver a notice in accordance with Section 7.3 (“ Notice ”) to each Holder stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Equity Securities, (ii) the number of such Equity Securities to be offered and (iii) the price and terms upon which it proposes to offer such Equity Securities.

 


  (b) By written notification received by the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after the giving of Notice, each Holder may elect to purchase, at the price and on the terms specified in the Notice, up to that portion of such Equity Securities that equals the proportion that the number of Shares issued and held by such Holder (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) bears to the total number of Shares then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible and exercisable securities then outstanding) and held by all Holders. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Holder that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “ Fully-Exercising Holder ”) of any other Holder’s failure to do likewise (the “ Second Notice ”), which shall also set forth the number of Equity Securities not purchased by the other Holders and shall offer the Fully-Exercising Holders the right to acquire such Equity Securities on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Notice. During the five (5)-day period commencing after delivery of the Second Notice, each Fully-Exercising Holder may deliver a written notice to the Company electing to purchase its pro rata share of that portion of the Equity Securities for which Holders were entitled to subscribe, but which were not subscribed for by the Holders, and indicating the maximum number of Equity Securities that it will purchase if any other Fully-Exercising Holder elects not to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities. Each Holder’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be a fraction of the Equity Securities, the numerator of which shall be the number of Equity Securities (including Equity Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) owned by such Holder on the date of the Second Notice and the denominator shall be the total number of Equity Securities (including any Equity Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) owned by all Fully-Exercising Holders on the date of the Second Notice.

 

  (c) If all Equity Securities that Holders are entitled to obtain pursuant to subsection 3.3(b) are not elected to be purchased as provided in subsection 3.3(b) hereof, the Company may, during the ninety (90)-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 3.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of such Equity Securities to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Equity Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Holders in accordance herewith.

 

  (d) The pre-emptive rights in this Section 3.3 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of Shares (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board; provided that (a) such share sales or grant of options to purchase shares do not constitute in aggregate a sale or grant of options to purchase shares representing greater than 2.5 percent by par value of the total shares in issuance on the date of the sale of the relevant shares or grant of the relevant share options; and (b) the total number of shares issued to employees and options to purchase shares granted to employees do not exceed in aggregate 10 percent by par value of the total shares in issuance at any time; (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering; (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities; or (iv) the issuance of securities in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of shares or otherwise, which is unanimously approved by the Board. In addition to the foregoing, the pre-emptive rights in this Section 3.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Holder in any subsequent offering of Shares if (1) at the time of such offering, the Holder is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) of the 1933 Act and (2) such offering of Shares is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 


  3.4 Employee Agreements . Unless unanimously approved by the Board, all future employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries who shall receive grants from the Company of Shares or options to purchase Shares shall be required to execute agreements providing for (i) vesting of such Shares or options over a four (4)-year period with the first twenty five percent (25%) of such Shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or services, and the remaining Shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty six (36) months thereafter, (ii) a 180-day lockup period in connection with a Qualified Public Offering, and (iii) a right of first refusal in favor of the Company on transfers of such Shares or options until a Qualified Public Offering.

 

  3.5 Controlled Foreign Corporation .

 

  (a) No later than ninety (90) days following the end of each Company taxable year, and without limiting the Company’s obligations pursuant to the Policy Agreement, the Company shall provide the following to the Major Investors, Kaszek Investors and ICQ, and, upon request, any other Holder: (i) the Company’s capitalization table as of the end of the last day of such taxable year and (ii) reasonable access to such other Company information as may be required by any United States person treated as the holder, directly or indirectly, of a beneficial interest in the Company to determine the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ status as a “controlled foreign corporation” (“ CFC ”) as defined in the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor thereto) (the “ Code ”) and to determine whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has generated Subpart F Income (as defined in Section 952 of the Code) (“ Subpart F Income ”) that may be required to be reported by any United States shareholder (as defined in Section 951(b) of the Code) (“ United States shareholder ”) on its United States federal income tax return.

 

  (b) Each Holder shall, upon request, provide the Company with such information as may be required (i) to determine whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a CFC and (ii) to permit the Company or any United States person treated as the holder, directly or indirectly, of a beneficial interest in the Company to comply with any applicable U.S. tax filing obligations.

 

  (c) Unless the Company reasonably determines, upon the advice of its counsel, that neither it nor any Subsidiary is a CFC, the Company agrees, upon the request of any Holder: (i) to the extent permitted by law, to annually make dividend distributions to its shareholders in an amount up to fifty percent (50%) of the amount of any income that would be deemed distributed to its shareholders pursuant to Section 951(a) of the Code if its shareholders were each United States shareholders and (ii) to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize Subpart F Income.

 

  3.6 Passive Foreign Investment Company . No later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each Company taxable year, and without limiting the Company’s obligations under the Policy Agreement, the Company shall make available to the Major Investors, Kaszek Investors and ICQ, and, upon request, any other Holders all information that would reasonably permit a determination to be made as to whether the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is expected to be, or was, a “passive foreign investment company” (“ PFIC ”) within the meaning of section 1297 of the Code for that year. If any Holder reasonably believes there is a possibility that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries will be a PFIC for any taxable year and so notifies the Company, the Company shall, with such advice as may be reasonably requested by the Holders, provide the Holders with the information necessary to permit any United States person treated as the holder, directly or indirectly, of a beneficial interest in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for this purpose to make a “Qualified Electing Fund” election or file a “Protective Statement” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1295-3, as amended (or any successor thereto) as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each taxable year of the Company (but in no event later than ninety (90) days following the end of each such taxable year), and shall provide the Holders with reasonable access to such other Company information as may be required for purposes of filing U.S. federal income tax returns in connection with such Qualified Electing Fund election or Protective Statement.

 


  3.7 Additional Tax Matters .

 

  (a) The Company filed an election to be classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes on Form 8832 on June 23, 2011, and such election has not been revoked. The Company will not elect to be classified as an entity other than a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the Company shall not conduct any activity that would result in the Company either (i) earning unrelated business taxable income as defined in Section 512 of the Code, including unrelated debt-financed income as defined in Section 514 of the Code, or (ii) being engaged in a trade or business within the United States as defined in Section 864(b) of the Code; provided that the Company shall be permitted to be engaged in the trade or business of holding equity interests of another entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

  (b) If any Holder, on its own or on behalf of any United States person treated as the holder of a beneficial interest in the Company for this purpose, notifies the Company that they are subject to the reporting requirements of either or both of Sections 6038 and 6038B, the Company agrees to provide such information as may be necessary to fulfill such person’s obligations thereunder.

 

  (c) To the extent necessary to prevent any adverse tax consequences under the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder and any intergovernmental agreements in respect thereof (“ FATCA ”) or as requested by the GIC Investor, as determined in the GIC Investor’s sole discretion, the Company and its subsidiaries shall comply with the applicable requirements of FATCA. Each Investor and each Founder shall provide the Company with any forms and such other information as the Company may reasonably request from time to time for purposes of such FATCA compliance.

 

  (d) Before any withholding tax shall be applied to any payment from a subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to any payment from the Company to the GIC Investor, Riverwood Investors or IFC, the Company shall timely inform the GIC Investor, Riverwood Investors or IFC, as applicable, about such withholding tax and shall reasonably cooperate with the GIC Investor, Riverwood Investors and IFC to minimize or avoid any such withholding tax. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment from the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to IFC shall be made without deduction for any taxes, duties, costs or other charges unless such deduction is required pursuant to Applicable Law (including any laws or regulations with respect to IFC’s immunity from taxation and customs duties in the territories of IFC’s member countries). The Company hereby acknowledges that IFC is immune from all forms of taxation and customs duties, including withholding tax, in the territories of IFC’s member countries. Without prejudice to the second sentence of this Section 3.7(d), the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist IFC, including by preparing necessary forms and other paperwork, to obtain the benefits of any immunity, exemption or relief from taxation to which IFC is entitled with respect to taxes imposed in respect of IFC’s ownership of shares in the Company. The Company further agrees that, at IFC’s request, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to make any filings and to take other actions to recover on IFC’s behalf any taxes withheld or paid which are recoverable, in each case with respect to taxes imposed in respect of IFC’s ownership of shares in the Company, but only to the extent that such filings may be made, or such withheld or paid taxes recovered by the Company, and cannot be legally filed, recovered or obtained, as the case may be, by IFC. If Company is required to withhold or deduct taxes, the Company agrees to provide IFC with 20 calendar days’ advance notice of any amounts to be withheld purportedly representing IFC’s tax liability.

 

  3.8 Directors and Officers Liability Insurance . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain, for as long as any representatives of the Investors or the Founders remain on the Board, liability insurance for the Company’s directors and officers and the IFC Observer, in reasonable and customary amounts.

 


  3.9 Indemnification Matters . The Company hereby acknowledges that the Investor Directors and the IFC Observer may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more Investors and certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “ Investor Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (a) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to any such Investor Director or the IFC Observer are primary and any obligation of the Investor Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such Investor Director or the IFC Observer are secondary), (b) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by such Investor Director or the IFC Observer and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of any such Investor Director or the IFC Observer, to the extent legally permitted and as required by the organizational documents of the Company (or any agreement between the Company and such Investor Director or the IFC Observer), without regard to any rights such Investor Director or the IFC Observer may have against the Investor Indemnitors, and (c) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Investor Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Investor Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Investor Indemnitors on behalf of any such Investor Director or the IFC Observer with respect to any claim for which such Investor Director or the IFC Observer has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Investor Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of such Investor Director or the IFC Observer against the Company.

 

  3.10 Protective Provisions . For so long as a Major Investor owns at least four hundred thousand (400,000) Shares (as adjusted for any share split, dividend, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like), without the prior written consent of each such Major Investor, the Holders shall not approve, and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to (in each case by amendment of its organizational documents, merger, consolidation or otherwise):

 

  (a) (i) prior to December 31, 2017, consummate a Liquidity Event in which the consolidated pre-money equity value of the Company and its Subsidiaries is lower than $1.25 billion, or (ii) thereafter consummate an Initial Public Offering that is not a Qualified Public Offering;

 

  (b) amend the Articles or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries’ constitutive documents, in each case if such amendment would reduce, extinguish or prevent the exercise of any of the powers, preferences or rights of any Holder pursuant to the amended Articles or the constitutive documents of any Subsidiary of the Company or pursuant to this Agreement. For clarification purposes, neither (i) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Policy Agreement nor (ii) the creation of a new series of preferred shares of the Company in the context of a financing transaction pursuant to which only Equity Securities subject to the pre-emptive rights under Section 3.3 are issued will not be considered to “reduce, extinguish or prevent the exercise” of the rights of the Holders under this Section;

 

  (c) consummate any spin-off ( cisão ) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

  (d) change the authorized number of Directors, except for (i) the admission, in the context of a financing transaction pursuant to which only Equity Securities subject to the pre-emptive rights under Section 3.3 are issued, of new investors that are not Affiliates of any of the Holders and (ii) the appointment of independent Directors (as defined by the rules of the stock exchange on which the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed) in anticipation of a Qualified Public Offering, which in both cases may be approved in accordance with the Articles and Applicable Law;

 


  (e) redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any Equity Securities; provided , however , that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the repurchase of Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such Shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or service, or pursuant to a right of first refusal, or (ii) a repurchase of Equity Securities from IFC pursuant to the Policy Agreement;

 

  (f) enter into, amend or terminate any transaction or agreement between or among the Company and its subsidiaries on the one hand and any Founder, senior manager, non-executive employee, officer, director or shareholder of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any of their respective affiliates or, with respect to individuals, any member of any of such person’s immediate family, or any corporation, partnership or other entity in which such person or family member is an officer, director or partner, or in which such person or family member has ownership or economic interests of otherwise controls or participates (each of which, a “related party”); provided that this clause (f) shall not apply to the entry into an agreement for the issuance of sale of any Equity Securities that is subject to the pre-emptive rights under Section 3.3 or the entry by the Company and IFC into the Policy Agreement or the amendment or termination thereof;

 

  (g) effect the voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;

 

  (h) adopt any Share plan, equity incentive plan or similar agreement, or modify or amend any such existing plan or agreement, in each case with respect to the Founders and their Affiliates, including to increase the number of Shares reserved for issuance under such plan or agreement;

 

  (i) issue any equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company or any securities convertible or exchangeable for equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, in each case, other than such issuances to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

  (j) declare or pay any dividends in-kind or make any distributions in-kind, in each case, of any securities of any Subsidiary of the Company or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

  (k) consummate any Subsidiary IPO or an IPO Reorganization.

 

  3.11 Downside Round Protection .

 

  (a) In the event of issue or sale of Downside Event Shares that results in proceeds payable per Downside Event Share (“ Downside Event Price” ) of less than the price per Share paid by the May 2014 Investors pursuant to the May 2014 Subscription Agreement and/or by the March 2015 Investors pursuant to the March 2015 Subscription Agreement (in each case, as adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like, and for each of the May 2014 Investors and/or the March 2015 Investors, as the case may be, the “ Investor Price” ) is consummated during the two (2) years following the Closing Date (as defined in the May 2014 Subscription Agreement and/or the March 2015 Subscription Agreement, as applicable), regardless of whether the May 2014 Investors and/or the March 2015 Investors approved or not such issue or sale of the Downside Event Shares (“ Downside Event” ), then as promptly as practicable but in no event later than immediately prior to or at the same time of the consummation of each and any issuance or sale of Downside Event Shares, the Company shall issue, for nominal consideration ( valor simbólico ), for the benefit of each of the May 2014 Investors and/or each of the March 2015 Investors, as applicable, a number of Shares equal to the number of Adjustment Shares, as defined pursuant to the following formulas and rounded up to the nearest whole number:

Weighted Average Price     =    (Investor Price x Outstanding Shares) + (Downside Event Price x Downside Event Shares)

                                                      (Outstanding Shares + Downside Event Shares)

Adjustment Shares     =    (Investor Price x Investor Shares) – Investor Shares

                                             Weighted Average Price

 


  (b) For the purposes of this Section 3.11:

 

  (i) Outstanding Shares ” shall mean the number of Shares outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale of Downside Event Shares.

 

  (ii) Investor Shares ” shall mean the number of Shares subscribed by each applicable May 2014 Investor pursuant to the May 2014 Subscription Agreement and/or by each applicable March 2015 Investor pursuant to the March 2015 Subscription Agreement, as applicable, and in each case as adjusted by any capital increase, share split, share dividend, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like, for any reason whatsoever.

 

  (iii) Downside Event Shares ” shall mean (i) any number of Shares (or any options, rights, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares or preferred shares of the Company, considered as if converted into Shares) to be issued or sold by the Company; (ii) any number of common or preferred equity securities to be issued or sold by any Subsidiary, considered as if converted into Shares; or (iii) any number of equity securities of any Person received by the Holders in exchange for their Shares due to any merger of the Company or of any Subsidiary, such equity securities considered as if converted into Shares; in each case as adjusted by any capital increase, share split, share dividend, combination, subdivision, recapitalization or the like, for any reason whatsoever).

 

  (c) Any pre-emptive rights pursuant to Section 3.3 shall be calculated considering the additional Adjustment Shares.

 

  (d) The downside ground protection rights in this Section 3.11 shall not be applicable to (i) the issuance or sale of Shares (or options therefor) to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board; (ii) the issuance of securities pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering; and (iii) the issuance of securities pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable equity securities that were issued prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

  3.12 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and Applicable Anti-Corruption Laws .

 

  (a) Prohibition of Corrupt Payments . The Company, its Subsidiaries and the Founders covenant and agree that none of the Company, the Founders nor any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, employees, representatives, consultants, agents or shareholders acting on the Company’s, its Subsidiaries’ or the Founders’ behalf will, or will take any action to, in connection with their involvement in the Company, its Subsidiaries or their business, make, offer, promise, agree to make or authorize any payment or transfer of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to (i) any Government Official; (ii) any political party, party official or candidate; (iii) any other Person while knowing that all or a portion of the value will be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to anyone described in items (i) or (ii) above; any owner, director, employee, representative or agent of any actual or potential customer of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iv) any director, employee, representative or agent of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or of their affiliates; or (v) any other person or entity, for the purpose of influencing any act or decision by such person in his official capacity, inducing such person to violate his lawful duty, or securing any improper advantage; in each case in violation of U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (15 U.S.C. Section 78dd-1, et seq .) (the “ FCPA ”), or any similar applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws of Brazil or of any other relevant jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conducts business.

 


  (b) Government Ownership, Change in Ownership or Control . The Company and each of the Founders covenants and agrees that if any Founder, or to the knowledge of the Company, any officer, director, employee, consultant or shareholder of the Company or its Subsidiaries becomes a Government Official in a position to take or influence official action for or against the Company or its Subsidiaries, the Company or such Founder shall disclose such fact in writing to the Investors within thirty (30) days of having learned it. If, in the reasonable opinion of the Investors, such fact substantially increases the risks of possible noncompliance by the Company or its Subsidiaries with applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, the Company will consider in good faith appropriate actions to mitigate such risks.

 

  (c) Notification in Case of Breaches . The Company shall immediately notify the Investors of any breaches to the limitations provided for in Section 3.12(a) and Section 3.12(b), which notification shall be made as soon as the Company and/or the Founders become aware of any such breach.

 

  (d) Accounting and Recordkeeping . The Company shall maintain books, records and accounts which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect its transactions, assets and liabilities, and shall establish and maintain a system of internal accounting controls that provides reasonable assurance that: (i) its transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization; (ii) its transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for its assets; (iii) access to its assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization; (iv) the recorded accountability for its assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and (v) it does not maintain off-the-books accounts or more than one set of books, records or accounts.

 

  (e) Third Parties . The Company has adopted an anti-corruption policy with respect to Company and Subsidiary dealings with third parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investors, as a corporate policy of the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Anti-Corruption Policy ”). The Company shall maintain in effect the Anti-Corruption Policy and the Anti-Corruption Policy shall not be amended, restated, waived or otherwise modified in any material respect without the approval of a majority in interest of the Investors. The Company covenants and agrees that it and its Subsidiaries will comply with the Anti-Corruption Policy in all interactions with third parties.

 

  (f) Audit . The Company and the Founders covenant and agree that, upon any Major Investor’s request, they will engage an outside firm, at the Company’s expense, to audit the Company and its Subsidiaries to determine compliance with Applicable Laws, which shall include, but shall not be limited to, providing all information and access necessary for the Major Investors or their representatives to audit the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries. All such audits will be conducted by an independent audit firm selected by the Major Investors, together, in their sole discretion.

 


4. Rights of First Refusal and Co-Sale .

 

  4.1 Rights of Refusal .

 

  (a) Transfer Notice . If at any time a Holder proposes to Transfer Equity Securities (a “ Selling Holder ”), then the Selling Holder shall promptly give the Company and each other Holder that is not affiliated with such Holder (a “ Remaining Holder ”) written notice of the Selling Holder’s intention to make the Transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”). The Transfer Notice shall include (i) a description of the Equity Securities to be transferred (“ Offered Shares ”), (ii) the name(s) and address(es) of the prospective transferee(s), (iii) the consideration and (iv) the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made. If the Transfer is being made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4, the Transfer Notice shall state under which specific subsection the Transfer is being made. From the date hereof until the consummation of a Liquidity Event, none of the Founders (or any of their transferees or assignees in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement) shall be permitted to Transfer its Equity Securities pursuant to this Section 4 unless the consolidated pre-money equity value of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such proposed Transfer is equal to or greater than $1.25 billion; provided , however, that even in the event the consolidated pre-money equity value of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such proposed Transfer is equal to or greater than $1.25 billion, each Founder shall only be allowed to Transfer up to $30 million worth of Equity Securities prior to the consummation of a Liquidity Event.

 

  (b) Company’s Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days from delivery of the Transfer Notice to elect to purchase the Offered Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice. The Company may exercise such purchase option and purchase all, but not less than all, of the Offered Shares by notifying the Selling Holder of its intention in writing before expiration of such ten (10)-day period. If the Company gives the Selling Holder notice that it desires to purchase such shares, then payment for the Offered Shares shall be by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Offered Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than forty-five (45) days after delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, unless the Transfer Notice contemplated a later closing with the prospective third-party transferee(s) or unless the value of the purchase price has not yet been established pursuant to Section 4.1(e). If the Company fails to purchase all of the Offered Shares by exercising the option granted in this Section 4.1(b) within the period provided, the Offered Shares shall be subject to the options granted to the Remaining Holders pursuant to subsection 4.1(d).

 

  (c) Additional Transfer Notice . Subject to the Company’s option set forth in Section 4.1(b), if at any time the Selling Holder proposes a Transfer, then, within five (5) days after the Company has declined to purchase all of the Offered Shares or the Company’s option to so purchase the Offered Shares has expired, the Selling Holder shall give each Remaining Holder an “ Additional Transfer Notice ” that shall include all of the information and certifications required in a Transfer Notice and briefly describe the Remaining Holders’ rights of first refusal and co-sale rights with respect to the proposed Transfer.

 


  (d) Remaining Holders’ Right of First Refusal .

 

  (i) Each Remaining Holder shall have an option for a period of fifteen (15) days from the delivery of the Additional Transfer Notice from the Selling Holder set forth in Section 4.1(c) to elect to purchase its respective pro rata share of the Offered Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Additional Transfer Notice. Each Remaining Holder may exercise such purchase option and purchase all, but not less than all, of his, her or its pro rata share of the Offered Shares (a “ Participating Holder ” for the purposes of Section 4.1(d) and 4.1(e)), by notifying the Selling Holder and the Company in writing of its intention to purchase its pro rata share of the Offered Shares, before expiration of the fifteen (15)-day period (the “ Participating Holder Notice ”). Each Remaining Holder’s pro rata share of the Offered Shares shall be a fraction of the Offered Shares, the numerator of which shall be the number of Shares (including Equity Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) owned by such Remaining Holder on the date of the Transfer Notice and denominator of which shall be the total number of Shares (including Equity Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) held by all Remaining Holders on the date of the Transfer Notice.

 

  (ii) In the event any Remaining Holder elects not to purchase its pro rata share of the Offered Shares available pursuant to its option under subsection 4.1(d)(i) within the time period set forth therein, then the Selling Holder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Overallotment Notice ”) to each Participating Holder that has elected to purchase all of its pro rata share of the Offered Shares (each a “ Fully Participating Holder ”), which notice shall set forth the number of Offered Shares not purchased by the other Remaining Holders, and shall offer the Fully Participating Holders the right to acquire the unsubscribed shares. Each Fully Participating Holder shall have five (5) days after Delivery of the Overallotment Notice to deliver a written notice to the Selling Holder (the “ Participating Holders Overallotment Notice ”) of its election to purchase its pro rata share of the unsubscribed shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Additional Transfer Notice and indicating the maximum number of the unsubscribed shares that it will purchase if any other Fully Participating Holder elects not to purchase its pro rata share of the unsubscribed shares. For purposes of this Section 4.1(d)(ii), the numerator shall be the same as that used in Section 4.1(d)(i) above and the denominator shall be the total number of Shares (including any Equity Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) owned by all Fully Participating Holders on the date of the Transfer Notice. Each Participating Holder shall be entitled to apportion Offered Shares to be purchased among its partners and affiliates (including in the case of an investment fund other investment funds affiliated with such fund), provided that such Participating Holder notifies the Selling Holder of such allocation.

 

  (e) Payment .

 

  (i) The Participating Holders shall effect the purchase of the Offered Shares with payment by check or wire transfer, against delivery of the Offered Shares to be purchased at a place agreed upon between the parties and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, which shall be no later than forty-five (45) days after Delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, unless the Transfer Notice contemplated a later closing with the prospective third-party transferee(s) or unless the value of the purchase price has not yet been established pursuant to Section 4.1(e).

 


  (ii) Should the purchase price specified in the Transfer Notice or Additional Transfer Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company (and the Participating Holders) shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the fair market value of such property. If the Selling Holder and the Company (or the Participating Holders) cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after Delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice (or the Delivery of the Additional Transfer Notice to the Remaining Holders), the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by the Selling Holder and the Company (or the Participating Holders) or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after Delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice (or the Delivery of the Additional Transfer Notice to the Holders), each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and those appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by the Selling Holder, on the one hand, and the Company (and the Participating Holders), on the other, with the half of the total cost borne by the Company and the Participating Holders allocated pro rata to each party, based on the number of shares such party has expressed an interest in purchasing pursuant to this Section 4. If the time for the closing of the Company’s purchase or the Participating Holders’ purchase has expired but the determination of the value of the purchase price offered by the prospective transferee(s) has not been finalized, then such closing shall be held on or prior to the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made pursuant to this subsection.

 

  4.2 Right of Co-Sale .

 

  (a) To the extent the Company and the Remaining Holders do not exercise their respective rights of refusal as to all of the Offered Shares pursuant to Section 4.1, then each Holder other than the Selling Holder (a “ Co-Sale Holder ” for purposes of this Agreement) that notifies the Selling Holder in writing within twenty (20) days after delivery of the Additional Transfer Notice referred to in Section 4.1(c), shall have the right to participate in such sale of Registrable Securities on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice. Such Co-Sale Holder’s notice to the Selling Holder shall indicate the number of Registrable Securities that the Co-Sale Holder wishes to sell under his, her or its right to participate. To the extent one or more of the Holders exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Registrable Securities that the Selling Holder may sell in the Transfer shall be correspondingly reduced.

 

  (b) Each Co-Sale Holder may sell all or any part of that number of Registrable Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of Registrable Securities covered by the Transfer Notice that have not been subscribed for pursuant to Section 4.1 by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares (including Equity Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) owned by the Co-Sale Holder on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Shares (including Registrable Securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares) owned by the Selling Holder and all of the Co-Sale Holders on the date of the Transfer Notice.

 

  (c) Each Co-Sale Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Selling Holder a notice informing that such Co-Sale Holder will transfer to the prospective purchaser:

 

  (i) the number of Shares that such Co-Sale Holder elects to sell; or

 

  (ii) that number of Registrable Securities that are at such time convertible into the number of Shares that such Co-Sale Holder elects to sell; provided , however , that if the prospective third-party purchaser objects to the delivery of such Registrable Securities in lieu of Shares, such Co-Sale Holder shall convert such Registrable Securities into Shares and deliver Shares as provided in this Section 4.2. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser and contingent on such transfer.

 


  (d) The Registrable Securities referred to in the notice that the Co-Sale Holder delivers to the Selling Holder pursuant to Section 4.2(c) shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and the Selling Holder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. The Co-Sale Holders shall not be required to provide the prospective purchaser or purchasers any operational representations and warranties, indemnification or guarantees relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Holder exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, the Selling Holder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Registrable Securities unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Selling Holder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Holder for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Transfer described in the Transfer Notice.

 

  4.3 Non-Exercise of Rights . To the extent that the Company and the Remaining Holders have not exercised their rights to purchase the Offered Shares within the time periods specified in Section 4.1 and the Co-Sale Holders have not exercised their rights to participate in the sale of the remaining Offered Shares within the time periods specified in Section 4.2, the Selling Holder shall have a period of thirty (30) days from the expiration of such rights in which to sell the remaining Offered Shares upon terms and conditions (including the purchase price) no more favorable to the Selling Holder than those specified in the Transfer Notice, to the third-party transferee(s) identified in the Transfer Notice. The third-party transferee(s) shall acquire the remaining Offered Shares free and clear of subsequent rights of first refusal and co-sale rights under this Agreement. In the event the Selling Holder does not consummate the sale or disposition of the remaining Offered Shares within the thirty (30)-day period from the expiration of these rights, the Company’s first refusal rights, the Remaining Holders’ first refusal rights and the Co-Sale Holders’ co-sale rights shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Offered Shares by the Selling Holder until such right lapses in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Furthermore, the exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Company and the Holders under this Section 4 to purchase Registrable Securities from the Selling Holder or participate in sales of Registrable Securities by the Selling Holder shall not adversely affect their rights to make subsequent purchases from the Selling Holder of Equity Securities or subsequently participate in sales of Registrable Securities by the Selling Holder.

 

  4.4 Limitations to Rights of Refusal and Co-Sale. Notwithstanding anything in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 to the contrary, the first refusal rights of the Company and first refusal and co-sale rights of the Holders shall not apply to (a) the Transfer of Registrable Securities (x) to an Affiliate of such Holder or (y) in the case of the Transfer by a Holder that is a venture capital, private equity or other similar investment fund in connection with a distribution of the Equity Securities upon liquidation or dissolution of such Holder, to the partners, members, shareholders or other equity holders of such Holder; (b) any sale of Registrable Securities to the public pursuant to an Initial Public Offering; or (c) a repurchase of Equity Securities from IFC pursuant to the Policy Agreement; provided , however , that in the case of clause (a), (i) the Holder shall inform the Company of such Transfer prior to effecting it and (ii) each such transferee or assignee, prior to the completion of the Transfer, shall have executed documents assuming the obligations of the Holder under this Agreement with respect to the transferred Registrable Securities, including any limitations on Transfers. Such transferred Registrable Securities shall remain Registrable Securities hereunder, and such pledgee, transferee or donee shall be treated as the Holder for purposes of this Agreement; provided , however , that in the case of a Transfer pursuant to clause (a)(y), none of (i) the rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, (ii) the pre-emptive rights pursuant to Section 3.3 or (iii) the first refusal and co-sale rights pursuant to this Section 4 shall inure to any such transferee, and any such transferee shall not be treated as a Holder for purposes of Section 2 or Section 3.3, as applicable, or as a Remaining Holder or Co-Sale Holder, as applicable, for purposes of Section 4.


  4.5 Prohibited Transfers .

 

  (a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Holder shall: (i) Transfer, or attempt to Transfer, any Equity Securities in the Company to any of the individuals or entities named on (x) lists promulgated by the United Nations Security Council or its committees pursuant to resolutions issued under Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter, or (y) the World Bank Listing of Ineligible Firms (each, a “ Debarred Person ”); or (ii) vote in favor of or consent to any liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, merger, consolidation or other transaction that constitutes a Liquidity Event which would result in (1) the Holders receiving Equity Securities of a Debarred Person or a Person that engages in the activities set forth in Exhibit B (or, with respect to the activities set forth in the second, third, fourth and fifth items of Exhibit B (the “ Specified Activities ”), that primarily engage in such Specified Activities), or (2) the Holders (if such Holders includes IFC) and a Debarred Person or a Person that engages in the activities set forth in Exhibit B (or, with respect to the Specified Activities, that engages primarily in such Specified Activities) being holders of the Equity Securities of the Company or a Subsidiary any surviving or successor Person. Each Holder shall cause the Company to, and the Company shall, refuse to recognize any purported Transfer or Equity Securities in the Company in violation of this Section 4.5(a), or record or register any such Transfer of Equity Securities in the Company in its Register of Members; provided, that after consummation of any admission of Equity Securities of the Company to listing on any securities exchange and/or to trading on any public market, this Section 4.5(a) shall not apply to a sale of Equity Securities of the Company on any open market. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no Holder will Transfer or otherwise encumber or dispose of in any way, all or any part of, or any interest in, any Equity Securities. Any purported Transfer or other encumbrance or disposition of Equity Securities not made in conformance with this Agreement shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company. For sake of clarity, a retailer that engages the Specified Activities but for which those Specified Activities do not constitute a majority of such retailer’s revenues shall not be considered to be a Person engaging primarily in such Specified Activities.

 

  (b) The Founders and Investors each acknowledge and agree that the covenants set forth in Section 4 are intended to ensure that the Founders and Investors are able to achieve liquidity with respect to their investment in the Company on equivalent terms. Accordingly, each of the Founders and Investors agree that they shall not attempt to avoid the provisions of this Section 4 through the creation of intermediate entities or by way of another restructuring of his or its investment in the Company.

 

  4.6 Preservation of Certain Rights . To the extent one or more rights of an Investor under this Agreement are conditioned on such Investor holding at least 400,000 Shares (as adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), such Investor shall continue to have such rights even after such time as it owns less than 400,000 Shares (as so adjusted) if: (i) such Investor, as a Selling Holder, delivers a Transfer Notice to the Company and the Remaining Holders pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or a Co-Sale Holder’s notice pursuant to Section 4.2(a), (ii) according to the Transfer Notice or Co-Sale Holder’s notice, such Investor proposes to Transfer all, but not less than all, of the Equity Securities it then holds, (iii) one or more Remaining Holders exercise their right of co-sale under Section 4.2 with respect to such Transfer and (iv) as a result, such Investor is unable to Transfer all of its Equity Securities to the proposed transferee; provided that such Investor shall continue to have such rights only until such time as it no longer owns the Equity Securities it was unable to Transfer.

 


  4.7 Drag-Along Right .

 

  (a) If prior to completion of a Qualified Public Offering, and subject to the provisions of Section 3.10 and Section 4.5, Holders who hold in the aggregate a majority of the then outstanding Shares approve a proposed Liquidity Event with a bona fide third party acquiror in exchange for cash and/or highly liquid publicly traded stock that is listed on a major global exchange as consideration (“ Acquisition ”), then as long as the transaction price (on a per share basis) is higher than (i) 1.5x the price per share paid for the Shares in the March 2015 Subscription Agreement within the first anniversary of the “Closing Date”, as defined in the March 2015 Subscription Agreement; (ii) 1.75x the price per share paid for the Shares in the March 2015 Subscription Agreement between the first and second anniversary of the “Closing Date”, as defined in the March 2015 Subscription Agreement; and (iii) 2.0x the price per share paid for the Shares in the March 2015 Subscription Agreement after the second anniversary of the “Closing Date”, as defined in the March 2015 Subscription Agreement, then each Holder shall: (A) at every meeting of the shareholders of the Company called with respect to any of the following, and at every adjournment thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the shareholders of the Company with respect to any of the following, vote any equity interest of the Company that the Holder then holds or of which the Holder otherwise then has beneficial ownership (1) in favor of approval of the Acquisition, and (2) against any proposal for any recapitalization, merger, sale of assets or other business combination (other than the Acquisition) between the Company and any person or entity other than the acquiring party in the Acquisition or any other action or agreement that would result in a breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or any other obligation or agreement of the Company under the definitive agreement(s) related to the Acquisition or which could result in any of the conditions to the Company’s obligations under such agreement(s) not being fulfilled; and (B) if the Acquisition is structured as (1) a merger, consolidation or sale of assets, each Holder shall waive any dissenters’ rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger, consolidation or sale of assets, or (2) a sale of equity interests, each Holder shall agree to sell all of the equity interests and rights to acquire any equity interests of the Company on the terms and conditions approved by the Company and the Major Investors pursuant to Section 3.10 and Holders who hold in the aggregate a majority of the then outstanding Shares; provided , in each case, that (I) the aggregate consideration receivable by all Holders shall be allocated among the Holders pro rata based on their ownership and (II) each Equity Security of the Company will be entitled to receive the same form of consideration as a result of such Acquisition and all payments shall be made at the same time.

 

  (b) Each Holder hereby constitutes and appoints as the proxy of such Holder and hereby grants a power of attorney to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company with full power of substitution, solely with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 4.7, and hereby authorizes the Chief Executive Officer to represent and to vote on its behalf, if and only if such Holder either (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent) in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such Holder’s Shares in favor of the approval of an Acquisition pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 4.7. Each of the proxy and power of attorney granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the other Parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as such, each is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires. Each Holder hereby revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Shares, solely with respect to the ability of any third party to vote on the matters set forth in this Section 4.7, and shall not hereafter, unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposit any of the Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of the Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth in this Section 4.7.

 


  (c) In accordance with the terms of Section 4.7(a) hereof, the Holders shall take all reasonably necessary and desirable actions, including the execution and delivery of such agreements and such instruments, and other actions reasonably necessary to (i) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to an Acquisition and (ii) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the closing of the Acquisition; provided , that no Holder shall be required to make any representations or warranties other than as to such Holder’s ownership of the Shares that he, she or it is transferring and/or voting (and not as to any other Person’s ownership of Shares), and provided , further , that no Holder shall have any liability for indemnification or contribution unless all Holders are similarly providing such indemnification and contribution and such required indemnification or contribution obligations shall be several, rather than joint, and the maximum obligation of any Holder under such provisions shall be limited to the amount of such Holder’s proceeds (whether cash or otherwise) from the Acquisition.

 

5. Voting Provisions; Board Matters .

 

  5.1 Board Size . Each Holder shall vote, or cause to be voted, at each regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) all voting securities of the Company then owned by such Holder (or as to which such Holder has voting power) to ensure that, and to ensure that the Articles provide that, the size of the Board shall be set and remain at ten (10) directors. Within twenty-four (24) months after the date of this Agreement, the Board shall constitute and maintain the following committees whose members shall all be Directors: (i) the audit committee; and (ii) the nominations committee; and (iii) the compensation committee, and the IFC Observer shall be permitted to attend all meetings of these committees, subject to the terms of the Policy Agreement. In addition, the Investor Director designated by the Riverwood Investors shall be entitled to serve on any of these committees. Any financial audit of the Company must be in compliance with the Accounting Standards and approved by the audit committee.

 

  5.2 Election of Directors .

 

  (a) In any election of Directors, the Holders shall cast each vote at any regular or special meeting of shareholders (or by written consent) for all voting securities of the Company then owned by them (or as to which they then have voting power) to elect (i) two (2) directors nominated by the Tiger Investors for so long as the Tiger Investors hold at least 400,000 Shares, in their sole discretion, one of whom shall initially be Lee Jared Fixel; (ii) one (1) director nominated by Clemenceau for so long as Clemenceau holds at least 400,000 shares (subject to Section 4.6), in its sole discretion, who shall initially be Cássio Casseb; (iii) one (1) director nominated by the GIC Investor for so long as the GIC Investor holds at least 400,000 shares (subject to Section 4.6), in its sole discretion; (iv) one (1) director nominated by the Riverwood Investors for so long as the Riverwood Investors hold at least 400,000 shares, in their sole discretion, who shall initially be Francisco Alvarez-Demalde; and (v) two (2) directors nominated by the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Company then held by the Founders.

 

  (b) In the absence of any nomination from the Persons with the right to nominate a Director as specified above, the Director or Directors previously nominated by such Persons and then serving shall be reelected if still eligible to serve as provided herein.

 

  (c) To the extent that the application of subsection 5.2(a) and 5.2(b) above shall result in the designation of less than all of the authorized Directors, then any remaining Directors shall be nominated and elected by the Holders entitled to vote thereon in accordance with, and pursuant to, the Articles.

 


  5.3 Removal; Vacancies . Any Director may be removed from the Board in the manner allowed by Applicable Law and the Articles, but with respect to any Director nominated pursuant to subsection 5.2(a) or 5.2(b) above, only upon the vote or written consent of the Holders entitled to nominate such director. Any vacancy created by the resignation, removal or death of a Director elected pursuant to Section 5.2 above shall be filled pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2.

 

  5.4 Actions Requiring Majority Board Approval . Subject to Section 3.10 and Section 5.5 of this Agreement, each of the following matters, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall fall within the competence of the Board and its approval shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office:

 

  (a) Acquisition of equity or convertible securities or assets representing an amount over five percent (5%) of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company measured from the last audited financial statements available;

 

  (b) Conversion or exchange (through merger with another entity) or transfer of equity or convertible securities or assets representing an amount over five percent (5%) of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company measured from the last audited financial statements available (subject to the approval requirements for Liquidity Events set forth in Section 3.10(a));

 

  (c) the sale, lease or other transfer of any real estate property;

 

  (d) the sale, lease, license or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (e) the issuance of any Equity Securities within the limit of the authorized capital;

 

  (f) the entering into or conducting of any line of business other than those currently engaged as of the date hereof;

 

  (g) the purchase or the receipt of options to purchase Shares or other Equity Securities from future employees, officers, directors and consultants;

 

  (h) any waiver of the requirements of Section 3.4;

 

  (i) the establishment (and amendments thereto) of any bonus payment or issuance of Equity Securities to any employee, officer, director, manager, consultant, or service provider, other than an issuance of Equity Securities subject to Section 3.3;

 

  (j) the payment or declaration of any dividend on the Shares or any other share capital;

 

  (k) any Guarantees for the benefit of a third party that is not the Company or one of its Subsidiaries (and, in that case, only in the ordinary course of business);

 

  (l) the Company and its Subsidiaries’ annual budget and business plan and strategic plans and any changes thereto;

 

  (m) any capital expenditures in excess of the amount set forth in the annual budget;

 

  (n) the appointment of the officers of the Company, including the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller, and of the officers and board members of the Subsidiaries, and hiring and dismissing such executives;

 

  (o) any marketing expenses in excess of the approved annual budget;

 

  (p) any material changes to commercial practices, including term of installment payments;

 

  (q) any sale, lease or disposal of assets in excess of R$2,000,000, whether in a single transaction or in a series of, related or unrelated, transactions;

 


  (r) the creation of a form agreement regarding proprietary information and the assignment of inventions for employees and consultants, and any amendment thereto;

 

  (s) the contracting of any commercial agreement in excess of R$10,000,000 (other than the purchase of product for retail sale on the websites of the Company and its Subsidiaries), whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions; and

 

  (t) the commencement or settlement of any lawsuit, arbitration or other legal proceeding involving amounts in excess of R$2,000,000 individually or in the aggregate.

 

  5.5 Actions Requiring Unanimous Board Approval . Subject to Section 3.10 of this Agreement, each of the following matters, with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, shall fall within the competence of the Board and its approval shall require the unanimous affirmative vote of all of the Directors then in office:

 

  (a) the establishment (and amendments thereto) of any bonus payment or issuance of Equity Securities to any Founder, other than an issuance of Equity Securities subject to Section 3.3;

 

  (b) any Indebtedness that would result in the ratio of consolidated Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries to accounts receivables from credit cards ( contas a receber de cartão de crédito ) to be greater than or equal to three (3);

 

  (c) any material change in the line of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

  (d) the request for a judicial arrangement with creditors or voluntary petition for bankruptcy;

 

  (e) the entering into hedging and other derivatives instruments;

 

  (f) the granting of any loans (i) to any individual or entity (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) in any amount; and (ii) to any of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether in a single transaction or in a series of related or unrelated transactions in excess of R$2,000,000; and

 

  (g) the waiver of the pre-emptive rights contemplated by Section 3.3(d)(iv).

 

  5.6 Meetings . The Board shall hold a regularly scheduled meeting at least once every calendar quarter. Extraordinary meetings of the Board may be called by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, by the Chairman of the Board, by any two (2) Directors or by any Director appointed by the Investors, upon at least ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice by e-mail to all Directors and the IFC Observer, together with an agenda and relevant documentation, unless otherwise unanimously agreed by the Directors. A Director’s attendance at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the Director attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is improperly called or convened. Meetings of the Board shall take place either in São Paulo, Brazil or in the United States, and the participation of Directors (and the IFC Observer) via telephone or video conference shall be permitted.

 

  5.7 Share Legend . (a) The register of members of the Company shall have a legend reading substantially as follows for all of the Holders:

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FROM THE ISSUER), AND THE SALE, PLEDGE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER OR VOTING OF SUCH SHARES IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SAID SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT. BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT.”

 


  (b) The Company shall cause the following language to be included in the relevant pages of the Subsidiaries’ registered share register and in any certificates representing Equity Securities that are subject to this Agreement a legend, in the language of the jurisdiction of the Subsidiary, which translates into the following legend in English:

“THE SHARES HELD BY [NAME OF SHAREHOLDER] ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, VOTING ARRANGEMENTS, AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT OF NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED, COPIES OF WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY. NO TRANSFER OF SUCH SHARES WILL BE MADE ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY, AND SUCH TRANSFER WILL BE NULL AND VOID, UNLESS ACCOMPANIED BY EVIDENCE OF COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENT. ANY TRANSACTIONS ENTERED INTO BY THE COMPANY OR ANY SHAREHOLDER IN VIOLATION OF SUCH SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT WILL BE NULL AND VOID.”

 

  5.8 No Liability for Election of Recommended Directors . Neither any Party to this Agreement, nor any officer, director, shareholder, member, partner, employee or agent of any such Party, makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any Party hereunder to serve on the Board by virtue of such Party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such Party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement.

 

  5.9 No Conflicting Voting Agreements . Except for this provisions of this Section 5, neither any of the Holders nor any affiliates thereof shall deposit any Shares of the Company beneficially owned by such Holder or affiliate in a voting trust or subject any such Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Shares that is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 


  5.10 IFC Observer . The Company, the Founders and the Investors acknowledge and agree that, pursuant to the Policy Agreement, for as long as IFC holds at least thirty-three percent (33%) of the number of Shares subscribed by IFC pursuant to the March 2015 Subscription Agreement (as such corresponding number shall be adjusted for any applicable share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like), IFC shall have the right to nominate one observer (the “IFC Observer”) to attend, in a nonvoting observer capacity, all meetings of the Board and any committees thereof and, in this respect, the IFC Observer shall have access to all information granted to the Board of Directors in their capacity as Directors of the Company (including notices, consents, minutes, financial statements, agendas, and other materials, in each case to be received at the same time and in the same manner as received by directors seated on the Board). The IFC Observer may provide to IFC any information that the IFC Observer receives from the Company, and may provide periodic reports to IFC. IFC and the IFC Observer (without prejudice to the preceding sentence) shall at all times keep confidential and not divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone any confidential information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the business or financial affairs of the Company to which IFC or the IFC Observer shall become privy by reason of this provision or the rights it creates (collectively, the “Confidential Information”); provided, however, that IFC and the IFC Observer may disclose Confidential Information to any officer, employee or representative of IFC or legal counsel, rating agency, accountants or representatives for IFC (each of the foregoing persons, a “Permitted Disclosee”). IFC shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information to other members of the World Bank Group. IFC and the IFC Observer shall only use the Confidential Information for purposes of monitoring and evaluating IFC’s investment in the Company. The foregoing confidentiality provisions shall not, however, be applied to any information that is generally available to the public or that is or has been made known or disclosed to IFC or the IFC Observer by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, that the Board may exclude the IFC Observer from attendance at such meetings or access to such information if the Board determines that doing so is necessary for reasons of material conflicts of interest as determined in good faith by the Board or to protect highly confidential information or to preserve attorney-client privilege. The Company covenants that, consistent with Section 3.9, it will indemnify the IFC Observer to the maximum extent that the Company indemnifies members of the Board, and the Company will not take any action to amend its Charter to prohibit the Company from complying with such obligation. IFC may remove the IFC Observer at any time and shall be entitled to nominate another IFC Observer in place of any IFC Observer so removed. In the event of the resignation, retirement or vacation of office of the IFC Observer, IFC shall be entitled to designate another IFC Observer in place of such IFC Observer.

 

  5.11 Policy Agreement . The Investors and the Company acknowledge that, concurrent with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and in connection with the March 2015 Subscription Agreement, the Company and IFC are entering into the Policy Agreement. The Company and IFC acknowledge and agree that in the event of any conflict in interpretation or implementation between this Agreement and the Policy Agreement, this Agreement shall control and the Company shall act in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that in the event of an amendment to a provision of this Agreement that creates a conflict with a provision of the Policy Agreement, as determined in good faith by IFC in its sole and reasonable discretion, such amended provision shall not control with respect to the Policy Agreement without the written consent of IFC to such amendment.


  5.12 Execution by the Company . The Company, by its execution in the space provided below, agrees that it will cause its share certificates evidencing the Shares issued after the date hereof to bear the legend required by Section 5 hereof, and it shall supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement to any holder of a certificate evidencing shares of share capital of the Company upon written request from such Holder to the Company at its registered office. The Parties hereto do hereby agree that the failure to cause the certificates evidencing the Shares to bear the legend required by Section 5 hereof and/or failure of the Company to supply, free of charge, a copy of this Agreement, as provided under this Section 5, shall not affect the validity or enforcement of this Agreement.

 

6. Key-men Provision; Non-Compete, Non-Hire and Non-Solicitation; Lock-Up .

 

  6.1 Key-men Provision . Marcio Kumruian hereby acknowledges and recognizes that the Investors have made their respective investments under the assumption that he, as a founder and executive of the Company and its Subsidiaries since its inception, has been instrumental to the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries, that the establishment and maintenance of a sound management is essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and the Subsidiaries of the Company, as well as that the Company and its Subsidiaries would find it extremely difficult or impossible to replace Marcio Kumruian in the near future. Therefore, Marcio Kumruian further acknowledges and recognizes that the Investors expect that Marcio Kumruain continue, at least during the Lock-Up Period, to faithfully render such executive, managerial, administrative and other services as are customarily associated with and incident to his positions as founder, shareholder and executive of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as it may from time to time reasonably require.

 

  6.2 Non-Compete .

 

  (a) In addition, the Founders hereby undertake, during the time that they are Holders, and for an additional period of two (2) years following the Transfer of their Shares, not to participate, directly or indirectly, unless otherwise authorized in writing by the Investors, in any type of e-commerce business or sporting goods retail business in Latin America (“ Company Business ”), by whatever means, including by owning, directly or indirectly, shares, quotas, rights or financial interest in any company, venture, association or other entity.

 

  (b) To this effect, each of the Founders will not do any of the following, directly or indirectly, including through any Affiliates or relatives up to the fourth degree, during the time they are Holders, and for an additional period of two (2) years following the Transfer of their Shares: (i) operate, develop, exploit, invest, engage or pursue any business engaged in the Company Business or any portion thereof, or operate, offer or sell products or services for any business engaged in the Company Business or any portion thereof; (ii) promote or assist, financially or otherwise, any person, firm, association, corporation or other entity directly or indirectly involved, in whole or in part, in the Company Business or any portion thereof; and (iii) perform consulting or related services directed to or related to the Company Business or any portion thereof.

 

  (c) The service by any of the Founders on the board of directors of either (i) Modanet Holding Ltd. and its subsidiaries, or (ii) SCAMK Empreendimentos e Participações Ltda. and its subsidiaries, shall not be considered a breach of this Section 6.2.

 

  6.3 Non-Hire and Non-Solicitation . In addition to the foregoing, the Founders hereby further undertake, directly or indirectly, including through any Affiliates or relatives up to the fourth degree, during the time they are Holders, and for an additional period of two (2) years following the Transfer of their Shares, (i) not to hire any employee or person connected with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to induce or try to induce any employee or person connected with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to leave his or her employment or fail to render services to the Company and its Subsidiaries; and (ii) not to induce or try to induce any of the suppliers and/or clients of the Company and its Subsidiaries to cease or reduce their business with the Company and its Subsidiaries.


  6.4 Liquidated Damages . The Founders understand that the foregoing restrictions may limit the ability of the Founders to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, but nevertheless believe that they have received and shall receive sufficient consideration and other benefits, as a Holder and an employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries and as otherwise provided hereunder, to justify such restrictions which, in any event (given the education, skills and ability of the Founders), the Founders believe would not prevent the executive from earning a living. The violation of any of the provisions of this Section 6 shall subject the Founders to pay the Investors liquidated damages equivalent to R$124.0 million plus damages effectively incurred by reason of the violation. Such liquidated damages shall be shared among the Investors proportionately based on the aggregate purchase price paid by each Investor for the Shares it then holds.

 

  6.5 Lock-Up Period . In addition to the provisions of this Section 6 and except to the extent permitted by Section 4.1(a), the Founders shall not Transfer any Registrable Securities to any third parties, until the consummation of a Liquidity Event (“ Lock-Up Period ”) without the prior written approval of the Major Investors; provided that the Founders shall be allowed to sell any of their Registrable Securities in such Liquidity Event as set forth herein.

 

7. Miscellaneous .

 

  7.1 Confidentiality . The Company and the Founders shall not disclose any information with respect to this Agreement, including the identity of the Investors and the number of Shares held by each such Investor, unless (a) if previously authorized in writing by each applicable Investor; or (b) as required to comply with any Applicable Law (and then only after providing advance notice to each applicable Investor of such disclosure).

 

  7.2 Entire Agreement . Except as set forth in Section 5.11, this Agreement and Schedule A hereto constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede any prior agreement or understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, in particular to the voting, transfer of securities or giving of written consents with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that certain Third Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement by and among the Company, the Founders and the Existing Investors dated as of May 12, 2014, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and superseded as of the date hereof by this Agreement.

 

  7.3 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given or made (a) when personally delivered to the intended recipient or when sent by e-mail, telecopy or facsimile followed by (if the recipient is IFC) the mailing of a copy as set forth in clause (b) or (c) below; provided, that notice to IFC by e-mail shall not be deemed effective until such time as IFC acknowledges receipt of such notice by return e-mail (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that the requirements of clauses (b) and (c) below are also met); (b) on the second business day after the date sent when sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service; or (c) five (5) business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, if to the Founders or the Investors, to their addresses set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, and if to the Company, to its registered office in the Cayman Islands. Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.


  7.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, United States of America, without regard to principles or rules of conflicts of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

  7.5 Binding Effect . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective legal representatives, heirs, and permitted successors and assigns.

 

  7.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts of the signature pages, each of which shall be considered an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

  7.7 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining portions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

  7.8 Interpretative Provisions . A reference to a statutory provision includes a reference to: (a) the statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time (whether before or after the date of this Agreement); and (b) any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision by any Person (whether before or after the date of this Agreement). The words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder,” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein shall have the meaning set forth in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

 

  7.9 Specific Performance . The Parties hereby expressly recognize and agree that (a) they would be irreparably damaged by any Party’s failure to comply with any of its respective obligations under any of the provisions of this Agreement, (b) damages for such failure to comply might not be easily calculated, and (c) the payment of damages would not constitute an adequate remedy for such failure to comply. Any action taken by any Party hereto in contravention of this Agreement shall be null, void and without legal effect.

 

  7.10 No Rights in Third Parties . The provisions of this Agreement are for the benefit of the Company, the Founders and the Investors and are not intended to be for the benefit of any Person to whom any debts, liabilities or obligations are owed, or who otherwise has any claim against the Company, the Founders, the Investors and no creditor or other Person shall obtain any rights under such provisions or solely by reason of such provisions shall be able to make any claims in respect of any debts, liabilities or obligations against the Company, the Founders or the Investors.


  7.11 Assignments; Binding Effect on Transferees, Heirs, Successors and Assigns . Subject to Section 6.5, the rights of the Holders granted hereunder are assignable (i) to any other Holder, (ii) to a partner or Affiliate of such Holder or (iii) subject to the limitations set forth herein, to an assignee or transferee who acquires some or all of the Registrable Securities held by a particular Holder in accordance with this Agreement, it being understood and agreed that (i) the assignability of the rights of the Investors and the Founders under Section 2 is subject to the limitation set forth in Section 2.12 and (ii) all other rights expressly stated to be exercisable by the Investors and the Founders in their capacity as such shall not be assignable to any other Holder. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Parties and their respective successors, heirs, legal representatives and permitted transferees and assigns; provided that for any such Transfer to be deemed effective, the transferee shall have executed and delivered to the Company in advance a signature page to this Agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company. The Company shall not record any Transfer of Shares on its books or issue any certificate representing any such Shares unless and until such transferee shall have complied with the terms of this Section 7.11. Upon the execution and delivery by a transferee of a signature page to this Agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company, such transferee shall be deemed to be a Party hereto as if such transferee were the transferor and such transferee’s signature appeared on the signature pages hereto.

 

  7.12 Successors . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

  7.13 Amendment . Subject to Section 5.11, any term of this Agreement may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and all of the Founders and all of the Major Investors; provided , however , that amendments to this Agreement made in the context of a financing transaction that does not adversely alter the rights and obligations of any Holder and in which only Equity Securities subject to the pre-emptive rights under Section 3.3 are issued shall require only the written consent of the Company and Holders that own a majority of the then outstanding Equity Securities; provided , further , that if any such amendment or waiver would adversely affect the obligations or rights of one or more Holders in a different manner than the other Holders, no such amendment or waiver shall be effective against any Holder that has not consented to such amendment or waiver in writing. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities and the Company.

 

  7.14 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, except that an Initial Public Offering that is not a Qualified Public Offering shall not be considered a Liquidity Event for the purposes of this Section 7.14; provided , that the provisions of Section 2 (Registration Rights), Section 6.2 (Non-Compete), Section 6.3 (Non-Hire and Non-Solicitation), Section 6.4 (Liquidated Damages) and Section 7 (Miscellaneous) shall survive the termination of this Agreement; and provided , further , that if the Liquidity Event is not a public offering of the Company or any successor entity thereto, the provisions of Section 4.5(a) (Prohibited Transfers) shall survive the termination of this Agreement unless the sole consideration to IFC from such Liquidity Event is cash and/or Equity Securities of a highly liquid publicly traded stock that is listed on a major global exchange (in which case Section 4.5(a) would not survive the Liquidity Event).


  7.15 Further Assurances . The Founders and the Investors covenant and agree that they shall from time to time execute or cause to be executed all other documents or cause to be done all filing, recording, publishing, or other acts as may be necessary or desirable to effectuate and carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement and each provision hereof or to comply with the requirements for the operation of an exempted limited company under the laws of the Cayman Islands and all other jurisdictions in which the Company or its Subsidiaries may from time to time conduct business.

 

  7.16 Dispute Resolution .

 

  (a) Any disputes, differences or claims whatsoever arising out of or related to this Agreement, including but not limited to its existence, validity, interpretation, performance, termination or breach (each a “ Dispute ”) shall first be submitted for amicable resolution by a written request for negotiation from any Party to this Agreement, setting out brief details of the Disputes, to all of the other Parties, delivered in the manner described in Section 7.3 above (a “ Dispute Notice ”). Upon delivery of the Dispute Notice, the parties to the Disputes shall attempt to resolve any Disputes amicably. If for any reason the parties to the Disputes do not amicably resolve the Disputes within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, the Disputes shall, upon the election of any party to the Disputes, be submitted to final and binding arbitration in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) then in effect (the “ Rules ”), except as modified herein.

 

  (b) The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted by a tribunal of three (3) arbitrators:

 

  (i) If there are only two (2) parties to the arbitration, one arbitrator shall be nominated by the claimant and the other shall be nominated by the respondent in accordance with the Rules, and the third arbitrator, who shall serve as the president of the arbitral tribunal, shall be nominated by the parties, through their party-nominated arbitrators, within fifteen (15) days from the confirmation by the ICC Court of Arbitration (“ ICC Court ”) of the appointment of the second arbitrator. In the event that one of the parties fails to timely nominate an arbitrator, the appointment shall be made by the ICC Court. Should the parties be unable to timely agree upon the selection of the president of the arbitral tribunal, the president shall be appointed by the ICC Court within ten (10) days of a request for an appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

  (ii) In the event that the arbitration proceeding involves multiple claimants or multiple respondents, the multiple claimants, jointly, and the multiple respondents, jointly, shall each nominate one arbitrator in accordance with the Rules, and those two party-nominated arbitrators shall, within fifteen (15) days from the confirmation by the ICC Court of the appointment of the second such arbitrator, jointly nominate the president of the arbitral tribunal. In the absence of such joint nomination either by the joint claimants or by the joint respondents, the ICC Court shall appoint the arbitrators for both the claimants and the respondents. If the two arbitrators nominated by the joint claimants and joint respondents respectively fail to timely and jointly nominate a president of the arbitral tribunal, the ICC Court shall appoint the president of the arbitral tribunal within ten (10) days of a request for appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter. If at any time a vacancy occurs in the arbitral tribunal, the vacancy shall be filled in the same manner and subject to the same requirements as provided for in the original appointment to that position.

 

  (c) The arbitration shall be held, and the award shall be rendered in São Paulo, SP, in English and Portuguese. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the English and Portuguese versions of the award, the English version shall prevail . The prevailing party or parties, as determined by the arbitral tribunal, shall be entitled to recover its costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the non-prevailing party or parties.


  (d) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.16 equally binds all parties to this arbitration agreement. The Parties hereby agree to submit to and comply with all the terms and conditions of this Section 7.16, which shall be in full force and effect, irrevocable, and subject to specific performance, if necessary, under Section 7.9 of this Agreement. The parties expressly agree that no additional instrument or condition is required to give this Section 7.16 full force and effect, including but not limited to the “compromisso” under article 10 of Brazilian Law No. 9,307 of September 23, 1996.

 

  (e) Each party retains the right to seek the judicial assistance of any court of competent jurisdiction to: (i) compel arbitration; (ii) apply for interim measures of protection of rights prior to the constitution of the arbitral tribunal, and any such action shall not be construed as a waiver of the arbitration proceedings by the parties; (iii) enforce any decision of the arbitral tribunal, including the final award, and (iv) pursue other proceedings expressly permitted by Brazilian Law No. 9,307 of September 23, 1996. Without prejudice to such provisional remedies as may be available under the jurisdiction of any court, the arbitrators, (and, where applicable, an emergency arbitrator appointed pursuant to the Rules) shall have full authority to grant provisional and permanent remedies or order the parties to request that a court modify or vacate any temporary or preliminary relief issued by a such court, and to award a penalty or damages for the failure of any party to respect the arbitral tribunal’s orders to that effect. In the event a Party seeks any relief in support of arbitration in the courts of Brazil, the Parties hereby stipulate that the request for arbitration shall be deemed in compliance with the requirements of Article 806 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure. The Parties consent to service of process in the manner provided in Section 7.3 above.

 

  (f) Any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential, and the Parties and their agents agree not to disclose to any third party the existence or status of the arbitration and all information made known and documents produced in the arbitration not otherwise in the public domain, and all awards arising from the arbitration, except and to the extent that disclosure is required by law and is required to protect or pursue a legal right.

 

  (g) The arbitral tribunal is authorized to award costs and attorneys’ fees and to allocate them between the parties in the dispute. The costs of the arbitration proceedings, including arbitrators’ and attorneys’ fees, shall be borne in the manner determined by the arbitral tribunal, taking into account that the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including attorneys’ fees, for the arbitral proceedings, as well as for any ancillary proceeding, including a proceeding to compel or enjoin the arbitration, or to request interim measures. The arbitral tribunal shall be the exclusive judge of whether a party qualifies as a prevailing party for the purposes of this provision.

 

  (h) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding. The Parties waive any right to appeal, to the extent that a right to appeal may lawfully be waived.

 

  (i) Each of the Parties acknowledges and agrees that no provision of this Agreement or of the Rules, nor the submission to arbitration by IFC, in any way constitutes or implies a waiver, termination or modification by IFC of any privilege, immunity or exemption of IFC granted in the Articles of Agreement establishing IFC, international conventions or Applicable Law.

 

  7.17 Waivers . The failure of any Party to seek redress for violation of or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.


  7.18 Conflict with Other Rights of First Refusal . Each Founder may have entered into a share restriction agreement or share purchase agreement with the Company (together with any additional share purchase agreements or share option agreements which a Founder may enter into with the Company, the “ Purchase Agreements ”), which Purchase Agreement contains a right of first refusal provision in favor of the Company. For so long as this Agreement remains in existence, the right of first refusal provisions contained in this Agreement shall supersede the right of first refusal provisions contained in any Purchase Agreements; provided , however , that the other provisions of such Purchase Agreements shall remain in full force and effect. If, however, this Agreement shall terminate, the right of first refusal provisions contained in such Purchase Agreements shall be in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

  7.18 Enabling Clause . The Company will cause the Articles, as amended, to give effect to the terms and provisions contained in this Agreement to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. Each of the Parties will vote its Shares and take any other action reasonably requested by the Company or any Holder to amend the Articles, as amended, so as to give full effect to avoid any conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Law.

 

  7.20 Bad Actor Representations and Covenants . Each Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that such Holder has not been convicted of any of the felonies or misdemeanors or has been subject to any of the orders, judgments, decrees or other conditions set forth in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, which as a matter of convenience only are excerpted in their current form on Exhibit A . Each Holder covenants to, upon request by the Company, provide written notice to the Company prior to any future issuance of Equity Securities of the Company or securities of Subsidiaries of the Company in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC if such Holder is convicted of any felony or misdemeanor or becomes subject to any order, judgment, decree or other condition set forth in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, as may be amended from time to time, prior to such issuance. Each Holder covenants to provide such information to the Company as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with the disclosure obligations set forth in Rule 506(e) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, as may be amended from time to time, to the extent the same is applicable to the issuance and sale of securities to such Holder.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
 

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

 

  By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN
 

Name:

  Marcio Kumruian
 

Title:

  Director
   
Address:  

Campbells Corporate Services Limited

Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square,

P.O. Box 268

Grand Cayman KY1-1104,

Cayman Islands

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
 

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II L.P., its
    General Partner
   
 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II G.P. Ltd., its
    General Partner
  By:   / S /    F RANCISCO  A LVAREZ -D EMALDE
 

Name:

  Francisco Alvarez-Demalde
 

Title:

  Managing Director
   
 

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS II (PARALLEL-B) L.P.

 

 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II L.P., its
    General Partner
   
 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II G.P. Ltd., its
    General Partner
  By:   / S /    F RANCISCO  A LVAREZ -D EMALDE
 

Name:

  Francisco Alvarez-Demalde
 

Title:

  Managing Director
   
Address:  

c/o Riverwood Capital Management

70 Willow Road

Suite 100

Menlo Park, California USA 94025

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  MACRO CONTINENTAL, INC.
  By:   / S /    J OSE  I GNACIO  G ONZALEZ
 

Name:

  Jose Ignacio Gonzalez
 

Title:

  President
   
Address:          

c/o Rivas Capital LLC, 222

Third St., Ste 3211,

Cambridge, MA 02142

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
 

BOSCOLO INTERVEST LIMITED

 

  By:   / S /    R AFAEL U RQUIA II
 

Name:

  Rafael Urquia II
 

Title:

  Assistant Secretary
   
Address:  

Residencial Acropolis Calle

Jaboncillo De Aptos. Terranova 600 Mts SO y 200 E Escazu, Costa Rica

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
 

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.P.

 

 

By:

  Tiger Global PIP Performance V, L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
   
 

By:

  Tiger Global PIP Management V, Ltd.
  Its:   General Partner
  By:   / S /    S TEVEN B OYD
 

Name:

  Steven Boyd
 

Title:

  General Counsel

 

Address:

 

 

9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

 

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS VI, L.P.

 

 

By:

  Tiger Global PIP Performance VI, L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
   
 

By:

  Tiger Global PIP Management VI, Ltd.
  Its:   General Partner
  By:   / S /    S TEVEN B OYD
 

Name:

  Steven Boyd
 

Title:

  General Counsel
   
Address:  

9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10019

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
 

CLEMENCEAU INVESTMENTS PTE LTD

 

  By:   / S /    R AVI L AMBAH
 

Name:

  Ravi Lambah
 

Title:

  Authorised Signatory
   
Address:  

60B Orchard Road, #06-18 Tower 2

The Atrium@Orchard

Singapore 238891

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

KASZEK VENTURES I, L.P.
 
By:   Kaszek Partners I, Ltd., as general partner of Kaszek Partners I, L.P., its General Partner
By:   / S / N ICOLAS S ZEKASY
Name:   Nicolas Szekasy
Title:   Director

 

KASZEK VENTURES I-A, L.P.
 
By:   Kaszek Partners I, Ltd., as general partner of Kaszek Partners I, L.P., its General Partner
By:   / S / N ICOLAS S ZEKASY
Name:   Nicolas Szekasy
Title:   Director

 

KASZEK VENTURES I-B, L.P.
 
By:   Kaszek Partners I, Ltd., as general partner of Kaszek Partners I, L.P., its General Partner
By:   / S / N ICOLAS S ZEKASY
Name:   Nicolas Szekasy
Title:   Director

 

KASZEK VENTURES I-C, L.P.
 
By:   Kaszek Partners I, Ltd., as general partner of Kaszek Partners I, L.P., its General Partner
By:   / S / N ICOLAS S ZEKASY
Name:   Nicolas Szekasy
Title:   Director
 

Address:

 

Aguada Park, Paraguay 2141, Fl 17 Of. 18,

Montevideo (11800)

Uruguay

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  METAL MONKEY TRUST
  By:   / S /    L EE F IXEL
 

Name:

  Lee Fixel
 

Title:

 
   
   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  SCOTT SHLEIFER 2011 DESCENDANTS’ TRUST
  By:   / S /    S COTT S HLEIFER
 

Name:

  Scott Shleifer
 

Title:

 
   
   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  THE FEROZ DEWAN 2010 GRAT IX
  By:   / S /    F EROZ D EWAN
 

Name:

  Feroz Dewan
 

Title:

 
   
   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  DIALVEST LTD.
  By:   / S /    P ATRICIO M ARTINELLI B RITO
 

Name:

  Patricio Martinelli Brito
 

Title:

  Attorney in Fact
   
   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  ICQ I NVESTMENTS V LP
  By:   / S /    K EVIN F OSTER
 

Name:

  Kevin Foster
 

Title:

  Authorised Signatory
   
Address:  

394 Pacific Avenue, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

c/o Kevin Foster

 

 
  ICQ I NVESTMENTS 16, LP
  By:   / S /    K EVIN F OSTER
 

Name:

  Kevin Foster
 

Title:

  Authorised Signatory
   
Address:  

394 Pacific Avenue, 2 nd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

c/o Kevin Foster

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  ARCHY LLC
  By:   / S /    W OLFGANG S CHWERDTLE
 

Name:

  Wolfgang Schwerdtle
 

Title:

  Authorised Signatory
   
Address:      

Cidade Jardim Ave 803

7 th Floor

São Paulo - SP - Brazil

   
   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
  I NTERNATIONAL F INANCE C ORPORATION
  By:   / S /    N IKUNJ J INSI
 

Name:

  Nikunj Jinsi
 

Title:

  Global Head, Venture Capital
   
Address:  

International Finance Corporation

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20433

 

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3743

Email: SPetersen@ifc.org

Attention: Director, TMT, Venture Capital and Funds Department

 

With a copy (in the case of communications relating to payments) sent to the attention of the Director, Department of Financial Operations at:

 

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3064

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
 
  By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN
 

Name:

  Marcio Kumruian
   
   
   

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as their act and deed to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 
 
  By:   / S /    H AGOP C HABAB
 

Name:

  Hagop Chabab*
   

 

 
  HCFT HOLDINGS, LLC
  By:   / S /    M ARCELO C HAMMAS
 

Name:

  Marcelo Chammas
 

Title:

  Manager

* For purposes of Sections 3.10, 3.12, 4.5, 5.5 and 6.

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED F OURTH A MENDED AND R ESTATED S HAREHOLDERS ’ A GREEMENT


SCHEDULE A

ORDINARY SHARE OWNERSHIP

 

Name and Address Investors

   Shares  
  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P.

  

9 West 57 th Street, 35 th Floor

  

New York, NY 10019

  
     1,662,880  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P.

  

9 West 57 th Street, 35 th Floor

  

New York, NY 10019

  
     890,448  

Metal Monkey Trust

  

c/o Lee Fixel

  

9 West 57 th Street, 35 th Floor

  

New York, NY 10019

  
     33,844  

Scott Shleifer 2011 Descendants’ Trust

  

c/o Scott Shleifer

  

9 West 57 th Street, 35 th Floor

  

New York, NY 10019

  
     34,435  

The Feroz Dewan 2010 GRAT IX

  

c/o Feroz Dewan

  

9 West 57 th Street, 35 th Floor

  

New York, NY 10019

  
     10,736  

Dialvest, Ltd.

  

R.G. Hodge Plaza, Second Floor

  

Upper Main Street

  

Road Town, Tortola

  

British Virgin Islands

  
     1,378  

Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd

  

60B Orchard Road, #06-18 Tower 2

  

The Atrium@Orchard

  

Singapore 238891

  
     612,705  

Kaszek Ventures I, L.P.

  

Aguada Park, Paraguay 2141, Fl 17 Of. 18,

  

Montevideo (11800)

  

Uruguay

     32,934  

Kaszek Ventures I-A, L.P.

  

Aguada Park, Paraguay 2141, Fl 17 Of. 18,

  

Montevideo (11800)

  

Uruguay

  
     5,677  

Kaszek Ventures I-B, L.P.

  

Aguada Park, Paraguay 2141, Fl 17 Of. 18,

  

Montevideo (11800)

  

Uruguay

  
     2,555  


Name and Address Investors

   Shares  

Kaszek Ventures I-C, L.P.

  

Aguada Park, Paraguay 2141, Fl 17 Of. 18,

  

Montevideo (11800)

  

Uruguay

  
     4,731  

ICQ Investments V LP

  

c/o Kevin Foster

  

244 Jackson St., 3rd Floor

  

San Francisco, CA 94111

  
     192,409  

ICQ Investments 16, LP

  

c/o Kevin Foster

  

244 Jackson St., 3rd Floor

  

San Francisco, CA 94111

  
     37,075  

Archy LLC

  

c/o GIC Special Investments Pte Ltd

  

168 Robinson Road

  

#37-01 Capital Tower

  

Singapore 068912

  
     741,510  

International Finance Corporation

  

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

  

Washington, D.C. 20433

  

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3743

  

Attention: Director, TMT, Venture Capital and Funds Department

  

With a copy (in the case of communications relating to payments) sent to the attention of the Director, Department of Financial Operations at:

  

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3064

  
     148,301  

Riverwood Capital Partners II L.P.

  

c/o Riverwood Capital Management

  

70 Willow Road

  

Suite 100

  

Menlo Park, California USA 94025

  
     452,284  

Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P.

  

c/o Riverwood Capital Management

  

70 Willow Road

  

Suite 100

  

Menlo Park, California USA 94025

  
     118,346  

Boscolo Intervest Limited

  

Residencial Acropolis Calle Jaboncillo De Aptos. Terranova 600 Mts SO y 200 E Escazu, Costa Rica

  
     8,392  

Macro Continental, Inc.

  

c/o Rivas Capital LLC

  

222 Third St., Ste 3211

  

Cambridge, MA 02142

  
     8,392  

Founders

  

Marcio Kumruian

  

1,235,196

  

HCFT Holdings, LLC

  
     700,474  

Total

     6,934,702  


EXHIBIT A

RULE 506(D) BAD ACTOR REPRESENTATIONS

No Holder:

(i) Has been convicted, within ten years before such sale (or five years, in the case of issuers, their predecessors and affiliated issuers), of any felony or misdemeanor:

(A) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;

(B) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or

(C) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

(ii) Is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within five years before such sale, that, at the time of such sale, restrains or enjoins such person from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice:

(A) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;

(B) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or

(C) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

(iii) Is subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or the National Credit Union Administration that:

(A) At the time of such sale, bars the person from:

( 1 ) Association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency, or officer;

( 2 ) Engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or

( 3 ) Engaging in savings association or credit union activities; or

(B) Constitutes a final order based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct entered within ten years before such sale;

(iv) Is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78 o (b) or 78 o -4(c)) or section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f)) that, at the time of such sale:

(A) Suspends or revokes such person’s registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser;

(B) Places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of such person; or

(C) Bars such person from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock;


(v) Is subject to any order of the Commission entered within five years before such sale that, at the time of such sale, orders the person to cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:

(A) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including without limitation section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(1)), section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and 17 CFR 240.10b-5, section 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78 o (c)(1)) and section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(1)), or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or

(B) Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e).

(vi) Is suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade;

(vii) Has filed (as a registrant or issuer), or was or was named as an underwriter in, any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the Commission that, within five years before such sale, was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, at the time of such sale, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued; or

(viii) Is subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order entered within five years before such sale, or is, at the time of such sale, subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations.


EXHIBIT B

EXCLUSION LIST

 

1) Production or trade in any product or activity deemed illegal under host country laws or regulations or international conventions and agreements, or subject to international bans, such as pharmaceuticals, pesticides/herbicides, ozone depleting substances, PCB, wildlife or products regulated under CITES.

 

2) Production or trade in weapons and munitions.

 

3) Production or trade in alcoholic beverages (excluding beer and wine).

 

4) Production or trade in tobacco.

 

5) Gambling, casinos and equivalent enterprises.

 

6) Production or trade in radioactive materials. This does not apply to the purchase of medical equipment, quality control (measurement) equipment and any equipment where IFC considers the radioactive source to be trivial and/or adequately shielded.

 

7) Production or trade in unbonded asbestos fibers. This does not apply to purchase and use of bonded asbestos cement sheeting where the asbestos content is less than 20%.

 

8) Drift net fishing in the marine environment using nets in excess of 2.5 km. in length.

 

9) Production or activities involving harmful or exploitative forms of forced labor/harmful child labor.

 

10) Commercial logging operations for use in primary tropical moist forest.

 

11) Production or trade in wood or other forestry products other than from sustainably managed forests.

Exhibit 4.02

 

 

 

INVESTMENT NUMBER 35490

Policy Agreement

between

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

and

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION

Dated March 20, 2015

 

 

 

This draft document is not a contract or an offer to enter into a contract. Only the document as executed by IFC and the other parties hereto will contain the terms that bind them. Until the document is executed by IFC and the other parties hereto, neither IFC nor the other parties hereto intend to be bound.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Article/

Section

 

Item

   Page No.

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1  

Section 1.01              Definitions

     1  

Section 1.02              Interpretation

     5  

Section 1.03              Third Party Rights

     5  

ARTICLE II IFC OBSERVER

     6  

Section 2.01              IFC Observer

     6  

Section 2.02              Removal/Resignation of IFC Observer

     6  

ARTICLE III COVENANTS

     7  

Section 3.01              General Reporting Covenants

     7  

Section 3.02              IFC Policy Reporting Covenants

     8  

Section 3.03              IFC Policy Covenants

     9  

Section 3.04              Other Affirmative Covenants

     10  

Section 3.05              Restricted Transfers

     10  

Section 3.06              Further Assurances

     11  

ARTICLE IV POLICY REPURCHASE OPTION

     11  

Section 4.01              Repurchase Option

     11  

ARTICLE V TERM OF AGREEMENT

     12  

Section 5.01              Term of Agreement

     12  

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     13  

Section 6.01              Representations and Warranties

     13  

Section 6.02              IFC Reliance

     13  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     13  

Section 7.01              Notices

     13  

Section 7.02              Saving of Rights

     14  

Section 7.03              English Language

     15  

Section 7.04              Applicable Law and Jurisdiction

     15  

Section 7.05              Immunity

     16  

Section 7.06              Announcements

     16  

Section 7.07              Successors and Assigns

     17  

Section 7.08              Amendments, Waivers and Consents

     17  

Section 7.09              Counterparts

     17  

Section 7.10              Expenses

     17  

Section 7.11              Entire Agreement

     17  

Section 7.12              Invalid Provisions

     17  


Annexes and Schedules

 

Annex A

   ANTI-CORRUPTION GUIDELINES FOR IFC TRANSACTIONS

Annex B

   EXCLUSION LIST

Schedule 1

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY AND AUTHORITY

Schedule 2

   ACTION PLAN

Schedule 3

   S&E PERFORMANCE REPORT


POLICY AGREEMENT

This POLICY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated March 20, 2015, between:

 

  (1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED, an exempted company organized and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”); and

 

  (2) INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION, an international organization established by Articles of Agreement among its member countries (“ IFC ”).

RECITALS

 

  (A) Pursuant to the Ordinary Share Subscription Agreement dated March 16, 2015 (the “ Subscription Agreement ”) between IFC, certain other investors and the Company, IFC has agreed to subscribe for 148,301 fully paid and non-assessable ordinary shares in the Company on the terms and conditions of the Subscription Agreement;

 

  (B) IFC has certain operational policy requirements for its transactions, and IFC requires adherence by the Company to these specific requirements and provisions as provided for in this Agreement as a condition of the IFC Subscription; and

 

  (C) Accordingly, as a condition of IFC’s obligations of subscription under the Subscription Agreement, the Company and IFC have agreed to enter into this Agreement.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Section 1.01     Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Accounting Standards ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Boards (“ IASB ”) (which include standards and interpretations approved by the IASB and International Accounting Standards issued under previous constitutions), together with its pronouncements thereon from time to time, and applied on a consistent basis; provided , however , that, with respect to any Subsidiary located in Mexico, “Accounting Standards” shall mean Mexican Financial Reporting Standards and with respect to any Subsidiary located in Argentina, “Accounting Standards” shall mean Argentine Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

Action Plan ” means the plan or plans developed by the Company, a copy of which is attached as Schedule 2 ( Action Plan ), setting out the specific social and environmental measures to be undertaken by the Company, to enable the Company’s Operations to be undertaken in compliance with the Performance Standards;

Affiliate ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule B of the Subscription Agreement;

Applicable Law ” means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, any license, permit or other governmental Authorization, in each case as in effect from time to time;

Applicable S&E Law ” means all applicable statutes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of the applicable Country, including without limitation, all Authorizations setting standards concerning environmental, social, labor, health and safety or security risks of the type contemplated by the Performance Standards or imposing liability for the breach thereof;

 

1


Auditors ” means the independent, external auditors of the Company;

Authority ” means any national, supranational, regional or local government, or governmental, statutory, regulatory, administrative, fiscal, judicial, or government-owned body, department, commission, authority, tribunal, agency or entity, or central bank (or any Person whether or not government owned and howsoever constituted or called, that exercises the functions of the central bank);

Authorization ” means any consent, registration, filing, agreement, notarization, certificate, license, approval, permit, authority or exemption from, by or with any Authority, whether given by express action or deemed given by failure to act within any specified time period, and all corporate, creditors’ and shareholders’ approvals or consents;

Authorized Representative ” means any individual who is duly authorized by the Company to act on its behalf and whose name and a specimen of whose signature appear on the Certificate of Incumbency and Authority most recently delivered by the Company to IFC;

Board of Directors ” or “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Company nominated and elected from time to time in accordance with the Charter and Shareholders’ Agreement;

Business Day ” means a day when banks are open for business in New York, New York;

CAO ” means the Compliance Advisor Ombudsman, the independent accountability mechanism for IFC that responds to environmental and social concerns of affected communities and aims to enhance outcomes;

CAO’s Role ” means the role of the CAO which is:

 

  (a) to respond to complaints by Persons who have been or are likely to be negatively affected by the social or environmental impacts of IFC projects; and

 

  (b) to oversee audits of IFC’s social and environmental performance, particularly in relation to sensitive projects, and to ensure compliance with IFC’s social and environmental policies, guidelines, procedures and systems;

Certificate of Incumbency and Authority ” means a certificate provided to IFC by the Company substantially in the form set forth in Schedule 1 ( Form of Certificate of Incumbency and Authority );

Charter ” means the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company or, as applicable, the equivalent constitutive or organizational documents of any Subsidiary, in each case, as the same may be amended from time to time;

Closing Date ” has the meaning given to it in Section 1.1(c)(ii) of the Subscription Agreement;

Coercive Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Annex A ( Anti-Corruption Guidelines for IFC Transactions );

Collusive Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Annex A ( Anti-Corruption Guidelines for IFC Transactions );

Company Operations ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule B of the Subscription Agreement;

 

2


Control ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule B of the Subscription Agreement;

Corrupt Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Annex A ( Anti-Corruption Guidelines for IFC Transactions );

Country ” means, with respect to the Company, the Cayman Islands, and with respect to any Subsidiary, the country in which it is organized and, if different, the country in which such Subsidiary has substantial operations;

Debarred Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.05 ( Restricted Transfers );

Director ” means an individual who is a member of the Board of the Company nominated and elected from time to time in accordance with the Charter and Shareholders’ Agreement;

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

Equity Securities ” of a company means (i) common shares, (ii) preferred shares, (iii) bonds, loans, warrants, rights, options or other similar instruments or securities, in each case which are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or which carry a right to subscribe for or purchase common shares of such company or (iv) any instrument or certificate representing a beneficial ownership interest in the common shares of such company, including global depositary receipts and American depository receipts and any other security issued by the company, even if not convertible into common shares, that derives its value and/or return based on the financial performance of the company or its shares.

Exclusion List ” means the list of prohibited activities set forth in Annex B ( Exclusion List );

Financial Year ” means the accounting year of the Company commencing each year on January 1 st and ending on the following December 31 st , or such other period as the Company from time to time designates as its accounting year in accordance with its Charter;

Fraudulent Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Annex A ( Anti-Corruption Guidelines for IFC Transactions );

General Meeting ” means a general meeting of the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Charter;

IFC Observer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01 ( IFC Observer );

IFC Shares ” means the Equity Securities of the Company subscribed for by IFC pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and/or otherwise held by IFC from time to time;

IFC Subscription ” means any subscription for Equity Securities of the Company by IFC as provided for in the Subscription Agreement;

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning given to it in Section 2.9(a) of the Subscription Agreement;

Liquidity Event ” has the meaning given to it in the Shareholders’ Agreement;

Listing ” means the admission of Shares of the Company to listing on any securities exchange and/or to trading on any public trading market;

Material Adverse Effect ” has the meaning given to it in Schedule B of the Subscription Agreement;

 

3


Obstructive Practice ” has the meaning set forth in Annex A ( Anti-Corruption Guidelines for IFC Transactions );

Performance Standards ” means IFC’s Performance Standards on Social & Environmental Sustainability, dated January 1, 2012, copies of which have been delivered to and receipt of which has been acknowledged by the Company pursuant to the letter dated November 19, 2014.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, company, partnership, firm, voluntary association, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, Authority or any other entity whether acting in an individual, fiduciary or other capacity;

Related Party ” means any Person: (a) that holds a material interest in the Company or any Subsidiary; (b) in which the Company or any Subsidiary holds a material interest; (c) that is otherwise an Affiliate of the Company; (d) who serves (or has within the past twelve (12) months served) as a director or officer of the Company; or (e) who is a member of the family of any individual included in any of the foregoing. For the purpose of this definition, “material interest” shall mean a direct or indirect ownership of shares representing at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding voting power or equity of the Company or any Subsidiary;

Repurchase Notice ” means a notice provided by IFC to the Company pursuant to Section 4.01(a) informing the Company of IFC’s exercise of the Repurchase Option;

Repurchase Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a) ( Policy Repurchase Option ).

Repurchase Price ” means in relation to any given exercise of the Repurchase Option, the amount obtained by multiplying the Subscription Price by the number of Repurchase Shares specified in the relevant Repurchase Notice and adjusting such amount by the rate of inflation as measured by the US CPI for the period of time, measured to the closest month, from the date of the IFC Subscription to the date the Repurchase Notice was delivered;

Repurchase Shares ” means the IFC Shares to be redeemed by IFC as specified in the Repurchase Notice, which shall be 100% of the IFC Shares as of the date of such Repurchase Notice.

Repurchase Trigger Event ” means (a) the failure of the Company to perform its obligations under or in respect of Section 2.01 ( IFC Observer ), Section 3.01 ( General Reporting Covenants ), Section 3.02 ( IFC Policy Reporting Covenants ), Section 3.03 ( IFC Policy Covenants ), Section 3.04(a) ( Other Affirmative Covenants ), or Section 3.05 ( Restricted Transfers ) of this Agreement, and such failure is incapable of remedy (in the reasonable opinion of IFC) or, where such failure is capable of remedy (in the reasonable opinion of IFC), it has not been remedied within sixty (60) days following notice of such failure from IFC; or (b) the failure of a representation made by the Company in Section 2.14 ( Environmental and Safety Laws ), Section 2.37 ( Sanctionable Practices ), Section 2.38 ( UN Security Council Resolutions ) or Section 2.39 ( Criminal Offenses ) of the Subscription Agreement to be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date;

S&E Performance Report ” means the S&E Performance Report attached hereto as Schedule 3 ( S&E Performance Report ), setting out the specific social, environmental and developmental impact information to be provided by the Company in respect of the Company Operations;

Sanctionable Practice ” means any Corrupt Practice, Fraudulent Practice, Coercive Practice, Collusive Practice, or Obstructive Practice, as those terms are defined herein and interpreted in accordance with the Anti-Corruption Guidelines attached to this Agreement as Annex A ( Anti-Corruption Guidelines for IFC Transactions );

 

4


Shareholders’ Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated March 20, 2015, between the Company and the Holders (as defined therein);

Shares ” means the issued and outstanding shares, or equivalent equity interests, of a company;

Shell Bank ” means a bank incorporated in a jurisdiction in which it has no physical presence and which is not an Affiliate of a regulated bank or a regulated financial group;

Subscription Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals;

Subscription Price ” has the meaning given to it in Section 1.1(b) of the Subscription Agreement;

Subsidiary ” means with respect to the Company, an Affiliate over fifty per cent (50%) of whose Shares is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; and

Transaction Documents ” means:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) the Subscription Agreement; and

 

  (c) the Shareholders’ Agreement.

Section 1.02     Interpretation . In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a) headings are for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  (b) words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (c) a reference to an Annex, Article, party, Schedule or Section is a reference to that Article or Section of, or that Annex, party or Schedule to, this Agreement;

 

  (d) a reference to a document in the “agreed form” is a reference to a document approved and for the purposes of identification initialed by or on behalf of the parties thereto;

 

  (e) a reference to a document includes an amendment or supplement to, or replacement or novation of, that document but disregarding any amendment, supplement, replacement or novation made in breach of this Agreement;

 

  (f) general words in this Agreement shall not be given a restrictive meaning by reason of their being preceded or followed by words indicating a particular class of acts, matters or things or by examples falling within the general words;

 

  (g) a reference to a party to any document includes that party’s successors and permitted assigns; and

 

  (h) unless stated otherwise herein, a reference to “shares of the Company” means shares of the Company of any class.

Section 1.03     Third Party Rights . A Person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

5


ARTICLE II

IFC OBSERVER

Section 2.01     IFC Observer . (a) For as long as IFC holds at least thirty-three percent (33%) of the number of IFC Shares subscribed by IFC pursuant to the Subscription Agreement (as such corresponding number shall be adjusted for any applicable share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations and the like), IFC shall have the right to nominate one observer (the “ IFC Observer ”) to attend, in a nonvoting observer capacity, all meetings of the Board and any committees thereof and, in this respect, the IFC Observer shall have access to all information granted to the Board of Directors in their capacity as Directors of the Company (including notices, consents, minutes, financial statements, agendas, and other materials, in each case to be received at the same time and in the same manner as received by directors seated on the Board). The IFC Observer may provide to IFC any information that the IFC Observer receives from the Company, and may provide periodic reports to IFC. IFC and the IFC Observer (without prejudice to the preceding sentence) shall at all times keep confidential and not divulge, furnish or make accessible to anyone any confidential information, knowledge or data concerning or relating to the business or financial affairs of the Company to which IFC or the IFC Observer shall become privy by reason of provision (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”); provided , that IFC and the IFC Observer may disclose Confidential Information to any officer, employee or representative of IFC or legal counsel, rating agency, accountants or representatives for IFC (each of the foregoing persons, a “ Permitted Disclosee ”). IFC shall be permitted to disclose such Confidential Information to other members of the World Bank Group. IFC and the IFC Observer shall only use the Confidential Information for purposes of monitoring and evaluating IFC’s investment in the Company. The foregoing confidentiality provisions shall not, however, be applied to any information that is generally available to the public or that is or has been made known or disclosed to IFC or the IFC Observer by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , that the Board may exclude the IFC Observer from attendance at such meetings or access to such information if the Board determines that doing so is necessary for reasons of material conflicts of interest as determined in good faith by the Board or to protect highly confidential information or to preserve attorney-client privilege. The Company covenants that, consistent with Section 3.9 of the Shareholders’ Agreement, it will indemnify the IFC Observer to the maximum extent that the Company indemnifies members of the Board, and the Company will not take any action to amend its Charter to prohibit the Company from complying with such obligation. IFC may remove the IFC Observer at any time and shall be entitled to nominate another IFC Observer in place of any IFC Observer so removed. In the event of the resignation, retirement or vacation of office of the IFC Observer, IFC shall be entitled to designate another IFC Observer in place of such IFC Observer.

 

  (b) Within twenty-four (24) months after the date of this Agreement, the Board shall constitute and maintain the following committees whose members shall all be Directors: (i) the audit committee; and (ii) the nominations committee; and (iii) the compensation committee, and the IFC Observer shall be permitted to attend all meetings of these committees, subject to the proviso set forth in Section 2.01(a) above. Any financial audit of the Company must be in compliance with the Accounting Standards and approved by the audit committee.

Section 2.02     Removal/Resignation of IFC Observer . IFC may remove the IFC Observer at any time and shall be entitled to nominate another Person as the IFC Observer in place of any IFC Observer so removed. In the event of the resignation, retirement or vacation of office of the IFC Observer, IFC shall be entitled to nominate another Person as the IFC Observer in place of such IFC Observer.

 

6


ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

Section 3.01     General Reporting Covenants .

 

  (a) The Company shall furnish to IFC the following information:

 

  (i) within ninety (90) days after the end of each Financial Year, annual financial statements (a balance sheet as of the end of such Financial Year and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Financial Year then ended) for the Company and for each of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and an unconsolidated basis, audited in accordance with the Accounting Standards and certified by the Auditors, along with a consolidating statement prepared by the Auditors, and a copy of all management letters delivered by the Auditors;

 

  (ii) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter of each Financial Year, quarterly financial statements (a balance sheet as of the end of such quarter and the related statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the quarter then ended) for the Company and for each of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and an unconsolidated basis, prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards;

 

  (iii) within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof by the Company, any management letter or similar letter from the Auditors;

 

  (iv) no later than ten (10) days before each General Meeting, the notice, agenda and relevant meeting materials for the General Meeting;

 

  (v) no later than fifteen (15) days after each General Meeting, the minutes thereof reflecting decisions adopted at such meeting;

 

  (vi) simultaneously with delivery to the Directors and the IFC Observer, the notice, agenda and relevant materials sent to them for meetings of the Board;

 

  (vii) no later than thirty (30) days after each Board meeting, the minutes thereof reflecting decisions adopted at such meeting;

 

  (viii) no later than thirty (30) days before commencement of each Financial Year, the proposed annual business plan; and

 

  (ix) upon IFC’s request, a summary of all outstanding litigation, arbitration or other claims involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the total number of claims outstanding for each type of claim (e.g., labor, civil, tax), the number of new claims initiated in the period covered by such request, the number of claims resolved (either by settlement, judicial award or otherwise) in such period, the aggregate and average payment amounts agreed by settlement or awarded, the aggregate and average settlement or award payment amounts actually paid, the aggregate amount reserved by the Company for each type of claim, and any other relevant information about the Company’s outstanding claims.

 

7


  (b) Following a Listing, the covenants set forth in this Section 3.01 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

Section 3.02     IFC Policy Reporting Covenants .

 

  (a) The Company shall promptly notify IFC upon becoming aware of any: (i) litigation or investigations or proceedings against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which have or may reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) any criminal investigations or proceedings against the Company or any director or officer of the Company, and any such notification shall specify the nature of the action or proceeding and any steps that the Company proposes to take in response to the same.

 

  (b) Upon IFC’s reasonable request or the CAO’s request (or IFC’s request on behalf or at the behest of the CAO) at any time, and with reasonable prior notice to the Company, the Company shall permit representatives of IFC and the CAO, during normal office hours, to:

 

  (i) visit any of the sites and premises where the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries is conducted;

 

  (ii) inspect any of the offices, branches and other facilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

 

  (iii) have access to the books of account and all records of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

 

  (iv) have access to those employees and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries who have or may have knowledge of matters with respect to which IFC or the CAO seeks information;

provided that: (A) in the case of representatives of the CAO, no such reasonably prior notice shall be necessary if special circumstances so require; (B) with respect to representatives of IFC only, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.02 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers, upon written advice of its legal counsel, to be a trade secret or similar confidential information; (C) the inspection rights contained in this Section 3.02 may be exercised by representatives of IFC only once during any twelve (12)-month period (but no such limitation applies to the representatives of the CAO); and (D) in the case of the representatives of the CAO, such access shall be for the purpose of carrying out the CAO’s Role.

 

  (c) The Company shall and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries shall:

 

  (i) within ninety (90) days after the end of each Financial Year, deliver to IFC the corresponding S&E Performance Report in the form attached as Schedule 3 ( S&E Performance Report ) hereto confirming compliance with the Action Plan, the social and environmental covenants set forth in this Agreement and Applicable S&E Law, or, as the case may be, identifying any non-compliance or failure, and the actions being taken to remedy it, and including such information as IFC shall reasonably require in order to measure the ongoing development results of IFC’s investment in the IFC Shares, which information IFC may hold and use in accordance with IFC’s Access to Information Policy, dated January 1, 2012, which is available at http://ifcnet.ifc.org/intranet/ifcpolproc.nsf/AttachmentsByTitle/700101IFCPolicyDisclosureInformation_ Effective+Jan+1+2012/$FILE/700101IFCPolicyDisclosureInformation.pdf); and

 

8


  (ii) within three (3) days after its occurrence, notify IFC of any social, labor, health and safety, security or environmental incident, accident or circumstance having, or which could reasonably be expected to have, any material adverse social and/or environmental impact or any material adverse impact on the implementation or operation of the Company Operations in compliance with the Performance Standards, specifying in each case the nature of the incident, accident, or circumstance and the impact or effect arising or likely to arise therefrom, and the measures the Company or the relevant Subsidiary, as applicable, is taking or plans to take to address them and to prevent any future similar event; and keep IFC informed of the on-going implementation of those measures.

 

  (d) The Company shall furnish to IFC, within ninety (90) days after the expiry of the insurance policy referred to in Section 3.03(f) ( IFC Policy Covenants ), a certificate from an Authorized Representative confirming that, as of the date of such certificate, the Company maintains the insurance policy required to be maintained pursuant to Section 3.03(f) ( IFC Policy Covenants ) and providing a detailed explanation of any material changes in such insurance policies.

 

  (e) Following a Listing, IFC may, by notice to the Company, elect not to receive any of the information described in this Section 3.02. In this case, the Company shall provide IFC with copies of all information publicly disclosed and/or filed, in compliance with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which any of the Company’s securities are listed and any Applicable Law. If, upon a Liquidity Event, the rights set forth in this Section 3.02 survive such Liquidity Event pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or Section 5.01(b), and IFC does not elect not to receive any of the information described in this Section 3.02 in accordance with the first sentence in this Section 3.02(e), the exercise of the rights set forth in this Section 3.02 shall be subject to Applicable Law with respect to selective disclosure of information by publicly traded companies and to IFC entering into a confidentiality and standstill agreement reasonably acceptable to IFC and the Company or any successor entity thereto.

Section 3.03      IFC Policy Covenants .

 

  (a) Sanctionable Practices .

 

  (i) The Company hereby agrees that it shall not engage in (nor authorize or permit any Affiliate or any other Person acting on its behalf to engage in) any Sanctionable Practice with respect to the Company Operations;

 

  (ii) The Company further covenants that should it become aware of any violation of Section 3.03(a)(i), it shall promptly notify IFC; and

 

  (iii) If IFC notifies the Company of its concern that there has been a violation of Section 3.03(a)(i), the Company shall cooperate in good faith with IFC and its representatives in determining whether such a violation has occurred, and shall respond promptly and in reasonable detail to any notice from IFC, and shall furnish documentary support for such response upon IFC’s request.

 

  (b) Affirmative Covenants . The Company shall and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries shall:

 

  (i) implement the Action Plan and undertake the Company Operations in compliance with the Performance Standards and Applicable S&E Law; and

 

  (ii) periodically review the form of the S&E Performance Report and advise IFC as to whether revision of the form is necessary or appropriate in light of changes to the Company Operations and revise the form of the S&E Performance Report, if applicable, with the prior written consent of IFC.

 

  (c) Negative Covenant . The Company shall not amend the Action Plan in any material respect without the prior written consent of IFC.

 

9


  (d) UN Security Council Resolutions . The Company shall not and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries shall not enter into any transaction or engage in any activity prohibited by any resolution of the United Nations Security Council under Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter. The Company shall ensure that no Person may become a holder of Equity Securities if such Person or any Affiliate of such Person is named on (A) lists promulgated by the United Nations Security Council or its committees pursuant to resolutions issued under Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter; or (B) the World Bank Listing of Ineligible Firms (see www.worldbank.org/debarr).

 

  (e) Shell Banks . The Company shall not and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries shall not conduct business or enter into any transaction with, or transmit any funds through, a Shell Bank.

 

  (f) Insurance . The Company shall, at all times, maintain a directors and officers liability insurance policy, providing adequate and customary coverage with a financially sound and reputable insurer or insurers, and such policy shall at all times cover the IFC Observer to the full extent as it covers the Directors of the Company.

 

  (g) Prohibited Activities . The Company shall not, and shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries shall not, engage directly or indirectly in any of the activities on the Exclusion List attached as Annex B or in a country that is not a member of the World Bank.

Section 3.04     Other Affirmative Covenants . The Company shall:

 

  (a) undertake its business, activities and investments, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to undertake their business, activities and investments, in compliance with Applicable Law; and

 

  (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within eighteen (18) months of the Closing Date, adopt and maintain a policy, in form and substance satisfactory to IFC, designed to maximize the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ownership of Intellectual Property developed or acquired in the course of its operations, which policy shall require the Company to, commencing on the date such policy is adopted: (i) cause all material technological developments, patentable or unpatentable, inventions, discoveries or improvements by the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ officers or employees to be documented in accordance with the appropriate professional standards; and (ii) cause all officers and key employees, and to the extent practicable, consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to enter into non-disclosure and proprietary rights agreements in customary form, approved by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.05     Restricted Transfers . The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, refuse to effect or recognize: (a) any transaction involving a purported Transfer (as such term is defined in the Charter) of Equity Securities in the Company or of any Subsidiary to any of the individuals or entities named on (i) lists promulgated by the United Nations Security Council or its committees pursuant to resolutions issued under Chapter VII of the United Nations Charter or (ii) the World Bank Listing of Ineligible Firms (each, a “ Debarred Person ”), or record or register any such Transfer of Equity Securities in the Company or such Subsidiary in the applicable share registry; or (b) any liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, merger, consolidation or other transaction that constitutes a Liquidity Event which would result in (1) the shareholders of the Company receiving equity securities of a Debarred Person or a Person that engages in activities set forth on the Exclusion List (or, with respect to the activities set forth in the second, third, fourth and fifth items on the Exclusion List (the “ Specified Activities ”), that engages primarily in such Specified Activities), or (2) the shareholders of the Company (if such shareholders includes IFC) and a Debarred Person or a Person that engages in the activities set forth on the Exclusion List (or, with respect to the Specified Activities, that engages primarily in such Specified Activities) being holders of any of the equity securities of the Company or a Subsidiary or any surviving or successor Person. After consummation of any admission of Equity Securities of the Company to listing on any securities exchange and/or to trading on any public market, this Section 3.05 shall not apply to a sale of Equity Securities of the Company on any open market. For sake of clarity, a retailer that engages in the Specified Activities but for which those Specified Activities do not constitute a majority of such retailer’s revenues shall not be considered to be a Person engaging primarily in such Specified Activities.

 

10


Section 3.06     Further Assurances . The Company shall exercise all such rights and powers as are available to it to take, or cause to be taken, such actions, and do, perform, execute and deliver, or cause to be done, performed, executed and delivered, all acts, deeds and documents necessary, proper or advisable to ensure compliance with and to fully and effectually implement the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, as promptly as reasonably possible.

ARTICLE IV

POLICY REPURCHASE OPTION

Section 4.01     Repurchase Option .

 

  (a) The Company hereby grants to IFC an option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) to sell to the Company, and the Company is obligated to purchase from IFC upon exercise of each such option, all the Repurchase Shares (as specified by IFC in the relevant Repurchase Notice) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b) The Repurchase Option may be exercised by IFC by delivery to the Company of a Repurchase Notice at any time within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date upon which IFC becomes aware of the occurrence of a Repurchase Trigger Event.

 

  (c) The Repurchase Notice shall specify the number of Repurchase Shares (which shall be 100% of the IFC Shares as of the date of such Repurchase Notice), the Repurchase Price for those Repurchase Shares (and the basis for its determination of the Repurchase Price), the bank account into which the Repurchase Price shall be paid, the nature of the relevant Repurchase Trigger Event and the settlement date (the “ Settlement Date ”) for such repurchase (which shall be not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of the Repurchase Notice).

 

  (d) On the Settlement Date: (i) the Company shall pay to IFC, into the bank account specified by IFC, the Repurchase Price set out in the Repurchase Notice in immediately available funds, without deduction whatsoever for any fees, taxes, duties, costs or other charges howsoever called unless such deduction is required pursuant to Applicable Law (including any laws or regulations with respect to IFC’s immunity from taxation and customs duties in the territories of IFC’s member countries); and (ii) IFC shall, after receipt of the Repurchase Price, transfer to the Company free of all liens and other encumbrances and rights of third parties the certificates, if any, evidencing title to the Repurchase Shares together with such instruments of transfer, if any, as required by the laws of the Country to effect the transfer. The Company hereby acknowledges that IFC is immune from all forms of taxation and customs duties, including withholding tax, in the territories of IFC’s member countries. Without prejudice to clause (i) of this Section 4.01(d), the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist IFC, including by preparing necessary forms and other paperwork, to obtain the benefits of any immunity, exemption or relief from taxation to which IFC is entitled with respect to taxes imposed in respect of IFC’s ownership of shares in the Company. The Company further agrees that, at IFC’s request, it will use commercially reasonable efforts to make any filings and to take other actions to recover on IFC’s behalf any taxes withheld or paid which are recoverable, in each case with respect to taxes imposed in respect of IFC’s ownership of shares in the Company, but only to the extent that such filings may be made, or such withheld or paid taxes recovered by the Company, and cannot be legally filed, recovered or obtained, as the case may be, by IFC. If Company is required to withhold or deduct taxes, the Company agrees to provide IFC with 20 calendar days’ advance notice of any amounts to be withheld purportedly representing IFC’s tax liability.

 

11


  (e) For the avoidance of doubt, IFC shall be entitled to any dividends, distributions or return of capital relating to the Repurchase Shares which are the subject of the relevant Repurchase Notice which were declared or otherwise had a record date on or before the Settlement Date. To the extent that any such dividends, distributions or return of capital are paid to the Company, whether before or after the Settlement Date, the Company shall be deemed to hold such amounts in trust and for the benefit of IFC and shall promptly pay to IFC an amount equal to the amount of such dividends, distributions or return of capital so received by it.

 

  (f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.01 , the Company shall be obligated to pay the Repurchase Price only if and when the Company has funds lawfully available for the repurchase of the Repurchase Shares.

ARTICLE V

TERM OF AGREEMENT

Section 5.01     Term of Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall become effective as of the date on which IFC first subscribes for the IFC Shares and shall continue in force until the earlier of (i) such time as IFC no longer holds any IFC Shares or shares of any successor company or (ii) the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, at which point this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect; provided , that

 

  (a) solely in the case of a termination under the foregoing clause (ii), if the Liquidity Event is not a public offering of the Company or any successor entity thereto, the provisions of Section 2.01 ( IFC Observer ), Section 2.02 ( Removal/Resignation of IFC Observer ), Section 3.01 ( General Reporting Covenants ), Section 3.02 ( IFC Policy Reporting Covenants ), Section 3.03 ( IFC Policy Covenants ), Section 3.04 ( Other Affirmative Covenants ), Section 3.05 ( Restricted Transfers ) and Section 4.01 ( Repurchase Option ) shall survive the termination of this Agreement unless the sole consideration to IFC from such Liquidity Event is cash and/or Equity Securities of a highly liquid publicly traded stock that is listed on a major global exchange (in which case such provisions would not survive the Liquidity Event);

 

  (b) solely in the case of a termination under the foregoing clause (ii), if the Liquidity Event is a public offering of the Company or any successor entity thereto, the provisions of Section 3.02(b) ( IFC Policy Reporting Covenants ) and Section 3.03 ( IFC Policy Covenants ) shall survive;

 

12


  (c) in any case, the provisions of Article I ( Definitions and Interpretation ), Section 7.01 ( Notices ), Section 7.03 ( English Language ), Section 7.04 ( Applicable Law and Jurisdiction ), Section 7.06 ( Announcements ) and Section 7.10 ( Expenses ) shall survive the termination of this Agreement; and

 

  (d) the termination of this Agreement or cessation of effectiveness with respect to a Party shall be without prejudice to any Person’s accrued rights and obligations at the date of its termination and any legal or equitable remedies of any kind which may accrue in connection therewith.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 6.01     Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants that each of the following statements is true, accurate and not misleading as of the date of this Agreement:

 

  (a) Organization and Authority . The Company is a legal entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its place of incorporation and has the corporate power and authority to enter into, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is party.

 

  (b) Validity . This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and constitutes its valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  (c) No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party will not contravene: (i) any law, regulation, order, decree or Authorization applicable to the Company; (ii) any provision of the Company’s Charter; or (iii) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Company or any of the Company’s assets; and

 

  (d) Status of Authorizations . All Authorizations required for the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

Section 6.02     IFC Reliance . The Company acknowledges that it has made the representations and warranties in Section 6.01 ( Representations and Warranties ), with the intention of inducing IFC to enter into this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to make the IFC Subscription and that IFC has entered into this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and made the IFC Subscription on the basis of and in full reliance on such representations and warranties.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01     Notices .

 

  (a) Any notice, request or other communication to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in writing. Subject to Section 7.04 ( Applicable Law and Jurisdiction ), any such communication shall be delivered by hand, established courier service, facsimile or by e-mail (with delivery by hand or by courier service to follow, if the recipient is IFC) to the party to which it is required or permitted to be given or made at such party’s address specified below or at such other address as such party has from time to time designated by written notice to the other party hereto, and subject to clause (b) shall be effective upon the earlier of (a) actual receipt and (b) deemed receipt under Section 7.01(b) below.

 

13


For the Company:

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

Rua Vergueiro, 943, Liberdade

CEP: 01504-001

São Paulo SP, Brazil

Email: marcio@netshoes.com

Attention: Marcio Kumruian

With a copy to:

Flávio Franco

Legal Director

Email: flavio.franco@netshoes.com

For IFC:

International Finance Corporation

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20433

United States of America

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3743

Email: SPetersen@ifc.org

Attention: Director, TMT, Venture Capital and Funds Department

With a copy (in the case of communications relating to payments) sent to the attention of the Director, Department of Financial Operations at:

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3064

 

  (b) Unless there is reasonable evidence that it was received at a different time, notice pursuant to this Section 7.01 is deemed given if: (i) delivered by hand, when left at the address referred to in Section 7.01(a); (ii) sent by established courier services within a country, three (3) Business Days after posting it; (iii) sent by established courier service between two countries, six (6) Business Days after posting it; (iv) sent by facsimile, when confirmation of its transmission has been recorded by the sender’s facsimile machine and (v) sent by email, upon receipt by the intended recipient.

Section 7.02     Saving of Rights .

 

  (a) The rights and remedies of IFC in relation to any misrepresentation or breach of warranty on the part of the Company shall not be prejudiced by any investigation by or on behalf of IFC into the affairs of the Company, by the execution or the performance of this Agreement or by any other act or thing by or on behalf of IFC which might prejudice such rights or remedies.

 

  (b) No course of dealing and no failure or delay by IFC in exercising any power, remedy, discretion, authority or other right under this Agreement or any other agreement shall impair, or be construed to be a waiver of or an acquiescence in, that or any other power, remedy, discretion, authority or right under this Agreement, or in any manner preclude its additional or future exercise.

 

14


Section 7.03     English Language . All documents to be provided or communications to be given or made under this Agreement shall be in English and, where the original version of any such document or communication is not in English, shall be accompanied by an English translation certified by an Authorized Representative to be a true and correct translation of the original.

Section 7.04     Applicable Law and Jurisdiction .

 

  (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, United States of America, without giving effect to principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

  (b) For the exclusive benefit of IFC, the Company irrevocably agrees to venue being laid in the courts of the United States of America located in the Southern District of New York or in the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan, in any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and waives any objections to venue based on grounds of forum non conveniens or inconvenient forum.

 

  (c) For the exclusive benefit of IFC, the Company irrevocably also submits to personal jurisdiction of any such court in any such action, suit or proceeding. Final judgment against the Company in any such action, suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any other jurisdiction, including the Country, by suit on the judgment, a certified or exemplified copy of which shall be conclusive evidence of the judgment, or in any other manner provided by law.

 

  (d) The parties acknowledge and agree that no provision of this Agreement in any way constitutes or implies a waiver, termination or modification by IFC of any privilege, immunity or exemption of IFC granted in the Articles of Agreement establishing IFC, international conventions, or applicable law.

 

  (e) The Company hereby designates, appoints and empowers, on an automatically renewing basis, Corporation Service Company, with offices currently located at 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036, as its authorized agent solely to receive for and on its behalf service of any summons, complaint or other legal process in any action, suit or proceeding IFC may bring in the State of New York in respect of this Agreement.

 

  (f) As long as this Agreement remains in force, the Company shall maintain a duly appointed and authorized agent to receive for and on its behalf service of any summons, complaint or other legal process in any action, suit or proceeding IFC may bring in New York, New York, United States of America, with respect to this Agreement. The Company shall keep IFC advised of the identity and location of such agent.

 

  (g) The Company also irrevocably consents to the service of such papers being made by mailing copies of the papers by registered United States air mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its address specified pursuant to Section 7.01 (Notices). In such a case, IFC shall also send by facsimile, or have sent by facsimile, a copy of the papers to the Company.

 

  (h) Service in the manner provided in Sections 7.04(e), (f) and (g) in any action, suit or proceeding will be deemed personal service, will be accepted by the Company as such and will be valid and binding upon the Company for all purposes of any such action, suit or proceeding.

 

15


  (i) The Company irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law:

 

  (i) its right of removal of any matter commenced by IFC in the courts of the State of New York to any other court in the United States of America or elsewhere; and

 

  (ii) any and all rights to demand a trial by jury in any such action, suit or proceeding brought against such party by IFC.

 

  (j) To the extent that the Company may be entitled in any jurisdiction to claim for itself or its assets immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement from any suit, execution, attachment (whether provisional or final, in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process or to the extent that in any jurisdiction that immunity (whether or not claimed) may be attributed to it or its assets, the Company irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives such immunity to the fullest extent permitted now or in the future by the laws of such jurisdiction.

 

  (k) The Company hereby acknowledges that IFC shall be entitled under Applicable Law, including the provisions of the International Organizations Immunities Act, to immunity from a trial by jury in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby brought against IFC in any court of the United States of America. The Company hereby waives any and all rights to demand a trial by jury in any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, brought against IFC in any forum in which IFC is not entitled to immunity from a trial by jury.

 

  (l) To the extent that the Company may, in any action, suit or proceeding brought in any of the courts referred to in Section 7.04(b) or a court of the Country or elsewhere arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, be entitled to the benefit of any provision of law requiring IFC in such action, suit or proceeding to post security for the costs of the Company, or to post a bond or to take similar action, the Company hereby irrevocably waives such benefit, in each case to the fullest extent now or in the future permitted under the laws of the Country or, as the case may be, the jurisdiction in which such court is located.

 

  (m) Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of IFC to commence legal proceedings or otherwise sue the Company in the Country or any other appropriate jurisdiction, or concurrently in more than one jurisdiction, or to serve process, pleadings and other legal papers upon the Company in any manner authorized by the laws of any such jurisdiction.

Section 7.05     Immunity . To the extent the Company may be entitled in any jurisdiction to claim for itself or its assets immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document from any suit, execution, attachment (whether provisional or final, in aid of execution, before judgment or otherwise) or other legal process or to the extent that in any jurisdiction that immunity (whether or not claimed) may be attributed to it or its assets, the Company irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives such immunity to the fullest extent permitted now or in the future by the laws of such jurisdiction.

Section 7.06     Announcements .

 

  (a) The Company may not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, represent IFC’s views on any matter, or use IFC’s name in any written material provided to third parties, without IFC’s prior written consent.

 

  (b) The Company shall not, and shall ensure that its Subsidiaries do not:

 

  (i) disclose any information either in writing or orally to any Person which is not a party to this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) make or issue a public announcement, communication or circular,

 

16


about the IFC Subscription or the subject matter of, or the transactions referred to in, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, including by way of press release, promotional and publicity materials, posting of information on websites, granting of interviews or other communications with the press, or otherwise, other than: (A) to such of its officers, employees and advisers as reasonably require such information in connection with IFC Subscription or to comply with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; (B) to the extent required by law or regulation (including the rules of any stock exchange on which the Company’s or the relevant Subsidiary’s shares are listed); (C) to the extent required for it to enforce its rights under this Agreement; and (D) with the prior written consent of IFC. Before any information is disclosed or any public announcement, communication or circulation made or issued pursuant to this Section 7.06(b), the Company must consult with IFC in advance about the timing, manner and content of the disclosure, announcement, communication or circulation (as the case may be).

 

  (c) The Company shall expressly inform any Person to whom it or any of its Subsidiaries discloses any information under Section 7.06(b) of the restrictions set out in Section 7.06(b) with regard to disclosure of such information and shall procure their compliance with the terms of this Section 7.06 as if they each were a party to this Agreement as the Company, and the Company shall be responsible for any breach by any such Person of the provisions of this Section 7.06.

Section 7.07     Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and benefits the respective successors and assignees of the parties. However, the Company may not assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement unless IFC gives its prior written consent.

Section 7.08     Amendments, Waivers and Consents . Any amendment or waiver of, or any consent given under, any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and, in the case of an amendment, signed by all of the parties hereto.

Section 7.09     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which is an original, but all of which constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 7.10     Expenses . If any action is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

Section 7.11     Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, supersedes all prior discussions, memoranda of understanding, agreements and arrangements (whether written or oral, including all correspondence), if any, between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement (together with any amendments or modifications and the other Transaction Documents) contains the sole and entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The Company and IFC acknowledge and agree that in the event of any conflict in interpretation or implementation between this Agreement and the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement shall control and the Company shall act in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement; provided , however , that in the event of an amendment to a provision of the Shareholders’ Agreement that creates a conflict with a provision of this Agreement, as determined in good faith by IFC in its sole and reasonable discretion, such amended provision shall not control with respect to this Agreement without the written consent of IFC to such amendment.

Section 7.12     Invalid Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any law from time to time: (a) such provision will be fully severable; (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof; and (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom.

( Signature Page Follows)

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, acting through their duly authorized representatives, have caused this Agreement to be signed in their respective names as of the date first written above.

 

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

 

 

By:

  / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN

Name:

  Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

 

By:

  / S /    N IKUNJ J INSI

Name:

  Nikunj Jinsi
Title:   Global Head, Venture Capital

 

 

Netshoes Policy Agreement

Signature Page


ANNEX A

ANTI-CORRUPTION GUIDELINES FOR IFC TRANSACTIONS

The purpose of these Guidelines is to clarify the meaning of the terms “ Corrupt Practice ”, “ Fraudulent Practice ”, “ Coercive Practice ”, “ Collusive Practice ” and “ Obstructive Practice ” in the context of IFC operations.

 

1. C ORRUPT P RACTICES

A “ Corrupt Practice ” is the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another party.

I NTERPRETATION

 

  A. Corrupt practices are understood as kickbacks and bribery. The conduct in question must involve the use of improper means (such as bribery) to violate or derogate a duty owed by the recipient in order for the payor to obtain an undue advantage or to avoid an obligation. Antitrust, securities and other violations of law that are not of this nature are excluded from the definition of corrupt practices.

 

  B. It is acknowledged that foreign investment agreements, concessions and other types of contracts commonly require investors to make contributions for bona fide social development purposes or to provide funding for infrastructure unrelated to the project. Similarly, investors are often required or expected to make contributions to bona fide local charities. These practices are not viewed as Corrupt Practices for purposes of these definitions, so long as they are permitted under local law and fully disclosed in the payor’s books and records. Similarly, an investor will not be held liable for corrupt or fraudulent practices committed by entities that administer bona fide social development funds or charitable contributions.

 

  C. In the context of conduct between private parties, the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of corporate hospitality and gifts that are customary by internationally-accepted industry standards shall not constitute corrupt practices unless the action violates Applicable Law.

 

  D. Payment by private sector persons of the reasonable travel and entertainment expenses of public officials that are consistent with existing practice under relevant law and international conventions will not be viewed as Corrupt Practices.

 

  E. The World Bank Group 1 does not condone facilitation payments. For the purposes of implementation, the interpretation of “Corrupt Practices” relating to facilitation payments will take into account relevant law and international conventions pertaining to corruption.

 

2. F RAUDULENT P RACTICES

A “ Fraudulent Practice ” is any action or omission, including a misrepresentation that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation.

 

1   The “World Bank” is the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, an international organization established by Articles of Agreement among its member countries and the “World Bank Group” refers to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the International Development Association, the International Finance Corporation, the Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency, and the International Centre for Settlement of Investment Disputes.


I NTERPRETATION

 

  A. An action, omission, or misrepresentation will be regarded as made recklessly if it is made with reckless indifference as to whether it is true or false. Mere inaccuracy in such information, committed through simple negligence, is not enough to constitute a “Fraudulent Practice” for purposes of this Agreement.

 

  B. Fraudulent Practices are intended to cover actions or omissions that are directed to or against a World Bank Group entity. It also covers Fraudulent Practices directed to or against a World Bank Group member country in connection with the award or implementation of a government contract or concession in a project financed by the World Bank Group. Frauds on other third parties are not condoned but are not specifically sanctioned in IFC, MIGA, or PRG operations. Similarly, other illegal behavior is not condoned, but will not be considered as a Fraudulent Practice for purposes of this Agreement.

 

3. C OERCIVE P RACTICES

A “ Coercive Practice ” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a party.

I NTERPRETATION

 

  A. Coercive Practices are actions undertaken for the purpose of bid rigging or in connection with public procurement or government contracting or in furtherance of a Corrupt Practice or a Fraudulent Practice.

 

  B. Coercive Practices are threatened or actual illegal actions such as personal injury or abduction, damage to property, or injury to legally recognizable interests, in order to obtain an undue advantage or to avoid an obligation. It is not intended to cover hard bargaining, the exercise of legal or contractual remedies or litigation.

 

4. C OLLUSIVE P RACTICES

A “ Collusive Practice ” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of another party.

I NTERPRETATION

Collusive Practices are actions undertaken for the purpose of bid rigging or in connection with public procurement or government contracting or in furtherance of a Corrupt Practice or a Fraudulent Practice.

 

5. O BSTRUCTIVE P RACTICES

An “ Obstructive Practice ” is (i) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or concealing of evidence material to the investigation or making of false statements to investigators, in order to materially impede a World Bank Group investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice, and/or threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation, or (ii) an act intended to materially impede the exercise of IFC’s access to contractually required information in connection with a World Bank Group investigation into allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice.

I NTERPRETATION

Any action legally or otherwise properly taken by a party to maintain or preserve its regulatory, legal or constitutional rights such as the attorney-client privilege, regardless of whether such action had the effect of impeding an investigation, does not constitute an Obstructive Practice.

G ENERAL I NTERPRETATION

A person should not be liable for actions taken by unrelated third parties unless the first party participated in the prohibited act in question.


ANNEX B

EXCLUSION LIST

 

1. Production or trade in any product or activity deemed illegal under host country laws or regulations or international conventions and agreements, or subject to international bans, such as pharmaceuticals, pesticides/herbicides, ozone depleting substances, PCB, wildlife or products regulated under CITES.

 

2. Production or trade in weapons and munitions.

 

3. Production or trade in alcoholic beverages (excluding beer and wine).

 

4. Production or trade in tobacco.

 

5. Gambling, casinos and equivalent enterprises.

 

6. Production or trade in radioactive materials. This does not apply to the purchase of medical equipment, quality control (measurement) equipment and any equipment where IFC considers the radioactive source to be trivial and/or adequately shielded.

 

7. Production or trade in unbonded asbestos fibers. This does not apply to purchase and use of bonded asbestos cement sheeting where the asbestos content is less than 20%.

 

8. Drift net fishing in the marine environment using nets in excess of 2.5 km. in length.

 

9. Production or activities involving harmful or exploitative forms of forced labor/harmful child labor.

 

10. Commercial logging operations for use in primary tropical moist forest.

 

11. Production or trade in wood or other forestry products other than from sustainably managed forests.


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF INCUMBENCY AND AUTHORITY

[Letterhead of the Company]

[Date]

International Finance Corporation

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20433

United States of America

Attention: Director, TMT, Venture Capital and Funds Department

IFC Investment No. 35490

Certificate of Incumbency and Authority

Reference is made to the Policy Agreement, dated [              ], between IFC and the Company (the “ Policy Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Policy Agreement.

I, the undersigned Secretary of                                                   (the “ Company ”), duly authorized to do so, hereby certify that the following are the names, offices and true specimen signatures of the individuals [each]/[any two] of whom are, and will continue to be, authorized to take any action required or permitted to be taken, done, signed or executed under the Policy Agreement or any other agreement to which IFC and the Company may be parties.

 

Name *    Office    Specimen Signature
           
           

 

  

 

  

 

           
           

 

  

 

  

 

           
           

 

  

 

  

 

You may assume that any such individual continues to be so authorized until you receive written notice from an Authorized Representative of the Company that they, or any of them, is no longer so authorized.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

By

 

   

Name:

 

Title: Secretary

 

 

* Designations may be changed by the Company at any time by issuing a new Certificate of Incumbency and Authority authorized by the board of directors of the Company where applicable.


SCHEDULE 2

ACTION PLAN

 

Action

   Deliverable    Due Date
Policy: Netshoes will develop an overarching comprehensive environmental and social policy at the corporate level – to be approved by the board – and communicate it widely throughout the organization and to key stakeholders.    Approved
environmental and
social policy
   July 30, 2015
Responsible Sourcing: Netshoes will establish a written policy and related procedures within the company’s management system for monitoring E&S issues in its primary supply chain on an ongoing basis.    Approved policy and
procedures
   September 30, 2015
Management Programs: Netshoes will formalize, based on the E&S policies and procedures to be developed at the corporate level, programs to manage waste generation and disposal, energy efficiency, and occupational health and safety for all of its units.    Draft plans to manage
waste generation and
disposal, energy
efficiency, and
occupational health
and safety
   July 30, 2015
Organizational Capacity and Competency: Netshoes will designate a senior company official (and if appropriate, a committee at the executive and/or board level) to serve as the focal point and principal coordinator of its E&S functions.    Name of designated
official
communicated to the
IFC
   February 28, 2015

COMPLETED

Emergency Preparedness and Life and Fire Safety: Netshoes will establish at the corporate and country level a system for monitoring each facility’s: (1) fire safety certificate; (2) emergency response plans; (3) crisis management and emergency response teams, and (4) the status of yearly trainings for emergency response staff.    Reporting table
submitted to the IFC
   July 30, 2015
Monitoring System: Under the ESAP Netshoes will establish at the corporate and country level a monitoring system (with regard to occupational health and safety, human resources, and environment), including E&S permits and licenses.    Evidence of a
monitoring system
submitted to the IFC
   July 30, 2015
Grievance Mechanism: Netshoes will develop at the corporate level a formal procedure for receiving, managing, and processing external complaints in all countries in which it operates. The mechanism should include methods to (i) receive and register internal and external communications; (ii) screen and assess the issues raised and determine how to address them; (iii) provide, track and document responses, if any; and (iv) adjust the company’s practices as appropriate.    Draft procedure for
such a mechanism
received and judged
acceptable by the IFC
   September 30, 2015
Ongoing Reporting to Affected Communities: Netshoes will begin reporting publicly on an annual basis regarding the key risks, impacts, indicators, and other aspects of environmental and social performance (to cover calendar year 2015).    Report approved and
released to the public
   March 31, 2016
Workers Engaged by Third Parties: Netshoes will establish a written policy and related procedures for managing and monitoring the performance of employees of applicable third parties in relation to the requirements of Performance Standard 2.    Approved policy and
related procedures
   September 30, 2015
Security Personnel: Netshoes will develop a formal policy at the corporate level to clarify the circumstances under which armed security contractors are authorized to use their firearms or other deadly force, how Netshoes will maintain oversight of mandatory/periodic trainings for armed personnel, and what procedures Netshoes will follow in the event of any incidents.    Approved policy and
related procedures
   December 31, 2015


SCHEDULE 3

S&E PERFORMANCE REPORT

See attached.


LOGO

Exhibit 4.03

Private Instrument of Second Deed of Simple Debentures Not Convertible into Shares, in a Single Series with Collateral for Public Distribution with Restricted Placement Efforts of NS2.com Internet SA.

Between

NS2.com Internet S.A.

And

Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

Dated

March 19, 2015


Private Instrument of Second Deed of Simple Debentures Not Convertible into Shares, in a Single Series with Collateral for Public Distribution with Restricted Placement Efforts of NS2.com Internet S.A.

By this private instrument, the parties identified below:

A. NS2.com Internet S.A., A corporation not registered as a publicly-held company with the Brazilian Securities Commission (“ CVM ”), with head-office in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, at Rua Vergueiro, No. 943, Liberdade, Postal Code 01504-000, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 09.339.936.0001-16, State Registration Number (NIRE) No. 35.300.375.491, herein represented in the form of its By-Laws (“ Issuer ”); and

B. Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A., a closely-held corporation, with head-office in the City of Rio de Janeiro, State of Rio de Janeiro, at Avenida das Américas, No. 500, Block 13, Suite 205, in Condominium Downtown, Postal Code 22640-100, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 36.113.876/0001-91 (“ Trustee ”), herein represented in the form of its By-laws, herein appointed to represent the communion of interests of the future Debentureholders (as defined below) in the 2 nd (second) issue of simple debentures, not convertible into shares, in a single series with collateral for public distribution with restricted placement efforts of Issuer (“ Issue ”), pursuant to the provisions of Law No. 6404, of December 15, 1976, as amended (“ Corporation Law ”):

This Private Instrument of Second Deed of Simple Debentures Not Convertible into Shares, in a Single Series with Collateral for Public Distribution with Restricted Placement Efforts of NS2.com Internet S.A. (“ Deed ” or “ Debenture Deed ” and “ Debentures ”, respectively) is executed in accordance with the terms and conditions below.

 

1. AUTHORIZATION

 

1.1. This Deed is executed based on the resolution of the Special Debentureholders Meeting of Issuer held on March 19, 2015 (“ AGE ”), pursuant to the provisions of article 59 of the Corporation Law.

 

2. REQUIREMENTS

 

2.1. The Issue shall be carried out in compliance with the requirements below:

 

2.1.1. Filing and Publication

 

2.1.1.1. The minutes of the AGE set forth in Section 1.1 above shall be filed with the Commercial Registry of the State of São Paulo (“ JUCESP ”) and published in the Official Gazette of the State of São Paulo and in the Newspaper “Diário de Notícias”, pursuant to the provisions of articles 62, item I, and 289 of the Corporation Law.

 

2.1.2. Annotation and Registration of the Deed

 

2.1.2.1. This Deed and any amendment hereto shall be annotated and registered with the JUCESP, in accordance with the provisions of article 62, item II, and paragraph 3 of the Corporation Law,

 

2.1.3. Exemption from Registration with the CVM

 

2.1.3.1. This Issue is automatically released from registration of distribution with the CVM, pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 of CVM Instruction No. 476, of January 16, 2009, as amended (“ CVM Instruction 476 ”), since this is a public offering of securities with restricted distribution efforts.


2.1.4. Registration with CETIP S.A.—Balcão Organizado de Ativos e Derivativos (“ CETIP ”)

 

2.1.4.1. The Debentures shall be registered for: (a) public distribution in the primary market by means of the MDA—Asset Distribution Module (“ MDA ”), administered and operated by CETIP, and the distribution shall be settled by means of CETIP; and (b) trading, subject to the provisions of Section 3.8 below, in the secondary market by means of the CETIP21 – Bonds and Securities Module (“CETIP21”), administered and operated by CETIP, it being understood that the trades shall be settled and the Debentures shall be electronically held in custody at CETIP.

 

2.1.5. Registration with the Brazilian Association of the Financial and Capital Market Entities (“ ANBIMA ”)

 

2.1.5.1. Irrespective of the provisions of paragraph one, item (i) and paragraph two of article 1 of the new “ANBIMA Code of Regulation and Best Practices for the Public Offerings for the Distribution and Acquisition of Securities” (“ ANBIMA Code ”), pursuant to the provisions of paragraph one of article 9 of the ANBIMA Code, a Restricted Offering shall be registered with the ANBIMA provided the specific guidelines of the Council for Regulation and Best Practices are issued until the date of remittance to the CVM of the Restricted Offering closing notice (“ Closing Notice ”).

 

3. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ISSUE

 

3.1. Corporate Purpose of Issuer

 

3.1.1. The corporate purpose of Issuer is: (a)  the retail and wholesale trade in footwear, clothing, sporting goods and related products through the Internet, and without restriction to other means; (b)  the retail and wholesale trade in health and related products, cosmetics, perfumes, hygiene products, household sanitizers and non-perishable food through the Internet, and without restriction to other means; (c)  the retail and wholesale trade in tickets for sports, cultural and other events over the Internet, and without restriction to other means; (d)  the storage of health and related products, cosmetics, hygiene products, household sanitizers and non-perishable food; (e)  the holding of equity interest in other companies, in the capacity as member or shareholder; (f)  the manufacture of clothing articles for men, women, children and newborns (blouses, shirts, dresses, skirts, trousers, suits, coats etc.) made from any material (flat fabric, wool, leather, etc.); (g)  the sewing of blouses, shirts, dresses, trousers or other garments; (h)  the import and export of footwear, clothing, sporting goods, cosmetics, perfumes, hygiene products, household sanitizers, non-perishable food and related products; (i)  the leasing of advertising space on electronic sites, without restriction to other means; (j)  retail trade in sporting goods; (k)  wholesale trade in sporting goods; (l)  retail trade in food products in general or specialized in food products not specified above; (m)  retail trade in clothing and accessories; (n)  wholesale trade in clothing and accessories; (o)  wholesale trade in household sanitizers; (p)  activities of intermediation and agency of services and business in general; (q)  retail trade in health products and related products; and (r)  wholesale trade in health products and related products.

 

3.2. Issue Number

 

3.2.1. This is the second (2 nd ) public issue of Debentures of Issuer.

 

3.3. Number of Series

 

3.3.1. The Issue shall be made in a single series.

 

3.4. Issue Price

 

3.4.1. The total issue price shall be one hundred and fifty million Reais (R$150,000,000.00), on the Issue Date (as defined below).

 

3.5. Number of Debentures

 

3.5.1. One thousand and five hundred (1,500) Debentures shall be issued.

 

3.6. Mandated Bookrunner and Settlement Bank

 

3.6.1. The settlement bank and the mandated bookrunner of the Debentures shall be Banco Bradesco S.A., with head-office in the City of Osasco, State of São Paulo, in the administrative center named ‘Cidade de Deus’, no number, in Vila Yara, Postal Code No. 06.029-900, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 60.746.948/0001-12 (‘ Mandated Bookrunner” and “Settlement Bank ”, respectively).


3.7. Allocation of the Funds

The funds raised by means of this Issue shall be allocated to the early redemption of the simple debentures, not convertible into shares, in a single series with collateral and personal guarantee of the first (1 st ) issue of Issuer, plus the remuneration due, and to settlement of Bank Credit Note No. 7547497 issued by Issuer with Banco Bradesco S.A., the total debit balance of which, on March 17, 2015, is R$5,868,055.78, it being understood that the remaining balance shall be allocated to reinforce the cash of Issuer.

 

3.7.1. Registration for Distribution and Trading

 

3.7.2. The Debentures shall be registered: (i) for distribution in the primary market by means of the MDA; and (ii) for trading in the secondary market by means of the CETIP21, it being understood that electronic custody of the Debentures and the financial settlement shall be carried out through CETIP.

 

3.7.3. The Debentures may only be traded in regulated securities markets after the lapse of ninety (90) days of their subscription or acquisition by the Qualified investors (as defined below), pursuant to the provisions of articles 13 and 34 of CVM Instruction 476 and compliance, by Issuer, with the duties defined in article 17 of CVM Instruction 476.

 

3.8. Placement and Distribution Procedure

 

3.8.1. The Debentures shall be subject to public distribution, with restricted distribution efforts, under the system of firm guarantee of subscription, pursuant to the provisions of the “Private Instrument of Underwriting, Placement and Distribution with Restricted Efforts of Simple Debentures, not Convertible into Shares, with Collateral under the Firm Guarantee of Subscription System of the 2 nd (Second) Public Issue of NS2.com Internet S.A.” (“ Placement Agreement ”), with the intermediation of Banco Bradesco BBI S.A. (“ Lead Underwriter ”), a financial institution that is part of the securities distribution system, the target public of which are qualified investors, defined pursuant to the provisions of article 4 of CVM Instruction 476 and of article 109 of CVM Instruction No. 409, of August 18, 2004, as amended (“ Qualified Investors ”),

 

3.8.2. The distribution procedure shall follow the procedure described in CVM Instruction 476. For that purpose, (i) the Lead Underwriter may only access, at most, seventy-five (75) Qualified Investors; and (ii) the Debentures may only be acquired by, at most, 50 (fifty) Qualified Investors, pursuant to the provisions of CVM Instruction 476.

 

3.8.3. The investment funds and securities managed portfolios the investment decisions of which are made by the same manager shall be deemed a single investor for purposes of the limits set forth in item 3.9.2. above.

 

3.8.4. The maximum term for placement of the Debentures shall be up to six (6) months as from the initial date of the distribution, pursuant to the provisions of article 7-A of CVM Instruction 476, considering full compliance with the conditions precedent set forth in the Placement Agreement, subject to the term of firm guarantee and other conditions set forth therein (“ Placement Term ”).

 

4. CHARACTERISTICS OF THE DEBENTURES

 

4.1. Basic Characteristics

 

4.1.1. Unit Par Value

 

4.1.1.1. The unit par value of the Debentures shall be one hundred thousand Reais (R$100,000.00) on the Issue Date (“ Par Value ” or “ Unit Par Value ”).


4.1.2. Number of Debentures

 

4.1.2.1. One thousand and five hundred (1,500) Debentures, in a single series, shall be issued.

 

4.1.3. Issue Date

 

4.1.3.1. For all legal purposes and effects, the date of issue of the Debentures shall be March 5, 2015 (“ Issue Date ”).

 

4.1.4. Term and Due Date

 

4.1.4.1. The final due date of the Debentures shall occur upon termination of the term of sixty (60) months as from the Issue Date, falling, therefore, on March 5, 2020 (“ Due Date ”), except for the events of (i) Early Redemption, as defined below; and (ii) Early Maturity, as defined below.

 

4.1.5. Form and Issue of Certificates

 

4.1.5.1. The Debentures shall be issued in registered and book-entry form, without the issue of certificates.

 

4.1.6. Proof of Ownership of the Debentures

 

4.1.6.1. For all purposes of law, ownership of the Debentures shall be proved by a statement of the deposit account of the Debentures issued by the Bookrunner Bank. In addition, a statement in the name of the Debentureholder, issued by CETIP, shall be acknowledged as proof of ownership of the Debentures electronically held in custody at CETIP.

 

4.1.7. Convertibility

 

4.1.7.1. The Debentures shall be simple debentures, not convertible into shares issued by Issuer.

 

4.1.8. Species

 

4.1.8.1. The Debentures shall be collateral type, pursuant to the provisions of article 58, paragraph 2, of the Corporation Law, as described in Section 4.10 below.

 

4.2. Subscription

 

4.2.1. Term for Subscription

 

4.2.1.1. The Debentures shall be subscribed, at any time, on a single date, during the Placement Term (as defined below) (“ Subscription Date ”).

 

4.2.2. Subscription Price

 

4.2.2.1. The subscription price of each Debenture shall be its Unit Par Value of the Debentures. In this case, all debentures shall be subscribed and paid on a single date.

 

4.2.3 Right of First Refusal

 

4.2.3.1. There is no right of first refusal of the current shareholders of Issuer in the subscription of the Debentures.

 

4.3. Payment and Form of Payment

The Debentures shall be paid in cash, in Brazilian currency, upon subscription, in accordance with the applicable CETIP settlement rules. The amount to be received by Issuer as a result of the amounts paid by the holders of Debentures (“ Debentureholders ”) by way of payment of the Debentures shall be credited by the Lead Underwriter to bank account number 63052-7, owned by Issuer, held with Banco Bradesco S.A. in Branch 3381.

 

4.4. Adjustment to the Unit Par Value

 

4.4.1. There shall be no adjustment for inflation of the Unit Par Value.

 


4.5. Remuneration

 

4.5.1. Conventional Interest

 

4.5.1.1. The Debentures shall be entitled to the payment of conventional interest equivalent to the accrued variation of one hundred percent (100%) of the daily average rates of Interfinancial Deposits—DI of one day, over extra group, expressed as a percentage per year, based on two hundred and fifty-two (252) business days, calculated and disclosed daily by CETIP in the daily bulletin, available on its page on the Internet (http://www.cetip.com.br) (“ DI Rates ”), plus a surtax of de two point two hundred and thirty one hundredths percent (3.231%) (sic) per year, based on two hundred and fifty-two (252) business days, exponentially and cumulatively calculated, on a pro rata temporis basis, levied on the Unit Par Value of the Debentures or on the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, as the case may be, as from the Subscription Date or from the immediately preceding scheduled date for payment of the Conventional Interest (as defined below) (“ Conventional Interest ”).

 

4.5.1.2. The Conventional Interest shall be paid quarterly, as from the Issue Date, on the 5 th day of the months of March, June, September, and December, by the Due Date, or, in case they are not business days, on the first subsequent business day, as the case may be, it being understood that the first (1 st ) payment of Conventional Interest shall occur on June 5, 2015.

 

4.5.2. Form of Calculation of the Conventional Interest

 

4.5.2.1. The Conventional Interest shall be calculated in accordance with the following formula:

J = VNe x (InterestFactor-1)

where

J = unit price of the interest, accrued in the period, due on the date of actual payment thereof, calculated with eight (8) decimals, without rounding;

VNe = Unit Par Value or balance of the Unit Par Value informed/calculated with eight (8) decimals, without rounding;

InterestFactor = interest factor composed of the floating parameter plus spread, calculated with nine (9) decimals, rounded, assessed in accordance with the following formula:

InterestFactor—(DIFactor x SpreadFactor)

where

DIFactor = multiplicand of the DI-Over Rates, from and including the initial date of the capitalization to and excluding the date of calculation, with eight (8) decimals, rounded, determined as follows:

 

LOGO

where

nDI = total number of DI-Over Rates, considered in the calculation of the “DIFactor”, where “nDi” is a whole number; and

TDIk = DI-Over Rate, of order k, expressed daily, calculated with eight (8) decimals, rounded, determined as follows:

 

LOGO

where

k= 1, 2, ., n;


DIk = DI Rate, of order k, expressed as a percentage, disclosed by CETIP, valid for one (1) business day (overnight), used with two (2) decimals:

SpreadFactor = fixed interest surtax calculated with nine (9) decimals, rounded, calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

LOGO

where:

spread = spread or surtax, as a percentage per year, informed with four (4) decimals; and

DP—number of business days between the date of the first subscription and payment or the immediately preceding date of payment of the Conventional Interest, as the case may be and the calculation date, where “DP” is a whole number.

 

4.5.2.2. For purposes of calculation of the Conventional Interest:

 

(i) The factor resulting from the expression [1 + (TDIk)] shall be taken into consideration with sixteen (16) decimals, without rounding;

 

(ii) The product of the daily factors [1 + (TDIk)] shall be made, it being understood that at each accrued daily factor, the result shall be truncated with sixteen (16) decimals, without rounding, applying the next daily factor, and so on until the last one taken into consideration:

 

(iii) once the factors are accrued, the resulting factor “DI Factor” shall be taken into consideration with eight (8) decimals, with rounding;

 

(iv) the factor resulting from the expression (DIFactor x SpreadFactor) is considered with nine (9) decimals, rounded; and

 

(v) the DI Rate shall be used considering an identical number of decimals than that disclosed by the CETIP.

 

4.5.2.3. In the event of temporary unavailability of the DI Rate upon payment of any payment obligation set forth in this Deed, the same daily rate produced by the last DI Rate known by the date of calculation shall be used in substitution thereof, and no financial setoff shall be due, both by Issuer and by the Debentureholders, upon subsequent disclosure of the DI Rate.

 

4.5.2.4. In the event of lack of ascertainment and/or disclosure of the DI Rate for a term in excess of ten (10) business days as from the date expected for disclosure thereof or, furthermore, in the event of extinguishment or impossibility of application thereof as required by the law or court order, the DI Rate shall be replaced by a substitute legally determined for that purpose. In case there is no legal substitute for the DI Rate, the Trustee shall call a Debentureholders Meeting (as defined below) to define by mutual agreement with Issuer the new parameter to be applied. Until resolution on the new parameter to be used to calculate the amount of any obligations set forth in this Deed, the same daily rate produced by the last DI Rate known by the date of the resolution of the Debentureholders Meeting shall be used, and no setoff shall be due between the Issuer and the Debentureholders, upon subsequent disclosure of the DI Rate.

 

4.5.2.5. If the DI Rate is disclosed before the Debentureholders Meeting is held, except in the event of impossibility of application thereof by law or court order, such meeting shall no longer be held, and the DI Rate, as from the date of its disclosure, shall be used to calculate the Conventional Interest, with the last DI Rate previously known to be used by the date of disclosure.


4.5.2.6. In case there is no agreement on the substitute rate between Issuer and the Debentureholders representing at least two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Debentures, Issuer shall opt, at its sole discretion, for one of the alternatives set forth below, agreeing to communicate Trustee in writing, within seven (7) days as from the date of conduction of the Debentureholders Meeting set forth in Section 4.5.2.4.:

 

(i) Issuer shall carry out the early redemption of all Debentures, without any fine or premium, within thirty (30) days as from the date of conduction of the respective Debentureholders Meeting, by the Unit Par Value of the Debentures or by the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, as the case may be, plus the Conventional Interest calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Debenture Deed and until the date of respective payment of the redemption amount set forth in this item 5.4.2.6, as well as Default Charges and Fine, as defined below, if applicable. In this event, to calculate the Conventional Interest applicable to the Debentures to be redeemed the same daily rate produced by the last DI Rate officially disclosed shall be used; or

 

(ii) Issuer shall present an alternative schedule of amortization of all the Debentures, which shall not exceed the Due Date and the amortization term set forth in this Deed. During the term for amortization of the Debentures by Issuer, the frequency of payment of the Conventional Interest shall continue to be the frequency established in this Deed, it being understood that, until full amortization of the Debentures, a substitute remuneration rate shall be used, which shall be defined from among three indices used in the financial market for remuneration of the fixed-income investment. The substitute remuneration rate shall preserve the actual value and the same levels of the Conventional Interest applicable previously to the suspension or extinguishment of said DI Rate. If the respective substitute rate of the Conventional Interest is referenced in a term different from two hundred and fifty-two (252) business days, this rate shall be adjusted to reflect the base of two hundred and fifty-two (252) business days used by the DI Rate. The alternative schedule and the substitute rate of remuneration shall be approved by the Debentureholders in a Debentureholders Meeting representing two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Debentures, it being understood that, if said approval is not obtained, the provisions of item “i” shall apply.

 

4.5.3. Capitalization Period

 

4.5.3.1. Capitalization period (“ Capitalization Period ”) is defined as the period of time starting on the subscription and payment date, in the event of the first Capitalization Period, or on the immediately preceding scheduled date for payment of the Conventional Interest, in the event of the other Capitalization Periods, and ends on the scheduled date for the payment of Conventional Interest corresponding to the period in question. Each Capitalization Period succeeds the previous one without interruption, until the Due Date.

 

4.6. New agreement

 

4.6.1. There will be no new agreement on the Debentures.

 


4.7. Amortization

 

4.7.1. The Unit Par Value of the Debentures shall be amortized in sixteen (16) quarterly, equal and consecutive installments, it being understood that the first installment shall be due as from the fifteenth (15 th ) month as from the Issue Date, i.e., from (and including) June 5, 2016, and the others according to the dates and percentages detailed below, except for the possibility of early redemption, pursuant to Section 5 below:

 

Amortization Date

   Percentage of the Unit Par Value of the
Debentures to be Amortized
 

6/5/16

     6.2500

9/5/16

     6.2500

12/5/16

     6.2500

3/5/17

     6.2500

6/5/17

     6.2500

9/5/17

     6.2500

12/5/17

     6.2500

3/5/18

     6.2500

6/5/18

     6.2500

9/5/18

     6.2500

12/5/18

     6.2500

3/5/19

     6.2500

6/5/19

     6.2500

9/5/19

     6.2500

12/5/19

     6.2500

3/5/20

     6.2500

—  

     100.0000

 

4.8. Payment Conditions

 

4.8.1. Place of Payment and Tax Immunity

 

4.8.1.1. The payments to which the Debentures are entitled shall be made: (i) using the procedures adopted by the CETIP for the Debentures electronically held in custody at CETIP; or (ii) in case the Debentures are not electronically held in custody at CETIP: (a) at the head-office of Issuer or of the Settlement Bank; or (b) as the case may be, by the financial institution retained for such purpose.

 

4.8.1.2. In case any Debentureholder enjoys any kind of immunity or tax exemption, it shall send to the Settlement Bank and Mandated Bookrunner, with copy to Issuer, at least fifteen (15) Business Days before the date scheduled for any of the payments relating to the Debentures, documentation proving such immunity or tax exemption, under penalty of deduction of the amounts due pursuant to the provisions of the applicable tax law from its revenue resulting from payment of the Debentures owned by it.

 

4.8.1.2.1. The Debentureholder that has presented documentation proving its condition of immunity or tax exemption, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.8.1.2 above, which condition is changed by a statutory provision, or because it fails to meet any condition and requirement barred by the statute of limitations in the applicable statutory provision, or also if such condition is challenged by a court, tax or regulatory of competent jurisdiction, shall communicate this fact in detail and in writing to the Mandated Bank, with copy to Issuer, as well as to provide any additional information in relation to the matter that is requested to it by the Mandated Bank or by Issuer.

 

4.8.1.2.2. Even if it has received the documentation mentioned in Section 4.8.1.2 above, and provided it has legal grounds to do it, Issuer may deposit in court or deduct from any amounts related to the Debentures and the taxation it understands due, and this fact cannot generate a claim for damages against Issuer or the Mandated Bank by any Debentureholder or third party.

 


4.8.2. Extension of Terms

 

4.8.2.1. The payment dates of any obligation shall be automatically extended to the first subsequent business day if the due date of the respective obligation is a national holiday, Saturday or Sunday, or also whenever the banks are authoriz\ed to closed in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, without any increase in the amounts to be paid, except for those cases in which the payments shall be made by means of CETIP, in which case there will only be an extension when the payment date of the respective obligation is a Saturday, Sunday or national holiday.

 

4.8.3. Default Charges and Fine

 

4.8.3.1. Without prejudice to the Conventional Interest, in the event of untimely compliance by Issuer of any payment obligations relating to the Debentures, the overdue and unpaid debits shall be increased by late payment interest at the rate of one percent (1%) per month, calculated on a pro rata temporis basis, from the date of default to the date of actual payment, as well as by a non-compensatory fine of two percent (2%) of the amount due, irrespective of warning, notice or judicial or extrajudicial notification (collectively, “ Default Charges and Fine ”).

 

4.8.4. Peremption of the Right to Increases

 

4.8.4.1. Without prejudice to the provisions of Section 4.8.3.1 above, failure by the Debentureholder to attend to receive the amount corresponding to any of the payment obligations of Issuer on the dates set forth in this Deed or in a communication published by Issuer shall not entitle it to receive the Conventional Interest and/or Default Charges and Fine in the period relating to the delay in receipt, but it shall be ensured, however, the rights vested in it by the date of the respective maturity of Conventional Interest and/or Due Date.

 

4.9. Publicity

 

4.9.1. All announcements, warnings and other acts and decisions resulting from this Issue that in any way involve the interests of the Debentureholders shall be published in the Official Gazette of the State of São Paulo and in the Newspaper “Diário de Notícias”, as established in article 289 of the Corporation Law, subject to the statutory terms, and Issuer shall communicate to Trustee any publication on the date it is made.

 

4.10. Collateral

 

4.10.1. The Debentures shall be guaranteed by fiduciary assignment (i) of all receivables, which shall be free from any lien or encumbrance after verification of the condition precedent pursuant to the provisions of the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement, as defined below, resulting from transactions conducted by holders of credit and/or debit cards of the brands VISA or AMERICAN EXPRESS, as means of payment for the acquisition of goods in business establishments of the Company; and of (ii) escrow account held with bank No. 237, Banco Bradesco S.A., which shall be opened in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the “Fiduciary Assignment Agreement of Credit Rights (Receivables) Under Condition Precedent and Other Covenants”, to be executed between Issuer, as Assignor and the Debentureholders represented by the Trustee, as assignees, (“Fiduciary Assignment” or “Guarantee” and “Fiduciary Assignment Agreement”, respectively). The Fiduciary Assignment Agreement shall contemplate that the portion of the assigned credit rights that exceeds the minimum amount, equivalent to fifty percent (50%) of the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures plus the respective Conventional Interest and the Default Charges and Fine, as applicable, may be used and/or encumbered by Issuer in transactions with the Debentureholders and/or with the respective operator of the card(s), subject to the limits and procedures established in said Fiduciary Assignment Agreement and provided all obligations of this Issue are complied with and no event of early maturity has occurred pursuant to the provisions of this Debenture Deed and/or of the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement.

 


4.10.2. The Fiduciary Assignment Agreement shall be presented for registration, at the expenses of Issuer, in the competent Notary Publics, it being understood that proof of such registration shall occur within up to twenty-five (25) days as from the date of execution of this Deed or until the Subscription Date, whichever is earlier.

 

4.10.3. If Issuer fails to comply with the obligation set forth in Section 4.10.2 above, the Trustee is hereby irreversibly and irrevocably authorized and granted all powers to promote said registration, in the name of Issuer, as its attorney-in-fact, it being understood that Issuer shall reimburse all expenses, pursuant to the provisions of this Deed and of the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement.

 

4.10.4. In case it is necessary to replace the Guarantee, Issuer is authorized to replace it for other assets or rights owned by Issuer and/or third parties, as the case may be, and of the same or of a different nature than those offered as guarantee, provided this is previously approved by the Debentureholders in a Debentureholders Meeting (“ Guarantee Replacement ”).

 

4.10.5. For purposes of the provisions of article 70 of the Corporation Law, Trustee hereby agrees with the Guarantee Replacement, provided it is previously approved by the Debentureholders in a Debentureholders Meeting pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.10.4.

 

4.10.6. If the Guarantee Replacement is not made pursuant to the provisions and within the terms determined in this Deed and in the Guarantee, the early maturity of the Debentures shall be declared, pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3 (xiv) below.

 

4.10.7. Upon execution of the Guarantee, subject to the requirements for formalization and creation of the guarantees set forth in these instruments, the Guarantee shall be irrevocably and irreversibly formalized in favor of the Debentureholders, represented by Trustee, to guarantee the due, timely and full payment of the principal and ancillary obligations of Issuer, pursuant to the provisions of this Deed.

 

5. FACULTATIVE EARLY ACQUISITION, FACULTATIVE EARLY REDEMPTION, EXTRAORDINARY AMORTIZATION AND EARLY MATURITY

 

5.1. Facultative Early Acquisition

 

5.1.1. Issuer may, at any time, acquire outstanding Debentures in the market, for a price not to exceed their Unit Par Value, or for a price in excess of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, with due regard for the rules enacted by CVM in this respect, as set forth in paragraph 3 of article 55 of the Corporation Law. The Debentures that are the subject matter of this procedure may: (i) be cancelled, which cancellation shall be the subject matter of an amendment to this Deed; (ii) remain in treasury; or (iii) subject to the restriction to trading of the Debentures set forth in Section 3.8.2 above, be placed in the market again. The Debentures acquired by Issuer to remain in treasury, pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.1.1, if and when replaced in the market, shall be entitled to the same remuneration as the other Debentures.

 

5.2. Extraordinary Amortization and Facultative Early Redemption

 

5.2.1. The Debentures may be the subject of extraordinary amortization, i.e., outside the dates already set forth in Section 4.7.1. above (“ Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures ”) or of facultative redemption, in this case, in full (“ Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures ”), at the discretion of Issuer, by means of the remittance of Amortization or Redemption Notice (as defined in Section 5.2.1.6 below).

 


5.2.1.1. Subject to the provisions of item 5.2.1.5 below, the amount of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures or of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures due by Issuer shall be equivalent to the (i) Unit Par Value of the Debentures or to the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, as the case may be, in the event of redemption, or of a portion of the Unit Par Value das Debentures or of the balance of the Unit Par Value das Debentures, as the case may be, in the event of Amortization, plus (ii) the Conventional Interest, calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Debenture Deed until the date of the respective payment of the amount of the redemption or of the amortization, as the case may be; (iii) other charges due and not paid by the date of the redemption or of the amortization, as the case may be; and (iv) of premium—flat, levied on the sum of the amounts indicated in items (i) to (iii), corresponding to the following amounts, depending on the time of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures or of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures (“ Amount of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures ”, “ Amount of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures ” and “ Premium ”, respectively):

 

Period

  

Premium

To and including the twelfth (12 th ) month as from the Issue Date

   thirty-five hundredths percent (0.35%)

From and including the thirteenth (13 th ) month to and including the twenty-fourth (24 th ) month as from the Issue Date

   Thirty hundredths percent (0.30%)

From and including the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month to and including the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month as from the Issue Date

   twenty-five hundredths percent (0.25%)

From and including the thirty-seventh (37 th ) month to and including the forty-eight (48 th ) month as from the Issue Date

   twenty hundredths percent (0.20%)

From and including the forty-ninth (49 th ) month to and including the sixtieth (60 th ) month as from the Issue Date

   fifteen hundredths percent (0.15%)

 

5.2.1.2. CETIP shall be informed by means of correspondence sent by Issuer, with the “agreed” of Trustee, of occurrence of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures at least two (2) business days in advance.

 

5.2.1.3. The redeemed Debentures shall be cancelled by Issuer.

 

5.2.1.4. For purposes of this Section 5.2.1.4, the notice of Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures or of Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures to be sent by Issuer to Trustee and published by means of communication to the Debentureholders, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.9.1 above, fifteen (15) days in advance, shall contain the terms and conditions of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures or of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures, as the case may be, necessarily including: (i) the respective date of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures or of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures, as the case may be; (ii) the Amount of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures or the Amount of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures, as the case may be; and (iii) any other information required for operationalization of the Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures or of the Facultative Early Redemption of Debentures, as the case may be (“ Amortization or Redemption Notice ”).

 


5.2.1.5. It is hereby agreed that by the sixth (6 th ) month from (and including) the Issue Date, Issuer may, at its sole discretion, carry out a single extraordinary amortization of debentures in an amount equivalent to up to seventy million Reais (R$70,000,000.00) (“ Differentiated Extraordinary Amortization ”), it being understood that, in this case, subject to the limit hereby established, the amount of the Differentiated Extraordinary Amortization to be paid by Issuer shall correspond to (i) the portion of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures or of the balance of the Unit Par Value das Debentures, plus (ii) the Conventional Interest, calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Debenture Deed until the date of the respective payment of the Amortization; (iii) other charges due and not paid by the date of the amortization; and (iv) premium—flat , levied on the sum of the amounts indicated in items (i) to (iii), corresponding to the rate of zero point twenty hundredths (0.20%) (“ Amount of the Differentiated Extraordinary Amortization ”). The power set forth in this item may be exercised by Issuer a single time during the period between the Issue Date and the sixth (6 th ) month from (and including) the Issue Date. If Issuer carries out the Differentiated Extraordinary Amortization in an amount lower than seventy million Reais (R$70,000,000.00), the remaining balance of the par value of the Debentures may only be subject to Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures by Issuer, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in item 5.2.1.1 above

 

5.2.1.6. It is hereby agreed that no Extraordinary Amortization of Debentures may be in an amount equal to or higher than ninety-five percent (95%) of the debit balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures. In this case, the early redemption of all Debentures may be carried out.

 

5.3. Acceleration

 

5.3.1. Events of acceleration

 

5.3.1.1. The Trustee shall, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.3.1, declare the acceleration of all the obligations under the Deed and demand immediate payment by the Issuer of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures or of the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, as the case may be, plus the Conventional Interest and the Default Charges and Fine, if any, as calculated in accordance with this Debenture Deed, regardless of any judicial or extrajudicial notice, summons, or notification, upon occurrence of any of the following events (“ Events of Default ”):

 

(i) Any court-supervised or out-of-court reorganization petition filed by the Issuer and/or by its direct or indirect controlling shareholders, as well as its winding up, liquidation, or dissolution, filing of a voluntary bankruptcy petition, failure to timely oppose or answer a bankruptcy petition (provided that such answer annuls the effects of such bankruptcy petition), adjudication of bankruptcy, or any similar proceeding that may be created by law against the Issuer and/or its direct or indirect controlling shareholders;

 

(ii) Any court-supervised or out-of-court reorganization petition filed by the subsidiaries of the Issuer, as well as their winding up, liquidation, or dissolution, filing of a voluntary bankruptcy petition, failure to timely oppose or answer a bankruptcy petition (provided that such answer annuls the effects of such bankruptcy petition), adjudication of bankruptcy, or any similar proceeding that may be created by law against the subsidiaries of the Issuer;

 

(iii) Any non-performance by the Issuer of any and all non-monetary obligations set forth in this Debenture Deed and/or in the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement which (a) is not cured within the specific cure period set forth in this Deed or, (b) if there is no specific cure period, is not cured within seven (7) days from the date when such obligation should have been performed;

 

(iv) Any change in the shareholdings or corporate restructuring of the Issuer or any direct or indirect assignment or transfer of shares in the capital stock of the Issuer, except when a majority of the shares in the Issuer remains held by the current holders of the majority of its capital stock, without prior consent from the Debentureholders convened at a specific meeting;

 

(v) Any direct or indirect change in the current direct or indirect control over the Issuer;

 


(vi) Any spin-off, consolidation, merger, or other form of corporate restructuring that entails a change in the capital stock of the Issuer which reduces the shareholders’ equity of the Issuer as stated in its financial statements as of June 31 (sic), 2014 without prior express authorization from the Debentureholders convened at a specific meeting;

 

(vii) Any lawful protest of negotiable instruments against the Issuer or its subsidiaries and/or associated companies whose individual or aggregate amount is equal to or greater than five million (sic) (R$5,000,000.00), except when (a) such protest has been made by third parties in error or in bad faith, if such error or bad faith is validly demonstrated by the Issuer, or (b) the Issuer has answered such protest in good faith to demonstrate error or bad faith no later than ten (10) days from the date of notice of such protest, which shall be deemed the cure period, and the immediate enforceability of the payment thereof has been suspended or canceled;

 

(viii) Any default of any financial obligations of the Issuer by the original due date thereof which is not cured within the applicable cure period, if any, whose individual or aggregate amount is equal to or greater than ten million Reais (R$10,000,000.00) or its equivalent in other currencies, which amount shall be adjusted for inflation from the Issue Date, on a monthly basis, by the General Market Price Index (the “ IGP-M ”), except in the event of suspension or cancelation of the immediate enforceability of the payment of the relevant amount for any reason or by virtue of any bond posted by the Issuer to secure the discussion in good faith of the validity or sufficiency of such default, provided that such bond suspends or cancels the enforceability of the payment of such amount;

 

(ix) Any acceleration of any financial obligations of the Issuer or of its subsidiaries and/or associated companies, whether in the local or in the international market;

 

(x) Any non-compliance by the Issuer of one or more final arbitration awards or unappealable court judgments rendered against the Issuer whose individual or aggregate amount is equal to or greater than five million Reais (R$5,000,000.00) or its equivalent in other currencies, which amounts shall be adjusted for inflation as from the Issue Date by the IGP-M;

 

(xi) Any reduction in the capital stock of the Issuer and/or amendment to the Bylaws of the Issuer followed by the exercise of the right of dissent of any of the Issuer shareholders, by an amount that may directly or indirectly affect the performance of the obligations of the Issuer under this Debenture Deed and the Guarantee, unless previously approved at a Debentureholders’ Meeting;

 

(xii) Any payment of dividends to the Issuer shareholders, including dividends by way of advance payment and/or proceeds as interest on equity, when the Issuer is in default with respect to the Debentures, subject, however, to the payment of the mandatory minimum dividend set forth in law;

 

(xiii) Any change in the type of organization of the Issuer under articles 220 and 221, without prejudice to the provisions of article 222, all of the Corporation Law;

 

(xiv) If the Deed and/or the Guarantee set forth in this Deed (a) are challenged in court by the Issuer, (b) are not or do not become duly perfected, (c) are annulled, null and void, or invalidated in any way, (d) otherwise cease to exist or are terminated and such event is not cured or the Issuer does not replace or reinforce such Guarantee, upon approval from the Debentureholders, within ten (10) days from the date when the Issuer becomes aware of such event, or (e) the balance of performing receivables pledged as collateral is not greater than fifty percent (50%) of the debit balance of the Debentures;

 

(xv) Any of the representations made by the Issuer in connection of the Issue is demonstrated to be false, inaccurate, or misleading, as of the date when made, in any relevant aspect or in any aspect that may result in a Material Adverse Event;

 


(xvi) Any event which, in the opinion of the Debentureholders, upon express consultation with the Issuer, within ten (10) days from the date of occurrence of such event, has with respect to the Issuer (a) any material adverse effect on its condition (whether economic, financial, operational, or other), businesses, assets, operating income, and/or prospects, (b) any material adverse effect on its legal and/or economic and financial power or ability to perform any of its obligations under this Deed, and/or (c) any event or condition that, upon lapse of time, notice, or both, may result in an Event of Default (a “ Material Adverse Event ”);

 

(xvii) Any amendment to the business purpose of the Issuer which results in a relevant change in its industry, unless such amendment does not adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Deed;

 

(xviii) Any application of proceeds from the Issue other than as described in this Debenture Deed;

 

(xix) Any non-performance of any obligation set forth in the Placement Agreement;

 

(xx) Any failure to obtain or renew, cancelation, revocation, or suspension of any authorizations, concessions, permits, and licenses, including social and environmental ones, required for the appropriate exercise of its activities, if such non-performance of the foregoing obligations results in a Material Adverse Event;

 

(xxi) Any expropriation, forfeiture, or any other measure by any Brazilian government entity which results in loss by the Issuer of ownership in or direct possession of a substantial portion of its assets or in its inability to manage its businesses, if such expropriation, forfeiture, or other measure materially affects the ability of the Issuer to pay its obligations relating to the Debentures and such measure is not remedied by the Issuer within five (5) business days from the date when the Issuer becomes aware of such event;

 

(xxii) Any failure of the Issuer to pay any monetary obligations payable to Debentureholders by their respective due date;

 

(xxiii) Any transfer or other form of assignment or promise of assignment by the Issuer to third parties, wholly or in part, of its obligations under the Deed without prior authorization from the Debentureholders;

 

(xxiv) If any of the documents relating to the Issue becomes demonstrably unenforceable or invalid under applicable law and such event is not remedied within five (5) business days from the date when the Issuer becomes aware of such event;

 

(xxv) If the Issuer fails to perform any obligations under the Guarantee for any reason, provided that such default is not cured or the Issuer fails to replace or reinforce such Guarantee within the term set forth herein;

 

(xxvi) If the Issuer or its subsidiaries, associated companies, or parents, as applicable, provide, during the term of the Debentures, any guarantees outside their ordinary course of business for transactions not contemplated in their business purpose, to the extent that such guarantees adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the documents in connection with this Issue;

 

(xxvii) Any failure to formalize, perfect, and duly maintain any Guarantee instruments; and

 

(xxviii) Any failure of the Issuer to meet, as long as any Debentures are outstanding, a ratio between the Financial Indebtedness and the Credit Card Receivables which is less than or equal to 3.00, to be calculated semi-annually based on the financial statements of the Issuer (the “ Financial Ratios and Limits ”).

 


For the purposes of item (xxviii) above:

Financial Indebtedness shall include the loan and bank financing balances stated in the balance sheet of the Issuer; and

Credit Card Receivables shall include the credit card receivables balances stated in the balance sheet of the Issuer.

 

5.3.1.2. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Event of Default described in this Deed or in the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement within two (2) business days from the date of occurrence thereof, which shall contain all the necessary details and be accompanied by a report from the Issuer describing the occurrence and any measures that the Issuer intends to take with respect to such occurrence as provided for in the Issue documents.

 

5.3.1.3. The Financial Ratios and Limits shall be monitored by the Trustee, on a semi-annual basis, based on the consolidation financial information of the Issuer and on the report issued by the independent auditor demonstrating the calculation of the Financial Ratios and Limits, as the case may be. The first calculation and verification of the Financial Ratios and Limits under this Debenture Deed shall take into account the fiscal half-year ended December 31, 2014.

 

5.3.1.4. The occurrence of any of the Events of Default described in this Debenture Deed under items (i), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi), (xxii), (xxiii), (xxiv), (xxv), and (xxvii) above which is not cured within the respective cure period, if applicable, shall result in automatic acceleration of the Debentures. In such case, the Trustee shall declare all the obligations arising from the Debentures due and payable and demand the applicable payment.

 

5.3.1.5. Upon occurrence of any Events of Default other than those mentioned in Section 5.3.1.3 above, the Trustee shall call a Debentureholders’ Meeting to discuss the possibility of not accelerating the Debentures, in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of this Deed. At such Debentureholders’ Meeting, the Debentureholders may, at their sole discretion, upon approval of holders of at least two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Debentures, resolve not to accelerate the Debentures.

 

5.3.2. Upon acceleration of the Debentures, the Trustee shall immediately give notice of such event to the Issuer, with copy to the Mandated Bank and to the Bookrunner Bank, so that the Issuer may pay the Unit Par Value das Debentures or the balance of the Unit Par Value of the outstanding Debentures, as the case may be, plus the Conventional Interest as calculated in accordance with this Debenture Deed by the date of the respective payment, within five (5) days from the date of receipt of such notice from the Trustee.

 

5.3.3. Notice to CETIP shall be given at least two (2) business days in advance of the payment referred to in item 5.3.2 above.

 

5.3.4. If the Issuer fails to pay the Debentures as stipulated in Section 5.3.2 above, the Unit Par Value das Debentures or the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, as the case may be, shall be increased, in addition to the applicable Conventional Interest, by Default Charges and Fine accrued from the date of acceleration of the Debentures to the date of actual payment thereof, without prejudice to the foreclosure of the Guarantee.

 

5.3.5. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee of any change in the laws and/or accounting practices applicable to the preparation of its financial statements which results in disqualification of any of the Financial Ratios and Limits. In such case, the Trustee shall call a Debentureholders’ Meeting to discuss the possibility of adjusting the Financial Ratios and Limits to the new accounting standards or practices, which shall depend upon approval from the Debentureholders convened at a Meeting.

 


5.3.5.1. Solely in the event described in Section 5.3.5 above, no disqualification of any of the Financial Ratios and Limits during the period between (i) such change in the applicable laws and/or accounting practices and (ii) the definition of new standards and parameters for calculation of the Financial Ratios and Limits shall entail the acceleration of the Debentures under this Debenture Deed.

 

5.3.5.2. If any of the Debentureholders’ Meetings referred to in Section 5.3.5 fails to pass resolutions on the new standards and parameters for calculation of the Financial Ratios and Limits or cannot be opened due to lack of quorum on first and second call, the Financial Ratios and Limits established in this Debenture Deed shall be deemed upheld, and any subsequent disqualification thereof shall entail the acceleration of the Debentures under this Debenture Deed.

 

6. ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER

 

6.1. The Issuer additionally agrees to:

 

(i) Provide the Trustee with the following documents and information:

 

(a) No later than three (3) months after the earlier of the end of each fiscal year or its disclosure date, (i) a copy of its full financial statements for the fiscal year then ended, together with an independent auditors’ report and a report demonstrating the calculation of the Financial Ratios and Limits and disclosing the items required for calculation thereof, (ii) a statement from an Officer of the Issuer certifying its compliance with the provisions of this Debenture Deed, and (iii) an updated organizational chart of the business group of the Issuer;

 

(b) On a semi-annual basis, a copy of its full financial statements for the preceding half-year, no later than forty-five (45) days from the end date thereof;

 

(c) Notice of call of any shareholders’ meeting, as well as the date and agenda of each meeting to be held, and copies of all minutes of all shareholders’ meetings, within thirty (30) days after the date thereof;

 

(d) Any information on any of the events mentioned in Section 5.3 above immediately after its occurrence; and

 

(e) Notices to Debentureholders of any relevant facts, as defined in CVM Instruction No. 358 of January 3, 2002, as amended from time to time (“ CVM Instruction 358 ”), as well as the minutes of all shareholders’ meetings and meetings of the board of directors of the Issuer which may in any way be of interest to the Debentureholders, within ten (10) business days from the date when they were (or should have been) published or, if not published, from the date when such meetings were held;

 

(f) Proof of recordation of the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement with the relevant registries within the earlier of twenty-five (25) days from the date of execution of this Deed or the Subscription Date;

 

(g) Proof that the proceeds from the Issue were allocated in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.7. above on the first business day following the Subscription Date;

 

(h) Information on any non-compliance by the Issuer of any of the clauses, terms, or conditions of this Deed within seven (7) days from the date when it becomes aware of such non-compliance, unless a different period is provided for in this Deed;

 

(i) Any information requested by the Trustee which may impact the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under this Deed or result in the occurrence of a Material Adverse Event within seven (7) days from the date of its receipt of notice from the Trustee;

 

(ii) Adequately disclose its economic and financial data as required by the Corporation Law and publish its financial statements as required by the applicable laws, particularly by article 17 of CVM Instruction 476;

 


(iii) To fully perform its obligations set forth in article 17 of CVM Instruction 476 and transcribed below:

 

(a) To prepare its year-end financial statements and, if applicable, its consolidated financial statements in accordance with the Corporation Law and with the CVM regulations;

 

(b) To submit its financial statements to an audit by an auditor enrolled with the CVM;

 

(c) To disclose its financial statements, together with the notes thereto and the independent auditors’ report, on its website within three (3) months from the end of each fiscal year;

 

(d) To keep the documents mentioned in item (c) above available on its website for a period of three (3) years;

 

(e) To comply with the provisions of CVM Instruction 358 with respect to its duty of confidentiality and trading restrictions;

 

(f) To disclose on its website the occurrence of any relevant fact, as defined in article 2 of CVM Instruction 358, and immediately give notice thereof to the Lead Underwriter; and

 

(g) To provide any information requested by the CVM and/or by CETIP;

 

(iv) Submit to CETIP (a) any information disclosed on its website as referred to in sub-item (iii), clause (c) above, (b) any documents and information required by such entity within one (1) business day from the date of its receipt of notice to such effect, and (c) fully perform the other obligations set forth in CETIP Communication No. 28 of April 2, 2009;

 

(v) Keep its accounts updated and conduct the respective recordkeeping in accordance with the Brazilian generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(vi) Call a Debentureholders’ Meeting to discuss any of the matters directly or indirectly relating to this Issue, in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 of this Deed, in case the Trustee fails to do so;

 

(vii) Comply with all determinations from the CVM by submitting documents and providing any information that may be requested from it;

 

(viii) Keep appropriately operating a body to efficiently provide services to Debentureholders or engage financial institutions authorized to provide such services;

 

(ix) Not to conduct transactions beyond the scope of its business purpose, subject to the applicable provisions of the bylaws and legal and regulatory provisions;

 

(x) Not to take any actions in violation of (i) its Bylaws, to the extent that such actions adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Deed, or (ii) the issue documents;

 

(xi) Immediately give notice to the Trustee of any act or fact that may cause an interruption or suspension of the activities of the Issuer, as well as of the occurrence of any of the Events of Default mentioned in Section 5.3.1 above;

 

(xii) Keep its material assets adequately insured, in accordance with the practices usually adopted by the Issuer;

 

(xiii) Timely pay the service fees relating to the registration of the Debentures kept in electronic custody at CETIP;

 

(xiv) Bear all the costs arising from (a) the distribution of Debentures, including all the costs relating to its registration with CETIP; (b) the recordation and publication of any instruments required for the Issue, such as this Deed, any amendments thereto, any corporate actions of the Issuer, and any instruments perfecting the Guarantees for this Issue, and (c) any expenses with the engagement of the Trustee, of the Mandated Bank, of the Bookrunner Bank, and of the Depositary Bank;

 


(xv) Pay any taxes or contributions that are or may be levied on the Issue for which the Issuer is liable;

 

(xvi) Not pay any dividends or interest on equity in case it is in default with respect to Debentures, except for the mandatory minimum required by the Corporation Law;

 

(xvii) Keep the representations and warranties made in this Deed valid and conforming, as applicable, throughout the term of the Debentures and as long as any Debentures remain outstanding;

 

(xviii) Engage, at its own expenses, whenever necessary, a renowned law firm to advise the Issuer and the Trustee in the perfection of the Guarantees mentioned in this Deed, as well as in any replacement of such Guarantees, whenever any new guarantees need to be perfected and/or replaced, as the case may be;

 

(xix) Immediately give notice to the Trustee as soon as it becomes aware of any change in the laws and/or in the accounting practices applicable to the preparation of its financial statements which results in a material impact on the criteria and parameters for calculation of the Financial Ratios and Limits;

 

(xx) Pay all demonstrable expenses incurred by the Trustee and previously approved by the Issuer, including attorney’s fees and other expenses and costs, for collection of any sums payable to Debentureholders under this Debenture Deed;

 

(xxi) Keep all licenses, concessions, permits, and authorizations, including corporate ones, which may be relevant for the appropriate conduct of the businesses of the Issuer always effective;

 

(xxii) Engage and retain engaged, at its own expenses, throughout the term of this Issue, service providers in connection with the obligations set forth in this Deed, including, without limitation, the Mandated Bank, the Depositary Institution, CETIP, and the Trustee;

 

(xxiii) Indemnify and/or reimburse, as the case may be, the Debentureholders, in case any liabilities of any nature are imposed on them by third parties, by a court, and/or by any Brazilian inspection and control entities by virtue of any lack of truthfulness, consistency, quality, and sufficiency in any of its representations made in this Deed; and

 

(xxiv) Submit a statement to the Lead Underwriter with respect to the full performance of the obligations set forth in article 17 of CVM Instruction 476, as transcribed in Section 6.1 (iii) above.

 

7. THE TRUSTEE

 

7.1. The Issuer names and appoints O LIVEIRA T RUST D ISTRIBUIDORA DE T ÍTULOS E V ALORES M OBILIÁRIOS S.A., identified above, as trustee for this Issue, which expressly accepts such appointment to represent the community of Debentureholders before the Issuer in accordance with the laws currently in force and with this Deed.

 

7.2. The Trustee represents that:

 

(i) It is not, under the penalties of law, under any legal impediment, in accordance with article 66, paragraph 3 of the Corporation Law, article 10 of CVM Instruction No. 28 of November 23, 1983, as amended from time to time, or, in the event of any change, any successor thereof (“ CVM Instruction 28 ”), and other applicable rules, which prevents it from performing its duties hereunder;

 

(ii) It accepts its appointment hereunder and fully assumes the duties and attributions set forth in the specific laws and in this Deed;

 

(iii) It fully accepts this Deed and all its Sections and conditions;

 

(iv) It has no relationship with the Issuer that prevents it from fully performing its duties;

 


(v) It has been duly authorized to execute this Deed and perform its obligations hereunder and has satisfied all legal requirements and requirements set forth in its bylaws for such purpose;

 

(vi) It is duly qualified to perform its duties as a Trustee, in accordance with the applicable regulations in force;

 

(vii) This Deed constitutes a legal, valid, binding, and effective obligation of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions;

 

(viii) It is not in any of the conflict of interest situations mentioned in article 10 of CVM Instruction 28;

 

(ix) It accepts the obligation to monitor the occurrence of any of the events of acceleration described in Section 5.3 of this Deed;

 

(x) Neither the execution of this deed nor the performance of its obligations thereunder violate any obligation previously assumed by the Trustee;

 

(xi) It has verified the truthfulness of the information contained in this Deed, according to the documents and information submitted by the Issuer, and arranged for the remediation of any omissions, faults, or defects of which it may have become aware;

 

(xii) Its individual representatives who have signed this Deed have sufficient powers to do so;

 

(xiii) As of the date of execution of this Deed, it holds the position of trustee in connection with the first (1 st ) issue of simple debentures not convertible into shares, in a single series, with collateral and personal guarantee, for public distribution with restricted placement efforts, of the Issuer, in the capacity of trustee; and

 

(xiv) The perfection of the Guarantee shall be conforming upon recordation of the Assignment Agreement with the relevant registries, as well as upon verification of the condition precedent set forth in the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement, it being understood that the sufficiency of the guarantee could not be confirmed on the basis of the Fiduciary Assignment Agreement as of the date of execution;

 

7.2.1. The Issuer, in turn, represents that it has no relationship with the Trustee that prevents it from fully performing its duties.

 

7.3. In the event of any temporary absence or impediment, resignation, intervention, liquidation, bankruptcy, or any other cause of vacancy in the position of Trustee, a Debentureholders’ Meeting shall be held, no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the respective triggering event, to elect a new trustee, which may be called by the Trustee to be replaced itself, by the Issuer, by Debentureholders representing at least a simple majority of the outstanding Debentures, or by the CVM.

 

7.3.1. The CVM may appoint a temporary replacement for the Trustee until the new trustee selection process is completed.

 

7.3.2. If the Trustee becomes unable to continue performing its duties due to any circumstances supervening this Deed, it shall immediately give notice thereof to the Debentureholders and request its replacement.

 

7.3.3. The Debentureholders may, after the expiration of the distribution term, replace the Trustee and appoint its replacement at a Debentureholders’ Meeting called specially for such purpose.

 

7.3.4. The replacement of the Trustee shall be subject to prior notice to the CVM and to its opinion with respect to the satisfaction of the requirements set forth in article 8 of CVM Instruction 28 and in any subsequent rules.

 


7.3.5. Any permanent replacement of the Trustee shall be subject to an amendment to this Deed, which shall be annotated on the margin of the record of this Deed with the São Paulo State Commercial Registry (JUCESP).

 

7.3.6. The Trustee shall take office on the date of execution of this Deed and shall remain in such position until it is effectively replaced or until all its obligations under this Deed and under applicable law have been performed.

 

7.3.7. The rules and provisions of CVM shall apply in the event of replacement of the Trustee.

 

7.3.8. The Trustee may, upon agreement with the Debentureholders, prepare the minutes of any Debentureholders’ Meeting.

 

7.4. In addition to its other duties and attributions set forth in law or in any CVM normative act, the Trustee shall have the following duties and attributions:

 

(i) To protect the rights and interests of Debentureholders by adopting, in the performance of its duties, the same degree of care and diligence that any active and honest person usually adopts in the management of its own property;

 

(ii) To resign from its position in the event of any supervening conflict of interests or any other incapacitating condition;

 

(iii) To properly keep all records, correspondence, and other papers relating to the performance of its duties;

 

(iv) To verify, when accepting its appointment, the truthfulness of the information contained in this Deed and arrange for the remediation of any omissions, faults, or defects of which it may become aware;

 

(v) To apply, if the Issuer fails to do so, for recordation of this Deed and any amendments thereto with the relevant entities and remediate any omissions and non-conformities existing therein. In such case, the registrar shall give notice to the management of the Issuer so that the latter may provide him with any indications and documents that may be necessary;

 

(vi) To monitor compliance with the periodicity in the provision of mandatory information and give notice to the Debentureholders of any omissions or misrepresentations contained in such information;

 

(vii) To issue an opinion on the sufficiency of the information contained in any proposals for modification of the terms of the Debentures, if applicable;

 

(viii) To verify the conformity of the perfection of the Guarantees, as well as of the value of the collaterals, and ensure their continued sufficiency and enforceability;

 

(ix) To request, at the expenses of the Issuer, when it finds it necessary for a faithful performance of its duties, updated certificates from the clerks of civil and Tax courts, protest notaries, labor courts, and office of the counsel for the Treasury of the place where the headquarters of the Issuer are located;

 

(x) To request, at the expenses of the Issuer, when it finds it necessary and with relevant cause that may qualify as a Material Adverse Event, an extraordinary audit of the Issuer, at the expenses of the latter, in which case such request shall be accompanied by a detailed report stating the reasons and demonstrably justifying the need for such audit;

 

(xi) To call, when necessary, a Debentureholders’ Meeting by publishing a notice at least three (3) times, in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.9 of this Deed;

 


(xii) To appear at any Debentureholders’ Meeting in order to provide any information requested from it and provide CETIP, on the same day when such Debentureholders’ Meeting is held, with a summary of the resolutions passed and, within ten (10) days, with a copy of the minutes of such meeting;

 

(xiii) To prepare a report addressed to the Debentureholders, in accordance with the provisions of article 68, paragraph 1, clause “b” of the Corporation Law, containing at least the following information:

 

(a) Any omission or misrepresentation of which it may be aware contained in the information disclosed by the Issuer or any default or delay in the mandatory provision of information by the Issuer;

 

(b) Any changes to the bylaws occurred during the period;

 

(c) Any comments on the financial statements of the Issuer, focusing on the economic and financial indicators and on the capital structure of the Issuer;

 

(d) The status of the distribution or placement of the Debentures in the market;

 

(e) Any repayment of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures and payment of Conventional Interest made during the period, as well as any purchases and sales of Debentures made by the Issuer;

 

(f) Monitoring of the allocation of the proceeds from the Issue, based on the data obtained from the managers of the Issuer;

 

(g) A list of the assets and rights delivered for its management;

 

(h) The performance of other obligations assumed by the Issuer under this Deed and other Issue documents;

 

(i) A statement of its ability to continue exercising its duties as a Trustee;

 

(j) A statement of the sufficiency and enforceability of the Guarantees provided in accordance with Sections 4.10 and 4.11 above; and

 

(k) The existence of any other public or private debenture issues carried out by any associated company, subsidiary, or parent of or member of the same group as the Issuer in which it acted as a trustee during the respective period, as well as the details of such issues mentioned in article 12, item XVII, clause “k”, items 1 through 7 of CVM Instruction 28.

 

(xiv) To make the report mentioned in item (xiv) (sic) above available to the Debentureholders, no later than four (4) months from the end of the fiscal year of the Issuer, at least at the following places:

 

(a) The headquarters of the Issuer;

 

(b) Its own offices or a place indicated by the Trustee;

 

(c) The CVM;

 

(d) CETIP; and

 

(e) The headquarters of the Lead Underwriter;

 

(xv) To give notice to the Debentureholders that the report is available to them at the places mentioned in item (xv) (sic) above;

 


(xvi) To keep the list of Debentureholders and their addresses updated, including by consulting with the Issuer, the Bookrunner Bank, and CETIP;

 

(xvii) To coordinate the drawing of lots to determine which Debentures are to be redeemed in advance, if any;

 

(xviii) To monitor compliance with the Sections of this Deed and of the Guarantees, particularly those containing positive and negative covenants, and with the Financial Ratios and Limits, based on the public information available and/or obtained from the managers of the Issuer, and promptly give notice to the Debentureholders of any defaults found;

 

(xix) To give notice to the Debentureholders, individually if possible, within no later than two (2) days, of any default by the Issuer of any obligations under this Deed, indicating the place where it will provide additional clarifications to interested parties. Identical notice shall be given to the CVM;

 

(xx) To monitor with the Depositary Bank the satisfaction of the terms and conditions established in the Guarantees;

 

(xxi) To monitor, on a daily basis, the calculation of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures by the Issuer and make such calculation available to Debentureholders and market players through its service center and/or online at www.oliveiratrust.com.br; and

 

(xxii) To monitor with the Issuer and with the Mandated Bank, on each payment date, the full and timely payment of any amounts payable, as stipulated in this Debenture Deed.

 

7.5. The Trustee shall use any judicial or extrajudicial measures against the Issuer to protect and safeguard the interests of the community of Debentureholders and the realization of their credits and, in the event of default by the Issuer, subject to the terms of this Deed:

 

(i) Declare, subject to the conditions of this Deed, the acceleration of the Debentures and collect the Unit Par Value of the Debentures or the balance of the Unit Par Value of the Debentures, as the case may be, plus the corresponding Conventional Interest and other charges payable on the conditions specified;

 

(ii) Foreclose the Guarantee and apply the proceeds therefrom to fully pay the Debentureholders;

 

(iii) Request the bankruptcy of the Issuer, in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations;

 

(iv) Take all measures to realize the credits held by the Debentureholders; and

 

(v) Represent the Debentureholders in any bankruptcy, court-supervised and out-of-court reorganization, and/or extrajudicial liquidation of the Issuer, if applicable.

 

7.6. The Trustee shall only be exempted of the liability for not adopting the measures set forth in Section 7.5 (i) a (iv) above if, after the Debentureholders Meeting is called, it authorizes to do so by unanimous resolution of the outstanding Debentures, however, the resolution of the majority of the outstanding Debentures shall be enough whenever such case refers to the provisions of Section 7.5 (v) above, under the terms of article 13, sole paragraph, of CVM Instruction 28.

 

7.7. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee the fees for the performance of the duties and assignments for which it is liable under the terms of the laws in effect and of this Deed, corresponding to an annual remuneration of ten thousand Reais (R$10,000.00), and the first payment being due five days after the execution date of the Debenture Deed and the others on the same dates of the subsequent years. The annual installments shall be due until full settlement of the debentures in case they are not paid-up on their due date.

 


7.7.1. In case of default of payment of the debentures or restructuring of the conditions of the debentures after issue or attendance in meetings of conference calls, as well as compliance with special requests, the Trustee shall be additionally entitled to the amount of five hundred Reais (R$500.00) per man-hour of work dedicated to such facts as well as to (i) execution of the guarantees, (ii) attendance in formal meetings with the Issuer and/or the Debentureholders; and (iii) implementation of the consequent decisions taken in such event, paid five (5) days after proof of delivery by the Trustee of a “time sheet report” to the Issuer. The restructuring of the debentures shall be understood as the events relating to the change (i) of the guarantees, (ii) payment terms and (iii) conditions relating to the early maturity. The events relating to the amortization of the debentures shall not be considered as restructuring of the debentures.

 

7.7.2. In case of execution of amendments to the debenture deed as well as of external hours of Trustee’s office, the amount of five hundred Reais (R$500.00) per man-hour of work dedicated to such amendments/services shall be additionally charged.

 

7.7.3. The installments of the items above shall be adjusted by the General Market Price Index – IGP-M, as from the issue date.

 

7.7.4. The taxes levied on the remuneration shall be accrued to the installments on the payment dates.

 

7.7.4.1 The services provided in this proposal are those described in CVM Instruction No. 28 and Law 6404/76.

 

7.7.5. The remuneration does not include the travel, lodging, transportation and publication expenses deemed necessary to the exercise of our duty, during or after the implementation of the service, which shall be covered by the Issuer, after prior approval. Likewise, the expenses with experts, such as audit of the guarantees granted to the loan and legal advisory to the Trustee in case of default of the loan are not included and shall be borne by the Issuer. Any expenses, deposits and court fees, as well as indemnifications resulting from actions filed against the Trustee resulting from the exercise of its duty or its acts to defend the structure of the transaction shall also be borne by the Debentureholders. Such expenses include attorney’s fees for the defense of the Trustee and shall be also paid in advance by the Debentureholders and reimbursed by the Issuer.

 

7.7.6. In case of default by the Issuer, all expenses that may be incurred by the Trustee to protect the interests of the Debentureholders shall be previously approved and paid in advance by the Debentureholders, and afterwards, reimbursed by the Issuer. Such expenses include expenses with attorney’s fees, including with third parties, deposits, indemnifications, costs and courts fees of actions filed by the Trustee, as long as relating to the solution to be given to the default as representative of the Debentureholders. Any expenses, deposits and court fees resulting from contingent fees determined in legal actions shall be equally borne by the Debentureholders, as well as the remuneration and the reimbursable expenses of the Trustee in case the Issuer remains in default in regards to the payment thereof for a period exceeding thirty (30) consecutive days.

 

7.7.7. In case of any additional obligations of the Trustee or in case of change of the characteristics of the issue, the revision of the proposed fees shall be allowed.

 

7.7.8. In case of default in the payment of the Trustee’s remuneration, the debts in delay shall be subject to default interest of one percent (1%) per month and non-conventional penalty of two percent (2%) on the amount due.

 

7.7.9. In case of cancellation or early redemption of the totality of the Debentures, it is hereby established that the Trustee shall return the proportional portion of the remuneration initially received without compensation of service rendered, calculated pro rata temporis, from the payment date of the remuneration until the date of actual cancellation or redemption of the totality thereof to the Issuer.

 


7.7.10. It is hereby established that in case of replacement of the Trustee, the replaced trustee shall return to the Issuer the proportional portion of the remuneration initially received without compensation of service rendered, calculated pro rata temporis , from the payment date of the remuneration until the date of actual replacement.

 

7.8. The Issuer shall reimburse to the Trustee all expenses evidenced to have been incurred to protect the rights and interests of the Debentureholders or to realize its credits. In case such expenses amount to more than five thousand Reais (R$5,000.00), the Trustee shall notify the Issuer and send all proofs of expenses for it to follow up on such expenditures,

 

7.8.1. The reimbursement mentioned in Section 7.8 above shall be made within up to ten (10) business days after making the respective rendering of accounts to the Issuer,

 

7.8.2. Such expenses to be paid in advance by the Debentureholders also include expenses with third parties’ attorney’s fees, deposits, court fees and legal costs of lawsuits filed by the Trustee or resulting from action filed against it in the exercise of its duty, or also that cause financial losses or risks as representative of the community of the Debentureholders.

 

7.8.3. In case of default by the Issuer, all expenses with legal proceedings, including administrative ones, that may be incurred by the Trustee to protect the interests of the Debentureholders shall be previously approved and paid in advance by the Debentureholders, and afterwards, pursuant to the applicable laws, reimbursed by the Issuer.

 

7.8.4. Any expenses, deposits and court fees resulting from contingent fees determined in legal actions shall be equally borne by the Debentureholders, as well as the remuneration and the reimbursable expenses of the Trustee in case the Issuer remains in default in regards to the payment thereof for a period exceeding thirty (30) consecutive days.

 

7.8.5. The restriction of the expenses amount mentioned in Section 7.8 above shall not comprise those incurred with:

 

(i) the publication of reports, notices and notifications as provided for in this Deed and in the applicable laws and other to be required by applicable regulations;

 

(ii) the obtaining of updated certificates from the civil court distributors, the Tax Courts, Protest Registries, Labor Courts, Federal Courts and the Office of the General Counsel for the National Treasury of the jurisdiction of the Trustee’s head office, in case they have been previously requested to the Issuer and have not been delivered within twenty (20) days from the date of request; and

 

(iii) transportation between federation States and respective lodging, whenever necessary for the performance of the duties and as duly evidenced.

 

7.8.5.1. The provisions of Section 7.8 above shall apply to the expenses referring to the reimbursement of the costs incurred by the Trustee and the sending of the proofs for follow up of the expenses by the Issuer.

 

7.8.6. The Trustee’s credit for expenses incurred to protect rights and interests or realize credits of the Debentureholders which have not been paid in the form hereby established shall be accrued to the Issuer’s debt and shall have priority over the Debentures in the order of payment.

 

7.8.7. The acts or statements by the Trustee (i) which result in liabilities to the Debentureholders and/or release third parties of obligations with the Debentureholders; and/or (ii) relating to the compliance by the Issuer of its obligations in this Debenture Deed or in the Guarantee, shall only be valid upon previous approval of the Debentureholders under a Debentureholders Meeting.

 


8. DEBENTUREHOLDERS MEETING

 

8.1. The Debentureholders may, at any time, hold a Debentureholders Meeting according to the provisions in article 71 of the Corporation Law, in order to resolve on matters of interest to the community of the Debentureholders, as the case may be (“ Debentureholders Meeting ”).

 

8.2. The Debentureholders Meeting may be convened by the Trustee, by the Issuer, by Debentureholders representing at least ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Debentures or by CVM,

 

8.3. The call notice of the Debentureholders Meetings shall be made by notice published at least three (3) times under the terms of Section 4.9.1 above, with due regard for other rules relating to the publication of call notices of meetings included in the Corporation Law, the applicable regulations and this Debenture Deed.

 

8.4. The Debentureholders Meetings shall be convened on first call, with the attendance of holders of at least half of the outstanding Debentures, and, on second call, upon any quorum.

 

8.5. In the resolutions of the Debentureholders Meetings, each outstanding Debenture shall be entitled to one vote, the appointment of a proxy being permitted, whether a Debentureholder or not. Except for the provisions in Section 8.5.1 below, all resolutions to be taken at a Debentureholders Meeting shall depend upon the approval of Debentureholders representing at least two thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Debentures.

 

8.5.1. The quorum mentioned in Section 8.5 above shall not apply:

 

(i) to the cases in which there is a quorum expressly set forth in other sections of this Debenture Deed; and

 

(ii) to changes (a) of quorum provided for in this Debenture Deed; (b) of the Conventional Interest; (c) of any payment dates of any amounts provided for in this Debenture Deed due to the Debentureholders; (d) of the term of effectiveness of the Debentures; (e) of the kind of the Debentures; (f) of the creation of a renegotiation event; and (g) any Event of Default, except for the provisions in Section 5.3.5, which shall be unanimously approved by the Debentureholders.

 

8.6. For purposes of calculation of the installation and resolution quorum under the terms of this Debenture Deed, “Outstanding Debentures” means all Debentures subscribed and not redeemed, excluding the Debentures directly or indirectly belonging to the Issuer or to any controlling or controlled company, whether directly or indirectly, of the Issuer or any of its officers or directors and respective relatives up to the second degree.

 

8.7. The attendance of the Issuer’s legal representatives at the Meetings shall be permitted.

 

8.8. The Trustee shall attend the Meetings and provide to the Debentureholders the information requested thereto.

 

8.9. The chairman of the Debentureholders Meeting shall be the Debentureholder elected by the majority of the Debentureholder or the one designated by CVM.

 

8.10. The provisions of the Corporation Law regarding shareholders meetings shall apply to the Debentureholders Meetings, as applicable.

 

9. ISSUER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

9.1. Issuer represents and warrants that:

 

(i) it is a joint-stock company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing pursuant to the laws of Brazil, as well as it is duly authorized to perform the activities described in its business purpose;


(ii) it is duly authorized to execute this Deed and to comply with all obligations provided for herein, and for that, all legal, contractual and statutory requirements were complied with;

 

(iii) the execution of this Deed and the compliance with the obligations provided for herein do not violate any obligation previously undertaken by the Issuer;

 

(iv) the persons representing it in the execution of this Deed are duly empowered to do so;

 

(v) on the execution date of this Deed, the execution hereof and placement of the Debentures do not violate any legal provision, order or administrative, court or arbitral decision or any agreements or instruments which the Issuer is a party to, nor will it result in: (a) early maturity of any obligation established in any of such agreements or instruments; (b) the creation of any burden on any assets or property of the Issuer, except those already existing on the date hereof or resulting from the execution of this Deed and the placement of the Debentures; or (c) termination of any of such agreements or instruments;

 

(vi) no registration, consent, authorization, approval, license, order or qualification before any government authority or regulatory body is required for compliance by the Issuer of its obligations under the terms of this Deed and the Debentures, or for carrying out the Issue, except for the registration of this Deed with the Commercial Registry of the State of São Paulo—JUCESP and with the proper registry of deeds and documents, the registration of the Debentures with the Custody and Settlement House – CETIP and the registration of the Guarantee;

 

(vii) its economic, financial and proprietary situation on the date hereof has not suffered any significant change which may adversely affect its solvency;

 

(viii) it is fully aware and fully agrees with the form of disclosure and ascertainment of the DI Rate disclosed by CETIP and that the manner of calculation of the compensation of the Debentures was determined by its free will;

 

(ix) the Issuer’s financial statements, as well as the restated financial statements of its economic group dated as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 and also the Issuer’s financial statements correctly represent the proprietary and financial positions of the Issuer and its economic group on such dates and were duly prepared pursuant to the fundamental Brazilian accounting principles and correctly reflect the assets, liabilities and contingencies of the Issuer and its economic group;

 

(x) shall comply with all obligations undertaken under the terms of this Deed, including, without limitation, the obligation to apply the funds obtained from the Issue to the purposes provided for in Section 3.7 of this Deed;

 

(xi) it has all relevant authorizations and licenses (including environmental) required by the federal, state and municipal authorities for the exercise of its activities, which are all of them valid, except for those that are being opposed to in good faith and/or whose absence shall not affect its economic and financial situation and the results and/or operating activities of the Issuer;

 

(xii) it shall fully comply, during the entire term of effectiveness of the Debentures, with the obligations provided for in article 17 of CVM Instruction 476, under the terms of Section 6.1(iii);

 

(xiii) except in the cases in which it is discussing in good faith the applicability of a law, rule or regulation in the administrative or judicial levels, it is in compliance with all laws, regulations, administrative rules and determinations of governmental bodies, independent government agencies or courts, applicable to the conduction of its business and which are relevant to the performance of its activities, including the provisions in the environmental laws and regulations, adopting the preventive and reparatory measures intended to avoid or correct any environmental damages resulting from the exercise of the activities described in its business purpose;


(xiv) it shall not make another public offering of debentures of the same kind within the term of four (4) months as from the closing date of the offering of the Debentures, unless the new offering is submitted for registration with CVM; and

 

(xv) there is no connection between the Issuer and the Trustee preventing the Trustee from fully exercising its duties provided for in this Deed;

 

(xvi) the information provided and supplied is true, consistent, correct and sufficient, allowing the Qualified Investors to make an informed decision regarding the Issue.

 

10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

10.1. The communications to be sent by any of the Parties under the terms of this Deed shall be sent to the following addresses:

(i) To the Issuer:

NS2.com Internet S.A.

Rua Vergueiro, No. 943, Liberdade

01504-000, São Paulo/São Paulo

Attn.: Leonardo Tavares Dib

Phone: 55-11 3028-2227

Fax: 55-11 3028-2227

e-mail: leonardo.dib@netshoes.com

(ii) To the Trustee:

Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários & A.

Avenida das Américas, No. 500, Bloco 13, Sala 205, Condomínio Downtown

22640-100, Rio de Janeiro/Rio de Janeiro

Attn.: Antonio Amaro // Maria Carolina Vieira Abrantes

Phone: (21) 3514-0000 Fax: (21) 3514-0099

e-mail: antonio.amaro@oliveiratrust.com.br // ger2.agente@oliveiratrust.com.br

(iii) To the Mandated Bank and Bookrunner Bank:

Banco Bradesco S.A.

- DAC

Av. Yara, S/N—Cidade de Deus – Yellow Building – 2o. andar, CEP 06029-900, Osasco – São Paulo.

Attn.: Marcelo Poli

Phone: (11) 3684-3749

Fax: (11) 3684-2714

E-mail: 4010.mpoli@bradesco.com.br

 


(iv) To CETIP:

CETIP S.A.-Balcão Organizado de Ativos e Derivativos

Av. República do Chile, No. 230, 11o. andar

20031-170, Rio de Janeiro/Rio de Janeiro

Phone: (21) 2276-7474

Fax: (21) 2252-4308// 2262-5481

or

Av. Brigadeiro Faria Lima, No. 1663, 4o. andar

01452-000—São Paulo/São Paulo

Phone: (11) 3111-1596

Fax: (11) 3135-1564

Attn.:

E-mail: gr.debentures@cetip.com.br

 

10.2. The communications shall be considered delivered whenever received under protocol or with return or receipt requested issued by the post office or also by telegram sent to the addressed above. The communications made by fax or electronic mail shall be considered received on the sending date, as long as the receipt thereof is confirmed by the party receiving the communication. The respective originals shall be sent to the addresses above within up to five (5) business days after sending the message. The communications sent by any of such means shall be considered valid as long as with due regard for the provisions in this Section 10.

 

10.3. The change of any of the addresses above shall be immediately notified to the other Parties.

 

10.4. Except when otherwise expressly provided for in this Deed, “business day” shall be understood as any day of the week, except Saturday, Sunday and national holidays or even, whenever the banks are closed for operations in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, except for the cases of payments that shall be made through CETIP, in which case, “business day” shall be any day of the week, except Saturday, Sunday or national holiday. Whenever the designation of a day-based term in this Deed is not accompanied by the designation of “business day”, the term shall be considered to be counted in consecutive days.

 

10.5. The waiver of any rights resulting from this Deed shall not be presumed. Therefore, no delay, omission or liberality in the exercise of any right or power to which the Debentureholders are entitled in view of any default by the Issuer shall affect the exercise of such right or power, or shall be construed as waiver thereof, not shall it constitute novation or set a precedent regarding any other default or delay.

 

10.6. In case any of the provisions hereby approved are deemed to be illegal, invalid or ineffective, all other provisions not affected by such judgment shall prevail, and the Parties agree in good faith to replace such provisions affected with other which, to the extent possible, produce the same effect.

 

10.7. This Deed is governed by the Laws of the Federative Republic of Brazil.

 

10.8. This Deed and the Debentures are extrajudicial enforceable instruments under the terms of items I and II of article 585 of the Code of Civil Procedure, and the Parties hereby acknowledge that, regardless of any other applicable measures, the obligations undertaken under the terms of this Deed shall be subject to specific performance and subject to the provisions of articles 632 et seq. of the Code of Civil Procedure, without prejudice to the right of declaring early maturity of the Debentures, under the terms of this Deed,


10.9. This Deed is executed on an irrevocable and irreversible basis, being binding upon the Parties themselves and their successors.

 

10.10. Any and all costs incurred as a result of the registration of this Deed and the Guarantees, as well as any amendments, and corporate documents relating to this Issue with the proper registries shall be exclusively borne by the Issuer.

 

10.11. The Trustee shall not be required to make any verification of veracity of the corporate resolutions and management acts of the Issuer or even of any document or registration considered authentic and which have been sent, indeed, by the Issuer or by its employees, in order to base its decisions thereon. Also, it shall not be liable, under any circumstance, for the preparation of such documents, remaining under the Issuer’s legal and regulatory obligation the preparation thereof under the terms of the applicable laws.

 

11. JURISDICTION

 

11.1. The Parties elect the Courts of the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, to settle any doubts or disputes resulting from this Deed, waiving any other, however privileged they may be.

In witness whereof, the Parties execute this Deed in four (4) copies of equal content and form, in the presence of two (2) witnesses.

São Paulo, March 19, 2015

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


[Signatures Page 1/2 of the Private Instrument of Second Deed of Simple Debentures Not Convertible into Shares, in a Single Series with Collateral for Public Distribution with Restricted Placement Efforts of NS2.com Internet S.A.]

NS2.com Internet S.A.

 

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN           By:   / S /    G RACIELA K UMRUIAN T ANAKA        
Name:   Marcio Kumruian     Name:   Graciela Kumruian Tanaka
Title:   Chief Executive Officer     Title:   Operations Officer
ID (RG):   24.122.221-7 SSP/SP     ID (RG):   276.730-8 SSP/SP


[Signatures Page 2/2 of the Private Instrument of Second Deed of Simple Debentures Not Convertible into Shares, in a Single Series with Collateral for Public Distribution with Restricted Placement Efforts of NS2.com Internet S.A.]

Oliveira Trust Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliários S.A.

 

By:   / S /    S ONIA R EGINA M ENEZES           By:   / S /    F ERNANDO N UNES L UIS        
Name:   Sonia Regina Menezes     Name:   Fernando Nunes Luis
Title:   Attorney-in-fact     Title:   Attorney-in-fact

Witnesses:

 

1.   / S /    A RTHUR R OJO E LEAN           2.   / S /    A RMANDO M OSIN N ETO        
Name:   Arthur Rojo Elean     Name:   Armando Mosin Neto
ID (RG):   42.320.124-4/SSP-SP     ID (RG):   33.657.336-4/SSP-SP

Exhibit 4.04

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made as of February 22, 2017, by and among NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED , an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and the lenders (each, a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”) named on Schedule A attached hereto. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1 below.

WHEREAS, each of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement is committing to provide the Total Commitment Amount set forth opposite each Lender’s name on Schedule A hereto pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

WHEREAS , each of the Lenders intends to fund the Initial Consideration (being a portion of the Commitment) at the applicable Initial Closing and, if required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Option Consideration (being the remaining portion of the Commitment) at the Option Closing, in each case pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to provide for the sale and issuance of Notes by the Company in return for the payment by the Lenders of the Initial Consideration and the Option Consideration.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. Definitions .

(a) “ Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under Common Control with (including, without limitation, in the case of any Lender that is an entity, under common management with), such Person; provided that , for the purposes of this Agreement, no entity other than entities managed or controlled by GIC Pte Ltd. shall be deemed an Affiliate of the GIC Investor. In the event the Person is an individual, the term “Affiliate” shall mean his or her spouse, parent, son or daughter or a non-individual Person that he or she Controls.

(b) “ Articles ” shall mean the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as it may be amended from time to time.

(c) “ Brazilian Company ” shall mean NS2.COM Internet S.A., a Brazilian sociedade anônima with head offices in Rua Vergueiro, 943, Liberdade, São Paulo-SP, 01504-001, Brazil, Brazilian taxpayer registration CNPJ no. 09.339.936/0001-16.

(d) “ Business Day ” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks located in New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

(e) “ Commitment ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment to loan the Company the Total Commitment Amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule A hereto pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(f) “ Control ” (including correlative terms “Controls,” “Controlling,” “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, including the power to elect the majority of the members of the board of directors and/or other bodies governing the affairs of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

(g) “ Conversion Price ” shall mean:

(i) with respect to a conversion pursuant to Section 2.2(a) below, (x) if such conversion occurs on or before the date that is six months after the date of this Agreement (the “ Six Months Date ”), 90% of the New Purchase Price; (y) if such conversion occurs after the Six Months Date and on or before the date that is one year after the date of this Agreement (the “ Twelve Months Date ”), 85% of the New Purchase Price; and (z) if such conversion occurs after the Twelve Months Date, 80% of the New Purchase Price; provided, however, that every six months after the Twelve Months Date, the Conversion Price shall decrease by an additional 2.5% of the New Purchase Price;

(ii) with respect to a conversion pursuant to Section 2.2(b) below, (x) if such conversion occurs on or before the Six Months Date, 90% of the IPO Price; (y) if such conversion occurs after the Six Months Date and on or before the Twelve Months Date, 85% of the IPO Price; and (z) if such conversion occurs after the Twelve Months Date, 80% of the IPO Price; provided, however, that every six months after the Twelve Months Date, the Conversion Price shall decrease by an additional 2.5% of the IPO Price; and

 

 

1


(iii) with respect to a conversion pursuant to Section 2.2(c) below, (x) if such conversion occurs on or before the Six Months Date, 90% of the Corporate Transaction Price; (y) if such conversion occurs after the Six Months Date and on or before the Twelve Months Date, 85% of the Corporate Transaction Price; and (z) if such conversion occurs after the Twelve Months Date, 80% of the Corporate Transaction Price; provided, however, that every six months after the Twelve Months Date, the Conversion Price shall decrease by an additional 2.5% of the Corporate Transaction Price.

(h) “ Conversion Shares ” shall, for purposes of determining the type of Equity Securities issuable upon conversion of the Notes, mean:

(i) if the Notes are converted to equity pursuant to Section 2.2(a) below, the Equity Securities issued in the Next Equity Financing;

(ii) if the Notes are converted to equity pursuant to Section 2.2(b) below, the Equity Securities issued in the Initial Public Offering; and

(iii) if the Notes are converted to equity pursuant to Section 2.2(c) below, ordinary shares of the Company.

(i) “ Corporate Transaction ” shall mean any transaction defined as a “Liquidity Event” in the Articles; provided, however, that an Initial Public Offering shall not constitute a Corporate Transaction for the purposes of this Agreement.

(j) “ Corporate Transaction Price ” shall mean the price per ordinary share in the Corporate Transaction.

(k) “ Equity Securities ” shall mean the Company’s shares or any securities conferring the right to purchase the Company’s shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for (with or without additional consideration), the Company’s shares; provided , however , that for the purposes of this Agreement the term Equity Securities shall not include (i) securities issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and (ii) convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(l) “ GIC Investor ” shall mean Archy LLC, a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America.

(m) “ Governmental Entity ” shall mean any domestic or foreign governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency or commission, any court, tribunal or arbitral body, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental authority.

(n) “ IFC ” shall mean International Finance Corporation.

(o) “ Initial Closing ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the sale and issuance by the Company of a Note to such Lender in exchange for the payment of the Initial Consideration by such Lender, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(p) “ Initial Consideration ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the amount of money payable by such Lender pursuant to this Agreement at the applicable Initial Closing, as shown on Schedule B hereto.

(q) “ Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of the issuance and sale of shares of Equity Securities of the Company in the Company’s first underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

(r) “ IPO Price ” shall mean the price per share at which the Company’s Equity Securities are initially sold by the underwriters to the public in the Initial Public Offering, without taking account any discounts or concessions.

(s) “ Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is two years after the date of this Agreement.

(t) “ New Purchase Price ” shall mean the price paid per share in cash for Equity Securities by the investors in the Next Equity Financing other than as a result of conversion of indebtedness.

(u) “ Next Equity Financing ” shall mean the next sale (or series of related sales) by the Company of its Equity Securities following the date of this Agreement (i) that is approved by the Supermajority Noteholders, (ii) that is primarily for bona fide equity financing purposes and (iii) from which the Company receives net proceeds of not less than $50 million (excluding the aggregate amount of debt securities converted into Equity Securities upon conversion of convertible indebtedness, including, without limitation, the Notes pursuant to Section 2.2 below).

(v) “ Notes ” shall mean the one or more promissory notes issued to each Lender pursuant to Section 2.1 below, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

(w) “ Option Consideration ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the amount of money payable by such Lender pursuant to this Agreement at the Option Closing, as shown on Schedule C hereto.

(x) “ Payment Grid ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the Payment Grid (as defined in the Note issued to such Lender at the applicable Initial Closing).

 

 

2


(y) “ Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization or any other entity or Governmental Entity.

(z) “ Policy Agreement ” shall mean that certain Policy Agreement, by and between the Company and IFC, dated as of March 20, 2015.

(aa) “ Riverwood Investors ” shall mean, collectively, Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P., Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P., Boscolo Intervest Limited and Macro Continental, Inc.

(bb) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(cc) “ Share Plan ” shall mean the Company’s 2012 Share Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

(dd) “ Shareholders’ Agreement ” shall mean that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2015, by and among the Company and the parties thereto, as it may be amended from time to time.

(ee) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean each of the subsidiaries of the Company including, without limitation, the Brazilian Company, NS5 Participações Ltda., NS6 Serviços e Consultoria Internet Ltda., Netshoes Holdings, LLC, NS3 Internet S.A., NS4.com Internet S.A. de C.V., and NS4 Servicios de Mexico S.A. de C.V.

(ff) “ Supermajority Noteholders ” shall mean (i) prior to the Option Closing, the holders of Notes with an aggregate principal amount equal to at least 66.67% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes purchased at the Initial Closings and (ii) after the Option Closing, the holders of Notes with an aggregate principal amount equal to at least 66.67% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes purchased at the Initial Closings and the Option Closing collectively.

(gg) “ Tiger Investors ” shall mean Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P. and Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P.

(hh) “ Total Commitment Amount ” shall mean the amount of money committed to be paid by each Lender pursuant to this Agreement, as shown on Schedule A hereto.

 

2. Terms of the Notes .

 

  2.1 Issuance of Notes .

(a) Initial Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the applicable Initial Closing, each Lender agrees to pay the Company the Initial Consideration set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule B hereto, and the Company agrees to issue to each Lender a Note reflecting payment by such Lender of the Initial Consideration set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule B hereto. Each such Note shall be convertible into Conversion Shares pursuant to Section 2.2 below.

(b) Option Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Option Closing each Lender agrees to pay the Company the Option Consideration set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule C hereto, and the Company agrees to deliver to each Lender an updated Payment Grid reflecting such Lender’s payment of the Initial Consideration and the Option Consideration. Each such Note shall be convertible into Conversion Shares pursuant to Section 2.2 below.

 

  2.2 Right to Convert Notes .

(a) Next Equity Financing . The then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest of each Note shall be automatically converted into Conversion Shares upon the closing of the Next Equity Financing. The number of Conversion Shares to be issued upon such conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on a Note to be converted on the date of the conversion by (ii) the Conversion Price. At least five (5) days prior to the closing of the Next Equity Financing, the Company shall notify the holder of each Note in writing of the terms (in reasonable summary detail) under which the Equity Securities will be sold in such financing. Subject to Section 8.12 below, the issuance of Conversion Shares pursuant to the conversion of each Note shall otherwise be upon and subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the Equity Securities sold in the Next Equity Financing.

(b) Initial Public Offering . The then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest of each Note shall be automatically converted into Conversion Shares upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The number of Conversion Shares to be issued upon conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on a Note to be converted on the date of the conversion by (ii) the Conversion Price.

 

 

3


(c) Corporate Transaction . The then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest of each Note shall be automatically converted into Conversion Shares immediately prior to the closing of the Corporate Transaction. The number of Conversion Shares to be issued upon conversion shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest due on a Note to be converted on the date of the conversion by (ii) the Conversion Price.

(d) No Fractional Shares . Upon the conversion of a Note into Conversion Shares, in lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of the Note would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay the Note holder cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Conversion Price.

(e) Mechanics of Conversion . The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver the Conversion Shares until the Note holder has surrendered the Note to the Company. Such conversion may be made contingent upon the closing of the Next Equity Financing, Initial Public Offering or Corporate Transaction.

 

3. Closing Mechanics .

 

  3.1 Initial Closing .

(a) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company shall deliver to each Lender a letter (the “ Initial Closing Notice ”) that includes (i) a written request for payment of the Initial Consideration and (ii) wire instructions for the bank account to which the Initial Consideration should be transferred. The Initial Closing Notice shall be accompanied by resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors and, as applicable, shareholders authorizing and approving the sale of the Notes to the Lenders.

(b) Subject to performance by the Company of its obligations under Section 3.1(a), each Initial Closing shall take place remotely via teleconference, e-mail or likewise (i) with respect to the Tiger Investors, CDK Net Limited and HCFT Holdings, LLC, on the date of this Agreement, and (ii) with respect to Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd., the Riverwood Investors, the GIC Investor and IFC, on the date that is five Business Days after the date of this Agreement.

(c) At the applicable Initial Closing, each Lender shall pay the Initial Consideration to the Company by wire transfer to the account set forth in Exhibit B hereto, and the Company shall deliver to each Lender an executed Note in return for the Initial Consideration provided to the Company.

 

  3.2 Option Closing.

(a) Between March 1, 2017 and December 31, 2017 (the “ Option Period ”), the Company shall have the option (the “ Option ”), in its sole discretion, to borrow the Option Consideration from the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.1(b) and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Option and Option Period shall automatically terminate effective immediately upon conversion of the then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest on the Notes into Conversion Shares in accordance with Section 2.2 or any other conversion of the then outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest on the Notes into Equity Securities (any such event, an “ Option Termination Event ”). Upon the occurrence of an Option Termination Event, the Option shall be of no further force and effect, the Lenders shall have no further obligations to the Company with respect to the Option Consideration, and the Company shall have no further obligations to the Lenders with respect to the Option Closing.

(b) If an Option Termination Event has not occurred, the Company may exercise the Option any time during the Option Period by delivering to each Lender written notice (the “ Option Closing Notice ”) of such election at least ten Business Days prior to the contemplated closing of the payment of the Option Consideration by each Lender in exchange for delivery by the Company to each such Lender of an updated Payment Grid pursuant to Section 2.1(b) and this Section 3.2 (the “ Option Closing ”). The Option Closing Notice shall include (i) notice of the Company’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) a request for payment of the Option Consideration and (iii) wire instructions for the bank account to which the Option Consideration should be transferred. The Option Closing Notice shall be accompanied by resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors authorizing and approving, as applicable, the borrowing of the Option Consideration and updating of each Lender’s Payment Grid to reflect the Lenders’ payment of their respective Initial Consideration and Option Consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Option Termination Event occurs following the delivery of the Option Closing Notice but prior to the Option Closing, the Lenders shall have no further obligations to the Company with respect to the Option Consideration.

(c) The Option Closing shall take place remotely via teleconference, e-mail or likewise on the tenth Business Day following the date of receipt by the Lenders, by electronic mail or facsimile, of the Option Closing Notice from the Company, or at such other time as shall be mutually agreed upon orally or in writing by the Company and Lenders purchasing a majority in interest of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be sold at the Option Closing. At the Option Closing, each Lender shall pay the Option Consideration to the Company by wire transfer to the account set forth in Exhibit B hereto and, in consideration therefor, the Company shall deliver to each Lender an updated Payment Grid reflecting payment by such Lender of the Initial Consideration and the Option Consideration.

 

 

4


(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may not exercise the Option, and the Lenders shall not have any obligation to pay the Option Consideration, at any time when the Obligations (as defined below) are due and payable pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

 

4. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company .

4.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company . In connection with the transactions provided for herein, the Company hereby represents and warrants to each Lender, as of (i) the date of this Agreement, (ii) the date of the Initial Closing applicable to such Lender, and (iii) the date of the Option Closing, that:

(a) Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is an exempted company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or properties. Each Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdiction of formation and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. Each Subsidiary is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on such Subsidiary’s business or properties.

(b) Capitalization and Voting Rights .

(i) Immediately prior to the date of this Agreement, the authorized capital of the Company consists of 7,250,000 ordinary shares, having a par value of $0.01 per share, 6,968,409 of which are issued and outstanding.

(ii) The outstanding ordinary shares are all duly and validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

(iii) Except for (A) the conversion privileges of the Notes to be issued under this Agreement, (B) the rights provided in Section 3.3 of the Shareholders’ Agreement, Article 7 of the Articles and Article 4 of the Policy Agreement, and (C) options outstanding as of the date of this Agreement to purchase 124,848 ordinary shares granted to employees and other service providers pursuant to the Share Plan, there are not outstanding any options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights) or agreements for the purchase, acquisition or subscription from, or redemption by, the Company of any of its share capital. In addition to the aforementioned options, the Company has reserved as of the date of this Agreement an additional 51,935 ordinary shares for purchase upon the exercise of options to be granted in the future under the Share Plan.

(c) Authorization . Except for the authorization and issuance of the shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Notes, all corporate action has been taken on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Notes. This Agreement and the Notes constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

5


(d) Compliance with Other Instruments . Neither the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the issuance and delivery of the Notes or the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement or the Notes, will constitute or result in a default or violation of (i) any law or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) any term or provision of the Company’s Articles, the Shareholders’ Agreement, or the organizational documents of any of the Subsidiaries, or (iii) any material agreement or instrument by which the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or to which the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject.

(e) Valid Issuance of Shares . The Notes and the Conversion Shares to be issued, sold and delivered upon conversion of the Notes will, upon their issuance, be duly and validly issued without violating any preemptive rights, fully paid and nonassessable and, based in part upon the representations and warranties of the Lenders in this Agreement, will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(f) Governmental Consents . No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with any Governmental Entity on the part of the Company or any Subsidiary is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(g) Offering . Subject in part to the truth and accuracy of the Lenders’ representations set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement, the offer, sale, purchase and issuance of the Securities as contemplated by this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of any applicable securities laws, and neither the Company nor any authorized agent acting on its behalf will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

4.2 Formation of Committees . On or prior to the date that is three months after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall establish an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors that meets all requirements that will apply to the Company at the time of the Initial Public Offering. On or prior to the Six Months Date, the Company shall establish a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors, in each case that (i) meets all requirements that will apply to the Company at the time of the Initial Public Offering or (ii) if established after the Initial Public Offering, meets all requirements then applicable to the Company.

4.3 Post-Issue Filings . The Company shall undertake all post-issue filings required to be made by the Company associated with the sale and purchase of the Notes in the time prescribed for the same under applicable law.

4.4 Additional Issuances of Equity Securities . For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, without the prior written consent of the Supermajority Noteholders, the Company shall not issue any promissory notes convertible into the Company’s shares or any securities conferring the right to purchase the Company’s shares or securities convertible into, or exchangeable for (with or without additional consideration) the Company’s shares.

 

5. Representations, Warranties and Additional Agreements of the Lenders .

5.1 Representations and Warranties of the Lenders . In connection with the transactions provided for herein, each Lender, severally and not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Company (provided that such representations and warranties do not lessen or obviate the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement, the rights of the Lenders to rely thereon, or the protections afforded Lenders under this Agreement and by law and in equity), as of (i) the date of this Agreement, (ii) the date of the Initial Closing applicable to such Lender, and (iii) the date of the Option Closing, that:

(a) Authorization . This Agreement constitutes such Lender’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies. Each Lender represents that it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement.

(b) Purchase Entirely for Own Account . Each Lender acknowledges that this Agreement is made with such Lender in reliance upon such Lender’s representation to the Company that the Notes, the Conversion Shares and any shares issuable upon conversion of the Conversion Shares (collectively, the “ Securities ”) will be acquired for investment for Lender’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that such Lender has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, each Lender further represents that such Lender does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to the Securities.

 

 

6


(c) Disclosure of Information . Each Lender acknowledges that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Securities. Each Lender further represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities.

(d) Investment Experience . Each Lender is an investor in securities of companies at a similar stage of development as the Company and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Securities. If other than an individual, each Lender also represents it has not been organized solely for the purpose of acquiring the Securities.

(e) Accredited Investor . Each Lender is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect (“ Rule 501 ”).

(f) No General Solicitation . The offer to sell the Notes was directly communicated to each Lender by the Company or its representatives and each Lender did not learn of the investment in the Notes as a result of any public advertising or general solicitation. Each Lender confirms that it has had a substantive pre-existing relationship and direct contact with the Company and its representatives other than in connection with an Initial Public Offering, it was not identified or contacted through the marketing of an Initial Public Offering and it did not independently contact the Company as a result of a general solicitation by means of a registration statement.

(g) Restricted Securities . Each Lender understands that the Securities are characterized as “restricted securities” under the federal securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. Each Lender represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect (“ Rule 144 ”), and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

5.2 Further Limitations on Disposition . Without in any way limiting the representations and warranties set forth above, each Lender further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by this Section 5, Section 8.11 and:

(a) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement;

(b) (i) Lender has notified the Company of the proposed disposition and has furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition and (ii) if reasonably requested by the Company, Lender shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144; or

(c) the disposition is to (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) in the case of a Lender that is a venture capital, private equity or other similar investment fund in connection with a distribution of the Securities upon liquidation or dissolution of such Lender, to the partners, members, shareholders or other equity holders of such Lender; provided, however, that in the case of a disposition pursuant to Section 5.2(c)(i), the Lender shall inform the Company of such disposition prior to effecting it.

5.3 Legends . It is understood that the Securities shall bear the following legend:

“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.”

 

 

7


5.4 Bad Actor Representations and Covenants . Each Lender hereby represents and warrants to the Company that such Lender has not been convicted of any of the felonies or misdemeanors or has been subject to any of the orders, judgments, decrees or other conditions set forth in Rule 506(d) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC (as it may be amended from time to time (“ Rule 506(d) ”), which as a matter of convenience are excerpted in their current form on Exhibit C . Each Lender covenants to, upon request by the Company, provide written notice to the Company prior to any future issuance of Equity Securities or securities of any subsidiary of the Company in reliance upon Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, as may be amended from time to time, if such Lender is convicted of any felony or misdemeanor or becomes subject to any order, judgment, decree or other condition set forth in Rule 506(d). Each Lender covenants to provide such information to the Company as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with the disclosure obligations set forth in Rule 506(e) of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC, as may be amended from time to time, to the extent the same is applicable to the issuance and sale of securities to such Lender.

5.5 Exculpation Among Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it is not relying upon any person, firm, corporation or shareholder, other than the Company and its officers and directors in their capacities as such, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Each Lender agrees that no Lender, nor the respective Controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, shareholders or employees of any Lender, shall be liable to any other Lender for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Securities.

 

6. Conditions to Initial Closing and Option Closing .

6.1 Initial Closing . The obligation of each Lender to pay the Initial Consideration to the Company at the applicable Initial Closing is subject to the satisfaction, as of such Initial Closing, of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.1:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the applicable Initial Closing; provided , however , that representations and warranties of the Company that are made as of a specified date need only be true and correct in all respects as of such date.

(b) The Company shall have complied in all material respects with all the covenants and agreements contained herein that are required to be performed by the Company prior to such Initial Closing.

(c) Since the date of the Agreement, there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the business, affairs, operations, properties, assets or condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

(d) With respect to the obligation of IFC to pay the Initial Consideration, the Company shall have executed and delivered to IFC that certain Amendment to Policy Agreement.

6.2 Option Closing . The obligations of the Lenders to pay the Option Consideration to the Company at the Option Closing are subject to the satisfaction, as of the Option Closing, of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 6.2:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Option Closing; provided , however , that representations and warranties of the Company that are made as of a specified date need only be true and correct in all respects as of such date.

(b) The Company shall have complied in all material respects with all the covenants and agreements contained herein that are required to be performed by the Company prior to the Option Closing.

(c) Since the date of the Agreement, there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the business, affairs, operations, properties, assets or condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and an officer of the Company shall have delivered to the Lenders a certificate certifying to the same.

 

7. Defaults and Remedies .

7.1 Events of Default . Any of the following events shall be considered an “ Event of Default ” with respect to each Note:

(a) The Company shall default in the payment of any part of the principal, unpaid accrued interest or other amount on the Note when such amount is due;

(b) A material breach of any representation or warranty provided by the Company in this Agreement;

 

8


(c) The Company or a Subsidiary shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or shall file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy, or shall file any petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, or shall file any answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against the Company or such Subsidiary in any such proceeding, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Company or such Subsidiary, or of all or any substantial part of the properties of the Company or such Subsidiary, or the Company or such Subsidiary or any of its respective directors or majority stockholders shall take any action looking to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or such Subsidiary;

(d) Within thirty (30) days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Company or a Subsidiary seeking any bankruptcy reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such proceeding shall not have been dismissed, or within thirty (30) days after the appointment without the consent or acquiescence of the Company or a Subsidiary of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Company or such Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of the properties of the Company or such Subsidiary, such appointment shall not have been vacated;

(e) Any default or defined event of default that has not otherwise been cured or waived within fifteen (15) days after written notice to the Company or a Subsidiary from the applicable lender of such default or defined event of default shall occur under any agreement to which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party that evidences indebtedness for borrowed money by the Company or a Subsidiary (excluding trade payables) of at least $500,000 and the payment of which shall have been accelerated by the applicable lender; or

(f) The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or obligation to be observed or performed by it under this Agreement or the Notes within fifteen (15) days after written notice from the Supermajority Noteholders to perform or observe such obligation.

7.2 Remedies .

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, at the option and upon the declaration of the Supermajority Noteholders, the entire unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes (the “ Obligations ”) shall, without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, be forthwith due and payable, and the Supermajority Noteholders may, immediately and without expiration of any period of grace, enforce payment of all amounts due and owing under such Notes and exercise any and all other remedies granted to them at law, in equity or otherwise; provided , that upon an Event of Default under Section 7.1(c) or Section 7.1(d) hereof, the Obligations shall automatically and immediately be due and payable without further action by the Supermajority Noteholders.

 

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties; provided, however, (i) the Company may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Supermajority Noteholders and (ii) without first obtaining the written consent of the Company and the Supermajority Noteholders, no Lender may assign its obligations under this Agreement to any Person other than (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any other Lender. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

8.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York as applied to agreements among New York residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of New York.

8.3 Counterparts; Delivery . This Agreement may be executed by electronic signature and in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one (1) and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

9


8.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

8.5 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient and, if not so confirmed, then on the next business day (provided, that notice to IFC by electronic mail shall not be deemed effective until such time as IFC acknowledges receipt of such notice by return electronic mail), (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 8.5):

If to the Company:

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

Campbells Corporate Services Limited

Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square,

P.O. Box 268

Grand Cayman KY1-9010,

Cayman Islands

E-mail: flavio.franco@netshoes.com

If to Lenders:

At the respective addresses shown on the signature pages hereto.

8.6 Finder’s Fee . Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. Each Lender, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which such Lender or any of its officers, partners, employees or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

8.7 Expenses .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.14, if any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. Each party hereto shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

(b) The Company shall pay all taxes, fees or other charges payable on or in connection with the execution, issue, purchase, delivery, registration, translation or notarization of this Agreement, the Notes and any other documents related to this Agreement.

8.8 Entire Agreement; Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement, the Notes and the other documents expressly delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. The Company’s agreements with each of the Lenders are separate agreements, and the sales of the Notes to each of the Lenders are separate sales. Nonetheless, any term of this Agreement and any term of the Notes may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Agreement and any term of the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Supermajority Noteholders; provided , however , that any amendment or waiver that adversely affects the rights of any Lender under this Agreement differently than such amendment or waiver affects the rights of any other Lender under this Agreement (any such Lender, an “ Adversely Affected Lender ”) shall also require the approval of each Adversely Affected Lender; and provided further , that this Agreement may not be amended prior to the date that is ten days after the date of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and the Lenders with an aggregate Total Commitment Amount equal to at least 66.67% of the aggregate Total Commitment Amounts of all Lenders. Any waiver or amendment effected in accordance with this Section shall be binding upon (i) each party to this Agreement, (ii) each holder of any Note purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding and (iii) each future holder of all such Notes.

 

10


8.9 Effect of Amendment or Waiver . Subject to the terms of Section 8.8, each Lender acknowledges that by the operation of Section 8.8 hereof the Supermajority Noteholders will have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Lenders under this Agreement and each Note issued to the Lenders.

8.10 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

(a) Each Lender hereby agrees that the Securities constitute “Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares” under the Shareholders’ Agreement and, as such, are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.14 of the Shareholders’ Agreement (“Market Stand-Off Agreement”).

(b) Each Lender agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all capital stock of the Company of each Lender (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 8.11):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

8.12 Financing Documents . Each Lender understands and agrees that the conversion of the Notes into Conversion Shares may require such Lender’s execution of certain agreements in the form agreed to by investors in the Next Equity Financing relating to the purchase and sale of such securities as well as registration, co-sale, rights of first refusal, rights of first offer and voting rights, if any, relating to such securities.

8.13 Further Assurance . From time to time, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver to the Lenders such additional documents and shall provide such additional information to the Lenders as the Supermajority Noteholders may reasonably require to carry out the terms of this Agreement and the Notes and any agreements executed in connection herewith or therewith.

8.14 Dispute Resolution .

(a) Any disputes, differences or claims whatsoever arising out of or related to this Agreement, including but not limited to its existence, validity, interpretation, performance, termination or breach (each a “ Dispute ”) shall first be submitted for amicable resolution by a written request for negotiation from any party to this Agreement, setting out brief details of the Dispute, to all of the other parties, delivered in the manner described in Section 8.5 above (a “ Dispute Notice ”). Upon delivery of the Dispute Notice, the parties to the Dispute shall attempt to resolve any Dispute amicably. If for any reason the parties to the Dispute do not amicably resolve the Dispute within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Dispute Notice, the Dispute shall, upon the election of any party to the Dispute, be submitted to final and binding arbitration in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (“ ICC ”) then in effect (the “ Rules ”), except as modified herein.

(b) The arbitration proceeding shall be conducted by a tribunal of three (3) arbitrators.

(c) If there are only two (2) parties to the arbitration, one arbitrator shall be nominated by the claimant and the other shall be nominated by the respondent in accordance with the Rules, and the third arbitrator, who shall serve as the president of the arbitral tribunal, shall be nominated by the parties, through their party-nominated arbitrators, within fifteen (15) days from the confirmation by the ICC Court of Arbitration (the “ ICC Court ”) of the appointment of the second arbitrator. In the event that one of the parties fails to timely nominate an arbitrator, the appointment shall be made by the ICC Court. Should the parties be unable to timely agree upon the selection of the president of the arbitral tribunal, the president shall be appointed by the ICC Court within ten (10) days of a request for an appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

 

11


(d) In the event that the arbitration proceeding involves multiple claimants or multiple respondents, the multiple claimants, jointly, and the multiple respondents, jointly, shall each nominate one arbitrator in accordance with the Rules, and those two party-nominated arbitrators shall, within fifteen (15) days from the confirmation by the ICC Court of the appointment of the second such arbitrator, jointly nominate the president of the arbitral tribunal. In the absence of such joint nomination either by the joint claimants or by the joint respondents, the ICC Court shall appoint the arbitrators for both the claimants and the respondents. If the two arbitrators nominated by the joint claimants and joint respondents respectively fail to timely and jointly nominate a president of the arbitral tribunal, the ICC Court shall appoint the president of the arbitral tribunal within ten (10) days of a request for appointment or as soon as practicable thereafter. If at any time a vacancy occurs in the arbitral tribunal, the vacancy shall be filled in the same manner and subject to the same requirements as provided for in the original appointment to that position.

(e) The arbitration shall be held, and the award shall be rendered, in São Paulo, SP, Brazil, in English and Portuguese. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the English and Portuguese versions of the award, the English version shall prevail . The prevailing party or parties, as determined by the arbitral tribunal, shall be entitled to recover its costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees from the non-prevailing party or parties.

(f) For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 8.14 equally binds all parties to this arbitration agreement. The parties hereby agree to submit to and comply with all the terms and conditions of this Section 8.14, which shall be in full force and effect, irrevocable, and subject to specific performance, if necessary. The parties expressly agree that no additional instrument or condition is required to give this Section 8.14 full force and effect, including but not limited to the “ compromisso ” under article 10 of Brazilian Federal Law No. 9.307 of September 23, 1996.

(g) Each party retains the right to seek the judicial assistance of any court of competent jurisdiction to: (i) compel arbitration; (ii) apply for interim measures of protection of rights prior to the constitution of the arbitral tribunal, and any such action shall not be construed as a waiver of the arbitration proceedings by the parties; (iii) enforce any decision of the arbitral tribunal, including the final award, and (iv) other proceedings expressly admitted by Brazilian Federal Law No. 9.307, of September 23, 1996. Without prejudice to such provisional remedies as may be available under the jurisdiction of any court, the arbitrators, (and, where applicable, an emergency arbitrator appointed pursuant to the Rules) shall have full authority to grant provisional and permanent remedies or order the parties to request that a court modify or vacate any temporary or preliminary relief issued by such court, and to award damages for the failure of any party to respect the arbitral tribunal’s orders to that effect. In the event a party seeks any relief in aid of arbitration in the courts of Brazil, the parties hereby stipulate that the request for arbitration shall be deemed in compliance with the requirements of Article 806 of the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure. The parties consent to service of process in the manner provided in Section 8.5 above.

(h) Any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential, and the parties and their agents agree not to disclose to any third party the existence or status of the arbitration and all information made known and documents produced in the arbitration not otherwise in the public domain, and all awards arising from the arbitration, except and to the extent that disclosure is required by law and is required to protect or pursue a legal right.

(i) The arbitral tribunal is authorized to award costs and attorneys’ fees and to allocate them between the parties in the dispute. The costs of the arbitration proceedings, including arbitrators’ and attorneys’ fees, shall be borne in the manner determined by the arbitral tribunal, taking into account that the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including attorneys’ fees, for the arbitral proceedings, as well as for any ancillary proceeding, including a proceeding to compel or enjoin the arbitration, or to request interim measures. The arbitral tribunal shall be the exclusive judge of whether a party qualifies as a prevailing party for the purposes of this provision.

(j) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding. The parties waive any right to appeal, to the extent that a right to appeal may lawfully be waived. Each party retains the right to seek judicial assistance exclusively to: (i) compel arbitration; (ii) apply for interim measures of protection of rights prior to the constitution of the arbitral tribunal, and any such action shall not be construed as a waiver of the arbitration proceedings by the parties; (iii) enforce any decision of the arbitral tribunal, including the final award, and (iv) other proceedings expressly admitted by Brazilian Federal Law No. 9.307, of September 23, 1996.

(k) Each of the parties acknowledges and agrees that no provision of this Agreement or of the Rules, nor the submission to arbitration by IFC, in any way constitutes or implies a waiver, termination or modification by IFC of any privilege, immunity or exemption of IFC granted in the Articles of Agreement establishing IFC, international conventions or applicable law.

8.15 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any Initial Closing and the Option Closing.

 

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED
  By:   /s/    Marcio Kumruian        
  Name:   Marcio Kumruian
  Title:   Director
   
 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDERS:

 

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.P.

 

By: Tiger Global PIP Performance V, L.P.

Its: General Partner

 

By: Tiger Global PIP Management V, Ltd.

Its: General Partner

  By:   /s/    Steven Boyd        
  Name:   Steven Boyd
  Title:   General Counsel
   
Address:  

9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10019

 

 

TIGER GLOBAL PRIVATE INVESTMENT PARTNERS VI, L.P.

 

By: Tiger Global PIP Performance VI, L.P.

Its: General Partner

 

By: Tiger Global PIP Management VI, Ltd.

Its: General Partner

  By:   /s/    Steven Boyd        
  Name:   Steven Boyd
  Title:   General Counsel
   
Address:  

9 West 57th Street, 35th Floor

New York, NY 10019

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

ARCHY LLC

 

  By:   /s/    Jeremy Kranz         
  Name:   Jeremy Kranz
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
   
Address:  

c/o GIC Special Investments Pte Ltd

168 Robinson Road

#37-01 Capital Tower

Singapore 068912

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

CLEMENCEAU INVESTMENTS PTE LTD.

 

  By:   /s/    Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd.         
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
Address:  

60B Orchard Road, #06-18 Tower 2

The Atrium@Orchard

Singapore 238891

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDERS:

 

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

By: Riverwood Capital II L.P., its

       General Partner

 

By: Riverwood Capital II G.P. Ltd., its

       General Partner

  By:   /s/    Francisco Alvarez-Demalde        
  Name:   Francisco Alvarez-Demalde
  Title:   Managing Director

 

 

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS II (PARALLEL-B) L.P.

 

By: Riverwood Capital II L.P., its

       General Partner

 

By: Riverwood Capital II G.P. Ltd., its

       General Partner

  By:   /s/    Francisco Alvarez-Demalde        
  Name:   Francisco Alvarez-Demalde
  Title:   Managing Director
   
Address:  

c/o Riverwood Capital Management

70 Willow Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, CA 94025

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

BOSCOLO INTERVEST LIMITED

 

  By:   /s/    Rafael Urquia II         
  Name:   Rafael Urquia II
  Title:   Secretary
   
Address:  

Calle Malaga, No. 85

La Estancia de Santo Domingo

Managua, Nicaragua

Attn.: Jaime J. Montealegre

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

MACRO CONTINENTAL, INC.

 

  By:   /s/    Carlos Gonzalez         
  Name:   Carlos Gonzalez
  Title:   Director
   
Address:  

c/o Rivas Capital LLC

222 Third Street, Suite 3211

Cambridge, MA 02142

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION

 

  By:   /s/    Nikunj Jinsi         
  Name:   Nikunj Jinsi
  Title:   Global Head, Venture Capital
   
Address:  

International Finance Corporation

2121 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20433

 

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3743

E-mail: Spetersen@ifc.org

Attention: Director, TMT, Venture Capital and Funds Department

 

With a copy (in the case of communications relating to payments) sent to the attention of the Director, Department of Financial Operations at:

 

Facsimile: +1 (202) 522-3064

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

CDK NET LIMITED

 

  By:   /s/    Marcio Kumruian         
  Name:   Marcio Kumruian
  Title:  
   
Address:  

Deltec House

Western Road, P.O. Box N-3229

New Providence, The Bahamas

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

LENDER:

 

HCFT HOLDINGS, LLC

 

  By:   /s/    Marcelo Chammas         
  Name:   Marcelo Chammas
  Title:   Manager
   
Address:  

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT

FOR N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (2017 B RIDGE )

 


SCHEDULE A

Total Commitments

 

Lender

   Total Commitment Amount  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P.

     $20,090,038.00  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P.

     $6,666,667.00  

Archy LLC

     $7,537,150.00  

Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd.

     $6,227,899.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P.

     $4,597,284.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P.

     $1,202,940.00  

Boscolo Intervest Limited

     $85,301.00  

Macro Continental, Inc.

     $85,301.00  

International Finance Corporation

     $1,507,420.00  

CDK Net Limited

     $1,500,000.00  

HCFT Holdings, LLC

     $500,000.00  

TOTAL

     $50,000,000  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE B

Initial Funding Amounts

Initial Closing

 

Lender

   Commitment Amount  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P.

     $12,054,023.00  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P.

     $4,000,000.00  

Archy LLC

     $4,522,290.00  

Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd.

     $3,736,739.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P.

     $2,758,370.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P.

     $721,764.00  

Boscolo Intervest Limited

     $51,181.00  

Macro Continental, Inc.

     $51,181.00  

International Finance Corporation

     $904,452.00  

CDK Net Limited

     $900,000.00  

HCFT Holdings, LLC

     $300,000.00  

TOTAL

     $30,000,000.00  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE C

Option Funding Amounts

Option Closing

 

Lender

   Commitment Amount  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners V, L.P.

     $8,036,015.00  

Tiger Global Private Investment Partners VI, L.P.

     $2,666,667.00  

Archy LLC

     $3,014,860.00  

Clemenceau Investments Pte Ltd.

     $2,491,160.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners II, L.P.

     $1,838,914.00  

Riverwood Capital Partners (Parallel-B) L.P.

     $481,176.00  

Boscolo Intervest Limited

     $34,120.00  

Macro Continental, Inc.

     $34,120.00  

International Finance Corporation

     $602,968.00  

CDK Net Limited

     $600,000.00  

HCFT Holdings, LLC

     $200,000.00  

TOTAL

     $20,000,000.00  
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE


THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

 

No. __-__    Date of Issuance
  
$[Total Commitment Amount]    February              , 2017

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED, an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of                      (the “ Lender ”), the lesser of (i) [Total Commitment Amount] (the “ Total Commitment Amount ”) and (ii) the principal sum of all Advances (as defined below), as evidenced on the payment grid attached hereto as Schedule A (the “ Payment Grid ”), in each case, together with interest thereon calculated pursuant to Section 3 below. Unless earlier converted into Conversion Shares pursuant to Section 2.2 of that certain Note Purchase Agreement dated February [ ], 2017 by and among the Company, the Lender and certain other investors (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), the principal and accrued interest shall be due and payable by the Company on the Maturity Date.

This Note is one of a series of Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and each capitalized term not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

1.         Advances; Payment.

(a) The payment of the Initial Consideration and the payment of the Option Consideration in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement are each referred to herein as an “ Advance .”

(b) All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company. Payment shall be credited first to Costs (as defined below), if any, then to accrued interest due and payable and any remainder applied to principal. Prepayment of principal, together with accrued interest, may not be made without the prior written consent of the Supermajority Noteholders. The Company hereby waives demand, notice, presentment, protest and notice of dishonor.

2.         Record of Advances. An authorized officer or director of the Company shall record Advances on the Payment Grid. Following each recordation of an Advance, the Company shall provide a copy of the Payment Grid to each Lender. The failure to record any Advance on the Payment Grid shall not limit the obligation of the Company to repay such Advance and interest pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement and this Note.

 


3.         Interest. Interest shall accrue on the Lender’s Total Commitment Amount from the date of this Note and shall be calculated on the number of days elapsed and on the basis of a year of 360 days. Interest shall accrue (i) at a rate of four percent (4%) per annum, compounded semiannually, for one year following the date of this Note and, thereafter, (ii) at a rate of six percent (6%) per annum, compounded semiannually.

4.         Security. This Note is a general unsecured obligation of the Company.

5.         Pari Passu Notes. Lender acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

6.         Conversion of the Notes. This Note and any amounts due hereunder shall be convertible into Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms of Section 2.2 of the Purchase Agreement. As promptly as practicable after the conversion of this Note, the Company at its expense shall (i) issue and deliver to the holder of this Note, upon surrender of the Note, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Conversion Shares issuable upon such conversion and (ii) update the Company’s Register of Members to reflect the issuance of such Conversion Shares.

7.         Events of Default. The provisions of Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement (“ Defaults and Remedies ”) are hereby incorporated by reference into this Note to the same extent and with the same force as if fully set forth herein.

8.         Amendments and Waivers; Resolutions of Dispute; Notice. The amendment or waiver of any term of this Note, the resolution of any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Note and the provision of notice shall be conducted pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement.

9.         Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in the Purchase Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however, (i) the Company may not assign its rights or obligations under this Note without the prior written consent of the Supermajority Noteholders and (ii) without first obtaining the written consent of the Company and the Supermajority Noteholders, no Lender may assign its obligations under this Note to any Person other than (i) an Affiliate of such Lender or (ii) any other Lender. Any transfer of this Note may be effected only pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and by surrender of this Note to the Company and reissuance of a new note to the transferee. The Lender and any subsequent holder of this Note receives this Note subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, and agrees to comply with the foregoing terms and conditions for the benefit of the Company and any other Lenders.

 

 

2


10.         Officers and Directors not Liable . In no event shall any officer or director of the Company be liable for any amounts due and payable pursuant to this Note.

11.         Expenses. The Company hereby agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by declaration or otherwise (collectively, “ Costs ”). The Company agrees that any delay on the part of the holder in exercising any rights hereunder will not operate as a waiver of such rights. The holder of this Note shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies, or in the case of IFC, any privilege, immunity or exemption of IFC granted in the Articles of Agreement establishing IFC, international conventions or applicable law, and no waiver of any kind shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party or parties waiving such rights or remedies.

12.         Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York as applied to other instruments made by New York residents to be performed entirely within the State of New York.

13.         Loss, Theft or Destruction of Note. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft or destruction of this Note and of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall issue and deliver, in lieu of this Note, a new Note which shall carry the same rights to interest carried by this Note, stating that such new Note is issued in replacement of this Note, making reference to the original date of issuance of this Note (and any successors hereto) and dated as of such cancellation.

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

 

3


 

 

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

 

  By:    
  Name:   Marcio Kumruian
  Title:   Director
   
 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

[LENDER]

 

  By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

S IGNATURE P AGE TO C ONVERTIBLE P ROMISSORY N OTE

OF N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED (F EBRUARY 2017)

 


SCHEDULE A

Payment Grid

 

Date of Advance

  

Amount of
Advance

  

Entered By:

      (Printed Name of Officer or Director of Company)    (Signature of Officer or Director of Company)


EXHIBIT B

COMPANY WIRE INSTRUCTIONS

Account Title/Beneficiary Name: Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

Bank: Citibank, NA, 153 E. 53 rd St., 24 th Floor, New York, NY 10022

ABA: 021000089

Swift Code: CITIUS33

Account Number: 004970592367


EXHIBIT C

RULE 506(D) BAD ACTOR REPRESENTATIONS

No Lender:

(i) Has been convicted, within ten years before such sale (or five years, in the case of issuers, their predecessors and affiliated issuers), of any felony or misdemeanor:

 

  (A) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;

 

  (B) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or

 

  (C) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

(ii) Is subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, entered within five years before such sale, that, at the time of such sale, restrains or enjoins such person from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice:

 

  (A) In connection with the purchase or sale of any security;

 

  (B) Involving the making of any false filing with the Commission; or

 

  (C) Arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

(iii) Is subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission; or the National Credit Union Administration that:

 

  (A) At the time of such sale, bars the person from:

 

  ( 1 ) Association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency, or officer;

 

  ( 2 ) Engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or

 

  ( 3 ) Engaging in savings association or credit union activities; or

 

  (B) Constitutes a final order based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct entered within ten years before such sale;

 


(iv) Is subject to an order of the Commission entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78 o (b) or 78 o -4(c)) or section 203(e) or (f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3(e) or (f)) that, at the time of such sale:

 

  (A) Suspends or revokes such person’s registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser;

 

  (B) Places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of such person; or

 

  (C) Bars such person from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock;

(v) Is subject to any order of the Commission entered within five years before such sale that, at the time of such sale, orders the person to cease and desist from committing or causing a violation or future violation of:

 

  (A) Any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including without limitation section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77q(a)(1)), section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78j(b)) and 17 CFR 240.10b-5, section 15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78 o (c)(1)) and section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-6(1)), or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or

 

  (B) Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77e).

(vi) Is suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade;

(vii) Has filed (as a registrant or issuer), or was or was named as an underwriter in, any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the Commission that, within five years before such sale, was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, at the time of such sale, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued; or

(viii) Is subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order entered within five years before such sale, or is, at the time of such sale, subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations.

Exhibit 10.0 1

PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF LEASE ASSIGNMENT AND AFFIRMATION OF DEBT

By this private instrument, the parties below (the “Parties”):

PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA ., a limited liability business company with its principal place of business in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua George Eastman, 280, suite 76, Vila Tramontano, Postal Code 05690-000, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 08.491.897/0001-05, herein represented in the form of its Articles of Association (“PMG”);

MONTECCHIO DO BRASIL EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS LTDA ., a legal entity governed by private law, with its principal place of business in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Av. Morumbi, No. 6901, Suite 02, Morumbi, Postal Code: 05650-002, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 58.358.995/0001-47, successor of “Empresa Patrimonial Industrial II Ltda.”, which, in turn, is the successor of “Administração e Participações Walter Torre Junior Ltda.” (“Montecchio”);

ARGOS ARMAZÉNS GERAIS LTDA ., a limited liability business company, with its principal place of business in the Municipality of Barueri, State of São Paulo, at Avenida Aruanã, No. 700, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 01.181.970/0001-01, herein represented in the form of its Articles of Association, (“Argos”);

ARGOS TRANSPORTES LTDA ., a limited liability business company, with its principal place of business in the Municipality of Barueri, State of São Paulo, at Avenida Aruanã, No. 700, 2 nd Floor, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 52.811.908/0001-89, herein represented in the form of its Articles of Association, (“Argos Transportes”);

NS2.COM INTERNET LTDA., a limited liability business company, with its principal place of business in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua Jardim Ivone, No. 17, Suites 103 and 104, 10 th floor, Postal Code 04.105-020. enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 09.339.936/0001-16, hereby duly represented in the form of its Articles of Association (“NS2”); and

ZAREH CHABAB and his wife OVSANNA CHABAB , both Brazilian, he a businessman and she a housewife, holders of the identity cards RG No. 2.359.869- SSP/SP and 6.460.506-1-SSP/SP, enrolled with the Individual Taxpayer Register of the Ministry of Finance (CPF/MF) under No. 046.625.208-00 and 086.420.658-20, respectively, married under the community property regime, before effectiveness of Federal Law No. 6.515/77, resident and domiciled in this Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua Diógenes Ribeiro de Lima No. 1040—Alto de Pinheiros, Postal Code 05458-001 (the “Guarantors”);

Whereas:

 

(i) The company Administração e Participações Walter Torre Junior Ltda., subsequently merged into Montecchio, was the owner of the right to use and enjoy, under an emphyteusis granted by the Federal Government, of a urban tract of land composed of allotment No. 18, of the land separation named “Centro Comercial e Empresarial Juriban”, in this district, municipality and Judicial District, with a total area of 22,413.39 square meters, described and characterized and confronted as follows: It faces Avenida Arunã and starts at point 47, it follows a curve developing for 100.07 meters until point 49; it deflects to the right with azimuth of 207º47’49” for 97.50 meters until point 46; it deflects to the right with azimuth of 27º47’49”, for 239.68 with allotment No. 19; from the 48 to the 46 with allotments 21 and 10; from the 46 to the 47, with allotment No. 17, subject of title record No. 65.174 of the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Barueri, and it leased said property, jointly with the building constructed on it, characterized as a Commercial Warehouse with non-defined use, facing Avenida Aruanã, which has not received official number, with a total built area of 19,143.35 m 2 , to Argos, with the suretyship of Argos Transportes, for the definite period from February 1, 2004 to January 31, 2008;

 


(ii) On August 1, 2006, the right to use and enjoy the property leased to Argos was promised for sale to the company “Uittorenen do Brasil Participações Ltda.”, by means of the Deed of Promise of Sale, With Price Release, granted by the company “Administração e Participações Walter Torre Junior Ltda.”, maintaining intact, however, the Private Instrument of Non-Residential Lease Agreement existing between Montecchio, successor of the company “Administração e Participações Walter Torre Junior”, and Argos;

 

(iii) On January 2, 2007, PMG became the borrower of the property in question, by means of the Private Instrument of Free Lease Agreement executed with the company “Uittorenen do Brasil Participações Ltda.”, in the capacity as promisor buyer of the property leased to Argos;

 

(iv) On February 5, 2008, PMG executed with Argos and Argos Transportes the Private Instrument of Non-Residential Lease Agreement (the “Lease Agreement”), relating to the urban property located in the Municipality of Barueri, State of São Paulo, corresponding to allotment No. 18 of the separation property named CENTRO COMERCIAL E EMPRESARIAL JURUBAN, subject of title record No. 65.174 of the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Barueri (the “Property”);

 

(v) As from the month of August 2008, lessee Argos ceased to pay the rent, lease charges and emphyteutic rent due to PMG and to Montecchio, in view of the Property lease, which led PMG and Montecchio to bring the corresponding lawsuit claiming the eviction of Argos, in progress in the 5 th Civil Court of the Judicial District of Barueri, under No. 068.01.2008.038497-5, as well as execution proceedings to collect the overdue amounts, in progress in the 3 rd Civil Court of the Judicial District of Barueri, under No. 068.01.2009.007190-6;

 

(vi) NS2 is the current sublessee of the Property and it wishes to assume all rights and obligations of Argos under the Lease Agreement, with a new suretyship provided by the Guarantors, as well as to assume the Argos’ debt to PMG and to Montecchio, executing an agreement to be homologated in court in said claims for eviction and execution proceedings, so that NS2 is required to pay to PMG and to Montecchio only a portion of this debt;

 

(vii) Argos wishes to assign to NS2 all its rights and obligations under the Lease Agreement;

 

(viii) PMG and Montecchio agree with the assignment by Argos to NS2 of the rights and obligations under the Lease Agreement, pursuant to the provisions set forth herein;

 

(ix) The Parties wish to change certain commercial conditions of the Lease Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties resolve to execute this Private Instrument of Lease Assignment and Affirmation of Debt (the “Assignment”), in the following terms:

1—ASSIGNMENT OF THE LEASE

 

1.1. By this Assignment, Argos assigns to NS2 all its rights and obligations under the Lease Agreement.

 

1.1.1. In view of the assignment formalized above, NS2 assumes, from now on, the capacity as lessee of the Property, with the suretyship of the Guarantors.

 

1.2. The Guarantors hereby assume the capacity as guarantors of the lease, being jointly and severally liable to PMG and Montecchio for all obligations assumed by NS2, including in relation to payment of the already accrued debt of rent, lease charges and emphyteutic rent, as explained below.

 

1.3. PMG and Montecchio, in compliance with the provisions of section 9.1 of the Lease Agreement, appear to pronounce their express consent in relation to this Assignment by Argos to NS2.

 


2—AFFIRMATION, FORM OF PAYMENT AND GUARANTEE OF THE DEBT

Argos expressly represents that it has a debt totaling, by May 31, 2009, the principal amount of two million, two hundred and eighty-four thousand, nine hundred and thirty-two Reais , and twenty cents (R$2,284,932.20), relating to rent, lease charges and emphyteutic rent not paid by Argos to PMG in the total amount of R$2,225,159.19, as well as in relation to emphyteutic rent of years 2004, 2005 and 2007 not paid by Argos to Montecchio, in the total amount of R$59,773.01, all due under the Lease Agreement.

 

2.2 By this instrument, the parties resolve to agree on a reduction in the amount of the total debt to the total and single amount of one million Reais (R$1,000,000.00) solely and exclusively due to PMG, it being understood that Montecchio hereby suspends collection of the portion of the debt owned by it, as set forth above, in the total amount of R$59,773.01, adjusted by May 31, 2009, it being understood that, in the event of full compliance with the agreement, said portion of the debt due to Montecchio shall be extinguished by operation of law, all hereby assumed, by means of this instrument, by NS2, hereby jointly and severally with the Guarantors, assume the main liability for full payment of the debt hereby acknowledged to PMG, in the total amount hereby agreed and reduced, which obligation is also inherent in the Property lease.

 

2.2.1. NS2 is required to pay the overdue debt in the total amount indicated in Section 2.2 above, by means of ten (10) monthly, fixed, equal and successive installments, in the amount of one hundred thousand Reais (R$100,000.00) each, the first of which shall be due on June 1 st , 2009 and the others on the same day of the subsequent months, until final settlement.

 

2.2.2. NS2 and the Guarantors are required to immediately become part of the procedural relationship existing in the case records of the action for eviction in progress in the 5 th Civil Court of the Judicial District in Barueri, as well as the execution proceedings, in progress in the 3 rd Civil Court of the Judicial District in Barueri, for the purpose of homologating in court of the settlement represented by this instrument, which shall be automatically terminated if they fail to do so within up to 10 days as from the date of execution hereof.

 

2.3 Failure to comply with the obligation assumed pursuant to the provisions of item 2.2 shall result in the eviction for lack of payment, as well as in continuance of the execution proceedings in the full amount mentioned in item 2.1, including, in relation to the aforementioned portion of the debt owned by Montecchio, in the total amount of R$59,773.01, adjusted until May 31, 2009, all with the automatic increase of late payment interest at the rate of 1% per month and compensatory interest at the rate of 1%, as well as a fine of 15% and monetary restatement based on the table of the Court of Appeals of the State of São Paulo (TJ/SP), all as from May 31, 2009 to the date of actual payment, irrespective of notice.

 

2.4. For purposes of creation of supplementary guarantee of full payment of the debt referred to in Section 2.1. et seq . hereof, it is certain and agreed among the parties that the total amount of Argos’ debt mentioned in Section 2.1., hereby assumed by NS2 and by the Guarantors, is composed of two different parts, adjusted until May 31, 2009, as follows:

 

(a) R$1,703,110.50, relating to the overdue rent relating to the months of August, September, October, November and December of the year 2008, as well as to the months of January and February 2009, in addition to the overdue emphyteutic rent of the fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2007, all overdue and not paid, according to the spreadsheet attached hereto (“Debt A”); and

 

(b) R$581,821.70, relating to overdue rent relating to the months of March and April 2009, as well as to the emphyteutic rent of 2008, all overdue and not paid according to the spreadsheet attached hereto (“Debt B”).

 

2.4.1. NS2 and the Guarantors may only commence payment of Debt B after they have paid Debt A in full, all in the terms agreed hereunder, i.e., only after payment of the first eight (8) installments set forth in Section 2.2. above.

 

2.4.2. Both Debt A and Debt B are a single and inseparable obligation of NS2 and of the Guarantors, for purposes of the new property lease hereby wished by NS2, under penalty of eviction and execution proceedings with respect to both debts.


2.4.3. For purposes of this agreement among the Parties, Debt A hereby assumed by NS2 is hereby exclusively guaranteed by the suretyship provided by the Guarantors.

 

2.4.4. For the same purposes of this agreement among the parties, Debt B hereby assumed by NS2 is hereby guaranteed by the Suretyship provided by the Guarantors, as well as by means of a future fiduciary sale of the property consisting in apartment No. 192, located on the 19 th floor of Building Miryade, located at Rua Maria Figueredo, No. 527, in the corner of Rua Otávio Nébias, in the 9 th Subdistrict — Vila Mariana in the District, Municipality, Judicial District and 1 st Real Estate District of this Capital City of the State of São Paulo, perfectly described and characterized in Title Record No. 105.161 of the 1 st Real Estate Registry of São Paulo, by means of public deed of fiduciary sale to be granted to PMG, within a maximum term of up to five (5) days as from the date hereof, under penalty of automatic application of the same penalties set forth in Section 2.3 above, irrespective of notices or warnings.

 

2.4.5 In the event of future foreclosure on the fiduciary sale set forth in Section 2.4.4. above by PMG, in case an excess amount with respect to the total amount of Debt B is assessed, such excess amount shall not be returned by PMG to NS2 and/or to the Guarantors, but it shall be deducted from the then still existing debit balance of Debt A. In case Debt A is already fully paid by NS2 and/or by the Guarantors, and only in this case, PMG shall return to NS2 and/or to the Guarantors any excess amount assessed in the foreclosure of the fiduciary sale of Debt B.

3—NEW RENT AND IPTU

 

3.1. The monthly rent shall be, as from June 1 st , 2009, R$14/m 2 , i.e., corresponding to two hundred and sixty-eight thousand, six Reais and ninety cents (R$268,006.90) per month, and it shall be paid by NS2 to PMG, in the same form set forth in the Lease Agreement.

 

3.1.1. PMG does not grant to NS2 any grace period for payment of the rent and lease charges due under the Lease Agreement.

 

3.2. It is certain and agreed between the parties that NS2, as from June 1 st , 2009, shall be exclusively liable for payment of the Urban Real Estate Tax (IPTU) levied on the Property.

4—AMENDMENT TO THE TERM OF THE LEASE

 

4.1. The Parties agree to change the term of the lease, which shall be five (5) years, as from June 1 st , 2009, with termination scheduled to May 31, 2014.

5—RATIFICATION

 

5.1. All sections, terms and other conditions set forth in the Lease Agreement and which are not amended by this Assignment shall remain effective in full, and said Agreement shall have the following restated wording, as from the date hereof, as follows:

PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF NON-RESIDENTIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

By this private instrument

on the one part, PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA ., a business company organized as a limited liability company, with its principal place of business in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua George Eastman, No. 280, suite 76, Vila Tramontano, Postal Code 05690-000, enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) No. 08.491.897/001-05, the articles of association of which are duly filed with the Commercial Registry of the State of São Paulo (“JUCESP’) under No. 35.221 090.575 on December 4, 2006, herein represented in the form of its articles of incorporation, hereinafter simply referred to as LESSOR :

 


- on the other part, as LESSEE , and hereinafter referred to as such, NS2.COM INTERNET LTDA. , a limited liability business company, with its principal place of business in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua Jardim Ivone, No. 17, Suites 103 and 104, 10 th floor. Postal Code 04.105-020. enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 09.339.936/0001-16, herein duly represented in the form of its Articles of Association:

- and, finally, as INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES and GUARANTORS of the obligations assumed by the lessee, hereinafter referred to as such, ZAREH CHABAB and his wife OVSANNA CHABAB , both Brazilian, he a businessman, she a housewife, holders of identity cards RG No. 2.359.869-SSP/SP and 6.460.506-1-SSP/SP, enrolled with the Individual Taxpayer Register of the Ministry of Finance (CPF/MF) under No. 046.625.208-00 and 086.420.658-20, respectively, married under the community property regime, before effectiveness of Federal Law No. 6515/77, resident and domiciled in this Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua Diógenes Ribeiro de Lima No. 1040—Alto de Pinheiros, Postal Code 05458-001;

WHEREAS:

 

(i) the company UITTORENEN DO BRASIL PARTICIPAÇÕES LTDA ., a legal entity governed by private law, enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 07.385.357/001-84, headquartered at Rua Joaquim Floriano, No. 100, 20 th floor, in this Capital City of the State of São Paulo, has the right to use and enjoy, under emphyteusis granted by the Federal Government, of an urban land, composed of allotment No. 18, of the separation named CENTRO COMERCIAL E EMPRESARIAL JURUBAN , in the district, municipality and Judicial District of Barueri, State of São Paulo;

 

(ii) UITTORENEN DO BRASIL PARTICIPAÇÕES LTDA . executed, on January 2, 2007, a “Private Instrument of Free Lease Agreement” with the company PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA ., granting the latter, free of charge, use of the property involved in this instrument (exhibit I);

 

(iii) LESSEE is interested in the non-residential lease of the Commercial Warehouse facing Rua Aruanã, No. 700, with a total built area of 19,143.35 square meters, built on said property and registered with the Municipal Government under No. 2352-03-54-1553-00-000-2-26.

The Parties mutually agree on the following:

1. THE PROPERTY:

 

1.1 LESSOR has the RIGHT TO USE AND ENJOY , under emphyteusis granted by the Federal Government, a property described and characterized as follows:

PROPERTY: The RIGHT TO USE AND ENJOY , under emphyteusis granted by the Federal Government, a urban tract of land composed of allotment No. 18, of the separation named “CENTRO COMERCIAL E EMPRESARIAL JURUBAN” , in the district, municipality and Judicial District of Barueri, State of São Paulo, with a total area of 22,413.39 square meters, described, characterized and confronted as follows: Facing Avenida Aruanã and starting at point 47, if follows a curve developing for 100.07 meters until point 49; it deflects to the right with azimuth 207° 47 ’49‘ for 97.50 meters until point 46; it deflects to the right with azimuth 27° 47’ 49, for 239.68 with allotment No. 19, from the 48 to the 46 with allotments 21 and 10; from the 46 to the 47, with allotment No. 17” – according to title record 65.174 of the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Barueri, State of São Paulo;

 

1.2 On said property, a Commercial Warehouse of non-defined used was built, facing Rua Aruanã. No. 700, with a total built area of 19,143.35 square meters, registered with the Municipal Government under No. 2352-03-54-1553-00-000-2-26.

 


2. TERM OF THE LEASE:

 

2.1 By this instrument and regular form of the law, LESSOR leases to LESSEE the property described and characterized in items 1.1 and 1.2. for a term of five (5) years, with initial date on June 1 st , 2009 and termination scheduled to May 31, 2014.

 

2.2 After expiration of the contractual Term, LESSEE agrees to leave and return the property subject hereof, completely free of persons and/or things, in good state of conservation, i.e., except for the wear and tear resulting from the regular and normal use for the purposes to which it is designed, all irrespective of any warning or notice.

 

2.3 If LESSEE has duly and regularly complied with the obligations assumed by it hereunder, the parties instrument, the parties may extend the lease term for a period to be agreed between them. For that purpose, LESSEE shall communicate LESSOR of this wish in writing, at least ninety days before the set term of the lease.

3. RENT AND PREVIOUS DEBT OF LESSEE.

 

3.1 The monthly rent shall be fourteen Reais (R$14.00) per square meter, totaling, therefore, two hundred and sixty-eight thousand, six Reais and ninety cents (R$268,006.90), payable always on the fifth (5 th ) day of the month immediately subsequent to the overdue month of the lease.

 

3.1.1 Said amount shall be annually adjusted or adjusted in the shortest permitted frequency, in accordance with the accrued monthly percentage variation of the IPC-A (Broad Consumer Price Index), having as base index the index disclosed in the month preceding the month of this agreement and as adjustment index the index disclosed in the month preceding the month of anniversary of the agreement.

 

3.1.2 If the index set forth above is extinguished or deemed inapplicable to this agreement, the parties hereby establish that the overdue and unpaid installments of the lease and the installments to become due shall automatically become, by operation of law, adjusted for inflation in accordance with the National Consumer Price Index disclosed by the Brazilian Geography and Statistics Institute ( INPC-IBGE ) or, in the impossibility thereof, with a third index mutually agreed between the parties, it being understood that, in case it is not agreed within up to thirty (30) days, LESSOR may, at its discretion, elect an acknowledged and locally permitted index from among those to which it attributes the adjustment that better reflects the inflation of the period. In case there is no agreement between the parties and the matter is submitted to the Courts, the parties mutually agree, without any defective consent, to use during the claim the index adopted by the Federal Government in the adjustment of the collection and overdue liability.

 

3.1.3 The adjustments shall apply automatically, and any kind of communication to LESSEE is hereby waived.

 

3.2 The monthly rent shall be paid at the office of LESSOR or at a place it indicates in writing by the fifth (5 th ) day of the month subsequent to the overdue month, as mentioned in item 3.1 above, non-occurrence of which, alone, shall characterize the default and contractual nonperformance, irrespective of any notice. The collection system by means of bank bill may also be used. Upon adjustment of the rent, if the applicable index has not been disclosed by the date of payment, the rent shall be adjusted in the same percentage of the preceding month and the necessary adjustments shall be made upon payment of the rent of the immediately subsequent month.

 

3.3 It is established between the Parties that, in the event of publication of supervening law and upon admission of the contractual adjustment in a shortest frequency than annually, the minimum frequency permitted by law shall automatically and immediately apply to this agreement and respective lease, irrespective of any warning or notice.

 


3.4 The parties hereby agree, as a condition of this agreement, that in view of the constitutional principle of respect to vested rights and perfected legal acts, no supervening rule on freezing or deflation, wholly or in part, of the lease price shall apply to this agreement.

 

3.5 LESSEE and the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES jointly and severally assume liability to LESSOR for full payment of an accrued debt of rent, lease charges and emphyteutic rent, relating to the period of use of the property leased hereunder by LESSEE , before the date hereof, in the total agreed amount of one million Reais (R$1,000,000.00), by means of ten (10) monthly, equal and successive installments, in the amount of one hundred thousand Reais (R$100,000.00) each, the first of which shall be due on June 1 st , 2009 and the others on the same day of the subsequent months, until final settlement.

 

3.5.1 For purposes of the provisions of Section 3.5 above, LESSEE and the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES are required to immediately enter the procedural relationship in the case records of the action for eviction, in progress in the 5 th Civil Court of the Judicial District in Barueri, as well as of the execution proceedings, in progress in the 3 rd Civil Court of the Judicial District in Barueri, within at most ten (10) days as from the date hereof.

 

3.5.2 Noncompliance with the obligations assumed by LESSEE and by the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES in items 3.5 and 3.5.1. above shall result in automatic eviction due to the lack of payment by LESSEE , as well as continuance of the aforementioned execution proceedings against LESSEE and the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES , for its total, original, superior and full amount of two million, two hundred and eighty-four thousand, nine hundred and thirty-two Reais , and twenty cents (R$2,284,932.20) , adjusted until May 31, 2009, added by late payment interest at the rate of 1% per month and compensatory interest at the rate of 1%, as well as a fine of 15%, all duly adjusted based on the table of the TJ/SP and levied from May 31, 2009 to the date of actual payment, irrespective of notice.

4. PROPERTY DESTINATION

 

4.1 The leased property is exclusively designed for development and performance of the activities of LESSEE , inherent in its corporate purpose on the date hereof.

 

4.2 Engagement by LESSEE in other activity in the property that is not contained in the current purpose thereof must be preceded by prior written communication to LESSOR and proof of authorization by it. In any case, activities prohibited to the site or even incompatible with the characteristics and categories of use of the property may not be carried out.

 

4.3 Noncompliance with the provisions hereof shall imply immediate termination of this instrument and application of the fine set forth in section “12” below.

5. PROPERTY CONSERVATION:

 

5.1 LESSEE agrees to maintain in perfect state of conservation and cleaning, keeping in full operation the electrical, plumbing and any other existing installations, to return it, at the end of the lease, in the same conditions in which it was received, except for the wear and tear resulting from the regular and normal use for the purposes for which it is designed.

 

5.2 LESSEE authorizes LESSOR , on its account or by whomever it indicates, to inspect the leased property, and it is hereby agreed that LESSOR shall only invest the property on a day and at a time previously agreed, at least three (3) business days in advance, with LESSEE

 

5.3 In case LESSEE needs to increase the electric power installed in the leased property, it shall request written authorization of LESSOR , it being understood that implementation thereof shall always be subject to the approval and authorization of the competent local electric power concessionaire. The expenses required to change the electrical capacity existing in the property shall be incurred by LESSEE .

 


5.4 LESSEE shall repair, at its expenses, any damage it causes to the leased property during the lease. Thirty (30) days before termination of the lease, the parties shall jointly inspect the leased property, which inspection shall be referred to as final inspection, which will confirm any change occurred in its conditions and in the conditions of its accessories and belongings in relation to the inspection for the delivery and receipt of keys and settlement of the contractual obligations. In the event of verification of the need for repairs or execution of works, the parties shall establish a time schedule to be complied with by LESSEE , which may, however, indemnify LESSOR for the amount corresponding to the repairs to be made.

 

5.5 LESSEE may request, at its discretion, an earlier inspection in the leased property, so that the repairs are coincidently completed until the date established for it to be returned. In this event, its liability for payment of the rent and of the lease charges shall actually cease upon such return. Otherwise, it shall be liable for the rent and lease charges until completion of all repairs, and LESSEE may directly provide the services or hire LESSOR for this purpose.

 

5.6 It is hereby established that the amount of the damage assessed in the inspection to which item 5.4 refers shall result in acknowledgment, from the beginning, as a debt collectible by means of the appropriate lawsuit.

6. TAXES AND OTHER LEASE CHARGES

 

6.1 LESSEE shall be solely and exclusively liable, from the initial date of the lease and until termination thereof, for payment of the IPTU (Urban Real Estate Tax) and of the other taxes, expenses and fees levied or which come to be levied on the property;

 

6.2 Whenever they relate to the period of the lease, the water, sewage (sanitation), electric power and gas consumption expenses shall be paid by LESSEE , which agrees to pay them in due time, directly to the respective public utility concessionaires, even if these expenses are submitted for collection after termination of the lease, but still relating to the period during which it was in effect, and LESSEE shall be exclusively liable for these payments and settlement of pending amounts.

 

6.3 Failure to pay the aforementioned charges on the respective maturity days shall characterize a legal and contractual breach, authorizing LESSOR , at its sole discretion, to charge the amount due and/or to bring an action for eviction for lack of payment, after notice with a term of five days for actual payment of the amounts indicated as overdue amounts, with which LESSEE and the GUARANTOR hereby agree.

 

6.4 LESSEE shall also be exclusively liable for payment of all taxes, emphyteutic, rent, fees or charges required by the competent authorities for engagement in its activities.

 

6.5 LESSEE is required to make available to LESSOR , at any time and in the leased property, the proofs of payments of the lease charges directly made by them, as agreed hereunder, or certified copies thereof. However, LESSOR may, at any time, request the original proofs of payment for verification, with which LESSEE hereby agrees.

7. IMPROVEMENTS:

 

7.1 LESSEE may carry out, for its sole account and risk, the improvements it deems necessary for performance of its activities at the site, and provided:

 

a) they observe the same construction standard;

 

b) they do not affect the safety and solidity of the already existing buildings;

 

c) they are duly approved by the competent authorities, should this be the case;

 

d) LESSOR has authorized it in writing.

 


7.2 LESSEE shall not be entitled to any indemnity or withholding of the leased property due to improvements it may carry out therein, no matter if they are useful or necessary improvements or amenities, even if they are consented to by LESSOR.

 

7.3 For the effects of this section, improvements shall be understood as any and all works carried out in the property and which cannot be removed without causing it damage or change, no matter how small.

 

7.4 If improvements are made, upon termination of the lease, LESSOR may, at its sole discretion, consent that certain improvements are left in the leased property, which shall not create any right to indemnity to LESSEE . Upon occurrence of this event, LESSOR shall determine which improvements may be left in the property and which shall be withheld, which shall be made for the account and order of LESSEE , except for the fire doors and fire-rated walls, which shall, in any case, remain in the property without right to indemnity to LESSEE .

 

7.4.1 If LESSEE fails to do so and LESSOR must do it, it may charge LESSEE for the amount it spent for such purpose, including rent and lease charges and other similar expenses that shall be due during the period required to complete the removal, limited to ninety (90) days, such as, for example, those incurred with the undoing thereof, transportation, occasional storage etc.

8. PROPERTY INSURANCE:

 

8.1 LESSOR shall take out, at its expenses, a policy to be delivered within at most thirty (30) days, extendable for another thirty (30) days after the initial date of the lease, and which shall be effective until termination thereof, an insurance covering the building, its appurtenances and accessories against the risk of fire, lighting, explosion, plane crash, inundation, flooding, windstorm, hail, civil liability, car crash and, in general, act of God and force majeure, with an honest and prime insurance company, it being understood that the coverage of said insurance shall correspond to the actual replacement amount of the property, which is hereby established by the parties as eleven million and seven hundred thousand Reais (R$11,700,000.00), which shall also include the section on loss of rent, for twelve months, to protect the property of LESSOR , which shall be the beneficiary of the respective policy.

 

8.1.1. LESSEE shall present, within the non-extendable term of fifteen (15) days as from the date of execution of this Agreement, a document able to prove the taking out of insurance in the conditions presented above, it being understood that, if the insurance premium is paid monthly, the proof shall be provided to LESSOR within up to five business days as from payment thereof.

 

8.2 In the event of partial loss and provided LESSEE expresses in writing its wish to continue the relationship, LESSOR shall be required to use the proceeds of the indemnity to rebuild the part of the property affected by the loss, up to the indemnified limit. In the event of total loss, the parties hereto shall be exempt from their contractual obligations and this agreement shall be deemed terminated by operation of law, and none of the parties may claim from the other party any indemnity or compensation.

 

8.3 In the event of concurrent losses and in case LESSEE has not taken out an insurance or renewal, in addition to payment of the fine, it shall be required to restore the building to the original conditions and to pay the corresponding rent and lease charges. LESSOR shall have the right of first refusal to rebuild the building, in addition to the right to charge a fine of three times the rent amount, subject to the provisions set forth in article 413 of the New Brazilian Civil Code.

 

8.4 If the loss has been caused due to the fault of LESSEE or its agents, it shall be required to pay the rent and charges until acceptance by LESSOR of the works to recover the property.

 


9. ASSIGNMENT OF THE LEASE, SUBLEASE AND LOAN:

 

9.1 LESSEE may not assign this lease, wholly or in part and on any account without the prior written consent of LESSOR .

 

9.2. The prohibition above excludes the sublease or loan to affiliated companies of LESSEE , which may be carried out, provided:

 

a) It identifies in writing to LESSOR the company that shall be the ASSIGNEE, SUBLESSEE or BORROWER , and,

 

b) it proves their condition as affiliates, controlled or controlling companies;

 

9.2.1 In this case, LESSEE shall continue to be fully liable until the final term of the lease agreement, therefore waiving article 835 of the Civil Code, for compliance with all contractual obligations.

 

9.2.2 Upon occurrence of the provisions of item 9.2. above, upon termination of the lease, LESSEE shall return the property to LESSOR , free and clear of persons and things, as set forth herein.

 

9.3 As an essential condition of this agreement, LESSOR may assign and transfer to third parties the credit under this lease, irrespective of the express consent of LESSEE , SUB-LESSEE , or even BORROWERS , and the latter agree, whenever they become aware of this instrument, to sign the documents relating to pledge of credits, credit assignment, giving in payment, disposal in general and any and all transactions involving the receivables, which is hereby permitted, without any exception.

 

9.4 In view of the duties performed by LESSEE , it may give part of the property, which shall never exceed fifty percent thereof, as a free lease to third parties, provided compliance with the provisions of letters “a” and “b” of section 9.2 above, remaining bound by the terms of the lease until the building is delivered free from persons and things.

10. REQUIREMENTS OF THE PUBLIC AUTHORITIES:

 

10.1 LESSEE agrees, as from the initial date of the lease of the building, to meet all requirements of the public authorities caused by it, which shall not be, in any case, a reason for termination of this agreement.

 

10.2 LESSEE shall be fully liable for the obtainment of licenses, permits and/or equivalent documents, required by the public authorities, for operation of their place of business, as well as for engagement in its activities.

 

10.3 For the obligation contained in this chapter 10- (“10.1” and “10.2”) and only for it, the penalty to be imposed on LESSEE for noncompliance and violation shall be half the rent in effect at the time of the event.

11. EXPROPRIATION:

 

11.1 In the event of full expropriation of the leased property, this instrument shall be deemed terminated by operation of law, exempting and releasing the parties from any and all liability for compliance with it, and LESSEE may not obtain from the expropriating body any indemnity to which it may be entitled.

 

11.2 In the event of partial expropriation, LESSEE shall have the right to choose between continuity of the lease or simple termination hereof. If it chooses to proceed, there will be a reduction from the rent amount in the same percentage of the reduction caused to the built area.

 


12. PENALTIES:

 

12.1 Failure to pay the rent and charges on the dates set forth herein, alone, shall put LESSEE in default and shall automatically result in publication of a fine of ten percent (10%) percent of the total outstanding debt. Also in the event of default, the amount due shall be increased by interest at the rate of one percent per month, or violation, and the debt shall be adjusted for inflation in the same variation as the index in effect at the time, contractually elected for adjustments of the rent. The adjustment shall be calculated on a “pro-rate-die” basis, as from the day following the maturity, and until the date of actual payment thereof. The total outstanding debt shall be increased by attorneys’ fees of ten percent in the event of amicable resolution and twenty percent in case any action is brought to discuss the “ex-locatio” relationship. The provisions set forth herein shall neither adversely affect nor suppress, due to the exercise thereof, LESSOR’s right to bring the competent lawsuit.

 

12.2 A late payment fine equivalent to three times the monthly rent amount in effect at the time of the violation, or even of termination, is hereby established, and it shall be incurred by the party that breaches any of the clauses and/or provisions of the lease, except if other specific penalty has already been set forth, provided the innocent party’s right to, irrespectively or simultaneously, deem the lease terminated by operation of law, all upon notice with a term of ten (10) days, by means of Extrajudicial Notice or Letter with Return Receipt, or Telegram or Protocol with receipt stamp, or even fac-simile.

 

12.2.1 For application of the aforementioned fine, pursuant to the provisions of article 413 of the Civil Code, the following formula shall apply:

VM = [(TFC X 3 times the rent in effect): TTC]

where:

VM = Amount of the Fine

TFC = Remaining Time for Termination of the Agreement (in months)

TTC – Total Term of the Agreement (in months)

13. TERMINATION

 

13.1 This Agreement shall be terminated by operation of law, irrespective of warning or judicial or extrajudicial notification, in the following events:

 

a) Bankruptcy or insolvency of LESSEE ;

 

b) Total fire;

 

c) Expropriation; and

 

d) Breach of any provision hereof.

14. CONTRACT EXPENSES:

 

14.1 In case LESSEE wishes to register this instrument in a Real Estate Registry or take other measures deemed necessary or which may be required by public authorities or for acceptance thereof, the resulting expenses shal be fully borne by LESSEE .

 

14.2 In the event of registration of this agreement, LESSEE shall be required, upon termination or end of the term of effectiveness of the lease, to provide the immediate cancellation thereof, at its expenses. In case it fails to do it and after it is expressly communicated by LESSOR to do it within thirty days, it shall incur the fine set forth in section 12.2.1.

 


15. NOVATION

 

15.1 Forbearance by any of the parties hereto with respect to any delay or omission of the other party in the compliance with the obligations agreed hereunder or failure to apply, in due course, the penalties set forth herein shall not result in cancellation of the penalties, nor of the powers hereby granted, and such penalties may be applied and such powers exercised, at any time, if the causes persist.

 

15.2 The provision of the preceding item shall prevail even if the tolerance or failure to apply the penalties occurs repeated times, either consecutively or alternatively.

 

15.3 The occurrence of one or more of the aforementioned events shall not imply a precedent, novation or modification of any provisions of this agreement, which shall remain full and in full force, as if no favor had occurred.

16. LEASE-PURCHASE AGREEMENT – RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND TERM OF THE LEASE IN THE EVENT OF DISPOSAL.

 

16.1 As from the date hereof, and at any time, the parties agree that LESSOR may, at its sole discretion, carry out a lease-purchase agreement the subject matter of which shall be the property of this lease.

 

16.2 Upon occurrence of the aforementioned event, LESSOR is required to inform lessor under the lease-purchase agreement of the terms of this agreement, and it shall accept the agreed lease, permitting LESSOR to maintain the contractual relationship hereby established with LESSEE .

 

16.3 If the leased property becomes the subject of a lease-purchase agreement, or even if the rights held by LESSOR on it are pledged as security or disposed of, including this lease, without prejudice to the provisions of section 9.3 above, the parties hereby agree and consent to formalize, by means of the appropriate contractual instrument, all amendments required to adjust this lease agreement to the new legal configuration of the property, but it may not, however, change the original terms and conditions established by the parties. Also, if necessary, LESSOR agrees to obtain the consent of the lessor under the lease-purchase agreement in the aforementioned amendment, especially to provide registration with the competent Real Estate Registry.

 

16.4 With due regard for the provisions of items “16.1” and “16.2” above, the parties mutually establish the following:

 

a) If LESSOR wishes to dispose of the leased property, it shall inform LESSEE of its wish and granting it the statutory term of thirty (30) days to exercise its right of first refusal in the exact terms of the provisions of article 27 of law 8245/91;

 

b) – In the event of disposal and in case LESSEE fails to exercise its right of first refusal, it agrees to designate three days in each week, during daytime, for interested parties to visit the property. The designation of the visit days shall be informed to LESSOR at least five days in advance.

 

c) – In case the leased property is transferred to a third party, on any account, during the contractual term, this lease shall remain in full force, and LESSOR agrees to cause the inclusion, in the instrument to be executed by it, of the requirement that the acquirer observes the lease, and the parties hereby authorize registration of this contractual instrument with the competent Real Estate District, for purposes of the provisions of article 8 of Law 8245/91 and article 576 of the Brazilian Civil Code.

 


17. FINAL PROVISIONS

 

17.1 Based on item IV of article 58 of law 8245/91, the parties agree that services of process, notices and notifications may be served by mail, return receipt requested, e-mail or facsimile, at the address informed in the preamble.

 

17.2 In case it is necessary to resort to the courts to enforce compliance with any clause or condition of this agreement, the breaching party shall be required to pay attorneys’ fees corresponding to twenty percent of the amount of the award, in addition to the costs and other judicial and/or extrajudicial expenses.

 

17.3 LESSOR , or its agents, are hereby authorized to occupy, irrespective of any specific lawsuit or other formality and without prejudice to the other contractual and/or statutory provisions, the building, in case it is abandoned by LESSEE , in case it is in default with the rent and/or other lease charges.

 

17.4 This instrument is governed by Law 8245/91 and, to the applicable extent, by the other provisions of the Brazilian Civil Code

 

17.5 Any change in the address for correspondence shall be informed, in writing by LESSEE to LESSOR , under penalty of those sent to the location indicated hereunder being deemed valid and effective.

18. GUARANTEE:

 

18.1 The INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES and GUARANTORS , already previously identified, also sign this Agreement in the capacity as guarantors and joint and several guarantors of all statutory obligations set forth in this Agreement

 

18.2 The INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES waive the benefits of order and division, as well as those set forth in articles 827, 834, 835, 836, 837, 838 and 839 of the Civil Code

 

18.3 The guarantee shall extend until actual and proven return of the property, delivery and receipt of key, if, for any reason, they are not returned to LESSOR upon termination of the contractual term.

 

18.4 In the event of reorganization, bankruptcy or insolvency of the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES , or in case LESSOR has information that proves or event indicate the impossibility that the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES guarantee this business with the property offered as guarantee, LESSEE shall be required, within at most thirty days as from occurrence of any of the aforementioned events, to substitute it for other(s), which shall be reputable, provided lessor’s right to accept it(them) or not. In this event, other(s) shall be presented within at most thirty (30) days as from non-acceptance, under penalty of termination of the agreement and collection of the indemnity

 

18.5 LESSEE and the INTERVENING/CONSENTING PARTIES hereby appoint one another as attorneys-in-fact, mutually, irrevocably and irreversibly, especially to be served process, receive summons, knowledge of acts, notifications etc., so that these acts, in the person of any of them, shall be deemed perfected.

19. JURISDICTION:

 

19.1 The parties elect the courts of the Judicial District of Barueri, State of São Paulo and expressly waive any other, no matter how privileged it may be, to resolve any doubt or matter originating from this contractual instrument, which cannot be amicably resolved.”

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties execute this agreement in five (5) counterparts of same contents and form, jointly with the two witnesses below.

São Paulo, June 1 st , 2009.

/s/    PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA.

/s/    MONTECCHIO DO BRASIL EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS LTDA.

/s/    ARGOS ARMAZÉNS GERAIS LTDA.

/s/    ARGOS TRANSPORTES LTDA.

/s/    NS2.COM INTERNET LTDA.

 

/ S /    Z AREH C HABAB

   / S /    O VSANNA C HABAB

Zareh Chabab

   Ovsanna Chabab
  

/s/    Augusto Cruz Netto

   / S / H USSEIN O WEIS

W ITNESS 1

   Witness 2

Name: Augusto Cruz Netto

   Name: Hussein Oweis

ID (RG): 40.826.295-3

   ID (RG): 41.854.822-5 SSP-SP

Taxpayer Card (CPF): 330.444.458-09

   Taxpayer Card (CPF): 230.103.338-46

All pages are initialed.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF NON-RESIDENTIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

By this private instrument on the best terms of the law,

 

(i) PGM ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA. , enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 08.491.897/0001-05, with its head-office in this Capital and State of São Paulo, at Rua George Eastman No. 280 – Room 76, District of Vila Tramontano, Postal Code 05690-000, herein represented pursuant to its Articles of Association, hereinafter referred to as LESSOR;

and

 

(ii) NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its head-office in the City and State of São Paulo, at Rua Vergueiro No. 396, District of Liberdade, Postal Code 01504-000, herein represented pursuant to its Articles of Association, hereinafter referred to as LESSEE ;

 

Whereas the parties executed on June 1, 2009 the Private Instrument of Assignment of Lease and Acknowledgment of Debt (the “Agreement”), having as subject-matter, among other covenants, the lease of an urban plot of land, consisting of plot No. 18 of the sub-division named “Centro Comercial Empresarial Juruban” (the “Property”), which is best described and characterized in registration No. 65174 of the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Barueri/SP (State of São Paulo);

 

Whereas the Agreement was executed for the definite period of five (5) years, showing as beginning date June 1, 2009 and ending date May 31, 2014;

 

Whereas the LESSEE is interested in installing in the Property, at its expense and under its responsibility, one (1) Network of Sprinklers, one (1) High-Tension cabin and one (1) generator;

 

Whereas the LESSOR has authorized the installation of the mentioned improvements, which shall be incorporated to the Property at the end of the contracted term;

 

Whereas, in view of the investments made by the LESSEE with the installation of the improvements, the parties have decided for the extension of the term of the Agreement for five (5) years, proceeding to show as its final ending date May 31, 2019;

 

Whereas, on account of the extension of the period of lease mentioned in the above Recital, the parties hereby agree that the amount of the rent shall be adjusted as from June 1, 2014, incurring an increase of twenty percent (20%) of the amount of the rent effective at the time;

 

Whereas the parties intend to substitute the guarantee of this Agreement by a bank guarantee, thus excluding the personal guarantors;

The parties hereto have resolved to enter into this “ First Amendment to the Private Instrument of Non-Residential Lease Agreement” , which shall be governed by the following clauses and conditions:

SECTION 1 – EXTENSION OF THE TERM OF THE AGREEMENT

 

1.1 It is hereby expressly established between the parties that the term of the Agreement shall be extended, showing as its final date May 31, 2019 .

 


SECTION 2 – ALTERATION OF THE AMOUNT OF THE RENT

 

2.1 The parties hereby covenant that as from June 1, 2004 the rent shall incur an increase of twenty percent (20%) of the amount of the rent effective at the time.

SECTION 3 – IMPROVEMENTS

 

3.1 By means of this instrument the LESSEE shall have the obligation of effecting the installation of one (1) network of Sprinklers, one (1) High-Tension cabin and one (1) generator, in the property that is subject-matter of the Agreement, which improvements are authorized by the LESSOR and shall be implemented at the expense of the LESSEE and under its exclusive responsibility.

 

3.2 For the installation of the improvements mentioned in Section 3.1, the LESSEE shall obtain with the pertinent authorities, whenever necessary, all of the approvals/licenses, exempting the LESSOR from any responsibility in this regard.

 

3.3 It is hereby made certain that, at the end of the contractual term, the improvements mentioned in Section 3.1 above shall be incorporated to the Property, whereby the LESSEE may not claim any kind of indemnity for them.

SECTION 4 – BANK GUARANTEE

 

4.1 It is hereby established and agreed between the Parties that the obligations deriving from this installment shall be guaranteed by a Bank Guarantee provided by Banco BICBANCO, of a joint liability nature and delivered to the LESSOR within a period of no more than thirty (30) days after the execution of this instrument and that extends to all of the adjustments that may apply to the rents, covenants for increase and other rental charges, as well as for any damages and losses that could occur on the leased property.

 

4.2 Considering that the Letter of Guarantee presented hereunder is valid for a specific term, the LESSEE hereby agrees, within no more than thirty (30) days prior to the termination of its validity, to take all of the proper measures for renewal thereof.

SECTION 5 – FINAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1 All of the other clauses and conditions of the Agreement that are not modified by this instrument are hereby expressly ratified.

 

5.2 The parties elect the Courts of the Judicial District of location of the Property as the only ones to resolve any issues arising from this agreement.

In Witness Whereof, the parties execute this instrument in two (2) counterparts of equal content and form, in the presence of the witnesses.

São Paulo/SP, April 10, 2013

 

 


/s/    PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA.

LESSOR

/s/    NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

LESSEE

Witnesses:

 

/s/    Jéssica de Bartolo Silva    /s/    Marcos Roberto de Oliveira
Name: Jéssica de Bartolo Silva    Name: Marcos Roberto de Oliveira
ID No.: 41.693.995-8    ID No.: 35.757.879-X
CPF/MF No. 375.350.778-90    CPF/MF No.: 407.554.988-79

(Page integrating the First Amendment to the Private Instrument of Non-Residential Lease Agreement executed by and between PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA., NS2.COM INTERNET S.A., on April 10, 2013)


SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF NON-RESIDENTIAL LEASE AGREEMENT

By this private instrument on the best terms of the law,

 

(i) UITTORENEN DO BRASIL PARTICIPAÇÕES LTDA. , enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 07.385.357/0001-84, with its head-office in this Capital City of the State of São Paulo, at Rua Joaquim Floriano No. 100, 18 th floor, herein represented as determined in its Articles of Association, hereinafter referred to as LESSOR ;

 

(ii) NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its head-office in the Capital of the State of São Paulo, at Rua Vergueiro No. 396, District of Liberdade, Postal Code 01504-000, herein represented pursuant to its Articles of Association, hereinafter referred to as LESSEE ;

Whereas PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA. and NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. executed on June 1, 2009 the Private Instrument Assignment of Lease and Acknowledgement of Debt (the “Agreement”), amended for the first time on April 10, 2013 (the “1 st Amendment), having as subject-matter among other covenants the lease of an urban plot of land, consisting of plot No. 18, of the sub-division named “Centro Comercial e Empresarial Juruban” (the “Property”), which is best described and characterized in registration No. 65.174 of the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Barueri/SP.

Whereas PMG ADMINISTRADORA DE BENS LTDA. was merged into the company named UITTORENEN DO BRASIL PARTICIPAÇÕES LTDA., which by a corporate act dated December 30, 2013 became its sole partner and holder of all of its corporate units;

Whereas UITTORENEN DO BRASIL PARTICIPAÇÕES LTDA. assumed all of the rights and obligations deriving from the Agreement;

Whereas , in view of the alteration of the Lessor, the parties wish to adjust the form for payment of the amounts of the lease.

The parties have resolved to execute this “Second Amendment to the Private Instrument of Non-Residential Lease Agreement”, which shall be governed by the following clauses and conditions:

SECTION 1 – ALTERATION OF THE BANK ACCOUNT FOR DEPOSIT OF THE PAYMENT OF RENTS

 

1.1 It is hereby expressly established between the parties that as from this date the amounts of the rent shall be deposited in the following bank account held by the LESSOR company:

 

Banco Itaú Unibanco S/A. (341)

 

Branch: 0910

 

Checking Account: 08655-2

SECTION 2 – FINAL PROVISIONS

 

2.1 All of the other clauses and conditions of the Agreement that are not modified by this instrument are hereby expressly ratified.

 


2.2 The Courts of the Judicial District of Capital City of São Paulo are elected as the only ones with authority to resolve any issues arising from this agreement.

In Witness Whereof, the parties execute this instrument in two (2) counterparts of equal content and form, in the presence of the witnesses.

São Paulo/SP, April 2, 2014

/s/    UITTORENEN DO BRASIL PARTICIPAÇÕES LTDA.

/s/    NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

Witnesses:

 

/s/    B RUNA L UISA C AMARGO B ARBOSA    /s/    T ANIA C RISTINA G UALBERTA S ANTOS
Name: Bruna Luisa Camargo Barbosa    Name: Tania Cristina Gualberta Santos
ID No.: 34.948.484-3    ID No.: 17.964.946-2
CPF/MF No. 303.405.058-50    CPF/MF No.: 082.384.468-48

(Page integrating the Second Amendment to the Private Instrument of Lease Agreement executed by and between Uittorenen do Brasil Participações LTDA., NS2.COM Internet S.A., on April 2, 2014)

Exhibit 10.0 2

Execution Version

November 5, 2014

Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants

entered into by and between

FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.

as Developer Lessor

and

NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

as Lessee

and,

RCA Gerenciamento e Fiscalização Ltda.

as Work Manager

on November 5, 2014

Table of Contents

SECTION ONE – PURPOSES

SECTION TWO – WORK PERFORMANCE AND BUILDING DELIVERY DATE

SECTION THREE – PROJECT AND SCOPE CHANGES

SECTION FOUR – WORK FOLLOW-UP, CHECKS, INSPECTIONS AND RECEIPT

SECTION FIVE – LIABILITY FOR THE WORK

SECTION SIX – BUILDING DESTINATION

SECTION SEVEN – TERM OF EFFECTIVENESS AND LEASE TERM

SECTION EIGHT – POSSIBILITY OF LEASE RENEWAL

SECTION NINE – BUILDING RENT

SECTION TEN – RENT ADJUSTMENTS

SECTION ELEVEN – JUDICIAL REVIEW OF THE RENT

SECTION TWELVE – NO OFFSET

SECTION THIRTEEN – OBLIGATIONS

SECTION FOURTEEN – BETTERMENTS AND CONSERVATION OF THE BUILDING

SECTION FIFTEEN – BUILDING RETURN

SECTION SIXTEEN – EARLY TERMINATION

SECTION SEVENTEEN – ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY

SECTION EIGHTEEN – INSURANCE, PARTIAL OR TOTAL DESTRUCTION OF THE DEVELOPMENT, EXPROPRIATION AND GUARANTEES

SECTION NINETEEN – EVENTS OF DEFAULT

SECTION TWENTY-ONE – CREDITS ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE


SECTION TWENTY-TWO – TERM OF EFFECTIVENESS AND RECORDATION

SECTION TWENTY-THREE – EXCLUSIVITY, GOOD FAITH AND LOYALTY DUTIES

SECTION TWENTY-FOUR – RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

SECTION TWENTY-FIVE – NOTICES

SECTION TWENTY-SIX – MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION TWENTY-SEVEN – EXHIBITS

SECTION EIGHT – ARBITRATION CLAUSE

DEFINITIONS

The table below consolidates the terms defined throughout this Agreement, indicating the item in which they are defined.

 

Developer Lessor

   As defined in item “A” of the preamble

Lessee

   As defined in item “B” of the preamble

Manager

   As defined in item “C” of the preamble

Parties

   As defined in item “A” of the preamble

Property

   As defined in item 1 of the Recitals

Development

   As defined in item 1 of the Recitals

ABL

   As defined in item 2 of the Recitals

Second Phase of the Development

   As defined in item 2 of the Recitals

Building

   As defined in item 3 of the Recitals

Work

   As defined in sub-item “a” of item 7 of the Recitals

Construction Company

   As defined in item 8 of the Recitals

Funding

   As defined in item 9 of the Recitals

Assignee

   As defined in item 10 of the Recitals

Lease

   As defined in sub-item “ii” of item 1.1 (Purposes)

Declaration of inclusion in the Collection Special System

   As defined in item 1.2 (Conditions Subsequent)

Condition Subsequent

   As defined in item 1.2 (Conditions Subsequent)

Banco Bradesco

   As defined in item 1.3 (Lien on the Property)

Technical Documentation

   As defined in item 2.2 (Compliance with the Technical Documentation)

Work Specifications

   As defined in item 2.2 (Compliance with the Technical Documentation)

Work Schedule

   As defined in item 2.2 (Compliance with the Technical Documentation)

Legal Project

   As defined in item 2.2 (Compliance with the Technical Documentation)
Work Approvals    As defined in item 2.5 (Construction Permit and Environmental Licensing)

Work Conclusion Term

   As defined in item 2.6 (Work Conclusion Term)


Work Early Delivery

   As defined in sub-item 2.6.2 (Work Early Delivery)

Provisional Occupation Period

   As defined in sub-item 2.6.2 (Work Early Delivery)

Acts of God or Force Majeure

   As defined in sub-item “i” of item 2.7 (Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term)

Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term

   As defined in item 2.7 (Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term)

Fine for Delay in Work Delivery

   As defined in item 2.8 (Fine for Delay in Work Delivery)

Inspector

   As defined in item 4.2 (Work Follow-Up by Lessee)

Inspection Report

   As defined in item 4.3 (Inspection Report)

Relevant Punch List

   As defined in sub-item 4.3.1 (Relevant and Irrelevant Punch List)

Irrelevant Punch List

   As defined in sub-item 4.3.1 (Relevant and Irrelevant Punch List)

Final Inspection Report

   As defined in item 4.4 (Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report)

Building Formal Delivery

   As defined in item 4.4 (Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report)

AVCB

   As defined in sub-item “iii” of item 4.4 (Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report)

Certificate of Occupancy

   As defined in sub-item “iii” of item 4.4 (Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report)

Building Delivery Requirements

   As defined in sub-item “iii” of item 4.4 (Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report)

Delivery and Acceptance Deed

   As defined in sub-item 4.4.2 (Final Delivery and Acceptance Deed)

Automatic Acceptance

   As defined in sub-item 4.4.3 (Building Automatic Acceptance)

Building Access

   As defined in item 4.6 (Building Access for Installation of Structures)

Occupancy with Assumption of Risk

   As defined in sub-item 4.7.1 (Occupancy with Assumption of Risk)

Lease Term

   As defined in item 7.1 (Lease Term Start Date)

Lease Term Start Date

   As defined in item 7.1 (Lease Term Start Date)

Renewal Right

   As defined in item 8.1 (Lease Renewal)

Rent Amount

   As defined in Item 9.1 (Rent)

IPCA/IBGE

   As defined in item 10.1 (Rent Adjustment)

IPC/FIPE

   As defined in item 10.2 (Index Discontinuation)

CVM

   As defined in item 13.2 (Lessee’s Obligations)

Rating

   As defined in item 13.2 (Lessee’s Obligations)

Betterment Notice

   As defined in sub-item 14.1.1 (Betterment Notice)

Building Return Notice

   As defined in item 15.2 (Return Notice)

Final Inspection

   As defined in item 15.3 (Inspection for Building Return)

Delivery Environmental Report

   As defined in Item 15.6 (Delivery Environmental Report)


Indemnified Party

   As defined in sub-item 16.1.1 (Lease Early Termination and Payment of Indemnity)

Early Maturity Events

   As defined in sub-item 16.1.2 (Early Maturity Events)

Initial Environmental Report

   As defined in sub-item 17.1.1 (Initial Environmental Report)

Development Insurance

   As defined in item 18.2 (Awareness of Existing Insurance)

Insurance Policy

   As defined in sub-item 18.2.2 (Insurance Beneficiary)

Credits Assignment

   As defined in item 21.1 (Credits Assignment)

Dispute

   As defined in item 28.1 (Agreement Construal)

CCBC

   As defined in sub-item 28.1.1 (Arbitration Seat)

PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT AND OTHER COVENANTS

By this private instrument and on the best terms of the law, the parties:

 

(A) FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A. , a joint-stock company with its principal place of business at Rua Funchal, 375, suite 41, room 11, Vila Olímpia, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 17.943.815/0001-07, with its bylaws filed with the Commercial Registry of the State of São Paulo – JUCESP on June 4, 2014, herein represented pursuant to its articles of incorporation, as “ Developer Lessor ”, hereinafter referred to as such;

 

(B) NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. , enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its principal place of business Rua Vergueiro, 943, District of Liberdade, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, postal code 01504-000, herein represented pursuant to its Bylaws and other applicable corporate instruments by its undersigned officers, as “ Lessee ”, hereinafter referred to as such; and

 

(C) RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA. , enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 04.662.437/0001-41, with its principal place of business in this Capital City, at Rua Visconde de Nácar, 185, suite 41, herein represented pursuant to its articles of association, as “ Manager ”, hereinafter referred to as such;

Developer Lessor and Lessee are hereinafter jointly referred to as “ Parties ” and individually as a “Party”.

RECITALS

 

1. Developer Lessor is the direct owner and debtor of the property registered under registration No. 7.254 with the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais, with a total area of plot of land of one hundred and eleven thousand, one hundred and twenty-eight thousand (sic) square meters (111,128.00 m 2 ) (“ Property ”), the purpose of the fiduciary sale agreement described in more details in item 1.3 ( lien on the property ) hereof, where a logistic real estate development is installed (“ Development ”).

 

2. The Development is divided into two development phases, being (i) the first phase, already completed and available for lease, has twenty-six thousand, eight hundred and forty-two square meters and seventy-three square decimeters (26,842.73 m 2 ) of leasable gross area (“ABL”) and (ii) the second phase, which has not been developed by Developer Lessor yet, may have up to twenty-eight thousand, six hundred and fifty-six square meters and eighty square centimeters (28,656.80 m 2 ) of ABL (“ Second Phase of the Development ”).

 


3. Lessee wishes to expand its activities with a new distribution center of its products, without investing in the purchase of a plot of land, buildings and betterments for that purpose. For that reason, Lessee decided to put its interest in place by leasing the property to be built by Developer Lessor on a built-to-suit basis, in the area corresponding to the Second Phase of the Development, including the parking area to be used by Lessee (“Building’’).

 

4. The Building shall be built by Developer Lessor on an undivided interest of the Property as described above and correspond to sheds F, G, H and I, located at Rua Margarida Pinto Dona Belinha, 742, pavilion B, module 3, in the District of Pires, at KM 891.50 of Rodovia Fernão Dias, Industrial Distrito, in the Judicial District of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais, postal code 37640-000.

 

5. The property, especially the Second Phase of the Development, in Lessee’s opinion regarding the convenience and timing, is suitable and appropriate for the development and installation of its distribution center, including in relation to its sizes, characteristics, location and accessibility.

 

6. Developer Lessor, other than for Lessee’s interest to lease the shed to be built in the Second Phase of the Development, would not have plans to start its construction now or to do so in the manner proposed by Lessee. For that reason, the Parties decide to establish in this instrument (i) the manner as the Building construction and Development in the Property shall be made, in such a manner to meet Lessee’s needs on a built-to-suit basis, (ii) its receipt by Lessee after conclusion of the construction, as well as (iii) its lease to Lessee, for the term established in this Agreement.

 

7. Once the Condition Subsequent described in item 1.2 of this Agreement has been met, Developer Lessor agrees to:

 

(a) perform the construction on the Property, in accordance with Lessee’s needs (“ Work ”), as set forth in the Technical Documentation (as defined in item 2.2 – Compliance with the Technical Documentation – of this Agreement), which shall be jointly prepared by Developer Lessor and Lessee; and

 

(b) lease the Building to Lessee for the term and as provided for herein, in compliance with article 54-A of Law No. 8245/91.

 

8. Also after fulfillment of the Condition Subsequent, Developer Lessor shall contract a construction company (“ Construction Company ”), at its sole discretion, in order to enable Developer Lessor to implement the Building in the Development, at its own expense, as described in the Technical Documentation.

 

9. For the Building construction, Developer Lessor, at its sole discretion and whenever it deems to be appropriate and required, may use its own funds or the funds of third parties, by means of financial transactions and/or capital market, aiming at the property purchase and the Work development. By the way, Developer Lessor may give the Property and/or its own shares in fiduciary sale in order to raise such funds (“ Funding ”).

 

10. For achievement of the Funding transaction, if any is carried out, Developer Lessor may even, without limitation, assign the credits arising herefrom to specific-purpose companies, real estate investment funds, financial institutions, securitization companies that issue real estate receivables certificates or any other interested companies (“ Assignee ”).

 

11. The rents set forth in Section Nine hereof ( Building Rent ) represent the remuneration of Developer Lessor as consideration for the use, enjoyment and fruition of the Building, as well as amortization of a significant portion of the investment made by Developer Lessor to perform the Work. Therefore, it is essential that Developer Lessor (or its Assignee, as the case may be) receive the full amounts due by way of lease, within the established terms, throughout the contracted term.

 


12. In view of the business peculiarities set forth in the Preliminary Considerations above, the parties by mutual agreement enter into this “ Private Instrument of Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants ”, which shall be governed by the legal system established by article 54-A of Law No. 8245/91, with due regard for the Condition Subsequent of this Agreement, as set forth in item 1.2 (Condition Subsequent). In this context, although this business relationship has the legal nature of a non-residential lease of a urban property, it shall not be subject – except for the procedural provisions set forth in Law No. 8245/91 and where expressly mentioned by the Parties – to the other provisions of said Law No. 8245/91, especially but not limited to those set forth in articles 19, 68, 69 and 70 of said law.

The Parties named and identified in the preamble agree to enter into this “Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants” (“ Agreement ”), which shall be governed by the following terms and conditions, which the Parties mutually grant and accept.

III – SECTIONS

SECTION ONE – PURPOSES

 

1.1 Purposes . The purposes of this “Agreement” are:

 

(i) once the Condition Subsequent set forth in item 1.2 (Condition Subsequent) below has been met, the Work to be performed by Developer Lessor, by means of the Construction Company, in accordance with the Lessee’s specifications and within the term and in the manner set forth in the Technical Documentation and in this Agreement, as provided for in Section Two ( Work Performance and Building Delivery Date ) of this Agreement; and

 

(ii) subsequent lease of the Building to Lessee, on a very personal basis, for the minimum term of five (5) years as from the Lease Term Start Date, as defined in item 7.1 ( Lease Term Start Date ) below, renewable as set forth in this Agreement (“ Lease ”),

 

1.2 Condition Subsequent. The Parties (a)  acknowledge that the Lessee is in the process of obtaining a declaration of the Finance Department of the State of Minas Gerais confirming the Inclusion of Lessee in the Collection Special System relating to collection of the ICMS (Tax on Distribution of Goods and Services) due (“ Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special System ”), which Lessee expects to obtain soon, and (b)  represent that the issue of said declaration is relevant to the operations intended to be carried out by Lessee at the Property and, therefore, of interest for Lessee to enter into this agreement, in the terms and conditions set forth herein. For that reason the Parties agree that Lessee shall take measures to obtain the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime within thirty (30) days as from the date hereof, being established that a proven and final denial in the application process shall be deemed a condition subsequent of this Agreement, as provided for by articles 127 and 128 of the Brazilian Civil Code (“ Condition Subsequent ”).

 

1.2.1 Information to Developer Lessor . Within two (02) business days as from the issue of the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime, or upon expiration of the term of thirty (30) days described above, whichever takes place later, Lessee shall notify Developer Lessor of the status of the proceeding and, as the case may be, shall enclose the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime obtained. In case that Lessee does not obtain the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime within the established term, Lessee shall still send said notice to Developer Lessor upon expiration of the term, justifying the non-obtainment, estimating a term for obtainment thereof, as applicable, or indicating that it shall not be possible to obtain it. In this last case, Lessee shall provide evidence of the denial issued by the Finance Department of the State of Minas Gerais, or any other proper evidence certifying the impossibility, on a definite basis, to obtain the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime. Lessee’s failure to send said notice within the applicable term, as described above, shall be deemed implementation of the Condition Subsequent for all effects of this Agreement, in which case this Agreement shall be no longer terminated for that reason.

 


1.2.2 Possibility of Termination . If Lessee indicates, in the aforementioned notice, that it did not obtain the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime and provides sufficient evidence for that purpose, the Condition Subsequent shall be deemed to have been implemented and this Agreement shall be terminated by operation of law, without the need for any payment or indemnity by one Party to the other. On the other hand, if Lessee notifies Developer Lessor that Lessee did not obtain the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime within the established term but indicates an estimate term for obtaining it, it shall be exclusively incumbent upon Developer Lessor to resolve on whether to terminate this Agreement or to grant an additional term for Lessee to obtain the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime, in which case all provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, with due regard for the suspension of terms of Developer Lessor as set forth below.

 

1.2.3 Suspension of the Terms and Developer Lessor’s Obligations . Until fulfillment of the Condition Subsequent or declaration of early termination of this Agreement, as set forth above, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, provided, however, that all terms and obligations of Developer Lessor in relation to the construction and delivery of the Building shall remain suspended until the Declaration of Inclusion in the Collection Special Regime has been obtained and the Condition Subsequent has been consequently met.

 

1.2.4 Termination and Reimbursement of Costs . In case of termination of this Agreement as a result of non-fulfillment of the Condition Subsequent, Lessee hereby undertakes to reimburse Developer Lessor, within fifteen (15) days as from the termination date, for all costs provenly incurred by Developer Lessor with preparation of pre-project, architectural and executive project, legal project for the Fire Department, as well as with the arrangements for approval of the legal project, including technical visits of the engineer in charge and the team to the Municipality, incurred until the termination date.

 

1.3 Lien on the Property. Lessee acknowledges that the Property is fully subject to a fiduciary sale in favor of Banco Bradesco S.A., a financial institution enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 60.746.948/0001-12, with its principal place of business at administrative center Cidade de Deus, no number, Vila Yara, in the City of Osasco, State of São Paulo ( “Banco Bradesco ”), in view of the financing for purchase of the Property extended by Banco Bradesco to Developer Lessor. Furthermore, Lessee represents that it does not object to such lien and hereby authorizes Developer Lessor to cancel such lien, replace with another lien or create any new encumbrances or liens as part of the Funding.

 

1.3.1. Creation of New Liens and Right of Effectiveness . In the event of creation of any new Liens or encumbrances on the property, Developer Lessor shall arrange for registration of the existence of this Agreement on the respective instrument of creation of the Lien or encumbrance, for the specific purpose of disclosure thereof, and shall cause the effectiveness of its terms and conditions to be included therein.

 

1.4 Consent with the Funding Conditions by Lessee. Lessee hereby authorizes Developer Lessor to freely negotiate the terms and conditions of the Funding to be entered into by Developer Lessor, as set forth in the Preliminary Considerations 10 and 11 above, in order to enable this contracting.

SECTION TWO – WORK PERFORMANCE AND BUILDING DELIVERY DATE

 

2.1 Building Implementation . As set forth in the Recitals of this Agreement, once the Condition Subsequent has been met, the Building shall be implemented on the Development by Developer Lessor, in accordance with the Technical Documentation, at its expense and under its liability.

 


2.1.1 Building Basic Characteristics. The Building shall have the following basic characteristics, without prejudice to the details contained in the Legal Project, as set forth in Exhibit III to this Agreement.

 

     PRIVATE AREA  
     BLOCK 1      BLOCK 2 (NEW)         
     Module 1      Module 2      Module 3      Module 4      Module 5      Module 6      Module 7      Module 8      Module 9      Total
Warehouse
 

STORAGE

     4,300.00        4,263.00        4,263.00        4,263.00        4,268.00        5,315.62        5,315.62        5,315.62        5,315.62        42,619.48  

DOCKS

     408.40        594.02        594.02        594.02        286.01        595.50        595.50        595.50        595.50        4,858.48  

ANNEXES

     749.04        0.00        0.00        123.30        326.58        159.00        159.00        159.00        159.00        1,834.92  

MEZZANINE

     0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00        0.00        834.00        834.00        834.00        834.00        3,336.00  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     5,457.44        4,857.02        4,857.02        4,980.32        4,880.59        6,904.12        6,904.12        6,904.12        6,904.012        52,648.88  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     COMMON
AREA
                                                                

ENERGY CABINET

     15.20        13.53        15.53        13.87        13.59        19.23        19.23        19.23        19.23        146.61  

BIKE PARKING

     7.57        6.73        6.73        6.91        6.77        9.57        9.57        9.57        9.57        73.00  

CHANGING ROOMS

     12.72        11.32        11.32        11.60        11.37        16.09        16.09        16.09        16.09        122.67  

RESTAURANT

     65.45        58.25        58.25        59.73        58.53        82.80        82.80        82.80        82.80        631.40  

MANAGEMENT

     72.24        64.29        64.29        65.92        64.60        91.39        91.39        91.39        91.39        696.91  

RECEPTION

     22.02        19.60        19.60        20.09        16.69        27.86        27.86        27.86        27.86        212.43  

TRUCK DRIVERS HOUSE

     5.18        4.61        4.61        4.73        4.64        6.56        6.56        6.56        6.56        50.00  

WATER RESERVOIR

     5.21        4.64        4.64        4.76        4.66        6.59        6.59        6.59        6.59        50.27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     205.58        182.96        182.96        187.61        183.85        260.08        260.08        260.08        260.08        1,983.29  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FINAL TOTAL

     5,663.02        5,039.99        5,039.99        5,167.93        5,064.44        7,164.20        7,164.20        7,164.20        7,164.20        54,634.17  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     BLOCK 1 TOTAL        25,975.37        BLOCK 2 TOTAL        28,656.80     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

2.1.2 Compliance with Technical Standards at the Work . The Work performance, in all its steps, shall comply with the technical standards approved by the Brazilian Association of Technical Standards (“ ABNT ”) , as well as with all laws, regulations and local ordinances .

 

2.2. Compliance with the Technical Documentation . The Work shall be performed by Developer Lessor by means of the Construction Company, in compliance with the following technical documents (jointly referred to as “ Technical Documentation ”) (i)  the specifications as set forth in Exhibit I hereto (“ Work Specifications ”) (ii)  the Work Schedule set forth in Exhibit II hereto (“ Work Schedule ”) and (ii)  legal project prepared by Developer Lessor and approved by the Municipality of Extrema – MG on October 15, 2014, which forms an integral part of Exhibit III hereto (“ Legal Project ”).

 

2.2.1 Consequence of any Change in the Technical Documentation . The Parties agree that the cost of the work was budgeted by Developer Lessor based on the Technical Documentation, and for that reason, in case that Lessee requests any change in the Technical Documentation, at its sole discretion, or in case there is any change in said documentation as required by the applicable approving bodies and/or in case of impossibility to perform the Work in accordance with the Technical Documentation, the rent amount may be reviewed, as provided for in item 3.1 below (Project Changes).

 

2.3 Work Specifications . Lessee represents that it has already reviewed and approved the Work Specifications prepared by Developer Lessor and submitted to Lessee for review, which contains the details of the Work that is the subject-matter of the Second Phase of the Development.

 

2.4 Legal Project . Developer Lessor prepared the Building Legal Project, in strict compliance with the Building Specifications, duly approved by the Municipality of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais on October 15, 2014.

 


2.5 Construction Permit and Environmental Licensing . It shall be incumbent upon Developer Lessor to take all measures relating to (i) the Property Work Approval, and (ii) obtaining the environmental licensing of the Building, if required by law, from the applicable authorities, in order to obtain any authorizations, licenses and permits strictly required to perform the Work, with due regard for the destination to be provided to the Building by Lessee (“ Work Approvals ”). Developer Lessor may, at its sole discretion, engaged third parties to take the measures set forth herein, in which case Developer Lessor shall keep its obligations and liabilities to Lessee.

 

2.6. Work Conclusion Term . The term to conclusion and delivery of the Work to Lessee, in accordance with the Technical Documentation and without any Relevant Punch List (as defined in sub-item 4.3.1 – Relevant and Irrelevant Punch List – of this Agreement), is eight (8) months as from the date of fulfillment of the Condition Subsequent (“ Work Conclusion Term ”).

 

2.6.1 Acceleration or Postponement of the Work Schedule . The Parties agree that Developer Lessor shall be entitled to accelerate or even postpone the performance of certain services set forth in the Work Schedule, at its sole discretion, in view of a better performance engineering and development of the Work, to the extent that it does not result in any negative impact on the delivery of the Building within the Work Conclusion Term.

 

2.6.2 Work Early Delivery . In case that the Work is delivered before the Work Conclusion Date (“ Work Early Delivery ”), and upon actual occupancy of the Building by Lessee, a system of provisional occupancy of the Building by Lessee shall automatically begin and extend from the Work Conclusion Date to the Lease Term Start Date (“ Provisional Occupation Period ”). During the Provisional Occupation Period, Lessee shall be required to (i) arrange, at its sole expense, the facilities required for performance of its activity, as long as it does not interfere with the Work performance in any way, and (ii) make payment of remuneration to Developer Lessor in an amount equivalent to the rent, as provided for in item 9.1 ( Rent ) . For purposes of start of the Provisional Occupation Period, the procedures for the Work check, inspection and receipt shall be complied with, as set forth in Section Four ( Work Follow-Up, Inspections, Check and Receipt ) of this Agreement. The Work Early Delivery shall not result in any change in the beginning or expiration of the term of effectiveness of the Lease, as set forth in item 7.1 ( Lease Term Start Date ).

 

2.7. Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term . The Work Conclusion Term shall not be postponed or extended, except in the following events:

 

(i) Acts of God or Force Majeure , events of acts of God or force majeure, as defined in article 393 of the Brazilian Civil Code, examples of which are indicated in item 2.7.3. ( List of Examples of Acts of God or Force Majeure ) below (“ Acts of God or Force Majeure ”);

 

(ii) Project Changes , any request for changes in the projects that comprise the Technical Documentation (a)  by any public administration body at any level and/or any other applicable body or, ( b ) by Lessee, in this case as set forth in Section Three ( Project and Scope Changes) of this Agreement; or

 

(iii) Delay of Performance Permit and Other Licenses : delay to obtain the Work Approvals, assuming that the Legal Project was approved by the Municipality of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais, on October 15, 2014, to the extent that the delay to obtain said documents does not result from negligence of Developer Lessor and/or of its subcontractors;

(items (i) to (iii), jointly, “ Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term ”.

 

2.7.1 Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term . In case of occurrence of any of the Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term, the Work Conclusion Term shall be extended as follows:

 

(i) the situation set forth in sub-item (i) of item 2.7 ( Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term) shall result in extension of the Work Conclusion Date for the same amount of time of the interruption that prevented the Work performance, added to the term required for restoring the work conditions to the level before the event that interrupted the Work, proportionally adjusting the Work Schedule;

 


(ii) the situation set forth in sub-item (ii) of item 2.7 ( Project Changes ) shall result extension of the Work Conclusion Date for the exact number of days required for implementation of the project changes. In such event, any impacts on the Work Schedule, which may also change, shall be evaluated; and

 

(iii) the situation set forth in sub-item (iii) of item 2.7 ( Delays in the Performance Permit and Other Licenses ) shall result in extension of the Work Conclusion Date for the exact number of days required for Developer Lessor to obtain, (a)  any licenses, authorizations and permits required for performance of the Work on the Property, and ( b ) any other licenses, authorizations and permits set forth in the Work Schedule, including the Environmental Licensing.

 

2.7.2. Suspension of the Contractual Terms . Upon occurrence of any of the Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term, the Fine for Delay in Work Delivery (as defined in item 2.8 below – Fine for Delay in Work Delivery) shall not be imposed, until the new work conclusion date has been reached, which shall be compatible with the extension of the Work Conclusion Term, calculated as set forth in item 2.7.1 ( Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term).

 

2.7.3 List of Examples of Acts of God or Force Majeure . The following events are established, for the sake of example, as events of acts of God and force majeure, being established that the determination of occurrence of said events shall take into account the experience of Developer Lessor and the Construction Company, as well as the objective good faith:

 

(i) general or partial strikes of federal, state or municipal employees and of the construction industry, to the extent that they provenly and directly affect the Work progress and/or the obtainment of any required licenses;

 

(ii) unusual length or delay of any public facility concessionaire relating to (a)  any activities that provenly and directly affect the Work progress, and/or (b)  the new connections and/or expansion of the existing connections of water, sewage, telephone and electricity;

 

(iii) unusual delay of the ports, such as strikes, “standard operation”, to the extent that the causal link is proven;

 

(iv) state of war or disturbance of public order, provenly and directly affecting the Work progress;

 

(v) rains causing an impact on the Work progress and abnormal meteorological phenomena preventing the Work performance within the established term; or earthquakes and other severe weather conditions;

 

(vi) fires, explosions or claims preventing the work or reducing its pace, to the extent that they are not the liability of Developer Lessor, the Construction Company and/or its subcontractors;

 

(vii) court decisions determining the interruption of the Work or preventing its performance as scheduled, to the extent that they are not caused by Developer Lessor, the Construction Company and/or its subcontractors;

 

(viii) delay by the public authorities to issue any licenses and permits, as long as Developer Lessor has submitted all documents required by law in a timely manner; or

 

(ix) changes in the federal, state or municipal law causing any hindrance or preventing the Work performance within the scheduled term.

 

2.8 Fine for Delay in Work Delivery . Except for the Events of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term, Developer Lessor shall pay a daily fine to Lessee in the amount of nineteen thousand, one hundred and four Reais and fifty-three cents (R$19,104.53) in the event that the Building is not delivered to Lessee within the Work Conclusion Term (“ Fine for Delay in Work Delivery ”), limited to thirty (30) days. For purposes of this Agreement, the Building Formal Delivery (as defined in item 4.4 below – Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report ) shall take place to the extent that the Building Delivery Requirements, as set forth in item 4.4 ( Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report) have been fully met.

 

2.8.1 Imposition of the Fine for Delay in Work Delivery and Term Of Effectiveness . The actual imposition of the Fine for Delay in Work Delivery shall not affect the term of effectiveness of this Agreement.

 


2.8.2 Partial Occupancy and Fine Reduction . The Fine for Delay in Work Delivery shall be proportionally reduced in case of Partial Occupancy, as set forth in Item 4.8 ( Occupancy and Acceptance of Relevant Punch List ) , in accordance with the portion of the Building to be occupied by Lessee.

SECTION THREE – PROJECT AND SCOPE CHANGES

 

3.1 Project Changes . Any requests for project changes, whether before or during the Work performance, shall be submitted by Lessee to Developer Lessor in writing and will be subject to approval by Developer Lessor.

 

3.1.1 Reduction in Built-Up Area. Estimated Cost of the Work and Rent Maintenance . In case that Lessee requests any project change that results, regardless of percentage, in a reduction in the expected built-up area of the Building and/or in a reduction in the Work Estimated Cost, it is hereby established that the rent amount set forth in Section Nine ( Building Rent ) of this Agreement shall not suffer any change.

 

3.1.2 Increase in Built-Up Area. Estimated Cost of the Work and Impact on the Rent Amount. In case that Lessee requests any project change, at its sole discretion, resulting in an increase in the expected built-up area, in the Legal Project and/or in an increase in the Estimated Cost of the Work, the Parties hereby agree that Developer Lessor shall previously consent in writing with said request, at its sole discretion. If Developer Lessor agrees with any such project change, the Parties shall negotiate the corresponding increase in the Rent Amount (as defined in item 9.1 – Rent).

 

3.1.3 Impact on the Work Schedule . Lessee represents and acknowledges that any requests for project changes may result in reviews and adaptations to the Work Schedule and, consequently, in changes in the Work Conclusion Date, thus being characterized as an Event of Authorized Extension of the Work Conclusion Term.

SECTION FOUR – WORK FOLLOW-UP, CHECKS, INSPECTIONS AND RECEIPT

 

4.1 Work Follow-Up by Developer Lessor . Developer Lessee engaged, at its own expense, a company to carry out the Work management, namely: RCA Gerenciamento e Fiscalização Ltda., enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 04.662.437/0001-41, with its principal place of business in this Capital City, at Rua Visconde de Nácar, 185, suite 41, represented pursuant to its articles of association by Ricardo Cálcena, Brazilian, married, engineer, bearer of Identity Card RG No. 2.864.813-IFP/RJ, enrolled with the CPF/MF under No. 606.867.407-00. The Manager shall be in charge of monitoring the Work progress, as well as the compliance with the Technical Documentation.

 

4.1.1 Work Inspection by Third Parties . The Parties hereby agree that any financial institutions involved in the Funding may also carry out the Work inspection and check, by themselves or third parties, at all times together with the Manager, as applicable.

 

4.2 Work Follow-up by Lessee . Lessee, in turn, shall engage, at its expense, a reputed, specialized company with technical knowledge to carry out the technical follow-up of the Building Work (“ Inspector” ), without prejudice to Developer Lessor’s obligation to make sure that the construction shall be strictly in compliance with the Technical Documentation.

 

4.2.1. Access to the Work . The Inspector shall have free access to the Work, as long as its presence does not disturb the Work progress and is previously scheduled with the Construction Company and the Manager.

 

4.3 Inspection Report . The Parties shall jointly prepare, within thirty (30) days before the Work Conclusion Date (or a previous date to be previously informed by the Construction Company, in case the Works are advanced), an inspection report of delivery indicating all works required for conclusion of the Building, including and detailing any Relevant Punch List and Irrelevant Punch List, as defined in sub-item 4.3.1 below (Relevant and Irrelevant Punch List) (“ Inspection Report ”). In case that no Relevant Punch List is found in the Inspection Report, the Parties shall then carry out the Building Formal Delivery, as described in Item 4.4 ( Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report). If any Relevant Punch List is discovered, the Developer Lessor shall remedy it by the end of the Work Conclusion Term.

 


4.3.1 Relevant and Irrelevant Punch List . The Inspection Report shall define any relevant works that are pending to Work conclusion, provided that any Building Delivery Requirements, as defined in item 4.4 ( Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report) (“ Relevant Punch List ”), shall be deemed relevant. It is hereby established that, once the Building Delivery Requirements have been met, the perfect living and occupancy condition of the Building by Lessee shall be undeniable characterized. Any and all punch list that is not characterized as a Relevant Punch List shall be automatically deemed an irrelevant punch list for purposes of this Agreement, and shall not prevent immediate receipt of the Work and the Building occupancy by Lessee (“ Irrelevant Punch List ”), without prejudice to the obligation to remedy any Irrelevant Punch List as set forth in item 4.5 (Existence of Irrelevant Punch List) below.

 

4.4 Building Delivery Requirements and Final Inspection Report . On the final date of the Work Conclusion Term, the Parties shall enter into the Final Inspection Report, certifying that there is no Relevant Punch List and, therefore, the Work conclusion (“ Final Inspection Report ”). The Final Inspection Report shall characterize the Building Formal Delivery to Lessee (“ Building Formal Delivery ”), as long as :

 

(i) all Relevant Punch List that may have been listed in the Inspection Report shall have been properly remedied;

 

(ii) the Building shall be in compliance with the Technical Documentation, especially with the Executive Project (considering any amendments thereto), and

 

(iii) the following shall have been obtained: (a)  the Fire Department Inspection Report or an equivalent document (“ AVCB ”), and/or (b)  the Work Conclusion Report or an equivalent document ( “Certificate of Occupancy ”) of the Building (items (i), (ii) and (iii) are hereinafter jointly referred to as “ Building Delivery Requirements ”).

 

4.4.1 Building Acceptance . Once the Building Delivery Requirements have been met, Lessee shall not delay the acceptance thereof, by refusing or hindering the execution of the Final Inspection Report, especially on an allegation that there is any Irrelevant Punch List to be remedied. In such event, the Fine for Delay in Work Delivery shall not be imposed on Developer Lessor and the provisions in item 4.4.3 (Building Automatic Acceptance) and 4.4.4 (Automatic Acceptance and Fine) below shall apply.

 

4.4.2 Final Delivery and Acceptance Deed . As an integral part of the Final Inspection Report, Lessee shall also execute a deed in the form set forth in Exhibit IV to this Agreement which, in summary, shall characterize the Building delivery and final acceptance by Lessee, without prejudice to subsequent remediation of any existing Irrelevant Punch List (“ Delivery and Acceptance Deed ”).

 

4.4.3 Building Automatic Acceptance . To the extent that the Building Delivery Requirements have been met, and only if Lessee fails to enter into the Final Inspection Report by refusal, carelessness or any other fact attributed to it, within five (05) business days as from receipt of a notice from Developer Lessor for that purpose, the Final Inspection Report shall be deemed to be automatically and fully accepted by Lessee, at which time the Work shall be regarded as concluded and the Building formally delivered to Lessee (“ Automatic Acceptance ”).

 

4.4.4 Automatic Acceptance and Fine . In the event of Automatic Acceptance, Lessee shall bear a daily fine corresponding to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fine for Delay in Work Delivery, until the Final Inspection Report has been duly executed by Lessee, considering that the failure to execute the Final Inspection Report may result in penalties imposed on Developer Lessor as part of the Funding.

 

4.4.5 Early Delivery . In case that the Building Delivery Requirements are met before the Work Conclusion Date, the Work Early Delivery shall be characterized, in which case all rules set forth in item 2.6.2 above ( Work Early Delivery ) shall be fulfilled.

 

4.5 Existence of Irrelevant Punch List . In case that there is any Irrelevant Punch List when the Building Delivery Requirements have been met and consequent execution of the Final Inspection Report, Lessee shall receive the Work ‘as is’, and Developer Lessor shall complete all Irrelevant Punch List within ninety (90) days as from the date of execution of the Final Inspection Report.

 


4.5.1 Irrelevant Punch List Acceptance Deed . Once any Irrelevant Punch List have been remedied by Developer Lessor, Lessee shall execute and deliver the Irrelevant Punch list release and delivery deed to Developer Lessor, subject to imposition of the same fine set forth in item 4.4.4 ( Automatic Acceptance and Fine) above.

 

4.6 Building Access for Installation of Structures. Lessee shall be entitled to enter the Building up to sixty (60) days before the Work Conclusion Date (“ Building Access ”) solely to enable the installation of structure of door, pallets and others; however, Lessee shall not carry out any commercial operations at the Property and, in any event, provided that (a)  it does not impair the Work performance and delivery within the Work Conclusion Term, and (b)  it is made in coordination with Developer Lessor, Manager and Construction Company. The Parties acknowledge that the Building Access shall be characterized as Building Partial Occupancy.

 

4.7 Occupancy by Lessee . Without prejudice to the right of Building Access, Lessee shall solely occupy the Building and start its proper operating activities on a definite basis once the Final Inspection Report has been prepared and executed, in addition to execution of the Delivery and Acceptance Deed.

 

4.7.1 Occupancy with Assumption of Risk . If Lessee, at its sole risk and liability, occupies the Building before the AVCB and the Certificate of Occupancy (this last one may be replaced with the interim operating permit, if applicable) have been obtained and submitted by Developer Lessor (“ Occupancy with Assumption of Risk ”), any claims occurred during such situation or any infraction notices, fines, administrative or judicial proceedings that may arise out of said fact shall be solely and exclusively borne by Lessee.

 

4.8 Occupancy and Acceptance of Relevant Punch List . As from the date when Lessee occupies the Building, all Relevant Punch List that may exist then, whether or not it was indicated in the Inspection Report, shall be automatically regarded as Irrelevant Punch List for purposes of this Agreement. As a result, Lessee shall be required to pay the Rent Amount, as defined in item 9.1 (Rent), but the procedure of resolution of Irrelevant Punch List set forth in item 4.5 ( Existence of Irrelevant Punch List ) shall apply.

 

4.9 Delivery of As Built and Work Documents . Within one hundred and twenty (120) days as from the Final Inspection Report, Developer Lessor shall provide Lessee with copy of the “as built” projects , together with user manual and certificate of warranty of the materials applied in the Work.

 

4.10 Events of Non-Imposition of Fine for Delay in Work Delivery. The delay to remedy any Irrelevant Punch List and to deliver the “as built” and any other documents referred to in item 4.9. (Delivery of As Built and Work Documents) shall not result in imposition of the Fine for Delay in Work Delivery and not entitle Lessee to terminate this Agreement, considering that said obligations do not affect the Work Conclusion Date.

SECTION FIVE – LIABILITY FOR THE WORK

 

5.1 Work Warranty . The Construction Company shall warrant to Developer Lessor and Lessee the soundness and security, the quality of the materials used (if the materials applied do not comply with the provisions in the Executive Project, including any amendments thereto, and with the Rules of the Brazilian Association of Technical Standards (ABNT) concerning the construction), as well as the repair of any structural failures and hidden defects arising out of the Work performance for the terms established by the applicable civil law and to be defined in the construction agreement.

 

5.1.1 Exercise of the Work Warranty. Lessee undertakes to firstly request directly to the Construction Company the resolution of any structural failures and hidden defects arising out of the Work performance, being established that Developer Lessor shall support it and take part in such claim, adopting together with Lessee any measures that may be reasonably required to ensure compliance with the obligations by the Construction Company.

 


SECTION SIX – BUILDING DESTINATION

 

6.1 Building Destination . The Building shall be exclusively used for installation and operation of a distribution center of Lessee, and may include any and all activities related to and/or associated with the destination referred to herein. Subject to penalty of characterization of contractual default, Lessee shall not carry out any activities that are not appropriate for the category of use under which the Building and the Development are classified, with due regard for any restrictions of zone and land use and occupancy imposed by the applicable municipality and any limitations or restrictions imposed by any state and/or federal rules.

 

6.1.1 Liability for Operating Permit . Lessee shall obtain, on its own account and expense, any permits and other authorizations required for regular performance of the activities that it shall carry out at the Development, exempting Developer Lessor from any liability or obligation for that purpose, and shall submit every documentation requested by Developer Lessor within five (05) business days as from request.

 

6.1.2 Issue of AVCB . Lessee acknowledges the existence of a Fire Department Inspection Report and permit issued precisely as set forth in the Technical Documentation and valid for the property of Developer Lessor, sufficient for the category without taking into account any layout project submitted by Lessee.

 

6.1.3 Need for Supplementation of the AVCB. If, in view of the activities to be performed by Lessee in the Building, any change and/or supplementation of said documents is required, especially those relating to the Building structure, such as the installation of sprinklers, command buttons, alarms, smoke detectors, hydrants and any other adaptations, Lessee shall request any such measure, within sixty (60) days as from the date of execution of the Final Inspection Report, by means of any proper instrument intended to request changes in Fire Department Inspection Reports, including any change in the AVCB category, in which case Lessee shall be fully liable for any expenses with such procedure.

 

6.2. Lessee’s Representations. Lessee hereby represents as follows:

 

(i) Lessee complies with any federal, state and municipal rules involved in the activities that it shall perform in the Development;

 

(ii) the activity to be performed by it in the Development does not conflict with the provisions issued by said authorities;

 

(iii) Lessee is aware of any federal, state and municipal rules and any use restrictions directly or indirectly related to the Building, the Development and the destination thereof;

 

(iv) the destination to be given to the Building is in compliance with the municipal urban ordinances applicable to the Development, as well as in relation to its general rules, internal regulations and any other applicable instruments.

SECTION SEVEN – TERM OF EFFECTIVENESS AND LEASE TERM

 

7.1 Lease Term Start Date . The Building Lease term is five (5) years, i.e., sixty (60) months (“ Lease Term ”), subject to the renewal procedure described in Section Eight ( Possibility of Lease Renewal), as from the date of execution of the Final Inspection Report and of the Delivery and Acceptance Deed, with due regard for the possibility of Lessee choosing the Occupancy with Assumption of Risk (“ Lease Term Start Date ”).

 

7.1.1 Definition of the Lease Term Start Date . It is hereby established that the Parties shall prepare and enter into an amendment to this Agreement in order to formalize the Lease Term Start Date.

 

7.2 Agreement Efficacy, Validity and Effectiveness . Notwithstanding the fact that the Lease Term and the date as from which the rent shall be due start on the Lease Term Start Date, this Agreement shall have efficacy, validity and effectiveness as from the date of its execution, as the rights of obligations of each of the Parties are hereby substantiated.

 


SECTION EIGHT – POSSIBILITY OF LEASE RENEWAL

 

8.1 Lease Renewal . Provided that Lessee is in compliance with the obligations undertaken by it under this Agreement, including the obligation to pay Rent, Lessee shall have the prerogative of claiming renewal of the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years, as set forth in this section, but not as established by Law No. 8245/91, as described below (“ Renewal Right” ).

 

8.1.1. Renewal Notice Term . The Renewal Right shall be exercised by Lessee, subject to penalty of preclusion thereof, upon written communication to Developer Lessor sent at least six (6) months in advance of the date of expiration of the original Lease. Lessee agrees that the advance term to exercise the Renewal Right is reasonable, considering the Development specificities and the efforts that shall be endeavored by Developer Lessor for identification, selection and contracting of a new lessee for the area, in case that Lessee is not interested in the renewal.

 

8.2 Renewal Commercial Conditions. The commercial conditions (including the Rent Amount) valid for the new lease cycle shall be established by mutual agreement between the Parties, after the exercise of the Renewal Right by Lessee. If the Parties fail to reach an agreement, the new rent shall be set by two companies specialized in the real estate field, of recognized trustworthiness, one of which shall be chosen by Developer Lessor at its expense, and the other one shall be chosen by Lessee at its expense, and the average amount found in the two valuations shall prevail for that purpose.

 

8.2.1 Relevant Difference between Reports and Third Party Appraiser. If the difference between the amounts indicated by the reports exceeds the limit of ten percent (10%), and the Parties have not reached by mutual agreement the amount of the new rent for said renewal until six (6) months before the Lease expiration, the Parties shall ask the respective companies contracted to prepare the valuation report to jointly indicate a third company, which shall also have a reputation in the market, to be in charge of determining the new rent amount (which shall necessarily employ the same methodology used by the other companies), and the average amount determined among the three valuations shall prevail as the new rent amount. Each Party shall be liable for paying fifty percent (50%) of the fees arising out of the engagement of said third company.

 

8.3 Legal System of the Second Lease Cycle . For purposes of renewal of the Lease, this Agreement shall be construed as a conventional non-residential lease agreement, and the same conditions established herein shall prevail, to the extent that they do not conflict with the rights granted to lessees in general, as provided for by Law No. 8245/91.

SECTION NINE – BUILDING RENT

 

9.1 Rent . In consideration for the funds contributed by Developer Lessor in the Building construction on a built-to-suit basis, as requested by Lessee, as well as for the Building Lease for the initial term established in this Agreement, Lessee shall pay to Developer Lessor, on a monthly basis and in advance the rent of five hundred and seventy-three thousand, one hundred and thirty-six Reais (R$573,136.00), equivalent to twenty Reais per square meter (R$20.00/m 2 ) (“ Rent Amount ”), with due regard for the provisions in Section Ten below ( Rent Adjustment).

 

9.1.1 Grace Period . The Parties agree that, as long as Lessee is in compliance with all its obligations set forth in this Agreement, Lessee shall be entitled to the grace period for payment of the Rent Amount equivalent to one (1) month, provided, however, that said grace period shall not apply to any lease charges that shall be due by Lessee as set forth in this Agreement, including during the grace period, and shall not affect the Lease Term Start Date in any manner whatsoever.

 

9.2 Payment of Rents . The rents shall be paid on the 1 st day of each month, being established that the terms relating to payment of any rents shall be postponed to the first (1 st ) subsequent business day in case that the maturity falls on any day other than a business day, without any accrual on the amounts to be paid by Lessee. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Business Day ” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or a national holiday.

 


9.3 Rent Payment method . The payments relating to rents shall be made by means of bank deposit in a checking account to be indicated by Developer Lessor in due time, and the release shall take place upon confirmation by the bank of actual credit in the beneficiary’s account.

 

9.3.1 Payment Directly to any Assignee . In case that the Funding takes place, Developer Lessor may request that any payments relating to the rents be made by means of bank deposit in the checking account of its Assignee, to be indicated by Developer Lessor in due time, and the release shall take place upon confirmation by the bank of actual credit in the beneficiary’s account.

 

9.4 Failure to Pay Rent. Any rents due and unpaid by the respective maturity dates shall be subject to default interest of one percent (1%) per month and delay fine of ten percent (10%), without prejudice to monetary restatement by the index set forth in item 10.1 below ( Rent Adjustment), calculated on a prorata tempore basis.

 

9.4.1 Delay and Forbearance . The receipt of any rents in arrears, i.e., received after the respective maturity, shall not be reason for novation, and shall be deemed mere forbearance by Developer Lessor or its Assignee, in case of Funding.

 

9.5 Failure to Pay Rent. The failure to pay the amount of any of the rents by the respective maturity dates shall be characterized as legal and contractual infractions and enable Developer Lessor to immediately collect the amount due, together with the penalties set forth in item 9.4 ( Failure to Pay Rent), being established that, if the amount in arrears is not paid by Lessee within five (05) Business Days, Developer Lessor or its Assignee, in case of Funding, may consider this Agreement terminated, at its sole discretion, and immediately file an action for eviction due to failure to make payment, accumulated with enforcement of the amounts due by Lessee by way of indemnity, as established in item 16.1. ( Early Termination), and/or any actions for collection of rents and charges.

 

9.6. Rent Payment before Maturity . The Parties hereby agree that Developer Lessor shall not receive any rent paid before the respective maturity, considering that this is a built- to -suit Lease which may involving Funding by Developer Lessor.

SECTION TEN – RENT ADJUSTMENTS

 

10.1 Rent Adjustment . During the term of this Agreement, the rents shall be adjusted from and including the month immediately before the Lease Term Start Date, including to the month immediately before the Lease Term Start Date, based on the accrued variation of the Extended National Consumer Price Index disclosed by the Brazilian Institute of Geography and Statistics (“IPCA/IBGE”), and as from such date, at each annual period or at any shorter periodicity established by law.

 

10.1.1. Example of Rent Adjustments . For the sake of example, assuming that the Lease Term Start Date is equivalent to September 1, 2016, the first rent due by Lessee shall be monetarily restated by the accrued variation of the IPCA/IBGE from and including October 2014 to and including September 2016, provided that said monetarily restated rent shall be paid by Lessee to Developer Lessor on the Lease Term Start Date. As a result, the calculation of the first restated rent shall be made in accordance with the following formula:

First Restated Rent = Rent Base x CM, where:

Base Rent = R$573,136.00.

 

CM =                            

   NI n   , where
   NI o  

NI n = Index number of the IPCA/IBGE for September 2016.

NI o = Index number of the IPCA/IBGE for October 2014.

 


10.2. Index Discontinuation. In the event that the IPCA/IBGE is discontinued or deemed legally non-applicable to this Agreement, the Parties hereby agree that the amounts set in this Agreement shall be automatically restated by the Consumer Price Index calculated and disclosed by the Economic Research Institute Foundation of São Paulo State University (“ IPC/FIPE ”) or, in case of impossibility to use said index, then any other applicable official index legally recognized an permitted, among those that better reflect the inflation in the period. Said new index to be defined by mutual agreement between the Parties shall be indicated in an amendment to the Agreement.

 

10.3 Automatic Adjustment . The rent adjustment in accordance with the criteria above shall be automatic, and Developer Lessor shall notify Lessee of the new rent amount two (02) Business Days in advance of the respective maturity.

 

10.4 Non-Disclosure of the Index . Upon occurrence of rent adjustments, if the applicable index is not disclosed by the payment date, the amount shall be adjusted based on the accrued variation of the last twelve (12) Indexes published, and no adjustment shall be due between Developer Lessor and Lessee after disclosure of the index that had not been previously disclosed.

SECTION ELEVEN – JUDICIAL REVIEW OF THE RENT

 

11.1 Waiver of Rent adjustment action. The Parties expressly represent and acknowledge that the rents (i) are significant compensation to the Developer Lessor for the investments made, including, without limitation, the performance of the Work, as determined by the Lessee, as well as the purchase of the Property, (ii) constitute compensation for the Lease for the minimum period of five (5) years, and (iii) may be used as collateral to the Funding, and, consequently, no market value shall apply for purposes of any rent adjustment action. Therefore, each of the Developer Lessor and the Lessee waives, by mutual agreement, to its respective rights to file an rent adjustment action under article 54-A, paragraph 1 of Law No. 8245/91.

 

11.2 Right of Rent adjustment action in the Event of Renewal. The Parties expressly represent and acknowledge that, if this Agreement is renewed, subject to the provisions of Section Eight ( Possibility of Renewal of the Lease ), the rights to seek judicial review of the Rent Amount may be exercised, in which case the provisions of the preceding section shall not apply.

SECTION TWELVE – NO OFFSET

 

12.1 No Offset. In accordance with article 380 of the Brazilian Civil Code, the Lessee shall not offset any claim it holds or may hold against the Developer Lessor or the Assignee, as the case may be, including those relating to any fines payable to it by the Developer Lessor in connection with this Agreement, against any payment obligation assumed by the Lessee to the Developer Lessor or to the Assignee as a result of this Agreement or of the Funding.

The purpose of this Section is to prevent any interruption in the rent flow during the term of the Agreement, as such assumption is of the essence for the feasibility of the transaction hereunder.

SECTION THIRTEEN – OBLIGATIONS

 

13.1 Obligations of the Developer Lessor. Without prejudice to any other obligations set forth in this Agreement, the Developer Lessor shall be required, in addition to its other obligations specified elsewhere in this Agreement, to (i) deliver the Building to the Lessee in a condition appropriate to its intended use and (ii) ensure the peaceable use of the Building leased hereunder during the term of the Lease.


13.2 Obligations of the Lessee. The Lessee shall be required, in addition to its other obligations specified elsewhere in this Agreement, to (i) pay the rents and respective Lease charges directly to whomever is entitled thereto and on the agreed-upon dates, (ii) use the Building and the Development for the purposes set forth in this Agreement, (iii) give notice to the Developer Lessor of any and all betterments to the Building, subject to the provisions of sub-item 14.1.1 ( Betterment Notice ) of this Agreement, (iv) return the Building upon expiration of the Lease in habitable conditions and in the conditions stipulated in this Agreement, (v) assume any and all responsibilities for the maintenance works relating to the preservation and maintenance of the Building, including environmental ones, as well as those intended to restore the conditions of use thereof, it being understood that it agrees, for such purpose, to perform the maintenance the facilities and equipment in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and manuals, as well as the environmental maintenance of the Development, (vi) promptly fix any damage to the Development or to the Building facilities caused by the Lessee or by its employees, suppliers, or users, (vii) not alter the internal or external structural layout of the Development without prior written consent from the Developer Lessor or from the Assignee, in the event of Funding, (viii) immediately deliver to the Developer Lessor any process, fines, or notices relating to the Development issued by government authorities, (ix) pay, on or after the Date of Completion of the Work, all expenses relating to utilities installed on the Development, insurance premiums, and taxes directly relating to the Building (i.e. condominium charges, electricity, gas, water, sewage, and Urban Real Estate Tax (IPTU), among others) directly to the collection agencies and immediately send to the Developer Lessor, on a monthly basis, copies of the respective payment receipts, or proportionally, when such costs are already included in the condominium charges, (x) allow the inspection of the Building, upon prior agreement as to the date and time, by the Developer Lessor and by third parties, if the Development is offered to sale, provided that such Inspection may not interfere with the operations of the Lessee, (xi) assume responsibility for the installations, cleaning, conservation, and painting of the Building, including hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, and safety equipment, as well as for firefighting installations and fire department inspections, (xii) fully comply with the internal regulations, (xiii) pay the ordinary condominium expenses, if applicable, (xiv) assume responsibility for the installations, cleaning, conservation, and painting of the Building, shelves (if applicable), equipment (hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, and safety), and all other installations mentioned in the Building Specifications, on and after the date of delivery by the Developer Lessor and acceptance by the Lessee of the Work, except for the Irrelevant Punch List items, as well as for the maintenance of the installations against fire and future Fire Department inspections and other inspections required for the operations of the Lessee, in the latter case on and after the Lease Term Start Date, (xv) assume liability for any environmental losses attributable to the Lessee that may occur after the Building is occupied by the Lessee, (xvi) consent, if required, with the securitization process relating to the receivables arising from this Agreement, solely with respect to the assignment of the credits and to the measures inherent in such assignment as required by the Brazilian Securities Commission (the “ CVM ”), in accordance with the drafts normally used by the Developer Lessor in similar securitization processes, subject to the duty of the Developer Lessor, in such case, to give notice to the Lessee of the actual assignment thereof, in accordance with article 290 of the Brazilian Civil Code, and (xvii) provide, upon request from the Developer Lessor, with sufficient advance, to a credit rating (‘‘ Rating ”) agency selected by the Developer Lessor at its sole discretion and/or to the CVM the last three (3) annual statements of income and balance sheets and the organization chart of the Lessee and of the Surety for purposes of credit rating in connection with the securitization of the real estate receivables arising from this Agreement or issuance of other securities relating thereto, as well as provide such data on an annual basis so as to maintain the “Rating” of the transaction and comply with the applicable CVM regulations during the term of this Agreement.

 

13.3 Liability for Taxes. After the Lease Term Start Date, the Lessee shall be solely responsible for the payment of all taxes, fees, and charges (a) levied on the Building and/or (b) required by the relevant authorities for the exercise of its activities.

 

13.3.1 Tax Exemption During the Implementation of the Building . The Developer Lessor exempts the Lessee from any liability in connection with the payment of Taxes, fees, and contributions relating to the implementation of the Building, including those assessed after the Lease Term Start Date.


SECTION FOURTEEN – BETTERMENTS AND CONSERVATION OF THE BUILDING

 

14.1 Betterments to the Building. Any betterments to the Building that the Lessee may wish to perform shall depend upon prior express written approval from the Developer Lessor before the start of any works or procedures in connection therewith.

 

14.1.1 Betterment Notice . If the Lessee wishes to introduce any betterment to the Building, it shall give written notice to the Developer Lessor containing detailed information on the Codes it wishes to introduce, including plans and sketches of the intended modification, if applicable (“Betterment Notice”).

 

14.1.2 Deadline for Reply to the Betterment Notice. Upon receipt of a Betterment Notice, the Developer Lessor shall then grant or justify its denial of authorization within ten (10) calendar days from the date of receipt of such Betterment Notice .

 

14.1.3 Necessary Improvements . If any necessary betterment needs to be implemented on the Building, i.e. structural betterments for the purpose of conserving or preventing the deterioration of the real property, the Lessee shall mandatorily give written notice thereof to the Developer Lessor, which, after effectively verifying such need, and provided that such need does not result from lack of maintenance or misuse of the Building, shall, if such betterment has a demonstrable emergency nature, start procedures to perform such betterments as promptly as possible after receiving such request, at its own expenses, and complete such betterments as soon as technically possible; otherwise, the Lessee shall perform such betterments and request reimbursement of any sums spent for such purpose, provided that such sums are consistent with the then-prevailing market prices, from the Developer Lessor, which, in this case, the Lessee shall send to the Developer Lessor the invoice or invoices stating the costs incurred so that the Developer Lessor may, at its sole discretion, approve such costs and, within five (5) business days from the receipt of such invoices, provides such reimbursement to the Lessee.

 

14.1.4 Betterment Execution Criteria . Any and all betterments to the Building shall (i) comply with the same construction standard used in the Building and in the Development, (ii) not affect the safety and solidity of the existing buildings when performed, (iii) comply with the Brazilian Standards Institute (ABNT) standards, (iv) be duly approved by the relevant authorities, when required, it being understood that such approval shall be obtained at the expenses and under the sole responsibility of the Lessee, and (v) be reflected in the records of the Property with the local Municipal Government and with the Real Estate Registry whenever they impact the built area.

 

14.2 Removal of Installations. For the purposes of this Agreement, installations of a professional nature, machinery, equipment, furniture, and industrial or commercial appliances introduced in the Building shall not be deemed betterments or accessions and may be removed upon expiration of the Agreement, provided that such removal does not modify or otherwise affect the structure and the features of the Building and of the Development.

 

14.3 Removal of Betterments. Any removable betterments to the Building may be removed upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, provided that no damage, including structural damage, is caused to the Building or to the Development.

 

14.4 Incorporation into the Building. Any betterments authorized by the Developer Lessor shall be incorporated into the Building, and the Lessee shall not be required to restore the Building to its state prior to such betterments, unless the Developer Lessor has expressly indicated, in the statement of authorization of betterments, the need for removal of a betterment at the time of return of the Building.

 

14.5 Indemnification for Betterments. The Lessee shall not be entitled to any indemnification, reimbursement, or retention of the Building by virtue of any betterments it may perform, whether useful or elective, even when authorized by Developer Lessor, to the exception of necessary betterments, in accordance with the provisions of item 14.1.3 ( Necessary Betterments ) above.

 

14.6 Removable betterments may be removed from the Building by the Lessee, at its sole expenses, upon expiration of this lease. If the Lessee fails to remove such removable betterments, the Developer Lessor may, at its sole discretion:

 

(i) Incorporate such betterments into the Building; or


(ii) Remove such betterments at the expenses of the Lessee, which, in such case, shall be responsible for the payment of rents and charges for the time necessary for the removal of such betterments by the Developer Lessor.

 

14.7 Liability of the Lessee. The Lessee shall be held solely liable for any damage or loss to any employees, contractors, subcontractors, or third parties as a result of any betterments it may be authorized to perform on the Building.

 

14.8 Exposure of Trademarks and Logos in Signs. The Lessee may only include any type of outdoor sign on the Building and/or on the Development upon prior express consent from the Developer Lessor.

SECTION FIFTEEN – BUILDING RETURN

 

15.1 Building Return. Upon expiration of the term of the Lease or termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Lessee shall vacate the Building and return it free from persons and things and in a state of repair consistent with wear and tear arising from normal use and from the time elapsed by then, it being understood that the Building shall be clean and fully painted (both internally and externally) as received by the Lessee and described in the Final Inspection Report.

 

15.2 Return Notice. The Lessee shall give notice to the Developer Lessor at least sixty (60) days in advance of the stipulated date of return of the Building (the “Building Return Notice”) and shall deliver it to the Developer Lessor on the agreed-upon date and in perfect state of repair, in accordance with Item 15.1 above ( Building Return ).

 

15.3 Building Return Inspection. Within fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of the Building Return Notice, or, in the event of early termination, as promptly as such early termination occurs, the Building shall be inspected by the Developer Lessor in order to review any changes in its state of repair and in its accessories and belongings (the “Final Inspection”) so that, after the appropriate repairs, the Lessee may deliver the keys to the Developer Lessor and receives release of its contractual obligations.

 

15.3.1 Delivery of Documents on Return . The Lessee shall further provide, upon expiration of the lease, the Developer Lessor with the following documents:

 

(i) A (Technical Service Form (FAT), if any, in case the Fire Department permit needs to be supplemented, and an operating permit issued by the Municipal Government, each duly valid and effective;

 

(ii) Certificate of No Outstanding Real Estate Tax Liability issued by the municipality of Extrema, MG;

 

(iii) Certificate of Good Standing of the Property issued by the Department of Finance of the Municipality of Extrema, MG; and

 

(iv) Original proofs of payment of lease charges for the last twelve (12) months of the lease.

 

15.4 Repairs. If any repairs or works are found to be needed, the Parties shall establish a schedule to be complied with by the Lessee, it being understood that such repairs and/or works shall have the same level of technical quality of the construction of the Building and of the Development. The lessee shall remain responsible for the lease under this Agreement and for any other charges until all the repairs mentioned in this section are completed.

 

15.4.1 Engagement of Third Parties for Repairs . The Lessee may, within fifteen (15) days from the date of definition of the schedule set forth in item 15.4 above (Repairs ), at its sole expenses, engage a reputable firm, which shall be in charge of the respective repairs or of the performance of the works mentioned in this item 15.4 ( Repairs ), without, however, becoming exempt from its obligations to the Developer Lessor. If the Lessee fails to so engage within the abovementioned term, the Developer may do so at its sole discretion, it being understood that the Lessee shall reimburse all sums disbursed by the Developer Lessor within five (5) business days from the date of notice from the Developer Lessor to the Lessee requesting such reimbursement.


15.5 Damages Found During the Inspection. The amount of damages found during the Final Inspection, if verified by a firm notoriously specialized in such type of inspections, is hereby acknowledged as a clear legal debt enforceable by means of the applicable action.

 

15.6 Delivery Environmental Report. The Developer Lessor shall, no later than forty-five (45) days before the delivery of the Property, whether by virtue of expiration of the lease or termination prior to the vacancy thereof, provide a report prepared by a specialized engineer or by a first-rate specialized environmental appraisal firm (whose report shall comply with the same assumptions and analyses made by the Initial Environmental Report described in item 17.1.1 – Initial Environmental Report ) (the “ Delivery Environmental Report”).

 

15.6.1 Purpose of the Delivery Environmental Report. The purpose of the Delivery Environmental Report shall be to demonstrate that the use of the Building by the Lessee (including any assignees and/or sublessees and the respective members, employees, contractors, subcontractors, service providers, consultants, and clients of the Lessee) ( a ) did not cause any environmental damage to the Building, to the property, to the Development, and/or to the parking lot used by the Lessee, e ( b ) did not violate any applicable administrative and environmental rules.

 

15.6.2 Delivery Environmental Report Costs. Notice of the expenses relating to the preparation of the Delivery Environmental Report shall be given to the Lessee before the start of the works and shall be fully borne by the Lessee by reimbursement to the Developer Lessor within five (5) business days from the date of written request from the Developer Lessor.

 

15.6.3 Reparation of Damage Found. If the Delivery Environmental Report indicates any damage or violation during the term when the Lessee held possession of the Building, even if subsequently found, the Lessee shall be responsible for fully repairing any damage found or correcting any ordinances that caused such legal violation, discuss the measures to be taken with the Developer Lessor, including any measures that may be required for the cleaning, recovery, and adaptation of the Building, and bear all costs and expenses therefrom, all in compliance with the legal provisions and with the environmental protection legal and administrative requirements. The Lessee shall not be released from its obligation set forth in this item until another environmental report is provided demonstrating its full compliance with such rules or remediation of any environmental damage caused.

 

15.6.4. Unqualified Delivery Environmental Report. If the Delivery Environmental Report concludes that the environmental rules were satisfactorily complied with by the Lessee and that there is no environmental issue in the Property under the legal environmental protection provisions, the Lessee shall be automatically released from such obligations, subject to any liabilities subsequently required by administrative authorities with respect to the period during which the Lessee held possession of the Property. In this case, the Developer Lessor shall allow the Lessee to exercise its defense right before such authorities, even if formulated by the Developer Lessor.

SECTION SIXTEEN – EARLY TERMINATION

 

16.1 Early Termination. This Agreement may be fully terminated if the Lessee fails to perform any obligations under this Agreement, including, in particular, without limitation, the payment of rents, subject to the provisions of item 19.1 ( Default ) with respect to events of default.

 

16.1.1 Early Termination of the Lease and Payment of Indemnity . In the event set forth in item 16.1 ( Early Termination ), or if the Lessee voluntarily terminates this Agreement prior to its expiration, the Lessee shall pay to the Developer Lessor, by way of liquidated damages, an amount corresponding to the time remaining until the expiration of the Lease multiplied by the rent amount at the time of such event, as adjusted for inflation as established in this Agreement, on a daily prorated basis (the “ Indemnity ”), in accordance with article 54-A, paragraph 22 of Law No. 8.245/91.


16.1.2. Events of Early Termination . The following shall also constitute events of early termination of the Lease of the Building under this Agreement, in which case the indemnity shall also be payable to the Developer Lessor (together, the “Events of Early Termination”):

 

(i) Lawful protest of extrajudicial instruments against the lessee in an individual or aggregate amount in excess of one hundred and ten million Reais (R$110,000,000.00) for the Lessee, as duly adjusted for inflation by the index agreed upon in Agreement, or its equivalent in other currencies, unless, within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of such protest, (a) the Lessee can validly prove, as the case may be, that such protest or protests were made by error or due to bad faith of third parties, (b) that such protest or protests were cancelled, (c) that bond was posted before a court, or (d) that such protest was suspended.

 

(ii) If the Lessee requests any out-of-court reorganization plan to any creditor or class of creditors, regardless of application for or granting of judicial ratification of such plan, or if the Lessee requests liquidation/court-supervised reorganization before a court, regardless of order for processing such liquidation/reorganization or of the granting thereof by the court of competent jurisdiction, or if the Lessee and/or the Surety requests voluntary bankruptcy;

 

(iii) Liquidation, dissolution, winding up, or request for or adjudication of bankruptcy of the Lessee;

 

(iv) In the event of any default of a monetary obligation which is not cured within five (5) days, or of a non-monetary obligation within thirty (30) days, each assumed by the Lessee under this Agreement;

 

(v) In the event of relevant deterioration of the economic and financial condition of the Lessee;

 

(vi) If any imposts, taxes, or fees assessed or levied on the Building are not timely paid;

 

(vii) If the Lessee fails to maintain the Building and the Development in a good state of repair, safety, and habitability or performs any demolition works and/or betterments in violation of the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(viii) If the Development area is condemned, wholly or in part, in accordance with item 18.3 ( Expropriation );

 

(ix) In the event of assignment or transfer by the Lessee of its rights and obligations under this Agreement without consent from the Developer Lessor; or

 

(x) If the Condition Subsequent set forth in item 1.2 ( Condition Subsequent ) and its sub-items is met.

 

16.1.3 Verification of Default. The Events of Acceleration may give rise to early termination of this Agreement, subject to prior compliance with the provisions of item 19.1 ( Default ), particularly with respect to the cure periods set forth therein, if any.

 

16.1.4 Payment of the Indemnity . The Indemnity shall be paid by the Lessee within five (5) business days from the date of expiration of the term established to cure the default, or, if no such term is established, the Indemnity shall be paid by the Lessee within twenty (20) days from the date of receipt of written notice from the Developer Lessor to such effect.

 

16.1.5 Vacancy of the Property . In the event of early termination of this Lease, the Lessee shall, within one hundred and eighty (180) days from the due date of the Indemnity, completely vacate the Development and return it to the Developer Lessor in accordance with the provisions of Section Fifteen ( Building Return ).

 

16.1.6 Scope of the Indemnity. The purpose of the Indemnity, in accordance with article 473, sole paragraph of the Brazilian Civil Code, is to (i) compensate for all the investments made by the Developer Lessor in the construction of the Building, performed especially to meet the purposes and needs of the Lessee, as well as for the purchase of the Property, and (ii) settle the Funding, if applicable.

 

16.2 Damages. The events of early termination set forth above contemplate any damages and other losses arising from termination to be suffered by the Developer Lessor, including, for example, any expenses, costs, and investments in which the Developer Lessor incurred and will incur to afford this Lease solely in order to meet the purposes and needs of the Lessee.


16.2.1 Enforceability of the Indemnity. The Lessee acknowledges that the right of the Developer Lessor to receive the Indemnity in the events set forth in this Section 16 ( Early Termination ) is clear, legal, and enforceable and that this Agreement constitutes an extrajudicial enforceable instrument.

SECTION SEVENTEEN—ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITY

 

17.1 Environmental Liability. The Lessee assumes the obligation to, on and after the Date of Completion of the Work, use the Development in compliance with the applicable environmental, health, and safety rules, and the Lessee shall take all measures to preclude and prevent and the Development from becoming subject to judicial or administrative proceedings in connection with any violation of such rules.

 

17.1.1 Initial Environmental Report. The Lessee represents and acknowledges, for the due purposes and effects, that the Developer Lessor shall engage, upon completion of the Work, a specialized firm accredited by the appropriate government entity to prepare an environmental report (the “Initial Environmental Report”) attesting to the current conditions of the property and that there is no environmental liability or environmental contamination whatsoever in the Property as of the Lease Term Start Date.

 

17.3 Hazardous Substances. The Lessee agrees to adequately use, store, and dispose of any hazardous substances whose use may be required for the activities of the Lessee on the Development, in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations.

 

17.3 Environmental Licenses. The Lessee shall obtain, when applicable, any environmental licenses relating to the Development resulting from the activities developed by the Lessee, for which it shall be held solely liable, including for the payment of any indemnities and sanctions imposed by government authorities as a result of its activities, and it agrees to indemnify the Developer Lessor for all losses it may suffer as a result of any non-compliance with such environmental laws, as well as to assume liability, at any time, for any environmental damage that may result from the activities performed by the Lessee on the Development and to fully indemnify and redress any direct consequences thereof to the Developer Lessor, to third parties, or to government authorities, without any limitation and without prejudice to any other liabilities that may arise therefrom and from the penalties set forth in Agreement.

 

17.4 Preservation of Areas. The Lessee agrees to comply, when applicable to the activities it is to exercise on the Development, with any directions from the Developer Lessor as to the preservation of areas that are relevant from the environmental perspective, in accordance with all the recommendations of the Environmental Impact Study/Environmental Impact Report (EIA/RIMA) and of the environmental licenses and with the directions and orders from the relevant environmental entities with respect to the planning, implementation, operation, and maintenance of the Development.

 

17.5 Environmental Audit. During the term of this Agreement, the Developer Lessor shall be entitled to conduct one environmental audit of the Development per year upon five (5) days’ advance written request.

 

17.5.1 Exceptional Audits. Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding item, the Developer Lessor may conduct environmental audits on an exceptional basis, upon at least five (5) days’ advance notice, in case of any event caused by the Lessee or by its subcontractors that, in the understanding of the Developer Lessor, may indicate a potential environmental damage or violation of environmental legal provisions.

 

17.5.2 Conduct of Exceptional Audits. Such audits, which shall be conducted at the sole expenses of the Developer Lessor, shall be intended to verify whether or not the Lessee is in compliance with the applicable environmental, health, and safety rules.


SECTION EIGHTEEN – INSURANCE, PARTIAL OR TOTAL DESTRUCTION OF THE DEVELOPMENT, EXPROPRIATION, AND GUARANTEES

 

18.1 Obligation to Purchase Lease Insurance. The Lessee agrees to purchase and maintain in force, throughout the lease term and as long as its possession of the property continues, including during any extensions thereof for an indefinite or definite period, whether under law or in accordance with this Agreement, insurance on the Building from a first-rate insurer, subject to the terms of this Section Eighteen.

 

18.2 Acknowledgement of the Existing Insurance. The Lessee acknowledges that the first phase of the Development has been duly insured by insurance already purchased by the Developer Lessor from Allianz Seguros (under a new policy to be issued as a renewal of policy No. 03.96.0001831, which in turn shall be effective until October 10, 2014), with ( a ) a declared total risk value for the first phase of the Development and other integral parts of Fernão Dias Business Park of ( a . 1 ) forty-four million eight hundred thousand Reais (R$44,800,000.00) for property damages and ( a . 2 ) eight million five hundred and eighty-five thousand four hundred and ninety-four Reais and fifty-six cents (R$8,585,494.56) for loss of profits (i.e. loss of rent and condominium charges), and ( b ) effective coverage with a single maximum Indemnity limit sub-limited to the declared Value at Risk for the first phase of the Development, in accordance with the table below (the “Development Insurance”):

 

COVERAGE

   SCENARIO A  

Material Damage

 

Basic – Fire (including as a result of turmoil), Lighting Strike / Explosion of Any Nature

   R$ 99,232,000.00  

Windstorm, Hurricane, Hailstorm, Smoke and Vehicles Impact

   R$ 10,000,000.00  

Electrical Damages

   R$ 1,000,000.00  

Burglary or Theft of Goods

   R$ 100,000.00  

Electronic Devices without Burglary

   R$ 50,000.00  

Turmoil, Strikes, Lock-out, Civil Unrest and Willful Acts

   R$ 100,000.00  

Flooding / Inundation

   R$ 100,000.00  

Collapses

   R$ 100,000.00  

Leak of Tanks and Pipes

   R$ 100,000.00  

Loss of Profit arising from Basic Coverage:

 

Fixed Expenses / Indemnification Period of 12 months

   R$ 3,908,258.24  

Loss of Lease Proceeds / Indemnification Period of 12 months

   R$ 22,179,397.91  

 

18.2.1 Changes to the Insurance. The Parties hereby agree that the Developer Lessor may change the Development Insurance in order to expand the area currently effective and to include the Building area.

 

13.2.2. Insurance Beneficiary . The Lessee acknowledges that the Developer Lessor is currently the only insurance indemnity beneficiary, strictly in accordance with a copy of the insurance policy attached to this Agreement as Exhibit V (the “Insurance Policy”), it being understood that it may name a new beneficiary, albeit a partial one, in the event of the Funding.

 

18.3 Specific Obligations of the Lessee as to Insurance. The Lessee agrees to:

 

(i) If the Developer Lessor (or the Condominium, if and when incorporated) elects not to renew the policy in force, purchase and maintain in force, throughout the lease term and as long as its possession continues, including any extensions thereof for an indefinite or definite period, whether under law or in accordance with this Agreement, insurance on the Property covering the respective costs with the current insurer or with any other insurance of its own free choice among first-rate insurers, whose insurance contract terms meet the specifications set forth in this Agreement or in the non-renewed policy and are appropriate to the activities to be exercised and to the use of the Property by the Lessee, it being understood that it shall name the Developer Lessor, the Condominium (if and when incorporated), or, if the Funding occurs, the Assignee as the sole beneficiary thereof and exempt the beneficiaries from any indemnity liability in the event of a claim; and


(ii) Fully bear the costs of the Property insurance contract purchased or to be purchased by the Developer Lessor (or to be purchased by the Condominium when incorporated) and assume full and sole liability, under penalty of breach of contract, for reimbursing the Developer Lessor (or the Condominium, as the case may be) for all sums arising from such contract and any renewal thereof under the same conditions established in item 18.2 above ( Acknowledgement of the Existing Insurance ), which costs shall be determined in proportion to the Building area, given the option of the Developer Lessor (or of the Condominium, if and when incorporated) to purchase insurance for the entire Development under a single policy.

 

18.3.1 Costs of Insurance Purchased by the Lessee. If the Developer Lessor (or the Condominium, if and when incorporated) elects the option set forth in clause “i” of Item 18.3 above ( Specific Obligations of the Lessee as to Insurance ), the Lessee shall be required to renew the Policy every year, without interruption, by bearing all the respective costs so as to maintain the Building duly insured throughout the term of the occupancy thereof, it being understood that the Developer Lessor, the Condominium (if and when incorporated), or, if the Funding occurs, the Assignee shall be the sole beneficiary thereof. Furthermore, the Lessee shall send to the Developer Lessor proof of such insurance contract and the relevant policy within ten (10) days and forty-five (45) days, respectively, from the date when the Lessee elects the option set forth in clause “i” of item 18.3 above and within fifteen (15) days from each policy renewal period.

 

18.3.2 Costs of Insurance Purchased by the Developer Lessor. In the event set forth in clause “ii” of Item 18.3 above ( Specific Obligations of the Lessee as to Insurance ), the reimbursement of the sum owed by the Lessee to the Developer Lessor ( or to the Condominium, as the case may be) shall be made by the same due date and under the same terms of the payment made by the Developer Lessor within twenty (20) days from the date when the latter proves the payment of the respective sums or in accordance with the provisions set forth by the Condominium, as the case may be, it being understood that, in the event of late payment, the provisions of item 9.4 ( Lack of Payment of the Rent ) shall apply.

 

18.4 No Limitation of Liability. The purchase of the insurance policy referred to in this Section Eighteen shall not, under any circumstances, be construed as ( a ) an exemption from or limitation of the liabilities, obligations, or any other contractual and/or legal duties of the Lessee, (b)  an assumption of any liability of the Lessee by the Developer Lessor (or by the Condominium, if and when incorporated), or ( C )  sufficient to cover all the risks, liabilities, or any contractual and/or legal obligations of the Lessee.

 

18.5 Insurance Indemnity. If the insurer denies the payment of the Development Insurance indemnity on the grounds that the Development was unlawfully occupied due to any non-compliance with the conditions of the respective policy or non-compliance with any municipal, state, and/or federal ordinances applicable to the Development, or if there is no such insurance policy in force at the time of the claim, this Agreement shall be deemed terminated, in which case the Lessee shall be required to pay the Indemnity to the Developer Lessor or to the Assignee, in the event of the Funding.

 

18.6 Total or Partial Loss of the Development. In the event of total or partial loss of the Development, if the time to rebuild the Development is equal to or less than twelve (12) months, as determined by a reputable firm with notorious expertise in the area engaged by the Developer Lessor, at its own expenses, the Developer Lessor shall be required to fully or partially rebuild the Development, as the case may be, up to the limit of the indemnified amount and to use the Development Insurance Indemnity for such rebuilding. If the time to rebuild the Development is greater than twelve (12) months, the Lessee shall be entitled to decide whether or not the Development is to be rebuilt and to use the Development Insurance indemnity for such full or partial rebuilding of the Development up to the limit of the indemnified amount. In each case, the time to assess and/or investigate the damage by such reputable firm with notorious expertise and/or by the relevant authorities shall be deducted from the time to rebuild the Development.

 

18.6.1 Obligations in the Event of Partial or Total Loss. In the event described in item 18.6 ( Total or Partial Loss of the Development ), the Lessee hereby irrevocably and irreversibly agrees to pay the total Rent Amount, less the amount to be covered by loss of revenue insurance, as the case may be, without any interruption.


18.7 Rebuilding of the Development. If the total or partial rebuilding of the Development takes longer than twelve (12) months, and the Lessee elects not to rebuild it, this Agreement shall be deemed automatically terminated, in which case the Lessee shall pay to the Developer Lessor the amount corresponding to the positive difference, if any, between (i) the indemnity amount and (ii) the indemnity amount paid as a result of the Development Insurance.

 

18.8 Expropriation. In the event of partial or total expropriation of the Development, given that the Lessee has chosen, at its sole discretion, the location of the Property to execute the Work and implement the Building so as to meet its needs, this Agreement shall remain in full force as long as the Lessee remains able to regularly exercise its activities. In this case, the Lessee shall continue to be required to pay the rents payable and, in the event of termination of this Agreement, the Lessee shall be required to pay to the Developer Lessor or to the Assignee, in the event of the Funding, an amount corresponding to half the positive difference, if any, between (i) the indemnity and (ii) the expropriation money paid by the expropriating authority, as defined in administrative proceedings.

 

18.9 Guarantee. In order to secure the faithful performance of all the obligations assumed by the Lessee in this Agreement, the Lessee agrees, within fifteen (15) days from the Lease Term Start Date, to submit to the Developer Lessor sufficient documentary evidence of the purchase of surety bond issued by a first-rate financial institution of renowned repute and previously approved by the Developer Lessor, in the minimum amount of twelve (12) times the rent prevailing at the time of such contract, which shall be valid throughout the term of this Agreement and/or any renewals thereof, as well as to maintain such guarantee valid until the Property is effectively returned, even if this Lease is in force for an indefinite period, under penalty of contractual default.

 

18.9.1 Guarantee Renewal. The Lessee shall mandatorily submit to the Developer Lessor, during the term of this Lease, the respective renewals of surety bond within fifteen (15) days from the date of each such renewal and hereby irrevocably and irreversibly agrees to pay the total Rent Amount, less the amount to be covered by loss of revenue insurance, as the case may be, without any interruption.

 

18.9.2 Scope of the Guarantee. The surety bond shall cover all legal and/or contractual increases in the Lease and any adjustments to increase the Rent Amount during the term or any extension of this Agreement, as well as any increases arising from a “rent adjustment action” under article 19 of Law No. 8245 of October 18, 1991, any provisional determination of the rent, any changes in the periodicity of and/or increases in the rent as a result of future legal provisions, and in the event of any amicable settlement with the Lessee to adjust the Rent Amount or any agreement.

 

18.9.3 Release of the Guarantee. In the event of lack of payment of the Rent Amount, of any charges, and/or of any related sums, or in the event of any contractual non-performance that triggers application of the fine set forth herein against the Lessee, the Developer Lessor may, always upon at least thirty (30) days’ advance notice to the lessee, request the release of the surety bond offered, it being understood that any differences still existing shall be offset in due time.

 

18.9.4 Receipt of the Guarantee. The receipt of the surety bond amount shall not be deemed a release of the sums owed, but shall merely the potential compensation, it being understood that any collection, including judicial collection, of any sums still owed by the Lessee shall continue.

 

18. 9.5 Expenses with the Guarantee. All the costs arising from the surety bond contract and from any renewals thereof shall be directly and solely paid by the Lessee.


18.9.6 Advance Payment of the Rent Amount. If the Lessee fails to submit the surety bond documentation or any renewal thereof within the term and on the conditions set forth in this item, it shall pay the Rent Amount in advance, in accordance with the provisions of article 42 of Law No. 8245/91, until the surety bond or any renewal thereof is submitted. If the Lessee fails to submit the surety bond or any renewal thereof within fifteen (15) days from the date of expiration of the term originally established for such purpose, the Developer Lessor may, at its sole discretion and without prejudice to the fine for contractual violation, terminate this Agreement for contractual Violation, in which case the Lessee shall be required to immediately return the property on the conditions set forth in this Agreement. As long as the Lessee does not return the property, it shall continue to be required to pay the Rent Amount and lease charges, and the Rent Amount shall continue to be paid in advance.

SECTION NINETEEN – EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

19.1 Default. Any failure to perform any obligation set forth in this Agreement shall constitute an event of default. With respect to monetary obligations, including the payment of rents, the default shall automatically occur upon a cure period of five (5) Business Days. With respect to non-monetary obligations, a Party that, upon being given extrajudicial notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, fails to perform such obligation within ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Defaulting Party is hereby entitled to cure such default within the abovementioned periods. If such default is not cured within the periods set forth herein, it shall constitute an event of default.

SECTION TWENTY—FINE

 

20.1 Fine. Unless a specific penalty is provided for in this Agreement, the violation of any clause shall subject the violator to a daily fine in an amount equal to three (3) times the Rent Amount.

 

20.2 Application of the Fine. If the Lessee has caused the termination of this Lease, the application of the fine set forth in this section shall be without prejudice to the obligation of the Lessee to pay the indemnity set forth in Section Sixteen above.

SECTION TWENTY-ONE—CREDITS ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

 

21.1 Assignment of Credits. The Lessee expressly authorizes, on an irrevocable and irreversible basis, that the credit arising from the payment of rents, of the Indemnity, and of any default charges and fines be assigned to third parties at the sole discretion of the Developer Lessor (a “Credits Assignment”), including, without limitation, if the Funding is engaged.

 

21.1.1 Payment of Rents to the Assignee. In the event of the Funding, at the discretion of the Developer Lessor, the Lessee shall pay the rents directly to the Assignee, for which written notice from the Developer Lessor to the Lessee shall suffice.

 

21.2 Encumbrance of the Development. The Lessee acknowledges and agrees that it has no objection against the option of the Developer Lessor to, at its sole discretion, encumber the Development, whether by mortgage or fiduciary ownership or any other type of lien, in the event of the Funding, as well as to the non-existence of any right of first refusal in the purchase of the Development in the event of foreclosure of such encumbrances or liens.


21.3 Transaction Concepts. In accordance with the provisions of Law No. 9514 of November 20, 1997, as amended from time to time, the Parties reiterate the concepts applicable to the transactions that may arise from the execution of this Agreement, namely: (i) securitization of real estate credits means a transaction by which a specialized firm purchases real estate credits and issues securities backed by such credits to be placed in the market, (ii) fiduciary sale means a legal transaction by which the Developer Lessor, in order to create the guarantee for the Funding in the market, engages the transfer to the Investor of terminable ownership in the Development, to be canceled if and upon settlement of the obligations hereunder and of any ancillary obligations, and (iii) upon creation of the fiduciary ownership, the debtor/beneficiary shall hold direct possession of the property, while the creditor/trustee shall hold indirect possession thereof.

 

21.3.1 Changes upon Authorization from the Assignee. If the Funding is effective, each of the Developer Lessor and the Lessee agree that the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, including those relating to the Lease amount and to its restatement and adjustment method, may only be changed upon consent from the Assignee.

 

21.4 Sublease . The Building may not be sublet by the Lessee except upon prior express authorization from the Developer Lessor in this regard or if the sublessee is a member of the business group of the Lessee. In the event of sublease of the Building, the Lessee and the Surety shall remain, in any event, solely liable to the Developer Lessor for all the obligations assumed under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the obligations relating to the payment of the rents and of the Indemnity, as well as those relating to the return of the Building upon the expiration of the lease term in a state of repair consistent with wear and tear arising from normal use and from the time elapsed by then. The Developer Lessor may reject such request for sublease on justified grounds, it being understood that the activities of any sublessee shall be in line with the features and the purpose of the Property and may not put its integrity and environmental conditions at any risk.

 

21.5 Temporary validity clause. In accordance with the provisions of art. 8 of Law No. 8.245/1991, even if the Property/Development is sold to third parties, the purchaser shall fully abide by the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION TWENTY-TWO – TERM OF EFFECTIVENESS AND RECORDATION

 

22.1 Term and Recordation. For the purposes of articles 8 and 33 of Law No. 8245/91, the recordation and annotation of this Agreement with the relevant Real Estate Registry are hereby authorized so that, even if the property is sold to third parties, the purchaser shall be required to fully abide by the terms of this Agreement, and the Developer Lessor agrees to include an obligation to abide by this Agreement in case the Property is sold prior to its recordation on its respective title records. The costs arising from the recordation of this Agreement with the relevant Real Estate Registry shall be borne solely by the Lessee.

 

22.2 Cancelation of Recordation. If this Agreement is recorded/annotated with the Real Estate Registry, the Lessee shall be required, upon expiration or termination hereof, wholly or in part, to request, at its own expenses, the immediate cancelation of such recordation/annotation. If the Lessee fails to do so within thirty (30) days from the date of such expiration or termination, the Developer Lessor shall be authorized to cancel such recordation, in which case the Lessee shall bear all the costs incurred by the Developer Lessor for such purpose. If the lessee fails to bear such costs, the Developer Lessor may directly bear such costs and request reimbursement thereof from the Lessee, which shall reimburse such costs within five (5) Business Days from the date of notice from the Developer Lessor in this regard.

 

22.3 Requirements for Recordation. The Lessee acknowledges that, if this Agreement can only be recorded after a condominium is incorporated in the Development under Law No. 4591/64, the Developer Lessor shall not be held liable for any lack of recordation. The Parties agree to sign any amendment to this Agreement that may be necessary if the relevant Real Estate Registry imposes any requirement for recordation and/or annotation hereof on the relevant title record.


SECTION TWENTY-THREE – EXCLUSIVITY; GOOD FAITH AND LOYALTY DUTIES

 

23.1 Exclusivity. On and after the execution of this Agreement, the Lessee reinforces the exclusive nature of and the impossibility to regret from this Agreement from the date hereof. Accordingly, the Lessee directly or indirectly agrees to (i) not solicit, discuss, or entice any offers with a subject matter analogous with or similar to the subject matter of this Agreement, (ii) not continue or propose to continue to negotiate or hold discussions involving a subject matter analogous with or similar to the subject matter of this Agreement, and/or (iii) not enter into any agreement or understanding that may adversely affect the completion of the legal transaction set forth in this Agreement.

 

23.2 Relationship of the Parties. The relationship of the Parties arising from this Agreement and for the purposes set forth therein shall comply with the principles of good faith, trust, and contractual loyalty, and each party shall refrain from adopting a conduct that harms the interests of the other party in connection with this Agreement.

SECTION TWENTY-FOUR – RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

24.1 Right of First Refusal. In the event of sale of the Property, except to (i) securitization companies and/or corporations related to the lease underlying this Agreement, (ii) companies of the same business group as the Developer Lessor, and (iii) any vehicles managed by or maintaining an advisory relationship with companies of the same business group as the Developer Lessor, the Lessee shall be entitled to exercise a right of first refusal on the same terms offered to third parties, it being understood that the Developer Lessor shall give notice of the intended transaction to the Lessee in accordance with the provisions of Section Twenty-Five below ( Notices ) .

 

24.2 Right of First Refusal Notice. The notice set forth in item 24.1 above ( Right of First Refusal ) shall specify all the terms of the intended transaction and shall mention, in particular, the price, the payment method, and the place and date for review of the relevant documentation.

 

24.3 Term for Exercise of the Right of First Refusal. The right of first refusal shall be forfeited if the Lessee fails to unambiguously express its full acceptance of the proposal on identical terms within thirty (30) days from the date of the notice given in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in item 24.2 ( Right of First Refusal Notice ). If the sale of the Property to third parties is consummated as provided for in item 24.1 ( Right of First Refusal ) during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall remain fully in force, and the Developer Lessor agrees to include, in the deed entered into in connection with the sale of the Property, the obligation of the purchaser to abide by this Agreement, including by mentioning it in the relevant deed of transfer, for the specific purpose of disclosing this Agreement and provide for the continuance of its terms and conditions, so as to require such third-party purchaser to strict comply therewith.

SECTION TWENTY-FIVE – NOTICES

 

25.1 Notices. All notices, judicial notifications, processes, summons, and other communications relating hereto shall be delivered in writing, shall bear the signature of the sender or be signed on behalf of the later, and shall be sent by registered or return-receipt mail, through a Registry of Deeds and Documents, or, if necessary, by any other means contemplated in the Brazilian Code of Civil Procedure to the addresses indicated in the preamble to this Agreement, it being understood that a scanned copy thereof may be sent by email to the following electronic addresses:

FW2 Logística e. Developments Imobiliários S.A.

Att.: Mr. Gilson Schilis

Address: Rua Funchal, 375, 4º andar

Vila Olímpia – São Paulo, SP, Postal Code (CEP) 04551-060


Phone: (11) 2344-2999

Email: gilson@fulwood.com.br

NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

Att.: Flávio Franco

Address: Rua Vergueiro, 943, Liberdade

Postal Code (CEP): 01504-001

Email: flavio.franco@netshoes.com

SECTION TWENTY-SIX – MISCELLANEOUS

 

26.1 Expenses. The Lessee shall bear (i) all the expenses relating to the recordation of this Agreement with the Real Estate Registry, in case it elects to record it, and (ii) any expenses relating to any other registrations and/or filings required by governmental authorities, in case such registrations and/or filings are related to the activities of the Lessee.

 

26.2 Understandings of the Parties. This Agreement supersedes all prior contracts and understandings between the Parties in connection with the subject matter hereof.

 

26.3 Waiver/Novation. No failure of a Party to exercise any of its powers or rights under this Agreement shall constitute waiver by such party of such powers or rights hereunder or constitute a novation hereof. Any amendments to this instrument, including to its exhibits, shall only be valid and binding upon mutual written agreement between all the Parties and the Assignee.

 

26.4 Monetary Obligations. The Lessee agrees to pay all its monetary obligations under this Agreement net of any taxes, expenses, withholdings, or any other present or future liabilities.

 

26.5 Capacity and Standing. Each Parte has full capacity and standing to execute this instrument, consummate all the transactions set forth herein, and perform all its obligations hereunder and has taken all corporate and other measures that may be required to authorize such execution, implement all the transactions set forth herein, and perform all its obligations hereunder.

 

26.6 Execution of the Agreement. Neither the execution of this instrument nor the performance of the obligations of each of the Parties (a) violate any provision contained in its corporate documents or (b) violate any law, regulation, or judicial, administrative, or arbitral order to which such Party is bound.

 

26.7 Validity of the Agreement. This instrument is validly executed and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation enforceable against each of the Parties in accordance with its terms.

 

26.8 Representations of the Parties. The Parties expressly represent to each other that:

 

(a) Each Party shall be capable of performing its obligations set forth in this instrument and shall act in good faith and with loyalty with respect thereto;

 

(b) Neither Party is economically dependent on the other;

 

(c) Neither Party is in a state of necessity or under coercion to execute this instrument and/or any other contracts and/or commitments relating thereto and/or has an urgency to so execute;

 

(d) The discussions on the subject matter hereof were held, conducted, and implemented on their own free initiative;

 

(e) Each Party is a sophisticated company and has experience in contracts similar to this instrument and/or to the other contracts and commitments relating thereto; and


(f) The Parties were informed and warned of all the conditions and circumstances involved in the negotiation underlying this instrument which could their ability to express their will and were advised by counsel in such negotiation.

 

26.9 Use of the Trademark and/or Name of the Parties. The Lessee hereby authorizes the Developer Lessor to issue a press release or to make a public disclosure of the provisions of this Agreement and arising therefrom, it being understood that it may also use the trademark of the Lessee in its institutional materials or in the Funding process, in accordance with the applicable regulations of the Brazilian Securities Commission (CVM).

 

26.10 Finder’s Fee. The firms indicated below shall be entitled to an amount corresponding to the finder’s fee for this Lease, at a rate of fifty percent (50%) each, which shall be paid by the Lessee: (i) Magnitude Gestão de Negócios Imobiliários Ltda. ME, located at Rua Padre Guilherme Pompeu, 01, Centro, Santana de Parnaíba, SP, Postal Code (CEP) 06501-055, enrolled with the Regional Council of Realtors (CRECI) under No. 21.101-J and with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 67.494.252/0001-95, represented by Mr. Sr. Rômulo Ângelo Perico, enrolled with the Regional Council of Realtors (CRECI) under No.: 75.197, and (ii) Representações Oliveira e Cia Ltda., enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 61.854.675/0001-92, with its principal place of business at Rua Colonial, 317—Villa Velha—Postal Code (CEP): 06532-065, Santana de Parnaíba, SP, represented by Mr. Ivo Carlos Fermino de Oliveira, enrolled with the Regional Council of Realtors (CRECI) under No. 79.777.

SECTION TWENTY-SEVEN – EXHIBITS

 

27.1 Exhibits. The following Exhibits are an integral part of this Agreement:

Exhibit I – Specifications

Exhibit II – Works Schedule

Exhibit III – Legal Project

Exhibit IV – Delivery and Acceptance Deed

Exhibit V – Insurance Policy

SECTION TWENTY-EIGHT – ARBITRATION CLAUSE

 

28.1 Construal of the Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the applicable law in the Federative Republic of Brazil, it being understood that any dispute, conflict, controversy or complaint originating from or relating to this Agreement, including with respect to compliance herewith, performance and construal of the terms hereof (“Dispute”) shall be resolved by arbitration, in accordance with the provisions below.

 

28.1.1 Place of Arbitration. The arbitration shall be conducted by the Arbitration and Mediation Center of the Brazil – Canada Chamber of Commerce (“CCBC”), in accordance with the CCBC Arbitration Regulations (“Chamber Regulations”) in effect on the date of the request for arbitration.

 

28.1.2 Choice of the Arbitrators. The Dispute shall be decided by an arbitral tribunal composed of three (3) arbitrators (“Arbitral Tribunal”), one (1) of whom shall be appointed by the claimant and one (1) appointed by the respondent, in accordance with the Chamber Regulations. The appointed arbitrators shall appoint, within fifteen (15) days, the third arbitrator, who shall be the Chairman of the Arbitral Tribunal, and who must not necessarily be a member of the Group of Arbitrators of the CCBC. In case one of the parties fail to appoint an arbitrators or in case arbitrators appointed by them do not reach a consensus with respect to the appointment of the third arbitrator within the term set forth in the Chamber Regulations, the Chairman of the CCBC shall make such appointment within at most fifteen (15) days as from the written request of any of the Parties.


28.1.3 Place of Arbitration. The place of arbitration shall be the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Brazil, where the arbitral award shall be rendered. The arbitration shall be conducted in Portuguese, and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with Law No. 13307, of September 23, 1996. The Arbitral Tribunal shall resolve the Dispute based on the provisions of this Agreement and only in case there is no contractual provision based on the applicable Brazilian law, it being understood that judgment in equity shall be prohibited. All decisions of the Arbitral Tribunal must state their reasons, be rendered in writing and be binding between the parties. The partial and/or final award and any other decision of the Arbitral Tribunal shall be final, binding and mandatory upon the parties and their successors.

 

28.1.4 Access to the Judicial Branch. Without prejudice to the validity of this arbitration clause, any of the parties may resort to the Judicial Branch, only for purposes of (i) ensuring institution of the arbitration, (ii) obtaining provisional or urgent remedies to protect rights to guarantee a useful outcome of the arbitration, before institution of the arbitration, (iii) enforce any obligation noncompliance with which renders this Agreement an enforceable instrument, and (iv) enforce any decision of the Arbitral Tribunal, including, without limitation, the arbitral award. The parties acknowledge that the Arbitral Tribunal may, in the event of item (ii) above, decide on the grant of the provisional or urgent remedy claimed to the Judicial Branch, or on the upholding or revocation of any preliminary injunction or provisional remedy granted.

 

28.1.5 Jurisdiction Chosen by the Parties. The parties elect the exclusive Jurisdiction of the Judicial District of São Paulo, in the State of São Paulo, to hear and decide on the matters set forth in Item 28.1.4 ( Access to the Judicial Branch ), as well as for any other applicable judicial relief in accordance with Law No. 13037/96.

 

28.1.6 No Waiver to Arbitration. The filing for any judicial relief contemplated in this section shall not be deemed a waiver of the arbitration clause or of the absolute jurisdiction of the Arbitral Tribunal.

 

28.1.7 Costs. Except for the attorneys’ fees, which shall be paid by each Party individually, the other expenses and costs shall be supported by one or by both parties, as decided by the Arbitral Tribunal.

 

28.1.8 Confidentiality of the Arbitral Proceeding. The Parties shall grant confidential treatment to any and all pieces of information relating to the arbitration.

 

28.1.9 Consolidation of Discussions in the Arbitral Proceeding. The Arbitral Tribunal is hereby authorized to decide on matters relating to this Agreement, but the obligations of which are included in other instruments, and they may, as the case may be, consolidate arbitration proceedings subsequently instituted based on these Instruments. The Arbitral Tribunal that is first instituted shall be competent to join proceedings, and it shall, when deciding on the convenience of the consolidation, take into consideration that: (i) the new dispute has questions of fact and of law in common with the pending dispute; (ii) none of the parties to the new dispute or to the pending dispute are harmed; and (iii) the consolidation in that circumstance does not result in unreasonable delays to the pending dispute. Any determination of consolidation issued by an arbitral tribunal shall be binding upon the parties involved in the proceedings in question.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties execute this Agreement in three (3) counterparts of same contents and form, in the presence of two (2) witnesses.

São Paulo, November 5, 2014.

( signatures on the next page )

(the remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank)


( Signature page of the Private Instrument of Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants executed on November 5, 2014, between FW2 Logística e Empreendimentos Imobiliários S.A., NS2.Com Internet S.A. and RCA Gerenciamento e Fiscalização Ltda. )

 

   
/ S /    FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.             / S /    FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.        
Developer Lessor     Developer Lessor

 

   
/ S /    NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.             / S /    NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.        
Lessee     Lessee

 

   
/ S /    RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA             / S /    RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA        
Manager     Manager

Witnesses:

 

1. By:   / S /    M ARCIO C HAMMAS           2. By:   / S /    I SABEL C RISTINA B ARENO        
Name:   Marcio Chammas     Name:   Isabel Cristina Bareno
ID (RG):   28.223.379-9     ID (RG):   25.183.376-8-SSP/SP
Taxpayer Card (CPF): 303.669.318-14     Taxpayer Card (CPF): 183.039.288-96


Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants

EXHIBIT I

SPECIFICATIONS

CONSTRUCTION EXPANSION CONDOMINIUM

FERNÃO DIAS

EXTREMA STATE OF MINAS GERAIS

Review 02 – November 13, 2014

SPECIFICATIONS

OF 28,954.50 M 2 EXPANSION

1.1. INTRODUCTION

The development Fernão Dias – Extrema / State of Minas Gerais (MG) is located at Rodovia Fernão Dias s/n km 889,5 – District Pires, under title record No. 7254 of the C.R.I, with 111.128m 2 , and it is composed of 5 existing warehouses and contemplates an expansion of 28,954.50m 2 , composed by 1 warehouse with an area of 24,280.48 m 2 on the ground floor and 3,336,00 m 2 on the mezzanine, with a total area of 27,616.48 m 2 and 1 2-storey Administrative building, Reception and other technical premises, water tank and pump house, totaling a built area of 54,632.73 m 2 . Parking lot with 186 parking spaces for cars internally, and for trailers there are 18 docks to be built.

1.2. RULES AND SPECIFICATIONS,

Execution of the services shall strictly comply with the requirements of rules and/or specifications, testing methods and terminology established by the ABNT, (ASTM, DIN and others), applicable provisions of the applicable law relating to materials, security, protection, facilities and other aspects of the constructions, in addition to recommendations, Instructions and specifications of manufacturers/suppliers of materials.

The rules and codes observed are:

 

  ABNT – Brazilian Association of Technical Standards

 

  NBR 9050/94 – accessibility of people with disabilities to buildings, furniture and urban equipment.

And others specified to each particular unit of the utility systems.

1.3. GENERAL CRITERIA FOR EXECUTION

 

a. The Development shall be built in accordance with the sustainability criteria.

 

b. The specified and applied materials and systems have been selected after specialized research and consultations and they are considered the most appropriate to meet the technical and aesthetic requirements of the project; any recommendations of equivalent products may replace those specified, provided the quality and suitability thereof are duly proven.

 

c. The projects and technical specifications for the manufacturing, assembly or installation of the following materials and services have been prepared: industrial floors, tempered glass structural systems, special doors, industrial doors, windows, shutters, grids, metal coatings, office partitions, sanitary partitions and metal roofs.

 

d. Prior to the acquisition of the materials or to commencement of the execution of the services, samples of all materials shall be provided for approval, in addition to field samples for finishing services of floors, masonry, frames, structural systems for tempered glass, glass blocks, waterproofing, wall coating, metallic coating, roofs and paintings, to be kept at the construction site until termination thereof. These samples shall be used for comparison with the materials to be used or already used.


e. The receipt or use of all material that, at the time of delivery to the works, during the verification that shall precede the use thereof or during execution of the services, are defective and/or have characteristics that differ from these tables of materials, samples/prototypes or manufacturing / installation / assembly drawings shall be challenged.

 

f. The materials and systems applied are warranted against defective material and application for a term of at least five (5) years, agreeing to repair or replace any defective materials or services that become apparent during the warranty period without any additional burden to the Owner.

1.4. DIVIDING FENCE

Execution of grid with lattice DEFENCE standard, with apparent foundation of 0.20m, total useful foundation of 2.43m. Assemblies with amounts of steel tubular profiles measuring 60x40x1,5mm painted every 2,00m with placement of panels of galvanized painted welded electro steel mesh measuring 50x200x4,80mm, fixation details according to the manufacturer’s standards. Locks with gates that will open electronically in the same material of the lattice, involved in 3,00 cm Metalon, as well as the pedestrian locks in the reception, the finishing of the whole set will be painted. The installation of tire killers at the entrance is contemplated.

1.5. WAREHOUSES

1. MAIN STRUCTURE

The pillars, beams and slabs of the warehouses in pre-molded reinforced concrete, free height from the floor to the bottom of the metal structure 12.00m.

Useful accidental overcharge of the office mezzanine equal to 500,00kg/m 2 , pursuant to ABNT-NBR rule 6120. The free span between the mezzanine floor and the coverage will be 6.00m.

2. EXTERNAL SEALING

The external sealing in the warehouse shall be made with 0.19 m thick concrete blocks, prime finishing quality up to h=3.00 m, with openings for ventilation through the space between the metal structure and masonry. Above this height, it will be closed with trapezoidal metal tiles installed vertically.

3. COVERAGE (outside the scope of Civil Construction).

The structure of the cover is metallic, Composed of scissors, metal trimming, painted white, fully screwed with bracing and lashings, admissible overload of 20.00kg / m 2 + 20.00kg / m 2 , Galvanized zipped coverage tiles with external face painted white, with thickness greater than or equal to 0.55 mm, with translucent alveolar polycarbonate tiles and a “Roberts type” natural ventilation system, which provides air changes per hour in each warehouse.

4. INTERNAL FLOOR

The sheds will have laser-leveled concrete floor with chemical cure for a load capacity of 5.00t / m2 and 5t specific load, for pallet holder support when supported by steel plates measuring 0.20 x 0.20 m, superficial layer will receive the application of surface hardener, according to the specific floor project.

In the mezzanines, laser-leveled concrete floors with load capacity for the installation of offices and storage with capacity of up to 500.00 kg/m 2 , the mezzanine floor will be free from end to end, except for the bathrooms at the end of each module.

Docks floors in interlocked 16-sided prefabricated concrete parts, 0.08m thick for heavy traffic.

5. DRESSERS, GROUND FLOOR BATHROOMS AND MEZZANINE

FLOOR: Heavy traffic PI-5 standard ceramic in white gray.

CEILING: Apparent slab with treated concrete.


WALL: First-rate 15x15cm ceramic, color snow white, 2.10m high, the rest will receive acrylic latex paint on the block.

SANITARY WARE: Two-piece toilet (CP929) with double drive 3 and 6L, CD00F universal coupled tank P 909 Toilets for coupled tank, ice white color + plastic seat (AP50), both from Ravena Line from Deca, Ravena L91 column washbasin—DECA—white ice color.

METALS: DECAMATIC ECO LINE with 1.8L/min flow restrictors and shower with flow restrictors that limit it in at most 8.0L/min, electric with operation with DR with 2 adjustments and disconnection.

SANITARY PARTITIONS: Partitions in structural TS panels ALCOPLAC Line from NEOCOM or similar.

DOOR FRAME: Granite Baguettes in swallow gray door width e=2cm.

Women’s locker room scheduled execution: 32 lavatories, 32 basins and 16 showers.

Men’s locker room scheduled execution: 28 lavatories, 24 basins, 8 urinol and 12 showers.

6. PNE BATHROOM GROUND FLOOR

FLOOR: Ceramic pattern PI-5 for heavy traffic in white gray.

CEILING: Apparent slab with treated concrete.

WALL: First-rate 15x15cm ceramic, color snow white, 2.10m high, the rest will receive acrylic latex paint on the block.

SANITARY WARE: Two-piece toilet (CP929) with double drive 3 and 6L, CD00F universal coupled tank P 909 Toilets for coupled tank, ice white color + plastic seat (AP50), both from Ravena Line from Deca. Lavatory with Ravena L91 – DECA column – ice white color + Safety bars in stainless steel for support and access.

METALS: High tap – TARGA DECAMATIC LINE with 1.8L/min. flow restrictors.

DOOR FRAME: Granite Baguettes in swallow gray door width e=2 cm.

Scheduled execution for the PNE: 4 lavatories and 4 basins

7. COATINGS

The façade of the offices shall be treated with external paint, ACRÍLICO FOSCO PREMIUM of SUVINIL on the masonry of blocks in the colors specified in the plan. The walls of the warehouse will be finished in PVA paint directly on the apparent block with previous application of sealer, also externally with previous application of sealer.

8. ALUMINUM FRAMES

The frames of the façade will be in aluminum Line 25, 2 mm thick with finishing in electrostatic painting in the color defined in plan.

Counter-marks will be used in the lower and lateral sides of the span and in the upper part of the span expansion joints will be made horizontally with profiles of 40x30mm with 4 neoprene gaskets.

Reversible articulated arms for cleaning and closures of the FERMAX or PROMEL brand will be used in the Maxim-air frames. Epdm and or neoprene gaskets will be used to fix and seal the glasses, and a neutral silicone seal will be applied to the gaskets.

9. EXTERNAL AREAS

External sidewalks around concrete buildings executed with CP-III cement with broom finish and treated joints, in light gray.


New floor of inner streets will be executed in interlocking pieces of 16-sided precast concrete of high resistance, in the regions of heavy traffic, which shall be 8.00 cm thick and in the regions for the parking of light vehicles, in 16-sided interlocked precast pieces of medium resistance, which shall be 6.00 cm thick.

Concrete resistance 50 Mpa.

Solar reflection index = SRI 29

1.6. RECEPTION

1. SERVICE BUILDING (armored)

STRUCTURE: in concrete pre-molded parts

CLOSINGS: in painted concrete blocks filled with sand.

FINISHINGS: walls: acrylic latex painting.

FLOORS: heavy traffic ceramic PI-5 standard.

COVERAGE: Waterproofed pre-molded slab in the buildings and zipped roof tile structure in the area servicing heavy and/or light vehicles.

2. BATHROOMS

FLOOR: Heavy traffic PI-5 standard ceramic

CEILING: Treated slab painted with acrylic latex.

WALL: 15x15cm, h=2,10m ceramic.

SANITARY WARE: Basin with coupled tank (CP 929) with double drive 3 and 6L. CD00F universal coupled tank P 909 Toilets for coupled tank, ice white color + plastic seat (AP50), both from Ravena Line from Deca. Lavatory with Ravena L91 column – DECA – ice white color.

METALS: Targa Line – DECAMATIC with 1.8L/min. flow restrictors.

DOOR FRAME: Granite Baguette in swallow gray door width e=2 cm.

1.7. ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING

FLOOR: Heavy traffic PI-5 standard ceramic Hercules line, in gray, of CECRISA

CEILING: Painted plasterboard.

WALL: PORTOBELLO 10X10 Ceramic Linha Arquiteto Design in white and paint with Suvinil paint for plaster, on plaster finishing, limits between the two materials divided with a treated wooden bar.

Wash hand basin: Corumbá Gray Granite with white universal DECA oval basin and Targa line metals – DECAMATIC.

2. KITCHEN

FLOOR: Anti-slip ceramic with extra anti-acid setting grout.

CEILING: Giprex removable ceiling

WALL: 20x20cm Ceramic, Legacy Line, in white and grout in the same color. Installation according to the sanitary surveillance rules.

EQUIPMENT: All hydraulic, sewage, electric points will be installed awaiting industrial equipment, as well as any exhaust system will be installed by the condominium.

DOOR FRAMES: Swallow grey granite baguettes door width e=2 cm, separating the main environments.


3. BATHROOMS

FLOOR: Heavy traffic PI-5 standard ceramic

CEILING: Painted plasterboard.

WALL: 15x15cm, h=2,10m ceramic.

SANITARY WARE: Two–piece toilet (CP929) with double drive 3 and 6L. CD00F universal coupled tank P 909 Toilet for coupled tank, ice white color + plastic seat (AP50), both from Ravena Line from Deca, Ravena L91 column washbasin—DECA—white ice color.

METALS: —DECAMATIC ECO LINE with 1,8L/min flow restrictors and shower with flow restrictors that limit it in at most 9L/min, electric with operation with DR with 2 adjustments and disconnection.

DOOR FRAME: Granite Baguette in swallow gray door width e=2 cm.

4. STORAGE ROOM

FLOOR: High traffic PI-5 standard ceramic, with skirting in the same material.

CEILING: Painted plasterboard ceiling.

WALL: Suvinil paint for plaster, on single spackling,

DOOR FRAME: Granite Baguette in swallow gray door width e=2 cm.

DIVIDING WALLS/EQUIPMENT: To be installed by the condominium.

5. REST

FLOOR: High traffic PI-5 standard ceramic, with skirting in the same material.

CEILING: Painted plasterboard ceiling.

WALL: Suvinil paint for Plaster, on plaster finishing.

SKIRTING: Hércules line 7x31 ceramic code GR A5 3501 53 gray color of CECRISA

LUMINARIES: Fluorescent 2x 32 w standard.

DIVIDING WALLS/EQUIPMENT: To be installed by the condominium.

6. HALL

FLOOR: High traffic PI-5 standard ceramic, with skirting in the same material.

CEILING: Painted plasterboard ceiling.

WALL: Suvinil paint in acrylic vinyl latex on single spackling.

3.1. Iron Mettalic

Frames and Doors: generally structured with metalon or similar and closures with plate thickness No. 16, simple, water-based antioxidant treatment with low emission of organic compounds, finishing with water-based enamel paint in graphite color.

Dock Doors: overhead doors, structured in metalon or similar with trapezoidal steel plate finish, painted in white, water-based paint, manual activation with the aid of counterweights.

Stairs: structured with metal profiles and plates, finishing of steps and landing in plaited plate to meet the safety standards of the Fire Department and the Architecture project.

Guardrail: in tubular profile fixed to the mezzanine structure and in accordance with the safety regulations of the Fire Department and the Architecture Project.


Any paint will be water based, either the antioxidant or final enamel.

3.2. ALUMINUM FRAMES

The frames of the façade will be in aluminum Line 25 with finishing in electrostatic painting in the color defined in project. The maximum percentage of recycled aluminum shall be used in the aluminum profiles.

Counter-marks will be used in the lower and lateral sides of the span and in the upper part of the span expansion joints will be made horizontally with profiles of 40x30mm with 4 neoprene gaskets.

Reversible articulated arms for cleaning and closures of the brand FERMAX or PROMEL will be used in Maxim-ar frames. Epdm and or neoprene gaskets shall be used to fix and seal the glasses, and a neutral silicone seal will be applied to the gaskets.

Doors with core in reforested wood, which should have FSC certificate, ready to receive water-based enamel paint, fast dry, semi-matte in white, Pado brand hardware or similar robust standard. Wood products require INVOICE WITH THE COC (CUSTODY CHAIN) NUMBER.

Windows: Simple glasses, colorless according to thickness, with window opening, sealed with neoprene gaskets, minimum thickness 5 mm.

Reception: Armored Glass

6.1. ELECTRICAL GRID

1. POWER INLET

The interconnection point of the concessionaire’s overhead grid, class 15 kV, will be through the existing grounded inlet. The voltage drop between the power supply and the consumption end point cannot exceed 3.00%, as established by ASHRAE 90.1-2007 rule.

2. EXTERNAL MEDIUM-VOLTAGE GRID

The distribution network was designed in accordance with Bragantina standards and it shall be executed according to the specifications of this Concessionaire.

The condominium is fully liable for this grid, it will be grounded.

3. TRANSFORMERS

A 750 Kva three-phase transformer shall be used to the warehouse, and 1 150 kVA transformer to the management, frequency 60Hz, NB1 95kV,

In order to protect transformers against overvoltage surges, three 12 kV (10ka) grounded polymeric lightning arresters shall be used, duly interconnected and grounded.

There will be a meter of the Concessionary for the warehouse with provision of One QGBT with 6 circuit breakers for distribution of the main loads, in addition to the lighting circuit breakers and service outlets and to the common area of the Condominium.

4. LIGHTING AND DISTRIBUTION

a) Warehouses:

Stock area: The warehouse’s lighting distribution shall be made by galvanized profiles, and cables with 750 (sic) insulation

The lighting devices to be installed will be equipped with 4x T5 luminaires. All luminaires will be supplied complete with lamps with low levels of mercury, reactors, ignitors, sockets etc. and, whenever necessary, the power factor must be corrected in each piece of equipment. A minimum of 0.93 and a maximum of 0.98 shall be accepted. These luminaires will be supplied with a voltage of 220 v [F + F + T]. All luminaires will be connected with PP 3 x 1.5 mm2 (2P + T) cable with plug and socket in the profile. They must meet the mandatory items of ASHRAE 90.1-2007 rule.


Bathrooms and Dressing Rooms: In these areas the lighting will be carried out basically through luminaires equipped with T5 or T8 fluorescent lamps. The specifications of the devices and the lamps is in the equipment specifications. All appliances shall be new and shall be complete with lamps, reactors, ignitors, sockets etc.

Mezzanines: In these areas the distribution networks for sockets and luminaires will not be executed, and only the general distribution framework will be ready for future interconnections.

b) Common Administrative Areas: In these areas the lighting will be carried out basically through luminaires equipped with T5 fluorescent lamps. The specifications of the devices and lamps is contained in the equipment specifications. All pieces of equipment will be new and must be complete with lamps, reactors, ignitors, sockets etc., and the power factor must be corrected in each piece of equipment whenever necessary. A minimum of 0.93 and a maximum of 0.98 shall be accepted. These luminaires will be fed with a 220 v [F + N + T] voltage.

All luminaires will be connected with PP 3 x 1.5 mm2 (2P + T) cable with plug and socket in the profile. The distribution of lighting and sockets on the ground floors and mezzanine will be made through galvanized profiles with cover and galvanized iron electro ducts.

c) External lighting in the new area: Installation of poles with 12.00m R lighting poles with 250w high-power metallic steam lighting in the parking lots and external and internal areas of the development.

All posts shall be grounded and interconnected to the general grounding grid.

d) Anti-panic lighting: Auxiliary anti-panic lighting systems installed – foglamp type fed through batteries that will light instantly as soon as the power outage occurs.

These luminaires will be of the separate block type with built-in battery for at least 60 minutes of power. The blocks with output indication will be equipped with compact fluorescent lamps of 9 w high performance.

6.2. DRY NETWORK TELEPHONE DISTRIBUTIONS

All feeding pipes of the main DG installed at the Reception DG TELEMIG and partial boards will be executed in kanatex polyethylene ducts. The boards shall be in accordance with the TELEBRAS standard.

The general project consists of executing the internal distribution network interconnecting the Administrative building and Warehouses to the general DG according to the Telebrás rule. Pipes to feed distribution boards on the ground floor and mezzanine shall be made in the warehouses.

The specific design with telephone analysis involves only from the inlet pipe to the general distributor located in the reception. This feed shall be approved by the telephone company before execution thereof.

6.3. FORECASTS FOR FUTURE INSTALLATION OF SYSTEMS, VOICE, DATA AND CCTV NETWORK

A network of dry pipes was provided by means of polyethylene ducts of the kanalex type and passage boxes with concrete cover, a waiting box on the ground floor was forecast for each warehouse.

The purpose of this network is to be used, in the future, for implementation of fire detection systems, computer cables, sound and other systems.

The installation of a CCTV system for external monitoring of all Condominium is forecast.

6.4. ELECTRIC SHOCK PROTECTION SYSTEM

For protection of the warehouses and administration building, natural descents by means of 1 3/8 CA-25 steel iron to be added and concreted with the pillars fittings have been designed.


In the roofs, protection nets have been designed by means of 35 mm bare copper ropes fixed to the tiles with connectors and interconnected with the irons of the descents by means of exothermic welding, forming a “ Faraday Cage ” system.

Grounding networks will be buried in the ground by means of 50 mm bare copper ropes and grounding electrodes.

The interconnection of the descent iron with the grounding network on the floor shall be made with exothermic welding housed in a box at 0.50 m from the floor. The electrodes and ropes shall not be near the foundations, and they shall be at least 0.60 meter deep.

The maximum resistance shall not exceed 10 OHMS at any time of the year.

6.5. HYDRAULIC AND SEWAGE SYSTEM

a) DRINKING WATER: A 830 m 3 water tank is planned, next to the support parking lot, of which 180 m3 is designed of consumption and 650 m 3 for fire reserve. There will be a set of pumps coupled to a pressure tank and frequency inverter (Cecatto Type), which will supply the warehouses. There will be a separate water meter for each warehouse and the administrative part.

b) SEWAGE: There will be a main sewage network in the internal street that will capture from the toilets of the warehouses of the common areas and of the administrative buildings, which will follow to a Sewage Treatment Station (ETE), which will recover the water in the tank for reuse in the Condominium basin system and or for irrigation. The sewage collection networks will be carried out with White PVC pipes and fittings, with appropriate inspection boxes to made of concrete rings or coated concrete blocks.

c) RAINWATER: Rainwater coming from the roof of the development shall be captured by means of hemispheric grills installed in the gutters and directed to drop tubes with diameter according to the project. The columns will descend near the pillars to the floor, where they will be diverted outside the development.

Rainwater captured from the roofs will be horizontally driven with a minimum angle of 0.5% to the collection tank for a partial extravasation to the channel existing next to the development. The entire system will be driven by gravity and the conductors must work freely. The minimum angles will be 0.5% for horizontal pipes,

In order to capture the water in the traffic routes, a reinforced concrete structure will be executed with gratings in the center, interconnected to the capture networks. The gratings shall be placed every 20.00m.

6.6. FIRE PROTECTIONS

Protection system composed of hydrants, sprinklers, extinguishers, alarm system and emergency lighting.

HYDRANTS: The HDPE distribution pipe will measure 100.00mm and it will run through the central street, it will be grounded and feed the various points inside the warehouses. The internal distribution network will measure 100.00mm and it shall have with a meter, which shall be distributed in order to protect all points of the development with a hose of at most 30 meters, or as required by the Fire Department of Minas Gerais.

SPRINKLERS: Sector automatic shower system automatically activated by temperature increase, causing the pressurized to sprinkle through pumps to generate a pressure of approximately 11 kg.

The pump house next to the reservoir located in the parking lot will have a set of pressurizing pumps, the hydrant system and the sprinkler system. The criteria of the rules of the Fire Department of the State of Minas Gerais shall be used for dimensioning purposes.

A distribution network shall be made on the roof, with K-22 sprinkler nozzles in the category above 1200MJ/ m 2 .

The buried firefighting tubes will be made of HDPE.


Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants

EXHIBIT II

WORK SCHEDULE

CONDOMÍNIO FERNÃO DIAS BUSINESS PARK (PHASE II)

PLACE EXTREMA-MG

BASIC TIME SCHEDULE

EXHIBIT

 

LOGO

Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants


EXHIBIT III

LEGAL PROJECT

MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT OF EXTREMA

MINAS GERAIS

CONSTRUCTION PERMIT

 

FISCAL YEAR: 2014

   NUMBER: 389/14    VALIDITY: 24 months

The Mayor of Extrema, in performance of his duties, grants to FW2 Logística e Empreendimentos Imobiliários S/A , CNPJ: 17.943.815/0001-07, a permit to BUILD an industrial building, with built area of 28,954 . 50m 2 on a tract of land measuring 111,128.00m 2 , located at Estrada Municipal Maria Margarida Pinto “Dona Belinha”, District Pires, Extrema – State of Minas Gerais, in accordance with the schematic design approved by the Works and Urbanism Office on October 15, 2014, authored by Giovani Batista da Silva, who is technically in charge, CREA 77.349/0, for which it has paid the applicable fees.

If the works are not completed at the end of the validity, this Permit shall be renewed.

Extrema, October 16, 2014.

 

/ S /    L EANDRO T EODORO DE A LMEIDA

   / S /    G IOVANA Z ECCHIN
Leandro Teodoro de Almeida    Giovana Zecchin

Urbanism Office

   Chief of Staff

This permit shall be displayed in a prominent place.

Case No. 1625/14

 


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants


EXHIBIT IV

DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE DEED

 

1. On November 5, 2014 NS2.COM INTERNET S.A., enrolled with the Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 09.339.936/0001-16, herein represented in the form of its By-laws (“Lessee”) executed with FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A., enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 17.943.815/0001-07, herein represented in the form of its articles of incorporation (“Developer Lessor”) and with RGA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA., enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 04.662.437/0001-41, represented in the form of its articles of association (“Manager”) the Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants “Lease Agreement”.

 

2. In accordance with the provisions of the lease agreement, the Developer Lessor was responsible for building a real estate development (“Building”) to be implemented in the property that is the subject of title record No. 7.254 of the Real Estate Registry of the Judicial District of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais, with a total land area of one hundred and eleven thousand, one hundred and twenty-eight thousand square meters (111,128.00m 2 ).

 

3. The Building was built by the Developer Lessor on an undivided interest of the property described above, with a total area of twenty-eight thousand, six hundred and fifty-six square meters and eighty square centimeters (28,656.80m 2 ) and it corresponds to warehouses F, G, H and I, located at Rua Margarida Pinto Dona Belinha, 742, pavilion B, module 3, District Pires, located at KM 891,50 of Rodovia Fernão Dias, Industrial District, in the Judicial District of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais, Postal Code 37640-000.

In view of the compliance with the obligations of the Developer Lessor, Lessee hereby represents that it received the Building ready and finished, with all specifications contained in the Lease Agreement, and that it has not detected any apparent defect.

Lessee further represents (i) that it agrees with the technical and finishing specifications of the Building; (ii) that the works of the Building have been made by the Developer Lessor and

Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants

EXHIBIT IV

monitored by the Manager in accordance with the applicable technical rules, and that there is no complaint to be made.

 

/ S /    FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.              / S /    FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.         

Developer Lessor

   

Developer Lessor

 

/ S /    NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.             / S /    NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.        

Lessee

   

Lessee

 

/ S /    RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA             / S /    RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA        

Manager

   

Manager


Private Instrument of Built-to-Suit Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants

EXHIBIT V

INSURANCE POLICY

EXHIBIT – ENDORSEMENT SPECIFICATIONS

 

LINE

   TYPE    RELATING TO POLICY    ENDORSEMENT No.

FIRE

   RN    No. 03.96.1831    00001

 

INSURED: FULWOOD EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS LTDA .

NATIONAL CORPORATE TAXPAYERS REGISTRY (CNPJ): 07.570.438/0001-54

We hereby represent, for the due purposes and effects, that the following amendments are made to this policy:

 

1) Effectiveness:

From midnight on March 20, 2014 to midnight on October 10, 2014

 

1) Inclusion of Place of Risk

Address: Maria Margarida Pinto Dona Belinha, 742 – Pavillion B – Former Rua Eduardo Gomes Pinto—Extrema – Minas Gerais

Value at Risk – Property Damage– R$42,150,000.00

Value at Risk – Loss of Profits – R$7,740,509.40

COVERAGE ONLY FOR BUILDING

 

2) Exclusive Deductibles for Site 7:

Fire/Lightning/Explosion – 15% of the losses with a minimum amount of R$1,000,000.00

Loss of Profits resulting from Fire/Lightning/Explosion – 15 days

 

4) Prorated Net Premium

R$37,178.68

 

5) Distribution of Liability

Allianz Seguros: 50%

Itaú Seguros: 50%

Other conditions of the policy remain unchanged.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT AND OTHER COVENANTS

By this private instrument and on the best terms of the law, the parties:

 

(A) FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A., a joint stock company with its head-office at Rua Funchal, No. 375, Suite 41, Room 11, District of Vila Olímpia, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 17.943.815/0001-07, with its articles of incorporation filed with the Commercial Registry of the State of São Paulo (JUCESP) under NIRE No. 352274430.866, with its Articles of Association registered with the JUCESP on June 4, 2014, herein represented on the terms of its articles of incorporation, in its capacity of “ Developer Lessor ”, hereinafter referred to as such:

 

(B) NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. a joint stock company with its with its head-office at Rua Vergueiro, No. 943, District of Liberdade, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, Postal Code 01504-000, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its acts filed with the Commercial Registry of the State of São Paulo (JUCESP) under NIRE No. 35300375491, herein represented on the terms of its Articles of Association and other applicable corporate acts, in its capacity as “ Lessee ”, hereinafter referred to as such; and

 

(C) RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA. a limited liability company with its head-office at Rua Visconde de Nácar, No. 185, Suite 41, in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 04.662.437/0001-41, herein represented on the terms of its Articles of Association, in its capacity as “ Manager ”, hereinafter referred to as such;

The Developer Lessor and the Lessee, when acting jointly, shall be named simply as “ Parties ” and severally as “ Party ”.

WHEREAS

 

(i) The Parties executed on November 5, 2014 the Private Instrument of Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants (“Lease Agreement”) having as its subject-matter the lease of the constructed area (“Shed”) in the Fernão Dias Business Park Real Estate Development (“Development”), located at Municipal Road Maria Margarida Pinto Dona Belinha No. 742, District of Pires in the Municipality of Extrema, State of Minas Gerais.

 

(ii) In the mentioned Lease Agreement the Developer Lessor agreed to construct the Shed for the LESSEE, in an undivided interest of the Development Property. The execution of the works occurred during the term of effectiveness of the contractual period.

 

(iii) The Lease Agreement provided for the delivery of the Shed with a built area of 28,656.80m 2 .

 

(iv) On October 21, 2015 the Municipal Government of Extrema issued the pertinent “Occupancy License”, a document approving the Shed, enabling its occupation, showing total measurement of 28,954.50m 2 .

 

(v) On October 23, 2015 the Parties conducted an in loco inspection, which gave rise to the Final Inspection Report and, on the same date, the Instrument of Delivery and Acceptance of the Work ( Exhibit 1 ) was executed.

 

(vi) Pursuant to Section 7.1.1 of the Lease Agreement, the Parties must execute an amendment to the Lease Agreement to formalize the Lease Term Start Date.

The Parties have agreed to enter into this First Amendment to the Private Instrument of Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants (“First Amendment”), to be governed by the following terms and conditions:


1. It is hereby defined that the Lease Term Start Date is October 23, 2015 and the Lease Term Ending Date is October 22, 2020.

 

2. As from the Lease Term Start Date, the Lessee shall begin to perform its contractual obligations, particularly those provided in Section 13.2 of the Lease Agreement, when it is certain that, as regards the payment of the first (1 st ) rent, the grace period provided in Section 9.1.1. is excepted, establishing February 1, 2016 as the date for initial payment, in accordance with the detailing shown in the table designated in Section 5 below.

 

3. The amount of the rent that was previously defined as being five hundred and seventy-three thousand, one hundred and thirty-six Reais (R$573,136.00) shall be altered, inasmuch as the measurement of the shed incurred a minor variance, changing from 28,656.80m 2 to 28,656.52m 2 . Considering the tax basis of R$20.00/m 2 , the new rental amount is five hundred and seventy-three thousand, one hundred and thirty Reais and forty cents (R$573,130.40).

 

3.1. The amount of the rent provided above, adjusted by the IPCA/IBGE (Broad Consumer Price Index/Brazilian Institute for Geography and Statistics) on the terms of Section 10.1.1 (restated by the variance of the IPCA from October/2014 to September/2015), now amounts to six hundred and twenty-seven thousand, five hundred and thirty-eight Reais and seventy-one cents (R$627,538.71).

 

4. In compliance with Section 26.10 of the Lease Agreement, the LESSEE shall pay, after the first month of grace period, i.e., on December 23, 2015, the commission for intermediation of the business, the amount of the rent, in a proportion of fifty percent (50%) to the following companies: (i) Magnitude Gestão de Negócios Imobiliários Ltda. ME, established at Rua Padre Guilherme Pompeu, No. 1, Downtown, Santana de Parnaíba – SP, Postal Code 06501-055, enrolled with the CRECI (Regional Real Estate Brokers Council) under No. 21.101-J and CNPJ No. 67.494.252/0001-95, represented by Mr. Rômulo Ângelo Perico, CRECI: 75.197; and (ii) Representações Oliveira e Cia Ltda., CNPJ No. 61.854.675/0001-92, with its head-office at Rua Colonial, No. 317 – District of Vila Velha—Postal Code 06532-065, Santa de Parnaíba – SP, represented by Mr. Ivo Carlos Fermino de Oliveira, CRECI 79.777.

 

4.1. Considering a tax basis of R$20.00/m 2 for payment of the commission, the amount is R$573,130.40 which, when prorated among each intermediating company, results in two hundred and eighty-six thousand, five hundred and sixty-five Reais and twenty cents (R$286,565.20).

 

5. Pursuant to the covenants between the Parties and aiming at facilitating the understanding of the flow of payments, the table below shall be observed:

 

Dates/Payment to:

   December 23, 2015      February 1, 2016 (pro rata 8 days)  

Brokerage companies mentioned in Section 4 above

    

R$286,565.20

R$286,565.20

 

 

  

Lessor Development

        R$789,484.18  

 

6. In addition to the Final Inspection Report that evidenced the completion of the works of the Shed, the Developer Lessor attaches to this First Amendment the Occupation Expert Report ( Exhibit 2 ), which attests its condition in the act of occupation by the LESSEE.

 

6.1. The Parties hereby ratify the terms of Section 15 of the Lease Agreement as regards the return of the Building upon termination or rescission of the Lease, stressing that the flooring shall be returned without the holes caused by the “pallet holders” that are already installed in the Shed.

The Parties hereby ratify all of the terms, clauses and conditions that have not been expressly modified by this First Amendment, which remain fully effective.

Any conflicts that should arise from this First Amendment shall be resolved on the terms of Section 28 “Arbitration Clause” of the Lease Agreement.


In Witness Whereof, the parties execute this instrument in three (3) counterparts of equal content and form, in the presence of the two (2) undersigned witnesses.

São Paulo, November 4, 2015.

 

/ S /    M ARIANA S CHILIS V IOTTI             / S /    F ERNANDO P ASMANIK S CHILIS        
FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.     FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A.
Developer Lessor     Developer Lessor
Mariana Schilis Viotti     Fernando Pasmanik Schilis

 

/ S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN            

 

NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.    
Lessee    
Marcio Kumruian    

 

/ S /    R ICARDO C ÁLCENA A GUERO            

 

RCA GERENCIAMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA    
Manager    
Ricardo Cálcena Aguero    

Witnesses:

 

1. By:   / S /    E LSON C ARLOS DE S OUSA             2. By:   / S /    R OBSON F ERNANDO R ODRIGUES        
Name:   Elson Carlos de Sousa     Name:   Robson Fernando Rodrigues
ID (RG):   20.433.652-1     ID (RG):   24.649.496-7
Taxpayer Card (CPF):170.695.58-65     Taxpayer Card (CPF):185.334.968-26

(Execution page of the First Amendment to the Private Instrument of Property Lease Agreement and Other Covenants dated November 4, 2015 by and between FW2 LOGÍSTICA E EMPREENDIMENTOS IMOBILIÁRIOS S.A., NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. and RCA GERENCIMENTO E FISCALIZAÇÃO LTDA.)

Exhibit 10.0 3

GL Empreendimentos

PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.

I – PARTIES

 

I.1. As “ LESSOR ”, hereinafter referred to as such, CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA. , a legal entity of private law with its principal place of business at Avenida Engenheiro Antônio de Góes, 60, 15 th Floor, Suites 1503/1504, Pina, in the City of Recife, State of Pernambuco, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CNPJ/MF) under No. 10.171.090/0001-37, herein represented, pursuant to its Articles of Association, by GERSON DE AQUINO LUCENA JÚNIOR , Brazilian, married, industrialist, bearer of identity card RG No. 1.370.710 SSP/PE, enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance (CPF/MF) under No. 217.130.734-04, resident and domiciled in the City of Recife, State of Pernambuco.

 

I.2. As “ LESSEE ” hereinafter referred to as such, NS2.COM INTERNET S/A , a joint-stock company enrolled with the CNPJ/MF under No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its principal place of business in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo, at Rua Vergueiro, 396, Liberdade, herein represented by its Officer, Mr.  HAGOP CHABAB , Brazilian, married, businessperson, bearer of identity card RG No. 18.288.150-7 SSP/SP and enrolled with the CPF/MF under No. 288.834.908-60, resident and domiciled in the City of São Paulo, State of São Paulo.

II – SECTIONS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LEASE

The undersigned parties named and identified above, by this private instrument and on the best terms of the law, agree to enter into this PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES , in accordance with the following Sections and Conditions which the parties mutually an reciprocally agree upon and grant:

SECTION ONE: LEASE PROPERTY

 

1.1. LESSOR is the lawful owner and holder, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, of the urban property located at Rua Riachão, 200, in the City of Jaboatão dos Guararapes, State of Pernambuco, postal code 54335-025.

A tract of land named “LOT 1A” (one A), with a total area of one hundred and fifty-two thousand, two hundred and ninety square meters (152,290 m 2 ), identified by the Specifications transcribed below: Property name: LOT 1A RESULTING FROM REGROUPING OF LOTS 1, 2 AND 3. Owner: CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA. Destination: Logistic Sheds – Boundaries of the regrouped property: To the north: With a canal and Tract of Land II – To the south: With a 30 m wide projected street – To the east: With BR-101 South highway and a Shed of CEBRACE – To the west: With a 25 m wide projected street. Polygonal: Starting at point 01, with coordinates E= 285,950.340 m and N= 9,097,264.080 m, aiming at the azimuth of 64°22’46.19” for a distance of 328.000 m to point 02 with coordinates E=286,250.550 m and N=9,097,396.190 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 178°51’04.21” for a distance of 31.330m to point 03, with coordinates E=286,250.160 m and N=9,097,364.860 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 77°21’11.74” for a distance of 35.000 m to point 04, with coordinates E=286,284.540 m and N=9,097,371.410 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 160°54’22.89” for a distance of 140.000 m to point 05, with coordinates E=286,326.000 m and N=9,097,237.690 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 250°54’22.89” for a distance of 210.000 m to point 5A, with coordinates E=286,125,420 m and N=9,097,175.500 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 160°54’22.89” for a distance of 112.000 m to point 06A with coordinates E=286,158,590 m and N=9,097,068.500 m.

 


From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 70°54’22.89” for a distance of 210.000 m to point 06 with coordinates E=286,359.170 m and N=9,097,138.520 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 160°54’22.89” for a distance of 119.000 m to point 07, with coordinates E=286,394.410 m and N=9,097,017.050 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 160°54’22.89” for a distance of 119.000 m to point 08, with coordinates E=286,429.650 m and N=9,096,903.390 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 250°54’22.89” for a distance of 351.000 m to point 09, with coordinates E=286,094.400 m and N=9,096,799.440 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 340°54’22.89” for a distance of 119.000 m to point 10, with coordinates E=286,059.150 m and N=9,096,913.110 m. From this point, aiming at the azimuth of 340°54’22.89” for a distance of 119.000 m to point 11, with coordinates E=286,023.910 m and N=9,097,026.770 m. From this point, aiming at the 340°54’22.89” for a distance of 248.450 m to point 01, the start point of this description. Registered with the Municipality of Jaboatão under No. 1.3040.011.01.2278.0000.4, sequential No. 1.496181.4.

 

1.1.2. The property has a total area of one hundred and fifty-two thousand, two hundred and ninety square meters (152,900.00 m 2 ) and shall have, once the constructions have been completed, the built-up area of eighty-one thousand, five hundred and twenty-four square meters (81,524 m 2 ), composed as follows:

 

(a) a common area with three thousand, one hundred and twenty square meters (3,120.00 m 2 ) composed of: i) an Administrative Block with an area intended for installation of a kitchen/cafeteria, male and female restrooms, medical care room, administrative room, training room, outside support restrooms; ii) a technical area composed of substation, measurement, generator and pump room; iii) an area composed of gatehouse, security room, restroom, water tank and raised security cabin; iv) an area intended for parking cargo and passenger vehicles; and

 

(b) the area of private use, which shall have seventy-eight thousand, four hundred and four square meters (78,404 m 2 ), composed of three blocks named Block A, Block B and Block C; Block A shall be composed of fourteen (14) sheds for lease named 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 9A, 10A, 11A, 12A, 13A, 14A, each of the sheds with two thousand, two hundred and eighty-seven square meters (2,287 m 2 ) of leasable area, containing four (4) docks each shed; Block B shall be composed of ten (10) sheds for lease, named 1B, 2B, 3B, 4B, 5B, 6B, 7B, 8B, 9B and 10B, each of the sheds with one thousand, eight hundred and thirty-seven square meters (1,837.00 m 2 ) of leasable area, containing four (4) docks each shed; Block C shall be composed of eight (8) sheds for lease, named 1C, 2C, 3C, 4C, 5C, 6C, 7C, 8C, each of the sheds with three thousand, five hundred and two square meters (3,502.00 m 2 ) of leasable area.

 

1.1.3. LESSOR shall be entitled, at any time, upon prior communication to LESSEE , to formally implement the Condominium of said property, as provided for by Law 4591/64 and the Brazilian Civil Code; nonetheless, it is hereby agreed that all common expenses shall be apportioned since the beginning of this lease, in proportion to the leased areas, as provided for by article 23, paragraph 3 of Law 8245/91.

 

1.2. The aforementioned property is free and clear of any judicial or extrajudicial liens or encumbrances, legal and conventional mortgages, emphyteusis, pension, provisional attachments or seizures that might affect its peaceful and undisturbed use, including by LESSEE .

 

1.3. By this instrument and on the best terms of the law, LESSOR delivers to LESSEE , as non-residential lease for commercial purposes, SHEDS “7A and 8A” (“PROPERTY”) , described and characterized in item 1.1.2 of this Section One of this Lease Agreement, with a total area of 4,402 m 2 of built-up area, and LESSEE receives the PROPERTY after a broad and careful inspection carried out by it in the PROPERTY and after LESSEE has confirmed that the PROPERTY has the area indicated and is in perfect conditions of use, with all its devices in full and perfect conditions of use and operation, undertaking to keep them as such throughout the lease term, until actual vacancy and return thereof to LESSOR , bearing all resulting costs and expenses, including those with the replacement of materials and equipment under this agreement.

 


1.4. LESSOR hereby undertakes to supply any required documents regarding the PROPERTY in order to enable LESSEE to file for its Operating Permit and to start activities in the PROPERTY hereunder. LESSOR shall be liable for obtaining the certificate of occupancy of the PROPERTY .

SECTION TWO: DESTINATION

 

2.1. The PROPERTY shall be solely and exclusively intended, on a continuous and uninterrupted basis, for performance of the activities set forth in the Articles of Association of LESSEE as of the date of execution of this Agreement, provided that the destination of the PROPERTY shall not be modified without prior and written consent of LESSOR , subject to penalty of termination hereof.

SECTION THREE: TERM OF EFFECTIVENESS OF THE LEASE

 

3.1. The term of effectiveness of this Lease Agreement is sixty (60) months (“Contractual Term”) , starting on November 1, 2012 (“Lease Start Date”) and consequently expiring on October 31, 2017 (“Lease Expiration Date”).

 

3.2. Upon expiration of the agreed term, this lease shall be terminated by operation of law, regardless of any notice or notification, in which case LESSEE shall immediately vacate the PROPERTY and return the respective keys thereto to LESSOR , letting it completely free of persons and objects, except for the right to the Action for Renewal under the applicable law.

SECTION FOUR: RENEWAL OPTION

 

4.1. The parties establish the prerogative of renewal of this lease for another term of sixty (60) months (regarded as a “Renewal Term”). LESSEE shall exercise the prerogative by sending a written notice to LESSOR for that purpose (“Renewal Notice”) in the period from the 12 th and the 6 th month before the “Lease Expiration Date”.

 

4.2. In the event that LESSEE exercises the prerogative within the respective “Renewal Term”, the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement shall be complied with, except in relation to the rent amount to be paid as from start of the “Renewal Term”, which shall be established in accordance with the market value adopted at the time of the renewal which, however, shall not be smaller than the amount in effect upon the “Renewal Notice” in any event whatsoever.

 

4.3. The review of the rent amount upon the renewal prerogative is distinct from and shall not be confused with the rent adjustment in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section Six.

 

4.4. The renewal prerogative may be solely exercised if LESSEE is in strictly compliance with all its legal and contractual obligations relating to this lease under the applicable Law.

 

4.5. The Renewal shall be solely consummated if, upon granting of the “Renewal Term” within the advance term set forth in item 4.1 for delivery of the “Renewal Notice”, the parties reach an agreement in writing on the new rent amount to be adopted within the “Renewal Term”, with due regard of the right to the Action for Renewal set forth in the applicable law.

 

4.65. If the parties fail to reach such agreement, LESSEE shall be consequently required to return the PROPERTY on the “Lease Expiration Date” set forth in item 3.1, precisely as provided for herein, except for the right to the Action for Renewal set forth in applicable law.

SECTION FIVE: RENT

 

5.1. The monthly rent agreed by mutual and full agreement for the first twelve (12) months of lease to be paid by LESSEE to LESSOR is SEVENTEEN REAIS (R$17.00) per leased built-up square meter, thus resulting in the total amount of the monthly rent for this first period of twelve (12) months of lease of seventy-four thousand, eight hundred and thirty-four Reais (R$74,834.00) to be paid in Brazilian currency.

 

5.1.1. The leased PROPERTY has a total lease built-up area of 4,402 m 2 which, when multiplied by the amount of seventeen Reais (R$17.00/m 2 ) , results in the monthly rent amount defined in item 5.1.


5.2. For the first twelve (12) months of lease, LESSOR grants to LESSEE a discount of one Real per square meter (R$1.00/m 2 ) of lease which, however, shall be solely applied of the payment of rent is undeferrably made by the date set forth in item 5.3.

 

5.2.1. The discount of the monthly rent amount of the PROPERTY for the first twelve (12) months of lease is one Real per square meter (R$1.00/m 2 ) which, when multiplied by the area of 4,402 m 2 of the PROPERTY , results in an amount of discount of four thousand, four hundred and two Reais (R$4,402.00).

 

5.2.2. As from the thirteenth (13 th ) month of rent, the discount granted in accordance with item 5.2 shall automatically expire, and the square meter (m 2 ) lease amount of the PROPERTY , without any discount, shall return to the amount of seventeen Reais per square meter (R$17.00/m 2 ), accrued by the annual adjustment index defined in Section Six of this Agreement.

 

5.3. The amount corresponding to the monthly rent shall be paid by LESSEE by the fifth (5 th ) day of the month following month due, at the address of the principal place of business of LESSOR , located at Avenida Engenheiro Antônio de Góes, 60, 15 th Floor, Suites 1503/1504, Pina, in the City of Recife, State of Pernambuco, or at any other place to be defined by LESSOR in writing, at least five (5) days in advance of the rent maturity date.

 

5.4. LESSOR may issue a simple bank collection slip to be delivered at the address of LESSEE five (5) days before the rent maturity date, or LESSEE may make payment of the monthly rent amount by means of a bank deposit in the checking account held by LESSOR with Banco do Brasil , Branch No. 3434-7 , Checking Account No. 5671-5 . The corresponding deposit receipt shall be valid and effective as rent payment receipt, after the amount set forth in the deposit receipt becomes available to LESSOR .

 

5.5. In the event that the rent is matured and not paid by the date set forth herein, it shall be accrued by: (a) default interest of one percent (1%) per month; (b) monthly monetary restatement in accordance with the indexes set forth in Section Six below; (c) default fine of ten percent (10%) on the total amount of the obligation in arrears and finally, (d) attorney’s fees of twenty percent (20%) of the total restated debt amount, in case of litigation. The amounts set forth in sub-items “a” and “b” shall be calculated on a pro rata die basis from the rent maturity date to the date of actual payment thereof.

 

5.6. If LESSOR fails to make payment of monthly rent established herein within the term established herein, LESSEE shall be automatically served notice of default.

SECTION SIX: ADJUSTMENT

 

6.1. The rent amount is permanently subject to adjustment in accordance with the occasional loss of the purchasing power of the legal currency, in order to avoid a reduction in the price established for the lease.

 

6.1.1. The monthly rent amount due by LESSEE to LESSOR is defined in item 5.1 of this Agreement.

 

6.2. The monetary restatement of the monthly rent amount shall be calculated in accordance with the positive accumulated variation of the General Market Price Index (IGP-M) calculated by Getúlio Vargas Foundation (FGV) and, in the absence of this index or in case of impossibility or impediment of its use, the restatement shall be based, in the following order, on (i) the General Price Index (IGP) calculated by Getúlio Vargas Foundation (FGV), (ii) the Consumer Price Index (IPC) calculated by the Economic Research Institute Foundation of São Paulo State University (IPC/FIPE) and (iii) any other official index, so that, in any and all event, the monthly rent amount shall be monetarily restated in order to avoid any loss of its value and, consequently, its degradation due to loss of the purchasing power of the currency.

 


6.3. As long as there is any legal impediment to the monetary restatement of the monthly rent amount at a periodicity shorter than annual, the adjustment shall be made after each period of twelve (12) months, and the adjustment of the monthly rent amount for the first period of twelve (12) months of effectiveness of this agreement shall be made considering the positive accumulated variation of the General Market Price Index (IGP-M) calculated by Getúlio Vargas Foundation (FGV) or any index that may replace it, as set forth in item 6.2 above, in the period from the month before start of the term of effectiveness of the lease and the month before completion of the period of twelve (12) months, and as from this first adjustment, always after twelve (12) months and in the same month of the first adjustment, considering the positive accumulated variation of the previous period of twelve (12) months.

 

6.4. If the monetary restatement of the monthly rent amount is authorized, by a court decision or a change in law, to be made at a periodicity shorter than twelve (12) months, the parties agree that the shorter periodicity then permitted shall be adopted upon prior communication to LESSEE .

SECTION SEVEN: CHARGES AND APPORTIONMENT OF THE EXPENSES OF THE COMMON AREAS

 

7.1. In addition to the monthly rent agreed upon the parties and any other charges under the liability of LESSEE under this agreement, LESSEE shall be liable for paying the following, throughout the lease and for as long as it occupies the leased PROPERTY , until actual vacancy and return thereof to LESSOR under this agreement, (i) all taxes, fees and contributions of any kind whatsoever that are or may be levied on the PROPERTY , proportionally and corresponding to the leased area, and (ii) all expenses with consumption of electricity, water, sewage and any other supply of goods and services, and shall pay any such charges and expenses by the respective due dates, directly to whomever it may lawfully concern or to LESSOR , by way of reimbursement, in case that LESSOR has paid any such charges or expenses; in addition, LESSEE shall also bear any costs and charges arising out of any delayed payment of said obligations.

 

7.1.1. LESSOR shall be entitled to pay the corresponding Urban Real Estate Tax (IPTU) on the urban property, as described in items 1.1.1 and 1.1.2 of Section One of this agreement, directly to the Municipal Public Authority, by making the apportionment among the lessees of leased areas, in proportion to said leased area, considering the total leased areas and areas available for lease, provided that the amount to be prorated shall correspond to the respective total amount due, in accordance with the calculation made by the Municipal Public Authority, as determined in the Tax Code of Jaboatão dos Guararapes – Municipal Law No. 155 of December 27, 1991, as subsequently amended.

 

7.1.2. A discount shall be granted in general to all taxpayers of the city for advanced collection of said Urban Real Estate Tax (IPTU), as provided for by Article 22, paragraph 1 of the Tax Code of Jaboatão dos Guararapes – Municipal Law No. 155 of December 27, 1991, as subsequently amended and, in case that LESSOR benefits from this discount, the amount to be prorated shall take into account said discount for benefit of the LESSEES .

 

7.1.3. However, in case of offset against the payment of the Urban Real Estate Tax (IPTU) to LESSOR on account and as a result of advance payment thereof, in any manner, such offset shall not be extended to the LESSEES because, in such event, it is not a benefit granted but rather a right available to LESSOR to offset its credit arising out of the amount that it may have paid in advance to the municipality in any manner, including by performing works of improvement of the municipal public infrastructure and streets, the costs of which shall be borne by the municipality.

 

7.1.4. The supply of electricity to the LESSEES shall be made by means of the concessionaire, through a single supply line to the condominium to serve all lessees. However, an individual consumption measurer shall be installed for each lessee for purposes of apportionment of the total amount charged for the electricity supplied, in accordance with each measurer, and LESSEE agrees to pay the amount corresponding to its apportionment, which shall be clear, legal and payable.

 


7.2. In accordance with item 1.1.2 and 1.1.3, the expenses of the common areas shall be due by LESSEE and paid to LESSOR on a monthly basis, always on the fifth (5 th ) day of each month, proportionally to the leased area and together with the monthly rent amount. Expenses of the common areas mean the armed or unarmed surveillance services, reception services, cleaning services of the common areas, apportionment of water, sewage and electricity of the common areas, gardening expenses, urban cleaning fee, firefighters fee and any other expenses or charges levied on the common areas and the respective management, which shall be prorated always in proportion to the leased area.

SECTION EIGHT: LESSEE’S OBLIGATIONS

 

8.1. LESSEE is also required: (a) to pay the rent, lease charges and expenses of the common areas listed in items (h) and (i) below, in a timely manner, directly to the collecting agents and/or to LESSOR ; (b) to use the PROPERTY for the purposes established in this Agreement; (c) to return the PROPERTY , upon lease expiration, under the conditions set forth in Sections Ten and Eleven; (d) to immediately notify LESSOR , by means of a formal and written document to be delivered at its address, as set forth in Section 1, item 1.1, of the occurrence of any defect or damage that shall be repaired by LESSOR , as well as of any disturbances by third parties; (e) to immediately repair any damages occurred in the PROPERTY , or in its facilities, caused by LESSEE , its employees, customers, suppliers, service providers, its own vehicles or the vehicles of third parties contracted by LESSEE ; (f) not to modify the PROPERTY internally or externally without prior and written consent of LESSOR ; (g) to immediately deliver to LESSOR any notice, summons, fine or requirement of any public authority, including those addressed to the LESSEE itself; (h) to pay the lease charges defined by the parties as the expenses relating to installed public utilities, purchase of insurances, and any taxes/costs directly related to the PROPERTY (power, electricity, gas, water, sewage and Urban Real Estate Tax – IPTU; (i)  LESSEE shall pay the amount of the expenses of the common areas to LESSOR , on a monthly basis, in proportion to the leased area; (j) to enable inspection of the PROPERTY by LESSOR , upon delivery of prior communication by LESSOR indicating the date and time, and enable the PROPERTY inspection by third parties, in case of disposal thereof; (k) to undertake liability for the PROPERTY cleaning, preservation AND painting, including any hydraulic, electric, mechanic and security equipment; (1) any other expenses relating to the PROPERTY use or operation in accordance with the criterion set forth in Section Two, item 2.l. that are not defined above shall be also LESSEE’S liability. (m)  LESSEE shall keep the area underneath the marquise free and clear of any type of material, products or goods at all times, as said area shall be solely used for load and unload of trucks.

SECTION NINE: INSURANCE AND RISKS FOR OCCURRENCE OF DAMAGES AND LOCAL PROPERTY INSURANCE

 

9.1. LESSOR undertakes to keep the entire leased area, with all its accessions and improvements, throughout the lease term, regularly insured with a reputable, first-line insurer of the insurances market in Brazil, by means of a property policy covering all risks of building destruction, including but not limited to the risks arising out of destruction by fire, lightening, explosion, collapse for any reason, windstorm and vehicle crash, in accordance with a valuation performed by the insurer, but never less than the amount hereby accepted by the parties as the actual amount of the PROPERTY for the first period of twelve (12) months, of four million, four hundred and two thousand Reais (R$4,402,000.00), corresponding to the amount of one thousand Reais (R$1,000.00) per leased built-up square meter, restated after every twelve (12) months of effectiveness of this Agreement in accordance with monetary restatement index set forth in this Agreement for adjustment of the monthly rent or by the actual valuation of the leased PROPERTY , at all times adopting the highest amount, being established that LESSOR shall be the exclusive beneficiary of the insurance.

 

9.1.1. The insurance shall be automatically renewed and maintained throughout the period when LESSEE remains in the leased building and this Agreement is in effect.

 

9.1.2. LESSOR undertakes to provide LESSEE with copies of the respective insurance policies whenever there is a renewal, except in the beginning of the lease term, when the copies shall be sent before start of the activities.


9.1.3. LESSOR shall purchase the insurance referred to in item 9.1 of this section, choosing the insurer and making payment of the respective premium. However, LESSEE agrees to reimburse LESSOR for the respective premium paid, provided that, if the insurance is purchased by LESSOR for the entire construction rather than only for the area leased to LESSEE , the respective premium shall be borne by LESSEE in proportion to and corresponding to the leased area.

 

9.1.3.1. The reimbursement referred to in sub-item 9.1.3 above shall be made as if the premium payment had been contracted, upon submission by LESSOR to LESSEE of the Contract and the respective invoice paid or to be paid.

 

9.1.3.2. If LESSEE delays the payment of one or more installments of said reimbursement, LESSEE agrees to pay the following on the amount in arrears: (i) monetary restatement according to the accumulated positive variation of the General Market Price Index (IGP-M), calculated by Getúlio Vargas Foundation (FGV), from the reimbursement date to the date of actual payment; (ii) default interest of one percent (1%) per month and a fraction thereof for the period of delay, and (iii) fine of ten percent (10%) on the amount then matured and unpaid, duly monetarily restated, provided that said charges shall apply regardless of judicial or extrajudicial claim, notice or notification.

 

9.2. LESSEE hereby expressly, irrevocably and irreversibly acknowledges and agrees that LESSOR shall not be directly or indirectly held liable by LESSEE , in any event whatsoever, for any damages or losses caused to the equipment, machines, inventories of material, any other goods, documents and/or any other assets owned by LESSEE or by third parties, located in any of the components of the commercial PROPERTY leased to it, whether caused by theft, stealing, fire, collapse, water leakage, flooding or any act of anyone, or by any other accident, claim or fact that may occur due to any reason, throughout the time when LESSEE remains in any part of the PROPERTY hereby leased, until actual return thereof to LESSOR , completely empty, except when LESSOR has provenly contributed by fault or willful misconduct to the occurrence of any of the acts, accidents, losses or any other facts causing damages and losses to LESSOR and third parties.

 

9.2.1. Consequently and in addition to the provisions above, LESSEE hereby waives any right or claim that it might have from LESSOR upon occurrence of any of the acts, accidents, claims or any other facts set forth above, for any reason, except in case of exclusive or concomitant negligence of LESSSOR .

 

9.2.2. For that purpose, in case that LESSEE desires to prevent any of the problems set forth above, LESSEE shall, under its exclusive and full liability and at its sole and exclusive expense, purchase full insurance, from a reputable insurer, against all said claims and/or accidents, in the actual amounts of all its belongings and/or the belongings of any third parties located in any of the facilities of the commercial PROPERTY hereby leased and/or in its vicinity, from the lease start date to the date of full vacancy and return of the commercial PROPERTY hereby leased, completely vacated.

SECTION TEN: PROPERTY PRESERVATION AND IMPROVEMENTS

 

10.1. LESSEE expressly represents that it is receiving the PROPERTY in perfect state of preservation, use and occupancy, with new painting and all its electric, hydraulic and sanitation installations in perfect operation, as described in the INSPECTION REPORT which, once duly executed by the parties, becomes an integral part hereof for all purposes, and LESSEE undertakes to keep the PROPERTY as such until actual return thereof to LESSOR .

 

10.2. During the term of effectiveness of the lease and for as long as LESSEE holds the possession of the PROPERTY , LESSEE shall be required to perform, at its expense and under its sole liability, all works required for its preservation, maintenance and repair, while LESSOR shall be liable for any works relating to the building structure.

 


10.3. LESSOR shall be entitled to inspect compliance with the obligations under the liability of LESSEE under this lease agreement, visit and inspect the PROPERTY by means of a person designated by LESSOR on a date and time previously notified to LESSEE , provided that the person authorized by LESSOR may be accompanied by a representative of LESSEE at such visit and inspection.

 

10.4. LESSEE shall not, without prior and written consent of LESSOR , make any changes and/or improvements of any kind whatsoever in the PROPERTY. Once any improvements have been made, whether authorized or not, it is hereby clarified and agreed that they shall not give rise to any right to indemnity, shall be incorporated to the PROPERTY and shall not be used as a basis to claim retention of the PROPERTY upon expiration or termination of the Lease.

 

10.5. Any removable improvements made in the PROPERTY may be taken away upon expiration or termination of this instrument, as long as it does not result in any damage to the PROPERTY , after prior and written authorization of LESSOR . In relation to non-removable improvements, to the extent that LESSOR agreed with their permanence in the PROPERTY , LESSEE shall leave them there and not be entitled to any withholding and/or indemnity in that regard. Also in relation to non-removable improvements, to the extent that LESSOR did not agree with their permanence in the PROPERTY , LESSEE shall remove them and leave the PROPERTY under the conditions indicated in the INSPECTION REPORT .

SECTION ELEVEN: PROPERTY RETURN

 

11.1. Upon expiration or termination of the lease, LESSEE agrees to return the leased PROPERTY completely free and empty of persons and objects and in the state of preservation set forth in Section Ten of this Lease Agreement, except for wear and tear arising out of regular use and lapse of time.

 

11.2. LESSEE shall notify LESSOR at least one hundred and eighty (180) days in advance of the “Lease Expiration Date”, for the parties to inspect it in order to determine whether it is in conditions of use and operation. If not, the parties shall enter into a proper instrument listing the repairs or works that LESSEE shall undertake to perform by the “Lease Expiration Date”, restoring it to the agreed conditions.

 

11.3. It is also established that LESSEE shall mandatorily notify LESSOR one hundred and eighty (180) days in advance of the early return of the PROPERTY .

 

11.3.1. If LESSEE fails to notify LESSOR with the aforementioned advanced time, for any reason whatsoever, LESSEE shall be subject to pay a fine corresponding to three (03) monthly rents, considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, which shall be fully due at all times, regardless of the time of lease already elapsed.

 

11.4. In addition to the notice referred to in item 11.3 above and, in the absence thereof, the payment of the fine established for failure to provide said notice, as set forth in sub-item 11.3.1 above, LESSEE shall also bear, in case of early termination of the lease by LESSEE in the year of the lease term, the payment of a fine corresponding to four (04) monthly rents , considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, in proportion to the remaining period until expiration of the LEASE .

 

11.4.1. It is established for the second (2 nd ) year of lease, corresponding to the period from the thirteenth (13 th ) month of lease to the twenty-fourth (24 th ) month of lease, that the fine of four (04) monthly rents set forth in item 11.4 shall be reduced to three (03) monthly rents , considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, in proportion to the remaining period until expiration of the LEASE .

 

11.4.2. It is established for the third (3 rd ) year of lease, corresponding to the period from the twenty-fifth (25 th ) month of lease to the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month of lease, that the fine of four (04) monthly rents set forth in item 11.4 shall be reduced to two (02) monthly rents , considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, in proportion to the remaining period until expiration of the lease.

 


11.4.3. It is established for the fourth (4 th ) year of lease, corresponding to the period from the thirty-seventh (37 th ) month of lease to the forty-eighth (48 th ) month of lease, that the fine of four (04) monthly rents set forth in item 11.4 shall be reduced to two (02) monthly rents , considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, in proportion to the remaining period until expiration of the lease.

 

11.4.4. It is established for the fifth (5 th ) year of lease, corresponding to the period from the forth-ninth (49 th ) month of lease to the sixtieth (60 th ) month of lease, that the fine of four (04) monthly rents set forth in item 11.4 shall be reduced to 01 monthly rent , considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, in proportion to the remaining period until expiration of the lease.

SECTION TWELVE: IRREVOCABILITY

 

12.1. This Agreement is entered into by and between the parties on an irreversible and irrevocable basis and is governed by Law 8245/91.

SECTION THIRTEEN: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

 

13.1. LESSEE shall not (i) sublease and let the leased building, wholly or in part, or (ii) assign and transfer this agreement, wholly or in part, without prior and express consent of LESSOR. However, LESSEE may do so to companies of its economic group and/or to service provider companies that meet its purposes, provided, however, that in such event LESSEE and the GUARANTOR shall remain as principal and jointly liable for full compliance with all obligations arising out of the lease as established in this agreement, especially the payment of the monthly rents and any other lease charges, including the payment of fine in case of early termination of the lease by LESSEE .

 

13.2. Any transfer of the equity control of LESSEE on any account whatsoever shall be also regarded as assignment/transfer for purposes of the provisions in the item above.

 

13.3. The violation of any of the prohibitions set forth in this Section, in addition to not generating any obligations to LESSOR , shall result in termination of the Lease due to contractual breach and entitle LESSOR to resume possession of the PROPERTY .

SECTION FOURTEEN PROPERTY DISPOSAL

 

14.1. In the event that the PROPERTY is offered for sale, transfer or disposal, LESSEE shall not prevent the visit thereof by potential buyers and interested parties, as long as the parties previously agree upon the rules and procedures, provided that LESSEE shall have a right of first refusal in relation to the PROPERTY purchase, as set forth in Section Fifteen.

SECTION FIFTEEN: RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

15.1. In the event of sale, promise of sale, assignment or promise of assignment of rights or giving in payment of the PROPERTY , LESSEE shall have a right of first refusal to purchase it, under identical conditions with third parties, in which case LESSOR shall notify LESSEE of the business by means of judicial or extrajudicial notice or any other means of unequivocal notification.

 

15.2. The communication set forth in Item 15.1. above shall contain all conditions of the business, especially the price, the payment method, as well as the place and date for examination of the proper documentation.

 

15.3. The right of first refusal of LESSEE shall expire if it fails to unequivocally answer whether or it not fully accepts the proposal, within thirty (30) days as from the receipt of the notice set forth in item 15.1.

 

15.4. LESSEE waives the right of first refusal for purchase of the PROPERTY in the event of sale or assignment thereof to associated, controlled or subsidiary companies of the economic group of LESSOR , or for creation of a specific Real Estate Investment Fund (FIP), in which case the existence of any type of equity interest of LESSOR or of any of its shareholders shall be sufficient for the company to be the holder of the PROPERTY .

 


SECTION SIXTEEN: ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS

 

16.1. LESSOR shall have no liability or obligation whatsoever relating to or arising out of the conditions or materials that exist at the PROPERTY , including but not limited to any existing risks environmental, as long as arising out of the lease itself or attributed to the activity performed by LESSEE .

 

16.2. LESSOR shall not be liable for any costs, expenses or obligations that may result in removal of any existing conditions or materials (including environmental risks) at the PROPERTY , as long as arising out of the lease itself or attributed to the activity performed by LESSEE .

 

16.3. The execution of this Agreement shall not result in LESSOR undertaking control over or liability for any environmental risks or conditions inherent to the PROPERTY or undertaking any liability to any federal, state or municipal body for disclosure of any information relating to any conditions or materials relating to the PROPERTY which may represent a potential risk to the health, public security or environment, as long as arising out of the lease itself or attributed to the activity performed by LESSEE .

 

16.4. As long as arising out of the lease itself or attributed to the activity performed by LESSEE , without limiting the other provisions of this Section, except for any liabilities arising out of any fault by LESSOR , LESSEE specifically agrees to defend, indemnify and hold LESSOR harmless for and against any and all costs (including reasonable attorney’s fees), losses, claims and liabilities relating to or resulting from:

 

(a) violation of any federal, state or municipal law, regulations or order by LESSEE relating to hazardous substances existing at the place of the PROPERTY ;

 

(b) any commitments or negotiations of LESSEE relating to handling, removal, treatment, storage, transportation or issue of hazardous substances existing at the place of the PROPERTY ; and

 

(c) any environmental risks or hazardous substances that may exist in relation to the PROPERTY .

SECTION SEVENTEEN: TERMINATION AND FINE

 

17.1. Notwithstanding the provisions in Section Twelve, violation by the PARTIES of any of the sections of this Lease Agreement shall give rise to adoption of the following procedures by the non-defaulting party:

 

17.1.1. Impose a fine corresponding to the amount of three (03) monthly rents, considering the rent amount in effect at the time of such collection, which shall be fully due at all times, regardless of the time of lease already elapsed. The aforementioned fine shall not apply to the contractual infractions set forth in Section Five , item 5.4 and Section Eleven , item 11.3 and its sub-item 11.3.1 and item 11.4 and its sub-items 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.4.4, since there are specific penalties for the events set forth therein.

 

17.1.2. Consider this Lease Agreement terminated due to contractual breach not remedied by the defaulting party within thirty (30) days as from receipt of a notice from the compliant party.

SECTION EIGHTEEN: EXPROPRIATION

 

18.1. In the event of full or partial expropriation of the PROPERTY , fire, collapse, or any occurrences that prevent the regular use of the LESSEE beyond control of LESSOR and LESSEE , as certified by engineers and architects chosen by both parties, this Lease Agreement shall be terminated by operation of law, without payment of any fine or indemnity by one party to the other. In case of partial expropriation of the PROPERTY , the parties agree that the rent shall be reduced proportionally to the remaining area.

 


SECTION NINETEEN: GUARANTEE

 

19.1. Within sixty (60) days as from the date of execution of this agreement and under the conditions set forth in this section, LESSEE agrees to contract a letter of guarantee or bank guarantee from a first-line insurer , subject to penalty of immediate termination of this agreement by operation of law, regardless of judicial or extrajudicial claim, notice or notification, in which case LESSEE shall also bear, in case of failure to comply with this obligation within the established term and under the conditions indicated in this section, the payment to LESSOR of the contractual fine set forth in section seventeen, item 17.1.1 of this agreement.

Paragraph one. LESSEE undertakes, upon contracting of lease insurance contract, to indicate LESSOR as the beneficiary of the insurance, and to provide LESSOR with a copy of the insurance policy within five (5) days as from contracting.

Paragraph two. The lease insurance contract shall be contracted in such a manner as to cover all legal and contractual obligations of LESSEE , as set forth in article 41 of Law No. 8.245/91, including but not limited to cover payment of rents, legal charges, court costs, attorney’s fees, contractual fines, especially but not limited to fines arising out of early termination of the lease by LESSEE and required compensation, as payment, for the failure to deliver termination notice of any such early termination of the lease by LESSEE , as established in section eleven, items 11.3., 11.3.1 and 11.4, 11.4.1, 11.4.2, 11.4.3 and 11.4.4, as well as damages to the PROPERTY .

Paragraph three. LESSEE shall be solely and exclusively liable for payment of the premium of the lease insurance contract referred to in this section.

Paragraph four. Said lease insurance contract shall be maintained by LESSEE in favor of LESSOR throughout the lease term, subject to penalty of termination of this agreement by operation of law in case of absence of said lease guarantee, regardless of judicial or extrajudicial claim, notice or notification, in which case LESSEE shall make payment to LESSOR of the contractual fine set forth in section seventeen, item 17.1.1 of this agreement.

SECTION TWENTY: FINAL PROVISIONS

 

20.1. The parties also agree as follows:

 

20.1.1. It is also an obligation of LESSEE , which shall not be entitled to claim any reimbursement from LESSOR for that purpose, to satisfy all notices and notifications from any federal, state or municipal public bodies, government-controlled private companies, public agencies or companies, to the extent that said obligations are not exclusively incumbent upon the owner LESSOR .

 

20.1.2. LESSEE shall pay any and all contribution, fine, interest, monetary restatement, costs, fees, and court costs in general that may be charged or imposed due to violation of any law or regulations, as long as relating to the lease term, including in the event of delayed payment of any taxes, charges or additional amounts set forth herein;

 

20.1.3. LESSEE undertakes to immediately notify LESSOR in writing of the receipt of any notices and summons referred to in this Section, as well as to comply with the general rules that regulate the use of the leased PROPERTY , including the respective Internal Regulations , a copy of which is hereby received and fully acknowledged by LESSEE as an integral part of this instrument, which serves as a receipt thereof;

 

20.1.4. LESSEE and the GUARANTORS also agree to notify LESSOR in writing of any change of address;

 

20.1.5. Failure by any of the parties to exercise or the delayed exercise of any right ensured to it hereunder or by law shall not be deemed novation or waiver of such right or impair any subsequent exercise thereof;

 

20.1.6. The nullity or invalidity of any of the sections of this Agreement shall not affect the validity and efficacy of the other sections and conditions set forth herein;

 

20.1.7. If of the parties intends to arrange for annotations and/or registrations of this Agreement, all expenses resulting therefrom shall be such party’s full and exclusive liability;


20.1.8. All documents and communications, which shall be made in writing at all times, to be sent by any of the parties shall be delivered at the addresses set forth in the preamble hereof, by letter with return receipt, registry of deeds and documents or delivery in person with acknowledgement of receipt.

 

20.1.9. LESSOR is hereby authorized to disclose LESSEE’S logo, as well as the Entity name (in short and/or full form) on its electronic site, and any other advertising materials relating to LESSOR .

 

20.1.10. LESSEE is entitled, at no additional cost or lien, to a right of lease reserve/preference under the same terms and conditions defined herein, of another four (4) neighboring properties of those set forth in this agreement, a right which shall be exercised by LESSEE by September 30, 2012.

 

20.1.11. In the period from October 1 to 15, 2012, if LESSOR receives any written proposal from a third party for lease of two (02) or more neighboring sheds to the PROPERTY hereunder, LESSOR undertakes to notify LESSEE to exercise its right of first refusal. LESSEE shall answer in writing, within 5 business days as from receipt of said notice, confirming its right of first refusal in relation to the lease, under the same terms and conditions set forth herein. The failure to answer shall be characterized as waiver of said right.

 

21.1.12. LESSEE shall be entitled to arrange for annotation of this Lease Agreement on the PROPERTY registration.

SECTION TWENTY-ONE: JURISDICTION

 

21.1. The parties elect the Courts of the Judicial District of Recife, State of Pernambuco, to resolve any issues relating to the existence of, compliance with and validity of this Agreement, and expressly waive any other courts, however privileged they may be, including in case of change of domicile of any of them.

 

21.2. It is also agreed that, in any Legal Proceeding, any Summons, Notice and Notification may be served in any of the manners set forth in article 58, item IV of Federal Law No. 8245/91.

III – CLOSING TERM AND SIGNATURES

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Lease Agreement in three (03) identical counterparts, in the presence of two (2) undersigned witnesses, to generate all its legal effects.

Recife/PE, September 18, 2012

/ S /    G ERSON DE A QUINO L UCENA J ÚNIOR

 

CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA.

Gerson de Aquino Lucena Júnior

LESSOR

/ S /    H AGOP C HABAB

 

NS2.COM INTERNET S/A.

Hagop Chabab

LESSEE

 

Witnesses:

        1.     / S /    G RACIELA K. T ANAKA        

  

        2.     / S /    R ODRIGO M ARINHO        

Name: Graciela K. Tanaka

   Name: Rodrigo Marinho

ID card (RG): 25767308-8

   ID card (RG): 5167440


1 ST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

By this private instrument of 1 ST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT the parties designated and identified below, in the full and total understanding of all of the clauses and conditions freely covenanted and accepted, including as regards scope and effects, referred to jointly as PARTIES and severally as designated below, to wit:

 

1. On the one part, as LESSOR , as named hereinafter, the legal entity of private law incorporated as a limited liability company, CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA ., with its head-office in this city of Recife, State of Pernambuco, with address at Avenida Engenheiro Antônio Góes, No. 60, 15 th floor, room 1503, in the District if Pina, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 10.171.090/0001-37, herein represented on the terms of its Articles of Association by its partner and executive officer, as declared by him, Mr. GERSON DE AQUINO LUCENA JÚNIOR, Brazilian, married, industrialist, enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CPF/MF No. 217.130.734-04 and bearer of Identity Card RG No. 1.370.710 SSP–PE, resident and domiciled in the Municipality of Recife, Pernambuco.

 

2. On the other part, as LESSEE , as named hereinafter, NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. , a joint stock company enrolled with the enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its head-office in the Capital City of State of São Paulo, with address at Rua Vergueiro, No. 396, District of Liberdade, herein represented by its Executive Officer, Mr.  MARCIO KUMRUIAN , bearer of Identity Card RG No. 24.122.221-7 and enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CPF/MF No. 168.764.418-73, resident and domiciled in the Municipality of São Paulo/SP.

WHEREAS:

 

1. On September 18, 2012 the PARTIES appointed and identified above executed a LEASE AGREEMENT having as its subject-matter MODULES 7A and 8A, included in a combination of modules of a total of 14 MODULES, constructed on “PLOT 1A” (one A), in the Municipality of Jaboatão dos Guararapes, State of Pernambuco, with address of the mentioned development at Rua Riachão, No. 200, District of Prazeres, Postal Code 54335-025.

 

2. The LESSEE is interested in leasing another four (4) modules of the same and mentioned development of modules which are full and exclusive property of the LESSOR , which are the MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, free and clear of persons and objects, there being no burdens or liens that are applicable to them.

 

3. The LESSOR, in turn, is interested in granting under lease to the LESSEE the mentioned MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, adjusting the term and the Insurance and maintaining the amount of the monthly rent for such new modules, as well as any and all of the clauses and conditions of the mentioned lease agreement.

RESOLVE and have jointly agreed to AMEND the mentioned LEASE AGREEMENT so as to include in the subject-matter of the lease MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, pursuant to the following clauses and conditions, to wit:

Section 1. Subject-matter of the lease.

MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A are included in the subject-matter of the LEASE AGREEMENT previously designated and now amended, with a leased area of 8,632 m 2 , which are described and characterized in items 1.1 and 1.1.2 of Section 1 of the lease agreement amended hereunder, to be delivered by the LESSOR to the LESSEE on the first (1 st ) day of the month of January of the year two thousand and thirteen (2013), the date on which the period of lease of such four (4) new modules begins to run.

 


Section 2. Period of lease.

The parties hereby establish by mutual agreement that, so that the end of the lease of all of the MODULES can occur during in the same period, the period of the lease of MODULES 7A and 8A shall be altered, so as to be effective for sixty-three (63) months. The beginning of the lease of MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, therefore, as mentioned, shall be on the first (1 st ) day of the month of January of the year two thousand and thirteen (2013), thus ending at the same time as expected for MODULES 7A and 8A, thus scheduled for January 31, 2018, subject to the renewal on the terms of the lease agreement amended hereunder.

Section 3. The monthly rent, its payment and the adjustment.

The monthly rent of these new MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, for the period from January 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013, shall correspond to the amount of seventeen Reais (R$17.00) per square meter, amounting to a monthly total of one hundred and forty-six thousand, seven hundred and forty-four Reais (R$146,744.00). For the period from January 1, 2013 to October 31, 2013 the LESSOR grants a discount of one Real per square meter (R$1.00/m 2 ) of lease that, when multiplied by the area of 8,632 m 2 of the property, totals the amount of the discount of eight thousand, six hundred and thirty-two Reais (R$8,632.00). The amount of the lease of the new MODULES shall be paid on the same day on which the monthly rents of MODULES 7A and 8A fall due, and together with the payment of such monthly leases of MODULES 7A and 8A, currently in an amount of seventy-four thousand, eight hundred and thirty-four Reais (R$74,834.00) with a discount of one Real per square meter (R$1.00/m 2 ) of lease in the period from November 1, 2012 to October 31, 2013, arriving at an amount of discount of four thousand, four hundred and two Reais (R$4,402.00).

Paragraph One . The amount of the monthly lease of MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A shall be adjusted on November 1, 2013, according to the positive accrued variance of the IGP-M (General Market Price Index) calculated by the FGV (Getúlio Vargas Foundation), incurred in the period from November 1, 2012 to October 31, 2013, with the date of the first adjustment (November 1, 2013), on the terms of the agreement amended hereunder, being the base date for the other annual adjustments, so that as from then on the monthly rent shall be restated monetarily successively upon each period of twelve (12) months, always using as the base amount for the calculation of the adjustment the amount of the last adjusted lease.

Section 4. The Insurance and the Risks Due to Occurrence of Damages and the Insurance of the Leased Property.

 

4.1. For the lease of the new MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A the LESSOR undertakes to maintain the entire area leased, with all of its ancillary fixtures and improvements, throughout the entire period of the lease, regularly insured with a reputable and first-line insurer in the Brazilian insurance market by means of a property policy, covering all of the risks of destruction of the building, including but not limited to those deriving from destruction due to fire, lightning, explosion, landslide for any reason, windstorm and impact of vehicles, according to the valuation effective by the insurer, but never less than the amount accepted hereunder by the parties as being the true value of the property, for the first period of twelve (12) months, of eight million, six hundred and thirty-two thousand Reais (R$8,632,000.00), which corresponds to the amount of one thousand Reais (R$1,000.00) per leased constructed square meter, with restatement of the mentioned amount upon each twelve (12) months of effectiveness of this agreement, according to the monetary restatement index provided in this agreement for adjustment of the monthly rent and by the effective valuation of the leased property, always adopting the higher amount, showing the LESSOR as exclusive beneficiary of the insurance.

 

4.1.1. The insurance shall be renewed annually and shall be maintained throughout the period that the LESSEE remains in the leased building and this Agreement is effective.

 

4.1.2. The LESSOR hereby undertakes to send to the LESSEE copies of all of the relevant insurance policies whenever there is renewal thereof, except for the beginning of the period of lease, when the copies shall be sent upon the beginning of the activities.


4.1.3. The LESSOR shall purchase the insurance referred to in item 4.1. above of this Section, choosing the insurer and effecting payment of the relevant premium, whereby the LESSEE undertakes to reimburse the LESSOR for the amount of the premium paid, making it clear that if the insurance is contracted by the LESSOR for the entire building and not only for the area leased to the LESSEE , the relevant premium shall be borne by the LESSEE in proportion to the leased area.

 

4.1.3.1. The reimbursement referred to in sub-item 4.1.3 above shall be effective in the same way as the payment of the premium has been contracted, by means of presentation by the LESSOR to the LESSEE of the Agreement of the Contract and of the relevant invoice paid or to be paid.

 

4.1.3.2. If the LESSEE delays the payment of one or more of the installments of the mentioned reimbursement, the LESSEE undertakes to pay (i) monetary restatement according to the positive variance of the General Market Price Index (IGP-M), calculated by the Getúlio Vargas Foundation (FGV) incurred from the date of the reimbursement to the date of effective payment; (ii) default interest of one percent (1%) per month or fraction thereof for the period of delay that has occurred, and (iii) a penalty fine of ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue and unpaid, duly restated monetarily, which charges shall apply irrespective of notice, notification or judicial or extrajudicial interpellation.

 

4.2. The LESSEE hereby acknowledges and accepts on an express, irrevocable and irreversible basis, that under no circumstance may the LESSOR be held responsible, either directly or indirectly, by the LESSEE for any damages or losses caused to the equipment, machinery, stocks of materials, any other goods, documents and/or any other assets of the LESSEE or of any third parties, located in any one of the units of the commercial property leased hereunder, whether due to theft, robbery, fire, collapse, leakage of water, flooding or by any act of any party, or due to any other accident, insurance loss or fact that could occur for any reason, throughout the entire time in which the LESSEE remains in any part of the Property leased hereunder, up to its effective return fully unoccupied to the LESSOR , except in cases where the LESSOR provably has contributed, due to its fault or malice, to the occurrence of any one of the acts, accidents, insurance losses or other facts that cause damages and losses for the LESSEE and for third parties.

 

4.2.1. As a consequence, in addition to what is stipulated above, the LESSEE hereby waives any right or claim that it could have in relation to the LESSOR , in the event that any one of the acts, accidents, insurance losses or other facts provided above could eventually occur, for any reason, except if there is exclusive or concurrent fault of the LESSOR .

 

4.2.2. For such purpose, in order to prevent for itself the problems provided above, the LESSEE shall, under its exclusive and total responsibility and also at the sole and exclusive expense of the LESSEE, contract with a reputable company the total insurance against such insurance losses and/or accidents, and for the true values of all of its belongings and/or belongings of any third parties that are located in one of the premises of the commercial property leased hereunder and/or in its surroundings, from the beginning of the lease up to the date of its total withdrawal and of return of the commercial property leased hereunder totally unoccupied.

Section 5. Ratification, confirmation and renewal of the clauses of the amended lease agreement.

All of the clauses and conditions of the lease agreement amended hereunder that have not been expressly or tacitly altered by this contractual amendment shall remain fully effective and without any alteration, whereby there is ratification, confirmation and renewal of all of such same clauses and conditions, particularly but not limited to those relative (i) to payment of all of the monthly rents and other lease charges, including due to delay of payment, and (ii) to its adjustments, including as to the shortest periodicity of the adjustment.

*******************


In Witness Whereof, the parties execute this private instrument of AMENDMENT OF LEASE AGREEMENT executed by and between the PARTIES on October 18, 2012, having as subject-matter MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, included in a combination of modules of a total of 14 MODULES, constructed on “PLOT 1A” (one A), in the Municipality of Jaboatão dos Guararapes, State of Pernambuco, with address of the mentioned development at Rua Riachão, No. 200, District of Prazeres, Postal Code 54335-025, the mentioned parties and the two witnesses below, in three (3) counterparts of equal content and form, so as to give it legal effect.

Recife/PE, October 18, 2012

/ S /    G ERSON DE A QUINO L UCENA J ÚNIOR

 

CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA.

LESSOR

Gerson de Aquino Lucena Júnior

/ S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN

 

NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

LESSEE

Marcio Kumruian

 

Witnesses:

        1.     / S /    G RACIELA K. T ANAKA        

  

  2.    / S /     A RMANDO DE A ZEVEDO R AMOS F ILHO  

Name: Graciela K. Tanaka    Name: Armando de Azevedo Ramos Filho
ID No.: 25767308-8    ID No.: 5038940

Page _ of _ of the 1st Amendment to Lease Agreement by and between CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA. and NS2.COM INTERNET.COM. dated September 18, 2012.


2 nd PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSE

By this private instrument the parties designated and identified below, in the full and total understanding of the clauses and conditions freely covenanted and accepted, including as regards scope and effects, herein referred to jointly as PARTIES and severally as designated below, to wit:

 

1. CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA ., a legal entity of private law, with its head-office at Avenida Engenheiro Antônio de Góes, No. 60, 15 th floor, rooms 1503/1504, in the District if Pina, in this City of Recife/PE (State of Pernambuco), enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 10.171.090/0001-37, herein represented on the terms of its Articles of Association by Gerson de Aquino Lucena Júnior , Brazilian, married, industrialist, bearer of Identity Card RG No. 1.370.710 SSP – PE, enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CPF/MF No. 217.130.734-04, resident and domiciled in the Municipality of Recife/PE, hereinafter referred to as “ LESSOR ”.

 

2. NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. , a joint stock company enrolled with the enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its head-office in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, with address at Rua Vergueiro, No. 396, District of Liberdade, herein represented by its Executive Officer, Mr. MARCIO KUMRUIAN, bearer of Identity Card RG No. 24.122.221-7 and enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CPF/MF No. 168.764.418-73, resident and domiciled in the Municipality of São Paulo, hereinafter referred to as “ LESSEE ”.

Now, therefore, the Parties have agreed to amend the PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES, executed on September 18, 2012, which has as its subject-matter the lease of the property located at Rua Riachão, No. 200, District of Muribeca, Jaboatão dos Guararapes – Pernambuco, Postal Code 54355-057, Modules 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 9A and 10A of Warehouse 1, amounting to a total of 13,034.00 m 2 , which shall be governed by the following clauses and conditions:

 

1. The monthly rent for the period of twelve (12) months counting from November 1, 2014 to October 31, 2015 is R$18.423567/m 2 of leased constructed area, thus representing a total amount of monthly rent for such period of twelve (12) months of lease of two hundred and forty thousand, one hundred and thirty-two Reais and seventy-seven cents (R$240,132.77) , to be paid in Brazilian legal currency.

 

2. The leased PROPERTY has total area of 13,034.00 m 2 of constructed area for lease, which multiplied by the amount of R$18.423567/m 2 , totals the amount of the monthly rent defined in item 1 above.

 

3. For the amount of the lease in the period of twelve (12) months counting from June 1, 2015 up to May 31, 2016, the LESSOR grants to the LESSEE a discount of R$0.923567/m 2 .

 

4. The discount of the month amount of the rent of the PROPERTY for such period of twelve (12) months of lease is R$0.923567/m 2 , which multiplied by the area of 13,034.00 m 2 of the PROPERTY totals the amount of the discount of twelve thousand, thirty-seven Reais and seventy-seven cents (R$12,037.77) .

 

5. As from June 1, 2016 the discount mentioned in items 3 and 4 above shall end automatically and the amount per square meter (m 2 ) of rental of the PROPERTY, without discount, will return to the amount of R$18.423567/m 2 , with addition of the annual adjustment index defined in Section 6 of the Agreement amended hereunder, on the next base date of November 1, 2015.

 


6. It is hereby agreed that if the LESSEE opts, irrespective of the reason, for early return of the PROPERTY in such period from June 1, 2015 to May 31, 2016, the discount granted in items 3 and 4 of this amendment shall be discontinued immediately, and the amount per square meter shall return to R$18.423567/m 2 .

 

7. Thus, in addition to the provisions in item 6 above the LESSEE hereby undertakes, if it should opt for the early return of the PROPERTY in such period from June 1, 2015 to May 31, 2016, to pay the retroactive monthly difference assessed between the amount of the rent without the discount mentioned in items 1 and 2, two hundred and forty thousand, one hundred and thirty-two Reais and seventy-seven cents (R$240,132.77) , to be adjusted on November 1, 2015, and the amount of the current rent with the discount mentioned in items 3 and 4, two hundred and twenty-eight thousand, ninety-five Reais (R$228,095.00) to be recalculated after the adjustment on November 1, 2015.

In Witness Whereof, the parties execute this instrument in three (3) counterparts of equal content and form, in the presence of the witnesses below:

Recife, May 31, 2015.

/ S /    G ERSON DE A QUINO L UCENA J ÚNIOR

 

GL EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA.

Lessor

Gerson de Aquino Lucena Júnior

/ S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN

 

NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

Lessee

Marcio Kumruian

 

Witnesses:

        1.     / S /    W ITNESS        

  

        2.     / S /    W ITNESS        

ID No.: 5038990.SDS-PE    ID No.: 20.433.656-1
CPF No.: 024.840.274-94    CPF No.: 170.695.528-66

 


3 RD AMENDMENT TO THE PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES

By this private instrument the parties designated and identified below, in the full and total understanding of the clauses and conditions freely covenanted and accepted, including as regards scope and effects, referred to jointly as PARTIES and severally as designated below, to wit:

 

1. On the one part, as LESSOR, as it shall be named hereinafter, a legal entity of private law, incorporated in the form a limited liability company, CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA ., with its head-office in this City of Recife, State of Pernambuco, with address at Avenida Engenheiro Antônio de Góes, No. 60, 15 th floor, suites 1503/1504, in the District if Pina, enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 10.171.090/0001-37, herein duly represented on the terms of its Articles of Association by its partner and executive officer, as thus declared by him, Mr.  GERSON DE AQUINO LUCENA JÚNIOR , Brazilian, married, industrialist, enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CPF/MF No. 217.130.734-04 and bearer of Identity Card RG No. 1.370.710 SSP–PE, resident and domiciled in the Municipality of Recife, Pernambuco; and

 

2. On the other part, as LESSEE , hereinafter referred to as such, NS2.COM INTERNET S.A. , a joint stock company enrolled with the enrolled with the National Corporate Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CNPJ/MF No. 09.339.936/0001-16, with its head-office in the Capital City of the State of São Paulo, with address at Rua Vergueiro, No. 943, District of Liberdade, herein represented by its Executive Officer, Mr.  MARCIO KUMRUIAN , bearer of Identity Card RG No. 24.122.221-7 and enrolled with the Individual Taxpayers Register of the Ministry of Finance under CPF/MF No. 168.764.418-73, resident and domiciled in the Municipality of São Paulo.

The LESSOR and the LESSEE, when referred to jointly, shall be named simply as “ the PARTIES ”.

WHEREAS:

 

1. On September 18, 2012 the PARTIES executed the PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSE, hereinafter referred to as “ AGREEMENT ”, having as its subject-matter the lease of MODULE 7A and 8A, with a total of 4,402.00 m 2 , included in a group of modules, among a total of 14 MODULES, constructed on “PLOT 1A” (one A), in the Municipality of Jaboatão dos Guararapes, State of Pernambuco, with address of the mentioned development at Rua Riachão, No. 200, District of Muribeca.

 

2. On October 18, 2012 the PARTIES executed the 1 st PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT TO THE PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES, hereinafter referred to as “ 1 st AMENDMENT ”, having as subject-matter the lease of MODULES 5A, 6A, 9A and 10A, included in the same group of modules, in a total of 14 MODULES, constructed on “PLOT 1A” (one A), in the Municipality of Jaboatão dos Guararapes, State of Pernambuco, with address of the mentioned development at Rua Riachão, No. 200, District of Muribeca.

 

3. On May 31, 2015 the PARTIES executed the 2 nd PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT TO THE PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES, hereinafter referred to as “ 2 nd AMENDMENT ”, having as subject-matter the granting of a discount of R$0.923567/m 2 for the period from June 1, 2015 to May 31, 2016.

 

4. That the LESSEE is interested in leasing one (1) more module of the same and mentioned development of modules which is fully and exclusively owned by the LESSOR, which MODULE 11A is free and clear of persons and things, without any burdens or liens applying to it that could affect its peaceful use by the LESSEE.

 


5. That, in turn, the LESSOR is interested in leasing the mentioned MODULE 11A to the LESSEE, as a part of the subject-matter of the lease agreed in the AGREEMENT, establishing a determined term of effectiveness that coincides with that of the AGREEMENT, with adjustment of the Building Insurance Clause, and maintaining unaltered all of the other clauses and conditions of the AGREEMENT.

RESOLVE and have jointly agreed to AMEND the mentioned LEASE AGREEMENT so as to include in the subject-matter of the lease MODULE 11A, pursuant to the following clauses and conditions, to wit:

Section 1. Subject-matter of the lease.

MODULES 11A are included in the subject-matter of the lease of the LEASE AGREEMENT previously designated and now being amended, with a leased area of 2,287.00 m 2 , which are described and characterized in items 1.1 and 1.1.2 of Section 1 of the lease agreement amended hereunder, which shall be delivered by the LESSOR to the LESSEE on the first (1 st ) day of the month of December of the year two thousand and fifteen (2015), the date on which the period of lease of such new module begins to run.

Section 2. Period of lease.

The parties hereby establish by mutual agreement that the term of the lease of MODULE 11A shall become effective, for all purposes of this 3 rd AMENDMENT, on December 1, 2015 and shall coincide with the end of the term of the AGREEMENT, together with MODULES 5A, 6A 7A, 8A, 9A and 10A, thus ending on January 31, 2018.

Section 3. The monthly rent, the grace period, its payment and the adjustment.

 

3.1. The monthly rent of this new MODULE 11A shall correspond to the amount of R$18.423567/m 2 , amounting to a monthly total of forty-two thousand, one hundred and thirty-four Reais and seventy cents (R$42,134.70). For the period from December 1, 2015 to May 31, 2016, the LESSOR grants, as provided in the 2 nd AMENDMENT, a discount of R$0.923567/m 2 of lease that, when multiplied by the area of 2,287.00m 2 of the PROPERTY, totals the amount of the monthly discount of two thousand, one hundred and twelve Reais and twenty cents (R$2,112.20). The amount of the lease of the new MODULE shall be paid on the same day on which the monthly rents of MODULES 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 9A and 10A fall due, and together with the payment of such monthly rents of MODULES 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 9A and 10A, currently in a total amount of two hundred and forty thousand, one hundred and thirty-two Reais and seventy-seven cents (R$240,132.77) with a discount of R$0.923567/m 2 of rent in the period from June 1, 2015 to May 31, 2016, arriving at an amount of discount of twelve thousand, thirty-seven Reais and seventy-seven cents (R$12,037.77).

 

3.2. The amount of the monthly rent of MODULE 11A shall be adjusted together with the other MODULES on the same base date, on November 1, 2015, according to the index provided for in the AGREEMENT now amended, i.e. the positive accrued variance of the IGP-M (General Market Price Index) calculated by the FGV (Getúlio Vargas Foundation), incurred in the period from November 1, 2014 to October 31, 2015, with the date of the first adjustment, on the terms of the agreement amended hereunder, and on the same base date as for the other annual adjustments, so that as from then on the monthly rent shall be restated monetarily successively upon each period of twelve (12) months, always using as the base amount for the calculation of the adjustment the amount of the last adjusted lease.

 

3.3. A grace period shall be granted to the LESSEE for the payment of the Rent relative exclusively to the new MODULE 11A, as described below:

 

(a) a grace period of thirty (30) days for payment of the rent corresponding to the area of two thousand, two hundred and eighty-seven square meters (2,287.00/m 2 ) of the PROPERTY;

 


(b) the grace period described above shall be counted from the Date of Beginning of the Lease for this new MODULE 11A, i.e., December 1, 2015, and has the purpose of enabling the LESSEE to carry out the necessary adjustments in the PROPERTY, as well as to enable for the LESSOR the finalization of any pending items deriving from the completion of the renovations in the PROPERTY.

Section 4. The Insurance and Responsibility for Occurrence of Damages on the Leased Property

 

4.1. The LESSOR hereby undertakes to maintain the PROPERTY, with all of its ancillary fixtures and improvements, during the term of the lease, regularly insured with a reputable first-line insurer in the Brazilian insurance market, by means of a property policy, with a Waiver of Right of Recourse – DDR Clause covering all of the risks of destruction of the building, including but not limited to those deriving from destruction due to fire, lightning, explosion, landslide for any reason, windstorm and impact of vehicles, according to the valuation effective by the insurer, but never less than the amount accepted hereunder by the parties as being the true value of the property, for the first period of twelve (12) months, of fifteen million, three hundred and twenty-one thousand Reais (R$15,321,000.00), which corresponds to the amount of one thousand Reais (R$1,000.00) per leased constructed square meter, with restatement of the mentioned amount upon each twelve (12) months of effectiveness of this Lease Agreement, according to the monetary restatement index provided in this Lease Agreement for the adjustment of the monthly rent and by the effective valuation of the leased PROPERTY, always adopting the higher amount, showing the LESSOR , or whichever party the latter may designate, as exclusive beneficiary of the insurance.

 

4.1.1. The insurance shall be renewed annually and shall be maintained throughout the period that the LESSEE remains in the PROPERTY and that this lease agreement is effective.

 

4.1.2. The LESSOR hereby undertakes to send to the LESSEE copies of all of the relevant insurance policies whenever there is renewal thereof, except for the beginning of the period of this lease, when the copies shall be made available at the beginning of the activities of the LESSEE in the PROPERTY.

 

4.1.3. The LESSOR shall purchase the insurance referred to in item 4.1. above of this Section, choosing the insurer and effecting payment of the relevant premium, within a period of five (5) days counting from the request by the LESSOR in this regard, when it is clear that if the insurance is contracted by the LESSOR for the entire construction and not only for the PROPERTY, the relevant premium shall be borne by the LESSEE in proportion and corresponding to the area of the PROPERTY in relation to the totality of the area of the property described in item 1.1.2 of Section 1 of the AGREEMENT amended hereunder.

 

4.1.3.1. The reimbursement referred to in sub-item 4.1.3 above shall be effected on the same conditions that the payment of the premium to the Insurer has been contracted, by means of presentation by the LESSOR to the LESSEE of the insurance contract and of the relevant invoice paid or to be paid.

 

4.1.3.2. If the LESSEE delays the payment of one or more of the installments of the mentioned reimbursement, the LESSEE undertakes to pay (i) monetary restatement according to the accrued positive variance of the General Market Price Index (IGP-M), calculated by the Getúlio Vargas Foundation (FGV), and in the absence thereof by the substitute indices designated in this Lease Agreement for the restatement of the monthly rent, incurred from the date of maturity of the amount to the date of effective payment of such amount; (ii) default interest of one percent (1%) per month, for the period of delay that has occurred between the date of maturity of the amount of the reimbursement and the date of effective payment of such amount, and (iii) a penalty fine of ten percent (10%) of the amount overdue and unpaid, duly restated monetarily, which charges shall apply irrespective of notice, notification or judicial or extrajudicial interpellation, without prejudice of the possibility of rescission of this Lease Agreement, on the terms provided in Section 11 of the AGREEMENT amended hereunder.

 


4.2. The LESSEE hereby acknowledges and accepts on an express, irrevocable and irreversible basis, that under no circumstance may the LESSOR be held responsible by the LESSEE, either directly or indirectly, for any damages or losses caused to the equipment, machinery, stocks of materials, any other goods, documents and/or any other assets of the LESSEE or of any third parties, located in any one of the components of the PROPERTY and its common areas, whether due to theft, robbery, fire, collapse, leakage of water, flooding or by any act or omission of any party, whatsoever, or due to any other event, accident, insurance loss or fact that could occur for any reason, throughout the entire time in which the LESSEE remains in any part of the PROPERTY, until its effective return fully unoccupied to the LESSOR.

 

4.2.1. As a consequence, in addition to the provisions above, the LESSEE hereby waives any right or pretention that it could have in relation to the LESSOR, in the event that any one of the acts, accidents, insurance losses or other facts provided above could eventually occur, for any reason.

 

4.2.2. For such purpose, in order to prevent for itself the problems provided above, the LESSEE shall, under its exclusive and total responsibility and, also, at the sole and exclusive expense of the LESSEE, contract with a reputable first-line company in the Brazilian insurance market, the total insurance, with a Waiver of Right of Recourse clause – DDR Clause in relation to the LESSOR, against all of such insurance losses and/or accidents, and for the true values of all of its belongings and/or belongings of any third parties that are located in one of the premises of the PROPERTY and/or in its surroundings, from the beginning of the lease up to the date of its total withdrawal and of return of the PROPERTY leased hereunder totally unoccupied.

 

4.3. In view of what is established in the items above to be inserted in the contracting of the insurance, be it by the LESSOR or be it by the LESSEE of the clause of waiver of the right of recourse (DDR), it is hereby certain and agreed that the insurer, as well as the Parties reciprocally, shall not have the right to be reimbursed for any indemnity paid for damages and losses resulting from an act or fact for which the LESSOR or the LESSEE are liable, which is why they waive the right of recourse that they could have one against the other.

 

4.4. If there is no stipulation of the clause of waiver of the right of recourse (DDR), regardless of the reason, in the insurance to be purchase by the LESSEE, the LESSEE assumes in relation to the LESSOR the obligation of payment to the insurer of any reimbursement or indemnity that may have been requested to the LESSOR by the insurer that it has paid any amount, on account of indemnity or under any argument, including but not limited to, the alleged fault of the LESSOR in the construction of the leased building.

Section 5. Guarantee

The Guarantee remains as the Letter of Guarantee or Bank Guarantee with a First Line Insurance Company, on the same conditions designated in Section 19 of the AGREEMENT amended hereunder.

Section 6. Ratification, confirmation and renewal of the clauses of the amended lease agreement.

All of the clauses and conditions of the lease CONTRATO amended hereunder that have not been expressly or tacitly altered by this contractual amendment shall remain fully effective and without any alteration, whereby there is ratification, confirmation and renewal of all of such same clauses and conditions, particularly but not limited to those relative (i) to the payment of all of the monthly rents and other lease charges, including due to delay of payment, and (ii) to its adjustments, including as to the shortest periodicity of the adjustment.

Section 7. Jurisdiction.

In order to examine and decide on any and all matters that concern the existence, performance and validity of the agreements between the parties in this instrument, the parties hereby elect the courts of the Judicial District of Recife/PE, the same one as for the AGREEMENT, with express waiver of any other court, no matter how privileged it may be or may become.

 


In Witness Whereof, executing this private instrument of 3 RD AMENDMENT TO THE PRIVATE INSTRUMENT OF PROPERTY LEASE AGREEMENT FOR NON-RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES are the PARTIES and the two witnesses below, in its three (3) Counterparts of equal content and form, so as to give it legal effect.

Recife, October 23, 2015.

/ S /    G ERSON DE A QUINO L UCENA J ÚNIOR

 

CCG EMPREENDIMENTOS LTDA.

Lessor

Gerson de Aquino Lucena Júnior

/ S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN

 

NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.

Lessee

Marcio Kumruian

 

Witnesses:

    1.    / S /     A RMANDO DE A ZEVEDO R AMOS F ILHO     

  

2.    / S /    F ELIPE A UGUSTO V ALENÇA DE C ARVALHO

Name: Armando de Azevedo Ramos Filho    Name: Felipe Augusto Valença de Carvalho
CPF No.: 024.840.274-94    CPF No.: 089.394.294-43

 

Exhibit 10.0 4

AGREEMENT

By and between MAROFRAMA S.A., with its principal place of business at Av. Córdoba No. 1886, 12 th floor, office “B”, C1055AAU, Ciudad Autónoma Buenos Aires, herein represented by Mr. Alejo Ferrari, DNI No. 16.899.839, as the Attorney, with sufficient authority to enter into this agreement, according to the General full power-of-attorney granted on October 14, 2009, through the Deed No. 207, Page 379, before the clerk Juan M. Garcia Migliaro, notary public registered with Registry No. 10 of the District of San Martin, on the one part (hereinafter “Lessor” or “MAROFRAMA”) and NS3 INTERNET S.A. , headquartered at SUIPACHA 1111, 11 th FLOOR of Ciudad Autônoma de Buenos Aires, herein represented by Mr. Alberto Martin Calvo, DNI 20.416.421, as the Chief Executive Officer, with sufficient authority (hereinafter the “Lessee” or “NS3”), on the other part (hereinafter jointly referred to as the “Parties” and severally as the “Party”), and:

WHEREAS:

 

1. The Lessor is the owner of a property located in the Garin, Partido de Escobar, Provincia de Buenos Aires, which Registry Nomenclature is District IX – Portion: 1388 BE – Domain Registration: Property Registration No. 42591, registered on January 26, 2011, Escobar (118)

 

2. Currently the PROPERTY is a plot of land on which the Lessor is building a facility, hereinafter the CONSTRUCTION, which characteristics and details are mentioned in the next item;

 

3. The Lessor, a company engaged in the storage of sports and leisure products for retail sale through the e-commerce channel, is interested in renting the property which the characteristics of the CONSTRUCTION that is being built, which consists of a concrete precast framework of 6,050 m 2 and administrative offices and dressing rooms with 420 m 2 (hereinafter the “PROPERTY”) and the Lessor will make it available for lease when said construction is completed;

The Parties agree to enter into this agreement (hereinafter the “Agreement” or “AGREEMENT”), subject to the following clauses and conditions:

FIRST: Purpose.

The purpose of the Agreement is: (i) the Lessor’s commitment to perform in the Property, at its sole cost and charge, a work consistent with the construction of a office building and warehouse, in compliance with the project technical specifications prepared by the Lessee and delivered to the Lessor, included in Exhibit 1 that is an integral part of the Agreement (hereinafter, the Construction) and other supplementary instructions that may arise from the construction management; (ii) the delivery for lease by the Lessor to the Lessee of the Property together with the building corresponding to the Construction for the price and term established set forth in the Agreement, on the date agreed upon; (iii) the Lessee’s commitment to receive the tenancy of the Property with the Construction and to start, as the lessee, paying for the rental fee established herein as from the delivery of the Property and the Construction, as well as the other items resulting from the lease.

TWO: Construction .

 

2.1. The Parties express that, due to the Lessee’s interest and operating and commercial requirements, both Parties agreed with the preparation and development of a project corresponding to the Construction, included as Exhibit 1 to this Agreement, as mentioned above.

 

 

1


2.2. The Lessor undertakes to carry out the Construction work at its sole cost and charge on the Property, in compliance with the scope and technical specifications detailed in Exhibit 1 and the provisions of Section Three, paragraph 3.2. hereof. The Construction tasks to be performed by the Lessor under its responsibility shall be, on an excluding basis, only those arising from said Exhibit, without prejudice to the provisions referring to construction management in previous paragraphs.

 

2.3. The delivery date of the warehouse shall be March 1, 2014; the delivery date of the offices shall be April 1, 2014. The delivery date of the complete CONSTRUCTION, i.e., warehouse and offices, pursuant to the established terms and conditions, shall be no later than April 1, 2014, hereinafter the “ Delivery Date ”. The days in which construction tasks are performed due to possible rainy days, and that affect directly their performance, shall be considered an extension of the CONSTRUCTION Delivery Date. Rainy days shall be notified to the Lessee by a reliable means.

 

2.4. If for any reason (including rainy days and Force Majeure), the Lessor fails to deliver the CONSTRUCTION works (i.e. warehouse and offices) on April 15, the Lessee may terminate this agreement with no penalty, being entitled to the refund of the amount delivered as a security deposit (see section 10.2).

 

2.5. The Lessee shall be solely liable for all expenses and costs generated by the Construction, in compliance with the scope and technical specifications of Exhibit 1. The management, administrative procedures, authorizations, licenses and permits, as well as the obtainment of certificates of works and facilities related to the Construction according to its purposes.

 

2.6. At the end of the lease, for any reason whatsoever, the building built in the Construction on the Property, as well as the other improvements made on it by the Lessee with the written consent of the Lessor, shall be shall inure to the sole benefit of the Lessor, and the Lessee shall have no right to a claim, withholding or indemnity. Accordingly, the Parties agree that every furniture items, all types of machines specific of the Lessee’s business activities, racks, the photographic studio, any removable office l added by the Lessee, etc., shall not be considered improvements and, therefore, shall be the Lessee’s property – and the Lessor have no right to them.

THREE: Delivery of the Construction .

 

3.1. The Lessor shall deliver to the Lessee the tenancy of the Property together with the Construction completed in accordance with the scope and technical specifications of Attachment 1, no later than the Delivery Date or its extension pursuant to Section Two, paragraphs 2.3 and 2.4, and/or Section Three, paragraph 3.2. At the time of the delivery, the respective Provisional Commissioning Instrument shall be drawn up, which shall record the commissioning by the Lessee, mentioning the date, time and status of the delivery and the missing tasks and defects to be corrected within the warranty period established at thirty (30) days from the execution of the Provisional Commissioning Instrument. The completion of the pending tasks shall be verified at the end of the warranty period and, if they have been completed, the Final Commissioning Instrument shall be then executed.

 

 

2


3.2. The Parties agree that the Delivery Date shall be automatically postponed by extending the conformity period as set forth in Section Two, Paragraph 2.3 and/or due to Force Majeure. For the purposes hereof, Force Majeure shall be understood as any event of circumstance of third parties that unavoidably prevents or interrupt all tasks in charge of the Lessor the meet the deadline established as the Delivery Date, such as wars; floods; sabotages; incapacity to obtain fuels, energy or essential input, strike or full or partial stoppage of the construction union that are unrelated to causes attributable to the Lessor, bad weather that prevent the performance of third parties’ tasks or actions or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of the Lessor. The Lessor shall be exempt from the performance of the Agreement while and to the extent that it is prevented from performing [its tasks] due to one or more of said reasons. The performance of the Agreement shall be resumed as soon as possible, after said incapacity has been ceased. In no event whatsoever shall the Lessor be liable for the damages or losses resulting from the delay cause by Force Majeure or extension of the aforementioned period.

 

3.3. All work related to the Construction not contemplated in this Agreement or in Exhibit 1 shall be deemed additional work. Additional Construction work and respective prices shall be agreed upon in advance by the Parties.

 

3.4. Coexistence Period: The Lessee may work in the property at no cost in the two months prior to the Commissioning Date agreed upon, i.e., as from February 15, 2014, with the purpose of performing all tasks required for the preparations of the warehouse and offices.

FOUR: Terms of the Agreement

 

4.1. This Agreement shall be in full force as from its execution date. Without prejudice to this, the term of the lease itself as from the delivery of the Construction shall by thirty six (36) running months counted from the Delivery Date. Upon expiration of said term, the term of effectiveness of the Lease may be extended for two consecutive periods of thirty six (36) months at the discretion of the Lessee and upon prior written notice to the Lessor ninety (90) days before the expiration of the corresponding period. For subsequent periods, the original term of the lease, the Parties shall establish the price of the rental fee in accordance with the provisions hereof. To grant the option of extending the Lease, the Lessee shall keep up with the compliance with all obligations resulting hereof.

 

4.2. In the event the Lessee fails to return the leased Property on the expiration date of the agreed term or on the expiration date of the extension, should it occur, or on the corresponding date should this Agreement be terminated in advance for any reason, the Lessee should pay the Lessee, in addition to any corresponding rental fee, fifty per cent (50%) per day of the rental fee calculated with a monthly basis of 30 days (i.e., the daily amount payable shall be calculated as follows: monthly rental / 30 x 50 / 100) as arrears interest, from the arrears date to the date of the effective delivery, without prejudice to the Lessee’s obligation of paying the rental fees that will continue to accrue, and this shall not imply any automatic renewal of this Agreement.

FIVE: Lease Commitment and Commissioning of the Property with its Construction

 

5.1. Just as the Lessor undertakes to carry out the Construction for the Lessee, the latter irrevocably undertakes to receive the Construction and to occupy the property, effectively starting the Lease arising from this Agreement.

 

3


SIX: Rental Fee

 

6.1. The total rental feed amounts to FOURTEEN MILLION, ONE HUNDRED AND TWENTY ONE THOUSAND, TWO HUNDRED AND TWENTY FIVE PESOS ($14,121,225), payable as follows: The amount of TWO HUNDRED AND SIXTY THOUSAND, ONE) HUNDRED AND FIFTY PESOS ($260,150) plus monthly VAT for the first month, i.e., March 2014. The amount of TWO HUNDRED AND EIGHTY NINE THOUSAND, FIVE HUNDRED AND FIFTY PESOS ($289,550) plus monthly VAT for the months of April 2014 and May 2014, the amount of THREE HUNDRED AND SIX THOUSAND, NINE HUNDRED AND TWENTY SIX ($306,926) plus monthly VAT for June 2014, July 2014 and August 2014, the amount of THREE HUNDRED AND TWENTY FOUR THOUSAND, TWO HUNDRED AND NINETY SIX PESOS ($324,296) plus monthly VAT for September 2014 to August 2015, the amount of $ THREE HUNDRED AND SIXTY THREE THOUSAND, TWO HUNDRED AND ELEVEN PESOS ($363,211) plus monthly VAT for March 2015 to August 2015, the amount of FOUR HUNDRED AND SIX THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED AND NINETY SIX PESOS ($406,796) plus monthly VAT for the months of September 2015 to February 2016, the amount of FOUR HUNDRED AND FIFTY FIVE THOUSAND AND SIX HUNDRED AND TWELVE PESOS ($455,612) plus monthly VAT for the months of March 2016 to August 2016 and the amount of FIVE HUNDRED AND TEN THOUSAND AND TWO HUNDRED AND EIGHTY SIX PESOS ($510,286) plus monthly VAT for the months from September 2016 to February 2017.

 

6.2. The maturity of the monthly bill will be on the 10 th of each month or on the first subsequent business day. The bill shall be sent in advance by email to the Lessee 7 days before maturity.

 

6.3. Any of the PARTIES that considers, after the completion of the three first months of effectiveness of the AGREEMENT, that there is a substantial price difference between the rental fee then in effect and the one it considers, at its sole discretion, as Market Value of the PROPERTY, may ask the other one the equitable review of the monthly rental fee, subject to the principle of good faith in business (hereinafter, the “REVIEW PROCESS”).

THE REVIEW PROCESS shall start by unilateral decision, pursuant to the previous paragraph, on the day the party that disagrees with the price in effect notifies the other in this regard by a reliable means.

THE REVIEW PROCESS shall be governed by the following conditions, being clear that all terms refer to “running days”.

 

a) Within the first thirty (30) days, the LESSOR and LESSEE will try to reach an agreement privately to establish the new rental fee according to market values.

 

b) After the term mentioned in a) no agreement is reached, they will adopt the following procedure:

 

(i) Each party shall appoint a real estate agent of renown path in commercial rentals, such as: Agustin Mieres Negocios Inmobiliarios, L.J.Ramos SA, Toribio Achaval S.A., Achaval Cornejo y Cia., Mieres SA., Castro Cranwell Weiss S.A., Rubica Inmobiliaria S.A., and both real estate agents, after five (5) days of the appointment, shall jointly appoint a third real estate agent. Each agent shall submit to one of the parties the rental fee for the new period within fifteen (15) running days after the notice, informing its evaluation to both parties in writing and on a reliable basis. The new rental fee shall be the result of the average valuation made by the three real estate agents (the New Price).

 

(ii) Each party shall pay the possible fees of the company it appointed, also assuming half f the cost of the third company’s task.

 

4


c) The price of the rental established according to the REVIEW PROCESS shall retroact to the time the process began, i.e., as from the first notice requesting the review. Accordingly, the parties will restate the amounts that accrued before completing the agreement, preparing and applicable credit and debit notes. Completion date shall be understood, for the case of intervention of the real estate brokers, that in which the last notice about the transaction between the PARTIES was given.

 

d) A new REVISION PROCESS may be conducted six (6) months after the formalization of the previous one.

 

e) Pursuant to the time and format of the terms and conditions set forth in said REVIEW PROCESS, should there be a serious noncompliance and the other party may summon the noncompliant part to start it within 48 hours.

 

6.4. The payment of the Rental Fee and the payment obligations of the Lessee shall constitute a full and indivisible performance obligation, and no installment payment, discounts or deduction of any type whatsoever shall be accepted, except upon express consent of the Lessor. The payment shall not be full if, together with principal, all corresponding interest and/or penalties, as well as all the other items attributable to the Lessee, have not been paid.

 

6.5. The obligation to pay the Rental Fee shall go into effect as from the Delivery Date of the Property, pursuant to Section Two, paragraphs 2.3 and/or Section Three, paragraph 3.2.

 

6.6. The payment evidence of one period does not imply the payment of the previous ones. All receipts issued by the Lessor, and/one the one acting on its behalf, contain the implied reference to the interest reserve, pursuant to article 624 of the Civil Code, even when said reserve is not expressly mentioned in the wording of the receipt.

 

6.7. The bills issued by the Lessor related to this Agreement shall be paid by the Lessee in Pesos.

 

6.8. In case of arrears interest on payment of the monthly rental fee, which shall be automatically produced, with no need of any notice, the Lessee shall pay the Lessor a daily fine equivalent to the sum of: (i) compensatory interest calculated based on the daily Discount Rate in effect of the Banco de la Nación Argentina, plus: (ii) punitive interest computed as fifty per cent (50%) daily for any rental fee calculated for a monthly basis of 30 days (i.e., the daily amount to be paid shall be calculated as follows: Monthly rental fee /30 x 50 /100), since the arrears date up to the effective payment, which shall be paid together with any late rental fee; all this without prejudice to the Lessors’ right to declare this Agreement terminated in case of nonpayment of the rental fee for two consecutive months (pursuant to Section 9.1), pursuant to the wording of articles 1507 and 1579 of the Civil Code and 5 of law 23.091, and to file for the corresponding proceedings to obtain the eviction and collection of all items due plus losses and consequential damages.

SEVEN: Designation – Authorization

 

7.1. The Property contemplated in the Agreement, together with the Constructions made, shall be designated by the Lessee, on a continuous and uninterruptedly basis, for the storage of sports and leisure products for retail sale and commercial and administrative buildings through the e-commerce channel. Accordingly, the Lessee shall not change, in any way whatsoever, the activity to be performed in the Property contemplated in the lease.

 

7.2. The Lessor represents that all services of the Property are current, free from debts, with respective blueprints and measurements recorded, approved and in effect.

 

 

5


7.3. The Lessor shall deliver the Lessee, within 5 days after its request, all elements that as the owner of the Property it should have in its hands, and that are required to conduct the proper arrangements to obtain said authorization, in accordance with the requirements of the Municipality of Escobar, except for those specific of the activity to be performed by the Lessee. It is hereby agreed that in case the Lessee cannot obtain the corresponding local authorization due to causes no attributable to it or to the Lessor with the 180 running days counted from the Delivery Date, this Agreement shall be void, and the parties shall have nothing to claim from each other. If the authorization is not obtained for reasons attributable to the Lessor (fail to deliver the approved blueprints, documentation required for the property, nonconformity in construction with the building facilities and infrastructure mentioned in Exhibit 1) the Lessee may terminate the Agreement and claim the return of all amounts paid by virtue hereof and may file lawsuits to receive an extraordinary compensation for damages.

 

7.4. The Lessor shall be fully responsible for the compliance with the sanitary, local, state, construction, police, mandatory and other rules that may be applicable due to the designation hereby agreed upon, being also liable for the management, obtainment, and maintenance in full effect during the whole term of this rental relationship, of all commercial or other authorizations, permits and/or licenses application due to said destination and of all elements supplementary to the Construction that may be installed, such as bridges, cranes, etc. The Lessee hereby exempts the Lessor from all types of responsibility, being expressly established that the Lessor does not guarantee the obtainment – nor the subsequent maintenance – of all applicable authorizations, permits and/or licenses, and the Lessee undertakes to hold the Lessee harmless from any type of claim that the Lessor may receive from government authorities or third parties in this regard.

EIGHT: Obligations of the Lessee.

In addition to all those one attributable thereto by virtue of the other sections or rules applicable to this Agreement, the Lessee expressly assumes the following obligations as from the delivery of the Property with the Construction: a) to make, at its sole expenses, all repairs and costs required to maintain and preserve the leased Property in good condition, and not make any improvements or changes without the written authorization of the Lessor, and all those that the Lessee makes to the benefit of the Lessor, and the Lessee shall have no right to claim and/or be indemnified for them, in compliance with the express provisions of the sections herein. The Lessor shall not reject the improvements the Lessee wants to carry out in the Property with no grounds, so as not to impair the Lessee’s activities; b) to punctually pay all taxes, fees, contributions and services that encumber, or may encumber the leased Property in the future, such as property and Municipality tax; c) to punctually pay for the water, gas, electricity and other utilities related to the Property, and to deliver to the Lessor the respective evidences of payment or their copies – as applicable – within five (5) days from the Lessor’s request; d) to maintain all respective gas, electricity, water and other utilities that may be installed connected and operating and to pay for all reconnection costs, and respective fines for the services that are cut, interrupted or cancelled due to lack of payment or any other cause attributable to the Lessee; e) to pay all taxes, fees and contributions that encumber or may encumber the activity that the Lessee will perform in the leased Property, and to manage all authorizations, licenses and permits required for the agreed upon designation, assuming full responsibility for noncompliance with the rules applicable thereto; f) do not introduce in the leased Property animals or elements of any type that may cause losses or hazards to the leased Property or persons; g) to pay the value added tax, or any other similar tax, that encumber the rental fees corresponding to this Agreement, except for the stamp of this Agreement, which shall be shared between the Parties; h) to purchase, at its sole charge and cost, the following insurance: h.1) an insurance that covers, during the whole term of the lease Agreement and until the effective return, the leased Property against all risks that may affect it, including fire. The insured amount shall be informed in writing, through a reliable means, by the Lessee to the Lessor, and this amount shall be reasonable and subject to the approval of the Insurance Company; h.2) a civil liability insurance that covers all damages that third parties (either customers of the Lessee or not) and/or its assets may face due to circumstances linked to the use or destination of the leased Property and/or actions of third parties and/or Acts of God that affect the leased Property.

 

6


NINE: Noncompliance by the Lessee.

 

9.1. The Lessee’s delay in the compliance with any obligations assumed by virtue of this Agreement (except for lack of payment of rental fees, as mentioned below in this paragraph 9.1) shall authorize the Lessor to consider it terminated, with a prior notice by a reliable means to the Lessee to comply with the non-fulfilled obligation within twenty (20) days, with no need of judicial notice, and for this effect only the expression of will by the Lessor shall be sufficient, and to start the due proceedings for eviction and collection of the items due plus losses and consequential damages. Particularly, the lack of payment of two (2) consecutive months of rental fee shall authorize the Lessor to consider the Agreement terminated with no need of prior notice and to file for the corresponding proceedings to obtain the eviction and collection of all items due plus losses and consequential damages.

 

9.2. All the provisions of this section are without prejudice to the other rights that the law or this Agreement confer to the Lessor in case of noncompliance by the Lessee, contemplating the express possibility of requiring the performance of the Agreement plus damages and losses caused.

 

9.3. The Lessee’s delay in the compliance with the obligations under its responsibility shall produce, on an automatic basis and for all legal effects by mere noncompliance, a prior notice that should be forwarded in the same aforementioned way. However, if possible, as the case may be, the Lessor may cause the end of the noncompliance by performing, by itself or third parties, with charges to the Lessee, the actions omitted by the latter and that caused the delay (article 505 item 2 of the Civil Code).

 

9.4. In case of termination, the Lessor may also require the payment of all items owed by the Lessee until the effective and full return of the Property to the full satisfaction of the Lessor. While the effective and full return of the Property to the full satisfaction of the Lessor is not carried out, all the other Lessee’s obligations of paying cash amounts to the Lessor shall continue in full force and effectiveness, with the accretion of interest, fines, charges and penalties accrued up to the date of its full and absolute cancellation.

 

9.5. The closing of the Property and/or its building by order of a proper authority, for any reason or motive that effectively refers to said authority (except if that closing is caused by any action or act attributable to the Lessor) does not exempt in any way whatsoever the Lessee from the payment of the Rental Fee and all the other obligations.

TEN: Surety Insurance. Security Deposit.

 

10.1. The guarantee the faithful compliance with this Agreement, the Lessee undertakes to take out, in favor of the Lessor and for the full term of the lease, surety insurance in a prime insurance company and the original certificate shall be delivered upon issuance to the Lessor. The surety insurance shall guarantee the Lessor, as the beneficiary, the fulfillment of the rental fee payment obligation by the Lessee arising from this Agreement.

 

10.2. The Lessor receives from the Lessee the amount of FIVE HUNDRED AND SEVENTY NINE THOUSAND AND ONE HUNDRED PESOS ($579,100) to be invested in the constitution of the security deposit for this Agreement, and this shall work as a sufficient receipt and evidence of payment. The amount of the security deposit shall not give rise to or accrue any interest. However, the Lessor is authorized to cancel with the deposit any debt for fees, taxes or services under the responsibility of the Lessee and that remain unpaid at the termination of the Agreement.

 

 

7


The security deposit shall be returned to the Lessee in Pesos based on the double of the last rental fee paid at the expiration or termination of the agreement, as the case may be, and after the PROPERTY is fully vacant at the full satisfaction of the Lessor, and prior deductions applicable due to the provisions hereof.

ELEVEN: Prohibition of assignment, transfer and/or sublease

 

11.1. The Lessee is expressly forbidden from assigning or transferring in any way whatsoever, either in full or in part, the Agreement or the rights and obligations arising therefrom, be it on a chargeable or free basis, as well as offering the Property on free lease either totally or partially or assigning or attributing to any type of company the rights and obligations arising from this Agreement, under no legal method, without the prior written consent of the Lessor, which shall not be denied without a reasonable ground. The exception to this general prohibition is the case in which the third party is a company related or linked in any way to the Economic Business Group of the Lessee. The Lessee irrevocably waives the exercise of the right that may be granted by article 1.598 of the Civil Code or a similar rule.

 

11.2. The violation of the provisions of this section by the Lessee shall not be challenged by the Lessor, and authorizes the latter to consider this Agreement legally terminated and to demand the eviction and return of the property fully vacant, as all as indemnity for the corresponding damages or losses and the application of penal clause agreed upon herein.

TWELVE: Representations .

 

12.1. Lessor’s Reserve to Assign the Agreement. The Lessor expressly reserves the right to assign to third parties, under the legal method that it considers the most appropriate to its interests, either if those third parties are related or not to the Lessor, either totally or partially, the corresponding rights and obligations it holds under this Agreement, and for such effect the simple subsequent communication to the Lessee or its co-obligors at the domiciles established in the Agreement regarding the performance of this assignment, the identification and domicile of the assignee shall be sufficient. The Lessor and Insurer expressly waive any opposition regarding the consummation of the assignment, its method or the assignee.

 

12.2. Lessee’s Preemptive Right. The Lessor hereby acknowledges, in favor of the Lessee, the preemptive right for the purchase of the Property or the Construction, over any third party interested in acquiring it in the event the Lessor decides to offer it for sale. Accordingly, it is mutually agreed upon that if the Lessor decides to sell the Property or receives an offer for it from any third party, within five (5) days after the decision to sell or receipt of the offer, it shall inform the Lessee, through a reliable means, the specific conditions of the transaction, mentioning the date, deadlines, price, financing, if any, and other details, so that the Lessee can, within thirty (30) days, also in writing and through a reliable means, if it will make use of its preemptive right. If the Lessee does not respond within this period, it shall be understood that the Lessee shall not exercise its preemptive right. If, on the other hand, the Lessee expresses that it will exercise its preemptive right, it shall have a privilege to consummate the transaction in its favor in conditions equal to those offered by possible third parties, or in the conditions agreed with the Lessor in case the latter decides to put the Property on sale upon no concrete offer and the Lessee decides to purchase that Property.

THIRTEEN: Early termination .

The Parties agree that, for the purpose of the exercise by the Lessee, of the right to terminate the lease earlier, as acknowledged by Article 8 of the Law of Urban Leases, the beginning of the lease proper shall be computed as starting in the effective Delivery Date.

 

 

8


FOURTEEN: Domiciles .

For all judicial and/or extrajudicial effects arising from this Agreement, the Parties establish their domiciles in the places identified in the preamble, where all notices delivered shall be valid, except if they are changed upon written notice delivered through a reliable means.

FIFTEEN: Jurisdiction, Stamp Duty .

 

16.1. Jurisdiction. Arbitration . In the event of a dispute resulting from this Agreement, the Parties agree to extend the jurisdiction in favor of the Commerce Exchange Arbitral Court of the Federal Capital of the Argentine Republic, which shall apply the corresponding arbitration rules, and the Parties shall expressly waive another applicable venue or jurisdiction.

 

16.2. Stamp Duty . The Parties also agree that they shall assume in equal parts the amount corresponding to the Stamp Duty.

In witness whereof, they execute two (2) counterparties of same content for only one effect, in the City of Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic, on December 19, 2013.

 

/ S /    A LEJO P. F ERRARI    / S /    A LBERTO C ALVO
Alejo P. Ferrari    Alberto Calvo
DNI 16.899.839    DNI 20.416.421

 

9


EXHIBIT 1

Improvements the LESSEE will make on its own account, cost, and order.

Technical specifications and delivery terms.

Warehouse: (see attached sketch and blueprints)

. Total surface is approximately 6,050 m 2 (55 meters x 110 meters).

. The building system is Pre-Stressed Concrete Precast Framework, 1 line of columns each 10 meters and concrete beams of 27.5 meters of light, lateral (internal) enclosure in cement brick of 3.5 m height with grooved sheet to the roof.

. The top cover will be of precast panels with dormers in polycarbonate for tunnel vault system.

. The nave height is 10.00 meters free under beam (+ 1.45m)

www.pretensa.com.br

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

10


Floor

. The floor inside the plant will be carried out by Bautec company. It will be carried out in concrete H30 of 16 cm thickness with steel mesh. Finishing of floor with metal hardener not mechanically smoothed.

Boards between 1,000 m 2 and 2,000 m 2 without intermediate joints.

www.bautec.sa.com

Gates and Accesses to the Warehouse

. 1 Entrance for trucks with curtain of 5 meters high.

. 6 loading docks with hydraulic leveler.

. All accesses with eaves in the loading area.

. 2 doors for pedestrian access in the front of the building (1 emergency door).

. 2 entrance/exit doors/gates in the back of the building.

. Fire doors with panic bar to be installed in different areas of the building.

 

 

11


Drains

. The ceilings will have a drain system with piping and canalization with the respective inspection chambers.

Indoor Lighting

. The building indoor lighting will have lighting fixtures with normalized industrial lampshades containing halogenated mercury devices of 400W in free areas and 250W in areas affected by the picking racks.

Layout to be agreed between the parties.

Electrical Installations and Facilities

. The building will be delivered with complete electrical installations, fit for consumption in tariff 2. Adaptations required for the productive activity shall be borne by the tenant.

. The building will have an open tray piping system that will permit quick installation of additional networks, if so required.

Fire Protection System

. A fire protection system will be built with sprinklers on the roof of the shed with the corresponding cistern, pump room, in compliance with the local standard and regulation.

. 1 complete hydrant outside the shed

. 4 complete hydrants inside the shed.

. It does not include smoke detectors or alarm systems.

. Sprinklers and location of hydrants in accordance with the attached layout (Fire load)

Offices and Locker Rooms

400 m 2 in total (20 x 10 x 2 plants).

Surfaces may vary minimally due to the modulation of the precast boards.

Building in PB and PA outside the warehouse structure.

Pursuant to the Attached Layout

PB: 200 m 2 [Reception + Meeting Room + Call Center Office + Eating Area + Cafeteria + Locker Rooms + Bathrooms]

PA: 200 m 2 [3 Meeting Rooms + Datacenter + Bathrooms + Eating Area + Offices]

Internal partitions of the offices will be in Durlock, glass or similar material.

Access to the second floor by stairway. Free height from floor to ceiling 3.40m.

The external façade will have a glass line of 1 meter height on the complete front and on the sides of the PB and PA (the right side of building will be blind in the PB).

 

 

12


Carpentry in PVC with fixed and sliding panels (movable).

All buildings will have suspended ceiling and lighting.

Installation of self-standing PVC tri-ducts, installed in the thickness of subfloors and floors, their location and setting-up will be considered according to the company’s needs.

It does not include furniture.

Entry Control:

Approx. 20 m 2

Installation with private sanitary services, sanitary services for trucker drivers in waiting time, and control and documentation room of access of trucks, private and staff vehicles.

Maneuvering Yard and Parking Area

Concrete internal maneuvering yard in front of the shed of approx. 55 m x 35 m (1,925 m 2 ) for maneuvers of trucks up to 28 ton of net load capacity.

Parking area for light vehicles at the outer front.

Six roofed parking spaces with located in front of the offices.

Supplementary Works:

Water Supply : Drilling and installation of a submersible pump will be made.

Outside Enclosure : Perimeter Olympic fence on the front and side.

Precast wall at the back.

Gardening : All open inside and outside spaces of yards, pathways and buildings will be landscaped with trees and grass adequate for the region.

Air-Conditioning (AA): Includes drains and air-conditioning units Split according to the AA Layout (to be confirmed)

It does not include AA equipment.

Server: not included in the proposal.

Security System : not included in the proposal.

Data and Telephone System : not included in the proposal.

Floating Floor : not included in the proposal.

Corporate Signboard : not included in the proposal.

 

13


LOGO

 

14


LOGO

 

15


LOGO

 

16

Exhibit 10.0 5

English Summary of the Logistics Services Agreement

Reference is made to the logistics services agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated January 1, 2016, by and between NS4.com Internet, S.A. de C.V. (“ Netshoes ”) and Onelogistic, S.A. de C.V. (“ Onelogistic ”), regarding the furnishing of logistics services, including storage, receipt, labeling, order fulfillment, shipment preparation and distribution.

 

1. Object, Place of Performance, and Nature of Relationship:

 

(a) Object : Furnishing of the following logistics services: storage, receipt, labeling, order fulfillment, packaging, shipment preparation and distribution, returns and reverse logistics services according to the guidelines set forth in the agreement.

 

(b) Place of performance : Services are to be provided at the Warehouse (as defined below) or other locations designated by Netshoes.

 

(c) Nature of relationship between Netshoes and Onelogistic : Onelogistic is an independent contractor and shall use its own resources and personnel to carry out its obligations under the Agreement.

 

(d) Lease of Warehouse : Onelogistic represents that it currently leases from a third-party the warehouse located at Avenue Benito Juárez, in Colonia San Mateo Cuautepec, Tultitlán, in the State of Mexico, with an area of approximately 17,500 square meters, of which at least 3,250 square meters are guaranteed to be used for the furnishing of the logistics services (the “ Warehouse ”).

 

2. Consideration:

 

(a) Fees : The monthly fee for the furnishing of services is 718,049 Mexican pesos plus value added tax for up to 20,000 monthly orders, corresponding to a maximum volume of 46,000 items and an average of 2.3 items per order. If the number of orders or items exceeds 20,000 orders monthly or 46,000 items monthly, Netshoes shall provide instructions to Onelogistic on how to handle the excess orders, either by assigning extra staff or authorizing overtime for existing staff. Fees can be changed by mutual agreement of the parties based on the number of orders or items.

 

(b) Fee review : The prices of the services and tariffs shall be reviewed every twelve months and shall be increased on the basis of inflation according to the national consumer price index published by the Bank of Mexico, except for courier services, electricity and fuel, in which case there will be a fee review only if the cumulative cost of such services exceeds ten percent and the increase is duly substantiated.

 

(c) Additional services : The parties may agree on additional tariffs according to the development of special projects, specific additional work, or other items outside the scope of the Agreement. Payment for additional or special services must be authorized in advance by Netshoes’ Operations Manager.

 

3. Racks and Improvements:

 

(a) Right of use : Netshoes grants free of charge to Onelogistic the right to use the racks to store products belonging to Netshoes according to specific guidelines set forth in the Agreement.

 

(b) Costs : Netshoes shall bear the cost of installation of the racks.


(c) Return of goods : Onelogistic shall return to Netshoes all the products, equipment and infrastructure of the Warehouse upon termination of the agreement.

 

(d) Maintenance : Netshoes undertakes to carry out the preventive maintenance necessary for the racks at a time it deems convenient upon notification of Onelogistic.

 

(e) Improvements : Netshoes and Onelogistic shall decide by common accord the improvements and equipment to be installed in the Warehouse for the adequate furnishing of services under the Agreement.

 

4. Software:

 

(a) Licenses : Netshoes grants Onelogistic the use of the software installed on computers belonging to Netshoes for logistics management, control of orders and stock keeping purposes for the duration of the Agreement.

 

5. Expiration, Termination and Breach:

 

(a) Commencement : The Agreement was entered into by the parties on January 1, 2016.

 

(b) Term : The Agreement is valid for a term of two years and therefore shall expire on January 1, 2018. It is renewable automatically for periods of one year thereafter.

 

(c) Early termination : Netshoes may terminate the Agreement early, at any time, without penalties, by giving Onelogistic a 90-day notice to such effect.

 

(d) Non-renewal : Once the Agreement has been renewed for an additional period of one year, Onelogistic may only elect not to further renew the agreement by giving Netshoes notice to such effect 90 days prior to the completion of the one-year period.

 

(e) Breach and cure : Netshoes and Onelogistic give each other fifteen calendar days to cure any breach under the Agreement. In case of breach of any obligation under the Agreement, any of the parties may terminate the Agreement in writing after giving a 90-day notice to the other party to such effect, if the breach is not cured within 15 days upon notification thereof.

 

6. Delivery, Transportation, and Dispatch of Products

 

(a) Delivery of products : Netshoes undertakes to deliver to Onelogistic and unload at the Warehouse the products referred to in the Agreement.

 

(b) Transportation : Netshoes is responsible for transporting the products from the place of origin to the Warehouse, where they shall be delivered to Onelogistic for receipt, storage and registration in inventory registration. Netshoes is also responsible for collecting products from the Warehouse according to the conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

(c) Dispatch of products : Onelogistic shall be responsible for preparing the products for dispatch and delivery according to the policies and requirements defined in the Agreement.

 

7. Personnel

 

(a) Responsibility : Onelogistic shall provide the staff and personnel necessary for the furnishing of services as agreed by the parties and defined under the Agreement.

 

(b) Performance level : Netshoes may propose to Onelogistic that staff be replaced or hired if Onelogistic fails to meet the performance metrics established in the Agreement.


8. Additional Obligations of the Parties

 

(a) Netshoes further undertakes to:

 

  (1) provide Onelogistic with the information necessary for execution of its obligations pursuant to the operating standards established in the Agreement with sufficient advance notice;

 

  (2) define the handling of information and appropriate management of products pursuant to the purpose of the Agreement;

 

  (3) train the staff of Onelogistic or its contractors on the use of racks, software, equipment and systems necessary for the supply of logistics services;

 

  (4) observe the operating procedures established in the Agreement;

 

  (5) provide insurance coverage for the racks;

 

  (6) carry out preventive maintenance and repairs of the racks;

 

  (7) provide packaging materials for the products; and

 

  (8) deliver products to and collect products from the Warehouse according to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

(b) Onelogistic further undertakes to:

 

  (1) receive products from Netshoes at the Warehouse according to the procedures set forth in the Agreement;

 

  (2) store and keep products in good condition;

 

  (3) carry out cyclical and yearly inventory checks;

 

  (4) keep the Warehouse in excellent condition;

 

  (5) execute all administrative activities necessary for the performance of the Agreement;

 

  (6) maintain operating staff as agreed upon by the parties;

 

  (7) provide Netshoes with necessary documentation for administrative control;

 

  (8) prepare products for delivery in accordance with the terms set forth in the Agreement and additional instructions provided by Netshoes; and

 

  (9) obtain and keep all necessary permits and licenses necessary for the furnishing of logistics services at the Warehouse.

 

9. Liability

 

(a) Insurance : Netshoes represents that it holds an insurance policy to cover products and its own equipment located at the Warehouse and releases Onelogistic from any liability arising from an event of loss, irrespective of the insurance policy that Onelogistic is required to keep to fulfill its obligations under the Agreement. Onelogistic represents that it holds an insurance policy covering civil liability for a combined sum of twenty-five million Mexican pesos.

 

(b) Limited liability : Onelogistic shall be liable to Netshoes in the event of willful intent, negligence or bad faith.


10. Inspections and Audits

 

(a) Inspection : Netshoes shall have the right to inspect, at any time, without prior notification, the Warehouse, products, materials, inventory systems, and to access all documents and information related to the procedures defined in the Agreement. Further, in general, Netshoes has the right to inspect the operations of Onelogistic in providing logistics services.

 

(b) Audit : Netshoes may review and audit product inventories. Onelogistic shall be responsible for any inventory discrepancy, including the cost of replacement of products, if any.

 

11. Miscellaneous

 

(a) Intellectual property and confidentiality : Netshoes and Onelogistic agree that the technology used by them to carry out the operations under the Agreement, including patents, models, designs, trade secrets, distinctive signs, copyright and other intellectual property, shall remain the property of their creator. The Agreement shall not constitute a general license to use any technology, software or intellectual property, unless expressly established in the Agreement. The parties undertake not to use, copy, reproduce, alter or modify the contents or operation of any of these items. Netshoes and Onelogistic agree that neither they nor their employees may reveal, market, hand over or sell any information related to the Agreement.

 

(b) Assignment of rights : Netshoes and Onelogistic may not assign, transmit or modify the rights deriving from the Agreement, in part or in full without prior authorization in writing.

 

(c) Governing law and jurisdiction : Netshoes and Onelogistic agree to submit to the competent courts of Mexico City, Federal District, and to the laws in force therein, for the solution of any controversy arising out of the Agreement.

Exhibit 10.0 6

COLOCATION—IP BUSINESS

PURCHASE ORDER/AGREEMENT No. 16-03868

 

FIELD 1

INFORMATION OF THE PARTIES

CONTRACTOR
Corporate Name: UOL DIVEO TECNOLOGIA LTDA.
CNPJ: 01.588.770/0008-36    I.E.: 115.313.065.111 (central)    I.M.: 4-32775-1
Address: Av. Ceci, No. 1850    City: Barueri
State: São Paulo    Postal Code 06.460-120    Telephone: (11) 4689.6777
CLIENT
Corporate Name: NS2.COM INTERNET S/A
CNPJ: 09.339.936/0001-16    I.E.: 149.996.138.112
Address: Rua Vergueiro, 961    City: São Paulo
State: SP    Postal Code: 01504-000    Telephone: (11) 3028-2280

FIELD 2

COMMERCIAL CONDITIONS

Total Monthly Amount (R$) 72,900.95
Monthly Colocation Amount (R$) 21,557.66    Preparatory Fee (R$) 0.00
Monthly Access Provision Amount (R$) 41,305.48    Additional GB Amount –
Access Provision (R$) 65.00
Electric power cost installment (R$) 10.037,81    Backup Excess Gbyte
Amount (R$) 5.00

FIELD 3

COMMERCIAL REMARKS

 

1.1      For the implementation of the engaged scope, the CLIENT shall pay UOL DIVEO the amount of the Preparatory Fee set forth in Field 2 of this “Purchase Order” within thirty (30) days from the date of execution of the Agreement/Purchase Order.

 

1.1.1. In the event the implementation is not actually achieved for reasons attributable to UOL DIVEO, the CLIENT shall be entitled to be refunded the full amount paid.

 

1.1.2. In the event the implementation is not actually achieved for reasons attributable to CLIENT, UOL DIVEO shall be entitled to a penalty of fifty percent (50%) on the Preparatory Fee, and UOL DIVEO may withhold any amounts paid to offset the penalty, and UOL DIVEO shall refund to the CLIENT any amounts in the event the amount paid has exceeded 50% of the amount set forth in the “Preparatory Fee”.

 

1.1.3. No other amount in addition to those set forth in Section 1.1.2 above shall be due from one party to the other by virtue of failure to implement.

 

1.2      By virtue of compliance with additional solutions taken by the CLIENT, in addition to the previously defined scope, the Preparatory Fee may vary in accordance with the investments and funds to be made available by UOLDIVEO.

 

1.3      Monthly installments shall be billed as follows:

 

1.3.1  The first (1 st ) monthly installment shall be billed on a pro rata basis due on the tenth (10 th ) day of the month following that of the delivery of the engaged Solution, in whole or in part, as agreed by the Parties.

 

1.3.2  The second (2 nd ) monthly installment and any others that may be due until completion of the term of effectiveness of the Agreement shall be billed by the twentieth (20 th ) day and due on the second (2 nd ) day of the subsequent month.

 

1.4      For products with variable fee, the monthly installment amount may change according to the actual use of the resources listed and the amounts set out in the Purchase Order.


1.5      The technical characteristics, quantities and options are described in the exhibits below, and also in the TECHNICAL PROPOSAL UOLDIVEO OPT-16/15697-H , which duly initialed by the Parties becomes an integral part of this Agreement.

 

EXHIBIT I – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE COLOCATION SERVICE

 

EXHIBIT II – COLOCATION SERVICE LEVEL (SLA) WARRANTIES

 

EXHIBIT III – MANAGED SECURITY SERVICE

 

EXHIBIT IV – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT (MANAGED SECURITY SERVICE)

 

1.6       This Purchase Order/Agreement cancels and supersedes Services Agreement No. 153329-01 and the respective amendments thereto.

 

1.7      The Parties agree that the monthly installment of the engaged services, taxes included, on the date of execution hereof, is comprised as follows:

 

Total Monthly Amount (R$) 80,502.38

 

Total Monthly Colocation (R$) 23,676.49

 

Monthly Access Provision Amount (R$) 45,515.68

 

Electric power cost installment (R$) 11,310.21

 

(*) In case the modality of the 95 percentile in the access provision, the additional Mbps amount shall be in excess of 15% of the franchise Mbps amount.

FIELD 4

UOL DIVEO WEBSITE

Itaim Bibi ( )    Tamboré (X)    Glete ( )

FIELD 5

CLIENT CONTACT DETAILS

FIELD 5.1 PERSON IN CHARGE OF COMMERCIAL ASPECTS:
Name:    Telephone:    E-mail:
Danilo Ruza    (11) 3028-2280    danilo.ruza@netshoes.com
FIELD 5.2 PERSON IN CHARGE OF TECHNICAL ASPECTS:
Name:    Telephone:    E-mail
Danilo Ruza    (11) 3028-2280    danilo.ruza@netshoes.com
FIELD 5.3 PERSON IN CHARGE OF PAYMENTS:
Name:    Telephone:    E-mail:
Danilo Ruza    (11)3028-2280    danilo.ruza@netshoes.com
Address to deliver the invoice:          
Rua Vergueiro, 961          
CEP:    City:    State:
01504-000    São Paulo    SP


FIELD 6

CONDITIONS

 

The undersigned Client agrees with the commercial and technical conditions set out in the Order and Proposal that are an integral part thereof for a term of twelve (12) months.

 

This instrument is governed by the Host Agreement available on http://download.uol.com.br/uoldiveo/contratos/12 alteração—Contrato Padrão IDC UOL DIVEO—arquivado em 09.08.16,- registro n 5.303.290—Ago16.pdf and filed with the 4th Registry of Titles and Documents of São Paulo, the contents of which the CLIENT represents to be aware of and agrees with in full.

 

1.        All prices set out in Field 2 hereof are net of taxes (including PIS, COFINS, ISS and ICMS), which shall be added at the time of billing to the tax rates then in force.

FIELD 7

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES

Place/Date:

São Paulo, October 21, 2016.

       
UOL DIVEO TECNOLOGIA LTDA.
Signatures: /s/ Siomar de Almeida Torres       Signatures: /s/ Rogildo Torquato Landim
Name: Siomar de Almeida Torres       Name: Rogildo Torquato Landim
Title: Chief Financial Officer       Title: CEO – UOL DIVEO
R.G. 19.713.792       R.G. 15.215.531-4
NS2.COM INTERNET S/A
Signatures: /s/ Marcio Kumruian       Signatures: /s/ Graciela Tanaka
Name: Marcio Kumruian       Name: Graciela Tanaka
Title:       Title:

 

FIELD 8

WITNESSES

Signatures: /s/ Mariana Veridiano Rocha Kyrillos       Signatures:
Name: Mariana Veridiano Rocha Kyrillos       Name:

Title: Accounts Executive

RG. 30.597.638-2 / CPF.: 299.400.198-58

UOL DIVEO LTDA.

      Title:


EXHIBIT I – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE COLOCATION SERVICE

 

1. UOL DIVEO shall make available to grant access to the internal areas of the DC an enabled electronic card per person. Such card is property of UOL DIVEO and shall be returned upon termination of the visitation time.

 

2. The security of UOL DIVEO shall be promptly informed of theft, loss or damage to the electronic card in order for such card to be disabled. UOL DIVEO disclaims any responsibility for improper use of such card, even undue access to the equipment of CLIENT and other colocations. Replacement of the card shall cost R$15.00.

 

3. The CLIENT shall notify UOL DIVEO of any significant addition or removal of equipment (i.e., shelves or racks). Installations and removals shall be approved and coordinated by the UOL DIVEO local management.

Space Specifications

 

4. The CLIENT shall not put at risk the Colocation Service or damage the property of other placed UOL DIVEO CLIENTS, the landlord or any other third party or parties in any way.

 

5. The CLIENT shall take all due precautions to protect common property of UOL DIVEO and the landlord, in addition to any nearby equipment owned by other clients or third parties. This includes protecting the floor, walls and telecommunication equipment while moving equipment and notifying UOL DIVEO of any major equipment rearrangement, drilling, etc.

 

6. The CLIENT shall follow the good maintenance practices. All waste shall be disposed of on a daily basis at the expense of the CLIENT. Any waste or empty boxes not disposed of by the CLIENT shall be subject to be removed by UOL DIVEO with any associated collection to be borne by the CLIENT.

 

7. Nothing shall be stored outside the designated rack area. A minimum corridor distance of 75cm shall be kept in the front and in the back of the equipment.

 

8. Hazardous material may not be stored in the fuel area.

 

9. All equipment shall be installed within the designated rack area or cabinet.

 

10. Cabling between racks within the CLIENT area , as well as patch cords (connection cables between connection panels and the equipment of the CLIENT) shall be provided by the CLIENT.

 

11. The CLIENT is responsible for power cable ends and DC signal on its Equipment.

 

12. The CLIENT shall follow regular standards of the telecommunications industry regarding the installation and removal of the equipment in one central office environment. The standards of UOL DIVEO shall be followed for connection of the cables interfacing with UOL DIVEO. All installations are subject to approval by UOL DIVEO.

 

13. Permanent use of extenders is not allowed.

 

14. All local, state and federal laws shall be complied with. Local labor union laws, especially AC electric work, shall be followed accordingly. General building maintenance rules shall also be complied with.

 

15. The CLIENT shall follow UOL DIVEO access procedures, in addition to any other procedures required by the owner or holder of the Sites, at all times. The CLIENT shall coordinate its first visit to a certain site of UOL DIVEO with the operations department of UOL DIVEO upon at least five (5) day prior notice. For all subsequent entries, the CLIENT shall follow the procedure described below:

 

16. Closed racks shall be electronically monitored during the visits.

 


17. Access to the colocation area shall occur upon compliance with all security protocols, namely:

(c1) holding and use of a valid electronic card provided to the CLIENT;

(c2) awareness of a numeric password corresponding to the card (c1);

(c3) previous registration of the name and ID card, which shall be checked at the visit.

 

18. The CLIENT undertakes to inform UOL DIVEO in writing about all details of new personnel with authorized access to the colocation area, as well as the exclusion of any other individuals.

 

19. UOL DIVEO reserves the right, with no prior consent of the CLIENT, which shall be registered however, to grant access to technicians of UOL DIVEO for security checks and compliance with contractual clauses.

 

20. In the event UOL DIVEO notifies the CLIENT in writing of a violation of the aforementioned rules, or any other situation or satisfaction of UOL DIVEO and with a proposed termination date. UOL DIVEO may grant additional time at its sole discretion. If the problems is not solved within three days or the time agreed, whichever is longer, UOL DIVEO shall have the option of (i) fixing the problem at the expense of the CLIENT, or (ii) terminate the Purchase Order/Agreement which is applicable and disconnect the power and signal connections of the CLIENT equipment.

 

21. Extreme security violations or conditions representing an immediate threat to the safety of UOL DIVEO employees or the public, interfering with the performance of the service obligations of UOL DIVEO or representing an immediate threat to the physical integrity of the UOL DIVEO facilities shall be immediately fixed by UOL DIVEO with no prior notice to the CLIENT. UOL DIVEO shall be subject to no responsibility for taking such action regarded as necessary for the specific purpose of curing such violations or conditions, including, without limitation, any damage to the Equipment or any interruption to the Colocation Service. Fixings by UOL DIVEO shall be at the expense of the CLIENT and charged to the CLIENT in accordance with the UOL DIVEO fee then in force.

 

22. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS/EQUIPMENT RELOCATION: UOL DIVEO shall be entitled to enter any Space, at any time, for the purpose of inspecting it. The CLIENT shall provide UOL DIVEO with a telephone number whereby it may contact it 24/7 (Field 9.2—Purchase Order/Agreement), in order to allow UOL DIVEO to notify it and solve any problems relating to each Colocation Purchase Order. In addition, the CLIENT shall provide such number at visible place on the Equipment installed at the Space.

 

23. UOL DIVEO further reserves the right, at any time during the Term of the Colocation Service relating to any Space, or during any renewal period thereof, to require that the CLIENT relocates the Equipment to another Space at the same Site, which shall provide comparable environmental conditions and accessibility to the Equipment, provided that this is done upon thirty (30) day prior written notice. In cases of emergency, the notice time referred to in this item may be reduced to a time that may be reasonable under the circumstances.

 

24. CONDUCT AT THE SPACE AND SITES : The CLIENT shall comply with all basic conduct rules set out by UOL DIVEO and any holder or owner of each Site or Space. Such rules include, without limitation, prohibition to smoke at the Spaces and Sites. In addition, the CLIENT is required to keep each Site and Space in proper safety and cleaning conditions, which includes, without limitation, keeping duly stored or removing any hazardous substances, waste and/or pollutants, at any place and any Space or within any Site.


EXHIBIT II – Colocation Service Level Warranties (SLA)

 

1.1. UOL DIVEO shall keep annual colocation availability of 99.9%. The minimum annual Colocation is defined as the availability of the UOL DIVEO network and the electric power during the period of one year. The annual Colocation availability shall be assessed on a monthly basis. The monthly availability of the Colocation service is defined as the availability of the UOL DIVEO network and the electric power during the period of one month. The minimum monthly availability of the service shall vary depending on the number of days in the month.

 

1.1.1. Electric power in alternated current shall be provided by means of two independent lines or circuits. In order to enjoy such redundancy, and, consequently, the minimum annual availability of the Colocation services, the CLIENT shall provide equipment with at least two sources of electric supply contemplating active redundancy.

 

1.2. In case UOL DIVEO fails to keep monthly availability of the Colocation service of at least 99.9%, in any month, the CLIENT may request in the month during which UOL DIVEO has failed to reach its minimum service commitment credit to be applied on the monthly tariff relating to the affected service, according to the table below:

 

Actual Availability of the Monthly Service

  

Credit Percentage in the Monthly Invoice

99.80% to 99.89%

   5% (R$ 1.000 maximum)

99.40% to 99.79%

   10% (R$ 2.000 maximum)

97.50% to 99.39%

   20% (R$ 3.000 maximum)

95.00% to 97.99%

   30% (R$6.000 maximum)

Below 95.00%

   50% (R$10.000 maximum)

 

1.3. SLA Credits shall not be granted in the following months:

 

1.3.1. Scheduled Maintenance. Interruptions scheduled by UOL DIVEO for purposes of preventive and/or corrective maintenance of the services set out in this Agreement. Definition of Scheduled Maintenance: Scheduled Maintenance means any maintenance of the UOL DIVEO Internet Data Center where the CLIENT service is located, provided that the CLIENT is advised of such preventive maintenance 48 hours in advance, and that it is carried out from 2a.m. to 6a.m., local time, or at any time, provided that this is previously agreed upon by UOL DIVEO and the CLIENT. UOL DIVEO shall inform the CLIENT of the need for Scheduled Maintenance by telephone, e-mail or fax.

 

1.3.2. Unavailability of the network or electric power due to Scheduled Maintenance or any unavailability resulting from circuits or infrastructure of the CLIENT, applications of the CLIENT, applications or equipment of the CLIENT or any use or user authorized by the CLIENT, or halts scheduled by the CLIENT.

 

1.3.3. Whenever the CLIENT prevents UOL DIVEO from having access to places where the equipment is located for any reason, thus delaying the provision of the services.

 

1.4. UOL DIVEO reserves the right to amend this SLA from time to time. The CLIENT shall be notified at least thirty (30) days in advance of any amendment to this SLA. Provided that such amendment to the SLA results in significant reduction of the SLA, or credits, the CLIENT may terminate this Agreement with no penalty, provided that it informs UOL DIVEO within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of the proposed amendment to the SLA. UOL DIVEO reserves the right to withdraw the proposed amendment to the SLA in case the CLIENT rejects the proposed amendment.

 


1.5. Process to Request Service Credits: in the event the CLIENT notifies UOL DIVEO of unavailability of the service, and UOL DIVEO sets out that such unavailability has not been due to causes beyond the control of UOL DIVEO, and that, therefore, it should be counted as the total monthly unavailability, the service unavailability period shall be counted in the total unavailability for the monthly period. Credits may be used only to abate the amount of the recurring monthly tariff for services only, and may not be used to abate any single options, tariffs or fees that the CLIENT has incurred. CLIENTS with multiple servers and/or services may receive credit only for services where the SLA has not been complied with.

 

1.6. The CLIENT shall request credit within a period of thirty (30) days from the end of the month in which the unavailability occurred, and for which the credit would be applicable.

 

1.7. The amount of the credit shall be applicable within two collection cycles after request of the credit approved by UOL DIVEO.

 

1.8. UOL DIVEO is the only one authorized to assess the merits of request for credit under this agreement. UOL DIVEO records shall be the basis to calculate the unavailability of the service and arising credits.

 

1.9. This SLA sets out the only resources that the CLIENT holds relating to the service, as set forth in this Agreement.


EXHIBIT III – MANAGED SECURITY SERVICE

For the provision of such security services, the clauses listed below shall be effective. In case of contradiction between the clauses below and the clauses of such Agreement, the clauses below shall read as follows:

SECTION – OBLIGATIONS OF THE CLIENT

 

1.1 Without prejudice to the other obligations set forth in this Agreement, the CLIENT undertakes to:

 

1.1.1 Provide in writing all technical details that may be requested by UOL DIVEO, including, without limitation, specific, detailed information on the Protected Environment and the size and setup required in order for the engaged services to meet the needs of its business and its activities, as well as other information that may be regarded as relevant and/or useful for the provision of the Services, and inform UOL DIVEO of any required changes.

 

1.1.2 Keep the Protected Environment working under the conditions informed to UOL DIVEO, and ensure that the Access Conditions of UOL DIVEO to the Protected Environment are maintained during the entire term of this Agreement and for the same periods as agreed for the Service Unavailability, and inform UOL DIVEO forty-eight (48) hours in advance for its prior approval of any and all changes in the Protected Environment that may affect the Access Conditions and/or the provision of the Services, under penalty of releasing UOL DIVEO from any responsibility for the services engaged hereunder.

 

1.1.3 Cooperate with UOL DIVEO in all matters and issues relating to the provision of the Services, and enforce in the maintenance of the Protected Environment the procedures that are recommended by UOL DIVEO in order to attain the Services using the Services, in particular the engaged Resources, in accordance with the recommendations and directions of UOL DIVEO.

 

1.1.4 Grant UOL DIVEO access to the physical facilities where the Protected Environment is located, as well as the respective equipment, systems and databases, in case such access is required to provide the Services, and allow, when applicable, the installation of the equipment of UOL DIVEO in its facilities.

 

1.1.5 Install in its Protected Environment and keep operating the software licensed by UOL DIVEO, in case the Services include licensing of such software.

 

1.1.6 Provide all required physical and logic infrastructure requested by UOL DIVEO to implement and operate the engaged Services, and carry out maintenance and support of the licenses and assets whenever these are owned thereby, except as otherwise set forth in the Technical Proposal.

 

1.1.7 Take responsibility for legal compliance of its IT infrastructure by releasing UOL DIVEO from any responsibility for data, files, software, systems and contents of the Protected Environment that have not been supplied by UOL DIVEO, as well as activities carried out by the CLIENT and/or third parties upon use of the Protected Environment or any security failures of the Protected Environment arising from any noncompliance with laws existing in the client’s IT infrastructure.

 

1.1.8 Keep an updated list on the client website of all users of the CLIENT with access to tools/software supplied by UOL DIVEO and the professionals in charge of all technical matters, and review such list from time to time, and further inform UOL DIVEO whenever a user access needs changes of rights or revocation.

 

1.1.9 Take responsibility for the storage and maintenance of user identification details, access records or use records (also called log files) relating to the Protected Environment, as well as any supply of such data if required by the applicable law or by court order.

 

1.1.10 Take responsibility for rendering formal any and all setup requests and/or changes in rules and/or equipment setup by means of Service Desk calls provided by UOL DIVEO.

 

1.1.11 Request and/or inform UOL DIVEO of any changes in the scope of the Protected Environment impacting the use of the licenses. Any penalty or fine that may be imposed by the licensing company on UOL DIVEO, in case the applicable rules are not complied with by the CLIENT may be passed on by UOL DIVEO to the CLIENT, provided that fault of the CLIENT is demonstrated.


SECTION – LEGAL COMPLIANCE OF THE PROTECTED ENVIRONMENT

 

1.2 The CLIENT is and shall be the only party responsible for legal compliance of the Protected Environment and UOL DIVEO shall have no obligation to inspect and/or take responsibility for data, files, software, systems and contents of the Protected Environment of the CLIENT that have not been provided by UOL DIVEO, as well as any activities performed by the CLIENT and/or third parties with the use of the Protected Environment.

 

1.3 Whatever the modality engaged to provide the services, the CLIENT agrees to comply with all local, domestic and international laws and regulations governing the use of the Protected Environment, and refrain from: (i) illegal purposes; (ii) keeping data, files, software, systems and contents to which it does not have the right to use and/or that are regarded for any reason in violation of the laws; (iii) using the Protected Environment or allowing it to be used in order to gain unauthorized access to equipment, systems, networks and/or data of third parties (hacker), and also to distribute and submit messages to entities that have not expressly requested such messages (also known in the market as spamming); (iv) using the Protected Environment for any other purpose that may be in violation of good information security practices existing in the market, or that, whether or not intentionally, may cause losses or failures to third parties or UOL DIVEO itself; (v) taking any actions or making any use through the Protected Environment that may be in violation of the Acceptable Use Policy (PUA) of UOL DIVEO, as provided by UOL DIVEO on its website at http://www.uoIdiveo.com.br/politica-de-uso.html.

 

1.4 At any time, in case it verifies noncompliance by the CLIENT with the provisions of this Section, UOL DIVEO may inform that fact to the CLIENT and suspend the provision of the Services until the CLIENT ceases such noncompliance and demonstrates to UOL DIVEO compliance of the Protected Environment with the applicable laws, provided further that the provisions of Section 7.2 below shall be observed.

SECTION – CONFIDENTIALITY

 

1.5 Under this Agreement, the parties may gain access or receive from the other party confidential information and data (“Confidential Information”) and that, in general, are not known by the general public, including, without limitation, technical, commercial, financial, legal or other data or information, including, without limitation, trade secrets, know-how and information relating to technology, customers, business plans, promotional activities and/or commercialization, economic, finance and other business information and data, which may be appear in various materials, such as drawings, models, data, specifications, reports, compilations, computer software, formulas, patents, financial and economic spreadsheets, customer and supplier information, existing or potential, agreements, products that may exist now or be created in the future and other materials that may have been obtained or are known before or after the term of effectiveness of this Agreement, including also any and all information provided orally.

 

1.6 Neither party may disclose the Confidential Information to any person without the written consent of the Disclosing Party, except to the employees, contractors or suppliers and/or affiliates of the Receiving Party that may have a demonstrated need to know any such Confidential Information for purposes of performing this Agreement, and any such persons receiving the Confidential Information shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth herein.

 

1.7 The Parties shall not use or allow others to use any such Confidential Information for any purposes other than those for which they have been disclosed, and the parties further undertake to keep with its employees and workers involved in the operation and performance of the Services a non-disclosure agreement ensuring compliance with the provisions hereof.

 

1.8 The CLIENT and UOL DIVEO agree that neither Party shall make any public or private representations, comments or notices, in any way, oral or in writing by electronic means that are demeaning or harmful to the goodwill and reputation of the other party and/or its products and/or services, as well as their respective employees, officers and/or directors, in particular in the event of any attack or other event that may expose the vulnerability of the Protected Environment.

 


SECTION – GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.9 The Services shall be provided by UOL DIVEO in accordance with the best techniques available in the market, in accordance with the Service Level and Resources engaged, as defined in the Technical Proposal and the respective Service Order. The CLIENT hereby acknowledges and represents that it is aware that the services shall be provided by UOL DIVEO for the purpose of managing the risks which the Protected Environment is exposed to. However, it is impossible to eliminate such risks, including attacks and/or other events that may render vulnerable the Protected Environment. For this reason, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND REPRESENT THAT UOL DIVEO DOES NOT ASSUME UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ANY OBLIGATION THAT MAY BE REGARDED AS AN OBLIGATION OF RESULTS, AND THUS UOL DIVEO SHALL NOT WARRANT OR OBJECTIVELY RESPOND FOR THE INVIOLABILITY, INTEGRITY AND/OR AVAILABILITY OF ANY PIECES OF EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, DATA, INFORMATION, CONTENTS, SOFTWARE, SYSTEMS AND/OR NETWORKS OF THE CLIENT OR THAT MAY FORM ITS PROTECTED ENVIRONMENT.

 

1.10 The responsibility of either Party shall be limited to the events of willful, demonstrated noncompliance with the obligations undertaken under this Agreement.

 

1.11 In the event of noncompliance by UOL DIVEO with the conditions engaged for the Service Levels and/or for the Availability of Services, as defined in the Technical Proposal, for sole, demonstrated fault of UOL DIVEO, the CLIENT shall be entitled to a proportional discount in the price corresponding to the month in which noncompliance is verified, as compensation.

 

1.12 As losses and damages, loss of profit and/or direct damages incurred under this Agreement, neither party shall be responsible for paying indemnification in an amount in excess of the sum of the twelve (12) monthly installments previously to the fact triggering the event.

 

1.13 The CLIENT and UOL DIVEO agree that neither Party may make any public or private representations, comments or communications in any way, in writing or electronically, which has a demeaning or harmful nature and reputation of the other party and/or its products and/or services, as well as its respective employees, officers and/or directors, in particular in the event of any attacks or events that may render the Protected Environment vulnerable.

 

1.14 The CLIENT shall refrain from using for any purpose the name, trademarks and/or any other intellectual property assets of UOL DIVEO, except if the use is previously and expressly authorized in writing by UOL DIVEO, in which event such use shall be restricted to the terms so authorized by UOL DIVEO.

 

1.14.1 At its sole discretion, UOL DIVEO may authorize the CLIENT to use in the Protected Environment an image file consisting of a protection seal or certificate to be exclusively provided by UOL DIVEO, which may only be used by the CLIENT in accordance with the standards and restrictions set out and published by UOL DIVEO. At any time and irrespective of any justification, UOL DIVEO may change such standards and restrictions, and revoke the authorization in order for the CLIENT to use such protection seal or certificate, in which event the CLIENT shall demonstrate to UOL DIVEO that it immediately ceased such use. The CLIENT understands and acknowledges that the provision of such protection seal or certificate does not and shall not be understood as guarantee of full and/or absolute protection of the Protected Environment, as set forth in the Confidentiality Clause.”


EXHIBIT IV – Service Level Agreement

 

Activity    Item
   

Monitoring and management of assets of the MSS services engaged

  

24x7x365

   

Availability of the Datacenter

  

99.90%

   

Availability of the Client Panel

  

99.50 % (excluding operational technical windows)

   

Incident warning notice

  

30 minutes (after being detected by the SOC monitoring)

   

Initial action in case of Incident

  

20 minutes (after being detected by the SOC monitoring)

   

Service Requests (Information, Analyses and Changes in Policies)

  

48 hours after opening a call, except when a maintenance window is required.

   

Change and inclusion of attack acknowledgement signatures

  

08 hours after release of updates by the manufacturer, subject to approval by UOLDIVEO

   

Working Hours for Service Requests

  

Monday to Friday, from 9a.m. to 6p.m. (calls opened outside such hours will be answered on the next business day)

   

Service Request Opening Hours

  

24x7x365

   

Assistance Time for incidents

  

24x7x365

   

Service statistics and indexes

  

Client Panel

   

Root Cause Analysis Report

  

Issued on demand, limited to 01 report/month (request to occur within one (1) week after closing the incident)

   

Stabilization Period (SLO)

  

Three months (after startup)

   

Changes in the environment made by the client that may impact the services engaged

  

Inform forty-eight (48) hours in advance

   

Interruptions scheduled by UOLDIVEO for preventive and/or corrective maintenance

  

Client to be informed forty-eight (48) hours in advance.

 

Assistance Times: Monday to Friday, from 9a.m. to 6p.m.

 

•        To open regular calls and claims;

 

•        Calls opened outside these hours will be answered on the next business day;

 

Description:

 

•        Incident Warning Notice: client to be notified within 30 minutes after detection, and then mitigation actions will be taken;

 

•        Start action in case of incident: time required to start reviewing and treating incidents (attacks, explore vulnerabilities, among others) that may be impacting the client environment;

 

•        Service requests: requests submitted by the client, such as, for instance, information, requests for reviews and setup changes;

 

•        Change and inclusion of attack acknowledgement signatures: periodic signatures provided by the manufacturer to be approved by MSS UOLDIVEO in order to prevent any instabilities or risks to the protection services provided;


•        Service statistics and indexes: all main statistics and indexes of the service provided will be available and may be accessed through the Client Panel;

 

•        Root Cause Report: issued only on demand of the client within five (5) business days after closing the incident. To be requested within one (1) week after closing the incident, limited to 1 report/month. Submit a review of the occurrence, actions taken and possible factors triggering it;

 

•        Stabilization Period: time elapsed after the service being activated and delivered to the SOC, as required for alignment and adjustments to the processes between the Client and MSS UOLDIVEO will be assessed during the SLA’s period. However, penalties or fines will not be imposed.

 

Emergency Maintenance:

 

•        Occur whenever problems leading to instability or unavailability of Services are identified, where UOLDIVEO will use its best resources to resolve them as soon as possible, with few impacts;

 

•        During the emergency maintenance, the main point of contact of the affected Client will receive notice thirty (30) minutes before the start of the emergency maintenance, and 30 minutes after completion.

 


UOL DIVEO

COLLOCATION—IP BUSINESS

PURCHASE ORDER/AGREEMENT No. 16-03869

 

FIELD 1

INFORMATION OF THE PARTIES

CONTRACTOR
Corporate Name: UOL DIVEO TECNOLOGIA LTDA.
CNPJ: 01.588.770/0011-31    I.E.: 115.313.065.111 (central)
Address: Alameda Glete, 700 – 2 nd floor, Campos Eliseos    City: São Paulo
State: São Paulo    Postal Code 01215-001    Telephone: 0800 160 066
CLIENT
Corporate Name: NS2.COM INTERNET S/A
CNPJ: 09.339.936/0001-16    I.E.: 149.996.138.112
Address: Rua Vergueiro, 961    City: São Paulo
State: SP    Postal Code: 01504-000    Telephone: (11) 3028-2280

FIELD 2

COMMERCIAL CONDITIONS

Total Monthly Amount (R$) 111,046.80
Monthly Colocation Amount (R$) 31,936.81    Preparatory Fee (R$) 0.00
Monthly Access Provision Amount (R$) 49,623.93    Additional GB Amount –
Access Provision (R$) 65.00
Electric power cost installment (R$) 29,486.06    Backup Excess Gbyte Amount
(R$) 5.00

FIELD 3

COMMERCIAL REMARKS

 

1.1      For the implementation of the engaged scope, the CLIENT shall pay UOL DIVEO the amount of the Preparatory Fee set forth in Field 2 of this “Purchase Order” within thirty (30) days from the date of execution of the Agreement/Purchase Order.

 

1.1.1. In the event the implementation is not actually achieved for reasons attributable to UOL DIVEO, the CLIENT shall be entitled to be refunded the full amount paid.

 

1.1.2. In the event the implementation is not actually achieved for reasons attributable to CLIENT, UOL DIVEO shall be entitled to a penalty of fifty percent (50%) on the Preparatory Fee, and UOL DIVEO may withhold any amounts paid to offset the penalty, and UOL DIVEO shall refund to the CLIENT any amounts in the event the amount paid has exceeded 50% of the amount set forth in the “Preparatory Fee”.

 

1.1.3. No other amount in addition to those set forth in Section 1.1.2 above shall be due from one party to the other by virtue of failure to implement.

 

1.2      By virtue of compliance with additional solutions taken by the CLIENT, in addition to the previously defined scope, the Preparatory Fee may vary in accordance with the investments and funds to be made available by UOL DIVEO.

 

1.3      Monthly installments shall be billed as follows:

 

1.3.1  The first (1 st ) monthly installment shall be billed on a pro rata basis due on the tenth (10 th ) day of the month following that of the delivery of the engaged Solution, in whole or in part, as agreed by the Parties.

 

1.3.2  The second (2 nd ) monthly installment and any others that may be due until completion of the term of effectiveness of the Agreement shall be billed by the twentieth (20 th ) day and due on the second (2 nd ) day of the subsequent month.

 

1.4      For products with variable fee, the monthly installment amount may change according to the actual use of the resources listed and the amounts set out in the Purchase Order.


1.5      The technical characteristics, quantities and options are described in the exhibits below, and also in the TECHNICAL PROPOSAL UOL DIVEO OPT-16/15809-G , which duly initialed by the Parties becomes an integral part of this Agreement.

 

EXHIBIT I – COLLOCATION SERVICE LEVEL (SLA) WARRANTIES

 

EXHIBIT II – MANAGED SECURITY SERVICE

 

EXHIBIT III – SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT (MANAGED SECURITY SERVICE)

 

1.6       This Purchase Order/Agreement cancels and supersedes Services Agreement No. 153329-01 and the respective amendments thereto.

 

1.7      The Parties agree that the monthly installment of the engaged services, taxes included, on the date of execution hereof, is comprised as follows:

 

Total Monthly Amount (R$) 125,234.28

 

Total Monthly Colocation (R$) 36,166.19

 

Monthly Access Provision Amount (R$) 54,682.01

 

Electric power cost installment (R$) 34,386.08

 

(*) In case the modality of the 95 percentile in the access provision, the additional Mbps amount shall be in excess of 15% of the franchise Mbps amount.

 

FIELD 4

UOL DIVEO WEBSITE

Itaim Bibi ( )    Tamboré ( )    Glete (X)

FIELD 5

CLIENT CONTACT DETAILS

FIELD 5.1 PERSON IN CHARGE OF COMMERCIAL ASPECTS:
Name:    Telephone:    E-mail:
Danilo Ruza    (11) 3028-2280    danilo.ruza@netshoes.com
FIELD 5.2 PERSON IN CHARGE OF TECHNICAL ASPECTS:
Name:    Telephone:    E-mail
Danilo Ruza    (11) 3028-2280    danilo.ruza@netshoes.com
FIELD 5.3 PERSON IN CHARGE OF PAYMENTS:
Name:    Telephone:    E-mail:
Danilo Ruza    (11) 3028-2280    danilo.ruza@netshoes.com
Address to deliver the invoice:     
Rua Vergueiro, 961     
CEP:    City:    State:
01504-000    São Paulo    SP

FIELD 6

CONDITIONS

The undersigned Client agrees with the commercial and technical conditions set out in the Order and Proposal that are an integral part thereof for a term of twelve (12) months.

 

This instrument is governed by the Host Agreement available on http://download.uol.com.br/uoldiveo/contratos/12_ alteração—Agreement Padrão IDC UOL DIVEO—arquivado em 09.08.16_-_registro_n_5.303.290_-_Ago16.pdf and filed with the 4 th Registry of Titles and Documents of São Paulo, the contents of which the CLIENT represents to be aware of and agrees with in full.

 

1.        All prices set out in Field 2 hereof are net of taxes (including PIS, COFINS, ISS and ICMS), which shall be added at the time of billing to the tax rates then in force.


FIELD 7

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES

Place/Date:

São Paulo, October 21, 2016.

UOL DIVEO TECNOLOGIA LTDA.

Signatures: /s/ Siomar de Almeida Torres

  Signatures: /s/ Rogildo Torquato Landim

Name: Siomar de Almeida Torres

  Name: Rogildo Torquato Landim

Title: Chief Financial Officer

  Title: CEO – UOL DIVEO

R.G. 19.713.792

  R.G. 15.215.531-4
NS2.COM INTERNET S/A

Signatures: /s/ Marcio Kumruian

  Signatures: /s/ Graciela Tanaka

Name: Marcio Kumruian

  Name: Graciela Tanaka

Title:

  Title:

 

FIELD 8

WITNESSES

Signatures: /s/ Mariana Veridiano Rocha Kyrillos

  Signatures:

Name: Mariana Veridiano Rocha Kyrillos

  Name:

Title: Accounts Executive

RG: 30.597.638-2 / CPF.: 299.400.198-58

UOL DIVEO LTDA.

 

RG:


EXHIBIT I – Colocation Service Level Warranties (SLA)

 

1.1. UOL DIVEO shall keep annual collocation availability of 99.9%. The minimum annual Colocation is defined as the availability of the UOL DIVEO network and the electric power during the period of one year. The annual Colocation availability shall be assessed on a monthly basis. The monthly availability of the Colocation service is defined as the availability of the UOL DIVEO network and the electric power during the period of one month. The minimum monthly availability of the service shall vary depending on the number of days in the month.

 

1.1.1. Electric power in alternated current shall be provided by means of two independent lines or circuits. In order to enjoy such redundancy, and, consequently, the minimum annual availability of the Colocation services, the CLIENT shall provide equipment with at least two sources of electric supply contemplating active redundancy.

 

1.2. In case UOL DIVEO fails to keep monthly availability of the Colocation service of at least 99.9%, in any month, the CLIENT may request in the month during which UOL DIVEO has failed to reach its minimum service commitment credit to be applied on the monthly tariff relating to the affected service, according to the table below:

 

Actual Availability of the Monthly Service

  

Credit Percentage in the Monthly Invoice

99.80% to 99.89%

   5% (R$1.000 maximum)

99.40% to 99.79%

   10% (R$2.000 maximum)

97.50% to 99.39%

   20% (R$3.000 maximum)

95.00% to 97.99%

   30% (R$6.000 maximum)

Below 95.00%

   50% (R$10.000 maximum)

 

1.3. SLA Credits shall not be granted in the following months:

 

1.3.1. Scheduled Maintenance. Interruptions scheduled by UOL DIVEO for purposes of preventive and/or corrective maintenance of the services set out in this Agreement. Definition of Scheduled Maintenance: Scheduled Maintenance means any maintenance of the UOL DIVEO Internet Data Center where the CLIENT service is located, provided that the CLIENT is advised of such preventive maintenance 48 hours in advance, and that it is carried out from 2 a.m. to 6 a.m., local time, or at any time, provided that this is previously agreed upon by UOL DIVEO and the CLIENT. UOL DIVEO shall inform the CLIENT of the need for Scheduled Maintenance by telephone, e-mail or fax.

 

1.3.2. Unavailability of the network or electric power due to Scheduled Maintenance or any unavailability resulting from circuits or infrastructure of the CLIENT, applications of the CLIENT, applications or equipment of the CLIENT or any use or user authorized by the CLIENT, or halts scheduled by the CLIENT.

 

1.3.3. Whenever the CLIENT prevents UOL DIVEO from having access to places where the equipment is located for any reason, thus delaying the provision of the services.

 

1.4. UOL DIVEO reserves the right to amend this SLA from time to time. The CLIENT shall be notified at least 30 days in advance of any amendment to this SLA. Provided that such amendment to the SLA results in significant reduction of the SLA, or credits, the CLIENT may terminate this Agreement with no penalty, provided that it informs UOL DIVEO within thirty (30) days after receiving notice of the proposed amendment to the SLA. UOL DIVEO reserves the right to withdraw the proposed amendment to the SLA in case the CLIENT rejects the proposed amendment.

 


1.5. Process to Request Service Credits: in the event the CLIENT notifies UOL DIVEO of unavailability of the service, and UOL DIVEO sets out that such unavailability has not been due to causes beyond the control of UOL DIVEO, and that, therefore, it should be counted as the total monthly unavailability, the service unavailability period shall be counted in the total unavailability for the monthly period. Credits may be used only to abate the amount of the recurring monthly tariff for services only, and may not be used to abate any single options, tariffs or fees that the CLIENT has incurred. CLIENTS with multiple servers and/or services may receive credit only for services where the SLA has not been complied with.

 

1.6. The CLIENT shall request credit within a period of 30 days from the end of the month in which the unavailability occurred, and for which the credit would be applicable.

 

1.7. The amount of the credit shall be applicable within two collection cycles after request of the credit approved by UOL DIVEO.

 

1.8. UOL DIVEO is the only one authorized to assess the merits of request for credit under this agreement. UOL DIVEO records shall be the basis to calculate the unavailability of the service and arising credits.

 

1.9. This SLA sets out the only resources that the CLIENT holds relating to the service, as set forth in this Agreement.


EXHIBIT II – MANAGED SECURITY SERVICE

For the provision of such security services, the clauses listed below shall be effective. In case of contradiction between the clauses below and the clauses of such Agreement, the clauses below shall read as follows:

SECTION – OBLIGATIONS OF THE CLIENT

 

1.1 Without prejudice to the other obligations set forth in this Agreement, the CLIENT undertakes to:

 

1.1.1 Provide in writing all technical details that may be requested by UOL DIVEO, including, without limitation, specific, detailed information on the Protected Environment and the size and setup required in order for the engaged services to meet the needs of its business and its activities, as well as other information that may be regarded as relevant and/or useful for the provision of the Services, and inform UOL DIVEO of any required changes.

 

1.1.2 Keep the Protected Environment working under the conditions informed to UOL DIVEO, and ensure that the Access Conditions of UOL DIVEO to the Protected Environment are maintained during the entire term of this Agreement and for the same periods as agreed for the Service Unavailability, and inform UOL DIVEO forty-eight (48) hours in advance for its prior approval of any and all changes in the Protected Environment that may affect the Access Conditions and/or the provision of the Services, under penalty of releasing UOL DIVEO from any responsibility for the services engaged hereunder.

 

1.1.3 Cooperate with UOL DIVEO in all matters and issues relating to the provision of the Services, and enforce in the maintenance of the Protected Environment the procedures that are recommended by UOL DIVEO in order to attain the Services using the Services, in particular the engaged Resources, in accordance with the recommendations and directions of UOL DIVEO.

 

1.1.4 Grant UOL DIVEO access to the physical facilities where the Protected Environment is located, as well as the respective equipment, systems and databases, in case such access is required to provide the Services, and allow, when applicable, the installation of the equipment of UOL DIVEO in its facilities.

 

1.1.5 Install in its Protected Environment and keep operating the software licensed by UOL DIVEO, in case the Services include licensing of such software.

 

1.1.6 Provide all required physical and logic infrastructure requested by UOL DIVEO to implement and operate the engaged Services, and carry out maintenance and support of the licenses and assets whenever these are owned thereby, except as otherwise set forth in the Technical Proposal.

 

1.1.7 Take responsibility for legal compliance of its IT infrastructure by releasing UOL DIVEO from any responsibility for data, files, software, systems and contents of the Protected Environment that have not been supplied by UOL DIVEO, as well as activities carried out by the CLIENT and/or third parties upon use of the Protected Environment or any security failures of the Protected Environment arising from any noncompliance with laws existing in the client’s IT infrastructure.

 

1.1.8 Keep an updated list on the client website of all users of the CLIENT with access to tools/software supplied by UOL DIVEO and the professionals in charge of all technical matters, and review such list from time to time, and further inform UOL DIVEO whenever a user access needs changes of rights or revocation.

 

1.1.9 Take responsibility for the storage and maintenance of user identification details, access records or use records (also called log files) relating to the Protected Environment, as well as any supply of such data if required by the applicable law or by court order.

 

1.1.10 Take responsibility for rendering formal any and all setup requests and/or changes in rules and/or equipment setup by means of Service Desk calls provided by UOL DIVEO.

 


1.1.11 Request and/or inform UOL DIVEO of any changes in the scope of the Protected Environment impacting the use of the licenses. Any penalty or fine that may be imposed by the licensing company on UOL DIVEO, in case the applicable rules are not complied with by the CLIENT may be passed on by UOL DIVEO to the CLIENT, provided that fault of the CLIENT is demonstrated.

SECTION – LEGAL COMPLIANCE OF THE PROTECTED ENVIRONMENT

 

1.2 The CLIENT is and shall be the only party responsible for legal compliance of the Protected Environment, and UOL DIVEO shall have no obligation to inspect and/or take responsibility for data, files, software, systems and contents of the Protected Environment of the CLIENT that have not been provided by UOL DIVEO, as well as any activities performed by the CLIENT and/or third parties with the use of the Protected Environment.

 

1.3 Whatever the modality engaged to provide the Services, the CLIENT agrees to comply with all local, domestic and international laws and regulations governing the use of the Protected Environment, and refrain from: (i) engaging in any activities deemed unlawful, not permitting the Protected Environment to be used for illegal purposes; (ii) keeping data, files, software, systems and contents to which it does not have the right to use and/or that are regarded for any reason in violation of the laws; (iii) using the Protected Environment or allowing it to be used in order to gain unauthorized access to equipment, systems, networks and/or data of third parties (hacker), and also to distribute and submit messages to entities that have not expressly requested such messages (also known in the market as spamming); (iv) using the Protected Environment for any other purpose that may be in violation of good information security practices existing in the market, or that, whether or not intentionally, may cause losses or failures to third parties or UOL DIVEO itself; (v) taking any actions or making any use through the Protected Environment that may be in violation of the Acceptable Use Policy (PUA) of UOL DIVEO, as provided by UOL DIVEO on its website at http://www.uoldiveo.com.br/politica-de-uso.html.

 

1.4 At any time, in case it verifies noncompliance by the CLIENT with the provisions of this Section, UOL DIVEO may inform that fact to the CLIENT and suspend the provision of the Services until the CLIENT ceases such noncompliance and demonstrates to UOL DIVEO compliance of the Protected Environment with the applicable laws, provided further that the provisions of Section 7.2 below shall be observed.

SECTION – CONFIDENTIALITY

 

1.5 Under this Agreement, the parties may gain access or receive from the other party confidential information and data (“Confidential Information”) and that, in general, are not known by the general public, including, without limitation, technical, commercial, financial, legal or other data or information, including, without limitation, trade secrets, know-how and information relating to technology, customers, business plans, promotional activities and/or commercialization, economic, finance and other business information and data, which may be appear in various materials, such as drawings, models, data, specifications, reports, compilations, computer software, formulas, patents, financial and economic spreadsheets, customer and supplier information, existing or potential, agreements, products that may exist now or be created in the future and other materials that may have been obtained or are known before or after the term of effectiveness of this Agreement, including also any and all information provided orally.

 

1.6 Neither party may disclose the Confidential Information to any person without the written consent of the Disclosing Party, except to the employees, contractors or suppliers and/or affiliates of the Receiving Party that may have a demonstrated need to know any such Confidential Information for purposes of performing this Agreement, and any such persons receiving the Confidential Information shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth herein.

 

1.7 The Parties shall not use or allow others to use any such Confidential Information for any purposes other than those for which they have been disclosed, and the parties further undertake to keep with its employees and workers involved in the operation and performance of the Services a non-disclosure agreement ensuring compliance with the provisions hereof.


1.8 The CLIENT and UOL DIVEO agree that neither Party shall make any public or private representations, comments or notices, in any way, oral or in writing by electronic means that are demeaning or harmful to the goodwill and reputation of the other party and/or its products and/or services, as well as their respective employees, officers and/or directors, in particular in the event of any attack or other event that may expose the vulnerability of the Protected Environment.

SECTION – GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

1.9 The Services shall be provided by UOL DIVEO in accordance with the best techniques available in the market, in accordance with the Service Level and Resources engaged, as defined in the Technical Proposal and the respective Service Order. The CLIENT hereby acknowledges and represents that it is aware that the services shall be provided by UOL DIVEO for the purpose of managing the risks which the Protected Environment is exposed to. However, it is impossible to eliminate such risks, including attacks and/or other events that may render vulnerable the Protected Environment. For this reason, THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND REPRESENT THAT UOL DIVEO DOES NOT ASSUME UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ANY OBLIGATION THAT MAY BE REGARDED AS AN OBLIGATION OF RESULTS, AND THUS UOL DIVEO SHALL NOT WARRANT OR OBJECTIVELY RESPOND FOR THE INVIOLABILITY, INTEGRITY AND/OR AVAILABILITY OF ANY PIECES OF EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, DATA, INFORMATION, CONTENTS, SOFTWARE, SYSTEMS AND/OR NETWORKS OF THE CLIENT OR THAT MAY FORM ITS PROTECTED ENVIRONMENT.

 

1.10 The responsibility of either Party shall be limited to the events of willful, demonstrated noncompliance with the obligations undertaken under this Agreement.

 

1.11 In the event of noncompliance by UOL DIVEO with the conditions engaged for the Service Levels and/or for the Availability of Services, as defined in the Technical Proposal, for sole, demonstrated fault of UOL DIVEO, the CLIENT shall be entitled to a proportional discount in the price corresponding to the month in which noncompliance is verified, as compensation.

 

1.12 As losses and damages, loss of profit and/or direct damages incurred under this Agreement, neither party shall be responsible for paying indemnification in an amount in excess of the sum of the twelve (12) monthly installments previously to the fact triggering the event.

 

1.13 The CLIENT and UOL DIVEO agree that neither Party may make any public or private representations, comments or communications in any way, in writing or electronically, which has a demeaning or harmful nature and reputation of the other party and/or its products and/or services, as well as its respective employees, officers and/or directors, in particular in the event of any attacks or events that may render the Protected Environment vulnerable.

 

1.14 The CLIENT shall refrain from using for any purpose the name, trademarks and/or any other intellectual property assets of UOL DIVEO, except if the use is previously and expressly authorized in writing by UOL DIVEO, in which event such use shall be restricted to the terms so authorized by UOL DIVEO.

 

1.14.1 At its sole discretion, UOL DIVEO may authorize the CLIENT to use in the Protected Environment an image file consisting of a protection seal or certificate to be exclusively provided by UOL DIVEO, which may only be used by the CLIENT in accordance with the standards and restrictions set out and published by UOL DIVEO. At any time and irrespective of any justification, UOL DIVEO may change such standards and restrictions, and revoke the authorization in order for the CLIENT to use such protection seal or certificate, in which event the CLIENT shall demonstrate to UOL DIVEO that it immediately ceased such use. The CLIENT understands and acknowledges that the provision of such protection seal or certificate does not and shall not be understood as guarantee of full and/or absolute protection of the Protected Environment, as set forth in the Confidentiality Clause.”


EXHIBIT III – Service Level Agreement

Managed Security Service – DDoS Protection

 

Activity    Item
   

Monitoring and management of assets of the MSS services engaged

  

24x7x365

   

Availability of the Datacenter

  

99.90%

   

Availability of the Client Panel

  

99.50% (excluding operational technical windows)

   

Incident warning notice

  

30 minutes (after being detected by the SOC monitoring)

   

Initial action in case of Incident

  

20 minutes (after being detected by the SOC monitoring)

   

Service Requests (Information, Analyses and Changes in Policies)

  

48 hours after opening a call, except when a maintenance window is required.

   

Change and inclusion of attack acknowledgement signatures

  

08 hours after release of updates by the manufacturer, subject to approval by UOLDIVEO

   

Working Hours for Service Requests

  

Monday to Friday, from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m. (calls opened outside such hours will be answered on the next business day)

   

Service Request Opening Hours

  

24x7x365

   

Assistance Time for incidents

  

24x7x365

   

Service statistics and indexes

  

Client Panel

   

Root Cause Analysis Report

  

Issued on demand, limited to 01 report/month (request to occur within one (1) week after closing the incident)

   

Stabilization Period (SLO)

  

Three months (after startup)

   

Changes in the environment made by the client that may impact the services engaged

  

Inform forty-eight (48) hours in advance

   

Interruptions scheduled by UOLDIVEO for preventive and/or corrective maintenance

  

Client to be informed forty-eight (48) hours in advance.

 

Assistance Times: Monday to Friday, from 9 a.m. to 6 p.m.

 

•       To open regular calls and claims;

 

•       Calls opened outside these hours will be answered on the next business day;

 

Description:

 

•        Incident Warning Notice: client to be notified within 30 minutes after detection, and then mitigation actions will be taken;

 

•        Start action in case of incident: time required to start reviewing and treating incidents (attacks, explore vulnerabilities, among others) that may be impacting the client environment;

 

•        Service requests: requests submitted by the client, such as, for instance, information, requests for reviews and setup changes;


•        Change and inclusion of attack acknowledgement signatures: periodic signatures provided by the manufacturer to be approved by MSS UOLDIVEO in order to prevent any instabilities or risks to the protection services provided;

 

•        Service statistics and indexes: all main statistics and indexes of the service provided will be available and may be accessed through the Client Panel;

 

•        Root Cause Report: issued only on demand of the client within five (5) business days after closing the incident. To be requested within 1 week after closing the incident, limited to 1 report/month. Submit a review of the occurrence, actions taken and possible factors triggering it;

 

•        Stabilization Period: time elapsed after the service being activated and delivered to the SOC, as required for alignment and adjustments to the processes between the Client and MSS UOLDIVEO will be assessed during the SLA’s period. However, penalties or fines will not be imposed.

 

Emergency Maintenance:

 

•       Occur whenever problems leading to instability or unavailability of Services are identified, where UOLDIVEO will use its best resources to resolve them as soon as possible, with few impacts;

 

•       During the emergency maintenance, the main point of contact of the affected Client will receive notice 30 minutes before the start of the emergency maintenance, and 30 minutes after completion.

 

Exhibit 10.0 7

 

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

2012 Share Plan

A DOPTED ON A PRIL  16, 2012

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

SECTION 1.  ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE

     1  

SECTION 2.  ADMINISTRATION

     1  

(a)    Committees of the Board of Directors

     1  

(b)    Authority of the Board of Directors

     1  

SECTION 3.  ELIGIBILITY

     1  

(a)    General Rule

     1  

(b)     Ten-Percent Shareholders

     1  

SECTION 4.  SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

     2  

(a)    Basic Limitation

     2  

(b)    Additional Shares

     2  

SECTION 5.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS  OF AWARDS OR SALES

     2  

(a)    Share Grant or Purchase Agreement

     2  

(b)     Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights

     2  

(c)    Purchase Price

     2  

SECTION 6.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS  OF OPTIONS

     2  

(a)    Share Option Agreement

     2  

(b)    Number of Shares

     2  

(c)    Exercise Price

     3  

(d)    Exercisability

     3  

(e)    Basic Term

     3  

(f)      Termination of Service (Except by Death)

     3  

(g)    Leaves of Absence

     3  

(h)    Death of Optionee

     4  

(i)      Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares

     4  

(j)     No Rights as a Shareholder

     4  

(k)     Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options

     4  

(l)      Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options

     5  

SECTION 7.  PAYMENT FOR SHARES

     5  

(a)    General Rule

     5  

(b)    Services Rendered

     5  

(c)    Promissory Note

     5  

(d)    Surrender of Shares

     5  

(e)    Exercise/Sale

     5  

(f)     Net Exercise

     5  

(g)    Other Forms of Payment

     5  

SECTION 8.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

     6  

(a)    General

     6  

(b)    Corporate Transactions

     6  

(c)    Reservation of Rights

     7  


SECTION 9.  PRE-EXERCISE INFORMATION  REQUIREMENT

     7  

(a)    Application of Requirement

     7  

(b)    Scope of Requirement

     7  

SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     8  

(a)    Securities Law Requirements

     8  

(b)    No Retention Rights

     8  

(c)    Treatment as Compensation

     8  

(d)    Governing Law

     8  

(e)    Conditions and Restrictions on Shares

     8  

(f)     Tax Matters

     8  

SECTION 11.  DURATION AND AMENDMENTS;  SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL

     9  

(a)    Term of the Plan

     9  

(b)    Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan

     9  

(c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination

     9  

(d)    Shareholder Approval

     9  

SECTION 12.  DEFINITIONS

     10  


N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED 2012 S HARE P LAN

 

SECTION 1.   ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE .

The purpose of this Plan is to offer persons selected by the Company an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company, or to increase such interest, by acquiring Shares. The Plan provides both for the direct award or sale of Shares and for the grant of Options to purchase Shares. Options granted under the Plan may be ISOs intended to qualify under Code Section 422 or Nonstatutory Options which are not intended to so qualify.

Capitalized terms are defined in Section 12.

 

SECTION 2.   ADMINISTRATION .

 

  (a) Committees of the Board of Directors . The Plan may be administered by one or more Committees. Each Committee shall consist, as required by applicable law, of one or more members of the Board of Directors who have been appointed by the Board of Directors. Each Committee shall have such authority and be responsible for such functions as the Board of Directors has assigned to it. If no Committee has been appointed, the entire Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. Any reference to the Board of Directors in the Plan shall be construed as a reference to the Committee (if any) to whom the Board of Directors has assigned a particular function.

 

  (b) Authority of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board of Directors shall have full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, with respect to the terms and conditions of awards granted to Participants outside the United States, the Board of Directors may vary from the provisions of the Plan to the extent it determines it necessary and appropriate to do so; provided that it may not vary from those Plan terms requiring shareholder approval pursuant to Section 11(d) below. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the Board of Directors shall be final and binding on all Purchasers, all Optionees and all persons deriving their rights from a Purchaser or Optionee.

 

SECTION 3.   ELIGIBILITY .

 

  (a) General Rule. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Nonstatutory Options or the direct award or sale of Shares. Only Employees shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs.

 

  (b) Ten-Percent Shareholders. A person who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding shares of the Company, its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries shall not be eligible for the grant of an ISO unless (i) the Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant and (ii) such ISO by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Date of Grant. For purposes of this Subsection (b), in determining share ownership, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall be applied.

 

 

1


SECTION 4.   SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN .

 

  (a) Basic Limitation. Not more than 86,471 Shares may be issued under the Plan, subject to Subsection (b) below and Section 8(a). 1 All of these Shares may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs. The number of Shares that are subject to Options or other rights outstanding at any time under the Plan may not exceed the number of Shares that then remain available for issuance under the Plan. The Company, during the term of the Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available sufficient Shares to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Shares offered under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares.

 

  (b) Additional Shares. In the event that Shares previously issued under the Plan are reacquired by the Company, such Shares shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that Shares that otherwise would have been issuable under the Plan are withheld by the Company in payment of the Purchase Price, Exercise Price or withholding taxes, such Shares shall remain available for issuance under the Plan. In the event that an outstanding Option or other right for any reason expires or is canceled, the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or other right shall be added to the number of Shares then available for issuance under the Plan.

 

SECTION 5.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF AWARDS OR SALES .

 

  (a) Share Grant or Purchase Agreement. Each award of Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Share Grant Agreement between the Grantee and the Company. Each sale of Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option) shall be evidenced by a Share Purchase Agreement between the Purchaser and the Company. Such award or sale shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan and which the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Share Grant Agreement or Share Purchase Agreement. The provisions of the various Share Grant Agreements and Share Purchase Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

  (b) Duration of Offers and Nontransferability of Rights. Any right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than an Option) shall automatically expire if not exercised by the Purchaser within 30 days (or such other period as may be specified in the Award Agreement) after the grant of such right was communicated to the Purchaser by the Company. Such right is not transferable and may be exercised only by the Purchaser to whom such right was granted.

 

  (c) Purchase Price. The Board of Directors shall determine the Purchase Price of Shares to be offered under the Plan at its sole discretion. The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7.

 

SECTION 6.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS .

 

  (a) Share Option Agreement. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Share Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. The Option shall be subject to all applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms and conditions that are not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Board of Directors deems appropriate for inclusion in a Share Option Agreement. The provisions of the various Share Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

  (b) Number of Shares. Each Share Option Agreement shall specify the number of Shares that are subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Section 8. The Share Option Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is an ISO or a Nonstatutory Option.

 

 

1   Please refer to Exhibit A for a schedule of the initial share reserve and any subsequent increases in the reserve.

 

2


  (c) Exercise Price. Each Share Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of an Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO a higher percentage may be required by Section 3(b); provided that the Exercise Price of any Option issued to an Optionee that is not a U.S. taxpayer may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Date of Grant. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Exercise Price shall be determined by the Board of Directors at its sole discretion. The Exercise Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 7. This Subsection (c) shall not apply to an Option granted pursuant to an assumption of, or substitution for, another option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

  (d) Exercisability. Each Share Option Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. No Option shall be exercisable unless the Optionee (i) has delivered an executed copy of the Share Option Agreement to the Company or (ii) otherwise agrees to be bound by the terms of the Share Option Agreement. The Board of Directors shall determine the exercisability provisions of the Share Option Agreement at its sole discretion.

 

  (e) Basic Term. The Share Option Agreement shall specify the term of the Option. The term shall not exceed 10 years from the Date of Grant, and in the case of an ISO, a shorter term may be required by Section 3(b). Subject to the preceding sentence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion shall determine when an Option is to expire.

 

  (f) Termination of Service (Except by Death). If an Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earliest of the following dates:

 

  (i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above;

 

  (ii) The date three months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service for any reason other than Disability, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than 30 days after the termination of the Optionee’s Service); or

 

  (iii) The date six months after the termination of the Optionee’s Service by reason of Disability, or such later date as the Board of Directors may determine.

The Optionee may exercise all or part of the Optionee’s Options at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee’s Service terminates. In the event that the Optionee dies after the termination of the Optionee’s Service but before the expiration of the Optionee’s Options, all or part of such Options may be exercised (prior to expiration) by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or became exercisable as a result of the termination) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s Service terminated (or vested as a result of the termination).

 

  (g) Leaves of Absence. For purposes of Subsection (f) above, Service shall be deemed to continue while the Optionee is on a bona fide leave of absence, if such leave was approved by the Company in writing and if continued crediting of Service for this purpose is expressly required by the terms of such leave or by applicable law (as determined by the Company).

 

 

3


  (h) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while the Optionee is in Service, then the Optionee’s Options shall expire on the earlier of the following dates:

 

  (i) The expiration date determined pursuant to Subsection (e) above; or

 

  (ii) The date 12 months after the Optionee’s death, or such earlier or later date as the Board of Directors may determine (but in no event earlier than six months after the Optionee’s death).

All or part of the Optionee’s Options may be exercised at any time before the expiration of such Options under the preceding sentence by the executors or administrators of the Optionee’s estate or by any person who has acquired such Options directly from the Optionee by beneficiary designation, bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent that such Options had become exercisable before the Optionee’s death (or became exercisable as a result of the death) and the underlying Shares had vested before the Optionee’s death (or vested as a result of the Optionee’s death). The balance of such Options shall lapse when the Optionee dies.

 

  (i) Pre-Exercise Restrictions on Transfer of Options or Shares. An Option shall be transferable by the Optionee only by (i) a beneficiary designation, (ii) a will or (iii) the laws of descent and distribution, except as provided in the next sentence. If the applicable Share Option Agreement so provides, a Nonstatutory Option shall also be transferable by gift or domestic relations order to a Family Member of the Optionee. An ISO may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or by the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. In addition, an Option shall comply with all conditions of Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Such conditions include, without limitation, the transferability restrictions set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)(1)(iv) and (v) under the Exchange Act, which shall apply to an Option and, prior to exercise, to the Shares to be issued upon exercise of such Option during the period commencing on the Date of Grant and ending on the earlier of (i) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (ii) the date when the Company makes a determination that it will cease to rely on the exemption afforded by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act. During such period, an Option and, prior to exercise, the Shares to be issued upon exercise of such Option shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation or other transfer by the Optionee, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) under the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act).

 

  (j) No Rights as a Shareholder. An Optionee, or a transferee of an Optionee, shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Optionee’s Option until such person (i) becomes entitled to receive such Shares by filing a notice of exercise and paying the Exercise Price pursuant to the terms of such Option and (ii) is entered in the Register of Members of the Company.

 

  (k) Modification, Extension and Assumption of Options. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Board of Directors may modify, extend or assume outstanding Options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding Options (whether granted by the Company or another issuer) in return for the grant of new Options or a different type of award for the same or a different number of Shares and at the same or a different Exercise Price (if applicable). The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, impair the Optionee’s rights or increase the Optionee’s obligations under such Option.

 

 

4


  (l) Company’s Right to Cancel Certain Options. Any other provision of the Plan or a Share Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Company shall have the right at any time to cancel an Option that was not granted in compliance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Prior to canceling such Option, the Company shall give the Optionee not less than 30 days’ notice in writing. If the Company elects to cancel such Option, it shall deliver to the Optionee consideration with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Option as of the time of the cancellation over (ii) the Exercise Price of such Option. The consideration may be delivered in the form of cash or cash equivalents, in the form of Shares, or a combination of both. If the consideration would be a negative amount, such Option may be cancelled without the delivery of any consideration.

 

SECTION 7.   PAYMENT FOR SHARES .

 

  (a) General Rule. The entire Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Shares are purchased, except as otherwise provided in this Section 7. In addition, the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may also permit payment through any of the methods described in (b) through (g) below:

 

  (b) Services Rendered. Shares may be awarded under the Plan in consideration of services rendered to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary prior to the award.

 

  (c) Promissory Note. All or a portion of the Purchase Price or Exercise Price (as the case may be) of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid with a full-recourse promissory note. The Shares shall be pledged as security for payment of the principal amount of the promissory note and interest thereon. The interest rate payable under the terms of the promissory note shall not be less than the minimum rate (if any) required to avoid the imputation of additional interest under the Code. Subject to the foregoing, the Board of Directors (at its sole discretion) shall specify the term, interest rate, amortization requirements (if any) and other provisions of such note.

 

  (d) Surrender of Shares. All or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Shares shall be surrendered to the Company in good form for transfer and shall be valued at their Fair Market Value as of the date when the Option is exercised.

 

  (e) Exercise/Sale. If Shares are publicly traded, all or part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by the delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell Shares and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.

 

  (f) Net Exercise . An Option may permit exercise through a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined by the Board of Directors as of the exercise date) that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price or the sum of the aggregate Exercise Price plus all or a portion of the minimum amount required to be withheld under applicable tax law (with the Company accepting from the Optionee payment of cash or cash equivalents to satisfy any remaining balance of the aggregate Exercise Price and, if applicable, any additional withholding obligation not satisfied through such reduction in Shares); provided that to the extent Shares subject to an Option are withheld in this manner, the number of Shares subject to the Option following the net exercise will be reduced by the sum of the number of Shares withheld and the number of Shares delivered to the Optionee as a result of the exercise.

 

  (g) Other Forms of Payment. To the extent that an Award Agreement so provides, the Purchase Price or Exercise Price of Shares issued under the Plan may be paid in any other form permitted by the laws of the Cayman Islands, as amended.

 

5


SECTION 8.   ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES .

 

  (a) General. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Shares, a bonus issue of Shares, a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Shares into a lesser number of Shares, a reclassification, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, proportionate adjustments shall automatically be made in each of (i) the number and kind of Shares available for future grants under Section 4, (ii) the number and kind of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and any outstanding and unexercised right to purchase Shares that has not yet expired pursuant to Section 5(b), (iii) the Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and the Purchase Price applicable to any unexercised share purchase right described in clause (ii) above, and (iv) any repurchase price that applies to Shares granted under the Plan pursuant to the terms of a Company repurchase right under the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of the Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off, or a similar occurrence, the Board of Directors at its sole discretion may make appropriate adjustments in one or more of the items listed in clauses (i) through (iv) above; provided, however, that the Board of Directors shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan as a result of an adjustment under this Section 8(a), although the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional Shares.

 

  (b) Corporate Transactions. In the event that the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s stock or assets, all Shares acquired under the Plan and all Options and other Plan awards outstanding on the effective date of the transaction shall be treated in the manner described in the definitive transaction agreement (or, in the event the transaction does not entail a definitive agreement to which the Company is party, in the manner determined by the Board of Directors in its capacity as administrator of the Plan, with such determination having final and binding effect on all parties), which agreement or determination need not treat all Options and awards (or all portions of an Option or an award) in an identical manner. The treatment specified in the transaction agreement may include (without limitation) one or more of the following with respect to each outstanding Option or award:

 

  (i) Continuation of the Option or award by the Company (if the Company is the surviving corporation).

 

  (ii) Assumption of the Option by the surviving corporation or its parent in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

  (iii) Substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of a new option for the Option in a manner that complies with Code Section 424(a) (whether or not the Option is an ISO).

 

  (iv) Cancellation of the Option and a payment to the Optionee with respect to each Share subject to the portion of the Option that is vested as of the transaction date equal to the excess of (A) the value, as determined by the Board of Directors in its absolute discretion, of the property (including cash) received by the holder of a Share as a result of the transaction, over (B) the per-Share Exercise Price of the Option (such excess, the “ Spread ”). Such payment shall be made in the form of cash, cash equivalents, or securities of the surviving corporation or its parent having a value equal to the Spread. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn-out or similar provisions in the transaction agreement may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of Shares. If the Spread applicable to an Option is zero or a negative number, then the Option may be cancelled without making a payment to the Optionee.

 

 

6


  (v) Cancellation of the Option without the payment of any consideration; provided that the Optionee shall be notified of such treatment and given an opportunity to exercise the Option (to the extent the Option is vested or becomes vested as of the effective date of the transaction) during a period of not less than five (5) business days preceding the effective date of the transaction, unless (A) a shorter period is required to permit a timely closing of the transaction and (B) such shorter period still offers the Optionee a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Option. Any exercise of the Option during such period may be contingent upon the closing of the transaction.

 

  (vi) Suspension of the Optionee’s right to exercise the Option during a limited period of time preceding the closing of the transaction if such suspension is administratively necessary to permit the closing of the transaction.

 

  (vii) Termination of any right the Optionee has to exercise the Option prior to vesting in the Shares subject to the Option (i.e., “early exercise”), such that following the closing of the transaction the Option may only be exercised to the extent it is vested.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Board of Directors has discretion to accelerate, in whole or part, the vesting and exercisability of an Option or other Plan award in connection with a corporate transaction covered by this Section 8(b).

 

  (c) Reservation of Rights. Except as provided in this Section 8, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of (i) any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class, (ii) the payment of any dividend or (iii) any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class. Any issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or Exercise Price of Shares subject to an Option. The grant of an Option pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure, to merge or consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

SECTION  9.   PRE-EXERCISE INFORMATION REQUIREMENT .

 

  (a) Application of Requirement . This Section 9 shall apply only during a period that (i) commences when the Company begins to rely on the exemption described in Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, and (ii) ends on the earlier of (A) the date when the Company ceases to rely on such exemption, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, or (B) the date when the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, this Section 9 shall in no event apply to an Optionee after he or she has fully exercised all of his or her Options.

 

  (b) Scope of Requirement . The Company shall provide to each Optionee the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act. Such information shall be provided at six-month intervals, and the financial statements included in such information shall not be more than 180 days old. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the Optionee has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

 

7


SECTION 10.   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

 

  (a) Securities Law Requirements . Shares shall not be issued under the Plan unless, in the opinion of counsel acceptable to the Board of Directors, the issuance and delivery of such Shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company’s securities may then be traded. The Company shall not be liable for a failure to issue Shares as a result of such requirements.

 

  (b) No Retention Rights. Nothing in the Plan or in any right or Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining the Participant) or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her Service at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.

 

  (c) Treatment as Compensation. Any compensation that an individual earns or is deemed to earn under this Plan shall not be considered a part of his or her compensation for purposes of calculating contributions, accruals or benefits under any other plan or program that is maintained or funded by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary.

 

  (d) Governing Law. The Plan and all awards, sales and grants under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in the Cayman Islands.

 

  (e) Conditions and Restrictions on Shares. Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to such rights of repurchase, rights of first refusal, other transfer restrictions and such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may determine. Such conditions and restrictions shall be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and shall apply in addition to any restrictions that may apply to holders of Shares generally. In addition, Shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to conditions and restrictions imposed either by applicable law or by Company policy, as adopted from time to time, designed to ensure compliance with applicable law or laws with which the Company determines in its sole discretion to comply including in order to maintain any statutory, regulatory or tax advantage.

 

  (f) Tax Matters

 

  (i) As a condition to the award, grant, issuance, vesting, purchase, exercise or transfer of any award, or Shares issued pursuant to any award, granted under this Plan, the Participant shall make such arrangements as the Board of Directors may require or permit for the satisfaction of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such event.

 

 

8


  (ii) Unless otherwise expressly set forth in an Award Agreement, it is intended that awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from Code Section 409A, and any ambiguity in the terms of an Award Agreement and the Plan shall be interpreted consistently with this intent. To the extent an award is not exempt from Code Section 409A (any such award, a “ 409A Award ”), any ambiguity in the terms of such award and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner that to the maximum extent permissible supports the award’s compliance with the requirements of that statute. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary permitted under the Plan, in no event shall a modification of an Award not already subject to Code Section 409A be given effect if such modification would cause the Award to become subject to Code Section 409A unless the parties explicitly acknowledge and consent to the modification as one having that effect. A 409A Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as specified by the Board of Directors from time to time in order for it to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” to an individual who is considered a “specified employee” (as each term is defined under Code Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the Participant’s separation from service or (ii) the Participant’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to Section 409A(a)(1). In addition, if a transaction subject to Section 8(b) constitutes a payment event with respect to any 409A Award, then the transaction with respect to such award must also constitute a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) to the extent required by Code Section 409A.

 

  (iii) Neither the Company nor any member of the Board of Directors shall have any liability to a Participant in the event an award held by the Participant fails to achieve its intended characterization under applicable tax law.

 

SECTION 11.    DURATION AND AMENDMENTS; SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL .

 

  (a) Term of the Plan. The Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to approval of the Company’s shareholders under Subsection (d) below. The Plan shall terminate automatically 10 years after the later of (i) the date when the Board of Directors adopted the Plan or (ii) the date when the Board of Directors approved the most recent increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 4 that was also approved by the Company’s shareholders. The Plan may be terminated on any earlier date pursuant to Subsection (b) below.

 

  (b) Right to Amend or Terminate the Plan. Subject to Subsection (d) below, the Board of Directors may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.

 

  (c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No Shares shall be issued or sold and no Option granted under the Plan after the termination thereof, except upon exercise of an Option (or any other right to purchase Shares) granted under the Plan prior to such termination. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Share previously issued or any Option previously granted under the Plan.

 

  (d) Shareholder Approval . To the extent required by applicable law, the Plan will be subject to approval of the Company’s shareholders within 12 months of its adoption date. To the extent required by applicable law, any amendment of the Plan will be subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders within 12 months of the amendment date if it (i) increases the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan (except as provided in Section 8), or (ii) materially changes the class of persons who are eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an amendment effecting any other material change to the Plan terms will be subject to approval of the Company’s shareholder only if required by applicable law. Shareholder approval shall not be required for any other amendment of the Plan.

 

9


SECTION 12.   DEFINITIONS .

 

  (a) Award Agreement ” means a Share Grant Agreement, Share Option Agreement or Share Purchase Agreement.

 

  (b) Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

  (c) Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

  (d) Committee ” means a committee of the Board of Directors, as described in Section 2(a).

 

  (e) Company ” means Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company.

 

  (f) Consultant ” means a person, excluding Employees and Outside Directors, who performs bona fide services for the Company, a Parent 2 or a Subsidiary as a consultant or advisor and who qualifies as a consultant or advisor under Rule 701(c)(1) of the Securities Act or under Instruction A.1.(a)(1) of Form S-8 under the Securities Act.

 

  (g) Date of Grant ” means the date of grant specified in the applicable Share Option Agreement, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Board of Directors resolved to grant the Option or (ii) the first day of the Optionee’s Service.

 

  (h) Disability ” means that the Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment.

 

  (i) Employee ” means any individual who is a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent 3 or a Subsidiary.

 

  (j) Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  (k) Exercise Price ” means the amount for which one Share may be purchased upon exercise of an Option, as specified by the Board of Directors in the applicable Share Option Agreement.

 

  (l) Fair Market Value ” means the fair market value of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

  (m) Family Member ” means (i) any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, (ii) any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), (iii) a trust in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, (iv) a foundation in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee control the management of assets and (v) any other entity in which persons described in Clause (i) or (ii) or the Optionee own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

  (n) Grantee ” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has awarded Shares under the Plan.

 

  (o) ISO ” means an Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b). Notwithstanding its designation as an ISO, an Option that does not qualify as an ISO under applicable law shall be treated for all purposes as a Nonstatutory Option.

 

  (p) Nonstatutory Option ” means an Option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option as described in Code Section 422(b) or 423(b).

 

  (q) Option ” means an ISO or Nonstatutory Option granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Shares.

 

  (r) Optionee ” means a person who holds an Option.

 

 

2   Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to consultant or advisor of a Parent company.
3   Note that special considerations apply if the Company proposes to grant awards to an Employee of a Parent company.

 

10


  (s) Outside Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee.

 

  (t) Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.

 

  (u) Participant ” means a Grantee, Optionee or Purchaser.

 

  (v) Plan ” means this Netshoes (Cayman) Limited 2012 Share Plan.

 

  (w) Purchase Price ” means the consideration for which one Share may be acquired under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option), as specified by the Board of Directors.

 

  (x) Purchaser ” means a person to whom the Board of Directors has offered the right to purchase Shares under the Plan (other than upon exercise of an Option).

 

  (y) Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  (z) Service ” means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant.

 

  (aa) Share ” means one Ordinary Share of the Company, as adjusted in accordance with Section 8 (if applicable).

 

  (bb) Share Grant Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and a Grantee who is awarded Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the award of such Shares.

 

  (cc) Share Option Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the Optionee’s Option.

 

  (dd) Share Purchase Agreement ” means the agreement between the Company and a Purchaser who purchases Shares under the Plan that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to the purchase of such Shares.

 

  (ee) Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.

 

11


Exhibit A

S CHEDULE OF S HARES R ESERVED FOR I SSUANCE UNDER THE P LAN

 

Date of Board Approval Shares Added

  

Date of Shareholder Approval
Cumulative Number of Shares

   Number of     

 

 

4/16/2012

   4/23/2012      Not Applicable        86,471  

1/10/2013

   1/21/2013      79,019        165,490  

Exhibit 10.0 8

NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT

By this private instrument (the “ Agreement ”) and in the best form of law, on one side, NS2.com Internet S.A. , a company organized under the laws of Brazil, with principal offices at Rua Vergueiro, 396, Liberdade, CEP 01504-000, in the City of Sao Paulo, State of Sao Paulo, registered with the Brazilian Internal Revenue Service (CNPJ/MF) under No. 09.339.936/0001-16, herein represented by its legal representatives (“ NS2 ”) and, on the other side, Marcio Kumruian , a Brazilian citizen, married, businessman, bearer of the Identity Card RG No. 24.122.221-7 SSP/SP, registered with the Brazilian Internal Revenue Service (CPF/MF) under No. 168.764.418-73, resident and domiciled in Sao Paulo, State of São Paulo, at Rua Maria Figueiredo, 527, apt. 192, Paraíso, CEP 04002-003 (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS NS2 is a Brazilian company whose purposes are the wholesale and retail commerce of shoes, sporting goods and related products through the Internet.

WHEREAS the Executive renders and shall continue to render services related to the management of the day-to-day business and affairs of NS2, including the administration, handling and supervision of NS2’s overall business (hereinafter referred to as the “ Services ”).

WHEREAS the Executive is willing to assume certain commitments before NS2, including but not limited to non-competition, non-solicitation, assignment of intellectual property and confidentiality, in accordance with the terms and conditions stated herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1.         This Agreement shall become effective on the date of its execution and shall last as long as the Executive is rendering Services to NS2 (the “ Term ”), provided that, NS2 may terminate this Agreement for any reason and without the incurrence of any penalty, provided, however, that all restrictions under this Agreement shall survive for the applicable period of time provided in this Agreement.

2.         The Executive agrees that the Services are of a special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual character, and the Executive’s position with NS2 places him in a position of confidence and trust with the clients and employees of NS2. The Executive acknowledges that the rendering of the Services to the clients of NS2 necessarily requires the disclosure to the Executive of confidential information and trade secrets of NS2 (such as, without limitation, proprietary software programs, marketing plans, media plans, budgets, commercial policies, client preferences and policies, and identity of appropriate personnel of clients with sufficient authority to influence a shift in suppliers). The parties hereto agree that in the course of the Executive’s rendering of the Services, the Executive has and will continue to develop a personal relationship with NS2’s clients and a knowledge of those clients’ affairs and requirements, and that the relationship of NS2 with its clientele will therefore be placed in the Executive’s hands in confidence and trust. The Executive consequently agrees that it is reasonable and necessary for the protection of the trade secrets, goodwill and business of NS2 that the Executive make the covenants contained herein.

3.         The Executive hereby accepts and acknowledges that while rendering the Services, he may develop and create certain works of intellectual nature which will be deemed developed exclusively for hire and under request of NS2 (the “Works”). For the purposes of this Agreement, Works may include, without limitation, literary works, texts, editorials, news, reports, documents, service operation strategies, drawings, memos, observations, registries, files, correspondence, manuals, models and specifications.


4.         The Executive hereby assigns and transfers to NS2 full title, interests and proprietary rights of the current and future Works to be developed under the Services. Any time upon request by NS2, the Executive undertakes to sign, amend and deliver to NS2, at NS2’s expenses, any and all documents which allow the effective exercise by NS2 of its property rights over the Works, including, without limitation, amendments to this Agreement and registry forms for author’s rights,

5.         The provisions of items 3 and 4 above shall be considered applicable to the Executive from the date he began rendering Services to NS2 and shall include any and all Services rendered by the Executive in the past, present or future.

6.         The Executive agrees that while rendering the Services to NS2 and for a two (2)-year period after termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason for termination, the Executive shall not, except on behalf of NS2, directly or indirectly, and regardless of the reason to cease rendering of Services:

 

(a) attempt in any manner to solicit from any client business of the type performed by NS2 or to persuade any client to cease to do business within NS2 or to reduce the amount of business which any such client has customarily done or is reasonably expected to do with NS2, whether or not the relationship between NS2 and such client was originally established in whole or in part through the Executive’s efforts; or

 

(b) employ (including to retain, engage or conduct business with) or attempt to employ or assist anyone else to employ any person who is then or at any time during the preceding year was an employee of or consultant to NS2; or

 

(c) develop any products or render any services to or for any third party which is a direct or indirect competitor of NS2 and sell such products and services to third parties, whether or not clients of NS2.

6.1         As used in this section, the term “ NS2 ” shall include any parent company, subsidiaries and divisions or affiliates of NS2; and the term “Client” shall mean (a) any person (whether entity or individual) who is a Client of NS2 in the date of the alleged prohibited conduct; (b) any person (whether entity or individual) who has been a Client of NS2 at any time during the 1-year period immediately preceding the termination of this Agreement or, if this Agreement shall not have terminated, during the 1-year period immediately preceding the date of the alleged prohibited conduct; and (c) any potential Client who has invited NS2 to make a business proposition or to whom NS2 has made a formal presentation during the 1-year period immediately preceding the date of termination of this Agreement or, if this Agreement shall not have terminated, within the 1-year period immediately preceding the date of the alleged prohibited conduct.

7.         The Executive agrees that he will not at any time (whether during the term of this Agreement and for a two (2)-year period after termination of this Agreement, regardless of the reason for termination), disclose to anyone any confidential information or trade secret of NS2, or any client of NS2 or utilize such confidential i formation or trade secret for his own benefit, or for the benefit of third parties and all memoranda, note records or other documents compiled by him or made available to him during the term of this Agreement pertaining to the business of NS2 or its respective clients shall be property of NS2, and shall be delivered to NS2 upon termination of his relationship with NS2 or at any other time, upon request.


8.         The term “ confidential information or trade secret ” shall mean all information about NS2, its affiliates, and/or their clients, including but not limited to, trade secrets, methods, models, passwords, access to computer files, financial information and records, computer software programs, agreements and/or contracts between NS2 and its clients, client contacts, sales presentation materials, budgets, practices, strategies, methods of operation, financial or business projections of NS2 and information about or received from clients and other companies with which NS2 does business. The term “ confidential information or trade secret ” does not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than by breach of this Agreement or (b) the Executive learns from a third party who is not under an obligation of confidence to NS2 or to a client of NS2.

9.         If the Executive commits a breach, or NS2 has reasonable grounds to believe that the Executive is about to commit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, NS2 shall have the right to have the provisions of this Agreement specifically enforced by any court having jurisdiction without being required to post bond or other security and without having to prove the inadequacy of the available remedies at law, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to NS2 and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to NS2. In addition, NS2 may take all such other actions and remedies available to it under law and shall be entitled to such damages as it can show it has sustained by reason of such breach.

10.         The parties acknowledge that the type and periods of restriction imposed in the provisions this Agreement are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the legitimate interests of NS2 and the confidential information, proprietary property and goodwill associated with the business of NS2 and that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Agreement have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties, it being understood that the clients of NS2 may be serviced from any location and accordingly it is reasonable that the restrictive covenants set forth herein are not limited by narrow geographic area but generally by the location of such clients and potential clients. If any of the covenants in this Agreement, or any part thereof, is hereafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the remainder of the covenant or covenants, which shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portions. If any of the covenants contained in this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held to be unenforceable because of the duration of such provision or the area covered thereby, the parties agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the duration and/or areas of such provision and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable.

11.         Any amendment hereto must be in writing signed by the Executive and NS2 or its successor.

12.         This Agreement may not be transferred, assigned or pledged by any party hereto, other than by operation of law. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Executive and its successors and assigns and nothing rein is intended to confer upon any person, other than the Executive and its successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.

13.         Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given hereunder by any party hereto to another party shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective: (a) upon personal delivery, if delivered by hand, or (b) three days after the date of deposit in the mail or courier service, postage prepaid if mailed by certified mail or courier service, or (c) by certified e-mail, and in each case, addressed as follows:


If to the Executive:

Rua Maria Figueiredo, 527, apt. 192, Paraíso

São Paulo, SP CEP 05468-020

email: marcio@netshoes.com.br

If to NS2:

Rua Vergueiro, 396, Liberdade Sao Paulo, SP

CEP 01504-000

Attention: Marcio Kumruian

email: marcio@netshoes.com.br

with a copy to:

Koury Lopes Advogados

Av. Brigadeiro Faria Lima, 1355, 18th floor

São Paulo, SP

CEP 01452-919

Attention: Karin Alvo

email: kalvo@klalaw.com.br

Any party may change the address to which notices are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address to the other party in the manner herein provided for giving notice.

14.         This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Federative Republic of Brazil. The parties agree that any claims or causes of action which arise out of this Agreement shall be instituted and litigated in the Courts of Sao Paulo, State of Sao Paulo.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement in two (2) counterparts as of December 23, 2009.

 

By:

  / S /    M ARCIO  K UMRUIAN         / S /    H AGOP   C HABAB
  NS2.COM INTERNET S.A.
  Márcio Kumruian / Hagop Chabab
 

/ S /    M ARCIO  K UMRUIAN

Marcio Kumruian

Witnesses:

 

1.

      / S /    A NA B EATRIZ A LVES DE S OUSA   2.       / S /    A MANDA R ODRIGUES DE O LIVEIRA S ILVA

Name: Ana Beatriz Alves de Sousa

  Name: Amanda Rodrigues de Oliveira Silva

ID: 35705705-3 - SSP/SP

  ID: RG Nº: 26.632.685-7 - SSP/SP
  CPF/MF: 193.396.928-88

Exhibit 10.0 9

DATED 21 MAY 2012

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) MARCIO KUMRUIAN

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Scotia Centre

P.O. Box 884

Grand Cayman KY1-1103

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 21st day of May 2012

BETWEEN

 

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbell Corporate Services Limited, Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) MARCIO KUMRUIAN whose address is Rue Vergueiro, 396, Liberdade, Saõ Paulo-SP, 01504-000, Brazil (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

“Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


“Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 


  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 


8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.


  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 


  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 


18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 

19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    H AGOB C HABAB        
Name:   Hagob Chabab
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS        
 
 

 

SIGNED by
By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN         
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS        
 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1 0

DATED 21 MAY 2012

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) HAGOP CHABAB

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Scotia Centre

P.O. Box 884

Grand Cayman KY1-1103

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 21st day of May 2012

BETWEEN

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbell Corporate Services Limited, Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) HAGOP CHABAB whose address is Rue Vergueiro, 396, Liberdade, Saõ Paulo-SP, 01504-000, Brazil (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

“Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 


  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 


8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.


  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 


14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 


19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

11


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN        
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS        
 
 

 

SIGNED by
By:   / S /    H AGOB C HABAB         
Name:   Hagob Chabab
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS      
 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1 1

DATED 13 NOVEMBER 2012

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) NICOLAS SZEKASY

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Scotia Centre

P.O. Box 884

Grand Cayman KY1-1103

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 13th day of November 2012

BETWEEN

 

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbell Corporate Services Limited, Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) NICOLAS SZEKASY whose address is Ave. de los Incas 3195, piso 14 “77”, Buenos Aires 1426, Argentina (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.


  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.


8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.


  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.


14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).


19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN        
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    F LÁVIO F RANCO        
Name:   Flávio Franco
Title:   Witness

 

SIGNED by
By:   / S /    N ICOLAS S ZEKASY         
Name:   Nicolas Szekasy
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    M ARIA M ERCEDES L OPEZ        
Name:   Maria Mercedes Lopez
Title:   Witness

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1 2

DATED MAY 1, 2013

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) NILESH LAKHANI

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Willow House, Cricket Square

P.O. Box 884

Grand Cayman KY1-1103

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 1st day of May 2013

BETWEEN

 

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbell Corporate Services Limited, Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 884, Grand Cayman KY1-1103, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) NILESH LAKHANI whose address is 750 Walnut Avenue, Burlingame, CA 94010, United States (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.


  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.


8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.


  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 


  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 


18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 

19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN        
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    R ODRIGO S TIPP        
Name:   Rodrigo Stipp
Title:  

 

SIGNED by
By:   / S /    N ILESH L AKHANI         
Name:   Nilesh Lakhani
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    G LAUCO D ESIDERIO        
Name:   Glauco Desiderio
Title:  

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1 3

DATED MAY 12, 2014

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) WOLFGANG SCHWERDTLE

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Willow House, Cricket Square

P.O. Box 268

Grand Cayman KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made as a deed the 12 th day of May 2014.

BETWEEN

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbells Corporate Services Limited, Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 268, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) WOLFGANG SCHWERDTLE whose address is c/o GIC Special Investments Pte Ltd, 168 Robinson Road, #37-01 Capital Tower, Singapore 068912 (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 


7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.


  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 


9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 


12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.


17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 

19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a deed the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED )

AS A DEED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN        
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:    
 
 

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED )

AS A DEED by

By:   / S /    W OLFGANG S CHWERDTLE         
Name:   Wolfgang Schwerdtle
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:    
 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1 4

DATED MARCH 20, 2015

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) FRANCISCO ALVAREZ-DEMALDE

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Willow House, Cricket Square

P.O. Box 268

Grand Cayman KY1-1104

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made as a deed the 20th day of March, 2015.

BETWEEN

 

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbells Corporate Services Limited, Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, P.O. Box 268, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104 Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) FRANCISCO ALVAREZ-DEMALDE whose address is c/o Riverwood Capital Management, 70 Willow Road, Suite 100, Menlo Park, California USA 94025 (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Third Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

Change of Control ” means a “Liquidity Event” as such term is defined in the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as may be amended from time to time, excluding an Initial Public Offering (as defined therein).

Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding. The term “expenses” shall also include reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee providing assistance to the Company in connection with a Proceeding (i) for any period during which Indemnitee is not an agent, in the employment or a director of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company; and (ii) if the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the directors of the Company who are not parties to such Proceeding, for Indemnitee while an agent, in the employment or a director of, or providing services for compensation to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.


Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 


  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 


  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 


6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 


  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.


8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
 


  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

In the event of a Change of Control, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance—directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise—in respect of the individual directors and officers of Relevant Companies, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”). Such coverage shall be non-cancellable and shall be placed by the Company’s incumbent insurance broker with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the Change of Control event (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies).

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to assume or agree to perform this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by law.


12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.


17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 

19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as a deed the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED for and on behalf of NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.
By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN        
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS        
 

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED
By:   / S /    F RANCISCO A LVAREZ -D EMALDE
Name:   Francisco Alvarez-Demalde
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS        
 

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L IMITED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.1 5

DATED 21 MAY 2012

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) GRACIELA KUMRUIAN TANAKA

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

4 th Floor, Scotia Centre

P.O. Box 884

Grand Cayman KY1-1103

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 21st day of May 2012

BETWEEN

 

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbell Corporate Services Limited, Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) GRACIELA KUMRUIAN TANAKA whose address is Rue Vergueiro, 396, Liberdade, Saõ Paulo-SP, 01504-000, Brazil (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

  (A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

  (B) The Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

  (C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

  (D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee;

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

“Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


“Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 


  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 


8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.


  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 


14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 


19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN        
Name:   Marcio Kumrian
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    W ITNESS        
 

 

SIGNED by
By:   / S /    G RACIELA K UMRUIAN T ANAKA
Name:   Graciela Kumruian Tanaka
Title:  

 

in the presence of witness:

By:   / S /    E LISABETH B ARROS        
Name:   Elisabeth Barros

 

Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

Indemnification Agreement

Exhibit 10.1 6

DATED DECEMBER 01 st —2016

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

and

(2) LEONARDO DIB

 

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

 

 

LOGO

Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square

Grand Cayman KY1-9010

Cayman Islands

Ref: ASC


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 01 st day of December – 2016

BETWEEN

 

(1) NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD. an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands whose registered address is at Campbells Corporate Services Limited, Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman KY1-9010, Cayman Islands (the “Company”); and

 

(2) LEONARDO DIB whose address is Alameda Nhambiquaras, 194 – Residencial 10, Alphaville, CEP: 06540-085, Santana do Parnaíba/SP, Brazil (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS

 

(A) Indemnitee performs a valuable service to the Company.

 

(B) The Company’s Third Amended and Restated Articles of Association (“Articles”) provide for the indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.

 

(C) The Articles and the Companies Law (as revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “Law”) by their non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Company and the officers or directors of the Company with respect to indemnification of such officers or directors.

 

(D) In order to induce Indemnitee to continue his Corporate Status, the Company has determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement:

“Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, partner, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

“Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

“Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

“Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

“Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.


“Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

2. INDEMNITY OF INDEMNITEE

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent authorised or permitted by applicable law, with effect from the date on which the Indemnitee first acquired Corporate Status. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

  (a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

  (b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 2(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 2(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided , however , if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

  (c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 


3. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful under applicable law.

 

4. CONTRIBUTION IN THE EVENT OF JOINT LIABILITY

 

  (a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 2 and 3 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

  (b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided , however , that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

  (c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 


  (d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines and amounts paid settlements, and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its or their directors, managers, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

5. INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES OF A WITNESS

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

6. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred, or which, following a written request from Indemnitee, the Board of Directors of the Company determines are reasonably likely to be incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 6 shall be unsecured and interest free. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligation of the Company to advance Expenses pursuant to this Section 6 shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Company determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed, within thirty (30) days of such determination, by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided , however , that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified, any determination made by the Company that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advance of Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (and as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed).

 


7. PROCEDURES AND PRESUMPTIONS FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the laws and public policy of the Cayman Islands. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification (including, but not limited to, the advancement of Expenses and contribution by the Company) under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors of the Company in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

  (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 7(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following three methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by Independent Counsel in a written opinion or (3) by the members of the Company.

 

  (c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 7(c). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board of Directors of the Company). Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 7(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 7(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 7(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

  (d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 7 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however , that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided , further , that the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the members of the Company pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors of the Company or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the members of the Company for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of members of the Company is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

  (g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors of the Company or member of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

  (h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 


  (i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or any Enterprise or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

  (j) The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which Indemnitee is or could reasonably become a party unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

8. REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

In the event that:

 

  (a) (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the Cayman Islands, or any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 8(a). The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

  (b) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 7(b).

 

  (c) A determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 7(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

  (d) Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance policy.

 

  (e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 


9. NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE; SUBROGATION

 

  (a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of members of the Company, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Articles and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

  (b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall require Indemnitee to seek recovery under any such insurance, indemnification or advancement or otherwise.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10. EXCEPTION TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, or any claim therein, unless (a) the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or (b) such Proceeding is being brought by Indemnitee to assert, interpret or enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

11. DURATION OF AGREEMENT

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and thereafter if the Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 8 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 


12. SECURITY

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13. ENFORCEMENT

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14. SEVERABILITY

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, illegal or otherwise unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:

 

  (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; and

 

  (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15. OTHER DIRECTORS

The Company hereby agrees that no other director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company will take the benefit of any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements more favorable than those contained in the document. In the event that the Company grants or has granted any indemnification terms, provisions or agreements to any director, shareholder, member or fiduciary of the Company, the Indemnitee shall automatically be granted equivalent rights to such rights granted such other directors, shareholders, members or fiduciaries of the Company.

 

16. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 


17. NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE

Indemnitee agrees within ten (10) business days to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices, requests, demands and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the tenth business day after the date on which it is so mailed, or (iii) two (2) days after deposit with an internationally recognised overnight courier, specifying next or second day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature pages attached hereto (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 18).

 

19. IDENTICAL COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

20. HEADINGS

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

21. GOVERNING LAW

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

22. GENDER

Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

[LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LTD.

By:   / S /    M ARCIO K UMRUIAN         
Name:   Marcio Kumruian
Title:   (CEO)

 

in the presence of:

By:   / S /    T ÚLIO B ARROS        
Witness:   Túlio Barros
 

 

SIGNED by
By:   / S /    L EONARDO D IB         
Name:   Leonardo Dib
 

 

in the presence of:

By:   / S /    T ANIA C RISTIANA G. S ANTOS        
Witness:   Tania Cristiana G. Santos

S IGNATURE P AGE TO N ETSHOES (C AYMAN ) L TD .

I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT (L EONARDO D IB )

Exhibit 10.17

March 20, 2015

Riverwood Capital Partners II L.P.

Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P.

c/o Riverwood Capital Management

70 Willow Road, Suite 100

Menlo Park, California USA 94025

 

  Re: Management Rights

Gentlemen:

This letter will confirm our agreement that pursuant to and effective as of the purchase of 180,081 Ordinary Shares of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited, an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ Company ”), by Riverwood Capital Partners II L.P. and Riverwood Capital Partners II (Parallel-B) L.P. (collectively, the “ Investor ”), the Investor shall be entitled to the following contractual management rights, in addition to any rights to non-public financial information, inspection rights and other rights specifically provided to all investors in the current financing:

The Investor shall be entitled to consult with and advise management of the Company on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans, and management will meet with you regularly during each year at the Company’s facilities at mutually agreeable times for such consultation and advice and to review progress in achieving said plans.

The Investor may examine the books and records of the Company and inspect its facilities and may request information at reasonable times and intervals concerning the general status of the Company’s financial condition and operations, provided that access to highly confidential proprietary information and facilities need not be provided.

If the Investor is not represented on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), the Company shall give a representative of the Investor copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other material that the Company provides to its directors, except that the representative may be excluded from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes, upon advice of counsel, that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential proprietary information or for other similar reasons. Upon reasonable notice and at a scheduled meeting of the Board or such other time, if any, as the Board may determine in its sole discretion, such representative may address the Board with respect to the Investor’s concerns regarding significant business issues facing the Company.

The Investor agrees, and any representative of the Investor will agree, to hold in confidence and trust and not disclose any confidential information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this letter.

The rights described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon (a) the consummation of the sale of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in connection with a firm-commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the public or (b) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or other transaction whereby the Investor no longer owns any securities of the Company that is effected (i) for independent business reasons unrelated to extinguishing such rights and (ii) for purposes other than (A) the reincorporation of the Company in a different state or (B) the formation of a holding company that will be owned exclusively by the Company’s stockholders and will hold all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company’s successor. The confidentiality provisions hereof will survive any such termination hereof for a 2-year term.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


 

Very truly yours,

 

  NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED
  By:   / S /     M ARCIO K UMRUIAN
 

Name:

  Marcio Kumruian
 

Title:

  Director

 

Address:    

 

 

Campbell Corporate Services Limited

Scotia Centre, P.O. Box 268

Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II L.P.,

its

  General Partner
 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II G.P. Ltd.,

its

  General Partner

 

By:   / S /    F RANCISCO A LVAREZ -D EMALDE

Name:

 

Francisco Alvarez-Demalde

Title:

 

Managing Director

RIVERWOOD CAPITAL PARTNERS II

(PARALLEL-B), L.P.

 

By:

  Riverwood Capital II L.P.,

its

  General Partner
 

By:

  Riverwood Capital GP II Ltd.,

its

  General Partner

 

By:   / S /    F RANCISCO A LVAREZ -D EMALDE

Name:

 

Francisco Alvarez-Demalde

Title:

 

Managing Director

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NETSHOES (CAYMAN) LIMITED

MANAGEMENT RIGHTS LETTER

Exhibit 21.0 1

List of Subsidiaries of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

Netshoes Holdings, LLC

   Delaware, United States of America

NS2.com Internet S.A.

   Brazil

NS3 Internet S.A.

   Argentina

NS4.com Internet S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico

NS4 Servicios de Mexico S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico

NS5 Participações Ltda.

   Brazil

NS6 Serviços Esportivos Ltda.

   Brazil

Exhibit 23.01

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Netshoes Cayman Limited

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/ s/ KPMG Auditores Independentes            

KPMG Auditores Independentes

São Paulo, Brazil

March 1, 2017

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a director nominee of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: March 13 th , 2017

 

/s/ Frederico Brito e Abreu

Name: Frederico Brito e Abreu

Exhibit 99.2

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

In accordance with Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named as a director nominee of Netshoes (Cayman) Limited (the “Company”) in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 and in all amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments (the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s common shares. The undersigned also consents to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

Dated: March 14 th , 2017

 

/s/ Ricardo Knoepfelmacher

Name: Ricardo Knoepfelmacher